Answer Key
Uploaded by
SanjayAnswer Key
Uploaded by
SanjayCL MEDIA (P) LTD.
Ed i t i on : 2019
© PU B L I SH ER Ad m i n i st r at i v e an d Pr od u ct i on Of f i ces
No par t of t his book may be r epr oduced in a r et r i eval Pu bl i sh ed by : CL Media (P) Ltd.
syst em or t r ansmit t ed, i n any for m or by any means, A-41, Lower Ground Floor,
electr onics, mechanical, phot ocopying, r ecording, scanning Espire Building,
and or without the writ ten permission of the publisher. Mohan Cooperative Industrial Area,
Main Mathura Road,
New Delhi - 110044
M ar k et ed by : G.K. Publications (P) Ltd.
I SB N : 978-93-88182-83-6
A-41, Lower Ground Floor,
Espire Building,
Mohan Cooperative Industrial Area,
Main Mathura Road,
New Delhi - 110044
For product information :
Visit w w w.gk pu bl i ca t i on s.com or email to gk p@gk pu bl i ca t i on s.com
About Authors
BIPLAB SADHUKHAN
Biplab Sadhukhan r eceived his B.Tech degr ee in Aer ospace Engineer ing in 2013. H e
complet ed his M .Tech fr om I ndian I nst it ut e of Technology K har agpur, in 2017 wit h an
excell ence of his class. H e i s cur r ent ly wor k ing t owar d t he Ph.D. degr ee at I ndi an
I nst it ut e of Technology K har agpur and wor king on sever al pr oject s for Gover nment .
of I ndia.
IQBAL SINGH
I qbal Singh comes fr om a humble backgr ound, bor n and br ought up i n t he village
L ahal of Chamba dist r ict of H imachal Pr adesh. H e did his high and senior secondar y
school at his nat ive place. H e complet ed B.Tech in Aer onaut ical engineer ing fr om I K
Gujr al Punjab t echnical univer sit y, Punjab in 2015.Aft er wor king for 1 year at DRDO
Chandigar h, he deci ded t o pur sue mast er s in Aer ospace Engineer i ng fr om I ndi an
I nstitut e of Science, Bangalor e. I n 2018, he gr aduated fr om I I Sc Bangalor e with mast er s
and joined Tat a Advanced Syst ems, Bangalor e. Apar t fr om aer ospace engineer ing, he
has gr eat passion for music, dance and wr it ing.
H e dedicat es t his book t o his par ent s (M r. Pur ushot am K umar and Sumna Devi) for
t heir love, suppor t and mot ivat ion. H e would like t o t hank Sohan M al, Sc. Vikr ant
Sat ya and Dr. S.B.K andagal for sowing t he fir st seeds of his r esear ch car eer.
PRABHAKAR KUMAR
Pr abhakar K umar has complet ed B.Tech in Aer ospace Engineer ing wi t h fir st class
degr ee wit h dist inct ion in 2013. Aft er complet ing his bachelor s degr ee, he wor ked at
H indust an Aer onaut ics L imit ed, Aer onaut ical Development Agency, Bangalor e, and
sever al pr oject of M inist r y of Defence Gover nment of I ndia. H e has compl et ed his
M .E i n Aer ospace Engi neer i ng fr om Bi r l a I nst i t ut e of Technol ogy, M esr a, Ranchi
in 2018.
RANJAY KR SINGH
Ranj ay k r Si ngh has compl et ed B.E. fr om aer onaut i cal soci et y of I ndi a i n aer o-
mechanical st r eam. Then M .E. fr om Bir la I nst it ut e of Technology, M esr a, Ranchi in
space engineer ing and r ocket r y wit h specialisat ion in aer odynamics. H e has mor e t han
t wo year t eaching exper ience in aer onaut ical st r eam, cur r ent ly he is employed as a
assist ant pr ofessor in school of aer onaut ics, Neemr ana Rajast han.
(iii)
Preface (vii)
About GATE (ix)
GATE Syllabus (xvii)
GATE Solved Papers Suggestive Question & Answers
(Section-Wise) (Section-Wise)
1. E n gi n eer i n g M at h em at i cs 1.1 - 1.33 1. E n gi n eer i n g M at h em at i cs 1.1 - 1.33
– Answer K ey 1.12 – Answer K ey 1.16
– Expl anat i ons 1.12 – Expl anat i ons 1.17
2. F l i gh t M ech an i cs 2.1 - 2.38 2. F l i gh t M ech an i cs 2.1 - 2.12
– Answer K ey 2.15 – Answer K ey 2.6
– Expl anat i ons 2.15 – Expl anat i ons 2.6
3. Sp ace D y n am i cs 3.1 - 3.6 3. Sp ace D y n am i cs 3.1 - 3.11
– Answer K ey 3.3 – Answer K ey 3.4
– Expl anat i ons 3.3 – Expl anat i ons 3.5
4. A er od y n am i cs 4.1 - 4.40
4. A er od y n am i cs 4.1 - 4.16
– Answer K ey 4.16
– Answer K ey 4.6
– Expl anat i ons 4.17
– Expl anat i ons 4.7
5. A i r cr af t St r u ct u r e 5.1 - 5.55
5. A i r cr af t St r u ct u r e 5.1 - 5.10
– Answer K ey 5.22
– Expl anat i ons 5.4
– Expl anat i ons 5.22
6. J et P r op u l si on 6.1 - 6.9
6. J et P r op u l si on 6.1 - 6.24
– Answer K ey 6.4
– Answer K ey 6.11
– Expl anat i ons 6.4
– Expl anat i ons 6.11
7. R ock et P r op u l si on 7.1 - 7.5
7. R ock et P r op u l si on 7.1 - 7.10
– Answer K ey 7.2
– Answer K ey 7.5
– Expl anat i ons 7.2
– Expl anat i ons 7.5
8. Gen er al A p t i t u d e 8.1 - 8.64
8. Gen er al A p t i t u d e 8.1 - 8.20
– Answer K ey 8.41
– Answer K ey 8.10
– Expl anat i ons 8.10 – Expl anat i ons 8.44
(iv)
(v)
Preface
The Gr aduat e Apt it ude Test in Engineer ing (GATE) is an online exam conduct ed by t he I I Ts
for admissions t o PG cour ses in I I Ts, I I Sc Bangalor e, NI Ts and many st at e r un univer sit ies as
wel l as pr i vat e uni ver si t i es. Al so t her e ar e mor e t han 37 PSU s t hat use GATE scor e for
r ecr ui t ment s. A lar ge number of cor por at es ar e al so using GATE scor e as a t ool t o scr een
st udent s for placement s.
GK Publicat ions is well known as t he ‘‘publisher of choice’’ t o st udent s pr epar ing for GATE and
ot her t echnical examinat ions in t he count r y. We published t he fir st set of books in 1994 when
GATE exam, bot h obj ect i ve and convent i onal , was conduct ed i n t he paper and penci l
envir onment , and used as a check point for ent r y t o post gr aduat e cour ses in I I Ts and I I SCs.
At that t ime, st udents had litt le access t o technology and r elied mainly on instr uctor led lear ning
followed by pr act ice wit h books available for t hese examinat ions.
A lot has changed since t hen!
Today, GATE is conduct ed in an online only mode wit h mult iple choice and numer ical based
quest ions. The scor e is valid for t hr ee year s and is used not only for post gr aduat e cour ses but
is also used by major PSUs for r ecr uit ment . Today’s st udent s have easy access t o t echnology
and t he concept of a monologue wit hin t he classr oom has changed t o dialogue wher e st udent s
come pr epar ed wit h concept s and t hen discuss t opics. They lear n a lot of t hings on t he go wit h
t heir mobile devices and pr act ice for mock t est s online.
We, as a leading publisher of GATE books, have also embr aced change. Today, our books ar e no
mor e guides and paper s only but come wit h a fully suppor t ed mobile app and a web por t al. The
mobile app pr ovides access t o video lect ur es, shor t t est s and r egular updat es about t he exam.
The web por t al in addit ional t o what is available on t he app pr ovides full lengt h mock t est s t o
mimic t he act ual exam and help you gauge your level of pr epar edness. The combinat ion of
pr act ice cont ent in pr int , video lect ur es, and shor t and full lengt h t est s on mobile and web
makes t his pr oduct a complet e cour sewar e for GATE pr epar at ion.
This book includes pr evious year s GATE quest ions along wit h det ailed solut ion of each quest ion
for bet t er under st anding. I t will help t he GATE aspir ant s t o know an idea about t he pat t er n of
quest ions asked in GATE examinat ion.
We al so k now t hat i mpr ovement i s a never endi ng pr ocess and hence we wel come your
suggest i ons and feedback or spel l i ng and t echni cal er r or s i f any. Pl ease wr i t e t o us at
gk p@gk publi cat ions.com
We hope t hat our small effor t will help you pr epar e well for t he examinat ion.
We wish you all t he best !
GK Pu bl i cat i on s Pv t . L t d .
(vi)
Abou t GAT E
The Gr aduat e Apt it ude Test in Engineer ing (GATE) conduct ed by I I Sc and I I Ts has emer ged as
one of t he bench mar k t est s for engineer ing and science apt it ude in facilit at ing admissions for
hi gher educat i on (M .Tech./Ph.D.) i n I I Ts, I I Sc and var i ous ot her I nst i t ut es/U ni ver si t i es/
L abor at or i es i n I ndi a. Wi t h t he st andar d and hi gh qual i t y of t he GATE exami nat i on i n
23 disciplines of engineer ing and science subject s, it ident ifies t he candidat e's under st anding of
a subject and apt it ude and eligibility for higher st udies. Dur ing t he last few year s, GATE scor e is
also being used as one of t he cr it er ia for r ecr uit ment in Gover nment Or ganizat ions such as
Cabinet Secr et ar iat , and Nat ional/St at e Public Sect or Under t akings in I ndia. Because of t he
impor t ance of t he GATE examinat ion, t he number of candidat es t aking up GATE exams has
incr eased t r emendously. GATE exams ar e conduct ed by t he I I Ts and I I Sc as a comput er based
t est having mult iple choice quest ions and numer ical answer t ype quest ions. The quest ions ar e
most ly fundament al, concept based and t hought pr ovoking. Fr om 2017 onwar ds GATE Exam is
being held in Bangladesh, Ethiopia, Nepal, Singapor e, Sr i L anka and Unit ed Ar ab Emir ates. An
I nstitute with var ious nationalities in its campus widens the horizons of an academic envir onment.
A for eign st udent br ings wit h him/her a gr eat diver sit y, cult ur e and wisdom t o shar e. M any
GATE qualified candidat es ar e paid scholar ships/assist ant ship, especially funded by Minist r y of
H uman Resour ces Development, Gover nment of I ndia and by ot her Minist r ies. I ndian I nst it ut e
of Technology M adr as is t he Or ganizing I nst it ut e for GATE 2019.
New in GATE 2019 Onward
A new paper St at ist ics (ST) is added i n GATE 2019
Why GATE?
Admission to Post Graduate and Doctoral Programmes
Admission t o post gr aduat e pr ogr ammes wit h M H RD and some ot her gover nment scholar ships/
assist ant ships in engineer ing colleges/inst it ut es is open t o t hose who qualify t hr ough GATE.
GATE qualified candidat es wit h Bachelor ’s degr ee in Engineer ing/Technology/Ar chit ect ur e or
M ast er ’s degr ee in any br anch of Science/M at hemat ics/St at ist ics/Comput er Applicat ions ar e
eligible for admission t o M ast er /Doct or al pr ogr ammes in Engineer ing/Technology/Ar chit ect ur e
as well as for Doct or al pr ogr ammes in r el evant br anches of Science wi t h M H RD or ot her
gover nment scholar ships/assi st ant shi ps. Candi dat es wi t h M ast er ’s degr ee i n Engi neer i ng/
Technology/Ar chit ect ur e may seek admission t o r elevant PhD pr ogr ammes wit h scholar ship/
assist ant ship wit hout appear ing in t he GATE examinat ion.
Financial Assistance
A valid GATE scor e is essent ial for obt aining financial assist ance dur ing M ast er ’s pr ogr ams and
di r ect Doct or al pr ogr ams in Engineer i ng/Technol ogy/Ar chi t ect ur e, and Doct or al pr ogr ams in
r elevant br anches of Science i n I nst i t ut es suppor t ed by t he M H RD or ot her Gover nment
agenci es. As per t he di r ect i ves of t he M H RD, t he fol lowi ng pr ocedur e is t o be adopt ed for
admi ssi on t o t he post -gr aduat e pr ogr ams (M ast er ’s and Doct or al ) wit h M H RD schol ar shi p/
assi st ant ship. Depending upon t he nor ms adopt ed by a specific inst it ut e or depar t ment of t he
I nst it ut e, a candidat e may be admit t ed dir ect ly int o a cour se based on his/her per for mance in
GATE only or based on his/her per for mance in GATE an d an admission test/int er view conduct ed
(vii)
by t he depar t ment t o whi ch he/she has appli ed an d /or t he candidat e’s academi c r ecor d. I f t he
candidat e i s t o be select ed t hr ough t est /int er vi ew for post -gr aduat e pr ogr ams, a minimum of
70% wei ght age wi ll be gi ven t o t he per for mance i n GATE and t he r emaini ng 30% weight age
wi ll be given t o t he candi dat e’s per for mance in t est /int er vi ew and/or academi c r ecor d, as per
M H RD gui del i nes. The admi t t i ng i nst i t ut es coul d however pr escr i be a mi ni mum passi ng
per cent age of mar k s i n t he t est /i nt er view. Some coll eges/inst it ut es speci fy GATE qual ifi cat i on
as t he mandat or y r equir ement even for admi ssi on wit hout M H RD schol ar shi p/assist ant shi p.
To avai l of t he financial assist ance (scholar ship), t he candidat e must fi r st secur e admissi on t o a
pr ogr am i n t hese I nst i t ut es, by a pr ocedur e t hat coul d var y fr om i nst i t ut e t o i nst i t ut e.
Qualifi cat ion in GATE is also a minimum r equir ement t o appl y for var ious fellowships awar ded
by many Gover nment or ganizations. Candidates ar e advised to seek complete details of admission
pr ocedur es and avai labi lit y of M H RD scholar ship/assi st ant ship fr om t he concer ned admit t i ng
inst it ut i on. The cr it er ia for post gr aduat e admi ssi on wit h scholar ship/assi st ant ship coul d be
di ffer ent for di ffer ent i nst i t ut i ons. The management of t he post -gr aduat e schol ar shi p/
assi st ant ship is al so t he r esponsibi li t y of t he admit t i ng inst i t ut i on. Simi lar ly, r eser vat ion of
seat s under di ffer ent cat egor ies is as per t he pol ici es and nor ms pr evai li ng at t he admit t i ng
inst it ut i on and Gover nment of I ndia r ules. GATE offi ces wi l l usual l y not enter tai n any enqui r y
about admi ssi on, r eser vati on of seats and/ or awar d of schol ar shi p/ assi stantshi p.
PSU Recruitments
As many as 37 PSUs ar e using GATE scor e for r ecr uit ment . I t i s l ik el y t hat mor e number of
PSUs may st ar t doing so by next year. Below i s t he li st of PSU s:
MDL, BPCL, GAI L, NLC LTD, CEL, I ndian Oil, HPCL, NBPC, NECC, BHEL, WBSEDCL, NTPC,
ONGC, Oil I ndia, Power Gr id, Cabinet Secr et ar iat , Govt . of I ndia, BAARC, NFL , I PR, PSPCL ,
PSTCL, DRDO, OPGC Ltd., THDC I ndia Ltd., BBNL, RI TES, I RCON, GHECL, NHAI , KRI BHCO,
M umbai Railway Vikas Cor por ation L t d. (M RVC L t d.), Nat ional Text ile Cor por at ion, Coal I ndia
L t d., BNPM , AAI , NAL CO, EdCI L I ndia.
Important :
1. Admissions in I I Ts/I I Sc or ot her I nst it ut es for M .Tech./Ph.D. t hr ough GATE scor es shall be
advertised separately by the I nstitutes and GATE does not take the responsibility of admissions.
2. Cabinet Secr et ar iat has decided t o r ecr uit officer s for t he post of Senior Field Officer (Tele)
(Fr om GATE paper s of EC, CS, PH ), Senior Resear ch Officer (Cr ypt o) (Fr om GATE paper s of
EC, CS, M A), Senior Resear ch Officer (S& T) (Fr om GATE paper s EC, CS, CY, PH , AE, BT) in
t he Tel ecommuni cat i on Cadr e, Cr ypt ogr aphi c Cadr e and Sci ence & Technol ogy U ni t
r espectively of Cabinet Secr etar iat. The details of the scheme of r ecr uitment shall be published
in Nat ional Newspaper /Employment News by t he concer ned aut hor it y.
3. Some PSUs in I ndia have expr essed their int er est t o utilize GATE scor es for their r ecr uit ment
pur pose. The Or gani zat i ons who i nt end t o ut i l i ze GATE scor es shal l mak e separ at e
adver t isement for t his pur pose in Newspaper s et c.
Who Can Appear for GATE?
Eligibility for GATE
Befor e star ting the application process, the candidate must ensur e that he/she meets the eligibility
cr it er ia of GATE given in Tabl e.
(viii)
Eligibility Criteria for GATE 2019
Year of
Description of
qualification
Qualifying Degree Qualifying Degree/Examination (Descriptive) Eligible
cannot be
Candidates
later than
Bachelor’s degree holders in Engineering/ Currently in the
B.E./B.Tech./
Technology (4 years after 10+2 or 3 years after final year or already 2019
B.Pharm.
B.Sc./Diploma in Engineering/ Technology) completed
Currently in the
Bachelor’s degree holders of Architecture (Five
B. Arch. final year or already 2019
years course)
completed
Currently in the 4th
Bachelor’s degree in Science (Post-Diploma/4 years
B.Sc. (Research)/ B.S. year or already 2019
after 10+2)
completed
M. Sc./ Master’s degree in any branch of Currently in the
M.A./MCA or Science/Mathematics / Statistics / Computer final year or already 2019
equivalent Applications or equivalent completed
Int. M.E. / Currently in the
Integrated Master’s degree programs in Engineering
M.Tech. 2nd/3rd/4th year or 2021
/ Technology (Four year program)
(Post-B.Sc.) already completed
Int. M.E./ M.Tech. or Integrated Master’s degree program or Dual Degree Currently in the
Dual Degree(after program in Engineering / Technology (Five year 4th/5th year or 2020
Diploma or 10+2) program) already completed
Currently in the
Int. M.Sc./ Integrated M.Sc. or Five year integrated B.S.-M.S.
final year or already 2019
Int. B.S.-M.S. program
completed
B.E./B.Tech./B.Arch. equivalent examinations, of
Professional Society Completed section
Professional Societies, recognized by
Examinations A or equivalent of
MHRD/UPSC/AICTE (e.g., AMIE by Institution of NA
(equivalent to such professional
Engineers-India, AMICE by the Institute of Civil
B.E./B.Tech./B.Arch.) courses
Engineers-India)
I n case a candidat e has passed one of t he quali fyi ng examinat i ons as ment i oned above i n 2018
or ear l ier, t he candi dat e has t o submi t t he degr ee cer t ificat e / pr ovisional cer t ificat e / cour se
compl et ion cer t ifi cat e / pr ofessional cer t ifi cat e / member shi p cer t ificat e issued by t he societ y or
inst it ut e. I n case, t he candi dat e is expect ed t o complet e one of t he qualifyi ng cr it er i a i n 2019 or
lat er as ment i oned above, he/she has t o submi t a cer t i ficat e fr om Pr incipal or a copy of mar ks
car d for sect i on A of AM I E.
Certificate From Principal
Candidat es who have t o submi t a cer t ificat e fr om t hei r col lege Pr incipal have t o obt ain one
fr om hi s/her i nst it ut ion befor ehand and upl oad t he same dur i ng t he onl ine submissi on of t he
applicat i on for m.
Candidates With Backlogs
Candidat es, who have appear ed in t he final semest er /year exam in 2019, but wit h a backl og
(ar r ear s/failed subject s) in any of t he paper s in t heir qualifyi ng degr ee shoul d upload a copy of
any one of t he mar k sheet s of t he fi nal year,
OR
obt ain a declar at ion fr om t heir Pr i nci pal along wi t h t he si gnat ur e and seal befor ehand and
upload t he same dur ing t he onli ne submission of t he applicat ion for m.
GATE Structure
Structure of GATE
For t he GATE exami nat ion, a candi dat e can apply for only one of t he 23 paper s li st ed in Tabl es
below. The syllabus for each of t he paper s is given separ ately. M aking a choice of t he appr opr iat e
paper dur ing GATE applicat ion i s t he r esponsi bil it y of t he candidat e. Some guideli nes in t his
r espect ar e suggest ed below.
The candidat e is expected t o appear in a paper appr opr iat e t o t he discipline of his/her qualifying
degr ee. H owever, t he candi dat e can choose any paper accor ding t o hi s/her admi ssion plan,
k eepi ng i n mi nd t he eli gi bi l i t y cr i t er i a of t he inst it ut ions i n whi ch he/she wi shes t o seek
admi ssi on. For mor e det ail s r egar ding t he admission cr i t er ia i n any par t icular inst i t ut e, t he
candidat e i s advised t o r efer t o t he websi t e of t hat i nst it ut e.
(ix)
List of GATE Papers and Corresponding Codes
Paper Code Paper Code
Aer ospace Engineer i ng AE Geol ogy and Geophysics GG
Agr icult ur al Engineer ing AG I nst r ument at ion Engineer ing IN
Ar chi t ect ur e and Planni ng AR M at hemat ics MA
Biot echnology BT M echanical Engineer ing ME
Ci vi l Engi neer ing CE M ining Engineer ing MN
Chemical Engineer i ng CH M et al lur gical Engineer i ng MT
Comput er Sci ence and CS Pet r oleum Engineer i ng PE
I nfor mat ion Technol ogy
Physi cs PH
Chemi st r y CY Pr oduct i on and I ndust r i al Engineer i ng PI
St at i st i cs ST
Elect r onics and Communi cat ion EC Text i le Engi neer ing and Fibr e Science TF
Engineer ing
El ect r ical Engineer i ng EE Engineer ing Sciences XE*
Ecology and Evol ut ion EY L ife Sci ences XL* *
* XE Pap er Sect i on s Code * * XL Pap er Sect i on s Code
Engineering M athematics (Compulsory) A Chemi st r y (Compul sor y) P
Fl uid M echani cs B Biochemi st r y Q
M at er i al s Sci ence C Bot any R
Sol id M echanics D M icr obiology S
Ther modynami cs E Zoology T
Polymer Sci ence and Engineer i ng F Food Technology U
Food Technology G
At mospher ic and Oceanic Sci ences H
* XE (Engi neer i ng Sciences) and * * XL (L ife Sci ences) paper s ar e of gener al nat ur e and wi ll
compr ise of Sect ions li st ed in t he above t abl e. M or e det ailed explanat ion is gi ven as followi ng
pages.
General Aptitude Questions
All the paper s will have a few quest ions t hat t est the Gener al Aptitude (L anguage and Analyt ical
Sk il ls), apar t fr om t he cor e subject of t he paper.
XE Paper
A candidat e appear ing i n t he XE paper has t o answer t he fol lowi ng
1. Sect ion A – Engi neer i ng M at hemat i cs
2. GA – Gener al Apt it ude
3. Any t wo of XE sect ions B t o H
The choice of t wo sect ions fr om B t o H can be made dur i ng t he exami nat ion aft er vi ewing t he
quest ions. Only t wo opt ional sect ions can be answer ed at a t ime. A candi dat e wishing t o change
mi dway of t he examinat i on t o anot her opt ional sect ion must fi r st choose t o desel ect one of t he
pr eviousl y chosen opt ional sect ions (B t o H ).
(x)
XL Paper
A candidat e appear ing i n t he XL paper has t o answer t he fol lowi ng
1. Sect ion P – Chemi st r y
2. GA – Gener al Apt it ude
3. Any t wo of XL sect ions Q t o U
The choice of t wo sect ions fr om Q t o U can be made dur i ng t he exami nat ion aft er vi ewing t he
quest ions. Only t wo opt ional sect ions can be answer ed at a t ime. A candi dat e wishing t o change
mi dway of t he examinat i on t o anot her opt ional sect ion must fi r st choose t o desel ect one of t he
pr eviousl y chosen opt ional sect ions (Q t o U ).
Duration and Examination Type
The GATE examinat ion consist s of a single paper of 3-h ou r dur at ion t hat cont ains 65 quest ions
car r ying a maximum of 100 m ar k s. The quest ion paper wil l consi st of bot h mult iple choi ce
quest ions (M CQ) and numer ical answer t ype (NAT) quest ions. The pat t er n of quest ion paper s is
di scussed i n foll owi ng par agr aphs.
The exami nat ion for all t he paper s wil l be car r ied out in an ONL I N E Comput er Based Test
(CBT) mode wher e t he candi dat es wil l be shown t he quest ions in a r andom sequence on a
comput er scr een. The candi dat es ar e r equir ed t o ei t her select t he answer (for M CQ t ype) or
ent er t he answer for numer ical answer t ype quest i on using a mouse on a vi r t ual keyboar d
(keyboar d of t he comput er will be di sabled). Each candidat e will be pr ovided wit h a scr ibble pad
for r ough wor k . The scr i bble pad has t o be r et ur ned aft er t he examinat i on. At t he end of t he
3-hour wi ndow, t he comput er wil l aut omat icall y close t he scr een fr om fur t her act i ons.
Pattern of Question Papers
I n al l t he paper s, t her e wi l l be a t ot al of 65 quest i ons car r yi ng 100 mar k s, out of whi ch
10 quest i ons car r ying a t ot al of 15 mar k s wil l be on Gener al Apt it ude (GA).
I n t he paper s bear i ng t he codes AE, AG, BT, CE, CH , CS, EC, EE, I N, M E, M N , M T, PE, PI , TF
and XE, t he Engi neer ing M at hemat i cs wil l car r y ar ound 15% of t h e t ot al m ar k s, t he Gener al
Apt i t ude sect ion wil l car r y 15% of t h e t ot al m ar k s and t he r em ai n i n g 70% of t h e t ot al
m ar k s i s devot ed t o t he subject of t he paper.
I n t he paper s bear i ng t he codes AR, CY, EY, GG, M A, PH and XL , t he Gener al Apt it ude sect i on
wi ll car r y 15% of t h e t ot al m ar k s and t he r em ai n i n g 85% of t h e t ot al m ar k s i s devot ed t o
t he subject of t he paper.
GATE 2019 woul d cont ain quest i ons of t wo differ ent t ypes in var i ous paper s:
(i) M u l t i pl e Ch oi ce Qu est i on s (M CQ) car r ying 1 or 2 mar ks each in all paper s
and sect i ons. These quest i ons ar e object ive i n nat ur e, and each wi ll have a
choi ce of four answer s, out of which t he candi dat e has t o mar k t he cor r ect
answer (s).
(ii) N u m er i cal A n sw er Qu est i on s of 1 or 2 mar ks each i n all paper s and
sect ions. For t hese quest i ons t he answer i s a r eal number, t o be ent er ed by
t he candi dat e using t he vi r t ual k eypad. No choi ces will be shown for t his
t ype of quest i ons.
Marking Scheme
For 1-m ar k mult ipl e-choice quest ions, 1/3 mar k will be deduct ed for a wr ong answer. L ikewise,
for 2-m ar k mul t i ple-choice quest i ons, 2/3 mar k wil l be deduct ed for a wr ong answer. T h er e i s
N O n egat i v e m ar k i n g f or n u m er i cal an sw er t y p e q u est i on s.
Consul t syl labus befor e pr oceedi ng
General Aptitude (GA) Questions
I n all papers, GA questions carr y a total of 15 m ar k s. The GA section includes 5 questions carr ying
1-m ar k each (sub-total 5 m ar k s) and 5 questions car rying 2-m ar k s each (sub-total 10 m ar k s).
(xi)
Question Papers other than GG, XE and XL
These paper s would cont ain 25 quest i ons car r yi ng 1-m ar k each (sub-t ot al 25 m ar k s) and
30 quest i ons car r yi ng 2-m ar k s each (sub-t ot al 60 m ar k s). The quest ion paper will consist of
quest i ons of mul t i ple choi ce and numer ical answer t ype. For numer i cal answer quest i ons,
choi ces wil l not be given. Candidat es have t o ent er t he answer (which will be a r eal number,
si gned or unsi gned, e.g., 25.06, – 25.06, 25, – 25 et c.) usi ng a vi r t ual k eypad. An appr opr iat e
r ange wil l be consider ed whi le eval uat ing t he numer i cal answer t ype quest ions so t hat t he
candidat e i s not penali zed due t o t he usual r ound-off er r or s.
GG (Geology and Geophysics) Paper
Apar t fr om t he Gener al Apt it ude (GA) sect ion, t he GG quest i on paper consist s of t wo par t s:
Par t A and Par t B. Par t A is common for all candidat es. Par t B cont ai ns t wo sect i ons: Sect i on 1
(Geology) and Sect ion 2 (Geo-physics). Candidat es wil l have t o at t empt quest ions in Par t A and
ei t her Sect ion 1 or Sect ion 2 i n Par t B.
Par t A consist s of 25 mul t iple-choi ce quest i ons car r yi ng 1-m ar k each (sub-t ot al 25 m ar k s and
some of t hese may be numer ical answer t ype quest ions). Each sect ion i n Par t B (Sect ion 1 and
Sect ion 2) consist s of 30 mul t iple choi ce quest i ons car r yi ng 2-m ar k s each (sub-t ot al 60 m ar k s
and some of t hese may be numer ical answer t ype quest ions).
XE Paper (Engineering Sciences)
I n XE paper, Engineer ing M at hemat ics sect ion (Sect ion A) is com p u l sor y . This section contains
11 questions car r ying a total of 15 m ar k s: 7 quest ions car r ying 1-m ar k each (sub-total 7 m ar k s),
and 4 questions car r ying 2-m ar k s each (sub-total 8 m ar k s). Some quest ions may be of numer ical
answer t ype quest i ons.
Each of the other sect ions of the XE paper (Sections B t hr ough H ) contains 22 quest ions car r ying
a t ot al of 35 m ar k s: 9 questions car r ying 1-m ar k each (sub-t otal 9 m ar k s) and 13 questions
car r ying 2-m ar k s each (sub-t otal 26 m ar k s). Some quest ions may be of numer ical answer type.
XL Paper (Life Sciences)
I n XL paper, Chemist r y sect i on (Sect ion P) is com p u l sor y . This sect ion cont ai ns 15 quest ions
car r ying a t ot al of 25 m ar k s: 5 quest ions car r yi ng 1-m ar k each (sub-t ot al 5 m ar k s) and
10 quest ions car r ying 2-m ar k s each (sub-t ot al 20 m ar k s). Some quest ions may be of numer ical
answer t ype.
Each of t he ot her sect ions of t he XL paper (Sect ions Q t hr ough U) cont ains 20 questions car r ying
a t ot al of 30 m ar k s: 10 quest ions car r ying 1-m ar k each (sub-t ot al 10 m ar k s) and 10 quest i ons
car r yi ng 2-m ar k s each (sub-t ot al 20 m ar k s). Some quest i ons may be of numer ical answer
type.
Note on Negative Marking for Wrong Answers
For a wr ong answer chosen for the m u l t i pl e ch oi ce qu est i on s (MCQs), ther e would be negative
marking. For 1-m ar k multiple choice questions, 1/3 mar k will be deducted for a wrong answer.
Likewise, for 2-m ar k multiple choice questions, 2/3 mar k will be deducted for a wrong answer.
However, ther e is NO n egat i v e m ar k i n g for a w r on g an sw er i n n u m er i cal an sw er t y pe
qu est i on s.
GATE Score
Aft er t he eval uat ion of t he answer s, t he r aw mar ks obt ained by a candi dat e will be conver t ed t o
a nor mali zed GATE Scor e.
The GATE scor e will be comput ed using t he for mul a given below.
Cal cu l at i on of N or m al i zed M ar k s f or CE , CS, EC, EE an d M E p ap er s (m u l t i -sessi on
p aper s)
I n GATE, exami nat i on for some paper s may be conduct ed in mult i-sessi ons. H ence, for t hese
paper s, a suit able nor mali zat ion is appli ed t o t ak e i nt o account any var iat ion i n t he difficul t y
levels of t he quest ion paper s acr oss differ ent sessi ons. The nor mal izat i on i s done based on t he
fundament al assumpt ion t hat “ in all mul t i-session GATE paper s, t he di st r i but ion of abi lit ies of
candidat es is t he same acr oss al l t he sessions” . This assumpt ion is just ified since t he number of
(xii)
can di dat es appear i n g i n m ul t i -sessi on paper s i n GAT E i s l ar ge and t he pr ocedu r e of
al l ocat i on of sessi on t o candi dat es i s r an dom . F u r t h er i t i s al so en su r ed t hat for t h e
sam e mu l t i -sessi on paper, t h e n u mber of can di dat es al l ot t ed i n each sessi on i s of t h e
sam e or der of m agni t u de.
Based on t he above, and consider i ng var ious nor mal izat i on met hods, t he commit t ee ar r ived at
t he fol lowi ng for mula for calculat ing t he nor mal ized mar k s for t he mult i -session paper s.
i s given by
Nor mali zat ion mar k of j th candidat e i n t he i th sessi on M
ij
g g
M t – M q (M – M ) M g
M ij ij iq q
M ti – M i q
wher e
M i j : is t he act ual mar ks obt ained by t he j th candi dat e in i th sessi on
M tg : is t he aver age mar ks of t he t op 0.1% of t he candi dat es consider i ng all
sessions
g
M q : is t he sum of mean and st andar d deviat ion mar ks of t he candidat es in
t he paper consider ing all sessions
M ti : is t he aver age mar ks of t he t op 0.1% of t he candi dat es in t he i th sessi on
M i q : is t he sum of t he mean mar ks and st andar d devi at ion of t he i th sessi on
Aft er evaluation of t he answer s, nor malized mar ks based on the above for mula will be calculated
cor r esponding t o t he r aw mar ks obt ained by a candidat e and t he GATE Scor e wi ll be calculat ed
based on t he nor mal ized mar k s.
For all paper s for which t her e is only one session, act ual mar ks obt ained wi ll be used for
calcul at i ng t he GATE Scor e.
Calculation of GATE Score For All Papers
GATE 2019 scor e wil l be calculat ed usi ng t he for mula
(M – M q )
GATE Scor e = Sq (St – Sq )
(M t – M q )
I n t he above for mul ae
M : mar ks obt ained by the candidate (actual mar ks for single session paper s
and nor mali zed mar ks for mul t i -session paper s)
M q : is t he quali fying mar ks for gener al cat egor y candidat e i n t he paper
M t : is t he mean of mar k s of t op 0.1% or t op 10 (whichever i s lar ger ) of t he
candidat es who appear ed in t he paper (in case of mult i-sessi on paper s
incl uding al l sessi ons)
Sq : 350, is t he scor e assi gned t o M q
S t : 900, is t he scor e assi gned t o M t
I n t he GATE 2019 scor e for mul a, M q i s usual ly 25 mar k s (out of 100) or + s, whichever i s lar ger.
H er e is t he mean and s i s t he st andar d deviat ion of mar k s of all t he candidat es who appear ed
in t he paper.
Aft er t he decl ar at ion of r esul t s, GATE Scor ecar ds can be downloaded by
(a) All SC/ST/PwD candi dat es whose mar ks ar e gr eat er t han or equal t o t he qualifying mar k of
SC/ST/PwD candidat es in t hei r r espect i ve paper s, and
(b) Al l ot her candidat es whose mar k s ar e gr eat er t han or equal t o t he qualifyi ng mar k of OBC
(N CL ) candi dat es i n t heir r espect ive paper s.
T h er e i s n o p r ov i si on f or t h e i ssu e of h ar d cop i es of t h e GAT E Scor ecar d s
The GATE Commi t t ee has t he aut hor it y t o decide t he qual ifying mar k/scor e for each GATE
paper. I n case any cl ai m or disput e ar ises in r espect of GATE, t he Cour t s and Tr i bunal s in
Bangal or e alone shall have t he excl usive jur i sdict ion t o ent er t ain and set t l e any such disput e
or cl ai m.
(xiii)
GATE Syllabus
AE: Aer osp ace En gi n eer i n g
I m por t a n t N ot e f or Ca n d i d a t es: I n each of the fol l owi ng subjects the topi cs have been di vi ded i nto two
categor i es – Cor e Topi cs and Speci al Topi cs. The cor r espondi ng secti ons of the questi on paper wi l l contai n 90%
of thei r questi ons on Cor e Topi cs and the r emai ni ng 10% on Speci al Topi cs.
SECTION 1: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
Cor e Topi cs:
L i n ear Al gebr a: Vector algebr a, M at r ix algebr a, syst ems of linear equat ions, r ank of a matr ix, eigenvalues
and ei genvect or s.
Cal cu l u s: Funct ions of single var iable, l imit s, cont i nuit y and di ffer ent iabil it y, mean value t heor em, chain
r ul e, par t ial der ivat i ves, maxi ma and mi ni ma, gr adi ent , di ver gence and cur l , di r ect i onal der i vat ives.
I nt egr at i on, L ine, sur face and volume int egr als. Theor ems of St okes, Gauss and Gr een.
D i f f er en t i al Equ at i on s: Fir st or der linear and nonlinear differ ent ial equat ions, higher or der linear ODEs
wi t h const ant coefficient s. Par t i al di ffer ent ial equat i ons and separ at ion of var i abl es met hods.
Speci a l Topi cs:
Four ier Ser ies, L aplace Tr ansfor ms, Numer i cal met hods for l inear and nonl inear al gebr aic equat i ons,
Numer ical i nt egr at i on and di ffer ent iat ion.
SECTION 2: FLIGHT MECHANICS
Cor e Topi cs:
Basi cs: Atmospher e: Pr operties, standar d atmospher e. Classification of air cr aft. Air plane (fixed wing air cr aft)
confi gur at ion and var i ous par t s;
Ai r p l an e p er f or m an ce: Pr essur e al t it ude; equival ent , calibr at ed, indicat ed ai r speeds; Pr i mar y fl ight
inst r ument s: Alt imet er, ASI , VSI , Tur n-bank i ndicat or. Dr ag polar ; t akeoff and landing; st eady cli mb &
descent , absolut e and ser vice cei ling; cr ui se, cr uise cli mb, endur ance or loi t er ; load fact or, t ur ning flight , V-
n di agr am; Winds: head, t ail & cr oss wi nds;
St at i c st abi l i t y : Angle of at tack, sideslip; r oll, pit ch & yaw cont r ols; longit udinal st ick fixed & fr ee st abilit y,
hor izont al t ail posi t ion and size; dir ect ional st abil it y, ver t ical t ai l posit ion and si ze; dihedr al st abilit y. Wing
di hedr al, sweep & posit ion; hi nge moment s, st ick for ces;
Speci a l Topi cs:
Dynamic st abi lit y: Euler angles; Equat ions of mot ion; aer odynamic for ces and moment s, st abilit y & cont r ol
derivatives; decoupling of longitudinal and lateral-directional dynamics; longitudinal modes; lateral-dir ectional
modes.
SECTION 3: SPACE DYNAMICS
Cor e Topi cs:
Cent r al for ce mot ion, det er minat i on of t r aject or y and or bit al per iod in si mple cases.
Speci a l Topi cs:
Or bit t r ansfer, i n-pl ane and out -of-plane.
(15)
SECTION 4: AERODYNAMICS
Cor e Topi cs:
B asi c F l u i d M ech an i cs: Conser vat ion l aws: M ass, moment um (I nt egr al and differ ent i al for m);
Pot ent i al flow t heor y: sour ces, sink s, doublet s, l ine vor t ex and t hei r super posit i on; Viscosit y, Reynol ds
number.
A i r f oi l s an d w i n gs: Ai r foi l nomencl at ur e; Aer odynami c coeffi ci ent s: l i ft , dr ag and moment ; K ut t a-
Jouk oswki t heor em; Thin ai r foi l t heor y, K ut t a condit ion, st ar t ing vor t ex; Fi ni t e wi ng t heor y: I nduced
dr ag, Pr andt l li ft i ng l ine t heor y; Cr i t i cal and dr ag di ver gence M ach number.
Com p r essi b l e F l ow s: Basi c concept s of compr essi bi l i t y, Conser vat i on equat i ons; One di mensi onal
compr essi ble flows, Fanno flow, Raylei gh flow; I sent r opi c fl ows, nor mal and oblique shocks, Pr andt l -M eyer
fl ow; Flow t hr ough nozzles and diffuser s.
Speci a l Topi cs:
El ement ar y ideas of viscous flows incl udi ng boundar y layer s; Wind Tunnel Test ing: M easur ement and
visualizat ion t echniques.
SECTION 5: STRUCTURES
Cor e Topi cs:
St r en gt h of M at er i al s: St at es of st r ess and st r ain. St r ess and st r ain t r ansfor mat ion. M ohr ’s Cir cl e.
Pr inci pal st r esses. Thr ee-di mensi onal H ook e’s l aw. Plane st r ess and st r ai n; Fail ur e t heor i es: M aximum
st r ess, Tr esca and von M ises; St r ai n ener gy. Cast igliano’s pr incipl es. Analysis of st at ically det er minat e and
indet er mi nat e t r usses and beams. El ast ic flexur al buck li ng of columns.
F l i gh t v eh i cl e st r u ct u r es: Char act er ist ics of ai r cr aft st r uct ur es and mat er ials. Tor sion, bending and
fl exur al shear of t hi n-walled sect i ons. L oads on air cr aft .
St r u ct u r al Dy n am i cs:. Fr ee and for ced vibr ations of undamped and damped SDOF systems. Fr ee vibr ations
of undamped 2-DOF syst ems.
Speci a l Topi cs:
Vi br at i on of beams.
Theor y of elast i cit y: Equi li br i um and compat i bil it y equat i ons, Ai r y’s st r ess funct ion.
SECTION 6: PROPULSION
Cor e Topi cs:
B asi cs: Ther modynamics, boundar y l ayer s and heat t r ansfer and combust i on t her mochemist r y.
T h er m od y n am i cs of ai r cr af t en gi n es: Thr ust , efficiency and engine per for mance of t ur bojet , t ur bopr op,
t ur bo shaft , t ur bofan and r amj et engi nes, t hr ust augment at i on of t ur boj et s and t ur bofan engi nes.
Aer ot her modynami cs of non-r ot at ing pr opulsi on component s such as int akes, combust or and nozzl e.
Ax i al com p r essor s: Angular moment um, wor k and compr ession, char act er i st ic per for mance of a si ngle
axial compr essor st age, effi ciency of t he compr essor and degr ee of r eact ion.
Ax i al t u r bi n es: Axial t ur bi ne st age effici ency
Cen t r i f u gal com p r essor : Cent r ifugal compr essor st age dynamics, inducer, i mpell er and di ffuser.
Rock et p r op u l si on : Thr ust equat ion and specific impulse, vehicle acceler at ion, dr ag, gr avit y losses,
mult i-st agi ng of r ock et s. Cl assificat i on of chemical r ock et s, per for mance of soli d and l iquid pr opel lant
r ocket s.
(16)
GATE Solved Papers
(Section-Wise)
1
CHAPTER
ENGINEERING
MATHEMATICS
6. The eigenvalues of t he mat r ix A – 1,
cos sin
1. I f f , t hen f () f ( ) = 2 1
sin cos wher e A , ar e
0 3
(a) f () (b) f ()
(a) 1 and 1/2 (b) 1 and 1/3
(c) f () (d) 2 × 2 zer o mat r ix
(c) 2 and 3 (d) 1/2 and 1/3
[GATE 2007, 1 M ]
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
2. The Eul er i t er at i on for mul a for numer i cal l y
7. L et a syst em of linear equat ions be as follows:
int egr at i ng a fi r st or der nonlinear differ ent i al
x – y + 2z = 0
equat ion of t he for m x f x , wit h a const ant 2x + 3y – z = 0
st ep size of t is 2x – 2y + 4z = 0
(a) x k + 1 = x k – t × f (x k ) This syst em of equat ions has
(b) x k + 1 = x k + (t / 2) × f (x k )
2 (a) No non-t r ivial solut ion
(c) x k + 1 = x k – (1 /t ) × f (x k ) (b) I nfinit e number of non-t r ivial solut ions
(d) x k + 1 = x k + t × f (x k ) (c) An unique non-t r ivial solut ion
[GATE 2007, 1 M ] (d) Two non-t r ivial solut ions
3. The minimum value of J (x ) = x 2 – 7x + 30 occur s [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
at 8. At a st at ionar y point of a mult i-var iable function,
(a) x = 7/2 (b) x = 7/30 which of t he following is t r ue?
(a) Cur l of t he funct ion becomes unit y
(c) x = 30/7 (d) x = 30
[GATE 2007, 1 M ]
(b) Gr adient of t he funct ion vanishes
4. L et P and Q be t wo squar e mat r ices of same size. (c) Diver gence of t he funct ion vanishes
Consider t he following st at ement s (d) Gr adient of t he funct ion is maximum
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(i) PQ = 0 implies P = 0 or Q = 0 or bot h
9. Numer ical value of t he int egr al
(ii) PQ = l 2 implies P = Q– 1
l
(iii)(P + Q)2 = P2 + 2PQ + Q2 1
J 1 x2 dx , if evaluted numer ically using the
(iv) (P – Q) = P – 2PQ + Q
2 2 2
0
wher e I i s t he i dent i t y mat r i x. Whi ch of t he Tr apezoidal r ule wit h dx = 0.2 would be
following st at ement s is cor r ect ?
(a) 1 (b)
(a) (i), (ii) and (iii) ar e false, but (iv) is t r ue 4
(b) (i), (ii) and (iv) ar e false, but (iii) is t r ue (c) 0.7837 (d) 0.2536
(c) (ii), (iii) and (iv) ar e false, but (i) is t r ue [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
10. The Newt on-Raphson it er at ion for mula t o find a
(d) (i), (iii) and (iv) ar e false, but (ii) is t r ue
cube r oot of a posit ive number c is
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
2 x3k 3 c 2 x3k 3 c
2 1 (a) xk 1 (b) xk 1
5. The eigenvalues of t he mat r ix, A ar e 3 xk2 3 xk2
0 3
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 1 and 2 2 x3k c x3k c
(c) xk 1 (d) xk 1
(c) 2 and 3 (d) 2 and 4 3 xk2 3 xk2
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
1.2 Engineering Mathematics
16. Which of t he following equat ions is a L I NEAR
sin x
11. lim or dinar y differ ent ial equat ion?
x ex x
d2 y dy
(a) 10 (b) 0 (a) 2y 2 0
2 dx
dx
(c) 1 (d)
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] d2 y dy
(b) y 2y 0
2 dx
s 10 dx
12. L et F s
s 2 s 20 d2 y dy
(c) x 2y 0
2 dx
The par t ial fr act ion expansion of F (s) is dx
2
1 1 5 2 dy dy
(a) (b) (d) 2y 0
s 2 s 20 s 2 s 20 dx dx
[GATE 2008, 1 M ]
2 20 4 /9 5/9
(c) (d) 1 2 2 2
s 2 s 20 s 2 s 20 17. The funct ion f x, y,z x y z sat isfies
2
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(a) gr ad f = 0 (b) div (gr ad f) = 0
13. L et F s
s 10 (c) cur l (gr ad f) = 0 (d) gr ad (div(gr ad f)) = 0
2 s 20
s [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
The inver se L aplace t r ansfor m of F (s) is 18. Which of t he following is t r ue for all choices of
vect or s p,q, r ?
4 2t 5 20 t
(a) 2e– 2t + 20e– 20t (b) e e
9 9
(a) p, q q, r r, p 0
9 2t 9 20 t
(c) 5e– 2t + 2e– 20t (d) e e (b) p. q r q. r p r . p q 0
4 5
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(c) p. q r q. r p r . p q 0
14. The funct ion defined by
f(x) = sin x, x < 0 (d) p q r q r p r p q 0
= 0, x=0 [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
= 3x , 2
x>0
1
(a) is neit her cont inuous nor differ ent iable at x = 19. The value of t he line int egr al
0 2
xdy y dx
t aken ant iclockwise along a cir cle of unit r adius
(b) is cont inuous and differ ent iable at x = 0
is
(c) is differ ent iable but not cont inuous at x = 0
(a) 0.5 (b) 1
(d) is cont inuous but not differ ent iable at x = 0
(c) 2 (d)
[GATE 2008, 1 M ]
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
15. The pr oduct of t he eigenvalues of t he mat r ix
20. W h i ch of t h e f ol l ow i n g i s a sol u t i on of
1 0 1 d2 y dy
0 2 1 2 y 0?
2 x
dx
1 1 3
(a) e x xe x (b) ex xe x
(a) 4 (b) 0
(c) – 6 (d) – 9 (c) ex e x (d) e x xex
[GATE 2008, 1 M ] [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
Engineering Mathematics 1.3
21. Suppose t he non-const ant funct ion F(x) and G(t ) St at ement for Linked Answer Quest ions 76 and
satisfy 77: The following two quest ions r elate to Simpon’s r ule
b
d2F dG
p2 F 0, c2 p2G 0, for appr oximating the integr al f x dx on the interval
dx 2 dt a
wher e p and c ar e const ant s. [a, b].
Then t he funct ion u(x, t ) = F(x) G(t ) definit ely 25. Which of t he following gives t he cor r ect for mula
satisfies for Simpson’s r ule?
2 u
b a a b
2 u 2 u u (a) f b f 2
(a) c2
(b) c2 2
t 2 x 2 u x 2
b a f a f b 4 a b
2 (b) f
2 2 3 2
(c) 2 u 0 (d) u c2 u 2 0
t 2
b a f a f b 4 a b
(c) f
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] 2 3 3 2
22. The following set of equat ions
b a f a f b 4 a b
(d) f
1 1 2 x1 1 2 3 3 3
1 0 1 x 1 [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
2 has
0 1 1 x 3 0 26. The per cent age er r or (wit h r espect t o t he exact
1
3
(a) no solut ion (b) a unique solut ion solut ion) i n est imat ion of t he int egr al x dx
(c) t wo solut ions (d) infinit e solut ions 0
using Simpson’s r ule is
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(a) 5.3 (b) 3.5
23. The funct ion f(x) = x 2 – 5x + 6
(c) 2.8 (d) 0
(a) has it s maximum value at x = 2.0
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(b) has it s maximum value at x = 2.5
(c) is incr easing on t he int er val (2.0, 2.5) d2 y
27. The or dinar y differ ent ial equat ion ky 0
(d) is incr easing on t he int er val (2.5, 3.0) dx 2
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] wher e k is r eal and posit ive
24. L et Y(s) denot e t he L aplace t r ansfor m L (y(t )) of (a) is non-linear
t he funct ion y(t ) = cosh (at ) sin (at ). Then (b) has a char act er ist ic equat ion wit h one r eal
and one complex r oot
dy dy
(a) L , L t y t sY s (c) has a char act er ist ic equat ion wit h t wo r eal
dt ds
r oot s
(d) has a complement ar y funct ion t hat is simple
dy dy
(b) L sY(s), L t y t har monic
dt ds
[GATE 2009, 1 M ]
dy 28. A non-t r i vi al sol ut i on t o t he (n xn) syst em of
dy
(c) L ,L t y t Y s 1 equat ions [A] {x} = {0}, wher e {0} is t he null vect or
dt ds
(a) can never be found
dy (b) may be found only if [A] is not singular
(d) L sY s , L t y t eas Y s
dt (c) may be found onl y i f [A] i s an or t hogonal
mat r ix
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(d) may be found onl y if [A] has at least one
eigenvalue equal t o zer o
[GATE 2009, 1 M ]
1.4 Engineering Mathematics
34. The cor r ect i t er at i ve scheme for fi ndi ng t he
dx squar e r oot of a posit ive r eal number R using
29. The value of the integr al evaluat ed
1 x sin x t he Newt on Raphson met hod is
0
using the trapezoidal rule with two equal intervals (a) x n 1 R
is appr oximat ely 1 R
(a) 1.27 (b) 1.81 (b) x n 1 xn
2 x n
(c) 1.41 (d) 0.71
1
[GATE 2009, 2 M ] (c) x n 1
2
x n x n 1
30. The pr oduct of t he eigenvalues of t he mat r ix
1
2 1 1
(d) x n 1
2
R xn
1 3 1 [GATE 2009, 2 M ]
is
1 1 4 35. Tw o posi t i on v ect or s ar e i n di cat ed by
x1 x 2
(a) 20 (b) 24 V1 and V2 . I f a2 + b2 = 1, t hen t he
y1 y 2
(c) 9 (d) 17
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
a b
31. I n t he int er val 1 x 2, t he funct ion f(x) =ex + oper at ion V2 V1 amounts t o obtaining
b a
sin x is
(a) maximum at x = 1 t he posit ion vect or V2 fr om V1 by
(b) maximum at x = 2 (a) tr anslat ion
(c) maximum at x = 1.5 (b) r ot at ion
(d) monot onically decr easing (c) magnification
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
(d) combi nat i on of t r ansl at i on, r ot at i on and
32. The inver se L aplace t r ansfor m of magnification
[GATE 2010, 1 M ]
F s
s 1
is 36. The l i near second or der par t i al di ff er ent i al
4 s 3
s
2 2 d2
equat ion 5 3 2 9 0 is
3 4t 4 3t 3 4t 4 3t dx 2 dxdy dy 2
(a) e e (b) e e
7 7 7 7
(a) Par abolic
5 4t 6 3t 5 4t 6 3t (b) Hyper bolic
(c) e e (d) e e
7 7 7 7 (c) Elliptic
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
(d) None of t he above
33. The linear syst em of equat ions Ax = b wher e [GATE 2010, 1 M ]
1 2 3 37. The eigen-values of a r eal symmet r ic mat r ix ar e
A and b has always
2 4 3
(a) positive
(a) no solut ion (b) imaginar y
(b) infinit ely many solut ions (c) r eal
1 (d) complex conjugate pairs
(c) a unique solut ion x
1 [GATE 2010, 1 M ]
0.5
(d) a unique solut ion x
0.5
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
Engineering Mathematics 1.5
38. The concent r at ion x of a cer t ain chemical species 42. The funct ion f (x, y) = x 2 + y 2 – xy – 3y has an
at t i me t i n a chemi cal r eact i on i s descr i bed ext r emum at t he point
dx (a) (1, 2) (b) (3, 0)
by t he di ffer ent ial equat i on kx 0 , wi t h
dt (c) (2, 2) (d) (1, 1)
x(t = 0) = x0. Givcn that e is the base of t he nat ur al [GATE 2010, 2 M ]
43. Consi der x, y, z t o be r i ght -handed Car t esi an
1
logar it hms, t he concer nt r at ion x at t coor dinat es. A vect or funct ion is defined in t his
k
coor di n at e sy st em as v 3xi 3xyj yz2 k,
(a) falls t o t he value 0.5 x 0
(b) r ises t o t he value 2x 0 wher e i. j and k ar e t he unit vect or s along x, y
and z axes, r espect ively. The cur l of v is given by
x0 (a) z2i – 3yk
(c) falls t o t he value
e (b) z2j + 3yk
(d) r ises t o t he value ex 0 (c) z2i + 3yj
[GATE 2010, 1 M ] (d) – z2i + 3yk
1 [GATE 2011, 1 M ]
dx
39. The definit e int egr al 2 44. Which of t he following funct ions is per iodic?
1 x
(a) f x x 2 (b) f(x) = log x
(a) does not exist (b) is equal t o 2
(c) is equal t o 0 (d) is equal t o – 2 (c) f (x) = ex (d) f(x) = const .
[GATE 2010, 1 M ] [GATE 2011, 1 M ]
40. Gi v en t h at t h e L apl ace t r an sf or m of
45. The funct ion f(x 1, x 2, x 3) = x12 x 22 x 32 2x1
2s
y t e1 2cos2t sin 2t is y s , 4x 2 6x 3 +14 has it s minimum value at
s 12 4
(a) (1, 2, 3)
t he L aplace t r ansfor m of y t (t ) = et (2cos2t – sin2t )
(b) (0, 0, 0)
is
(c) (3, 2, 1)
2 s 2 2 s 2 (d) (1, 1, 3)
(a) (b)
s 12 4 s 32 4 [GATE 2011, 1 M ]
2 s 2 2 s 1 46. Consider the function f(x1, x2,)= x12 x 22 e x1 x 2 .
(c) (d) The vect or point ing in t he dir ect ion of maximum
s 12 4 s 12 4
incr eases of t he funct ion at t he point (1, – 1) is
[GATE 2010, 2 M ]
41. I n a cer t ain r egion a hill is descr ibed by the shape 2 1
(a) 5 (b) 5
1 4
z(x, y) x y 2 xy 3y , wher e t he axes x
50
0.73 2
and y ar e in the hor izontal plane and axis z points (c) 6.73 (d) 4
ver t ically upwar d. I f ˆi, ˆj and kˆ ar e unit vect or s
[GATE 2011, 1 M ]
along x, y and z, r espect ively, t hen at t he point 47. Two simult aneous equat ions given by y = + x
x = 5, y = 10 t he unit vect or in t he dir ect ion of and y = – x have
t he sleepest slope of t he hill will be:
(a) a unique solut ion
(a) î (b) ˆj (b) infinit ely many solut ions
(c) no solut ion
(c) k̂ (d) ˆi ˆj kˆ
(d) a finit e number of mult iple solut ions
[GATE 2010, 2 M ] [GATE 2011, 1 M ]
1.6 Engineering Mathematics
48. Consi der t he funct i on f(x) = x – si n (x). The (c) bot h t he ident it y mat r ix and t he null mat r ix.
Newt on-Raphson it er at i on for mula t o fi nd t he (d) no squar e mat r ix A.
r oot of t he funct ion st ar t ing fr om an init ial guess
[GATE 2012, 1 M ]
x (0) at it er at ion k is
52. The gener al solut ion of t he differ ent ial equat ion
k k k
sin x x cos x
(a) x k 1
d2y dy
1 cosx k 2y 0 is
2 dt
dt
sin x k x k cos x k (a) Ae– t + Be2t (b) Ae– 2t + Be– t
k 1
(b) x
(c) Ae– 2t + Bet (d) Aet + Be2t
1 cosx k
[GATE 2012, 1 M ]
sin x k
x k
cos x k 53. The value of k for which t he syst em of equat ions
(c) x k 1 x + 2y + kz =1; 2x + ky +8z = 3 has no solut ion is
k
1 cosx
(a) 0 (b) 2
sin x k
x k
cos x k (c) 4 (d) 8
(d ) x k 1
k [GATE 2012, 1 M ]
1 cosx
54. I f u(t ) is a unit st ep funct ion, t he solut ion of t he
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
d2x
2 a di f f er en t i al equ at i on m kx u t i n
49. Consider t he mat r ix wher e a and b ar e dt 2
b 2
L aplace domain is
r eal number s. The two eigenvalues of t his mat r ix
1 and 1 ar e r eal and distinct (1 2) when 1 1
(a) a < 0 and b > 0 (b) a > 0 and b < 0 (a) s 2 (b)
ms k ms k2
(c) a < 0 and b < 0 (d) a = 0 and b < = 0
[GATE 2011, 2 M ] s 1
(c) 2 (d) 2
ms k s ms2 k
dy
50. The solut ion of y 3 et t 2 with init ial condition
dt [GATE 2012, 1 M ]
y(0) = 1 is given by 55. The gener al solut ion of t he differ ent ial equat ion
1 t dy
(a) e t 32 2 y 0 is
9 dx
(a) y x C 0 (b) y – x + C = 0
9
(b)
5 2et t 2 2t 2 (c) y x C 0 (d) y xC0
[GATE 2012, 1 M ]
4et Quest ion Q.56 is numer ical answer t ype. T he
(c)
t 2 2 answer of t hi s quest i ons i s ei t her a posi t i ve
whole number, or a posit ive r eal number wit h
1 maximum of 2 decimal places.
(d ) t
5 2e t 2 2t 2 1
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
56. The i nt egr at i on x 3 dx comput ed usi ng t r a-
0
51. The const r aint A 2 = A on any squar e mat r ix A is
sat isfied for pezoidal r ule wit h n = 4 int er vals is ____.
(a) t he ident it y mat r ix only. [GATE 2012, 2 M ]
(b) t he null mat r ix only.
Engineering Mathematics 1.7
1 62. At x = 0 t he funct ion y = | x| is
57. The n t h der ivat ive of t he funct ion y is
x3 (a) cont inuous but not differ ent iable
(b) cont inuous and differ ent iable
1n n ! 1n 1 n !
(a) (b) (c) not cont inuous but differ ent iable
x 3n 1 x 3 n 1
(d) not cont inuous and not differ ent iable
1n n 1 ! 1n n ! [GATE 2013, 1 M ]
(c) (d)
x 3 n x 3 n 63. One of t he eigenvect or s of t he mat r ix
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
58. The volume of a solid gener at ed by r ot at ing t he 1 1 0 1
A 0 1 1 v 1
2 is
r egion bet ween semi-cir cle y 1 1 x and 1 0 1 1
st r aight line y = 1, about x axis, is
The cor r esponding eigenvalue is ____________
4 1
(a) 2 (b) 4 2 [GATE 2013, 1 M ]
3 3
(c) 2
1
(d)
3 2
64. L et y 2ziˆ z2 xj x 2 ykˆ xi yjˆ zk ds, wher e
s
3 4
[GATE 2012, 2 M ] S denot es t he sur face of t he spher e of unit r adius
center ed at the or igin. Her e ˆi, ˆj and k̂ enote thr ee
2 7 10
or t h ogon al u n i t v ect or s. T h e v al u e of I i s
59. One eigenvalue of t he mat r ix A 5 2 25 is
_________
1 6 5
[GATE 2013, 2 M ]
– 9.33. One of t he ot her eigenvalues is 1
65. Given that t he Laplace tr ansfor m, L eat
(a) 18.33 (b) – 18.33 sa
(c) 18.33 – 9.33i (d) 18.33 + 9.33i
t hen L 3e t sin h 5t =
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
60. T h e di r ect i on al der i vat i v e of t h e f u n ct i on 3s 15
(a) 2
(b) 2
x 2 xy 2 s 10s s 10s
f x, y in t he dir ect ion
5 3s 15
(c) 2
(d) 2
s 10s s 10s
a 2iˆ 2iˆ 4ˆj at (x, y) = (1, 1) is [GATE 2013, 2 M ]
1 2 66. Values of a, b and c, which r ender t he mat r ix
(a) (b)
5 5 1 1
a
1 3 2
(c) 0 (d) 1
5 Q 0 b
[GATE 2013, 1 M ] 3
1 1
5 c
x2 3 2
61. The value of x 2 4x 21 dx is
4 or t honor mal ar e, r espect ively
24 12 1 1 1 2 1
(a) ln (b) ln (a) , ,0 (b) , ,
11 11 2 2 6 6 6
12 1 1 1 1 2 1
(c) ln 2 (d) ln (c) , , (d) , ,
11
3 3 3 6 6 6
[GATE 2013, 1 M ]
[GATE 2013, 2 M ]
1.8 Engineering Mathematics
67. A funct ion y(t ) sat isfies t he differ ent ial equat ion 73. For t he per iodic funct ion given by
2
d y dy 2, x 0
2 y 0 and i s subject t o t he i nit ial f x
2 dt
dt 2, 0x
du
condit ions y t 0 and t 0 1. The value Wit h f (x + 2) = f (x), using Four ier ser ies, t he
dt
of y(t = 1) is 1 1 1
sum s 1 .... conver ges t o
(a) e (b) 0 3 5 7
(c) 1 (d) – 1 (a) 1 (b) 3
68. For a r eal symmet r ic mat r ix [A], which of t he (c) 4 (d) 5
following st at ement s is t r ue:
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
(a) The mat r i x i s al ways di agonal i zabl e and
74. Let be the boundar y of the closed cir cular r egion
inver tible
3
(b) T he m at r i x i s al ways i n ver t i bl e bu t not A given by x 2 + y 2 = 1. Then I 3x 9xy 2 ds
necessar ily diagonalizable.
(wher e ds means int egr at ion along t he bounding
(c) The mat r ix is always diagonalizable but not
cur ve) is
necessar ily inver t ible.
(a) (b) –
(d) The mat r ix is always neit her diagonalizable
nor inver t ible. (c) 1 (d) 0
[GATE 2014, 1 M ] [GATE 2014, 2 M ]
69. The ser ies 75. Solut ion t o t he boundar y-value pr oblem
m
x 2 d2u
s m 2 3
9 u 5x,0 x 3 wit h u(0) = 0, u’(3) = 0
m 1 dx 2
conver ges for all x wit h | x – 2| R given by
(a) R = 0 (b) R = 3 15e x x
(a) u x 2 3
5x
(c) R = (d) R = 1/3 1e e e3
[GATE 2014, 1 M ]
15e x x
70. The funct ion given by (b) u x 2 3
5x
1e e e3
sin 1 / x , x0
f x
0, x0 15sin x / 3
(c) u x 5x
(a) Unbounded ever ywher e cos 1
(b) Bounded and cont inuous ever ywher e
(c) Bounded but not cont inuous at x = 0 15sin x / 3 5 3
(d) u x x
(d) Cont inuous and differ ent iable ever ywher e cos 1 54
[GATE 2014, 1 M ] [GATE 2014, 2 M ]
1 4
71. The value of I 0 1000x dx , obt ained by using 76. The L aplace t r ansfor m L u t U s , for t he
Simpson’s r ule wit h 2 equally spaced int er vals is,
d 2u 2du
(a) 200 (b) 400 solut ion u(t ) of t he pr oblem 2
u = 1,
dt dt
(c) 180 (d) 208
[GATE 2014, 1 M ]
t < 0 wit h init ial condit ions u(0) = 0, u’(0) = 5, is
given by:
3 3
72. I f A . Then det (– [A] + 7[A] – 3[I ]) is
2 6 1 5s
3 4 (a) 2 (b) 2
s s 1 s s 1
(a) 0 (b) – 324
1 5s 1 5s2
(c) 324 (d) 6 (c) (d)
2 2
[GATE 2014, 2 M ] s s 1 s s 1
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
Engineering Mathematics 1.9
77. The par t ial differ ent ial equat ion is : 2
3
83. The value of t he int egr al 4x 3x 2 2x 1 dx
u2 1
u 2 evaluat ed numer ically using simpson’s r ule wit h
0
t x one st ep is
(a) linear and fir st or der (a) 26.5 (b) 26
(b) linear and second or der (c) 25.5 (d) 25.3
(c) non-linear and fir st or der [GATE 2015, 2 M ]
(d) non-linear and second or der 84. Con si der an ei gen v al u e pr obl em gi v en by
[GATE 2015, 1 M ] AX = i X. I f i r epr esent t he eigenavalues of t he
non-singular squar e mat r ix A, t hen what will be
78. The syst em of equat ions for t he var iable x and y
t he eigenvalues of mat r ix A 2?
ax + by = e
(a) i4 (b) i2
cs = dy = f (c) i1/2 (d) i1/4
has a unique solut ion only if [GATE 2016, 1 M ]
(a) ab – dc 0 (b) ac – bd 0 85. I f A and B ar e bot h non-singular n × n mat r ices,
(c) a + c b + d (d) a – c b – d t hen which of t he foll owing st at ement i s NOT
[GATE 2015, 1 M ] TRUE.
(a) det(AB) = det(A) det(B)
d2 y dy (b) det (A + B) = det (A) + det (B)
79. I n t he solut ion of 2
2 y 0 , if t he values
dx dx
(c) det(AA – 1) = 1
of t he int egr ation const ant s ar e identical and one (d) det (A T ) = det(A)
of t he init ial condit ions is pecified as y(0) = 1, t he
[GATE 2016, 1 M ]
ot her init ial condit ion y’(0) = ________.
86. L et x be posi t i ve r eal number. The funct i on
[GATE 2015, 2 M ]
80. For x > 0, t he gener al solut ion of t he differ ent ial 1
f x x 2 2 has it s minima at x = _______.
x
dy
equat ion 1 2y asympt ot ically appr oaches [GATE 2016, 1 M ]
dx
87. The vect or u is defined as u yeˆ x xeˆ y , wher e
_______.
[GATE 2015, 2 M ] eˆ x and eˆ y ar e t he uni t vect or al ong x any y
81. For a par abola defined by y = ax + bx + c, a 0
2
dir ect ions, r espect ively. I f t he vect or is defined
t he coor dinat es (x, y) of t he ext r emum ar e
as u , t hen u _______.
b b2 4ac
(a) , 0 [GATE 2016, 1 M ]
2a 2a 88. The par t ial differ ent ial equat ion
2
b b 4ac u 2u
(b) , 2
2a 2a t x
wher e is a posit ive const ant , is
b b2 4ac
(c) , (a) cir cular (b) elliptic
2a 4a (c) hyper bolic (d) par abolic
(d) (0, c) [GATE 2016, 1 M ]
[GATE 2015, 2 M ] 89. Consider a second order linear differential equation
82. I f all t he eigenvalues of a mat r ix ar e r eal and
d2 y dy
equal, t hen 2
4 4y 0 , with the boundar y conditions
dx dx
(a) t he mat r ix is diagonalizable
(b) it s eigenvect or s ar e not necessar it y linear ly dy
y 0 1; 1 , t he value of y at x = 1 is :
independent dx x 0
(c) it s eigenvect or s ar e linear ly independent (a) 0 (b) 1
(d) it s det er minant is necessar ily zer o (c) e (d) e2
[GATE 2015, 2 M ] [GATE 2016, 2 M ]
1.10 Engineering Mathematics
90. Con si der t h e f ol l ow i n g sy st em of l i n ear ar e given by
equations : (a) n = n 22; un(x) = sin nx, n = 0, ±1, ±2 ...
2x – y + z = 1
n 2 2
3x – 3y + 4z = 6 (b) n ; u n x sin knx, n 0, 1, 2 ...
k2
x – 2y + 3z = 4
This syst em of linear equat ions has n 2 2
(c) n ; u n x sin n x, n 0, 1, 2 ...
(a) no solut ion (b) one solut ion k2
(c) t wo solut ions (d) t hr ee solut ions
[GATE 2016, 2 M ] (d) n n 2 2 ; u n x sin n x, n 0, 1, 2 ...
[GATE 2017, 1 M ]
91. Th e val u e of defi n i t e i n t egr al x sin x dx is 97. 3 point Guassion int egr ation for mula is given by
0
1 3
_______.
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
f x dx A j f x j , wit h
1 j 1
92. U se N ew t on -Raph son m et h od t o sol ve t h e
equat ion : 3 8 5
x 1 = 0, x 2 = – x 3 = ; A1 , A 2
xe = 1. Begin wit h t he int ial guess x 0 = 0.5. The
x 5 9 9
solut ion aft er one st ep is x = _______. This for mula exact ly int egr at es
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
(a) f(x) = 5 – x 7 (b) f(x) = 2 + 3x 3 + 6x 4
93. Gi ven t he vect or s v 1 lˆ 3ˆj, v 2 2lˆ 4 ˆj 3kˆ , (c) f(x) = 13 + 6x 3 + x 6 (d) f(x) = e– x2
[GATE 2017, 1 M ]
t he vect or per pendicular t o bot h v 1 , v 2 is given
by 2 0 2 4
98. M at r ix A 3 2 7 and vector b 4 ar e
v2
(a) v 3 v 1 v 1 v 2 3 1 5 5
v2
given. I f vect or {x} is t he solut ion t o t he syst em
(b) v 3 kˆ of equat ion [A]{x} = {b}. Which of t he following is
t r ue for (x).
v1
(c) v 3 v 2 v 1 v 2 (a) Solut ion does not exist
v1
(b) I nfinit e solut ion exist
v1 v 2 (c) Unique solut ion exist s
(d) v 3
v1 v 2
(d) five possible solut ion exist s
[GATE 2017, 1 M ] [GATE 2017, 2 M ]
99. Consider t he init ial value pr oblem
94. The value of t he int egr al I x y dx x 2dy ,
c
d2 y dy dy
wit h C t he boundar y of t he squar e 0 x 2; 4 6y f t ; y 0 2, 1
dt 2 dt dt t 0
0 y 2 is _______.
[GATE 2017, 1 M ]
I f Y s y t e5t dt and F s f t e5t dt ar e
95. L et v t be a unit vect or t hat is a funct ion of t he 0 0
the laplace tr ansfor ms of y(t) and f(t) r espectively,
dv
par amet er f; Then v _______. t hen Y(s) is given by
dt
[GATE 2017, 1 M ] F s F s 2s 9
(a) 2 (b)
96. The eigenvalues n and eigenfunctions u n(x) of the s 4s 6 s2 4s 6
st ur m-L iouville pr oblem.
F s F s 2s 9
2 (c) (d)
d y 2
s 4s 6 s2 4s 6
k 2 y 0 , 0 < x < 1; y(0), y(1) = 0
dx 2 [GATE 2017, 2 M ]
Engineering Mathematics 1.11
100. L et u(x, t ) denot e t he displacement of a point on (c) lie on t hr sur face of a spher e
a r od. The displacement sat isfies t he following (d) lie on a hyper bolic cur ve
equat ion of mot ion : [GATE 2018, 1 M ]
2 2
u u
25 2 0, 0 x 1 105. Consider a vector field given by xiˆ yjˆ zkˆ . Thus
2
t x vecot field is :
u (a) diver gence-fr ee and cur l-fr ee.
w i t h u (x , 0) = 0.01 si n (10 x ), x,0 0 ;
t (b) cur l-fr ee but not diver gence-fr ee.
u(0, t ) = 0, u(1, t ) = 0. The value of u(0.25, 1) is (c) diver gence-fr ee but not cur l-fr ee.
_______. (in t hr ee decimal places). (d) neit her diver gence-fr ee nor cur l-fr ee.
[GATE 2017, 2 M ] [GATE 2018, 1 M ]
d2 y dy 1 2 1
101. T h e equ at i on x 2 2
5x 4y 0 h as a
dx dx 106. The det er mi nant of t he mat r i x 2 1 0 i s
solut ion y(x) t hat is : 3 1 1
(a) A polynomial in x
_______ (accur at e t o one decimal place).
(b) finit e ser ies in t er ms of non-int eger fr act ional [GATE 2018, 1 M ]
power of x
107. T h e sol u t i on of t h e di f f er en t i al equ at i on
(c) Consist s of negat ive int eger power s of x and
logar it hmic funct ion of x d2 y dy dy
3 0 , given t hey y = 0 and 1 at
(d) consist s of exponent ial funct ion of x. dx 2
dx dx
[GATE 2017, 2 M ] x = 0 is :
(a) x(1 – e– 3x)
2 6
102. L et mat r i x A . Then for any non-
0 2 1
(b) 1 e3x
3
x 1
t r ivial vect or {x} = , which of t he following 1
x 2 (c) 1 e3x
3
is t r ue for K = {x}+ [A]{x}.
(a) K is always less t han zer o 1 3x2
(d) xe
(b) K is always gr eat er t han zer o 3
(c) K is non-negat ive [GATE 2018, 2 M ]
(d) K can be anyt hing [GATE 2017, 2 M ]
y x
108. Consider t he vect or field v 2 ˆi 2 ˆj , wher e
103. L et a, b be t wo di st i nct vect or s t hat ar e not r r
par allel. The vect or c a b is : r x 2 y 2 . T h e con t ou r i n t egr al v dS ,
(a) zer o
wher e dS is t angent t o t he cont our t hat encloses
(b) or t hogonal t o a alone t he or igin is _______. (t wo decimal places).
[GATE 2018, 2 M ]
(c) or t hogonal t o a b
109. The magnitude of the x-component of a unit vector
(d) or t hogenal t o b alone at t he point (1, 1) t hat is nor mal t o equipot ent ial
[GATE 2018, 1 M ] 1
l i nes of t he pot ent i al funct i on r 2 ,
x2 y2 r y
104. Consider t he funct ion f x, y 5 . Al l
2 3
wher e r x 2 y 2 , is _______.
t he r oot s of t his funct ion
[GATE 2018, 2 M ]
(a) fr om a finit e set of point s
(b) lie on an ellipt ical cur ve
1.12 Engineering Mathematics
AN SWER KEY
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (a)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (d) 27. (d) 28. (d) 29. (c) 30. (d)
31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (a) 40. (a)
41. (c) 42. (a) 43. (d) 44. (d) 45. (a) 46. (b) 47. (c) 48. (a) 49. (c) 50. (d)
51. (c) 52. (c) 53. (c) 54. (a) 55. (d) 56. 0.265625 57. (a) 58. (a) 59. (a) 60. (d)
61. (a) 62. (a) 63. (c) 64. 0 65. (b) 66. (b) 67. (a) 68. (c) 69. (b) 70. (c)
71. (d) 72. (a) 73. (c) 74. (d) 75. (a) 76. (b) 77. (c) 78. (a) 79. (b) 80. 0.5
81. (c) 82. (b) 83. (b) 84. (b) 85. (b) 86. (a) 87. 0 88. (d) 89. (a) 90. (a)
91. 6.28 92. 0.57 93. (d) 94. 12 95. 0 96. (c) 97. (b) 98. (b) 99. (b)
100. .008 t o .012 101. (c) 102. (d) 103. (c) 104. (b) 105. (b) 106. 0.0 107. (b)
108. 6.28 109. – 0.707
EXPLAN ATI ON S
1. f ( ) Put t ing t his in Euler it er at ion for mula,
x(t k 1 ) x(t k ) t .fx(t k )
cos sin r epr esent s
f ()
sin cos
x(t k 1 ) x k 1
cos sin cos sin x(t k ) x k
f ().f ()
sin cos sin cos
x k 1 x k t f (x k )
cos cos sin sin cos cos sin sin
sin cos cos sin sin cos cos sin 3. J(x) x 2 7x 30
J '(x) 2x 7
cos( ) sin( )
f ().f () J ''(x) x
sin( ) cos( )
At J(x) min'
f ( )
J '(x) 0 and J ''(x) Posit ive
2. Taylor 's expansion of x(t ) at t = t k + 1
2 7
dx(t) t dx(t) x
x(t k 1) x(t k ) t. ... 2
dt (t t k ) 2! dt (t t k )
4. (3) and (4) will be t r ue only if PQ = QP and so
I n Eul er i t er at i on for mula, we negl ect hi gher t hey ar e false.
t er ms ot her t han fir st or der t er m and in Taylor (1) is false, (2) is t r ue.
expansion.
PQ I 2 PQ I
dx(t )
x(t k 1 ) x(t k ) t . P Q 1 t rue
dt (t t k )
2 1
5. Given, A
Fr om given differ ent ial equat ion, 0 3
dx To get t h e ei gen v al u es of A , sol v e t h e
f (x)
dt char act er ist ic equat ion A I 0
Engineering Mathematics 1.13
Fir st assume F as scalar funct ion.
2 1
0
0 3 F : D Rn R
At Stat ionar y point ,
(2 )(3 ) 0 0,
= 2, 3 F
0
I f eigen value of mat r ix A is , eigen value of A – 1 x i
1 wher e, x i is t he coor dinat e of Rn.
will be .
I n t his case, cur l and diver gence ar e not defined,
only gr adient is defined.
2 1
6. A F
0 3 F eˆ 0
x i i
adj A 1 3 0
A 1 ( êi is t he unit vect or of base vect or of Rn)
A 6 1 2
Now, t ake F as a vect or funct ion.
1 0 F : D Rn Rn
2
1 1 At st at ionar y point ,
6 3
Fk
Eien values of A – 1 is 0 k, j 1 t o n
n j
Now let A – 1 = B.
Char act er ist ic equat ion for B = (I – B) = 0 and
Cur l of F
r oot s of t his equat ion will be eigen values of b =
A – 1.
F i ijk Fnkj ; i, j, k 1 t o n
B I 0
1 0 F i 0 i
2
(B I )
1 1 diver gent of F
6 3
f j
1 1 (.F) i ; i, j 1 t o n
0 0 x j
2 3
1 1 (.F) i 0
Root s , = eigen values
2 3 Gr adient of F
7. Syst em of equat ions in mat r ix for m AX = B
f
(.F)ij i ; i, j 1 t o n
1 1 2 X 0 x j
2 3 1 Y 0
=0
2 2 4 Z 0
So, t he gr adient of F vanishes in bot h cases.
AX = 0 has eit her a t r ivial solut ion or infinit e
9. Taking
many solut ions.
Check for | A| 1
n 0.2 y ,
Det er minant of A = 0 in our case, so t his syst em 1 n2
will have infinite number of non-t r ivial solut ions. Then for n 0.2
8. H er e, t he funct i on i s not sai d t o be a vect or
function, so we will take fir st it as a multivar iable x 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
scalar funct i on and t hen mul t i var i abl e vect or
funct ion. y 1 0.9615 0.862 0.7353 0.6097 0.5
1.14 Engineering Mathematics
By using t r apezoidal r ule 13. I nver se L aplace t r ansfor m of F(s)
1
1
1 4 1 5 1
J L F s L L
1 x 2 ydx
9 s 2 9 s 20
0 0
4 2t 5 20t
x L F s e e
J [y(x 0.0) 2y(x 0.2) 2y(x 0.4) 9 9
2
14. Given,
2y(x 0.6) 2y(x 0.8) y(x 1.0)]
sin x , for x 0
0.2
(1 2 0.9615 2 0.862 f (x) 0 , for x 0
2 3
3x , for x 0
2 0.7353 2 0.6097 0.5)
= 0.7837 lim f (x) l im 3x 3 0
10. Taking a funct ion x 0 x 0
f (x) x 3 c lim f (x) lim sin x 0
x 0 x 0
The r oot s of t his polynomial funct ion gives cube
f(0) = 0
r oot of c.
lim f (x) lim f (x) f (0)
f '(x) 3x 2 x 0 x 0
I n Newt on-Raphson it er at ion for mula, Ther efor e, f(x) is cont inuous at x = 0
L H D (L eft H and Der ivat ive)
f (x k )
x k 1 x k
f '(x k ) f (x) f (0)
= lim
x 0 x 0
3 3 3
xk c 3x k x k c
xk sin x 0
2
3x k 3x k 2 lim 1
x 0 x 0
RHD (Right H and Der ivat ive)
2x k 3 c
3x k 2 f (x) f (0)
= lim
x 0 x 0
sin x
sin x 1
11. lim x lim lim x 1 1 1
x 0 e .x x 0 x x 0 e 3x 3 0
lim lim 3x 2 0
x 0 x 0
x 0
(s 10)
12. F(s) L H D RH D
(s 2)(s 20)
15. Given,
A B
s 2 s 20 1 0 1
s 10 s(A B) 20A 2B A 0 2 1
1 1 3
A+B=1
20A + 2B = 10 t he char act er ist ic equat ion is given by
8 10 A I 0
A ,B
18 18
Thus par t ial fr act ion of F(s) is 1 0 1
0 2 1 0
4 5
F(s) 9 9 . 1 1 3
s 2 s 20
Engineering Mathematics 1.15
(1 )[ (2 )(3 ) (1)(1)] 0 1[0 1(2 )] 0 19. x cos
dx si n d
( 1)( 2 3 2 6 1) 2 0
y sin
( 1)( 2 7) ( 2) 0
dy cos d
3 2 7 2 7 2 0
1
3
(xdy ydx)
9 9 0 2
t he r oot s of t his equat ion ar e eigen values. 2
1
cos cos d sin ( sin )d
0 2
Pr oduct of r oot s 1 2 3 0 0
1
2
16. I n a linear or dinar y differ ential equat ion, none of 1 2
(cos sin 2 )d
t he t er ms cont ai ning unk nown var i abl e or it s 2
0
der ivat ives ar e mult iplied by t hemselves or each
ot her. 1
2
2
I n opt i on (a) y 2 t er m i s pr esent , i n opt i on (b)
2 1d 2 1
0
dy
y t er m mak es i t nonl i near, opt i on (d) al so
dx d2 y dy
20. 2 y 0
2 dx
2 dx
dy
consist s of nonlinear t er m L et y ek x
dx
So, t he r ight answer i s opt ion (c) whi ch is an dy d2 y
or dinar y differ ent ial equat ion. kekx ; k 2 ekx
dx dx 2
17. For any differ ent iable funct ion, f
k 2 ekx 2k ek x ekx 0
f 0
ekx (k 2 2k 1) 0
18. p (q r ) q (r p) r (p q)
kx
[(p.r )q (p.q)r ] [(q.p)r (q.r )p] 0,(k 1)2 0
Repeat ed r oot k = – 1
[(r .q)p (r .p)q]
=0 Ther efor e, y = e x and y = xe x ar e solut ions of
For ot her cases, t his differ ent ial equation.
Gener al solut ion is
let , A p q q r r p
y = ae x bxe x ; for a b 1
A.p p(p q) p(q r ) p(r p)
d2F
0 [pqr ] 0 21. p2F
2
dx
A.p 0 in general dG
c2 p 2G
A can be non-zer o. dt
u = F(x) G(t )
L et B (p.q)r (q.r )p (r.p)q
u dG
F(x) (c2 p 2G)F
p B (p.q)(p r ) 0 (r.p)(p q) t dt
0in gener al
2 u d 2F
G(t ) p2 FG
C = p.(q r ) q.(r p) r (p q) t 2 dx 2
[pqr ] [qr p] [rpq]
u 2u
c2
3[pqr ] 0 for gener al vect or s. t x 2
1.16 Engineering Mathematics
22. Ax b 1 1 1 3 1
1 4 0.25
6 8 6 2 4
1 1 2
Det A 1 0 1 0.25 0.25
% er ror 100 0%
0 1 1 0.25
1(0 1 1 1) 1(1 1 2 1) 0 d2 y
27. Given, ky 0
=– 1+1=0 dx 2
The syst em does not have unique solut ion y '' ky
1 1 2 Wher e, k > 0 and k is r eal
D 2 1 1 1 Ther efor e, Char act er ist ic equat ion is
0 0 1 D2 = k × (– 1) = – k
1
0 0 1[1 (1) 1 1] D ik 2
2 0
y A sin x B cos x
Syst em has no solut ion.
1
23. f (x) x 2 5x 6 (x 2)(x 3) wher e,
k2
2
5 1 28. A x 0
x
2 4 N on-t r i vi al sol ut i on can be found onl y when
f(x) has it s minima a at x = 2.5. | A| = 0 . Now, if [A] is diagonalised, | A| r emains
invar iant and t he diagonal mat r ix obt ained is
24. For any funct ion y,
dy 1 0
L sY (s) y(0) 0 2
dt
n
y(0) cosh(0) sin 0 0
Wher e, i 's ar e eigen values
dy
L sY(s) for y = cosh(at ) sin(at ) n
dx A i
i 1
L t y(t ) y '(s) for any function y.
i 0 for any i A 0
25. Simpson's r ule,
29. Given,
b
ba a b
f (x)dx 6
f (a) 4f
2
f (b)
dx
a 1 x sin x
0
b a f (a) f (b) 4 a b Using t r apezoidal r ule, using t wo equal int er vals
f
2 3 3 2
0, and ,
1 1 2 2
3
x4 14 0 1
26. x dx 0.25
4 4 4
0 0
f f (0) f f (n)
Using Simpson's r ule, 2 2
I
2 2 2 2
1 3
3 10 3 0 1
x dx 0 13 4
6 2
0
Engineering Mathematics 1.17
1
1 7 1 7
f (x) L 1 (F(s)) e 2
cosh t sinh t
1 x sin x 2 7 2
7 7 7 7
f (0) 1, f 0.28, t
e 2t e 2t e 2t e 2t
2
e 2
2 14
f () 0.3183
I 0.9369 1.47 7e3t 7e4t e3t e4t
2
14
30. Char act er ist ic equat ion of
4 3t 3 4t
2 1 1 e e
7 7
1 3 1
1 2
1 1 4 33. A ; A 0
2 4
(2 – s) (3 – s) (4 – s) – 1) (4 – s – 1) + 1 (1 – 3 + s) =
0 3 0
and B
Collect ing t he const ant t er ms, 3 0
(2 3 4) – 2 – 3 + 1 – 3 = 17 No solut ion can exist
The pr oduct of t he eigen values is t he const ant 34. Since, R is t o be obt ained, option (a) and (d) ar e
t er m. tr ivial.
31. f (x) ex sin x I n opt ion (B), as
n , x n 1 x n x
f '(x) ex cos x
R
f '(1) 75.835, f '(2) 1685.488 2x x
x
f’(x) fas no zer o i s (1, 2) as t her e i s onl y one 2x 2 x 2 R
maximum/minimum of cos x in (1, 2).
hence, t he maximum is at x = 2. x2 R
(s 1) hence, x R upon it er at ive conver gence.
32. F(s) Newt on-Raphson's met hod is given by
(s 4)(s 3)
f (x n )
s1 x n 1 x n
f '(x n )
s2 s 12
where, f (x) 0
1 1
s f (x) x 2 R
2 2
2 f’ (x) = 2x
1 49
s
2 4 x2 R
x n 1 x n n
2x n
1 7
s x R
2 1 2 x n 1 x n n
2 2
2 2 2 2x n
1 7 7 1 7
s s x R
2 2 2 2 n
2 2x n
1
1
2 7 1 R
L (F(s)) e sinh t 1 x n 1 x n
2 2 xn
H ence, obt ained.
1.18 Engineering Mathematics
35. Given,
1
a2 + b2 = 1 is not defined in [-1,1] (since, discont inuit y at
x2
Assume
x = 0)
a = cos
Ther efor e, it s int egr al does not exist .
b = sin
40. y1 (t ) e2t y(t )
a b
also, V2 V1 V1
b a Y1 (s) e2t y(t )est dt
No magnificat ion
y(t )e (s 2) dt Y (s 2)
cos sin
M or ever, V2 sin cos V1 41. Given,
which is r ot at ion mat r ix for r ot at ion by angle . x2
z(x, y) y 2 xy 3y
36. Given, 50
2 2 2 2x
y ˆi (2y x 3)ˆj 0kˆ
5 3 2 9 0 z
x 2 x y y 2 50
As per for mula 1
z(5,10) 10 ˆi 12ˆj 0kˆ
D = b2 – 4ac 5
D = 3 × 3 – 4 × 5 × 2 = – 31
Thus, vect or is per pendicular t o t he plane. We
For, D < 0; ellipt ical
want t o find t he dir ect ion of st eepest slope of t he
D = 0; par abolic hill. Ther efor e, par allel t o k vect or will be t hat
D > 0; hyper bolic slope.
37. As per Cauchy's pr inciple 42. Given,
Real symmet r ic mat r ices have r eal eigen value,
hence applicable for str ess tensor also. I f real skew f (x, y) x 2 y 2 xy 3y
symmet r ic mat r ix, t hen imaginar y eigen value.
f (2x y)iˆ (2y x 3)ˆj
38. Given,
Now, for ext r emum,
dx
kx, x(0) x o
dt f 0
2x = y
dx
k dt also, 2y = x + 3
x
This gives x = 1, y = 2
x Ae k t
43. V 3xiˆ 3xyjˆ yz2 kˆ
At t 0, x x o
Cur l of V = × V
x o Ae k (0) A ˆi ˆj kˆ
x x oe kt
x y z
1 x
At t ,x o 3x 3xy yz2
k e
39. Given,
î yz2 3xy
1 y z
dx
2
1 x ˆj yz2 3x
x z
Engineering Mathematics 1.19
f
k̂ 3xy 3x 2x 3 6 0
x y x 3
x3 = 3
z2 ˆi 0 ˆj 3y kˆ
Second or der par t ial der ivat ives
z2 ˆi 3ykˆ 2 f 2 f 2 f
44. Funct ion f(x) is said t o be per iodic if t her e exist a x12 x1x 2 x1x 3
2
posit ive r eal number T such t hat f 2 f 2 f
f (x + T) = f(x) 2
x x x 22 x 2 x 3
1 2
This condit ion is sat isfied by only 2
2 f
f(x) = const ant f f
say const ant = c
x1x 3
x 2 x 3 x 32
L et w t ake r eal no. T 2 0 0
f(x) = C ... (i) 0 2 0
f(x + T) = C ... (ii) 0 0 2
say const ant = C
I n above matr ix all the diagonal value ar e positive
For any value T, funct ion will always be equal t o
non– zer o values
constant
I t is a posit ive definit e mat r ix
f (x +T) = f(x)
I f x1 = 1
if we t ake any ot her opt ion
x2 = 2
e.g. f (x) = x 2
x3 = 3
t ake any r eal no. T
will give minimum value for t he funct ion
f (x + T) = (x +T)2
= x 2 + T 2 + 2xT 46. f (x1 , x 2 ) x 12 2x 22 e x1 x 2
for funct ion t o be per iodic Gr adient of oper at or scalar funct ion will give a
f (x) = f (x + T) vect or poi nt i ng i n t he di r ect i on of maxi mum
incr ease of funct ion
x 2 x 2 T 2 2xT
2x e x1 x 2
T (T + 2x) = 0 f 1
4x 2 e x1 x 2
T = 0, T= – 2x
H er e T it self is a funct ion of x at point (1, – 1)
Thus x 2 can not be per iodic funct ion T should be 1
a r eal number. f
45. f (x 1, x 2 , x 3) = x 12 + x 22 + x 32 – 2x 1 – 4x 2 – 6x 3 + 14 5
For get t ing minimum value, 47. y = +x = x + ...(A)
y=x– ...(B)
f f f
0, 0, 0 Rear r anging equat ion
x1 x 2 x 3
y– x=
f y – x = –
2x1 2 0
x1 – such a syst em of simult aneous equat ion will
never have any solut ion we can see clear ly
x1 = 1 fr om (i ) and (i i ) t hat subt r act i on of sum
var i abl es i s gi vi ng t he const ant s and – ve
f
2x 2 4 0 constant
x 2
– Ot her int er pr et at ion : Bot h equat ion (A) and
x2 = 2 (B) r epr esent s t wo par allel lines which never
int er sect each ot her t hus t his kind of syst em
will not have solut ion.
1.20 Engineering Mathematics
48. f (x) = x – sin (x)
dy
init ial guess x (0) 50. y 3 et t 2
dt
Accor ding to Newton – Raphson iter ation for mula
dy
et t 2dt
0 f (x 0 ) y3
x1 x
0
f 1 x I nt egr at ing bot h sides, we get
dy t 2
y3 e t dt
x
k 1
x (k )
k
f x
...(i)
f k
1 k
1
t 2 et 2t et dt
2y 2
(k) (k) (k)
f(x ) = x – sin(x ) = t 2 et – 2t et + 2et + c ... (1)
... (ii) using init ial condit ion
1 (k ) (k)
f (x ) = 1 – cos (x ) y (0) = 1 in eq (1)
1
2C
fr om (i) and (ii) 2x1
1 5
k 1 k
x x
x k sin x k
C
2
2
2
1 cos x k
1 5
t 2 et 2t et 2et
2 2
2y
k k k
k k
x x cos x x si n x 1
2t 2 et 4t et 4et 5
1 cos x
k
y2
1
k
k k
sin x x cos x y
2t e 4t et 4et 5
2 t
k
1 cos x 1
2t e 4et 5
2 t
2 a
49. L et A =
b 2
Feigen value analysis: 1
y
5 2e t 2 2t 2
t
2 a
b 0
2
51. A 2 = A is sat isfied by both identity matr ix and null
(2 – )2 – ab = 0 mat r ix.
4 + 2 – 4 – ab = 0 Pr ove: A 2 = A
2 – 4 + 4 – ab = 0 A2 – A = 0
For r oot s of t his equat ion t o be r eal and dist inct A (A – I ) = 0
(– 4)2 – 4(1) (4 – ab) > 0 A = 0 (Null M at r ix ) or A = I (I dent it y mat r ix)
16 – 16 + 4 ab > 0
d2y dy
ab > 0 52. 2y 0
2 dt
dt
which is only possible eit her
a, b > 0 Gener al solut ion = Compliment ar y (C.F) function
a, b < 0 + Par t icular I nt egr al (P.I )
Engineering Mathematics 1.21
For t his equat ion (P.I ) = 0 I nt egr at ing bot h sides, we get
C.F. :
dy
D2 + D – 2 = 0 2 dx
y
D 2 + 2D – D – 2 = 0
D(D + 2) – 1 (D + 2) = 0 1
1
(D – 1) (D + 2) = 0 1 y2
c x
D = 1, D = – 2 2 1
1
Compliment ar y funct ion C.F. = Ae– 2t + Bet 2
wher e A and B ar e const ant s
53. x + 2y + kz = 1 ... (i) y xc0
2x + ky + 8z = 3 ... (ii)
t his syst em will not have a solut ion if 1
3
a 2 b2 c2 d 2
56. x dx
0
a1 b1 c1 d1 Accor di ng t o Tr apezoi dal Rul e : I f int egr at ion
if k = 4 par t ial [a, b] is divided int o n number of inter vals
b
2 k 8 3
1 2 k 1 t hen f x dx can be appr oximat ed as:
a
2 4 8 3 b
x f x 0 2f x1 2f x 2 2f x 3
1 2 4 1 f x dx
2
........ 2f x n 1 f x n
2=2=23 a
ba
d2x her e, x
54. m kx u t n
dt 2
b = 1, a = 0, n = 4
u(t ) is unit st ep funct ion
1
Taking laplace of equat ion x 0.25
4
1
m s2 s s 0 x 1 0 kx s f(x) = x 3
s x0 = 0 f(x 0) = 0
say, init ial condit ions ar e zer o x 1 = x 0 + x = 0.25 f(x 1) = 0.015625
x(0) = 0, x 1(0) = 0 x 2 = 0.5 f(x 2) = 0.125
2 1 x 3 = 0.75 f(x 3) = 0.421875
ms
k x s
s x4 = 1 f(x 4) = 1
1 1
x s 3 0.25 0 2 0.015625 2 0.125
s ms k 2
x dx
2
2 0.421875 1
0
1 = 0.265625
L u t
s
0.27
d2x
L 2
s s – s x(0) – x’(0) 1 1
2 57. y x 3
dt x3
1st der ivat ive y = – 1 × (x + 3)– 2
dy
55. 2 y 0 2nd der ivat ive y = (– 1) × (– 2) × (x + 3)– 3
dx
dy n t h der ivat ive y n 1n n ! x 3 n 1
dx
2 y
1.22 Engineering Mathematics
58. y 1 1 x 2 – cir cle 2
4 I
3
y =1 – line
Rot at ing ar ea dA by an angle d about x-axis will 10
pr oduce volume dV = y.dAd int egr at ing it fr om I
3
= 0 t o 2
1 1
V 2 ydydx 2
1 1 1 x 2 I 2 1 x 2 x
2
y 1 1 x 2 semi cir cle
x = sin
dx = cos d
2
2
y=1 2 1 sin 2 .cos d
2
2
y 1 1– x
y
x
–1 dx 1 2 2 1 cos2
2 cos2 d 2 d
2
2 2
y = 1 st r aight line 2
sin 2
volume of r edut ion by cir cle about x-axis 0 0
2 2 2
2
V r 2 h – volume gener at ed by shaded post ion
her e r = 1, h = 2r = 2 10 10
V1 2
V 2 V1 3 3
V = 2 – V 1
1
2 10
V1 y dx 2 2
1 3
1 2 4
V 2
1 1 x 2 dx 3
1
59. | A I | 0
1
1 1 x 2 2 1 x 2 dx
2 7 10
1 5 2 25
=0
1 6 5
3 1 1
x
2x 2 1 x 2 dx (2 – ) [(2 – ) (5 – ) – 150] – 7[5(5 – ) – 25] + 10[30
3
1 1 – (2 – )] = 0
(2 – ) [ 2 – 7 + 10 – 150] – 7 [25 – 5 – 25] + 10[30
1 1 – 2 + ] = 0
2 2 I
3 3 (2 – ) [ 2 – 7 – 140] + 7 × 5 + 280 + 10 = 0
– 3 + 92 + 171= 0
Engineering Mathematics 1.23
By solving above char act er ist ic equat ion, we get 5
1 = – 9.33 1 2x 4
2
2 x 4x 21
2 = 18.33 4
3 = 0
d
2 2
if Denominat or Numer at or
x xy dx
60. f x, y
5
d 2
dx
x 4x 21 = 2x + 4 w h i ch i s equ al t o
a 2iˆ 4ˆj
numer at or
(x, y) = (1, 1)
1 5
a n x 2 4x 21
Unit vect or of a aˆ 2 4
a
1
n 52 4 5 21 n 4 2 4 4 21
2iˆ 4 ˆj 2iˆ 4 ˆj 2
22 4 2 20 1
2
n 24 n 11
i 2ˆj
1 24
5 n
2 11
Gr adient of funct ion f is given by:
f ˆ f ˆ 24
i j n
x y 11
62. At x = 0
2x y 2 ˆ 2xy ˆ Funct ion y = | x| is cont inuous but not
i j
5 5 differ ent iable. if we plot y = | x|
Dir ectional der ivat ive of funct ion f in dir ection of y
vect or a is defined as:
2 i 2j
. f .aˆ 2x y ˆi 2xy ˆj .
5 5 5 y = |x|
1
2x y 2 4xy
5 O
f .aˆ 1,1 at x = 0
y has a shar p t ur n but cont inuous.
1
2 1 1 2 4 1 1
5 1 1 0
63. A 0 1 1
1 1 0 1
5
eigen vect or of mat r ix A
5
x2
61. x 2 4x 21 dx 1
4
V 1
1 1
5 2 x 2
1 Eigne value analysis:
2
4 x 4x 21
A I 0
1.24 Engineering Mathematics
1 1 0 2 2 sin
3
cos cos2 sin sin 3
0 1 1 0 I cos cos sin 2 sin 2 dd
1 0 1 0 0 cos2 cos sin
(1 – ) (1 – )2 – 2 = 0
2 2
(1 – )3 = 1 sin 3 cos cos sin cos sin
I dd
0 0
sin 2 cos2 cos s in
1
1 13
2
4
sin
11 0 1 2 3 0
cos sin cos sin
4
0
I t can also be int er pr et ed in ot her ways dir ect ly if
an eigen vect or have same value in all r ows like
2 sin 2 2
1 cos sin d
4
V 1 , cor r espondi ng ei gen val ue i s al ways 0
1
2
zer o. I1 I 2
0
64. I y 2 ziˆ 22 xjˆ x 2 ykˆ xiˆ yjˆ zkˆ ds
1 I1 0
2
y zx z2 xy x 2 yz ds 2 2
1 cos4
s I2 8 cos sin d
0 0
xyz x y z dx
2 2
sin 4
cos sin d
z 8 32
(r, , ) 0 0
2 2
cos2
cos sin d
4 8 2
0 0
y
1 1
0
8 2 2
x
I 0
x = r sin cos 1
65. L eat
y = r sin sin sa
z = r cos
st st
r = 1 for unit spher e 2est sin h st 3est e e
s = d d 2
2 2 3
I sin 2 cos cos sin e10t e0t
2
0 0
3 1 1
sin cos sin sin cos 2d
2 s 10 s 0
Engineering Mathematics 1.25
3 s s 10 d2 y dy
67. 2 y 0
2 s s 10 dt dt
y(0) = 0. y(0) = 1
15
C.F. D 2 – 20 + 1 = 0
s2 105
D 1 = 1, D2 = 1
1 1 Solut ion y (t ) = A et + Bt et
a
3 2 using init ial condit ions:
1 y (0) = 0 … (i)
66. Q 0 b
3 A 0
1 1
c
3 2 y 0 0 … (ii)
for or t honor mal mat r ix
y t Aet B t et et
QT = QT Q = I
using (ii)
1 1
a 1 1 1 Be(0) [1 + 0] =1
3 2
3 3 3
1 B 1
Q 0 b 1 1 I
3 0 y(t ) = t et
2
2
1 1
c a b c y 1 e
3 2
68. Real mat r i x i s al ways di agonal i sabl e but not
1 1 2 1 1 1 necessar ily inver t ible.
3 2 a 3
0 ab ac
3 2
1 1 2 1
m2
0 ab
3
0b 0 bc I 69. s m
x 2m con v er ges f or al l x w i t h
3 3
m 1 3
ac 1 0 bc
1 1 1 1
c2
3 2 3 3 2 x2 R
I f wes put
5 2 1 1
6 a 3
ab ac
6
x– 2=R
1 0 0
1 1 1
ab b 2
bc 0 1 0
m2
3 3 3 s m
R m
0 0 1 m 1 3
ac 1 1
bc
5
c2
6 3 6
m
R
5
m 2 3
Thus, a2 1 … (i) m 1
6
m
1 R
b2 1 … (ii) I f R is gr eater than 3 value
3
will shoot up if
3
5 m
c2 1 … (iii) R
6 it 3 or loss t han 3 t han will never
3
using (i), (ii), (iii)
incr ease mor e t han 1, it will always appr oach zer o
f (x) will conver ge if R = 3
5 1
c 1
6 6 x 2 3
1 2 22 2
b 1
3 3 32 6
1.26 Engineering Mathematics
1 3 3
sin , x 0 72. A
70. f x x 3 4
0, x 0
3 3 3 3
funct ion is bounded as for all value of x f (x) is
A 2 3 4 3 4
finit e, But it is not cont inous at x = 0, as it fails in
exist ance of limit . 99 9 12
lim f x doesn’t exit 9 12 9 16
x
Thus not cont inous 18 21
1
21 25
71. I 1000 x 4 dx
2 18 21
0 A
21 25
1
1000 x 4 dx 21 21
7A
0 21 28
1
18 21 21 21
1000 f x dx A 2 7 A 3 I 21
25 21 28
0
Simpson’s r ule : 3 0
–
b 0 3
x
f x dx 3 0 0
a
0 0
f x 0 4 f x1 2f x 2
.... 4f x f x 2
n 1
n det A 7 A 3 I 0
ba
x ,a 0, b 1, 2 x 0
2 73. f x
2 0xu
10 1
x f x x 2
2 2
f (x) = x 4 T = 2
f (x 0) = f (a) = f (0) = 0 2
w 1
1 T
4f x1 4f 0.25
2
T 0
2 1
a0 f x
dx 2dx 2dx
f x 2 f b f 1 1 T
0 u 0
1
1 1 0
f x dx 6 0 0.25 1 0.2084
2 x 2 x 0
0
1
1
2 2 0
I 1000 f x dx
0
T
2
= 1000 × 0.2084 = 208.4 208 ak f x cos kwx dx
T
0
Engineering Mathematics 1.27
(A) becomes
0
1
2coskx dx 2cos kx dx
0 sin k cos k sin k
4 2 2
2
k 1 k k
0
2 sin kx sin kx k odd
k k 0
For all odd k cos k = – 1
=0
sin k sin k
T 4 2 2
2 2
bk f x sin kwx dx k k
T
k 1
0
2sin k
0 4 2
2 2
sin kx dx sin kx dx k 1 k
0
sin k
0 2 2
2 coskx coskx
4 2 k 1 k
k k 0
expanding R.H .S.
2 1 cosk x cos k 1
sin sin 3 sin 5 sin 7
k k k k 1 2 2 2 2 .....
4 1 3 5 7
2 2 2 cos k
1 1 1 1
k k
1 .....
3 5 7 4
f x bk sin kwx 3
k 1 74. I 3 3 9xy 2 ds
1
2 2 2 cosk
k sin kwx Cir cular r egion x 2 + y 2 1
k 1
k
ds
4 sin k x cosk sin k x
k 1 k
k
r
Now, fr om (1)
For x f x 2
2
si n k cosk si n k r adius r = 1
4 2 2 2
2 x = r cos = cos
k 1 k k
y = r sin = sin
ds = r ds
For all over k sin k 0
2 2
3
I 3 cos 9 cos si n 2 d
sin k cosk 0
2 0& 2 0
k k 2
2
3 1 sin cos 9 cos sin 2 d
0
1.28 Engineering Mathematics
2 du
3cos 12 cos sin 2 d 3 0
dx
0
C1 C
2 e 2 e1 5 0
3sin 0 I1 3 3
= 0 – I1 = I1 C2 1
3 e e 5 0
2
2
I1 12 cos sin d
0
d 5 3 15
sin 3 3sin 2 cos
C2
2 2
d e 1 e 1
e e
2
3
I 1 4 sin 0
0
15
I 0 C1
e2 1
d2u C
75. 9 u 5x, 0 x 3
dx 2
x x
15 15
du 4 x e3 e 3 5x
u 0 0, 0 e2 1 e2 1
dx x 0
e e
u (x) = C.F. + P.I .
C.F. Auxilar y equat ions
x x
– 9D 2 + 1 = 0 15e 3
e e 3 5x
1 e2
1
D 0
9
d2u du
76. 2 u 1 ...(1)
1 1 dt 2 dt
D
9 3
du 0
x x u (0) = 0 u ' 0 5
3
dt
C.F. u x C1 e C2 e3
L aplace t r ansfor m of eq. (1)
P.I . say u (x) = x S2U (s) – Su (0) – u‘ (0) + 2 SU (s) – 2u (0)
– 9 (0) + x = 5x
1
U s
5 S
P.I . = 5x 1
S2 U s 5 2SU s U s
s
x x
u x C1 e 3 C2 e3 5x s2 2S 1 U s 1 5
s
x x
du C1 3 C2 3 5s 1
e e 5 U s
dx 3 3 s s2 2s 1
u (0) = 0
5s 1
C1 C2 C1 C2
2
5 s 1
Engineering Mathematics 1.29
u 2
77. Fi rst order 83. I (4x 3 3x 2 2x 1)dx
t
1
u2
x 1 1.5 2
2 Non linear
f x 10 24.25 49 f(x) = 4x + 3x + 2x + 1
3 2
x
Fr om simpson’s r ule :
d2 y dy
79. 2 y 0 xn xn
h
dx 2 dx
x1 f x dx 3 y
x0
0 y n 2 y 2 y 4 ... y n 2
Auxiliar y equat ion, m – 2m + 1 = 0
2
(m – 1)2 = 0 4 y 1 y 3 ... y n 1
Root s ar e r eal and equal
= h = 1.5 – 1 = 0.5
c.f. = (c1 + xc2)emx
y = (c1 + xc2)ex 0.5
10 49 4 24.25
Given y(0) = 1 3
1 = c1 = 26
Since const ant s ar e ident ical, so c1 = c2 = 1 84. By mat r ix pr oper t y
y = (1 + x)ex 85. By t he pr oper t y of deter minant opt ion (a), (c) and
y’ = (1 + x)ex + ex (d) ar e cor r ect .
y’(0) = (1 + 0) e0 + e0 = 1 + 1 = 2 86. 1
2 1
dy f(x) = x
80. 0 x2
dx
2
1 – 2y = 0 f x 2x
x3
2y = 1
f x 0
y = 0.5
2
81. y = ax 2 + bx + c 2x 0
x3
d2 y dy 2x 4 – 2 = 0
2
2 y 0
dx dx x = 1, 1, 1, 1
dy 6
for ext r emum, 0 f x 2
dx x4
2ax + b = 0 f x 8 i.e., 0
x 1
b So at x = 1 the given function has minimum value.
x
2a 87. (0)
2
b b u yeˆ x xeˆ y
y ax b c
2a 2a
eˆ x eˆ y eˆ z
2 2
ab b
c w u
4a 2 2a x y z
ab2 b2 y x 0
c
4a 2 2a
eˆ x 0 eˆ y 0 eˆ z 1 1
2
b 4ac
y w 0 eˆ x 0 eˆ y 2 eˆ z
4a
b b2 4ac w 0 eˆ x 0 eˆ y 2 eˆ z ex ey ez
, x y z
2a 4a
82. By mat r ix pr oper t ies.
2 0
z
1.30 Engineering Mathematics
88. Gener al for m of par t ial differ ent ial equat ion is
x cos x 0 cosx dx
2u 2u 2u u u 0 0
A 2
B c 2 D E fu G
x x y y x y
2x sin x 0 0
If B2 – 4AC > 0 hyper bola
B 2 – 4AC = 0 par abola 2x 0 2 2 3.14 6.28
B 2 – 4AC < 0 ellipse 92. 0.57
H er e, A = , B = 0, C = 0 f(x) = xex – 1
B 2 – 4AC = (02 – 4 × × 0 = 0) f(0.5) = – 0.1756
So, B 2 – 4AC = 0 par abolic f’(x) = xex + ex
f’(0.5) = 2.4731
d2 y dy
89. 2
4 4y 0
dx dx f x0
x1 x 0
A.E. m – 4m + 4 = 0
2
f x0
(m – 2)2 = 0
m = 2, 2 0.1756
0.5
Root s ar e r eal and equal 2.4731
y = (c1 + xc2)e2x x 1 = 0.571
y(0) = 1 93. The cr oss pr oduct of t wo vect or is per pendicular
1 = c1 × e0 t o t he t hir d vect or.
c1 = 1 94. 12
y = (1 + xc2)c2x Along line AB, y = 0
dy = 0
dy
1 xc2 e2x 2 e2x c2 y
dx
(0, 2) (2, 2)
dy D
1 2 c2 C
dx x 0
c2 = – 1
y = (1 – x)e2x
y| x = 1 = 0
90. T h e gi v en equ at i on i n m at r i x f or m , w i t h
A B
inter changing t he posit ion of equat ion (1) and (3) (0, 0) (2, 0)
x
1 2 3 x 4 2
3 3 4 y 6 I 1 x dx 2
0
2 1 1 z 1
Along line BC, x = 2
R2 R2 – 3R1, R3 R3 – 2R1
2
1 2 3 x 4 I 2 4 dy 8
0 3 5 y 6 0
Along line, CD, y = 2
0 3 5 z 7
dy = 0
Rows 2nd and t hir d ar e ident ical, it means t hese 0
t wo l i nes ar e par al l el , so no sol ut i on exi st s I 3 x 2 dx 2
bet ween t hese lines. 2
91. 6.28 Along line DA, x = 0
dx = 0
d
Iy = 0
0 x sin x dx x
sin x dx x sin x dx dx
0 0 dx 0 I = I 1 + I 2 + I 3 + I 7 = 2 + 8 + 2 + 0 = 12
Engineering Mathematics 1.31
95. 0
3 1 5 x1 5
d2 y
96. 2
k 2 y 0 1 2 x 2 1
dx 2 4 x 2
0 3
A.E., m 2 + k 2 = 0
3 3 3
m 2 = – k 2 = k 2 i 2
m ki 3 1 5 x 1 5
2 2
0 1 2 x 2 1
Root s ar e complex 3 3
y = ex(c1 cos x + c2 sin xx) 0 1 2 x 3 1
m ki H ence r ows 2nd and 3r d ar e ident i cal, means
t hese ar e t he coi nci dent l i nes, hence i nfi ni t e
y c1 cos kx c2 sin kx solut ion exist .
Given, y(0) = 0 d2 y dy
0 = c1 99. 2
4 6y f t
dt dt
y c2 sin k x s2y(s) – sy(0) – y’(0) + 4[sy(s) – y(0)]
y(1) = 0 + 6y(s) = F(s)
0 c2 sin k s y(s) – 2s – 1 + 4sy(s) – 4 × 2 +6y(x) = F(s)
2
y(s)[s2 + 4s + 6] – 2s – 9 = F(s)
sin k 0
f s 2s 9
y s
sin k sin n s2 4s 6
k n 100. The gener al solut ion of t he PDE of t he for m
u tt C2 u xx 0 is given by d'Alember t 's for mula.
n 2 2
2
k wher e,
u(x, t ) = (x)
n
y sin k x sin n x ut (x, 0) = (x)
k
Given equat ion is
1
97. f x dx A f x A f x A f x
1
1 1 2 2 3 3 u tt 25u xx 0,
Opt ion (b) sat isfy t his equat ion. u(x, 0) = 0.1sin(10x), u t (x, 0) = (x)
C=5
2 0 2 x1 4 u(x, t )
98. 3 2 7 x 2 4
0.01sin 10(x 5t) 0.1sin(10(x 5t) 0
3 1 5 x 3 5
=
2
R 1 R3
0.01 sin(10 5.25) sin(10 4.75)
3 1 5 x 1 5
u(0.25, 1)
2
3 2 7 x 4
2 u(0.25, 1) = 0.01
2 0 2 x 3 4
101. L et x = ez
2 dy d
x Dy, where D
R 2 R2 – R1 , R3 R3 – R dx dz
3 1
1.32 Engineering Mathematics
106. 0.0
d2 y
x2 D(D 1)y
dx 2 1 1 1
2 1 0
d2 y dy
x2 2
5x 4y 0 3 1 1
dx dx
= 1(1 – 0) – 1 (2 – 0) + (– 1)(2 – 3)
D(D 1)y 5Dy 4y 0
=1– 2+1=0
D 2
D 5D 4 y 0
d2 y dy
107. 2
3 0
A.E, dx dx
(D 2 + 4D + 4) = 0 A.E. m 2 + 3m = 0
D = – 2, – 2 m(m + 3) = 0
y = (C1 + 2C2)e– 2Z m = 0, – 3
Root s ar e r eal and unequal
C1 log e x C2 e 2 log e x
y c1 em1x c2 em 2 x
log e x 2
C1 log e x C2 e
y c1 e0 c2 e3x c1 c2 e3x
C log e x x at x = 0, y = 0
21 C2 C1 log e xC2 12
x x 2
x 0 = c1 + c2 ... (i)
102. The value of ‘k’ depends on mat r ix {x} dy
3c2 e3x
103. Vect or c is cr oss pr oduct of a and b , so it will dx
or t hogonal t o a and b and a , is per pendicular dy
1 3 c2 e0
dx x 0
to b .
104. Put t ing f(x, y) = 0 1
c2
3
x2 y 2
5 0 1
2 3 c1
3
x2 y 2 1 1 1
5 y e3x 1 e3x
2 3 3 3 3
This is t he equat ion of ellipse, so all of it s r oot s 108. 6.28
lies on ellipse.
y ˆ x ˆ
v dx r i 2 j dxiˆ dyjˆ
105. A xiˆ yjˆ zkˆ 2
r
y x
A i j k xiˆ yjˆ zkˆ r 2
dx dy
x y z r2
r = r cos y = r sin
= ˆi ˆj kˆ dx = – r sin d dy = r cos d
2
i j k r sin r cos r cos d
r sin d
0 r2 r2
A
x y z
2
x y z 2
cos2 d
sin
0
ˆi 0 0 ˆj 0 0 kˆ 0 0 = 0 2
2
d
0
0 2 2 3.14
Engineering Mathematics 1.33
109. – 0.707
1
x2 y 2 4
2x 2y
,
x x 2 y 2 4 2 y x 2 y 2 4 2
ˆ
Nor mal vect or = ˆi j
x y
ˆ
ˆi j
x y
2x ˆi 2y ˆj
2 2
2 2 2 2
x y 4 x y 4
2 ˆ 2 ˆ
Nor amal vect or at 1, 1 i j
36 36
1 ˆ 1 ˆ
i j
18 18
1 ˆ ˆ
i j
18
Unit nor mal vect or = 2 2
1 1
18 18
1 ˆ ˆ
i j
18
2
18
1 ˆ 1 ˆ
i j
2 2
1
x-compon ent of unit vect or 0.707
2
Flight Mechanics 2.1
2
CHAPTER FLIGHT MECHANICS
1. For maxi mum r ange of a gli der, whi ch of t he 6. Wing A has a const ant chor d c and span b. Wing
following condit ions is t r ue? B is identical but has a span 4b. When bot h wings
(a) lift t o dr ag r at io is maximum ar e oper at ing at t he same geomet r i c angl e of
(b) r at e of descent is minimum at t ack at subsonic speed, t hen:
(c) descent angle is maximum (a) wings A and B pr oduce the same lift coefficient
(d) lift t o weight r at io is maximum (b) wing A pr oduces a smaller lift coefficient t han
[GATE 2007, 1 M ] wing B
2. An air plane wit h a lar ger wing as compar ed t o a (c) wing A pr oduces a gr eat er lift coefficient t han
smaller wing will necessar ily have wing B
(a) mor e longit udinal st at ic st abilit y (d) t he fr ee st r eam M ach number decides which
(b) less longit udinal stat ic st abilit y wing pr oduces t he gr eat er lift coefficient
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(c) same longit udinal stat ic st abilit y
7. A piston-pr op air plane having pr opeller efficiency,
(d) mor e longitudinal static stability for an aft tail
air plane if aer odynamic cent er of t he lar ger p = 0.8 and wei ghi ng 73108 N coul d achieve
wing is behi nd t he cent er of gr avit y of t he maximum climb r at e of 15 m/s at flight speed of
air plane 50 m/s.The excess Br ake Power (BP) at t he above
[GATE 2007, 1 M ] flight condit ion will be
3. Two air planes ar e identical except for the location (a) 1700 kW (b) 2100k W
of t he wing. The longit udinal st at ic st abilit y of (c) 1371 kW (d) 6125 kW
t he air plane wit h low wing configur at ion will be [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(a) m or e t h an t h e ai r pl an e wi t h h i gh wi n g 8. An air plane model wit h a symmet r ic air foil was
configur ation tested in a wind tunnel. Cm0 (Cm at angle of att ack,
(b) l ess t h an t h e ai r pl an e w i t h h i gh w i n g = 0) was estimated to be 0.08 and 0 r espect ively
configur ation for elevat or set t ings (e) of 5 degr ees up and 5
(c) sam e as t h e ai r pl an e w i t h h i gh w i n g degr ees down. The estimated value of the elevator
configur ation
C
(d) mor e if elevat or is deflect ed cont r ol power m of t he model will be
e
[GATE 2007, 1 M ]
4. For a fixed center of gr avity location of an airplane, (a) 0.07 per deg (b) – 1.065 per deg
when t he pr opeller is mount ed on t he nose of t he (c) – 0.008 per deg (d) – 0.762 per deg
nose of t he fuselage [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(a) longit udinal st at ic stability incr ease 9. The later al-dir ectional char acter istic equation for
(b) longit udinal st at ic st abilit y decr ease an air plane gave t he following set of r oot s:
(c) longit udinal st at ic st abilit y r emains same 1 = – 0.6, 2 = – 0.002, 3,4 = – 0.06 ± j 1.5, wher e
(d) longit udinal st at ic st abilit y is maximum j 1 . The damping r at io cor r esponding t o t he
[GATE 2007, 1 M ]
Dut ch-r oll mode will be
5. Let an air plane in a steady level flight be tr immed
(a) 0.04 (b) 0.66
at a cer t ain speed. A level and st eady flight at a
higher speed could be achieved by changing (c) 0.35 (d) 0.18
(a) engine t hr ot t le only [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(b) elevat or only 10. An air plane is flying at an altit ude of 10 km above
(c) t hr ot t le and elevat or t oget her the sea level. Outside air temper ature and density
at 10k m al t i t ude ar e 233 K and 0.413k g/m 3
(d) r udder only
respectively. The air speed indicator of the airplane
[GATE 2007, 1 M ]
2.2 Flight Mechanics
indicat es a speed of 60 m/s Densit y of air at sea c
level is 1.255 kg/m 3 and value of t he gas const ant
R i s 288 J/k g/K . The st agnat i on pr essur e (P0)
measur ed by t he Pit ot t ube mount ed on t he wing B
t ip of t he air plane will be magnit ude. h
(a) 3.5 × 10 Nm/
4 2
(b) 2.0 × 10 Nm/
4 2
A
(c) 2.87 × 10 Nm/ 4 2
(d) 0.6 × 104 Nm/2
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
With r egar d t o this biplane, which of the following
11. I f t he cent er of gr avit y of an air plane is moved st at ement s is t r ue?
for war d t owar ds t he nose of t he ai r plane, t he
(a) Bot h t he air foils exper ience an upwash and
CL max (maximum value of the lift coefficient) value
an incr eased appr oach velocit y
for which t he air plane can be t r immed (Cm = 0)
will (b) Bot h t he air foils exper ience a downwash and
a decr eased appr oach velocit y
(a) decr ease
(c) Bot h t he air foils exper ience an upwash and
(b) incr ease
ai r foi l A exper iences a decr eased appr oach
(c) r emain same v el oci t y w h i l e ai r f oi l B ex per i en ces an
(d) depend upon r uder deflect ion incr eased appr oach velocit y
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] (d) The innocence for t he individual sect ions of
12. I f t he cont r ibut ion of only t he hor izont al t ail of t he biplane is not alt er ed
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
cm
an air plane was consider ed for est imat ing , 16. The span-wise lift dist r ibut ion for t hr ee wings is
shown in t he following figur e:
and if t he t ail moment ar m l 1 was doubled, t hen
cm
how many t imes t he or iginal value t he new 1.2 R
become? Q
P
(a) t wo t imes (b) t hr ee t imes Cl 0.8
(c) 1.414 t imes (d) 1.732 t imes CL
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] 0.4
13. I f t he ver t ical t ail of an air plane is inver t ed and
put below the horizontal tail, then the contribution
cl 0 y 1
t o r oll der ivat ive, , will be
s
(a) negat ive (b) positive I n t he above figur e, cl r efer s t o t he sect ion lift
(c) zer o (d) imaginar y coefficient , CL r efer s t o t he lift coefficient of t he
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] wing, y is t he coor dinat es along t he span and s is
14. I f hor i zont al t ai l ar ea i n i ncr eased whi l e t he t he span of t he wing. A designer pr efer s t o use a
elevator t o hor izontal t ail ar ea r atio is kept same, wing for which t he stall begins at t he r oot . Which
t hen of t he wings will be choose?
(a) bot h longit udinal stat ic stabilit y and elevat or (a) P (b) Q
cont r ol power will incr ease (c) R (d) N one
(b) only longit udinal st at ic st abilit y will incr ease [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(c) only elevat or cont r ol power will incr ease Common D at a for Quest i ons 17, 18 & 19: A n
(d) neit her st abilit y nor cont r ol power changes air plane designer want s t o keep longit udinal st at ic
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] st abi l i t y mar gi n (SM ) wi t hi n 5% t o 15% of mean
aer odynamic chor d. A wind t unnel t est of t he model
15. An air foil sect ion is known t o gener at e lift when
placed in a unifor m st r eam of speed U¥ at an dCm
showed that for X CG 0.2, 0.1. Note that the
i nci dence . A bi pl ane consi st i ng of t wo such dCL
sect i ons of i dent i cal chor d c, separ at ed by a
dist ance h is shown in t he following figur e: dist ance fr om t he wi ng l eadi ng edge t o t he cent r e
Flight Mechanics 2.3
gr avity (XCG) has been non-dimensionalized by dividing 20. The maximum r at e of climb achievable by t his
i t wi t h m ean aer odyn am i c ch or d, c, su ch t h at air plane at 5 km alt it ude will be
(a) 1.65 m/s (b) 0.51 m/s
X CG dCm
X CG . Note also that the r elation SM (c) 1.43 m/s (d) 3.65 m/s
c dCL
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
holds t r ue for t his air plane.
21. I f dur ing t he maximum r at e of climb at 5 km
17. The most for war d locat ion of t he air plane cent r e alt it ude, t he air plane was flying at an angle of
of gr avi t y per mi t t ed t o ful fi l l t he desi gner ’s at t ack of 4 degr ees and at t it ude (pit ch) angle of 5
r equi r ement on l ongi t udi nal st at i c st abi l i t y degr ees, what was equi val ent ai r speed of t he
mar gin is air plane?
(a) 0.35 c (b) 0.25 c (a) 40.2 m/s (b) 63.7 m/s
(c) 130.3 m/s (d) 20.2 m/s
(c) 0.15 c (d) 0.52 c
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
22. The ser vice ceiling of a tr ansport aircr aft is defined
18. The most aft locat ion of t he air plane cent r e of as t he alt it ude
gr avity per mitted to fulfill designer ’s r equir ement
(a) that is halfway between sea-level and absolute
on longit udinal st at ic st abilit y is
ceiling
(a) 0.35 c (b) 0.45 c (b) at wh i ch i t can cr u i se w i t h on e en gi n e
oper at ional
(c) 0.52 c (d) 0.67 c
(c) at which it s maximum r at e of climb is zer o
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(d) at which it s maximum r at e of climb is 0.508
19. The cent er of gr avit y locat ion t o have
m/s
d e [GATE 2008, 1 M ]
0 is
dCL 23. The dr ag of an air cr aft in st eady climbing flight
at a given for war d speed is
(a) 0.35 c (b) 0.45 c (a) inver sely pr opor t ional t o climb angle
(c) 0.5 c (d) 0.4 c (b) higher t han dr ag in st eady level flight at t he
same for war d speed
Statement for Linked answer questions 20 & 21: (c) lower t han dr ag in st eady level flight at t he
For a pist on pr opeller air plane weighing 20000 N, t he same for war d speed
flight t est ing at 5 km pr essur e alt it ude in st andar d
at mospher e gave t he var i at i on of power r equi r ed (d) independent of climb angle
[GATE 2008, 1 M ]
ver sus t r ue air speed as shown in figur e below. The
st u den t f or got t o l abel t h e ai r speed axi s. T h e 24. I n st eady, level t ur ning flight of an air cr aft at a
maximum climb r at e at sea level was calculat ed t o be l oad f act or ‘n ’, t h e r at i o of t h e h or i zon t al
4 m/s. Assume shaft power available to the independent component of lift and air cr aft weight is
of speed of flight . For pist on pr opeller air plane, it can (a) (b)
n 1 n 1
be assu m ed t h at t h e sh af t pow er av ai l abl e i s
pr opor t ional t o ambient densit y. Values of air densit y (c) (d)
n2 1 n2 1
at sea level and at 5 pr essur e alt it ude ar e 1.225 kg/m 3
[GATE 2008, 1 M ]
and 0.74 kg/m 3, r espect ively.
25. The par ameter s t hat r emain const ant in a cr uise-
climb of an air cr aft ar e
Sea level (a) equivalent air speed and lift coefficient
Power (b) alt itude and lift coefficient
Required 5 km
PR, wants 15 × 104 (c) equivalent air speed and alt it ude
10 × 104 (d) lift coefficient and air cr aft mass
5 × 104 [GATE 2008, 1 M ]
26. The figur e below shows the var iat ion of Cm ver sus
V (True air speed) for an air cr aft for thr ee combinations of elevator
deflect ions and locat ions of cent r e of gr avit y. I n
2.4 Flight Mechanics
t he figur e, lines P and Q ar e par allel, while lines 30. M at ch each mode of ai r cr aft mot i on l i st ed i n
Q and R have t he same int er cept on t he Cm axis. Gr oup I t o its cor r esponding pr oper t y fr om Gr oup
II.
Cm
Group I : Gr oup I I :
Aircr aft mode Pr oper t y
P. Shor t per iod mode 1. Coupled r oll-yaw
oscillations
Q. Wing r ock 2. Angle of at t ack
P Q R r emains const ant
Which of t he following st at ement s is t r ue? R. Phugoid mode 3. Roll oscillat ions
(a) L ines P and Q cor r espond t o t he same cent r e S. Dut ch r oll 4. Speed r emains
of gr avit y locat ion. constant
(b) L ines Q and R cor r espond t o t he same cent r e (a) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3 (b) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-1
of gr avit y locat ion.
(c) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (d) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-1
(c) Lines P and Q cor r espond to the same elevator [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
deflect ion.
31. An air cr aft is cr uising at a t r ue air speed (TAS) of
(d) L ines P and R cor r espond t o t he same cent r e 100 m/s under I SA condit ions, at an alt it ude at
of gr avit y locat ion. which t he densit y of fr ee st r eam is 0.526 kg/m 3.
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] What will be t he equivalent air speed (EAS)?
27. Which of t he following st at ement s is TRUE as (a) 65.5 m/s (b) 72.5 m/s
t h e al t i t u de i n cr ease i n st r at osph er e of (c) 110.5 m/s (d) 152.7 m/s
I nt er nat ional Standar d Atmospher e? [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(a) Temper at ur e incr ease and dynamic viscosit y 32. I n t he definit ion of t he air cr aft Euler angles
decr eases. (r oll), (pit ch), and (yaw), t he cor r ect sequence
(b) Temper at ur e r emains const ant and pr essur e of r ot at ions r equir ed t o make t he iner t ial fr ame
incr eases. coincide wit h t he air cr aft body fr ame is
(c) Tem per at u r e decr ease an d sou n d speed (a) fir st about z axis, second about y axis, thir d
decr eases. about x axis
(d) Temper at ur e r emains const ant and densit y (b) fir st about y axis, second about x axis, thir d
decr eases. about z axis
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] (c) fir st about x axis, second about y axis, thir d
28. Which of t he following st at ement s is TRUE? about z axis
(a) Wing dihedr al r educe r oll stability while a low (d) first about z axis, second about x axis, thir d
wing incr ease r oll st abilit y. about y axis
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(b) Wing dihedr al incr eases r oll st abilit y while a
low wing r educes r oll st abilit y. 33. To maximize r ange of jet engine air cr aft, it should
(c) Wing dihedr al, as well as low wing r educes be flown at a velocit y t hat maximizes
r oll st abilit y.
CL CL 0.5
(d) Wing dihedr al, as well as low wing incr eases (a) (b)
CD CD
r oll st abilit y.
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
CL 1.5 CL 2
29. An air cr aft has a level flight st alling speed of 60 (c) (d)
m/s EAS (equivalent air speed). As per t he V-n CD CD
diagr am, what is t he minimum speed at which it [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
should be designed t o wit hst and t he maximum 34. The pr imar y funct ion of t he fin in t he ver t ical
ver t ical load fact or of 9? t ail of an air cr aft is t o pr ovide
(a) 20 m/s (b) 60 m/s (a) yaw cont r ol (b) yaw stability
(c) 120 m/s (d) 180 m/s (c) r oll damping (d) r oll st abilit y
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
Flight Mechanics 2.5
35. An ai r cr aft r equi r es t he t r ai l i ng edge of t he 41. A convent ional alt imet er is a
elevat or t o t he deflect ed upwar ds fr om it s init ial (a) Pr essur e t r ansducer
posit ion t o lower t he t r im speed. Which of t he
(b) Temper at ur e t r ansducer
following st at ement s about t he st at ic st ick-fixed
st abilit y of t his air cr aft is t r ue? (c) Densit y tr ansducer
(a) The air cr aft is unst able. (d) Velocit y t r ansducer
[GATE 2009, 1 M ]
(b) The air cr aft is neut r ally st able.
(c) The air cr aft is st able. 42. The r elat ion bet ween an air plane's t r ue air speed
V TAS and equivalent air speed V EAS in t er ms of t he
(d) T h e st abi l i t y of t h e ai r cr af t can n ot be
det er mined fr om t he given infor mat ion.
densit y r atio ( ), wher e 0 is t he air densit y
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] 0
36. Which of t he following st at ement s is t r ue for an at sea-level and p is t he air densit y at the altitude
air cr aft flying at a low angle of at t ack? at which t he air plane is flying, is given by t he
for mula:
(a) Yawing motion gener ates yawing moment and
pit ching moment . VEAS VEAS
(b) Rolling mot ion gener at es r olling moment and (a) (b) 2
VTAS VTAS
pit ching moment .
(c) Yawing motion gener ates yawing moment and VEAS VEAS 1
r olling moment . (c) (d)
VTAS VTAS
(d) Pi t chi ng mot i on gener at es yawi ng moment
[GATE 2009, 1 M ]
and r olling moment .
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] 43. An unswept fixed-winged air cr aft has a lar ge r oll
st abilit y if t he wing is placed
37. Which one of t he following high lift device r esult s
in higher st alling angle? (a) low on t he fuselage and has negat ive dihedr al
(a) split flap (b) Fowler flap angle
(c) plain flap (d) leading edge flap (b) low on t he fuselage and has posit ive dihedr al
angle
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(c) high on the fuselage and has negative dihedral
St a t em en t f or L i n k ed An sw er Q u est i on s
angle
38 and 39: An air cr aft has a zer o-lift dr ag coefficient
CDO = 0.0223, wi ng aspect r at i o AR w = 10.0, and (d) high on t he fuselage and has posit ive dihedr al
Oswald’s efficiency fact or e = 0.7 angle
[GATE 2009, 1 M ]
38. The t hr ust r equir ed for st eady level flight will be
mi ni mum when t he ai r cr aft oper at es at a li ft 44. I f Cm is the pitching moment coefficient about
CG
coefficient of
t he cent er of gr avit y of an air cr aft , and is t he
(a) 0.65 (b) 0.70
(c) 0.75 (d) 0.80 dCm CG
angle of at t ack, t hen is
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] d
39. The glide angle t hat r esult s in maximum r ange (a) a stability derivative which represents stiffness
in a power -off glide is in pit ch
(a) 1.82 degr ees (b) 2.68 degr ees
(b) a stability derivative which represents stiffness
(c) 3.64 degr ees (d) 5.01 degr ees in pit ch
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(c) a cont r ol der ivat ive in pit ch
40. F or t w o-di m en si on al i r r ot at i on al an d
incompr essible flows (d) posit ive for an air cr aft t hat is st able in pit ch
[GATE 2009, 1 M ]
(a) Bot h pot ent ial and st r eam funct ions sat isfy
45. An air plane flying at 100 m/s is pit ching at t he
t he L aplace equat ion.
r at e of 0.2 deg/s. Du e t o t h i s pi t chi n g, t h e
(b) Pot ent ial funct ion must sat isfy t he L aplace
hor izont al t ail sur face locat ed 4 met r es behind
equat ion but t he st r eam funct ion need not .
the cent r e-of-mass of t he air plane will exper ience
(c) St r eam funct i on must sat isfy t he L apl ace a change in angle of at t ack. which is
equat ion but t he pot ent ial funct ion need not .
(a) 0.01 deg (b) 0.008 deg
(d) Neit her the str eam funct ion nor t he pot ential
function need t o sat isfy the L aplace equat ion. (c) 0.04 deg (d) 0.004 deg
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
[GATE 2009, 1 M ]
2.6 Flight Mechanics
46. The cont r i but i on of t he hor i zont al t ai l t o t he Common Data for Questions 51 and 52:
pi t chi ng moment coeffi ci ent about t he cent er Th e r oot s of t he char act er i st i c equat i on for t he
longit udinal dynamics of a cer t ain air cr aft ar e:
of gr avity C m CG of an aircr aft is given by Cm t ai l
= 0.2 – 0.0215 , wher e is t he angle of at t ack 1 0.02 0.2i; 2 0.02 0.2i; 3 2.5
of t he air cr aft . The cont r ibut ion of t he t ail t o t he
2.6i; 4 2.5 2.6i, wher e i 1 .
air cr aft longitudinal stability
(a) is stabilizing 50. The pair of eigenvalues that represent the phugoid
(b) is destabilizing mode is
(c) is nil (a) 1 and 3 (b) 2 and 4
(d) can n ot be det er m i n ed f r om t h e gi v en (c) 3 and 4 (d) 1 and 2
infor mat ion [GATE 2009, 2 M ]
[GATE 2009, 2 M ] 51. The shor t per iod damped fr equency is
47. The linear ized dynamics of an air cr aft (which has (a) 2.6 r ad/s (b) 0.2 r ad/s
no lar ge r ot at ing component s) in st r ai ght and (c) 2.5 r ad/s (d) 0.02 r ad/s
level flight is gover ned by t he equat ions [GATE 2009, 2 M ]
52. An air cr aft is climbing at a const ant speed in a
dx A B
x st r aight line at a st eep angle of climb. The load
dt C D
fact or it sust ains dur ing t he climb is:
wher e (a) equal t o 0.1
T (b) gr eat er t han 1.0
x u w q v p r , T r epr esent s
(c) posit ive but less t han 1.0
t he t r anspose of a mat r ix, [A], [B], [C] and [D]
ar e 4 × 4 matr ices and [0] is the 4 × 4 null mat r ix. (d) dependant on t he weight of t he air cr aft
[GATE 2010, 1 M ]
Which of t he following is t r ue?
53. Al l ot her fact or s r emai ni ng const ant , i f t he
(a) [A] [0]; [B] [0]; [C] = [0]; [D] [0]
weight of an air cr aft incr eases by 30% t hen t ile
(b) [A] = [0]; [B] [0]; [C] [0]; [D] = [0] t akeoff dist ance incr eases by appr oximat ely:
(c) [A] [0]; [B] = [0]; [C] = [0]; [D] [0] (a) 15% (b) 30%
(d) [A] [0]; [B] = [0]; [C] [0]; [D] = [0]
(c) 70% (d) 105%
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
[GATE 2010, 1 M ]
48. T he vel oci t y vect or of an ai r cr af t al ong i t s
54. An air cr aft st alls at a speed of 40 m/s in st r aight
u and level flight . The slowest speed at which t his
body-fixed axis is given by V v . I f V is t he air cr aft can execut e a level t um at a bank angle
w of 60 degr ees is:
(a) 28.3 m/s (b) 40.0 m/s
magnit ude V, is t he angle of at t ack and is (c) 56.6 m/s (d) 80.0 m/s
t he angle of sideslip, which of t he following set of [GATE 2010, 1 M ]
r elat ions is cor r ect ? 55. The absolut e ceiling of an air cr aft is t he alt it ude
(a) u = V sin cos; v = V sin ; w = V cos sin above which it :
(b) u = V cos cos; v = V cos ; w = V cos sin (a) can never r each
(c) u = Vcos cos; v = V sin ; w = V sin sin (b) cannot sustain level f1ight at a constant speed
(d) u = V cos cos; v = V sin ; w = V cos sin (c) can per for m accel er at ed fl i ght as wel l as
[GATE 2009, 2 M ] st r aight and level flight at a const ant speed
49. An air cr aft of mass 2500 kg in str aight and level (d) can per for m st r ni ght and l evel fl i ght at a
flight at a constant speed of 100 mls has available const ant speed only
excess power of 1.0 x 106 W. The st eady r at e of [GATE 2010, 1 M ]
climb it can at t ain at t hat speed is 56. A pr opeller power ed aicr aft , t r immed t o at t ain
(a) 100 m/s (b) 60 m/s maxi mum r ange and flying in a st r aight l ine,
(c) 40 m/s (d) 20 m/s t r avels a dist ance R fr om it s t ake-off point when
[GATE 2009, 2 M ] it has consumed a weight of fuel equal t o 20% of
Flight Mechanics 2.7
it s t ake-off weight . I f t he air cr aft cont inues t o fly 62. L ift on an air cr aft climbing ver t ically up is
and consumes a t ot al weight of fuel equal t o 50% (a) equal t o it s weight (b) zer o
of it s t ake-off weight , t he distance between it and
(c) equal t o t he dr ag (d) equal t o t he t hr ust
it s t ake-off point becomes:
[GATE 2011, 1 M ]
(a) 2.5 R (b) 3.1 R
63. I f an ai r cr aft is per for ming a posi t ive yawing
(c) 2.1 R (d) 3.9 R manoeuvr e, t he side slip angle
[GATE 2010, 2 M ]
(a) is always zer o (b) is never zer o
57. The t r im cur ves of an air cr aft ar e of t he for m
(c) is always negat ive (d) could be any value
Cm = (0.05 – 0.2) t he elevat or deflect ion angle.
[GATE 2011, 1 M ]
is in r adians. The st at ic mar gin of t he air cr aft
is: 64. For an air plane t o be st at ically st able, it s cent r e
of gr avit y must always be
(a) 0.5 (b) 0.2
(a) ahead of wing aer odynamic cent r e
(c) 0.1 (d) 0.05
[GATE 2010, 2 M ] (b) aft of t he wing aer odynamic cent r e
58. The t r im cur ves of an air c:r aft ar e of t ile for m (c) ahead of neut r al point
Cm = (0.05 – 0.2) – 0.I CL wher e t ile elevat or (d) aft of neut r al point
deflect ion angle, is in r adians. The change in [GATE 2011, 1 M ]
el evat or defl ect ion needed t o incr ease t i l e l i ft 65. Winglet s ar e used on wings t o minimize
coefficient fr om 0.4 t o 0.9 is: (a) skin fr ict ion dr ag (b) pr ofile dr ag
(a) – 0.5 r adians (b) – 0.25 r adians (c) wave dr ag (d) induced dr ag
(c) 0.25 r adians (d) 0.5 r adians [GATE 2011, 1 M ]
[GATE 2010, 2 M ]
66. An ai r cr aft i s per for mi ng a coor di nat ed t ur n
St at ement for Linked Answer Quest ions 54 and manoeuvr e at a bank angle of 30° and for war d
55: speed of 100 m/s. Assume g = 9.81 ms– 2. The load
An air cr aft is in st r aight and level flight at a const ant fact or and t ur n r adius r espect ively ar e
speed v. I t is dist ur bed by a symmet r ic ver t ical gust ,
r esult ing in a phugoid oscillat ion of t ime per iod T. 2
(a) and 1.76 km (b) 3 and 17.6 km
3
59. Assuming that g is the acceler ation due to gr avity,
T is given appr oximat ely by:
2
v v (c) 2 and 0.18 km (d) and 17.6 km
(a) (b) 3
g g
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
v 2 v 67. An air cr aft in a steady level flight at forwar d speed
(c) (d)
2 g g of 50 m/s suddenly r oll s by 180° and becomes
[GATE 2010, 2 M ] inver t ed. I f no ot her changes ar e made t o t he
confi gur at i on or cont r ol s of t he ai r cr aft , t he
60. I f v = 200 m/s t hen t he wavelengt h of t he phugoid
nat ur e of t he subsequent flight pat h t aken by the
osci l l at i on , assu m i n g g = 9.81 m /s 2 , i s,
appr oximat ely: ai r cr aft an d i t s char act er i st i c par amet er (s)
(assume g = 9.81ms– 2) ar e
(a) 1.28 × 104 m (b) 1.30 × 103 m
(a) st r aight line pat h wit h a speed of 50 m/s
(c) 1.81 × 10– 4 m (d) 918 m
[GATE 2010, 2 M ] (b) upwar d cir cular pat h wit h a speed of 50 m/s
61. I n an un-power ed gl i de of an ai r cr aft havi ng and r adius of 127.4 m
weight W, lift L and dr ag D, t he equilibr ium glide (c) downwar d cir cular pat h wit h a speed of 50 m/
angle is defined as s and r adius of 127.4 m/s
L 1 D
(d) downwar d cir cular pat h with a speed of 25 m/
(a) t an 1 (b) t an s and r adius of 254.8 m/s
D L
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
1 L 1 W 68. An air cr aft wit h a mass of 5000 kg t akes off fr om
(c) t an (d) t an
W L sea level with a for war d speed of 50 m/s and star ts
[GATE 2011, 1 M ] t o climb wit h a climb angle of 15°. The r at e of
2.8 Flight Mechanics
climb and excess t hr ust available at t he st ar t of 74. An air craft in a steady climb suddenly exper iences
t he climb r espect ively (assume g = 9.81 ms– 2) ar e a 10% dr op in t hr ust . Aft er a new equilibr ium is
(a) 13.40 m/s and 13146.0 N r eached at t he same speed, t he new r at e of climb
is
(b) 12.94 m/s and 12694.1 N
(a) lower by exact ly 10%.
(c) 13.40 m/s and 12694.1 N
(b) lower by mor e t han 10%.
(d) 12.94 m/s and 13146.0 N
[GATE 2011, 2 M ] (c) lower by less t han 10%.
69. A glider having a mass of 500 kg is t aken t o an (d) an unpr edict able quant ity.
alt it ude of 1000 m wit h a jeep moving on gr ound [GATE 2012, 1 M ]
at 54 kmph. Upon r eaching t he r equir ed alt it ude 75. I n an air cr aft, the dive manoeuvr e can be initiated
i n 50 s, t he gl i der i s r el eased and st ar t s i t s by
descent . Under t he assumpt ion of equili br i um (a) r educing t he engine t hr ust alone.
glide, t he r ange and endur ance of t he glider for a
(b) r educing t he angle of at t ack alone.
const ant lift -t o-dr ag r at io of 15 ar e
(c) gener at ing a nose down pit ch r at e.
(a) 15.0 km and 1002.2 s r espect ively
(d) incr easing t he engine t hr ust alone.
(b) 15.0 km and 601.3 s r espect ively [GATE 2012, 1 M ]
(c) 1.0 km and 601.3 s r espect ively 76. I n an ai r cr aft , el evat or cont r ol effect i veness
(d) 1.0 km and 50 s r espect ively det er mines
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
(a) t ur n r adius.
70. An air cr aft in level flight encount er s a ver t ical (b) r at e of climb.
gu st , whi ch exci t es t he phugoi d mode. T he
(c) for war d-most location of t he centr e of gr avity.
phugoid mot ion complet es 10 cycles in 50 s and
its amplitude r educes to half of its maximum value (d) aft -most locat ion of t he cent r e of gr avit y.
in 25 s. The eigenvalues of t he phugoid mode ar e [GATE 2012, 1 M ]
(a) – 0.05 ± 0.02i (c) – 0.5 ± 0.2i 77. For a wing of aspect r atio AR, having an ellipt ical
lift dist r ibut ion, t he induced dr ag coefficient is
(c) – 0.028 ± 1.26i (d) 0.028 ± 1.26i (wher e C L is t he lift coefficient )
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
71. An air cr aft in tr immed condition has zer o pitching CL C2L
moment at (a) (b)
AR AR
(a) it s aer odynamic cent r e.
(b) it s cent r e of gr avit y CL C2L
(c) (d)
(c) 25% of it s mean aer odynamic chor d. 2 AR AR 2
(d) 50% of it s wing r oot chor d. [GATE 2012, 1 M ]
[GATE 2012, 1 M ]
78. An air cr aft has a st eady r at e of climb of 300 m/s
72. I n an air cr aft , const ant r oll r at e can be pr oduced at sea level and 150 m/s at 2500 m alt it ude. The
using ailer ons by applying t ime t aken (in sec) for t his air cr aft t o climb fr om
(a) a st ep input . (b) a r amp input 500 m alt it ude t o 3000 m alt it ude is ____.
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
(c) a sinusoidal input (d) an impulse input .
[GATE 2012, 1 M ] 79. I f an ai r cr aft t ak es off wi t h 10% l ess fuel i n
compar ison to its standard configuration, its r ange
73. Dur ing t he gr ound r oll manoeuvr e of an air cr aft ,
is
t he for ce(s) act ing on it par allel t o t he dir ect ion
of mot ion (a) lower by exact ly 10%.
(b) lower by mor e t han 10%.
(a) is t hr ust alone
(c) lower by less t han 10%.
(b) is dr ag alone.
(d) an unpr edict able quant ity.
(c) ar e bot h t hr ust and dr ag
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
(d) ar e thr ust , dr ag and a par t of both weight and
80. An air cr aft has an appr oach speed of 144 kmph
lift.
wit h a descent angle of 6.6°. I f t he air cr aft load
[GATE 2012, 1 M ]
fact or is 1.2 and const ant deceler at ion at t ouch
Flight Mechanics 2.9
down is 0.25g (g = 9.81 m/s 2), it s t ot al landing 85. Which one of t he following flight inst r ument s is
distance appr oximat ely over a 15 m high obstacle used on an air cr aft t o det er mine it s at t it ude in
is flight?
(a) 1830 m (b) 1380 m (a) Ver t ical speed indicat or
(c) 830 m (d) 380 m (b) Alt imet er
[GATE 2012, 2 M ] (c) Ar t ificial Hor izon
81. An air cr aft is t r immed st r aight and level at t r ue (d) Tur n-bank indicator
air speed (TAS) of 100 m/s at st andar d sea level [GATE 2013, 1 M ]
(SSL ). Fur t her, pull of 5 N holds t he speed at 90 86. A super sonic air plane is expect ed t o fly at bot h
m/s wit hout r e-t r imming at SSL (air densit y = subsonic and super sonic speeds dur ing it s whole
1.22 kg/m 3). To fly at 3000 m alt it ude (air densit y f l i gh t cou r se. Wh i ch on e of t h e f ol l ow i n g
= 0.91 k g/m 3) and 120 m/s TAS wi t hout r e- st at ement s is TRUE?
t r imming, t he air cr aft needs (a) Air plane will exper ience less stabilit y in pitch
(a) 1.95 N upwar d for ce. at super sonic speeds t han at subsonic speeds
(b) 1.95 N downwar d for ce. (b) Air plane will feel no change in pit ch st abilit y
(c) 1.85 N upwar d for ce. (c) Airplane will experience mor e stability in pitch
at super sonic speeds t han at subsonic speeds
(d) 1.75 N downwar d for ce.
[GATE 2012, 2 M ] (d) Pi t ch st abil it y cannot be infer r ed fr om t he
infor mat ion given
Common Data for Questions 82 and 83:
[GATE 2013, 1 M ]
A wing and t ail ar e geomet r ically similar, while t ail
87. Whi ch one of t he foll owing is favor able for an
ar ea is one-thir d of the wing ar ea and distance between
air plane oper at ion?
t wo aer odynamic cent r es is equal t o wing semi-
(a) Tail wind in cr uise and head wind in landing
b
span . I n addit ion, following dat a is applicable: (b) Tail wind bot h in cr uise and landing
2
(c) H ead wind bot h in cr uise and landing
a 0.3, CL 1.0, Cl 0.008 / deg (d) H ead wind in cr uise and t ail wind in landing
w
[GATE 2013, 1 M ]
c 2.5m, b 30m,CM 0, t 1. 88. Which one of t he following is TRUE wit h r espect
t o Phugoid mode of an air cr aft ?
T h e sy m bol s h av e t h ei r u su al aer ody n am i c (a) Fr equency is dir ect ly pr opor t i onal t o flight
int er pr etat ion. speed
82. The maximum distance that the cent r e of gr avity (b) Fr equency is inver sely pr opor t ional t o flight
can be beh i n d aer odyn am i c cen t r e wi t h ou t speed
dest abilizing t he wing-t ail combination is (c) Fr equency i s di r ect l y pr opor t i onal t o t he
(a) 0.4 m (b) 1.4 m squar e r oot of flight speed
(c) 2.4 m (d) 3.4 m (d) Fr equency is i nver sel y pr opor t ional t o t he
[GATE 2012, 2 M ] squar e r oot of flight speed
[GATE 2013, 1 M ]
83. The angle of incidence of t ail t o t r im t he wing-
t ail combinat ion for a 5% st at ic mar gin is 89. A glider is launched fr om a 500m high hillt op.
Following dat a is available for t he glider : Zer o
(a) – 1.4° (b) – 0.4° lift dr ag coefficient CD0 = 0.02, aspect r at io AR =
(c) 0.4° (d) 1.4° 10 and Oswal d effici ency fact or e = 0.95. The
[GATE 2012, 2 M ] maximum r ange of t he glider in km is _________
84. Whi ch one of t he fol l owi ng i s t he most st abl e [GATE 2013, 2 M ]
configur at ion of an air plane in r oll? 90. Whi ch one of t he fol l owi ng cr i t er i a l eads t o
(a) Sweep back, anhedr al and low wing maximum t ur n r at e and minimum r adius in a
level t ur n flight ?
(b) Sweep for war d, dihedr al and low wing
(a) H i ghest possi bl e l oad fact or and hi ghest
(c) Sweep for war d, anhedr al and high wing possible velocit y
(d) Sweep back, dihedr al and high wing (b) Lowest possible load factor and lowest possible
[GATE 2013, 1 M ] velocit y
2.10 Flight Mechanics
(c) H i gh est possi bl e l oad f act or an d l owest 97. I n most air planes, t he Dut ch r oll mode can be
possible velocit y excit ed by applying
(d) L owest possi bl e l oad f act or an d h i gh est (a) a st ep input t o t he elevat or s
possible velocit y (b) a st ep input t o t he r udder
[GATE 2013, 2 M ]
(c) a sinusoidal input t o t he ailer on
91. Consider an air plane wit h r ect angular st r aight
wing at dihedr al angle = 100. L ift cur ve slope of (d) an impulse input t o t he elevat or s
[GATE 2014, 1 M ]
wing air foil section (constant over the whole span
of t he wing) is Cla = 5.4/r ad. The r oll st abili t y 98. For a given air plan wit h a given wing loading
der ivat ive, Cl in per r adian is __________ executing a tur n in the ver tical plane, under what
[GATE 2013, 2 M ]
condit ions will t he t ur n r adius be minimum and
t he t ur n r at e be maximum?
Common Data for Questions 92 and 93:
(a) H ighest possible CL and lowest possible load
Dat a for an ai r pl ane ar e gi ven as fol l ows: wei ght
fact or
W= 30 kN, t hr ust available at sea-level T 0 = 4000N,
wing planfor m ar ea S = 30m 2, maximum lift coefficient (b) L owest possible CL and lowest possible load
CL max = 1.4, and dr ag coefficient CD = 0.015 + 0.024 fact or
2 (c) L owest possible CL and highest possible load
Assume air densit y at sea-level 31.22 CL . Assume air fact or
densit y at sea-level = 1.22kg/m 3. (d) H ighest possible CL and highest possible load
92. St all speed of t he air plane in m/s is fact or
(a) 17.36 (b) 34.22 [GATE 2014, 2 M ]
(c) 45.52 (d) 119.46 99. L ift -off dist ance for a given air cr aft of weight W
[GATE 2013, 2 M ]
is SL O. I f t he t ake-off weight is r educed by 10%,
t hen t he magnit ude of per cent age change in t he
93. M inimum and maximum speeds of t he air plane
lift -off dist ance (assume all ot her par amet er s t o
in level flight condit ion at sea-level in m/s ar e
r emain const ant ) is ________.
r espectively
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
(a) 17.36 and 180 (b) 17.36 and 34.22
100. Wh i ch of t h e f ol l ow i n g desi gn par am et er s
(c) 34.22 and 119.46 (d) 17.36 and 119.46 influence t he maximum r at e-of-climb for a jet -
[GATE 2013, 2 M ] pr opelled air plane?
94. For a NACA 5-digit air foil of chor d c, the designed P. Wing loading
lift coefficient and locat ion of maximum camber
along t he chor d fr om t he leading edge ar e denot e Q. M aximum thr ust -t o-weight r at io
by CL and Xm r espectively. For NACA12018 air foil, R. Zer o-lift dr ag coefficient
which combinat ion of CL and X m given below ar e S. M aximum lift -t o-dr ag r atio
cor r ect ?
(a) P and Q alone (b) P, Q, R and S
(a) CL = 0.15 and X m = 0.1c
(c) P, Q and S alone (d) Q, R and S alone
(b) CL = 0.12 and X m = 0.2c [GATE 2014, 2 M ]
(c) CL = 0.12 and X m = 0.18c 101. Consider t he following four statements r egar ding
(d) CL = 0.15 and X m = 0.2c air cr aft longit udinal stability:
[GATE 2014, 1 M ] P. CM ,cg at zer o lift must be posit ive
95. The ver t ical gr ound load fact or on a st at ionar y Q. CM ,cg/a must be negat ive (a is absolut e
air cr aft par ked in it s hangar is : angle of at t ack)
(a) 0 (b) – 1 R. CM ,cg at zer o lift must be negat ive
(c) Not defined (d) 1 S. Slope of CL ver sus a must be negat ive
[GATE 2014, 1 M ]
Wh i ch of t h e f ol l ow i n g com bi n at i on i s t h e
96. Under what conditions a glider should be oper ated necessar y cr it er i on for st ick fixed longit udi nal
t o ensur e minimum sink r at e? balance and st at ic stabilit y?
(a) M aximum CL /CD (b) M inimum CL /CD (a) Q and R only (b) Q, R and S only
(c) Maximum CD/CL 3/2
(d) M inimum CD/CL 3/2 (c) P and Q only (d) Q and S only
[GATE 2014, 1 M ]
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
Flight Mechanics 2.11
102. Dat a for a light , single-engine, pr opeller dr iven 108. The per cent age change in t he lift -off dist ance for
air cr aft in st eady level flight at sea-level is as a 20 % incr ease in air cr aft weight is _____.
follows: velocit y V = 40m/s, weight W = 13000N, [GATE 2015, 1 M ]
lift coefficient CL = 0.65, dr ag coefficient CD = 0.25 109. Consider a monoplane wing and a biplane wing
+ 0.04 CL 2 and power available Pav = 100,000J/s. wi t h i dent i cal ai r foi l sect i ons, wi ngspans and
The r at e of climb possible for t his air cr aft under incidence angles in ident ical condit ions in a wind
t he given condit ions (in m/s) is t unnel . As compar ed t o t he monopl ane, t he
(a) 7.20 (b) 5.11 biplane exper iences
(c) 6.32 (d) 4.23 (a) a higher lift and a higher dr ag
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
(b) a higher lift and a lower dr ag
103. Consider t he densit y and alt it ude at t he base of
(c) a lower lift and a lower dr ag
an isot her mal layer in t he st andar d at mospher e
to be 1 and h 1, r espectively. The density var iation (d) a lower lift and a higher dr ag
with alt itude ( ver sus h) in that layer is gover ned [GATE 2015, 1 M ]
by (R: specific gas const ant , T: t emper at ur e, g0 : 110. A st at ically stable tr immed air cr aft exper iences a
acceler at ion due t o gr avit y at sea level) gust and the angle of attack r educes momentar ily.
As a r esult , t he cent er of pr essur e of t he air cr aft
g g
0 h h 1 0 h 1 h (a) shifts for war d
RT e RT
(a) e (b)
1 1 (b) shift s r ear war d
(c) does not shift
RT RT
h h1 h h (d) coincides wit h t he neut r al point
g g 1 1
(c) e 0 (d) e 0 [GATE 2015, 1 M ]
1 1
[GATE 2015, 1 M ] w
111. An air cr aft , wit h a wing loading 500 N / m 2 ,
104. For const ant fr ee st r eam velocit y and densit y, a s
change in lift for a large aspect r atio straight wing,
L
wit h thin camber ed air foil sect ion at small angles i s gl i di n g at 10 an d C L = 0.69
D max
of at t ack, leads t o
(a) a shift of t he aer odynamic cent er and no shift Consider ing t he fr ee st r eam densit y = 0.9 kg/
of t he cent er of pr essur e m 3, t he equilibr ium glide speed (in m/s) is _____.
[GATE 2015, 2 M ]
(b) a shift of the cent er of pr essur e and no shift of
t he aer odynamic cent er 112. For a level flight at cr uise alt it ude, CD = 0.018
wit h dr ag coefficient at zer o lift , CD.0 = 0.015.
(c) shift of bot h t he aer odynamic cent er and t he
For a 30° climb at t he same alt it ude and speed,
cent er of pr essur e
CD = _____ × 10– 3.
(d) no shift eit her of t he aer odynamic cent er or [GATE 2015, 2 M ]
of t he cent er of pr essur e
113. An air cr aft is flying with iner tial ground and wind
[GATE 2015, 1 M ]
b b
105. Whi ch one of t he fol l owi ng modes of a st abl e speeds of v g 100, 5, 5 m / s and v w (0, – 5, –
ai r cr af t h as n on -osci l l at or y r espon se ch a-
10) m/s, r espect ively, as expr essed in t he body
r act er istics?
fr ame. The cor r espondi ng si desl i p angl e (i n
(a) Shor t per iod (b) Phugoid degr ees) is
(c) Dut ch r oll (d) Spiral (a) 0 (b) 5.65
[GATE 2015, 1 M ]
(c) 8.49 (d) 9.54
106. As a candidat e for a ver t ical tail, which one of t he
[GATE 2015, 2 M ]
following air foil sect ions is appr opr iat e?
114. The damping r atio in phugoid motion for gliders
(a) NACA 0012 (b) NACA 2312
i s usual l y l ess compar ed t o power ed ai r cr aft
(c) NACA 23012 (d) Clar ke Y pr ofile because
[GATE 2015, 1 M ]
(a) glider s ar e unpower ed.
107. An air cr aft in level and unacceler at ed flight wit h
a velocit y of v = 300 m/s r equir es a power of 9 × (b) glider s ar e light .
106 W. I f t he air cr aft weighs 1.5 × 105 N, t he lift - (c) lift t o dr ag r at io is higher for glider s.
t o-dr ag r at io (d) glider s fly at low speed.
[GATE 2015, 1 M ] [GATE 2016, 1 M ]
2.12 Flight Mechanics
115. Dur ing an air cr aft cr uising flight , t he alt it ude 122. The ai r cr aft vel ocit y (m/s) component s i n body
above t he gr ound is usually measur ed using axes ar e gi ven as [u, v, w] = [100, 10, 10]. The air
(a) dynamic pr essur e. (b) st at ic pr essur e. velocit y (m/s), angle of at t ack (deg) and sidesl ip
angl e (deg) i n t hat or der ar e
(c) r adar. (d) laser r ange finder.
(a) [120, 0.1, 0.1]
[GATE 2016, 1 M ]
(b) [100, 0.1, 0.1]
116. I ndicat ed air speed is used by a pilot dur ing (c) [100.995, 0.1, 5.73]
(a) take-off. (d) [100.995, 5.71, 5.68]
(b) navigation. [GATE 2016, 2 M ]
(c) set t ing t he engine RPM . 123. The Dut ch r oll mot ion of t he air cr aft i s descr ibed
(d) set t ing t he elevat or angle. by foll owi ng r elat ionship
[GATE 2016, 1 M ]
117. The pit ch angle and the angle of att ack for a fixed 0.26 1
wing air cr aft ar e equal dur ing 4.49 0.76 r
r
(a) wings level const ant alt it ude flight .
(b) unacceler at ed climb. The undamped nat ur al fr equency (r ad/s) and
damping r at io for t he Dut ch r ol l mot ion in t hat
(c) unacceler at ed descent .
or der ar e:
(d) landing. (a) 4.68, 1.02 (b) 4.49, 1.02
[GATE 2016, 1 M ]
(c) 2.165, 0.235 (d) 2.165, 1.02
118. The load factor of an air cr aft tur ning at a constant [GATE 2016, 2 M ]
alt it udeis 2. The coefficient of lift r equir ed for 124. A gl ider wei ghing 3300 N is fl yi ng at 1000 m
t ur ning flight as compar ed t o level flight at t he above sea l evel. The wi ng ar ea i s 14.1 m 2 and
same speed will be t he ai r densi t y is 1.23 k g/m 3 . U nder zer o wi nd
(a) same (b) half condit i ons, t he vel ocit y for maximum r ange is
(c) double (d) four t imes __________ m/s.
[GATE 2016, 1 M ]
CL
119. The r at e of change of moment coefficient wit h deg CL CD
CD
dCm 11 1.46 0.0865 16.9
r espect t o t he angle of at t ack, , at half chor d
d 9 1.36 0.0675 20.1
point of a thin air foil, as per appr oximat ions fr om
7 1.23 0.0535 22.9
t he t hin air foil t heor y is
5 1.08 0.0440 24.5
(a) radian 1 (b) radian 1 3 0.90 0.0350 25.7
4 2 1 0.70 0.0275 25.4
(c) r adian – 1 (d) 2 r adian – 1 1 0.49 0.0220 22.2
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
3 0.25 0.0180 13.8
120. An air cr aft is flying level in t he Nor t h dir ect ion
at a velocity of 55 m/s under cr oss wind fr om East [GATE 2016, 2 M ]
t o West of 5 m/s. For t he given air cr aft Cn = 125. Which one of t he following st at ement s is NOT
0.012/deg and Cnr = – 0.0072/deg, wher e dr is t r ue
t he r udder deflect ion and ß is t he side slip angle. (a) The pit ching moment of any ai r foil at any
T h e r u dder def l ect i on ex er t ed by pi l ot i s angle of at t ack is always zer o at t he cent er of
__________ degr ees. pr essur e
[GATE 2016, 2 M ] (b) The pit ching moment of any ai r foil at any
121. An air cr aft weighing 10000 N is flying level at an gl e of at t ack i s al w ay s zer o at t h e
100 m/s and it is power ed by a jet engine. The aer odynamic cent er
t hr ust r equir ed for l evel flight is 1000 N. The (c) The center of pr essur e and aerodynamic center
maximum possi bl e t hr ust pr oduced by t he jet coincide for a symmet r ic air foil
engine is 5000 N. The minimum t ime r equir ed (d) The pitching moment about t he aer odynamic
t o climb 1000 m, when flight speed is 100 m/s, is center, for any air foil, does not var y with angle
________s. of at t ack
[GATE 2016, 2 M ] [GATE 2017, 1 M ]
Flight Mechanics 2.13
(a) m ove t h e el evat or up, an d decr ease t h e
126. L et N m and N 0 be r espect i v el y t h e n on -
t hr ot t le
dimensional locations of the st ick-fixed maneuver (b) move the elevator up, and incr ease the throttle
point and st ick-fixed neut r al point of a low speed (c) move t he el evat or down, and decr ease t he
con v en t i on al ai r cr af t . T h ese di st an ce ar e t hr ot t le
measur ed with r espect to the nose of the fuselage. (d) move t he el evat or down, and i ncr ease t he
The numer ical value of N m N 0 t hr ot t le
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
(a) will always be negat ive
130. A conventional low speed aircraft had the following
(b) will always be posit ive aer odynamic char act er ist ics:
(c) will always be zer o CD0 - 0.20, e = 1.0 (Oswald efficiency).
(d) can have any value depending on the locat ion The air cr aft was flown t o maint ain a st eady level
of t he cent er of gr avit y of t he air cr aft flight and for minimum t hr ust r equir ed, at a lift
[GATE 2017, 1 M ] coefficient of CL = 0.8. The numer ical value of
127. The phenomenon of r udder lock in convent ional t he aspect r at io of t he wing is ______ (in t hr ee
decimal places).
low speed air cr aft is pr imar ily due t o
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
(a) lar ge value of dir ect ional der ivat ive, Cn
131. T h e r oot s obt ai n ed by sol vi n g l on gi t udi n al
(b) t he sidewash due t o fuselage on t he ver t ical char act er ist ic equations of motion for a st at ically
stabilizer st able air cr aft ar e given below:
(c) t he t endency of r udder t o float r apidly at high 1.2 = – 0.02 ± 0.30i, 3.4 = – 2.00 ± 2.50 i, wher e
angles of side-slip
i 1
(d) t he si dewash due t o wi ng on t he ver t i cal The undamped shor t-per iod longit udinal natur al
stabilizer fr equency (r adians/sec) and damping r atio, in that
[GATE 2017, 1 M ] or der, ar e close t o
128. An air cr aft model was t est ed in a low speed wind- (a) 3.40, 0.73 (b) 3.36, 0.65
t unnel (Reynolds number = 2 × 106 based on wing (c) 3.83, 0.56 (d) 3.20, 0.63
mean chor d). The var iat ion of pit ching moment [GATE 2017, 2 M ]
coefficient (Cm ) wit h angle of at t ack () for t wo 132. An air cr aft is t o be designed t o ensur e t hat it has
elevat or deflect ions (e) as r ecor ded dur ing t his enough excess power t o achieve st eady climb at
t est is pr esent ed below. flight path angle, = 10 degr ees, maint aining The
numer ical value of t he t hr ust t o weight r at io of
Cm
t h e com pl et e ai r cr af t t o m eet t h e abov e
0.03 r equ i r em en t u n der st an dar d at m osph er i c
condit i on wi ll be __________ (i n t hr ee decimal
place).
0.02
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
133. A convent ional air cr aft was analyzed t o est imat e
(deg) t he contr ibution of wing t owar ds Cm0 (Cm at = 0)
e = 0° e = – 10° of the whole air cr aft. The wing was installed with
zer o set t ing angle along t he fuselage r efer ence
Based on the r esult pr esent ed in the figur e above, l i n e. F u r t her, t h e wi n g was l ai d su ch t h at
t he value of elevat or cont r ol power (Cmoe) in per
X ac,w 0.3, an d X cg,aircr ft 0.4. X ac,w and
r adian will be ________ (in t hr ee decimal place).
[GATE 2017, 2 M ] X cg,air craft are the non-dimensional distance, from
129. A pilot was flying a single engine propeller aircr aft t he leading edge of t he wing, of t he aer odynamic
and maintaining a steady flight at a lift coefficient, cent er of t he having and cent er of gr avit y of t he
CL = 0.5 at an alt it ude of 500 m. Due t o some air cr aft r espect ively. The wing had t he following
emer gency, at the same altitude (500 m), t he pilot aer odynamic char act er ist ics:
had t o fully deploy t he landing gear. I f t he pilot CL 0 = 0.20, and Cmac.wing = – 0.02.
wants to maintain steady level flight s at the same The numer ical value of Cm0,w (cont r ibut ion of t he
CL = 0.5 and at t he same alt it ude, which of t he wing t o Cm0) about the CG of the air cr aft is ______
f ol l ow i n g con t r ol act i on s sh ou l d t h e pi l ot in (t wo decimal places).
under t ake: [GATE 2017, 2 M ]
2.14 Flight Mechanics
134. A jet air cr aft is initially flying st eady and level at 140. An air cr aft wit h mass of 400,000 kg cr uises at
i t s maxi mu m en du r ance condi t i on. F or t he 240 m/s at an alt it ude of 10 km. I t s lift t o dr ag
air cr aft t o fly st eady and level, but fast er at t he r at io at cr uise is 15. Assuming g as 9.81 m/s2, t he
same alt it ude, t he pilot should power (in M W) needed for it t o cr uise is _______
(a) incr ease t hr ust alone. (accur at e t o t wo decimal places).
[GATE 2018, 2 M ]
(b) incr ease t hr ust and incr ease angle of at t ack
(c) incr ease t hr ust and r educe angle of at t ack. 141. A statically-st able air cr aft has a CL 5 (wher e
(d) r educe angle of at t ack alone. t he angle of at t ack, a, is measur ed in r adians).
[GATE 2018, 1 M ] The coeffi cient of moment of t he air cr aft
135. The pilot of a convent ional air plane t hat is flying about t he cent er of gr avi t y i s gi ven as
steady and level at some altitude, deflects the por t CM,c,g 0.05 4 . T h e m ean aer ody n am i c
side ailer on up and t he st ar boar d ailer on down.
The air cr aft will t hen chor d of t he air cr aft wing is 1 m. The locat ion
(posit ive t owar ds t he nose) of t he neut r al point of
(a) pit ch, nose up.
t he air cr aft fr om t he cent er of gr avit y is ______
(b) r oll wit h t he st ar boar d wing up. (in m, accur at e t o t wo decimal places).
(c) pit ch, nose down. [GATE 2018, 2 M ]
(d) r oll wit h t he por t wing up. 142. An air cr aft wit h a gr oss weight of 2000 kg, has a
[GATE 2018, 1 M ] speed of 130 m/s at sea level, wher e the conditions
136. A NACA 0012 air foil has a tr ailing edge flap. The are: 1 atmosphere (pr essur e), 288 K(temper atur e),
ai r foi l i s oper at i ng at an angl e of at t ack of 5 and 1.23 k g/m 3 (densi t y). The speed (i n m/s)
degr ees wit h un-deflect ed flap. I f t he flap is now r equir ed by t he air cr aft at an alt it ude of 9000 m,
deflect ed by 5 degr ees downwar ds, t he CL ver sus wher e t he condit ions ar e: 0.31 at mospher e, 230
cur ve K , 0.47 kg/m 3, t o maint ain a st eady, level flight
(a) shift s r ight and slope incr eases is ________ (accur at e t o t wo decimal places).
[GATE 2018, 2 M ]
(b) shift s left and slope incr eases
143. A pitot pr obe on an air cr aft in a steady, level flight
(c) shift s left and slope st ays t he same.
r ecor ds a pr essur e of 55,000 N/m 2 . The st at ic
(d) shift s r ight and slope st ays t he same. pr essur e and densit y ar e 45,280 N/m 2 and 0.6 kg/
[GATE 2018, 1 M ] m 3, r espect i vel y. The wi ng ar ea and t he l i ft
137. An air plane r equir es a longer gr ound r oll t o lift - coefficient ar e 16 m 2 and 2, r espectively. The wing
off on hot summer days because loading (i n N/m 2) on t hi s air cr aft i s _________
(a) t he t hr ust i s di r ect l y pr opor t i onal t o fr ee- (accur at e t o one decimal place).
st r eam densit y. [GATE 2018, 2 M ]
(b) t he t hr ust is dir ect ly pr opor t ional t o weight 144. Gr oss weight of an air plane is 7000 N, wing ar ea
of t he air cr aft . is 16 m 2, and t he maximum lift coefficient is 2.0.
Assuming densit y at t he alt it ude as 1.23 kg/m 3,
(c) t he lift -off dist ance is dir ect ly pr opor t ional t o
t he stall speed (in m/s) of the air cr aft is _________
fr ee-st r eam densit y.
(accur at e t o t wo decimal places).
(d) t he r unway fr ict ion is high on hot summer [GATE 2018, 2 M ]
days.
145. An air cr aft wi nd t unnel model , having a pit ch
[GATE 2018, 1 M ]
axis mass moment of iner t ia (I yy) of 0.014 k g-m 2 ,
138. The highest limit load fact or exper ienced by a
is mount ed in such a manner t hat it has pur e
civil t r anspor t air cr aft is in t he r ange
pit ching mot ion about it s cent r e of gr avity, wher e
(a) 0.0 – 2.0 (b) 2.0 – 5.0 it i s suppor t ed t hr ough a fr ict i onl ess hinge. I f
(c) 5.0 – 8.0 (d) 8.0 – 10.0 t he pit ching moment (M ) der ivat ive wit h r espect
[GATE 2018, 1 M ] t o angl e of at t ack (a), denot ed by ‘M ’, i s – 0.504
139. Assuming I SA st andar d sea level condit ions N-m/r ad and the pit ching moment (M) der ivative
(288.16 K , densit y of 1.225 kg/m 3, g = 9.81 m/s2, wi t h r espect t o pi t ch r at e (q), denot ed by ‘M q’, i s
R = 287 J/(kg-K )), t he densit y (in kg/m 3) of air at – 0.0336 N-m/(r ad/s), t he dampi ng r at i o of t he
L eh, which is at an alt it ude of 3500 m above r esult i ng mot i on due t o an i nit ial dist ur bance in
mean sea l evel i s ________ (accur at e t o t wo pitch angle is appr oximat ely _________ (accur at e
decimal places). t o t hr ee decimal pl aces).
[GATE 2018, 2 M ] [GATE 2018, 2 M ]
Flight Mechanics 2.15
AN SWER KEY
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c) 7. (* ) 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (c) 11. (c)
12. (a) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (a) 20. (c) 22. (d) 23. (c)
24. (c) 25. (a) 26. (a) 27. (d) 31. (b) 33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (a) 37. (c)
38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (a) 41. (a) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (b) 46. (a) 48. (d)
50. (d) 51. (a) 52. (c) 53. (c) 54. (c) 55. (b) 56. (b) 57. (c) 58. (c) 59. (d)
60. (c) 61. (b) 62. (b) 63. (c) 64. (a) 65. (d) 66. (a) 67. (c) 68. (b) 69. (a)
70. (c) 71. (b) 72. (d) 73. (d) 74. (b) 75. (c) 76. (c) 77. (b) 79. (c) 80. (d)
81. (d) 82. (a) 83. (d) 84. (d) 85. (b) 86. (c) 87. (a) 88. (b) 92. (b) 93. (c)
94. (a) 95. (d) 96. (d) 97. (b) 98. (d) 100. (b) 101. (c) 102. (b) 103. (a) 104. (b)
105. (d) 106. (b) 109. (a) 110. (a) 113. (b) 114. (c) 115. (b) 116. (a) 117. (a) 118. (c)
119. (b) 122. (d) 123. (c) 125. (b) 126. (b) 127. (c) 129. (b) 134. (c) 135. (b) 136. (c)
137. (a) 138. (b)
EXPLAN ATI ON S
2. An Aer opl ane havi ng l ar ger wi ng wi l l have For a fixed C.G air cr aft when pr opeller is mounted
gr eat er lift for ce and so leads t o gr eat er pit ching on nose of fuselage, a nor mal for ce in gener at ed
moment wit h r espect t o smaller wing. H ence is when pr opeller is at an angle wit h t he (fr ee
case of l ar ger wi ng t h e l ongi t udi nal st at i ce st r eam) vel oci t y, i t cr eat s pi t chi ng moment s
st abilit y will be mor e if cent r e of gr avit y is ahead which has dest abilizing effect when pr opeller is
t o Aer odynmaic cent r e of wing. ahead t o cent r e of gr avit y.
3. High wing or low wing configur ation doesnot affect At t he angl e of at t ack i ncr eases t he moment
t he l ongi t udi nal st at i c st abi l i t y, because t he cr eat ed by N p i n cr eases whi ch causes m or e
pit ching moment gener at ed in bot h t he cases ar e dest abilizing effect .
same lat er al st at ic st abilit y is affect ed by high L
wing or low wing configur at ion, lat er al st abilit y
is higher for high wing configur at ion.
lat er al st abilit y (Roll st abilit y) is higher.
+
(Roll stability) (high wing) 5. D
T
CG
W
At t r immed condit ion
TD
CG LW
L =W
low wing
1
4. N p = Nor mal for ce CL AV 2 W
2
NP
2W
V2
CL A
dW
D CG V
CL A
2.16 Flight Mechanics
dW R TV DV
V
CL A
C W
1 P PR
V A
CL W
for incr easing velocit y CL should decr ease. CL can excess power
be decr eased by using elevat or set t ing.
weight
I n level st eady fli ght , higher vel ocit y could be
achieved by t hr ot t le set t ings also. for a pr opeller dr iver air plane
6. Wing A Wing B PA PR n p
R
Ar ea = b × C Ar ea = 4b × C
C max W
1 1
L A CL AV 2 L B CL AV 2
2 2 R excess break power p
C max W
1 1
CL bc V 2 CL 4b c V 2
2 2 Given
L B > L A. n p = 0.8
Wing B will gener at e mor e lift because of mor e W = 73108 N
wing ar ea. 15m
R
List Coefficient CL is geomet r ical pr oper ty of wing sec at v = 15 m/sec
C max
and r emains same for same angle of at t ack.
7. R
W
L C max
excess br eak power
p
T
1
73108 15
(Horizontal axis) 0.8
= 1371K W
TD
8. Given
D
W e Cm
0
5 0.08
V 5 0
R
= V sin
C
Cm Cm
e e
Summing for ce par allel t o flight pat h
Per pendicular t o flight pat h 0.08 0.08
T = D + W sin ...(1) 0.008 per degr ee
5 5 10
L = W cos ....(2)
9. Roots of later al directional characteristics equation
M ult iplying eqn (1) and V , we get of an air plane gave following set of r oot s
TV DV WV sin 1 = – 0.6, 2 = – 0.02 l 3, 4 = – 0.06 ± i 1.5
1 = – 0.6 (heavily damped, r oll mode)
TV DV 2 = – 0.021 (light ly damped, spir al mode)
V sin
W 3, 4 = – 0.06 ± i 1.5 (oscillat ony mot ion, heavily
V sin is Air plane ver t ical velocit y t he ver t ical damped dut ch r oll mode)
R 3, 4 = – 0.06 ± i 1.5
velocit y is called r at e of climb .
C
n n 1 2
Flight Mechanics 2.17
n = 0.06 ....(1)
Cm
2
12. i s on e par am et er wh i ch m easu r e t h e
n 1 1.5 ....(2)
longit udinal st at ic st abilit y. I t is affect ed by t ail
dividing equat ions (2), by (1) we get
moment ar e doubl i ng t ai l moment ar m wi l l
incr ease t he pit ching moment due t o t ail for it s
1 2 1.5
double but it will happen for every .
0.06
C m Cm 1 C m 2
3 = 0.04
or iginal 4
10. = 10 K m
T a = 223 K Cm 2Cm1 2Cm 2
s = 0.4/3 kg/m 2 current 4
s = 1.225
2 t imes of or iginal
R = 288 J/K g/K
V i = 60m/sec Cm
Relat ion bet ween indicat ed and t r ue air speed will double.
13. Ver tical
a
Vi VTr ue tai l
5
VTr ue Vi 5
a
1.225
60
0.413
Horizont al
= 103.33 m/sec tai l
VTrue 103 m / sec
st agnantion pr essur e
1 2
Poa Pa a VTr ue
2
1 2
ROH a RTa ROH a VTr ue
2
1 Ver tical
0.413 287 233 0.43 1032 tail
2
The pur pose of vertical tail is to provide directional
2.98 10 4 N / m 2 st abi l i t y i nver t i ng i t doesnot effect t he r ol l
st abi l i t y r ol l st abi l i t y of t he ai r pl ane can be
11. achieved by differ ent ial deflect ion of small flat s
on wing called ailer ons. Which is located outwar d
of t he wings or by t he use of spoiler s.
14. I f hor izont al t ail ar ea is incr eased st abilit ies of
CG(2) CG(1) ai r cr aft wi l l mor e and when t he el evat or t o
hor izontal ar ea r at io kept same it means elevator
CL of t he wi ng doesnot depend upon t he ar ea will incr ease t o kept t he r at io of ar eas t o be
max
locat ion of CG of Air plane. H ence it will r emains same. So mor e moment in gener at ed for same
same. el evat or defl ect i on. H ence, l ongi t udi nal st at i c
st abilit y will incr ease.
2.18 Flight Mechanics
C m d e 1
El evat or cont r ol power i s defi ed as or
e dCL Cm
e
(Cme ) due t o mor e elevat or ar ea Cm is mor e, Wer e Cm is eleuat or cont r ol power which will
e
hence elevat or cont r ol power also incr eased. not zer o.
15. I n t his pr oblem t he designer as t o pr efer t o use dCm
t he wing for which t he st all begins at t he r oot in 0
dCL
t he gi ven opt i on R i n cor r ect because wing R
shows dr op of t he lift at near t o r oot .
X n X cg 0
Stalling st alling of wing in due t o br eak down
of f l ow because of t hat su dden dr op of l i f t X cg X n
coefficient .
17. X CG 0.3 X cg 0.4C
dCm 20. Given dat a
0.1 SM W = 20000 N
dCL
Static stability Margin (SM) of Mean Aer odyhamic
chor d = 5% – 15%
= 0.05C – 0.15 C 4 Sea level
We have 15 × 10
dCm Power required 4
x n x cg 10 × 10
PR watt
dCL
2 5 Km
5 × 10
dCm
xn x cg
dCL
V(True air speed)
= 0.3 + 0.1 = 0.4
x n 0.4 a = 0.74 kg/m 3
s = 1.225 kg/m 3
For most forwar d location of centr e of gr avity (CG)
x n – x cg = 0.15 R
4m / sec
x cg = (x n – 0.15) C sea level
= (0.4 – 0.15)
R
M aximum r at e of climb .
x cg 0.25C C max
18. For most aft locat ion of cent r e of gr avit y Maximum excess power
x n – x cg = 0.05
Weight
x cg = x n – 0.05
R PA o PRo
x cg 0.35C
C max W
d e
19. For 0 PA o 5 104
dCL 4
2 104
d e
can be wr it t en as Pa 4 2 104 5 104
dCL o
d e dCm Pa 13 104 W
o
dCm dCL At 5 K m alt it ude
Flight Mechanics 2.19
23. The dr ag of an air cr aft in st eady climbing flight
PA a a
at a given for war d speed is smaller t han dr ag is
PA s st eady level light at same for war d speed.
s
I n st eady level flight (flight wit h no side slip)
PA a PA s a L
s
4 0.74
Pa 13 10
1.225
T D
4
PA a 7.853 10 W
At Alt it ude of 5 K m
PA PR
R C max
W
W
LW
7.853 104 5 104 TD
2 104 I n St eady climbing flight
L
R C max
1.43m / sec
J
21. None of t hese
VTrue
D W cos
4°
5°
Summi ng for ces par allel and per pendicul ar t o
flight path
T = D + W sin ....(1)
R C max
1.43 L = W cos ....(2)
Fr om equat ion (1) and (2) we get
VTr ue sin 1.43
D T W sin
1.43 L W cos
VT
sin 50
D climb D level
= 16.41 m/sec
L climb L level
Now r elat ion bet ween t r ue air speed and efficient
air speed is given by H ence, t he lift and dr ag in st eady climbing flight
is less t han t he st eady level flight .
a 24. L evel t ur n manelever s
Veq V
s T
0.74
16.41
1.225 mv 2
r
Veq 12.75m / sec
22. The ser vice ceil ing of t he t r anspor t air cr aft is
defied as t he alt it ude at which maximum r at e of
climb is 100 ft /min or 0.508 m/sec.
2.20 Flight Mechanics
r = r adius of t ur n 27.
= r oll angle
r esolving for ces along y and -axis we get
W = L cos ....(1)
60
mv 2 53
L sin ....(2)
r
Alti tude stratosphere
fr om equat ion (1) (km) 47
1 1 W 40
25
cos –3
3 × 10 k/m
L L
W 20
–3
11 a = –6.5 × 10 k/m
H or izont al component of lift for ce = L sin . 216.6 K
Troposphere
L L sin
H or izont al
W W 160 200 240 240 320
2 Temperat ur e (K)
1
n 1 cos2 n 1 I n st at ospher e t emper at ur e r emains const ant ,
n
si nce speed of sound and dynami c vi scosi t y
n2 1 depends upon t he t emper at ur e it will also at t o
n n2 1 const ant densi t y and pr essur e decr eases as
n
alt it ude incr eases.
L H or izont al 28. Rol l st abilit y is l at er al char act er ist ics and t he
n2 1
W design which suppor t t he lat er al st abilit y is wing
dihedr al, high wing low cent r e of gr avit y.
25. Dur ing cr uise climb weight of air cr aft decr ease
due to fuel consumptions and dur ing climb altitude 29. V st all = 60 m/All
incr eases bases t he equivalent air speed and lift 30. V st all = 60 m/sec.
coefficient r emains const ant . I n case of level flight
26. M oment coefficient for air cr aft can be expr essed L = W, n = 1
as
1
Cm Cm Cm e W CL e A V 2 ...(1)
o Cm e 2
[for and e] When
n=9
Cm
Cm
x cg x ac T VT Cm T
L
9
0 C W
1 m
fuse
1
L 9 CL eA V st2 al l ... (2)
Cm depends apon t he centr e of gr avity locat ion. 2
I n t he given Cm – plot t he P and Q have same [Fr om equat ion (1)]
Cm VS slope. They cor es ponds t o same cent r e 1
of gr avi t y l ocat i on. P an d Q have di ffer ent 9 CL AVst2 all
2
i n t er cept s on t h e y -axi s so cor r espon ds t o
di ffer ent el evat or defl ect i on. For Q and R as 1
shown is figur e have differ ent slope so differ ent 9 CL eAVst2 all
2
cent r e of gr avit y locat ion
Vdesign 3Vst all = 3 × 60 = 180 m/sec
= 3 × 60
Flight Mechanics 2.21
31. Shor t per iod mode - speed r emains const ant for minimum t hr ust r equir ed
Wing r ock - Roll oscillat ion CDO CDi
phugoid mode - Angle of at t ack r emains const ant
Dut ch r oll - Couple r oll-yaw oscillat ion K C2L
32. V Tr ue = 100 m/sec
ea = 0.526 K g/m 3. CDO
CL
V eq = ? K
a 0.526 0.0223
Veq VT 100 0.7
s 1.225 0.0955
= 65.5 m/sec CL 0.7
33. gliding angle
1
t an
CL
CD
y1
y2 CDO CDO K CL2
= 2CDO
= 2 × 0.0223 = 0.0446
z2 z1
As [CDO = CDi )
the or ientation of the air cr aft r elative to the ear th
can be descr ibed in t er ms of what called euler s L
For maximum r ange glider should fly at
an gl es. T h r ee eu l er s an gl e , an d ar e D max
r espect ivel y call ed back angl e elevat ion angl e 1 1
azimeeth angle or heading these t hr ee angles ar e t an = =
CL 0.7
somet imes incor r ect ly called as r oll. Pit ch and C 0.0446
yaw. D m
about z-axis. about Y-axis, about x-axis = t an – 1(0.089)
36. When Tr ai l i ng edge of t he el evat or defl ect s 3.6
upwar ds f r om t he i ni t i al posi t i on i t causes
decr ease i n CL . To l ower t he t r i m speed t he 41. Convent ional Alt imet er is a pr essur e tr ansducer.
elevator should deflects downward fr om the initial Whi ch i s used t o measur e t he st at i c pr essur e.
posit ion t o incr ease t he CL . H ence St at ic pr essur e measur ed is used for obt aining
t h e al t i t u de f r om i n t er n at i on al st an dar d
d e at mospher e.
0 CL e 0
dCL 43. A wing placed low on fuselage with dihedr al angle
positive gives highest r esting r oll moment against
Air cr aft is was unst able.
sideslip.
37. When angl e of at t ack i s l ow, r ol l i ng mot i on
gener at e yawi ng and i n t ur n r ol li ng moment , Cm , CG
44. is st abilit y der ivat ive. H ence st abilit y
pit ching mot ion gener at es onlypit ching moment
due to symmet r y, yawing gener at e yawing as well for air cr aft .
as r olling.
For l ongi t udinal st at ic st abili t y of t he air cr aft
39. CDO = 0.0223
Cm , CG
AR = 10 0, Cm 0
e = 0.7
for longit udinally balance
1
K Cmo > 0
eAR
I t is associat ed wit so, it is st iffness is pit ch.
1
3.14 0.7 10
2.22 Flight Mechanics
45. Given V = 100 m/sec Root s of longit udinal dynamics
pit iching r at e (q) = 0.2 deg/sec 1 = – 0.02 + 0.2i
L =4m 2 = – 0.02 – 0.2i
3 = – 2.5 – 2.6 i
4 = – 2.5 – 2.6i
q 50. By definit ion we know that phugoid mode has low
fr equency and l ow dampi ng, peak t he r oot s
L cor r esponds t o phugoid mode is
– 0.02 ± 0.2i
51. Shor t per iod mode is highly damped hence t he
pair of eigen values cor r esponds t o t his mode is –
change is angle of at t ck () = ?
2.5 ± 2.6i
change in angle of at t ack
3, 4 2.5 2.6i
qL 0.2 9
V 100
n i n 1 2
= 0.008 degr ee
equat ing r eal and imaginar y par t
46. Cm.t ail = 0.2 – 0.0215
– n = – 2.5
Cm n = 2.5 ...(1)
0.0215
Cm < 0 n 1 2 2.6 ...(2)
H ence, Air cr aft is longit udinal st able. d = 2.6 r ad/sec
Dividing equat ion (2) by equat ion (1), we get
dx A B
47.
dt C D n 1 2 2.6
T n 2.5
X u w q v p r Q
separating longitudinal and later al and directional 1 2
1.04
var iables we get
(u, w, q, ) = longit udinal var iables 2 = 0.98
(v, p, r. Q) = lat er al/dir ect ional var iables t hese
= 0.69
ar e independent fr om each ot her it follows
[B] = [C] = 0 damping r at io = 0.69
52. L
[B] dependent of v , w, q, or v, p, r, and [c]
dependent on v , r , q or u, w, q, T
48. Fr om defiat ion of sideslip
V = V sin
w = V cos sin
D
u = V cos cos .
49. Rat e of climb
R C P A PR
w
W
summat ion of for ces par allel t o flight pat h and
available excess pat hs power per pendicular t o flight pat h = 0
=
weight fr om L = W cos ...(1)
T = D + W sin ...(2)
1 106
40.81 m / sec L L
2500 9.8 cos n load fact or
closed opt ion in (L ). W W
n = cos .
Common set s for quest ions 51, 52
Flight Mechanics 2.23
t he value of cos .
maximum value of 1 L
60°
for st ep t ur n = 90°.
n=0
maximum of cos = 1
0<n<1
53. L ift off dist ance or t ake off dist ance in given by
1.44 w 2 W
SL
o g e S CL max T for 60° bank flight
L cos = w ...(3)
[ignor ing dr ag OR compound t o T]
fr om equat ion (2)
wher e T .
2
t ak i ng ot her par amet er const ant t e r el at i on V
between SL o and is CL S
SL o w 2 2
wher e w is incr eased by 50% VSt all / level ...(4)
CL S
max
SL o new w .3w 2 fr om equat ion (4)
2
1.3w VSt all / bank cos 60
CL max S
= K 1.69 w 2
Vst all 40
K = pr oposonalit y const ant . = = = 28.28 m/sec
% incr ease is t ake off dist ance 2 2
55. Absol ute ceiling
1.69w 2 w 2
w2
.69w 2 Ser vice ceili ng
.69 h
2
w
= 69%
closest value is 70%
54. Bank angle = 60°
V St all = 60 m/sec
(st r aight level flight )
Vst all ? at 60 bank O
L
Absolut e ceiling is a alt it ude when R C 0
max
Ser vice ceiling is a alt it ude wher e
T D R C max
100ft / mi a
= 0.5 m/sec
ser vice ceiling r epr esent s the pr act ical maximum
limit appear for st eady, level flight for pr opeller
W dr iven air cr aft ser vice ceiling is a alt it ude wer e
st r aight and level flight
T=D ...(1)
R C max
5ft / min
L =W ...(2) = 0.075 m/sec
2.24 Flight Mechanics
56. Br equest r ange for mul a for pr opel l er dr i ven 57. Tr im cur ve of air cr aft
air cr aft
Cm cg 0.05 0.2 e 0.14 CL
L Wi
R ln
C D Wf dCm
St at ic m ar g in
d CL
w f = w o – w p.
w p = weight of pr opellant = – (– 0.1) = 0.1
w o = gr oss weight of Air cr aft . St at ic m ar g 0.1
Accor di ng t o quest i on when consumpt i ons of
weight 58. Given
w f = 0.2w i fuel is 20% of t ake off weight Cm, cg 0.05 0.8 e 0.1 CL ...(1)
w f = w i – 0.2 w i
= 0.8 w i at t r im (condit ion), Cm, cg 0
n L Wi 0.05 0.2 C 0.1CL 1 0
R ln
c B Wf
0.05 0.2 C2 0.1CL 2 0
L Wi 0.2e1 0.1 C1 0.05
ln ...(2)
C D 0.8 Wi
0.2 e2 0.1 C2 0.05 ....(3)
1
R kln fr om eqn. (2) and eqn. (3), we get
0.8
0.2e1 0.1 CL 1 0.2 e2 0.1 CL 2
k ln 12.5 (A)
When consumpt ion weight of fuel is 50% of t ake 0.2 e2 0.2 e1 0.1 CL 1 CL 2
off weight t hen
0.2 e2 0.2 e1 0.1 0.4 0.9
w p = 0.5 w i
r ange for mula given by 0.1
e2 e1 0.5
n CL RWi 0.2
R1 ln
c CD 0.5 Wi e2 e1 0.25
e2 e1 0.25 r ad
n CL 1
ln
C CD 0.5
e1 e2 0.25 r ad
n CL 59. Time per iod of per iod of phugoid oscillat ion is
ln 2
C CD given by
R1 K ln 2 (B) V
T 2
g
dividing equat ion (A) by equat ion (B) we get
60. V = 200 m/sec. g = 9.8 m/sec2.
R K ln 1.25
R1 K ln 2 V
T 2
g
R n 2
R1 3.1R
a 1.25 200
2 90.62 sec
9.8
R1 3.1R
r elat ion bet ween t ime per iod and wave lengt h is
given by
X = VT
= 1.81 × 104 m
Flight Mechanics 2.25
61. Equilibr ium gliding angle
C m
cg
y 64. for st at ic st able 0
L
x Cm cg Cm ac CL h h ac
Horizont al C m
cg
0 CL h h ac
C m
V cg
0
Flight
path
W CL h h ac 0 for an air cr aft
r evol vi ng component of for ces al ong x and y h – h ac < 0, CL > 0
dir ect ion r espect ively, we get H ence, cent r e of gr avit y should ahead t o wing
L = W cos ...(1) aer odynamic cent r e.
D = W sin ...(2) 65. Winglet s of wings is used t o minimize t he induce
Dividing equat ion (2) by equat ion (1), we get dr ag. I nduce dr ag is an aer odynmaic dr ag for ce
t hat occur s when even a moving object s r edir ect s
sin D t he air flow coming at it .
cos L 66.
D 1
t an .
L L Lcos
turn rate
D
L1
y
D
t an 1
L Lcos Horizon
C.F.
1
t an min Turn radius, Rt
L
D max
w
z
62. T v
Coor dinat ed t ur n is defined as t he one is which
t he velocit y is t he y-axis is const ant acceler at ion
is y-dir ect ion is zer o.
L cos = W ....(1)
mv 2
L si n ....(2)
R
D Fr om equat ion (1)
W L 1
When air cr aft climbing ver t ically up lift for ce will W cos
be zer o for ce act s an t he air cr aft will be T, D, W.
63. When ai r cr aft i s per for mi ng posi t i ve yawi ng L
load fact or
moment t he side slip angle will always negat ive. W
2.26 Flight Mechanics
H en ce, L i f t an d w ei gh t f or ces bal an ce t h e
1 1 1 2
n cent r ifugal for ce
cos cos30 3 3
2 mv 2
L W
R
com pon en t of l i f t f or ce w h i ch w i l l pr ov i de
necessar y for ce of t ur n maneuver ing. mv 2
L mg
R
mv 2
L sin
R mv 2
2mg
put t ing value of L is equat ion (2) fr om equat ion 1 R
we get
v2
2g
mv 2 R
w t an
R
v2
2 R
mv 2g
R
w t an
502
v2 1002 2 9.81
R = 1.76 K m
g t an 9.8 t an 30 = 127.4 m.
68.
R 1.76 K m L V
T
67. When air cr aft t akes r oll over by 180° fr om st eady
level flight, so in t he init ial; sit uation is in steady
level flight . Ther e will be no change t ook place
so, aft er r olli ng vel oci t y wil l be same angle of
at t ack will be same.
(i) L
W
V R V sin
C
V
L=W Rat e of climb R C
W
L = mg R C V sin
V
= 50 sin 50
= 12.94 m/sec
Expr ession of r at e of climb is t er ms of t hr ust and
drag
L
R T D v
C W
Mg excess t hr ust available v
W
Now angle of at t ack will be negat ive t o pr evious
condit ion, so dir ect ion of lift will be changed bot h excess t hr ust available
l i ft and wei ght wi l l act s i n same downwar d
dir ect ion, and so t his will be a cir cular mot ion
R C W 12.94 5000 10 = 12940 N
pull down manever s. v 50
Flight Mechanics 2.27
69. L
L r H
D
= 1000 × 15
Horizont al = 15000 m = 15K m
Endur ance
h v sin xt
V
h
t
v sin
W
1000
5
54 sin 3.8
V 18
= 1005.92 sec
70. Time per iod of oscillat ion of phugoid mot ion
fx 0 50
T 5 sec
10
fy 0
I n 25 sec it will complet e it s 5 t ime per iods.
L = W cos ....(1)
x
D = W sin ....(2) x5 0
2
dividing equat ion (2) equat ion (1), we get
x0 x0 x1 x2 x3 x4
D
t an 5 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5
L
1 When x i is amplit ude aft er complet ing it s i t ime
t an per iods.
L
D I n damping the ratio of amplitude after completing
i t ime per iods]
1 I n damping, t he r at io of amplit ude in consecut ive
t an 1 L st eps is same.
D
x 0 x1 x 2 x 3 x 4
1 1 x1 x 2 x 3 x 4 x 5
t an = 3.86.
15
x x
ln 0 5 ln 0
x4 x1
ln 2 58
la 2
8
5
h
2 ln 2
1 2 5
R
ln 2
1 h 1 2 10
L R
D
2.28 Flight Mechanics
2
76. Eleuat or cont r ol effect iveness is defined as
2
ln 2
d Cm t dCL t
1 2 10
d e C de
0.022
Whose is t he dist ance of eleuat or fr om t he CG.
So, t he eigen values ar e elevat or cont r ol effet eness r est r ict s and hence
2 t he for war d most position of t he cent r e of gr avity.
1, 2 1 2 T 77. For ellipt ical lift dist r ibut ion
1, 2 0.028 1.26i C2L
CD i
AR
72. L at er al cont r ols i n air cr aft ar e r at e pr oducing
wher e gener al for mula is
devices.
L a C2L
CD i
Since i L a an impulse input in the aileraq eAR
I xx
only changes and P, t he integr al quantit ies. But e = oswald efficiency fact or for ellipt ical loading e
since t he input is impulse t ype, P r et ur ns t o 0 =1
aft er a new val ue of p i s at t ai ned. Ther efor e
constant r oll r at e is pr oduced by an impulse input C2L
CD
in t he air ler oas. i AR
73. During ground r oll maneuver of air craft the forces
78. 14 sec
acting on the it par allel to dir ection of both weight
and lift par t of lift and weight bot act s because Rat e of climb an air cr aft can be assumed t o be
t he line of mot ion of air cr aft is lower at an angle decr eases wit h alt it ude. Ther e for expr ession for
t han t he air cr aft fixed longit udinal axis. r at e of climb
R = a + bh {assembled}
T D v
74. R a r at e of climb at sea level
C W
R alt it ude R sea
R is pr opor t ional t o excess power is st eady b
C h alt it ude h sea
climb
150 300
0.06
R 2500 0
H ence, T D for const ant w, v .
C Now we have t he expenses for r at e of climb
Ther e is 10 per cent is t hr ust , so T = 0.4T
dh
Ther efor e. R h
dt
R
Change in dh
C dt
R R h
C t2 R2 dh
t 1 dt R1 R h
T D 0.9T D 0.1T
T D T D h2 dh
t 2 t1 h 1
T– D<T a bh
0.1T 0.1T 1 a bh 1
So 0.1 t ln
T D T b a bh 2
r at e of climb is lower mor e t han 10 per cent .
75. For nose dive, a nose down pit ch r at e is achieved 1 300 0.06 300
t ln
using an eleuat or input . 0.06 300 0.06 500
Flight Mechanics 2.29
1 9 w wf
ln a
0.06 4 w
ln 2.5 a 1 wf
w
13.51 sec
0.06 fr act ion of r educt ion in r ange
= 14 sec
79. W = weight of st r uct ur e R
a 1 wf
a 1 .9wf
w w
W f = weight of fuel R a 1 wf
for get air cr aft w
1 w wf
a
2 1 CL 2 1 1 w 0.9wf
R2
s Ct CD Wo W1 2 2 w wf
a
w
R Wo W for Case – 1
Wo Wf W wf
1
w
R R
fr act ion r educt ion is r ange 7.4%
R R
Case – 2
W Wf W 0.9Wf
wf
W Wf W w << 10 r educt ion in r ange
t any ext r eme pr act ical values of Wf, 4R
10%
case – 1 Wf 1 we have
W H ence is all t he possible cases t he r educt ion is
r ange is less t han 10%.
R 1 Wf 1 0.9 Wf 80.
W W
V V
R 1 Wf 1 V VT V VT
W D D
4R 1 1 1 0.9 uf
R 2 1
2 1.9 50 ft
8.6% gr ound r ol l
2 1
tr ee roll
case - 2 hf
Wf
1, using by binomial expansion of r oot .
W Sa Sf Sf Sg
Sg
R
We find t hat changes t o 10%. Tot al landing dist ance
R
Total landing distance = Approach distance + plane
for pr opeller dr iven Air cr aft
dist ance + gr ound r oll dist ance.
n CL w = Sa + Sf + Sg.
R n 0
c CD w1
50 h f V2
R si n a
N1 t an a 2a
R a
w
wher e R f R 1 cos a
2.30 Flight Mechanics
V2 x 0.00216 1.225 1002 0.91 1202
R
n 1 g
= 0.00216 (– 804)
n = Load factor = – 1.736 N
t he for ce t ak en as upwar d, her e di r ect i on i s
50 R 1 cos a V2
R sin a downwar d.
t an a 2a
Common dat a quest ion
given dat a
V2
50
n 1 g
1 cos a V2 V2 a 0.3, CL 1
sin a
t an a n 1 g 2a CL 0.08 / deg C 2.5 m
I n t he above pr oblem height of obst acle is 15 m Wing and t ail ar e geomet r ical similar,
JM t w
V2 St Sw
15 1 cos 3
n 1 g V2 V2
S sin a
t an a n 1 g 2a a
82. Cm Cm CL W h h ac VH t t 1
Given V = 90 m/sec, a = 6.6°, n = 1.2, 9 - 0.25g
cg ac a
S = 82.9 + 93.7 + 326.2 m
+ VH a t i t 0
S 502m .
for t r immed condit ion
81. V Tr ue = 100 m/sec
L = 5N at V = 90 m/sec C
M cg 0
Accor ding t o Quest ions
We know st at ic mar gin = h n – h
1 S.M = h n – h ac – h – h ac.
L = CL AV A
2 s 100 0.05 = 1.4 – h + h ac.
h – h ac = 1.4 – 0.05
1
CL AV 2 = 1.35
2 s 100
t 15 1.35 2.5 11.625m
2 2 G
K e5 V100 K e5 V90 5 wher e k A St t 1 11.625
2 VH
SC 3 2.5
K 1.25 1002 0.91 902 5
=1.55
put t ing all t hese values in main equat ion
5
K 1.35 1.55 1 1 0.3 1.55 1
2
1.25 100 0.91 902 0 0 1
0.08 j t 0
K 0.0021052
i t 2.13
For avoiding r e-t r imming at = 300 m. L et t he
upwar d for ce act ing on t he air cr aft be x. (d) should be t aken.
2 83. Now st at ic mar gin
L x K 3000 V120
at
2 h n h ac VH n t 1
x L K 3000 V120 a
1 30
2 2
K s V1100 K 3000 V120 h h ac 3 2 1 1 0.3
2.5
2 2
K s V100 3000 V120 = 1.4
Flight Mechanics 2.31
h n – h ac = 1.4 89. CDO = 0.02
1.4 is non dimensional AR = 10
wit h chor d so need t o mult iply wit h 2.5 e = 0.95
h n – h ac = 1.4 × 2.5
= 3.4 m
84. Sweep back, dihedr al, high wing, low C.G suppor t
lat er al st abili t y r oll st abi lit y is t ype of lat er al
st abilit y it also suppor t s r oll st abilit y.
86. At super sonic speed velocit y is hi gh hence l ift
r equir ement is low.
87. V g = velocit y of Air cr aft r elat ive t o gr ound R
gliding angle is given by
V
1
VH W t an
L
D
Vg = V – VHW L
for t o be minimum should maximum
H ead Wind D
V L 1
VH W
D max 4C K
D0
1
1
Vg = V + VHW 4 0.02
3.14 0.95 10
Tail Wind
H ead wi nd favour abl e condi t i on for l andi ng, = 18.08
because it r educe t he leading dist ance. 1
At t he t i me of cr ui se, t ai l wi nd i ncr ease t he t an
18.08
gr ound speed hence it is favor able in cr uise.
88. For phugoid mode R h 18.08
500 18008
2V0
T = 9050
g0
R 9 Km
T1
f
90. for level t ur n maximum
1 g0
f
T 2V0 g n2 1
t ur n r at e, W 0
V
1
f
V0 V2
t ur n r adius R
w 2 f g n2 1
w f W – lar ger
n – lar ger
1
R – lar ger
V0
V – lar ger
R – smaller
1
W V – smaller
V0
2.32 Flight Mechanics
91. 10 L =W
L
C n
C 5.4 C W
rad 4
=1
10 n 1
5.4
180 = – 0.2358 / r ad 96. for minimum sink r at e
4
3
92. W = 30 kN CL 2
T o = 4 kN Air cr aft should fly at maximum or velocit y
CD
S = 30 m 2.
for minimum power r equir ed.
CL max = 1.4
CD = 0.015 + 0.024 C2L mv 2
98. L W
R
e 1.22 K g / m 3
2W
Vst all
S CL max
L
W
2 30 10
= 34.12 m/sec. R
1.25 30 1.4
Vst all 34 m / sec
mv
1 R
L W
T W T 2
V ,
93. max min W S
W
4CDo14
for st eady level condit ion (L = W)
2 CDo
v2 1
R
g n 1
2
4000 30 10 4000
4 0.015 0.024
we have, t ur n r at e
V max= 30 10 30
30 103
2 1.225 0.015
V
R
= 119.46 m/sec
g n 1
2
4000 30 10 4000 4 0.015 0.024 V
V min = 30 10 30
30 103
2 1.225 0.015
for t ur n r at e t o be maximum load fast er n will
be highest
94. NACA 12018
W n
95. When air cr aft par ked in lar ger
99. Simplified expr ession for lift off dist ance is gives
by
L
1.44W 2
SL
o g SCL max T
S W 2
When W is r educed by 10%
W – 0.1W = 0.9 W
W S 0.9W 2
Flight Mechanics 2.33
magnit ude of % change of lift off dist ance = 33250 Wat t
2 = 33520 J/sec
W 0.9W 2
W2 R PA PR
C W
W 2 1 0.92
100000 33520
W2
13000
= 1 – 0.92 = 0.19
= 5.11 m/sec
= 19%
103. Using hydr ost at ic equat ion we can wr it e
R dP = – g0dh
100. for jet air cr aft in given by
C max
dP g0dh g dh
1 0
3 P RT RT
W 2
R Z T
S
2
C max W
3 CD , 0
Z 3 1
1 6 2 2 2
T L
Z
W D max
Wher e Stalospher e
40
3
Z 1 1
2 2 30
L D max T W 20
101. For longit udinal st abilit y of air cr aft 11
10 Tr oposphere
CM , cg
must be negat ive
a 180 300
200 240 280
CM cg at zer o lift must be posit ive. L et t emper at ur e pr essur e densi t y at st ar t i ng
alt it ude of 80 mal isot her mal r egion ar e devot ed
102. V 40 m / sec by T 1, P1, 1
W = 13000 N P h
dP g
CL = 0.65 o dh
P RT
CD = 0.025 + 0.04 CL 2. P1 µ
Pav = 100000 J/sec
P g
N ow, ln 0 h h1
P1 R 1
PR TR V
g0
W W P h h1
RT
C CL P1
L V V
CD CD K CL 2
0 using equat ion of st at e we get
P T
13000
40 P1 1 T1 1
0.65
0.025 0.14 0.652 g
0 h h 1
13000 1 R 1
40
15.51
2.34 Flight Mechanics
104. Shi f t of cen t r e of pr essu r e and no sh i f t on 110. Since angle of at tack decr eases centr e of pr essur e
aer odynamic cent r e by definit ion. of air cr aft shift s for war d.
105. Spi r al m ode h as n or osci l l at or y r espon se 111. 40 met r e equilibr ium gliding velocit y
char act er ist ics because t he r oot s of spir al mode
is r eal t e oscillat or y char act er ist ics is given by 2W 2 500
V
complex r oot s. 5S CL 0.9 0.69
max
S = a non - oscillat or y
= 40 m/sec
S = a ± ib oscillat or y mot ion
112. CD = 0.018
I f t he sign of r eal par t in – VL t hen st able syst em
CD, 0 = 0.015
if posit ive t hen unst able.
CDi = CD – CD0
107. 5, Given PR = 9 × 106 K W
= 0.018 – 0.015 = 0.003
V 300 m / sec
C2L
W 1.5 10 N6 CDi = K C2L
AR
We have
PR TR V CDi 0.003
CL
K K
PR
TR for 30° climb
V
L = Wcos = Wcos30°
9 106 2W cos30
= 30,000 3 104 N CL ... (1)
300 V2S
For level flight
W
TR L =W
CL
CD 2W 2W
V2 ... (2)
SCL 0.003
CL W 1.5 106 S
5 K
CD TR 3 104
Fr om equat ion (1) and (2), we get
CL
5 2W cos30 K cos30
CD CL
2W 0.003
S
108. 44% 0.003
S
lift off dist ance SL w 2 K
o
When weight is incr eased by 20% New CD = CD0 K CL2
SL w 0.200 2 0.022
o = 0.015 + K
K
SL 1.2w 2 = 0.015 + 0.022 = 17.2 ×10– 3
o
113. I ner t ial gr ound and wind speed
SL 1.44w 2
o b
V g 100, 5, 6 m / sec,
% change in lift off dist ance
b
1.44w 2 w 2 V w 0, 5, 10 m / sec,
44 = 44%
w2
V 100 0 2 5 52 5 10 2
109. For same wing plane for m ar ea biplane wing will
cr eat e less lift due t o downwash and dr ag will be 10325
mor e because of mor e sur face ar ea facing the flow.
Flight Mechanics 2.35
Side slip angle () 120. 8.6 – 8.7
VY 121. 25 sec
1 b
= t an Given
VX b
W = 10000 N
55 V = 100 m/sec
t an 1
100 0 TR 1000N
l evel
t an = 0.1 T A = 5000 N
t an – 1 0.1 0 1 R TA TR V
C W
5.71
5000 1000 100
114. Damping r at io for phugoid mot ion is given by = 40
10000
1 D R
3 40 m / sec
2L C
Now
1 1
2 L R dh
D C dt
t h
L dh
higher for glider
D
dt R
0 0
C
– lesser
1000 1000
115. Al t i t ude above gr ound i s measur ed by st at i c dh 1
t dh
pr essur e 40 40
0 0
h = alt it ude above gr ound level
1 1000
L h
118. n2 40 0
W
1000 0
L = 2W 25sec
40
1 122. Given [u, v, w] = [100, 10, 10]
L CL Av 2
2
V u2 v2 w2
2w 2
CL
Av 2 V 1002 102 102 = 100.995
4w Vzb
CL t an
2 Vxb
AV
double 5.71
119. We have
Vyb
C C t an 5.71
CM L E L L M , half L Vxb
4 2
123. Given
C C
CM half L L 0.26 1
2 4 r 4.49 0.76 r
CL 2
wr it ing t er ms of eigen value, we get
4 4
2 1.02 4.6876 0
C M , half
2
2.36 Flight Mechanics
N ow compar i ng wi t h equat i on for dut ch r ol l 128. 0.05
mot ion, we get
Cm
2
2 Wn Wn2 0
2n 4.6876 0.03
n = 2.165
0.02
2W n = 1.02
1.02 1.02
= 0.295 C = 0° C = – 10° /degree
2Wn 2 2.165
124. Given dat a
Cm Cm 2 Cm1
W = 3300 N
e e e
h = 1000 m
W = 14.1 cm 2 0.03 0.02
= 1.23 149/m 2 10 0
= – 0.001 per degr ee
for gliding flight
= – 0.001 × 57.5
1 = 0.057 per r adian
t an
L
Cm
D 0.057 per r adi an
e
h 1
129. When ai r cr aft l andi ng gear i s l ower ed whi ch
R L h
D pr oduce additional drag which acts the point below
the centr al line or say line of CG, which developes
L nose down pit ching moment .
R h R
D I n or der t o balance t his moment elevat er must
be deflect upwar d. To over come t he ext r a dr ag
CL L due t o l andi ng gear and mai nt ai n same C L .
for maximum r ange of glide or must be
CD D Thr ot t le must be incr eased.
130. 10.2
maximum, fr om given dat a CL CL value is Given dat a
CD
CDO = 0.02, = 1
0.9
For t hr ust r equir ed minimum
1
L v 2 S C2 CDO = CDi
2
2
3300 0.5 1.25 V 2 14.1 0.9 C2L CL
CDO AR
e AR CDO e
3300
V2 14.1 0.9
0.5 1.25
0.82
V 20.56
0.02 3.14 1
125. By defi at i on t he pi t chi ng moment about t he AR = 10.2
aer odynamic cent r e of the aer ofoil is independent 131. Given complex r oot s of longit udinal dynamics
of angle of at t ack.
1, 2 = – 0.02 + 0.3i
126. Cm < 0
3, 4 = – 2I 2.5i
Nm – N0 > 0
Since t he shor t per iod mode is highly ????? have
Nm > N0 t he cor r esponding r oot s, of
H ence st ick fixed maneuver ing point N m is aft , of 3, 4 = – 2± 2.5i
t he st ick fixed Neut r al point N.
127. I n low speed air cr aft at high angles of side slip 3n i n 1 2
r udder float s r apidly.
Flight Mechanics 2.37
Now equat ing r eal and imaginar y put we get
L
n = 2 ...(1) W ...(2)
cos
n 1 2 2.5 ...(2) fr om equat ion (1) and (2) we will get
dividing equat ion (2) by equat ion (1), we get T D
cos sin
N L
1 2 2.5
2 T cos10
sin
W 10
1 2 4 2.52 2
T
0.272
2.52 2 W
1 2 3
4
133. Given dat a
= 0.6246 Cmal 0.02
ac
H ence damping r at io = 0.6246
CL 0.2
o
damped nat ur al pr oper t y
h ac, w 0.3
d n 1 2
h cg, aircr aft 0.4
= 2.5 r ad/h
pit ching moment coefficient of t he wing at zer o
undamped natur al pr oper ty lift condition
2 CM 0 Cmac CL h h ac VH CL St i t 0
n
2
1 pit ching moment coefficient for wing body at zer o
angle lift condit ion
2.5
CM 0 CM ac CL h h ac
1 0.62962
= – 0.02 + 0.2 (0.4 – 0.3)
= 3.2 r ad/n.
132. Given dat a, CM o 0
L
134. I n case of j et pr opel l ed A i r cr af t m axi m u m
endurance occurs at Pmin condit ion. I n or der t o
T move a speed V > V minimum dr ag & maint ain st eady
l evel fli ght t he pil ot must use t he el euat or t o
r educe t he angle of at t ack while simult aneously
incr easing t hr ust .
1.44w 2
r 137. SL o , T e
W g S CL max T
= 10 8
1
SL
CL o
e2
10
CD
on the hotter days, t emper atur e incr eases density
Resolving component s along t he fling dat a. decr eases.
(T D W sin ) P = eRT
T D P
sin ...(1) ROH
W W RT
Per pendicular t o flight pat h T – incr eases ROH – decr ease
L = Wcos H ence t he air plane r equir es a longer gr ound r oll
on hot t er days.
2.38 Flight Mechanics
139. I n t r opo pause r egima P = 0.31 at m
g T = 230 K
1
e2 T2 aR a = 0.47 K g/m 3
e1 T1 N ow r el at i on bet w een t r u e ai r speed an d
Wher e R = 287 J/K gk, equivalent air speed.
a = 0.0060 K /m VE 130
VT 210m / sec
e2 288.16 0.0060 3500 9.8 e 0.27
1
e1 288.16 0.0060 287 e SL 125
e3500 143. P0 55000 N / m 2
0.7045
e32
Ps 45280 N / m 2
140. W = 400000 K g
es = 0.6 K g/m 3
V = 240 m/sec
S = 1622 m 2
L CL = 2
15
D P0 = Ps – Pd
PR = ?
1
at sea level, cr uising flight P0 Ps V 2
2
L = W = 140000 × 9.8
2 P0 Ps
W 40000 9.8 V
TD
L 15
D At st eady level flight
= 261600N L =W
Power r equir ed t o cr uise P = D × V 1
= 261600 × 40 CL AV2 W
2
= 62.784 M W
W 1
PR 62.78 MV CL V2
A 2
141. Given
2(P0 Ps )
CL = 5 CL
2
CM , cg = 0.05 – 4.
0.6 2 55000 45000
CM,cg 2 2
4 2 0.6
19440 N / m 2
dCM
X n X cg 144. W = 7000 N
d CL
W = 16m 2
dCM d CL = 2
X n X cg e = 1.23 K g/m 3
dCL dCL
V st all = ?
dCM d
0.8 2W 2 7000
dCL CL Vst all
S CL max 1.23 16 2
142. Given
= 18.85 m/sec
W = 2000 K g
St alling velocit y of air cr aft
V = 230 m/sec
= 19 m/sec
s = 1.23 K g/m 3.
145. 0.195 – 0.206
at 9000 K m
3
CHAPTER SPACE DYNAMICS
1. An ar t ificial sat ellit e r emains in or bit and does 5. To t r ansfer a sat ellit e fr om an ellipt ical or bit t o a
not fall t o ear t h because cir cular or bit having r adius equal t o t he apogee
(a) The centr ifugal for ce act ing on it balances the distance of the elliptical or bit, the speed of satellite
gr avitat ional at t r act ion should be
(a) I ncr eased at t he apogee
(b) The on- board rocket motor pr ovide continuous
boost t o keep it in or bit . (b) Decr eased at t he apogee
(c) I t 's t r ansver se velocit y keeps it fr om hit t ing (c) I ncr eased at t he per igee
t he ear t h alt hough it falls cont inuously (d) Decr eased at t he per igee
(d) Due t o it s high speed, it der ives sufficient lift [GATE 2008, 1 M ]
fr om t he r ar efied at mospher e. 6. Whi ch of t he following r emains const ant for a
[GATE 2007, 1 M ] sat ellit e in an ellipt ical or bit ar ound t he ear t h?
2. Two identical ear th satellite A and B are in circular (a) K inet ic Ener gy
or bit s at al t it ude h A and h B above t he Ear t h's (b) Pr oduct of speed and r adi al dist ance fr om
sur face r espect ively, wit h h A > h B . I f E denot es cent er of ear t h
t he t ot al mechanical ener gy, T t he kinet ic ener gy (c) Rat e of ar ea swept by t he r adial vect or fr om
and V t he gr avi t at i onal pot ent i al ener gy of a t he cent er of t he or bit
sat ellit e, t hen: (d) Rat e of ar ea swept by t he r adial vect or fr om
(a) E A > E B and V A < V B t he cent er of t he ear t h
(b) E A > E B and T A > T B [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(c) E A < E B and T A > T B 7. A planet is obser ved t o be at its slowest when it is
at a dist ance r 1 fr om t he sun and at it s fast est
(d) E A > E B and T A < T B
when i t i s at a di st ance r 2 fr om t he sun. t he
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] eccent r icit y e of t he planet 's or bit is given by
3. T h e ear t h r adi u s i s 6.37 × 10 6 m an d t h e
r1 r1 r 2
acceler at ion due t o gr avit y on it s sur face is 9.81 (a) e r (b) e r r
m/s2. A sat ellit e is in cir cular or bit at a height of 2 2 1
6.30 × 105 m above t he ear t h's sur face. The r2 r1 r 2
minimum additional speed it needs to escape fr om (c) e r (d) e r r
1 1 2
t he ear t h's gr avit at ional field is
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(a) 3.66 × 103 m/s (b) 3.12 × 103 m/s 8. The velocit y r equir ed for a spacecr aft t o escape
(c) 3.27 × 103 m/s (d) 3.43 × 103 m/s ear t hs gr avit at ional field depends on
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] (a) The mass of t he spacecr aft
4. T h e ear t h r adi u s i s 6.37 × 10 6 m an d t h e (b) The dist ance bet ween ear t h's Cent r e and t he
acceler at ion due t o gr avit y on it s sur face is 9.81 spacecr aft
m/s2. A sat ellit e is in cir cular or bit at a height of
(c) The ear th's r otational speed about its own axis
35.9 × 106 m above t he ear t h's sur face. This or bit
is inclined at 10.5° t o t he equat or. The velocit y (d) The ear t h or bit al speed
change needed t o make t he or bit equat or ial is [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(a) 561 m/s at 84.75° t o t he init ial dir ect ion 9. Which of t he following st at ement s is t r ue as t he
altitude incr eases in str atospher e of inter national
(b) 561 m/s at 95.25° t o t he init ial dir ect ion st andar d Atmospher e?
(c) 281 m/s at 84.75° t o t he init ial dir ect ion (a) Temper atur e incr eases and dynamic viscosit y
(d) 281 m/s at 95.25° t o t he init ial dir ect ion decr eases
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] (b) Temper at ur e r emains const ant and pr essur e
incr eases
3.2 Space Dynamics
(c) Temper at ur e decr eases and sound speed 15. Consider t he l ow Ear t h Or bi t (L EO) and Geo
decr eases. Synchr onous Or bit (GSO). Then,
(d) Temper at ur e r emains const ant and densit y (a) V r equir ement for launch t o L EO is gr eat er
decr eases. than that for GSO and altitude of LEO is lower
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] t han t hat of GSO.
10. The life of a geostationar y communication satellite (b) V r equir ement for launch t o L EO is lower
is limit ed by than that for GSO and altitude of LEO is lower
(a) The wor k ing li fe of t he on-boar d el ect r onic t han t hat of GSO.
cir cuitr y (c) V r equir ement for launch t o L EO is gr eat er
t han t hat for GSO and al t i t ude of L EO i s
(b) The t ime it t akes for it s or bit t o decay due t o
at mospher ic dr ag gr eat er t han t hat of GSO.
(d) V r equir ement for launch t o L EO is lower
(c) The quant it y of on-boar d fuel available for
t han t hat for GSO and al t i t ude of L EO i s
st at ion keeping
gr eat er t han t hat of GSO.
(d) The number of met eor i t e impact s t hat t he [GATE 2013, 1 M ]
sat el l i t e st r u ct u r e can wi t h st an d bef or e
16. Consider ing R as the r adius of the moon, t he r at io
br eaking up
of t he velocit ies of t wo spacecr aft or bit ing moon
[GATE 2009, 1 M ]
in cir cular or bit at alt it udes R and 2R above t he
11. The acceler at ion due t o gr avit y on t he sur face of sur face of t he moon is_______________.
M ar s i s 0.385 t i mes t hat on ear t h, and t he [GATE 2014, 1 M ]
diamet er of M ar s is 0.532 t imes t hat of ear t h.
17. A sat el l i t e i s t o be t r an sf er r ed f r om i t s
The r at io of t he escape velocit y fr om t he sur face
geost at ionar y or bit t o a cir cular polar or bit of t he
of ear t h is appr oximat ely
same r adius thr ough a single impulse out-of-plane
(a) 0.453 (b) 0.205 maneuver. The magni t ude of t he change i n
(c) 0.851 (d) 0.724 v el oci t y r equ i r ed i s __________ t i m es t h e
[GATE 2009, 2 M ] magnit ude of t he escape velocit y.
12. A spacecr af t of m ass 100 k g m ovi n g at an [GATE 2015, 2 M ]
inst ant aneous speed of 1.8 × 104 m/s, picks up 18. A planet ar y pr obe is launched at a speed of 200
int er st ellar dust at t he r at e of 3.2 × 10– 8 kg/s. km/s and at a dist ance of 71,400 km fr om t he
Assuming t hat t he dust was init ially at r est , t he mass cent er of it s near est planet of mass 1.9 ×
instantaneous rate of r etar dation of the spacecr aft 1028 kg, The univer sal gr avit at ional const ant , G
is = 6.67 × 10– 11 m 3/kgs2. The ensur ing pat h of t he
(a) 7.9 × 10– 3 m/s2 (b) 2.3 × 10– 3 m/s2 pr obe would be
(c) zer o (d) 5.8 × 10– 6 m/s2 (a) elliptic (b) hyper bolic
[GATE 2010, 2 M ] (c) par abolic (d) cir cular
13. The angular moment um about t he center of mass [GATE 2015, 2 M ]
of t he ear t h of an ar t ificial sat ellit e in a highly 19. The ellipt ical ar ea swept by a sat ellit e is 5.6 × 109
ellipt ical or bit is km 2 in one full or bit. I ts angular speed is obser ved
(a) A maximum when the satellite is far thest from t o be 0.00125 r ad/s when it is at a dist ance of
t he ear t h 7,200 km fr om t he cent er of mass of it s pr imar y.
I t s or bit al per iod (in Ear t h days) is________.
(b) A constant
[GATE 2015, 2 M ]
(c) Pr opor t ional t o speed of t he sat ellit e
20. A sat ellit e is inject ed at an alt it ude of 350 km
(d) Pr opor t ional t o t he squar e of t he speed of t he above t he Ear t h's sur face, wit h a velocit y of 8.0
satellit e km/s par allel t o t he local hor izon. (Ear t h r adius
[GATE 2010, 2 M ] = 6378 km, E (GM = Gr avit at ional const ant ×
14. The H ohmann el l i pse used as Ear t h - M ar s Ear t h mass) = 3.986× 1014 m 3s– 2. The sat ellit e
t r ansfer or bit has (a) for ms a cir cular or bit .
(a) Apogee at Ear t h and Per igee at M ar s (b) for ms an ellipt ic or bit .
(b) Apogee and per igee at Ear t h (c) escapes fr om Ear t h's gr avit at ional field.
(c) Apogee at M ar s and Per igee at Ear t h (d) falls back t o ear t h.
(d) Apogee and Per igee at M ar s [GATE 2016, 2 M ]
[GATE 2012, 1 M ]
Space Dynamics 3.3
21. The per iod of r evolut ion of ear t h about t he sun is
365.256 days, appr oximat ely. The semi major axis h2 h2
of t he ear t h's or bit is close t o 1.4953 × 1011 m. (a) r (b) r
The semi-major axis of t he or bit of Mar s is 2.2783 1 e cos e e cos
× 1011 m. The per iod of r evolut ion of M ar s, about
t he sun is________Ear t h days(in t hr ee decimal
place) h2 h2
[GATE 2017, 1 M ] (c) r (d) r
22. T h e t an gen t i al vel oci t y com pon en t ‘V ' of a 1 e cos e e cos
spacecr aft , which is in a cir cular or bit of r adius
[GATE 2018, 1 M ]
‘R' ar ou n d a sph er i cal E ar t h ( = GM
gr avit at ional par amet er of Ear t h) is given by t he 24. I n an ellipt ic or bit ar ound any planet, the locat ion
following expr ession. at which a spacecr aft has t he maximum angular
velocit y is
(a) apoapsis
(a) V= (b) V=
2R R (b) per iapsis.
3 2
(c) a point at +45° fr om per iapsis.
2 2 (d) a point at – 90° fr om apoapsis.
(c) V= R2 (d) V= R3
[GATE 2018, 1 M ]
[GATE 2018, 1 M ] 25. A spacecr aft for ms a cir cular or bit at an alt it ude
23. Equat ion of the tr ajector y of a typical space object of 150 km above t he sur face of a spher ical Ear t h.
ar ound any planet , in polar coor dinat es (r, ) (i.e. Assuming t he gr avit at ional par amet er, = 3.986
a gener al coni c sect i on geomet r y), i s given as × 1014 m 3/s2 and r adius of ear t h, RE = 6,400 km,
f ol l ow s. (h i s an gu l ar m om en t u m , i s t he vel oci t y r equi r ed for t he i nj ect i on of t he
gr avi t at i onal par amet er, e i s eccent r i cit y, r i s spacecr af t , par al l el t o t h e l ocal h or i zon , i s
r adial dist ance fr om t he planet cent er, , is angle _______________ (accur ate to t wo decimal places).
[GATE 2018, 2 M ]
bet ween vect or s e and r .
AN SWER KEY
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (b)
11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (b) 18. (b) 20. (b) 21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (c)
24. (b)
EXPLAN ATI ON S
1. The cent r ifugal for ce act ing on it balances t he hA > hB
gr avit ational at tr act ion. E A > E B, T A < T B
GM m 3. R = 6.37 × 106 m
2. Pot ent ial Ener gy
R g = 9.81 m/s2
GM
1 1 g Re2 GM m g
K inet ic Ener gy mu 2 m R2
2 2 R 2R
Sat ellit e alt it ude h = 6.3 × 105
GM m GM m
Tot al ener gy
R 2R 2gm
Escape velocit y v e
R h
GM m
E
2R
2gR 2
Pot ent ial ener gy incr eases as sat ellit e goes away ve
fr om ear t h and K E decr eases.
R h
3.4 Space Dynamics
2 r1 1 e
2 9.81 6.37 106
ve r2 1 e
7 106
r1 r2 1
= 10.66 km/s
r2 r1 e
gR 2 ve
Or bital velocit y v 7.54k m / s r r
R2 h 2 e 1 2
r2 r1
I ncr ement needed v e – v 8. Escape velocit y of t he object is given by
10.66 – 7.54 = 3.12 km/s = 3.12 × 106 m/s
4. r = (6.378 + 35.9) × 106 m = 42270 km 2GM
ve
r
GM 398600.4418
v M is mass of ear t h
r 42270
R = dist ance fr om ear t h's cent er
v = 3.07 km/s 9. Accor di ng t o I SA model t emper at ur e r emai n
const ant in st r at ospher e and so speed of sound
v 2v sin and dynamic viscosit y, which depends only on
2
temper ature. Pressure and density decreases with
10.5 altit ude.
v 2 3.07 sin
2 10. Ror bit for geost at ionar y sat ellit e is high, (Ror bit )
0 and finit e, t hough ver y small in magnit ude.
v= 0,561 km/s
However, after a long per iod, the atmospher e dr ag
= 10.5° can alt er t he t r aject or y of t he sat ellit e t o make it
2+10.5° = 180° useless for t he pur pose.
= 84.75° 11. Escape velocit y
5. At apogee, the satellite is far t hest fr om ear t h and
v e 2gr
has it 's minimum speed. To make it s K E equal t o
t hat t o cir cular or bit , speed should be incr eased Wher e r is r adius of t he planet
at apogee.
v e M ars g M ars r Mars
1 e GM v e Eart h g Ear t h r Eart h
Speed at apogee =
1 e a
= 0.453
GM 12. We know t hat ,
Requir ed speed =
a d
mv 0
6. The K E changes as the speed of satellite changes. dt
The angular moment um r emain same, but it is
vect or pr oduct of r adi al vect or fr om ear t h t o d dv
v m 0
sat ellit e and it s velocit y vect or mult iplied by t he dt dt
mass of sat el lit e. H ence, t he scal er pr oduct of
speed and di st ance need not be const ant . By dv
3.2 10 8 1.8 104 100 0
k epl er 's second l aw t he r at e of ar ea swept by dt
sat el l i t e f r om t h e cen t er of ear t h r em ai n s
const ant . dv
5.76 10 6 m / s2
7. Planet is slowest when it is far t hest and fast est dt
when it is near est t he sun. 13. Accor ding t o K epler 's law,
Angular M oment um H = const ant
P P
r1 r2 Ther efor e, H = r ×
1e 1 e
Space Dynamics 3.5
14. The hofmann el l i pt i cal t r ansfer or bi t has t he e Or b it
per igee at t he Ear t h and apogee at t he M ar s as
0 Ci r cul ar
t r ansfer is fr om Ear t h t o M ar s.
0<e<1 Ell ipti cal
15. Geo Synchronous or bit has time per iod of 24 hour s
and having an alt it ude of 35786 km wher eas low 1 Par abol ic
Ear t h Or bi t has aa al t i t ude bel ow 2000 k m. >1 H yper boli c
Ther efor e, V r equir ement for launch t o L EO is Ther efor e, t he or bit is hyper bolic.
lower t han t hat for GSO.
19. Given
16. Given,
Ar ea swept , A = 5.6 × 109 km 2.
R = r adius of t he moon,
Angular speed, = 0.00125 r ad/s
Alt it udes of spacecr aft or bit ing t he moon ar e R
Radius, R = 7200 km = 7200 × 103 m
and 2R
Ar ea swept is given as,
r 1 = R + R = 2R
and r 2 = 2R + R = 3R dA h
, wher e h is angular moment um
N ow, dt 2
h
GM GM dA 2 dt
V1 and V2
r1 r2
h
A T
2
V r2 3R
1 1.225 A 2
V2 r1 2R T
h
17. As per quest ion, Also,
Rgeo = Rpolar = R h = v × R = R × R = R2.
Escape velocit y is given as,
A 2
T
2GM R 2
Ve
R
5.6 1015 2
As, t he r adius of bot h t he geostat ionar y or bit and 155124.60s
cir cular polar or bit is same 0.00125 7200 103
Or bit al per iod in Ear t h day
2GM
V VGeo VPolar
R 155124.60
2 days
24 60 60
V
1 20. Given,
Ve
Velocit y at or bit , Va = 8 km/s s = 8 × 103 m/s
The magnit ude of t he change in velocit y r equir ed Alt it ude, a = 350 km = 350 × 103 m/s
1 t imes t he magnit ude of t he escape velocit y.
18. (b) Given, 2GM
Ve
Velocit y at or bit , V a = 200 km/s = 200 × 10 m/s 3 R
Alt it ude, a = 71400 km = 71400 × 103 m/s
M ass of planet , M = 1.9 × 1028 kg 2 3.98 1014
10.88 km / s
G = 6.67 × 10– 11 m 3/kgs2 673 350 103
Va 2 R Escape velocit y of t he Ear t h is 11.2 km/s.
e 1 Thus, it does not escape Earth’s gravitational field,
GM
also, V e > V a t hus it does not falls back on Ear t h
200 10 3 2 71400 10 3
1 1.25 Va 2 r
1.9 10 28
6.67 10 11 e 1
GM
3.6 Space Dynamics
23. Equat ion of t r aject or y of space object s any plant
8 103 2 6378 350 103 1 0.080 is given by equat ion of t he conic.
3.986 1014 Given by
H er e, e 0, so or bit als is not cir cular,
h2
e lies, 0 < e < 1, t hus it for ms an ellipt ical or bit .
21. Given r
c
aear t h = 1.4953 × 1011 m 1 cos
amar s = 2.278 × 1011 m
3
h2 c
Tplanet a 2 Also, e and e
k
3 h2 c k
Tmar s 2
a mar ss
Tear t h 3
2
h2
a ear th
r
1 e cos
2.278 1011
Tmars 365.256 24. I n an elliptical orbit around any planet the angular
1.4953 1011
moment is conser ved i.e.
686.80 days I = const
22. Given, m r 2 = const
Tangent ial velocit y component of a spacecr aft , V 1
Cir cular or bit of r adius R r2
= GM , gr avit at ional par amet er of Ear t h
Smaller t he r lar ger will be .
N ow,
25. Given,
Consider a cir cular or bit , using Newt on's law of
Alt it ude, a =150 km
gr avitation which provides centripetal acceleration
t o balance cent r ifugal for ce of cir cular mot ion, Radius of Ear t h, RE = 6400 km
we get = 3.986 × 1014 m 3/s2
mV 2
GMm Vo
R2
R RE a
GM 3.986 1014
V 7800.95 m / s
R R 6400 150 103
4
CHAPTER AERODYNAMICS
1. Total pr essure at a point is defined as the pr essur e 6. Two pi pes of const ant sect i ons but di ffer ent
when t he flow is br ought t o r est diamet er s car r y wat er at t he same volume flow
(a) adiabatically (b) isent r opically r at e. The Reynolds number, based on t he pipe
diamet er, is
(c) isot her mally (d) isobar ically
(a) t he same in bot h pipes
[GATE 2007, 1 M ]
(b) is lar ger in t he nar r ower pipe
2. The dr ag diver gence M ach number of an air foil
(c) is smaller in t he nar r ower pipe
(a) is a fixed number for a given air foil
(d) depends on t he mat er ial of t he pipes
(b) i s al ways h i gher t h an t h e cr i t i cal M ach [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
number 7. A tur bulent boundar y layer remains attached over
(c) is equal t o t he cr it ical M ach number at zer o a longer distance on the upper sur face of an air foil
angle of at t ack t han does a laminar boundar y layer, because
(d) is t he M ach number at which a shock wave (a) the tur bulent boundary layer is mor e ener getic
fir st appear s on t he air foil and hence can over come the adver se pr essur e
[GATE 2007, 1 M ] gr adient bet t er
3. Acr oss a nor mal shock (b) t he l aminar boundar y layer develops mor e
sk i n fr i ct i on and hence sl ows down mor e
(a) bot h t ot al t emper at ur e and t ot al pr essur e rapidly
decr ease
(c) t ur bulence causes t he effect ive coefficient of
(b) bot h t ot al t emper at ur e and t ot al pr essur e viscosit y t o r educe, r esult ing in less loss of
r emain const ant moment um in t he boundar y layer
(c) t ot al pr essur e r emai ns const ant but t ot al (d) the t ur bulent boundar y layer is thicker, hence
t emper at ur e decr eases t he vel oci t y gr adi en t s i n i t ar e smal l er,
(d) t ot al t emper at ur e r emains const ant but t ot al t her efor e viscous losses ar e less
pr essur e decr eases [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
[GATE 2007, 1 M ] 8. The laminar boundar y layer over a lar ge flat plate
held par allel t o t he fr eest r eam is 5 mm t hick at a
4. The Joukowskii air foil is studied in aer odynamics
point 0.2 m downst r eam of t he leading edge. The
because
t hickness of t he boundar y layer at a point 0.8 m
(a) it is used in many air cr aft downst r eam of t he leading edge will be
(b) i t i s easi l y t r an sf or m ed i n t o a ci r cl e, (a) 20 mm (b) 10 mm
mathematically (c) 5 m (d) 2.5 mm
(c) it has a simple geomet r y [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(d) it has t he highest lift cur ve slope among all 9. For t he contr ol volume shown in t he figur e below,
air foils t he velocit ies ar e measur ed both at t he upst r eam
and t he downst r eam ends.
[GATE 2007, 1 M ]
str eamline U
5. One of the cr iter ia for high-speed air planes is that U
t he cr it ical M ach number should be as high as
possible. Ther efor e, high-speed subsonic air planes h
y U
ar e usually designed wit h u
y
(a) t hick air foils h
U
(b) t hin air foils u y
h h
(c) laminar flow air foils
(d) diamond air foils
[GATE 2007, 1 M ] str eamline U
4.2 Aerodynamics
The fl ow of densi t y i s i ncompr essi bl e, t wo (b) t he ent r y t o t he conver gent por t ion of t he CD
dimensional and st eady. The pr essur e is p over nozzle
t he ent ir e sur face of t he contr ol volume. The dr ag (c) t he t hr oat of CD nozzle
on t he air foil is given by,
(d) t he mid-lengt h of t he diver gent por t ion of t he
CD nozzle
U 2 h
(a) (b) 0 [GATE 2008, 1 M ]
3
16. Con si der 2-D f l ow w i t h st r eam f u n ct i on
U 2 h 1
(c) (d) 2U 2 h ln
x 2 y 2 . T h e absol u t e v al u e of
6 2
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] cir culat ion along a unit cir cle cent er ed at (x = 0,
10. A cir cular cylinder is placed in an unifor m str eam y = 0) is
of ideal fl uid wit h i t s axi s nor mal t o t he flow. (a) 0 (b) 1
Rel at i ve t o t he for war d st agnat i on poi nt , t he
angular posit ions along t he cir cumfer ence wher e
(c) (d)
the speed along the sur face of the cylinder is equal 2
t o t he fr ee st r eam speed ar e [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(a) 30, 150, 210 and 330 degr ees 17. Consider st eady, inviscid flow in a conver gent -
(b) 45, 135, 225 and 315 degr ees diver gent (CD) nozzle, wit h nor mal shock in t he
diver gent por t ion. The st at ic pr essur e along t he
(c) 0, 90, 180 and 270 degr ees
nozzle downst r eam of t he nor mal shock
(d) 60, 120, 240 and 300 degr ees
(a) r emain const ant
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(b) incr eases isent r opically t o t he st at ic pr essur e
11. The maximum t hickness t o chor d r at io for t he at t he nozzle exit
NACA 24012 air foil is
(c) decr eases isent r opically t o t he st atic pr essur e
(a) 0.01 (b) 0.12 at t he nozzle exit
(c) 0.24 (d) 0.40 (d) can incr ease or decr ease, depending on t he
[GATE 2008, 1 M ] magnitude of t he st at ic pr essur e at the nozzle
12. T h e m ax i m u m possi bl e v al u e of pr essu r e exit
coefficient Cp in incompr essible flow is [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(a) 0.5 (b) 1 18. For a fr ee st r eam M ach number of 0.7 t he cr it ical
(c) (d) pr essur e coefficient (Cp,cr ) is – 0.78. I t he minimum
pr essu r e coef f i ci en t f or a gi v en ai r f oi l i n
[GATE 2008, 1 M ]
incompr essible flow is – 0.6, t hen t he flow over
13. An i r r ot at i onal and i nvi sci d fl ow can become t he air foil at a fr ee st r eam M ach number o 0.7 is
r ot at ional on passing t hr ough a (a) 0 (b) 1
(a) nor mal shock wave
(b) oblique shock wave (c) (d)
2
(c) cur ved shock wave
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(d) M ar ch wave
19. I f t he flow Mach number in a t ur bulent boundar y
[GATE 2008, 1 M ]
layer over a flat plat e is incr eased keeping t he
14. L aminar flow air foils ar e used t o r educe Reynolds number unchanged, t he skin fr ict ion
(a) t r im dr ag (b) skin fr ict ion dr ag coefficient Cf .
(c) induced dr ag (d) wave dr ag (a) decr eases
[GATE 2008, 1 M ] (b) incr eases
15. I n a conver gent -diver gent (CD) nozzle of a r ocket (c) r emains const ant
mot or, t he wall heat flux is maximum at
(d) initially decreases, followed by a rapid incr ease
(a) t he exit of t he diver gent por t ion of t he CD
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
nozzle
Aerodynamics 4.3
20. I n super soni c wi nd-t unnel desi gn, an obl i que 25. For a flow t hr ough a Pr andt l-M eyer expansion
diffuser is pr efer r ed over a nor mal shock diffuser wave
because (a) M ach number st ays const ant
(a) it r educes t ot al pr essur e loss (b) Ent r opy st ays const ant
(b) t he flow is slowed down mor e r apidly (c) Temper at ur e st ays const ant
(c) t he flow is acceler at ed mor e r apidly (d) Densit y st ays const ant
(d) it incr eases t ot al pr essur e loss [GATE 2009, 1 M ]
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] 26. For t wo-dimensional ir r ot at ional and
21. The var iat ion of downwash along t he span of an incompr essible flows
unt wist ed wing of ellipt ic planfor m is (a) Bot h pot ent ial and st r eam funct ions sat isfy
(a) sinusoidal (b) par abolic t he L aplace equat ion.
(c) elliptic (d) constant (b) Pot ent ial funct ion must sat isfy t he L aplace
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] equat ion but t he st r eam funct ion need not .
22. Flow post an air foil is to be modeled using a vor tex (c) St r eam funct i on must sat isfy t he L apl ace
sheet . The st r engt h of t he vor t ex sheet at t he equat ion but t he pot ent ial funct ion need not .
t r ailing edge will be (d) Neit her the str eam funct ion nor t he pot ential
(a) 0 (b) 1 function need t o sat isfy the L aplace equat ion.
[GATE 2009, 1 M ]
(c) 2 (d)
27. Thin air foil t heor y pr edict s t hat t he lift slope is -
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
23. Consider a 2-D body inn super sonic flow wit h an dc1
2 for
at t ached oblique shock as shown below d
(a) Symmet r ic air foils only.
(b) Camber ed air foils only.
(c) Any air foil shape.
(d) Joukowski air foils only.
M > 1 [GATE 2009, 1 M ]
28. An air cr aft is flying at M = 2 wher e t he ambient
t emper at ur e ar ound t he air cr aft is 250 K . I f t he
An incr ease in fr ee st r eam M ach number M will specific heat r at io for air = 1.4, t he st agnat ion
cause t he oblique shock wave t o t emper at ur e on t he sur face of t he air cr aft is
(a) move closer t o t he body (a) 200 K (b) 450 K
(b) move away fr om t he body (c) 350 K (d) 1450 K
(c) det ach fr om t he body [GATE 2009, 1 M ]
(d) become a nor mal shock 29. Which of t he following st at ement s ar e t r ue for
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] flow acr oss a st at ionar y nor mal shock?
24. The geomet r ical featur es of a super cr it ical air foil P. St agnat ion t emper at ur e st ays const ant .
ar e Q. St agnat ion pr essur e decr eases.
(a) r ounded leading edge, flat upper sur face and R. Ent r opy incr eases.
high camber at t he r ear S. St agnat ion pr essur e incr eases.
(b) shar p leading edge, cur ved upper sur face and T. St agnat ion t emper at ur e incr eases.
high camber at t he r ear
(a) P, Q, R
(c) r ounded leading edge, cur ved upper sur face
(b) Q, R, S
and no camber at t he r ear
(c) R, S, T
(d) shar p leading edge, flat upper sur face and no
camber at t he r ear (d) S, T, P
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] [GATE 2009, 2 M ]
4.4 Aerodynamics
30. A model air foil in a wind tunnel that is oper ating Which of t he following st at ement s is t r ue?
at 50 m/s develops a minimum pressure coefficient (a) Vor t ices 1 and 2 spir al inwar ds wit h an initial
of - 6.29 at some point on it s upper sur face. The
local air speed at t hat point is
angular speed t o finally mer ge and
(a) 50 m/s (b) 125 m/s 2d2
(c) 135 m/s (d) 150 m/s for m one vor t ex of t wice t he st r engt h.
[GATE 2009, 2 M ] (b) Vor t ices 1 and 2 spir al inwar ds wit h an initial
31. A symmet r i cal ai r foi l sect i on pr oduces a l i ft
angular speed t o finally mer ge and for m
coeffi ci ent of 0.53 at an angl e of at t ack of 5 d2
degr ees m easu r ed f r om i t s ch or d l i n e. A n
one vor t ex of t wice t he st r engt h.
untwisted wing of elliptical planfor r n and aspect
r atio 6 is made of t his air foil. At an angle of attack (c) Vor tices 1 and 2 per pet ually r evolve about the
of 5 degr ees r elative to its chor dal plane, this wing d
midpoint P wit h r adius of r evolut ion and
would pr oduce a lift coefficient of 2
(a) 0.53 (b) 0.48
(c) 0.40 (d) 0.36 angular 2 speed .
2d2
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
32. Consider an ideal flow of densi t y t hr ough a (d) Vor tices 1 and 2 per pet ually r evolve about the
var iable ar ea duct as shown in t he figur e below: d
midpoint P wit h r adius of r evolut ion and
2
angular speed .
d2
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
(1)
34. The laminar boundar y layer over a lar ge flat plate
(2)
held par allel t o t he flow is 7.2 mm t hick at a point
L et t he cr oss-sect ional ar e as at sect ions (1) and 0.33 m downst r eam of t he leading edge. I f t he
(2) be A 1 an d A 2 r espect i vel y. T h e vel oci t y fr ee st r eam speed is incr eased by 50%, t hen t he
measur ed at sect ion (1) using a Pit ot st at ic pr obe new boundar y layer thickness at t his location will
is V 1. Then t he st at ic pr essur e dr op p2 – p1 is be appr oximat ely
(a) 10.8 mm (b) 8.8 mm
1 A 12 2 1 A 12 2
(a) 2 1 V1 (b) 2 1 V1 (c) 5.9 mm (d) 4.8 mm
A 22 A 22 [GATE 2009, 2 M ]
35. Consider an incompr essible 2-D Cout t e flow of
1 A 12 2 1 A 12 2 wat er bet ween t wo wal l s spaced l m apar t .
(c) 2 1 2 V1 (d) 2 1 2 V1 T h e l ower wal l i s k ept st at i on ar y. Wh at i s
A2 A2
t he sh ear m ess act i ng on t he l ower wal l i f
[GATE 2009, 2 M ] t he upper wall is moving at a const ant speed of
2 m/s? (wat er = 7 × 10– 1 N.s/m 2)
33. Two vor t ices of t he same st r engt h and sign ar e
placed a distance d apar t as shown below. Assume
2 m/s
t hat t he vor t ices ar e fr ee t o move and t he fluid is
ideal. 1m
(a) 3.5 × 10– 3 N/m 2 (b) 7 × 10– 3 N/m 2
1 P 2 (c) 10.5 × 10– 3 N/m 2 (d) 14 × 10– 3 N/m 2
d [GATE 2010, 1 M ]
Aerodynamics 4.5
36. Consider an incompr essible 2-D viscous flow over r espect ively. A Pit ot t ube mount ed on t he wing
a cur ved sur face. L et t he pr essur e dist r ibut ion senses a pr essur e of 3.31 × l 04 N/m 2. I gnor ing
compr essibilit y effect s, t he cr uising speed of the
2 air cr aft is appr oximat ely
on t h e sur face be p s 2 sin s N / m ,
2
(a) 50 m/s (b) 100 m/s
wher e s is t he dist ance along t he cur ved sur face
(c) 150 m/s (d) 200 m/s
fr om t he leading edge. The flow separ at es at
[GATE 2010, 2 M ]
(a) s = (2/3) m (b) s = (3/2) m
41. Consider t he fl ow of ai r ( = 1.23 kg/m 3) over
(c) s = (/2) m (d) s = m a wi ng of chor d l engt h 0.5 m and span 3m.
[GATE 2010, 1 M ] L et t he fr ee st r eam vel oci t y be U = 100 m/s
37. I n a 2-D, st eady, f u l l y devel oped, l am i n ar and t he aver age cir culat ion ar ound t he wing be
boundar y layer over a flat plat e. I f is t he st r eam- r = 10 m/s per unit span. The lift for ce act ing on
wise coor dinat e, y is t he wall nor mal coor dinat e t he wing is
and u i s t he st r eam-wi se vel oci t y component , (a) 615 N (b) 1845 N
which of lhe following is t r ue: (c) 3690 N (d) 4920 N
u u u u [GATE 2010, 2 M ]
(a) (b)
x dy y dx 42. Consider a l-D adiabat ic, inviscid, compr essible
u u u u fl ow of ai r (R = 287 J/K g-K , Cr = 718 J/K g-K )
(c) (d) t h r ou gh a du ct of con st an t cr oss-sect i on al
x dy x dy
ar ea A = 1m 2. I f t he vol umet r i c fl ow r at e i s
[GATE 2010, 1 M ]
Q = 680 m 3/s and st agnat i on t emper at ur e i s
38. I f is the potential function for an incompr essible T 0 = 580.05 K , t hen t he air t emper at ur e inside
ir r ot at ional flow, and u and v ar e t he Car t esian t he duct is
vel oci t y component s, t hen whi ch one of t he (a) 300 K (b) 350 K
following combinat ions is cor r ect .
(c) 400 K (d) 450 K
[GATE 2010, 2 M ]
(a) u ,v (b) u , v
x x y x 43. Consider a pot ent ial flow over a finit e wing wit h
t he following cir culat ion dist r ibut ion
(c) u ,v (d) u ,v
y y x y 2
2y
[GATE 2010, 1 M ] y 100 1 m 2 / s
4
39. For a flow acr oss an oblique shock which of t he
following st at ement s is t r ue? 0 = 100 m /s y
2
(a) Com pon en t of v el oci t y n or m al t o sh ock
decr eases w h i l e t an gen t i al com pon en t = (y) y = 2m
incr eases. V z
x
(b) Com pon en t of v el oci t y n or m al t o sh ock
i n cr eases w h i l e t an gen t i al com pon en t
decr eases. y=–2m
(c) Component of vel oci t y nor mal t o shock i s lf t he fr ee st r eam velocity is 100 m/s, t he induced
u n ch an ged w h i l e t an gen t i al com pon en t angle of at t ack is
decr eases.
(a) 0.125 r adians
(d) Com pon en t of v el oci t y n or m al t o sh ock
(b) – 0.125 r adians
decr eases whi l e t angent i al component i s
unchanged. 2
y
[GATE 2010, 1 M ]
(c) 0.125 1 radians
2
40. An air cr aft is cr uising at an alt it ude of 9 km. The
2
fr ee-st r eam st at ic pr essur e and densit y at t his y
(d) 0.125 1 radians [GATE 2010, 2 M ]
al t i t ude ar e 3.08 × 104 N /m 2 and 0.467 k g/m 3 2
4.6 Aerodynamics
Common Data for Questions 44 and 45: between the settling chamber and the test section
Consider a pot ent ial flow over a spinning cylinder. is 40 cm of wat er column. Assume g = 9.81 m/s2,
The st r eam funct ion is given as air = 1.2 kg/m 3 and wat er = 1000 kg/ms3. The speed
of air in t he t est sect ion (in m/s) is _________ .
R2 r [GATE 2011, 2 M ]
V r sin 1 ln
r 2 2 R 50. Consider the inviscid, adiabat ic flow of air at fr ee
st r eam condit ions, M 1 = 2, p1 = 1 at m and T 1 =
288 K ar ound a shar p expansion cor ner ( = 20°)
as shown below. The Pr andt l-M eyer funct ion v,
V
R i s gi ven as a fu n ct i on of M ach n u m ber, as
1 1 2
v M t an 1 t an 1 M 2 1
wher e 1 1 M 1
Fr ee st r eam velocit y, V = 25 m/s
Assume air t o be calor ically per fect wit h = 1.4.
Cylinder r adius, R = l m The M ach number, M 2, downst r eam of t he
Cir culat ion, = 50 m 2/s expansion cor ner is appr oximat ely
44. The r adial and azimuthal velocities on the cylinder
M 1, p1, T 1
sur face at = /2 ar e
0 M2
(a) V 1 = 0 m/s, V 0 = – 75 m/s
(b) V 1 = 0 m/s, V 0 = 75 m/s
(c) V 1 = 0 m/s, V 0 = – 25 m/s (a) 2.00 (c) 1.76
(d) V 1 = 0 m/s, V 0 = 25 m/s (c) 2.83 (d) 3.14
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
[GATE 2010, 2 M ]
51. Consider a st eady two dimensional zer o-pr essur e
45. The st agnat ion point s ar e locat ed at
gr adient laminar flow of air over a flat plat e as
(a) 210° and 330° (b) 240° and 300° shown below. The fr ee st r eam condit ions ar e
(c) 30° and 150° (d) 60° and 120° U = 100 ms– 1, = 1.2 kg m – 3, p = 1 at m
[GATE 2010, 2 M ] an d = 1.8 × 10 – 5 k g m – 1 s– 1 . T h e r at i o of
46. I t is seen t hat t he dr ag polar of a cer t ain aer ofoil displacement thickness to momentum thickness
is symmet r ic about t he Cd axis. This dr ag polar of t he boundar y layer at a dist ance of 2 m fr om
could r efer t o t he leading edge is
(a) NACA 0012 (b) NACA 4415
Boundar y l ayer
(c) NACA 23012 (d) None of t he above U
[GATE 2011, 1 M ]
47. The aer odynamic cent r e of a super sonic aer ofoil, p
wit h chor d c, is locat ed at µ 2m
(a) t he leading edge (b) 0.25c
(a) 7.53 (b) 2.59
(c) 0.5c (d) 0.75c
(c) 2.91 (d) 0.39
[GATE 2011, 1 M ]
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
48. A main object ive of by-pass in a t ur bo-fan engine
is t o incr ease 52. I n t he cont ext of Pr andt l’s lifting line t heor y for a
(a) mass flow r at e t hr ough engine inlet finit e wing, which of t he following combinat ions
of st at ement s is TRUE ?
(b) t ur bine inlet t emper at ur e
P: The bound vor t ex is r esponsible for t he lift
(c) mass flow r at e t hr ough exhaust nozzle
for ce
(d) compr essor pr essur e r at io
Q: The t r ailing vor t ices ar e r esponsible for t he
[GATE 2011, 1 M ]
induced dr ag
49. A low speed wind t unnel has a cont r act ion
R: T he boun d vor t ex i s r esponsi bl e f or t h e
r at io of 14:1 and t he cr oss-sect ional ar ea of t he
induced dr ag
t est sect ion is 1 m 2. The st at ic pr essur e differ ence
Aerodynamics 4.7
S: The t r ailing vor t ices ar e r esponsible for t he 55. The r at e of change of ci r cul at i on wi t h angl e of
lift for ce
T
(a) P, Q (c) Q, R at t ack is
(c) R, S (d) P, S
(a) inver sely pr opor t i onal t o
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
(b) independent of
53. Consider flow over a thin aer ofoil at Mach number,
(c) a li near funct ion of
M = 0.5 at an angl e of at t ack , . U si ng t he
Pr an dt l -Gl au er t r u l e f or com pr essi bi l i t y (d) quadr at ic funct i on of
cor r ect ion, t he for mula for lift coefficient , cb can [GATE 2011, 2 M ]
be wr it t en as b
(a) 5.44 (b) 6.28 2
56. Gi ven t hat CL
(c) 7.26 (d) 14.52 b y dy, t he cor r espondi ng
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
2
Common Data for Question 54: CL
li ft cur ve-slope is
Consider an inviscid, adiabatic flow of air at free stream
M ach Number, M = 2, acr oss a compr ession cor ner (a) independent of
( = 20°) as shown. The fr ee st r eam t ot al ent halpy is (b) a li near funct ion of
h 0 = 810 kJ kg– 1. Assume t hat air is calor ically per fect
(c) a quadr at ic funct ion of
wit h = 1.4, R = 287J kg– 1 K – 1.
(d) a cubic funct i on of
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
57. For a symmetr ic air foil, t he lift coefficient for zer o
P degr ee angle of at t ack is
M
(a) – 1.0 (b) 0.0
1m
(c) 0.5 (d) 1.0
[GATE 2012, 1 M ]
54. The shock angle is 58. The M ach angle for a flow at M ach 2.0 is
(a) = 20 (b) > 20 and < 30 (a) 30° (b) 45°
(c) = 30 (d) > 30 (c) 60° (d) 90°
[GATE 2011, 2 M ] [GATE 2012, 1 M ]
St at ement for Linked Answer Quest ions 55 and 59. The ideal st at ic pr essur e coefficient of a diffuser
56: wit h an ar ea r at io of 2.0 is
Pr andt l’s l ift ing line equat ion for a gener al wing is (a) 0.25 (b) 0.50
(c) 0.75 (d) 1.0
y0
gi ven by y 0 L 0 [GATE 2012, 1 M ]
U c y 0
60. An air foil gener at es a lift of 80 N when oper at ing
in a fr eest r eam flow of 60 m/s. I f t he ambient
b pr essur e and t emper at ur e ar e 100 kPa and 290
2 y
1 K r espect ively (specific gas const ant is 287 J/kg-
y 0 4 U b y0 y
dy, wher e U is the fr ee-st r eam K ), t he cir culat ion on t he air foil in m 2/s is ____.
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
2
61. An obl ique shock wave wit h a wave angle i s
velocit y, i s t he angle of at t ack , y 0 is t he spanwi se gener at ed fr om a wedge angle of . The r at i o of
locat ion, L 0 y 0 t he M ach number downst r eam of t he shock t o
gives t he spanwise var iat ion of
it s nor mal component is
zer o-li ft angl e, c is t he chor d,b is t he span, and (y 0)
gi ves t he spanwi se var i at i on of cir cul at ion. (a) sin (– ) (b) cos (– )
(c) sin (– ) (d) cos (– )
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
4.8 Aerodynamics
62. I n a closed-cir cuit super sonic wind t unnel, t he
DV 1 D
conver gent-diver gent (C-D) nozzle and test section (c) .
ar e foll owed by a C-D diffuser t o swall ow t he Dt Dt
st ar t ing shock. H er e, we should have t he 1 D
(a) diffuser t hr oat lar ger t han t he nozzle t hr oat (d) V. V
Dt
and t he shock l ocat ed just at t he di ffuser
[GATE 2013, 1 M ]
t hr oat .
66. Consider a t hin flat plat e air foil at a small angle
(b) diffuser t hr oat lar ger t han t he nozzle t hr oat
t o an oncomi ng su per soni c st r eam of ai r.
and t he shock l ocat ed downst r eam of t he
diffuser t hr oat . Cd
Assuming t he flow t o be inviscid, is
(c) diffuser t hr oat of t he same size as t he nozzle C2i
throat and the shock located just at the diffuser
t hr oat . (a) zer o (b) independent of
(d) diffuser t hr oat of t he same size as t he nozzle (c) pr opor t ional t o (d) pr opor t ional t o 2
t hr oat and t he shock locat ed downst r eam of [GATE 2013, 1 M ]
t he diffuser t hr oat . 67. Consi der one-di mensional i sent r opic fl ow at a
[GATE 2012, 2 M ] M ach number of 0.5. I f t he ar ea of cr oss-sect ion
63. A vor t ex flowmet er wor ks on t he pr inciple t hat of a st r eam t ube i ncr eases by 3% somewher e
t he St r ouhal number of 0.2 is a const ant over a al ong t he fl ow, t he cor r espondi ng per cent age
wide r ange of flow r ates. I f the bluff-body diameter change in densit y is ________
in t he flowmet er is 20 mm and t he piezo-elect r ic [GATE 2013, 2 M ]
t r an sdu cer r egi st er s t h e v or t ex sh eddi n g 68. The potential flow model for a storm is represented
fr equency t o be 10 H z, t hen t he velocit y of t he by t he super posit ion of a sink and a vor t ex. The
flow would be measur ed as st r eam funct ion can be wr itt en in the (r, ) syst em
(a) 0.1 m/s (b) 1 m/s
A
(c) 10 m/s (d) 100 m/s as ln r , wher e ^ = = 100 ms2/s.
2 2
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
A ssu m e a con st an t ai r den si t y of
64. Which one of t he following st at ement s is NOT 1.2 kg/m 3. The gauge pr essur e at a dist ance of
TRUE for a super sonic flow? 100 m fr om t he st or m eye is
(a) Over a gr adual expansion, ent r opy r emains
constant 1.2
(a) – (b) 2
(b) Over a shar p expansion cor ner, ent r opy can
incr ease
1.2 1.2
(c) Over a gr adual compr essi on, ent r opy can (c) 2 (d)
r emain const ant 2 42
(d) Over a shar p compr essi on cor ner, ent r opy [GATE 2013, 2 M ]
incr eases 69. Thr ee ident ical eagles of wing span s ar e flying
[GATE 2013, 1 M ] side by side in a str aight line with no gap between
their wing tips. Assume a single hor se shoe vor tex
65. Consider a compr essible flow wher e an elemental
model (of equal st r engt h ) for each bir d. The net
volume of t he fluid is , moving wit h velocit y downwash exper ienced by t he middle bir d is
V . Whi ch one of t he fol l owi ng expr essi ons i s
TRUE? (a) (b)
s 2s
1 D
(a) .V 4
Dt (c) (d)
3 s 3 s
1 D
(b) . V [GATE 2013, 2 M ]
Dt
Aerodynamics 4.9
70. St r eaml ine pat t er n of fl ow past a cyli nder i s 73. For i nvi sci d,| super soni c fl ow over a di amond
shown in t he figur e below. The oncoming flow is sh aped ai r f oi l , sh own i n t h e f i gu r e, wh i ch
steady, ir r ot at ional and incompr essible. The flow st at ement is cor r ect among t he following?
i s f r om l ef t t o r i gh t . B er n ou l l i ’s equ at i on
CANNOT be applied bet ween t he point s M >1 10°
y 5°
5° 5°
5°
x
4 (a) The air foil will exper ience zer o lift and positive
dr ag for ce
1 2
(b) The air foil will exper ience positive lift and zer o
3 dr ag for ce
(c) The air foil will exper ience negat ive lift and
5 zer o dr ag for ce
6 (d) The air foil will exper ience posit i ve l ift and
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 1 and 5 posit ive dr ag for ce
(c) 3 and 4 (d) 5 and 6 [GATE 2014, 1 M ]
[GATE 2013, 2 M ] 74. Consider super sonic flow near a cor ner (at an
71. Consider a super sonic st r eam at a M ach number angl e fr om t he hor izont al) wit h an at t ached
M = 2, under goi ng a gr adual expansi on. The oblique shock (at an angle wit h hor izont al) as
st r eam is t ur ned by an angle of 3 degr ees due t o shown in figur e. I f M at ch number M decr eases
t he expansion. The fol lowi ng dat a is gi ven. gr adually fr om a high super sonic value, which of
t he following st at ement s is cor r ect ?
M v Pandt l M eyer funct ion
1.8 20.73
1.9 23.59 M>1
2.0 26.38
2.1 29.10
2.2 31.73 (a) will decr ease if t he shock is a weak shock
2.3 34.28 (b) will decr ease if t he shock is a st r ong shock
2.4 36.75 (c) will increase for both weak and str ong shocks
(d) r emai ns unchanged for bot h weak and
The M ach number downst r eam of t he expansi on
st r ong shocks
is
[GATE 2014, 1 M ]
(a) 1.88 (b) 2.00
75. The st r eaml i nes of a pot ent i al l i ne vor t ex i s
(c) 2.11 (d) 2.33
concentr ic cir cles with r espect to the vor tex center
[GATE 2013, 2 M ]
as sh ow n i n f i gu r e. Vel oci t y al on g t h ese
72. For a NACA 5-digit air foil of chor d c, the designed st r eamlines, out side t he cor e of t he vor t ex can
lift coefficient and locat ion of maximum camber
along t he chor d fr om t he leading edge ar e denot e
be wr it t en as, wher e st r engt h of t he
by CL and Xm r espectively. For NACA12018 air foil, 2 r '
which combinat ion of CL and X m given below ar e vor t ex is /2 and r is r adial dir ect ion. The value
cor r ect ? of cir culat ion along t he cur ve shown in t he figur e
(a) CL = 0.15 and X m = 0.1c is: Cor e of t he Vor t ex
(b) CL = 0.12 and X m = 0.2c (a) D
(c) CL = 0.12 and X m = 0.18c (b) – 2 C
A
B
(d) CL = 0.15 and X m = 0.2c (c) 2
[GATE 2014, 1 M ] (d) 0
[GATE 2014, 1 M ]
4.10 Aerodynamics
76. To obser ve unsteady separ ated flow in a diver ging 80. A st udent can measur e fr ee-st r eam velocit y of a
channel , bubbl es ar e i nj ect ed at each 10 ms low-speed wind t unnel using a
i nt er val at poi nt A as shown i n fi gur e. These i . Pitot tube alone aligned with the flow direction.
bubbles act as t r acer par t icles and follow t he flow ii. Pitot t ube aligned with the flow dir ection with
fai t hful l y. The cur ved l i ne AB shown at any st at i c pr essu r e m easu r em en t at an
inst ant r epr esent s: appr opr iat e posit ion on t he t unnel wall.
iii. Pitot tube aligned with the flow direction along
A with barometer pressure r eading of the outside
B ambient .
i v. Pit ot st at ic t ube alone aligned wit h t he flow
dir ect ion.
Consider ing t he above st at ement s which of t he
(a) St r eamline, st r eakline and pat hline following opt ions is cor r ect ?
(b) St r eamline and pat hline (a) (i) only (b) (i), (ii)
(c) Only a pat hline (c) (ii), (iv) (d) (i), (iii) & (iv)
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
(d) Only a st r eakline
81. I nduced velocity w at a point z = z1 along the lifting
[GATE 2014, 1 M ]
line can be calculat ed using t he for mula
77. For a steady, incompressible two-dimensional flow,
1 s d 1
r epr esent ed in Car t esian co-or dinat es (x, y), a w z1 dz
st u den t cor r ect l y w r i t es t h e equ at i on of 4 s dz z z1
pathline of any ar bit ar y par ticle as dx/dt = ax and 2 z2
dy/dt = by, wher e a and b ar e const ant s having Given 1 , wher e 0 and s ar e given in
unit of (second)– 1. I f value of a is 5, t he value of b
02 s2
figur e below.
is ________ .
F or t h e abov e sem i -el l i pt i c di st r i bu t i on of
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
cir culation, , the downwash velocity at any point
78. A student needs to find velocity across a stationar y z1, for symmet r ic flight can be obt ained as w(z1) =
nor mal shock. H e measur es density and pr essur e 0 s dz
acr oss t he shock as shown in t he figur e below. 1 z1I , wher e I z1 .
4 s s
bar = 105Pa. (No shock t able is needed for t he s z2 z z1
2
calculat ions). The value of u 1 in m/s is _________.
Which of t he following opt ions is cor r ect if t he
p1 = 1 bar p2 = 29 bar
3 3 s s2 s
p1 = 1.2kg/m p2 = 6kg/m induced dr ag is Di (given s 1 dz )
2 2
u1 u2 z
Lifting Line
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
79. For inviscid, compr essible flow past a t hin air foil, 0
shown in t he figur e, fr ee-st r eam M ach number
an d pr essu r e ar e den ot ed by M an d p Z
r espect ively. Rat io of pr essur e at point A and p S S
is 0.8 and specific heat r at io is 1.4. I f t he M ach
number at point A is 1.0 and r est of t he flow field 8 02
(a) I = 0 and D i
is subsonic, t he value of M is
A 8 02
(b) I = 1 and D i
M = ?
02
(c) I = 0 and D i
8
(a) 2.95 (b) 0.79
02
(c) 1.18 (d) 0.64 (d) I = 1 and D i [GATE 2014, 2 M ]
8
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
Aerodynamics 4.11
82. Two over flowing wat er r eser voir s ar e connect ed 86. Consider a monoplane wing and a biplane wing
wit h a 100m long pipe of cir cular cr oss-sect ion (of wi t h i dent i cal ai r foi l sect i ons, wi ngspans and
r adius, R = 0.02m), such t hat height differ ence h incidence angles in ident ical condit ions in a wind
r emains const ant as shown in t he figur e below. t unnel . As compar ed t o t he monopl ane, t he
biplane exper iences
(a) a higher lift and a higher dr ag
h
(b) a higher lift and a lower dr ag
(c) a lower lift and a lower dr ag
(d) a lower lift and a higher dr ag
100 m
[GATE 2015, 1 M ]
The cent er line velocit y in t he pipe is 10m/s. The 87. Consi der a wi ng of el l i pt i c pl anfor m, wi t h i t s
vel ocit y pr ofile inside t he pipe over t he ent ir e
lengt h is dCL
aspect r at io AR . I t s lift -cur ve slope
d
R 2 dp r2
u 1 2 _______.
4 dx R
[GATE 2015, 1 M ]
dp
wher e, is a const ant pr essur e gr adient along 88. A n i deal gas i n a r eser v oi r h as a speci f i c
dx
t he pipe lengt h, x is measur ed fr om t he left end st agn at i on en t h al py of h 0 . T h e gas i s i s-
of t he pipe along it s cent r al axis and r is r adial entr opically expanded to a new specific stagnation
locat ion inside t he pipe wit h r espect t o it s axis. h0
(Given dat a : Densit y and kinemat ic viscosit y of ent halpy of and velocit y u. The flow is one-
2
w at er ar e 1000 k g/m 3 an d 1 × 10 – 6 m 2 /s
r espect i vel y; accel er at i on du e t o gr avi t y i s u2
10 m/s2). I f all ot her losses except t he fr ict ional dimensional and st eady. Then ________.
h0
losses at t he pipe wall ar e neglect ed, t he value of
h in met er is _________. [GATE 2015, 1 M ]
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
U L
83. An air cr aft is flying at M ach 3.0 at t he alt it ude 89. The Reynol ds number, Re i s defi ned as
v
wher e the ambient pr essur e and temper atur e ar e
wher e L i s t he l engt h scal e for a fl ow, U i t s
50 kPa and 200 K r espect ively. I f t he conver ging-
r efer ence vel oci t y and v i s t he coeffi ci ent of
di ver gi ng di ffuser of t he engi ne (consi der ed
kinematic viscosity. I n the laminar boundar y layer
isent r opic wit h r at io of specific heat s, = 1.4 and
specific gas const ant R = 287 J/kgK ) has a t hr oat appr oximat ion, compar ison of t he dimensions of
ar ea of 0.05 m 2. t he mass flow r at e t hr ough t he u
engine in kg/s is t he convect ion t er m u and t he viscous t er m
x
(a) 197 (b) 232 l eads t o t he fol l owi ng r el at i on bet ween t he
(c) 790 (d) 157 boundar y layer t hickness and Re:
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
84. As a candidat e for a ver t ical tail, which one of t he (a) Re
following air foil sect ions is appr opr iat e?
1
(a) NACA 0012 (b) NACA 2312 (b)
Re
(c) NACA 23012 (d) Clar ke Y pr ofile
[GATE 2015, 1 M ] (c) Re
85. The pr imar y pur pose of a t r ailing edge flap is t o
1
(a) avoid flow separ ation (d)
Re
(b) incr ease Cl,max
[GATE 2015, 1 M ]
(c) r educe wave dr ag
(d) r educe induced dr ag
[GATE 2015, 1 M ]
4.12 Aerodynamics
90. The velocit y pr ofile of an incompr essible laminar 93. For a nor mal shock , t he r elat ion bet ween t he
boundar y layer over a flat plat e developing under upstr eam Mach number (M 1) and the downstr eam
M ach number (M 2) is gi ven by
u y
con st an t pr essu r e is gi v en by
U
M 22
1 M 12 2
2M 12 1
3
3y 1 y
. The fr ee st r eam velocit y U =10 For an ideal gas wit h =1.4, t he asympt ot ic value
2 2
of t he downst r eam M ach number is _______.
m/ s and t he dynami c vi scosi t y of t he fl ui d [GATE 2015, 2 M ]
kg 94. With increase in airfoil thickness, the critical Mach
µ 1.8 10 5 . At a streamwise station wher e number for an air foil is likely t o
ms
t he boundar y layer t hickness = 5mm , t he wall (a) decr ease (b) incr ease
shear st r ess is _________ ×10– 3Pa . (c) r emain unchanged (d) be undefined
[GATE 2015, 2 M ] [GATE 2016, 1 M ]
91. The Pit ot t ube of an air cr aft r egi st er s a pr essur e 95. Due t o a body in pot ent ial flow, t he velocit y at a
p0 = 54051 N / m 2 . The st at i c pr essur e, densi t y point A in t he flow field is 20 m/s while t he fr ee
and t he r at io of specific heat s of t he fr eest r eam st r eam vel oci t y i s onl y 10 m/s. The val ue of
ar e p = 45565 N / m 2 , = 0.6417 kg / m 3 and = coefficient of pr essur e (Cp) at t he point A is
1.4, r espect i vel y. The i ndi cat ed ai r speed (i n _________.
m/s ) is [GATE 2016, 1 M ]
(a) 157.6 96. Which of t he following air foil will have locat ion
(b) 162.6 of t he maximum camber at half chor d length fr om
(c) 172.0 t he leading edge?
(d) 182.3 (a) NACA 5212 (b) NACA 1225
[GATE 2015, 2 M ] (c) NACA 2215 (d) NACA 2512
92. Consider a NACA 0012 aer ofoil of chor d c in a [GATE 2016, 1 M ]
fr eest r eam wit h velocity V at a non-zer o posit ive 97. For a laminar incompr essible flow past a flat
angle of at tack . The aver age t ime-of-flight for a plat e at zer o angle of at t ack, t he var iat ion of
par t i cl e t o move fr om t he l eadi ng edge t o t he skin fr ict ion dr ag coefficient (Cf )wit h Reynolds
t r ailing edge on t he suct ion and pr essur e sides number based on t he chor d lengt h (Rec) can be
ar e t 1 and t 2, r espect ively. Thin aer ofoil t heor y expr essed as
yields t he velocit y per t ur bat ion t o t he fr eestr eam
(a) Cf Rec (b) Cf Rec
1 cos
as V on t he suct i on si de and as
sin (c) Cf 1 (d) Cf 1 Re
Rec c
1 cos
V on t he pr essur e side, wher e
sin [GATE 2016, 1 M ]
98. Which of t he following st at ement is NOT TRUE
c
co-r r esponds t o t he chor dwi se posi t i on, x acr oss an oblique shock wave?
2
(a) St at i c t em per at u r e i n cr eases, t ot al
1 cos . t hen t 2 – t 1 is t emper at ur e r emains const ant .
(b) St at ic pr essur e incr eases, st at ic t emper at ur e
8c
(a) (b) 0 incr eases.
V 4 2 2
(c) St at ic t emper at ur e incr eases, t ot al pr essur e
decr eases.
4 c 8c
(c) (d ) (d) St at ic pr essur e incr eases, t ot al t emper at ur e
V 4 2 2 V 4 2 2
decr eases.
[GATE 2015, 2 M ] [GATE 2016, 1 M ]
Aerodynamics 4.13
99. For a completely subsonic isentr opic flow thr ough 103. An untwisted wing of elliptic planfor m and aspect
a conver gent nozzl e, whi ch of t he fol l owi ng r atio 6 consist s of t hin symmet r ic air foil sect ions.
st at ement is TRUE? The coefficient of lift (CL ) at 10° angle of at t ack
(a) Pr essur e at t he nozzle exit > back pr essur e. assuming inviscid incompr essible flow is
(b) Pr essur e at t he nozzle exit < back pr essur e.
2 2
(c) Pr essur e at t he nozzle exit = back pr essur e. (a) (b)
16 12
(d) Pr essur e at t he nozzle exit = t ot al pr essur e.
[GATE 2016, 1 M ] 2
(c) (d)
100. Air, wit h a Pr andt l number of 0.7, flows over a 8 2
flat plat e at a high Reynolds number. Which of
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
t he following st at ement is TRUE?
104. Consider 1-D, st eady, inviscid, compr essible
(a) Ther mal boundar y layer is t hicker t han t he
flow t hr ough a conver gent nozzle. The t ot al
velocit y boundar y layer.
t em per at u r e an d t ot al pr essu r e ar e T o, P o
(b) Ther mal boundar y layer is t hinner t han t he r espect i vel y. The fl ow t hr ough t he nozzl e i s
velocit y boundar y layer.
choked wit h a mass flow r at e of m 0 . I f t he t ot al
(c) Ther mal boundar y l ayer is as t hick as t he
t emper at u r e i s i ncr eased t o 4T o, wi t h t ot al
velocit y boundar y layer.
pr essur e r emaining unchanged, t hen t he mass
(d) T h er e i s n o r el at i on sh i p bet w een t h e flow r at e t hr ough t he nozzle
t hicknesses of t her mal and velocit y boundar y
(a) r emains unchanged.
layer s.
[GATE 2016, 1 M ] (b) becomes half of m
0.
101. The maximum value of coefficient of lift (C1) for
(c) becomes t wice of m
0.
a 2D ci r cul ar cyl i nder, pr ovi ded at l east one
st agnat ion point lies on t he cylinder sur face, is (d) becomes four t imes of m
0.
pr edict ed by t he pot ent ial flow t heor y t o be
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
105. A subst ance exper iences an ent r opy change of
(a) (b)
2 s > 0 i n a quasi -st eady pr ocess. The r i se i n
(c) 2 (d) 4 temper atur e (corr esponding to the entr opy change
s) is highest for t he following pr ocess:
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
(a) isenthalpic (b) isobar ic
102. The nozzle AB, as shown below, leading t o t he
(c) isochor ic (d) isot her mal
t est sect ion of a low speed subsonic wind t unnel,
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
has a cont r act i on r at i o of 10:1. The pr essur e
differ ence acr oss the nozzle is maintained at 1000 106. Which one of t he following st at ement s is NOT
N /m 2 an d t h e den si t y of ai r i s 1.23 k g/m 3 . t r ye
Assuming one-dimensional, steady, inviscid flow, (a) Compar ed t o a l ami nar boundar y l ayer, a
t he velocit y in t he t est sect ion as measur ed at t ur bulent boundar y layer is mor e desir able
point B is ___________ m/s. on a wing oper at ing at lar ge angle of at t ack
(b) The skin friction dr ag for a tur bulent boundar y
layer is larger than that for a laminar boundary
layer
Flow direct ion (c) The l ocat i on of t r ansi t i on fr om l aminar t o
tur bulent boundar y layer depends only on t he
A B
oper at ing Reyonds number
(d) A separ at ed flow does not necessar ily lead t o
a t ur bulent boundar y layer
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
4.14 Aerodynamics
107. A De L aval nozzle is t o be designed for an exit 110. Con si der a st r ai gh t wi n g wi t h r ect an gu l ar
M ach number of 1.5. The r eser voir condit ions ar e planfor m of aspect r atio 10 and with a NACA 0012
given as Po = 1 at m (gage), T o = 20°C, = 1.4. air foil. The span effect iveness factor for t his wing
Assuming shock fr ee flow in t he nozzle, t he exit is 0.95. Assume t he flow t o be incompr essible and
absolut e pr essur e (in at m) is _______ (in t hr ee gover ned by thin air foil theor y. The lift coefficient
decimal places) of t his wing, at an angle of at t ack of 6 deg, is
[GATE 2017, 2 M ] ______ (in t hr ee decimal places).
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
108. Consider a steady one dimensional flow of a perfect
gas wit h heat t r ansfer in a duct . The T-s diagr am 111. Consider an incompr essible flow over a flat plat e
(shown bel ow) shows bot h t he st at i c and t he wit h t he following appr oximat ion on t he velocit y
st agnat ion condit ions at t wo locat ions. A and B, pr ofile:
in the duct. A t and B t denote stagnation conditions y
for st at es A and B, r espect ively. I t is known t hat u y for y
(T)A = (T)B . M A and M B ar e t he M ach number s U 1 for y
of t he flow at locat ions A and B.
wher e is t he boundar y layer t hickness and U
the fr ee-steam speed. The nor malized momentum
T
Bt
t hickness for t his pr ofile is _______ (in t hr ee
( T)B
At B decimal places)
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
( T)A
112. A n i deal i zed v el oci t y f i el d i s gi v en by
A
ˆ At point (– 1, 1, 0) and at
V 4t xiˆ 2t 2 yj 4xzk.
S
t = 1, t he magnit ude of t he mat er ial acceler at ion
Which of t he following st at ement s is t r ue about vect or of t he fluid element is _________
t he flow. [GATE 2017, 2 M ]
(a) Flow is subsonic and M A < M B 113. A t r ace fr om t he schlier en photogr aph of t he flow
(b) Flow is super sonic and M A > M B ar ound cor ner r eveals t he edges of t he expansion
fan as shown below. The leading and trailing edges
(c) Flow is subsonic and M A > M B
of t he expansion fan make t he angles as shown.
(d) Flow is super sonic and M A < M B Assuming = 1.4, t he angle of t he expansion fan
[GATE 2017, 2 M ] (in degr ees) is ________ (in t wo decimal places)
109. Consider a syst em consist ing of cer t ain amount Pr andt l M eyer funct ion is given by
of per fect gas enclosed in a cylinder fit t ed wit h a
fr i ct i onl ess pi st on. Thi s syst em can under go y 1 y 1 2
v M t an 1
following pr ocesses y 1 y 1 M 1
(i) Expansion with finite pr essure differ ence with
t he sur r ounding.
t an 1 M 2 1
(ii) Compr essi on wi t h i nfi ni t esi mal pr essur e
differ ence wit h t he sur r ounding.
(iii)H eat t r an sf er w i t h f i n i t e t em per at u r e M1
differ ence wit h t he r eser voir. EXPANSI ON
143°
FAN
(iv) H eat tr ansfer wit h infinitesimal temper at ur e
ANGLE
differ ence wit h t he r eser voir.
20
Out of t hese which pr ocess ar e r ever sible? °
(a) (i) and (iii) (b) (i) and (iv)
M2
(c) (ii) and (iii) (d) (ii) and (iv)
[GATE 2017, 2 M ] [GATE 2017, 2 M ]
Aerodynamics 4.15
114. A strong nor mal shock wave, with a pr essur e r atio
of 29 acr oss it , is t r avelling int o st at ionar y air
( = 1.4) at T = 280 K in a str aight duct (see figur e).
The magnit ude of t he velocit y of t he air induced u(y)/U
behind t he shock wave is ________ m/s. (r ound y
t o near est int eger )
(Gas constant = 287 J/kg K ; Shock wave r elations:
p2 2 (a) boundar y layer t hickness.
Pr essur e r at i o: 1 M 2 1 ; Densit y
p1 1
(b) moment um t hickness.
(c) displacement t hickness.
p2 1 M 2
r at ion: p (d) shape fact or.
1 1 M 2 2
[GATE 2018, 1 M ]
118. I n a low-speed wind tunnel, theangular location(s)
STATI ONARY AI R fr om t he fr ont st agnat i on poi nt on a ci r cul ar
V=?
cylinder where the static pr essur e equals the fr ee-
st r eam st at ic pr essur e, is
DUCT SHOCK WAVE (a) ±38° (b) ±30°
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
(c) ±60° (d) 0°
115. I n t he figur e below, wat er exist s fr om a nozzle
[GATE 2018, 1 M ]
int o at mospher ic pr essur e of 101 kPa. I f t he exit
velocit y is V 2 = 8m/s and fr ict ion is neglect ed, t he 119. A t her mocouple, mount ed flush in an insulat ed
magni t ude of t he axi al for ce on t he fl ange at flat sur face in a super sonic laminar flow of air
locat ion 1 r equir ed t o keep t he nozzle at t ached measur es t he
t o t he pi pe i s _________ N (r ound t o near est (a) st at ic t emper at ur e.
int eger ). (b) t emper at ur e gr eat er t han st at ic but less t han
t ot al t emper at ur e.
1 (c) t ot al t emper at ur e.
FLANGE
(d) t emper at ur e gr eat er t han t ot al t emper at ur e.
V2 = 8m/s [GATE 2018, 1 M ]
PI PE 8cm NOZZLE
120. A shock wave is moving int o st ill air in a shock
t ube. Which one of t he following happens t o t he
4 cm
air ?
(a) st at ic t emper at ur e incr eases, t ot al
[GATE 2017, 2 M ] t emper at ur e r emains const ant .
116. A foot bal l, meant t o be t hr own at 100 km/h in (b) st at ic t emper at ur e incr eases, t ot al
sea level ai r ( = 1.22 k g/m 3, = 1.78 × 10– 5 N -s/ t emper at ur e incr eases.
m 2), i s t o be t est ed usi ng a one-quar t er scal e (c) st at ic t emper at ur e incr eases, t ot al
m odel i n a w at er t u n n el ( = 1000 k g/m 3 , t emper at ur e decr eases.
= 1.78 × 10– 3 N -s/m 2). For dynamic si mi lar it y,
(d) st at ic pr essur e incr eases, t ot al t emper at ur e
t he r at io of t he model for ce t o t he pr ot ot ypal for ce
r emains const ant .
is _______ (r ound t o near est int eger ).
[GATE 2018, 1 M ]
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
121. The fir st law of t her modynamics is also known
117. The velocit y pr ofil e i n an incompr essi ble,
as conser vat ion of
laminar boundar y layer is shown in the figur e
below. U is t he fr ee-st r eam velocit y, u(y) is t he (a) mass. (b) moment um.
st r eam-wise velocit y component . The ar ea of t he (c) ener gy. (d) species.
black shaded region in the figur e below r epresents [GATE 2018, 1 M ]
t he
4.16 Aerodynamics
122. The r elat ion bet ween pr essur e (p) and velocit y 124. The magni t ude of t he x-component of a uni t
(V) for a steady, isentr opic flow at two points along vect or at t he point (1, 1) t hat is nor mal t o equi-
a st r eamline is, (c is a const ant ) pot ent i al l i nes of t he pot ent i al funct i on
1
v2 v2 r , wher e r x 2 y 2 , is _______
(a) c p 2 p1 1 2
2
r 4
2 2
[GATE 2018, 2 M ]
v 12 v 22 125. Consider a cubical t ank of side 2 m wit h it s t op
(b) c p 1 p 1 open. I t is filled wit h wat er up t o a height of 1 m.
2 1 2 2
Assuming t he densit y of wat er t o be 1000 kg/m 3,
g as 9.81 m/s2 and t he at mospher ic pr essur e t o
1 1 v 12 v 22 be 100 kPa, t he net hydr ost at ic for ce (in kN) on
(c) c p p
t he side face of t he t ank due t o t he air and wat er
2 1 2 2
is ______ (accur at e t o t wo decimal places).
[GATE 2018, 2 M ]
v2 v2
(d) c 1
p2
1
p1 1 2 126. Consider a 20° half-angle wedge in a super sonic
2 2 flow at Mach 3.0 at standard sea-level conditions.
[GATE 2018, 2 M ] I f t he shock-wave angle on t he wedge is 36°, t he
123. A t hin air foil is mount ed in a low-speed, subsonic M ach number of t he t angent ial component of t he
fl ow post -sh ock i s _______ (accur at e t o t wo
wind t unnel, in which t he M ach number is 0.1.
decimal places).
At a point on t he air foil, t he pr essur e coefficient
i s measur ed t o be – 1.2. I f t he fl ow vel ocit y i s [GATE 2018, 2 M ]
incr eased such that the free-str eam Mach number 127. The boundar y layer t hickness at t he locat ion of a
is 0.6, t he pr essur e coefficient at t he same point sensor on a fl at pl at e i n an i ncompr essi bl e,
on t he air foil will appr oximat ely be: laminar flow of air is r equir ed t o be r est r ict ed t o
1 mm for an effect ive measur ement . I f t heflow
(a) – 3.5
veloci t y i s 20 m/s wi t h 1 bar pr essur e, 300 K
(b) – 2.9 t emper at ur e, and 1.789 × 10– 5 kg/(m-s) viscosit y,
(c) – 1.5 t he maxi mum di st ance (i n mm) of t he sensor
l ocat i on f r om t h e l eadi n g edge i s ________
(d) – 0.75
(accur at e t o one decimal place).
[GATE 2018, 2 M ]
[GATE 2018, 2 M ]
AN SWER KEY
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (a) 20. (a)
21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (c)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (d) 36. (d) 37. (b) 38. (d) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (a) 42. (b) 43. (a) 44. (a) 45. (a) 46. (a) 47. (c) 48. (c) 50. (c) 51. (b)
52. (a) 53. (c) 54. (d) 55. (b) 56. (a) 57. (b) 58. (a) 59. (c) 61. (a) 62. (a)
63. (b) 64. (b) 65. (a) 66. (b) 68. (d) 69. (c) 70. (c) 71. (c) 72. (a) 73. (d)
74. (b) 75. (d) 76. (a) 79. (c) 80. (c) 81. (c) 83. (d) 84. (a) 85. (b) 86. (a)
89. (b) 91. (b) 92. (b) 94. (a) 96. (d) 97. (c) 98. (d) 99. (c) 100. (a) 101. (d)
103. (b) 104. (b) 105. (c) 106. (c) 108. (b) 109. (d) 116. (d) 117. (c) 118. (b) 119. (b)
120. (b) 121. (c) 122. (c) 123. (c)
Aerodynamics 4.17
EXPLAN ATI ON S
1. Tot al pr essur e is defied as t he pr essur e wher e when fl ow passes over i t t he fl ow per t ur bed
flow is br ought to r est at t hat point isentr opically. slight ly fr om fr eest r eam values, t he expansion
St agnat ion pr essur e needs I sot r opic pr ocess. own t he t op sur face is mild, t he velocit y incr ease
on l y sl i gh t l y, t h e pr essu r e decr ease on l y a
2.
r elat ively small amount . H er e t he magnit nole of
Cd CP at minimum pr essur e point is small. Var iat ion
of CP wit h M is shown in figur e.
Figure
Cper= f(M) Thin Aerofoil
Mo Cp
O Mcr Mdd l
M cr < M dd < 1 – 1.5
– 1.0 Thin
The fr ee st r eam mach number at which Cd begins Thick
t o incr ease r apidly in defined as dr ay-diver gence – 0.5 Afoul
M
mach number. (Mer) (Mer)Thin
Cr it ical mach number is defined as fr ee st r eam (M er ) Thin > (M er ) t hick (CP) t hick > (CS) Thin
m ach n u m ber at w h i ch son i c f l ow i s f i r st
I n case of t hick aer ofoil t he expansive oven t he
uncount er some which or t he air foil sample.
leading edge is st r onger, t he velocit y in cr ease t o
3. M 1 < 1 M2 < 1 lar ger value, t he pr essur e will decr ease t o lower
values and t he magait hole of CP is lar ger t han
P01 P02 P01 > P02 t he pr essur e coefficient cur ve for t hick aer ofoil
T01 T 02 T 01 > T 02 lies above Thin above ar ofoil.
S1 S2 S2 > S1
Diamond shape aer ofoil is used for super sonic
Normal Shockwave vehicle t o r educe t he wave dr ag.
Fl ow acr oss sh ock pl an e i s adi abat i c. Tot al
L aminar flow Aer ofoil is used t o st ay in lar ger
ent halpy is const ant , Thus To r emains const ant .
laminar flow r egion on t he aer ofoil t o r educe t he
4. Jowkowski t r ansfor mat ion is used t o solve t wo skin fr ict ion dr ag.
dimensional flow ar ound a aer ofoil. I n Joukowski
t r ansfor mat ion t he point of a cir cle in complex evd
6. Re(d) =
plane (Z-plane) ar e mapped on anot her complex u
w-plane by using confor mal mapping. e = densit y of fluid
1 v = velocit y
w Z
Z d = diamet er
wher e z = cos + i sin Since t he wher e flow r at e is same is bot h pipes so
t he same fluid in flowing int o t hem, mass flow
Y v r at e will also be same.
A 2
m = eAV = e d V = cost
4
e D.D.V C
X
u 4
Z-plane W-plane
By Changing cent r e and r adius of cir cle, ar e get eDV DC
4
differ ent air foils. So by inver se mapping we can
easily t r ansfor m joukowski air foils t o cir cle. eDV
5. To k eep t h e cr i t i cal m ach n u m ber h i gh i n D C
4
subsonic aer o planes we should deign the air plane
wit h t hin Aer ofoil, because in case of t hin aer ofoil
4.18 Aerodynamics
= 5 4
Re D C
4 = 10 mm
2 10mm .
Re D C
4
9.
u
4C k line u y
Re
r eam u=
D D St h
k1 k2
Re1 Re2 u
D1 D2 u y
u=
h
1
Re
D1 Applying cont inuit y equations
D 1 lar ger m out : m in
Re smaller
D 1 smaller
m= eudA
Re lar ger t aking inside widt h is unit y
H ence t he Reynolds no is longer is nar r ow pipe.
7. Tur bulent boundar y layer is mer e ener get ic t han m in = eu dy
laminar boundar y layer, it has mor e K .E t han
laminar boundar y layer, hence, flow separ at ion 0 h
is delayed. u u
m out = e y dy e y dy
Thickness, velocit y gr adient and shear st r esses h
h h
h
ar e lar ger in case of t ur bulent boundar y layer.
8. Boundar y l onger t hi ck ness gi ven by Bel asi s 1 eu h 1 eu h
2 eu 2 h h 2 h h
solut ion
5x h h
2 =
R ex 2 2
x = dist anle of point fr om leading edge h
=
Rex = Reynolds numbeer at x. (L ocal Reynolds 2
number ) N ow moment um equat i on, t he summat i on of
5x x pr essur e for ce i s zer o because same pr essur e
5 for ce is act ing at all faces.
evx ev
Tot al far e on t he Auofoil.
x
Fairfoil ve(v n)dA
= 5 cv
ev t he lower and bot t om sur face ar e st r eamlines
x so t hey donot cont r ibut e. Only left and r ight face
cont r ibut e.
1 x1 So
2 x2
Fair foil ve(v n) dA ve(v n) dA
x2 cv in
2 1
x1 t he flow is I r t o bot h sur face, so v n = V
2
= 5
0.8 Fair foil eu dA ve(v n)dA
0.2 out in
Aerodynamics 4.19
t he flow is per pendicular in bot h flows. So V = fr ee st r eam velocit y
V n = V P = fr ee st r eam pr essur e
V v P = pr essur e at point
= Dynamic pr essur e
2 2
fair foil eu dA ed dA 1
out is V 2
2
0 2 h 2
u u
For (CP)max, V O
= e y dy e y eu 2 dy
h
h 0
h y
CP max 1
2
1 u 0 h For viscous r otational flow, ther e would be fur ther
= e y 3 y 3 eu 2 y
3 h h 0 l oss i s t ot al pr essur e decr easi ng t he val ue of
(CP)max.
1 u
2
3 2 eu 2 h 13. I r r otational and inviscid flow can become r otating
= 2h 2eu by passing t hr ough cur ved shock wave because
3 h
3
for cur ved shock wave, shock angle var ies due t o
10. Coefficient of pr essur e CP which h o & s ar e differ ent at differ ent point s
2
and flow be comes r otational by (Crocco’s theor em)
p p v
CP = 1
q v
V V V Vh o T V s
as given v = v
CP = 1 – 1 = 0
CP for cir cular cylinder CP is given by
CP = 1 – 4sin 2
0 = 1 – 4sin 2
1
sin =
2
1
= sin 1 Oblique shock wave
2
I n case of nor mal & oblique shock wave, wave
= 30°, 150°, 210°, 330°, angle ( ) is fixed quant it y, her e h 0 & s ar e same
11. NACA 24012 five digit ser ies at all point s aft er shock. For a mach wave, flow
1st di gi t – When mul t i pli ed by 0.15 gives t he is isent r opic hence, no change in h 0 & s.
design lift coefficient (CL ). 14. I n case of L aminar flow Aer ofoil is used t o r educe
2nd & 3r d digit s – When divided by 2 gives t he t he skin fr ict ion dr ag.
dist ance of maximum camber fr om leading edge 15. The wall heat flux due t o conduct ion heat flow is
(as per cent of chor d). given by
4t h & 5t h digit s– I t gives t he maximum t hickness
of aer ofoil (as per cent of chor d) kdT k T Ta
= , t t hickness of wall
H er e maximum t hickness of NACA 24012 ser ies dy t
is 12% of chor d. T = Temper at ur e of chamber
12. CP for incompr essible, ir r ot at ional flow is given T a = t emper at ur e at ambient
by I n case of CD nozzl e, mach number i ncr eases
2 cont inuously along t he lengt h t owar ds t he exit .
P – P V So t h e t em per at u r e decr eases, h en ce t h e
CP = 1
V maximum flux is at beginning.
U = velocit y at t he point
4.20 Aerodynamics
Since, the minimum pr essur e coefficients is below
16. 1 ln x2 y 2 the cr itical pr essur e coefficient flow mach number
2
wi l l be gr eat er t han one at a poi nt val ve of
1 mi ni mum pr essur e coeffi ci ent woul d not be
ln r exact ly – 0.84, as t he above for mula is valid for
2
subsonic flow over air foil would be par tly subsonic
r 2 = x2 + y2 and par t ly super sonic.
19. Skin fr ict ion Coefficient
r x2 y2
0.072
t angent ial velocit y V 1
Cf t ur bulent boundar y layer
r 2r ReL 1/5
Cir culation Skin fr ict ion coefficient decr eases wit h incr ease
is mach number due t o char ge is value of . Wit h
2
0 V .r d [line integr al of tangent ial velocity chan ge i n t emper at ur e due t o aer odyn ami c
heat ing of fluid.
20. Oblique shock diffuser is pr efer r ed over nor mal
along closed pat h (cont our ) = V e dx ]
shock diffuser because t ot al pr essur e loss acr oss
2 1 1 2 oblique shock is less t han t hat of nor mal shock
0 rd d wave. I n case of nor mal shock wave pr essur e loss
2r 2 0
is lar ger, which cause pr essur e r ecover y t o be
2 low and object ive t o diffuser is lossed.
2 21. Downwash for t he ellipt ical plat for m is given by
17. I n case of CD nozzle, t he flow is super sonic t ill
o
t he nor mal shock wave aft er t hat i t becomes w Cons t an t
subsonic 2b
22. At t r ailing edge, t he velocit y at upper and lower
sur face should be equal by Kut ta condition, hence
P2 P2 > P1
P1 t her e i s n o vel oci t y gr adi en t an d h ence n o
vor t ici t y.
Normal shock
Thr oat St r engt h of vor t ex sheet should be zer o.
M1 > 1 M2 < 1 23. For oblique shock wave, if is fixed
M I ncr ease
P.1 P.2
P.1 > P.2 decr ease
H ence, shock move closer t o body.
I n t he diver ging por t ion, t he velocit y decr eases 24. The objective of super cr itical Aer ofoil is t o r educe
t o su bson i c v al u e, so t h e pr essu r e sh ou l d t he wave dr ag at t r ansoni c r ange speeds by
i ncr eases. As t h e su bson i c f l ow i s cor r ect l y pr event ing the por t ion of shocks at upper sur face,
expanded, flow pr essur e at nozzle exit should be hence flat t er upper sur face, gr eat er leading edge
equal t o st at ic pr essur e at out let . cur vat ur e and highly Camber ed aft sur face t o
18. Fr om pr andt l Cr leur t r elat ion, r elat ion bet ween pr oduce lift .
pr essur e coeff i ci en t f or i ncompr essi bl e an d 25. Pr andt l meyer expansion wave i s an i sot r opic
compr essible flow is given by. pr ocess, hence S = 0, T 01 = T 02
P01 = P02
CP i s comp
CP Comp. e1
1 M 2
M1
e2
CP is com, min 0.6
CP Comp.min
1 M 2 1 0.72
= – 0.84 M2
Aerodynamics 4.21
S = 0 28. M = 2
T 01 = T 02 M2 > M1 T = 250 K
P01 = P02 e1 > e2 St agnat ion t emper atur e
26. For 2-D ir r ot at ional and in compr essible flows,
1 2
st r eam funct ion, pot ent ial funct ion bot h sat isfy T0 T 1 M
laplace equat ion for ir r ot at ional flow 2
= 250 (1 + 0.2 × 22)
v u
0 = 450 K
x y
29. Acr oss t he st at ionar y nor mal shock wave.
M1 1 M 2 M1
x x V1 V2 e2 e1
0
x y
P1 P2 T2 T1
e1 e2 S2 S1
2 2
0 T1 T2 P01 P02
x y yx
S1 S2
st r eam funct ion P01 P02 h 01 h 02
T01 T02 T01 T02
0
x x y y P2 P1
Nor mal shock Non – isent r opic i r r ever si ble
2 2 2 pr ocess.
0V 0
x 2 y 2 T 01 = T 02 adiabat ic pr ocess
s > 0 Non – isent r opic, ir r ever sible
For I n compr essible flow
30. Given
du v CP = – 6.29
0
x y V = 50 m/sec
Pot ential function () expr ession for CP
P – P
2 2 2 CP =
0 V 0
x 2 y 2 CP = P – P
N ow,
st r eam funct ion ()
1 1
P e V 2 P e V 2
0 2 2
x y y x
1
P P e V2 V2
2
2 2
0
x y y x 1 2 2
27. Accor ding t o Thin aer ofoil t heor y lift coefficient
CP e V V
2
at a wing wit h finit e span as
1 1
CL = CL 0 + 2 CP e V2 e V2 V 2
2 2
CL 0 = l i ft coeffi ci ent at zer o angl e of at t ack
differ ent iat ing wit h r espect t o we get CP V2 V2 V 2
dCL
0 2 V 2 V2 1 CP
d
dCL V V 1 C P
2 valid for any aer ofoil shape.
d
4.22 Aerodynamics
Put t ing value of V 2 is equat ion (1),
50 1 6.29
We get
50 7.29 135 m / sec 1 2 A 1 V1
2
P2 P1 e V1
2nd met hod, expr ession of CP in t er ms of V, V . 2 A 2
2
V 2
CP 1 1 2 A
V eV1 1 1
2 A 2
2
V 1 A2
6.29 1 eV12 1 1
50 2 A 22
V2 1 2 A2
7.29 P2 P1 eV1 1 1
2
50 2 A 22
V 50 7.29 135 m / sec 33. I n t his pr oblem, t he syst em r emains ident ical at
31. Given, at 6° ever y t ime st ep and hence, moment um & ener gy
ar e conser ved
CL = 0.53 (for symmet r ical air foil)
Relat ive angular velocit y
AR = 6
dCL 0.53
a0 0.106 / degree 2d 2d d 2
d 5
d
L ift coefficient for a finit e wing r adius of r evolut ion
2
a0 34. Boundar y layer t hickness in case of laminar flow
a
57.3a0 is given by
1
eAR 5x
Rex
0.106
0.105 / degr ee
57.3 0.106 5x x
1 5
3.14 1 6 evx eV
at = 5° x
CL = a
K
= 0.105 × 5 = 0.527 , v K
v
= 0.53
32. Applying Ber noulli equat ion bet ween sect ion 1 const an t
and 2, we get
1 v1 2 v 2
1 1
P1 eV12 P2 eV22
2 2 v1
2 1
1 v2
P2 P1 e V22 V12
2
v1
1 7.2
e V12 V22
..... (1) 1.5 v 1
2
Cont inuit y equat ion bet ween sect ion (1) and (2), 1
we get 7.2
1.5
A 1V 1 = A 2V 2
A 1 V1 7.2
5.9 mm
V2 1.5
A2
Aerodynamics 4.23
35. Shear st r ess on lower wall 39.
du c V2
µ b d
dy a
V1 n2
u 2, M
2 0
7 10 3
1 0
u 1,
14 10 3 N / m 2
1
Mt
Mn
36. Pr essur e dist r ibut ion
, V2 ,M 2
1
2
w
P s 2 sin 5
2
P
3
2
Consi der t he cont r ol volume shown by dashed
lines in t he upper par t of figur e sides a and d ar e
par allel t o shock wave :
1
Now, applying I nt egr al for m of conser vat ion of
equat ion for t he cont r ol volume assuming flow is
st eady, inviscid adiabatic wit h no body for ces. For
0 t his assumpt ions cont inuit y equat ion.
3 2
2 2
Adver se pr essur e gr adi ent at S = hence t he
ev.ds 0
separ at ion will occur s at t his point . – e1 A 1 u 1 + e2 A 2 u 2 = 0 [A 1 = A 2]
37. e1 u 1 e2 u 2
0.99 V
wher e u 1 and u 2 ar e velocity nor mal to shock wave.
N ow, appl yi n g i n t egr al f or m of m om ent u m
V equat ion, along t angent ial dir ect ion
ev.ds w
Pds t angent ial
Since ds is per pendicular t o cont r ol volume t hen
(Pds) t angent ial over t he face a and d is zer o.
– (e1 u 1 A 1) w 1 + (e2 u 2 A 2) w 2 = 0
Velocit y along x – dir ect ion and y - dir ect ion. e1 u 1 A 1 w 1 = e2 u 2 A 2 w 2
w1 w 2
n v n v
x n y n The t angent i al component of fl ow vel oci t y i s
const ant acr oss t he oblique shock wave.
n=1 40. Given dat a
v v Ps = 3.08 × 104 N/m 2
x y es = 0.467 K g/m 3
P0 = 3.31 × 104 N/m 2
38. u, v in t er ms of is given by
Applying Ber noullie’s equat ion,
We get , P0 = Ps + Pd
u
x Tot al pr essur e = st at i c pr essur e + dynam i c
pr essur e
v P0 – Ps = Pd
y
4.24 Aerodynamics
1 2 580.5
ev T
2 250
1
T
2 P0 Ps
V
e 250
T 1 580.5
T
2 3.31 3.08 104
T 230 580.5
0.467
T = 349.49 = 350 K
= 100 m/sec T = 300 K
41. Given
e = 1.25 kg/m 2 2
2y
43. y 100 1
C = 0.5 m 4
b=3m
V = 100 m/sec
V = 100 m/sec
0 = 100
= 10 m 2/sec per unit spans
b=4
L =?
Accor ding t o K ut t a Joukovski t heor em 100
I nduce angle of at t ack i
L = eV b 2 4 100
= 1.23 × 100 × 10 × 3 = 3690 N = 0.125 r ad
42. Given
R = 287 J/kg– K
R2 r
44. V r sin 1 ln
2 2 R
Cr = 7.8 J/kg– K r
A = 1 m2 V = 25 m/sec
Q = 680 m3/sec R=1m
T 0 = 580.05 K = 50 m 2/sec
Q = AV
R2
680 u0 V sin 1
V 680 m / sec r r2
1
Rel at i on bet w een st agn at i on an d st at i c
t emper atur e 2R 2 1
V r sin .
T0 1 2 r 3 2 R r
1 M
T 2 R
T0
T
2
R2 2R 2
680 V sin 1 V sin
1 0.2 r2 r2 2r
1.4 287 T
R2 2R 2
580.5 V sin 1 V sin
T r2 r2 2r
1 0.2
6802
1.4 287 T
R2
V sin V sin
r 2 2r
580.5
T
0.2 6802
1 R2
402T V sin 1
2
r 2r
Aerodynamics 4.25
On t he sur face of cylinder r = R 46. NACA 0012, 00 indicat es no camber (Symmet r y)
30
R2 NACA 23012, 15, maximum camber at 15%
V V sin 1 2
R 2 2R
chor d
NACA 4415, maximum camber 4% locat ion 0.4 C.
at ,r =R Cl will be zer o for symmet r ical dr ag polar case,
r
i.e. Cl should be zer o for zer o angle of at t ack it
happen only for symmet r ical Aer ofoil.
V 25sin 1 1
2 2 1 For an aer ofoil, dr ag polar expansion
CD CDO K CL2
50
25 1 2
2 Cd
V = – 75 m/sec
Similar ly,
1
ur
r CD
0
R2
V 1 cos Cl
r2
CD dependent an angle of at t ack ()
at r = R, For dr ag polar t o be symmet r ical about Cd axis
2 t he minimum of dr ag polar lies on Cd axis.
Cd
u r 25 1 1 cos
2
ur = 0
u = – 75 m/sec, u r = 0
45. At st agnat ion point V = 0, V r = 0 put t ing
V = 0, [r = R on t he sur face of cylinder ]
CD
0
2V sin 0
2 R Cl
2V sin Fr om t he given opt ion Cl = 0 for zer o angle of
2R
at t ack is NACA0012 which is symmet r ical.
48. for spinning cir cular cylinder of r adius R, is
sin
4 R V given by
R2 r
V sin 1 ln
2
sin 1 r 2 R
4 RV
49. (*) None of t hese
50
sin 1
4 1 25 V1
V2
P1
P2
= sin – 1
1
A1
2
Test Section
= 210°, 330°.
Nozzle Diffuser
4.26 Aerodynamics
Fr om pr andt l meyer expansion t heor y
A1
Cont r at ion r at io = 14 : 1 (M 2) – (M 1) =
A2
(M 2) = + (M 1)
A 2 = 1m 2 = 20 + 26.37
Speed of air in t est sect ion is given by = 46.37
(M 2) = 46.37
2 P1 P2
V2 Ar ound a shar p expansion cor ner flow expansion
A 2 t akes place, hence t he mach number behind t he
a 1 2
A1 expansion wave will be gr eat er t han upst r eam
mach number. So the option (a) & (b) is incor r ect .
We need t o check for opt ion (c) & (d).
wher e P1 – P2 = w gh
Opt ion (c) M = 2.83
w = densit y of wat er
g = 9.8 m/sec
h = height differ ence bet ween t his column. 2.832 1
M 2 6 t an 1 t an 1 2.832 1
6
2 Pw g h
V2 = 46.37°
2
A2
a 1 (M 2) = 46.37°
A 1 T h i s m at ch es t o t h e val u e of (M 2). H en ce
downst r eam M ach number is 2.83.
51. u = 100 m/sec
2 1000 9.8 0.4
2
e = 1.2 kg/m 3
1
1.23 1 P = 1 at m
14
u = 1.8 × 10– 5 kg/m/sec
Boundar y layer & moment um thickness given by
2000 3.92 bl asi us sol ut i on for st eady 2-D zer o pr essur e
gr adient laminar flow over t he flat plat e.
1.23 1 0.071422
1.72x
*
6374 R ex
2
1 0.07142
0.664x
= 80.04 m/sec. R ex
50. = 20°
* 1.72x
1 1 2 1 2.59
M tan 1
M 1 tan M2 1
R ex
1 1
0.664x
M1 = 2 R ex
P1 = 1 at m
T 1 = 288 K
*
= 20° 2.59
= 1.4
1 2 *
M 1 6 t an 1 2 1 t an 1
22 1 is known as shape fact or (H ). For laminar
6
flow shape factor = 2.59. For t ur bulent flow shape
6 t an 1 0.5 t an 1 3 fact or (H ) = 1.3.
= 86.37 – 60
(M 1) = 26.37
Aerodynamics 4.27
52. The component along nor mal = u sin
L The component of nor mal vel oci t y shoul d be
y
b b gr eat er t han speed at sound t o be exist of oblique
y= shock wave.
2 2
Free u sin > a
trailing
vortex u
V si n 1
V Bound a
X vortex
M sin > 1
1
si n
–b Free M
trailing
2
vortex
1
Accor ding to Pr andtl’s Lifting line theory for finite sin 1
wi n g, t h e f l ow over f i n i t e wi n g con si st s of M
combinat ion of bound vor t ex and fr ee - t r ailing
1
b b sin 1
vor t ices wing ext ends fr om to when bound 2
2 2
vor t ex i s r esponsi bl e for l i ft for ce and fr ee - > 30°
tr ailing edge vortices r esponsible for induced drag. 55. Pr andt l’s lift ing line equat ion for gener al wing is
53. Given given by
M = 0.5
b
Using pr andt l - Glauer t r ule for compr essibilit y y0 2
1
y0 L 0 y 0 dy
cor r ect ion, t he var iat ion of C wit h M for high u C y 0 4 u b y
subsonic mach number. 2 y0 y
C 2 ...(A)
o
C = 7.28
1 M 2 1 0.5 2 N ow,
L eibniz int egr al r ule for constant int egr al power.
Cl 0
Cl valid for 0.3 < M < 0.7 for higher y1 y1
d
1 M 2 f x, y dy f x, y dy
dx x
y0 y0
M ach number accur acy diminishes.
54. M = 2 By using Leibniz r ule differ entiating equation (A),
P we get
W b
V
y 1 d 2
1 0 dy
V
1m u C y 0 4 u dx b y
M
2 y0 y
b
h 0 = 810 kg/kg 2
0 1
1 dy
= 1.4 u C y 0 4 u y
b
R = 287 2 y0 y
I n case of obl i que shock wave t her e ar e t wo
component of velocit y one nor mal t o shock wave,
other in tangetial direction, the tangential velocity
di r ect i on , t h e t an gen t i al v el oci t y does n ot As t he does not come in t he above expansion,
changes, only nor mal component of flow velocit y does not depend on .
changes.
4.28 Aerodynamics
b Cr it ical mach number is denot ed by M cr .
2 M cr (t hin) > M cr (t hick)
56. Cl y dy M cr is ver y impor t ant quant it y because at some
b
fr ee st r eam mach number above M cr t he aer ofoil
2
will exper ience a dr amat ic incr ease is dr ag.
b
2 Cd
Cl K y dy
b
2
differ ent iat ing wit h r espect t o a b
We get ,
b
2
CL M Cr Mdr l M
K y dy
b Fr ee str eam
2 mach no.
Applying L eibniz r ule, we get M dr = dr ag diver gence mach number b is point
b aft er t hat dr ag st ar t dr amat ically incr easing.
CL 2 58. (a) M ach angle is given by
K dy
1
b µ sin 1
2 M
is independent fr om . H ence, Cl is also 1
sin 1
2
independent of . = 30°
57. When symmet r ical aer ofoil placed a zer o degr ee 59. (c) St at ic pr essur e coefficient
angle of at t ack, due t o symmet r y of aer ofoil, t he 2
V
=0 CP 1
V
1
1
Aerofoil AR 2
1
1 1 0.25 = 0.75
22
Pr essur e dist r ibut ion on t he upper and lower is
60. 1.1 m 2/sec
symmetr ical in natur e hence, r esulting lift is zer o.
L = 80 N
Cr it ical mach number on a aer ofoil is at t ained
when, t he mach number somewher e on t he V = 60 m/sec
aer ofoil is unity, this happen on the section sur face P = 100 K Pa
of t he aer ofoil and t he fr ee str eam flow many st ill T = 290 K
be subsonic
M peak = 0.435 P 105
Densit y
RT 287 290
M = 0.3 = 1.2 K g/m 3
Ci r cu l at i on on t h e aer of oi l gi ven by K u t t a
M peak = 0.772
Joukowski t heor em
M = 0.5
L V
M peak = 1 L 80
M = 0.61 Sonic flow
V 1.2 60
encounter
on aerofoil = 1.1 m 2/sec
Aerodynamics 4.29
61. 64. For super sonic flows, over a gr adual compr ession
ent r opy r emains const ant as no shock wave is
M – pr oduced. Over a shar p compr essi on cor ner
obl i que i s for med and ent r opy i ncr eases for
expansi on, shar p or gr adual ent r opy r emai ns
const ant .
65. For compr essible flow
M n 2 M 2 sin
1 D
Mn2 V.V
sin Dt
M2
Wher e = element al volume
= wave angle.
V = velocit y of t he moving object
62. The st ar t ing shock is for med at t he di ver gent
section of the nozzle A* incr eases acr oss the shock 66.
due to decr ease in stagnation pr essure. To achieve
t he same mass flow r at e, t he t hr oat , t he t hr oat
ar ea of t he diffuses needs t o be lar ger t han t hat For super sonic flow,
of t he nozzle. The shock is swallowed when it
passes t hr ough t he test section and consequent ly 4
Cl
the diffuser thr oat, then it disappear s downstream
M 2 1
of t he diffuser t hr oat
42
Test section Diffuser Cd
M 2 1
Nozzle
1 2
16 2
M
At1 At2 C2l
Nozzle M 2 1
Diffuser
Throat Throat
Mathematical
relation Cd 4 2
C2l M 2 1
At 2 P01
16 2
At 1 P02
2
M 2 1
P01 > P02 acr oss shock wave
At 2 > At 1
63. St r ouhal number = 0.2 M 2 1
d = 20 mm 4
f = 10 H z Cd
St r ouhal number independent fr om .
C2l
fD
St 67. Given M = 0.5
v
f = fr equency
A
3%
A
D = Diamet er
v = flow velocit y Now cont inuit y equat ion
AV = const ant
fD
v differ ent iat ing we get
St
d(AV) = 0
10 20 10 3 d dA dv
0 ....(1)
0.2 A v
= 1 m/sec
4.30 Aerodynamics
dA dv 2 2
1 M 2 1 1
A v
2 2
dv
1 0.52
v 1 1
2
4 42
dv
0.75
v
1 1
dv 2 2
2
0.75
v
1 2
dv 0.03 Gauge pr essur e eVR
0.04 2
v 0.075
2
N ow, 1 1
e
2 2
d dA dV
A V 1.23 1 1.2
= – [0.04 + 0.03] = – 0.01 2 2
42
2
d
= 0.01 × 100 = 1% 69. s s s
68. ln r
2 2
A B C
100 m 2 / sec
e = 1.2 kg/m 3
Radial and t angent ial velocit y component given L et us consider ar m (1) of t he middle Vor t ex.
by.
Velocit y due t o Vor t ex A
2s
ln r 2
1 2 2
Vr
r
s
1
r 2 2r
Velocit y due t o vor t ex B
2s s
100
2
2 100
1 Velocit y due t o vor t ex C
23s 3s
2
2
1 100 Similar ly at ar m (2) we will get a net velocit y of
V
r 2r 2 100
3 s
1
V 70. Ber noul l i ’s equat i on i s appl i cabl e for st eady,
2
ir r ot at ional incompr essible flow her e wave of t he
Result ant velocit y r egion is t ur bulent .
VR Vr2 V2
Aerodynamics 4.31
71. Given But when di amond wedge obj ect i s pl aced at
M=2 posit ive angle of at t ack t hen
= 3° L 0 (because pr essur e dist r ibut ion on t he t op
Fr om pr andlt mayer expansion t heor y an d bot t om f aces ar e n ot ex act l y equ al i t
exper ience posit ive lift )
= (M 2) – (M 1)
D = (P2 – P3) t
(M 2) = + (M 1)
Dr ag for ce pr oduced due t o differ ence in pr essur e
= 3 + (2)
bet ween r egion (2) and r egion (3)
= 3 + 26.38
P2 > P3
= 29.36
D = Posit ive
(M 2) = 29.36
I t exper ience posit ive lift and posit ive dr ag
Ar ound t he expansi on cor ner fl ow expansi on
t akes place hence t he M ach number behind t he 74.
expansion wave will be gr eat er upst r eam mach
number hence t he opt ion (a) & (b) is in cor r ect , M > 1
we need t o check t he opt ion (c) & (d).
Opt ion (c) M 2 = 2.11
(M 2) = 29.10 this mat ches t o mach number value
of (M 2) hence downstr eam mach number is 2.11.
72. NACA 5 – digit ser ies = deflect ion angle
NACA 12018 2 = wave angle
fi r st di gi t mul t i pl i ed by 0.15 gi ves desi gn l i ft t h e st r engt h of shock wave i s j u dge by t he
coefficient CL . component nor mal t o shock wave
Second and t hir d digit , when divided by 2, gives
M 1 M sin
dist ance of maximum camber fr om t he leading
edge (as per cent of chor d). A s t h e m ach n u m ber decr eased f r om h i gh
4t h & 5t h di gi t gi ve t he maxi mum t hi ck ness of super sonic value. wave angle will decr ease for
aer ofoil (as per cent age of chor d). st r ong shock wave.
NACA 12018 75. Cir culat ion is line int egr al of t angent ial velocit y
along closed pat h (cont our ).
CL = 1 × 0.15 = 0.15
I n t he above pr oblem cont our is open hence = 0
20 100 76. By definit ion of st r eak line.
Xm 10 = 0.1 % car bon
2 100 St r eak line : – The locus of par t icle t hat have
73. ear lier passed t hr ough t he fixed point .
Expansi on wave 77. Equat ion of pat h line
dx dy
e ax, by
av P2 Ps dt dt
1 w 2 3
k F or st eady i n com pr essi bl e f l ow con t i n u i t y
hoc Sh ock
M S l equat ion is given by
wav e
du dv
0
dx dy
dx dy
dt
dt 0
dx dy
L ift is per pendicular t o fr ee st r eam, t he pr essur e
d ax d by
dist r ibut ion on t he t op and bot t om faces exact ly 0
cancel each ot her dx dy
L =0 a+b=0
D0 5+b=0
b 5
4.32 Aerodynamics
78. P1 1 bar P2 29 bar 1 0.2 0.285
3 3 0.8
e1 1.2 kg / m e2 6 k g / m 1 0.2 M 2
u1 u2
1.2
P2 2 0.9383
1 M2 1 1 0.2 M 2
P1 1 1
1 0.2 M 2 1.278
29 2.8
1 M2 1
1 2.4 1 0.2 M 2 .278
2.8
28 M2 1
.278
2.4 1 M 2
0.2
2.8
28 M 12 1
M 1.1789
2.4
M 1.18
28 2.4
M 12 1 80. I n low speed subsonic t unnel fr ee str eam velocit y
2.8
can be measur ed by pit ot t ube aligned wit h flow
28 2.4 dir ect ion wit h st at ic pr essur e measur ement at
M 12 1 25 an appr opr iat e posit ion or t he t ur nel wall and
2.8
pit ot st at ic t ube aligned wit h flow dir ect ion.
M1 = 5
0
u1 81. Downwash at any point w(z1) = [ z1 I ]
M1 15
RT1
This ident it y is sat isfied only if I = 0, so t hat any
u 1 M 1 RT1 point z – z1 along t he span.
0 0 0
5 w= A
1 10 4 S 4 S 4S
5 1.4 287
1.2 287 I nduce dr ag for ellipt ical dist r ibut ion
1.4 105 2 2
0 Z 1
S
5 1707 m / sec ew dz
1.2 Dj =
2 S2
S 0
79. A
M = ? S 2
0 z
= e 1 dz
S
4S 0 S
Solving t his, we get
PA
0.8
P Dj = e
2
8 0
MA = 1
82. 1 m
1 2 1 R 2 dP r2
PA 1 2 MA
u=
4 dx 1 2
R
P 1 2
1 M at cent r e line u = u max, r = 0
2
R 2 dP
3.5 u max =
1 0.2 12 4 dx
0.8
2
1 0.2 M dP u max 4
=
dx R2
Aerodynamics 4.33
u max 4dx The weffed wing sur face ar ea of biplane wing is
dp 2 mor e t han t he manoplane wing. So biplan wing
R
pr oduce mor e lift and dr ag compar e tc monoplane
u max 4 e L wing.
R2 87. 6.28
10 4 1 10 6 1000 100 dC
The lift -cur ve slope, = 2
(0.02)2 d
= 6.28
10000 N/m 2
88. 1
dp 10000
h 1m Fr om Ener gy equat ion
eg 1000 10
v 12
ho = h 1
h 1m 2
83. Given h0
h1 = and v 1 = u
M=3 2
P = 50 kPa h0 u 2
h0 =
T = 200 K 2 2
R = 287 J/kg– k h0 u2
A * = 0.045 m 2 2 2
u2
1
1 2 1 h0
P0 P 1 M
2
89. The r elat ion bet ween boundar y layer t hickness
= 50 (1 + 0.2 × 3 ) 2 3.5 and Refnolds number in laminar boundar y layer
= 50 × 103 (36.73) is given by
= 1836.63 × 103 5.0x
= 1.836 × 106 Pa = R ex
T 0 = T (1 + 0.2 × 32)
wher e, x is t he dist ance fr om t he L .E.
= 200 (2.8) = 560 K
1
1 So,
* R ex
P A 1
0
M ass flow r at e m
T0 R 1 90. 54
3y 1 y 3
6
1.836 10 0.05 1.4 6 U
u() = 2 2
0.83
560 287
= 154.91 kg/sec. d[u(y)] 3 3 y2
V 3
84. Symmet r ical cr oss-sect ion air foil is used in t he dy 2 2
t ai l su r f ace. So am on g t h e gi v en opt i on s du
NACA0012 r epr esent s t he symmet r ical air foil. shear st r ess, = at 0
dy
85. Defl ect i on of t r ai l i ng edge fl aps i ncr ease t he
ef f ect i ve l am ber of w i n g. Wh i ch r esu l t s i n du 3
dy U
incr ease in lift of t he wing. y 0 2
1 3
86. L ift (L ) = C eV 2 S u
2 2
1 3 1000
Dr ag (D) = CD × eV 2 S = 1.8 × 10– 5 × 10 ×
2 25
For const ant dynamic pr essur e = 0.054 N/m 2
L S and D S 54
= N/m 2 = 54 × 10– 3 Pa
Wher e S is t he wing span ar ea 1000
4.34 Aerodynamics
1 2
91. P0 = P V2 V
2 CP 1
V
2(P0 P ) 2 (54051 45565)
V = =
0.6417 2
20
= 162.63 m/s 1 =– 3
10
I ndicat ed air speed is t he air speed r ead by t he
pit ot -st at ic t ube. 96. NACA four digit ser ies
92. Thin air foil t heor y sat isfy t he K ut t a’s condit ion 1st digit maximum camber as per cent age of t he
and fr om K ut t a’s t heor em we know t hat t her e chor d
should be no time delay for flow leaving at tr ailing 2nd di gi t di st ance of maxi mum camber fr om
edge fr om upwar d and downwar d sur face. aer ofoil leading edge in t ens of per cent s of t he
93. 0.38 chor d.
L ast t wo digit maximum thickness of the aer ofoil
(r 1)m 12 2 as per cent age of chor d.
m 22
2r m 12 1 r
1
97. Cf
when m1 ReL
2 98. Acr oss t he oblique shock wave, tot al t emper at ur e
(r 1)
2 m1 2 r 1 r emai ns const ant , st at i c t emper at ur e, st at i c
lim m 2 lim
m1 m1 (1 y) 2r pr essur e incr eases. Tot al pr essur e decr eases
2r 2
m1
T01 T02 ,P01 P02 , T2 T1 ,P2 P1
2r 99. Pe = Pb
lim m 2 0.38
m1 r 1 100. P = 0.7
94. For t hin aer ofoil st r eam lined pr ofile is obser ved,
t he flow over t he t hin aer ofoil is only slight ly
T 1
per t u r bed f r om i t s f r ee st r eam val u es t h e Pr 1/3
expansion over the top sur face is mild, the velocity
incr eases only slight ly, and hence t he magnit ude T = Ther mal boundar y layer t hickness
at CP at minimum pr essur e point is small and = Velocit y boundar y layer t hickness
M cr decr easeswit h incr ease in t hickness, t he flow > T because r < 1
expansion over the leading edge will be st r onger, 101. Accor ding t o K ut t a-Joukowski t heor em
t he velocit y will incr ease t o lar ger values. The L = eVT ....(1)
pr essur e will decr ease to lower value and absolute
and
magnitude of CP is lar ger and M cr will be decr ease.
1
il L= eAV
V 2 × CL ....(3)
ofo
k ae r 2
hi c
– 1.5 T f o il fr om equat ion (1) and (2)
ae ro
m
d iu 1
Me CL eAV 2 eVT
CP –1. 0 foil 2
a ero
in 1
Th
CL e V 2 2 R e V
– 0.5 2
Mcr Mcr Mcr(thin) M CL ....(3)
VR
(thick) (medium)
For maximum lift and atleast one stagnation point
Mcr t hi n >Mcr medium >Mcr t hick
on t he cylinder t he t ot al velocit y gener at ed by
95. V = 10 m/sec t he cir culat ion has t o be equal t o t he maximum
velocit y by fr ee st r eam hence
V = 20 m/sec
= 4 V R
Pr essur e coefficient (CP)
Aerodynamics 4.35
Put t ing t he value of we will get
P0 A *
const.
4 VR T0
CL
VR
1
CL 4 m
for P0 A* con st.
T0
102. 40.51 m/sec
when T = 4 T 0
For m cont inuit y equat ion,
AA VA = AB VB 1
m
4T0
AA
VB V
AB A
1
= 10 V A 2 T0
Velocit y in t est sect ion
New mass flow r at e becomes half.
2 P1 P2 105. Change in ent r opy given by
V2
2 T2 V
A s C V ln R ln 2
e1 2 T1 V1
A1
T2 P
CP ln R ln 2
2 1000 T1 P1
2
1 For I sobar ic pr ocess, P const ant
1.23 1
10
T2
s CP ln
= 40.52 m/sec T1
103. AR = 6 For I sochor ic pr ocess V const .
= 10°
For ellipt ical winge = 1 T2 V
s C V ln R ln 2
We have, T1 V1
a T
a C V ln 2
57.3 a T1
1
eAR
For isent r opic pr ocess
0.1095
T02 P
57.3 0.109 s CP ln R l n 02
1
3.14 1 6 T01 P01
= 0.0821 /degr ee
P
dCL R ln 02 T01 T02
a P01
d
CL = a P02
s R ln
= 0.0821 × 10° P01
For I sot her mal pr ocess
2
= 0.82 or T = const ant
12
104. E x pr essi on f or m ass f l ow r at e i n ch ock ed P2
s R ln
condit ion is given by P1
1 Out of t his four maximum r at io is for I sochor ic
P0 A * 2 1 pr ocess.
m
T0 R 1
4.36 Aerodynamics
106. T 0 = 20°
= 1.4
Turbulent N ow,
I sent r opic flow r elat ion
Laminar
1
Skin fr ict ion coefficient P0 1
1 M 2
P 2
1.328
Cf laminar = 1.4
ReL 1 / 2 P0
P
2 3.5
Cf t ur bulent
0.074 1 0.2 M
ReL 1/5 2
2 3.5
0.010 – 1 0.2 1.5
0.008 – 2
0.544.8 at m
3.6
0.006 – Tr ansition Pst at ic = 0.5448 at m
Cf Tur bulent
108. T max
0.004 – Laminar T 1
Ma
0.03 – 0)
ng
0.002 – ool i M a ng
C ( at i
He 1)
0.001 9 M a
6 8 (
—
5 7 10
10 10 10 10 10 10 1
Ma Smax
Re
1)
1 at i ngM a
Cf var ies as 1 for t ur bulent boundar y layer,, He (
5
ng )
ol i
1 Co(M a
wher e as for laminar boundar y layer 1 , hence
2
Cf is lar ge for t ur bulent boundar y lar ge S
H eat i ng i ncr eases t he mach number for t he
Tw t ur bulent Tw laminer
subsonic flow, but decr eases it for super sonic flow.
Separ at ed flow doesnot necessar ily lead t o a t o b t emper at ur e i s i ncr eased, i t i s bei ng a
tur bulent boundar y layer because, tur bulent flow super sonic flow upon heat ing will deceler at e.
is mor e ener get ic t han laminar boundar y layer 110. Given AR = 10
for t ur bulent boundar y layer t her e is mor e flow NACA 0012
kinet ic ener gy near er t o t he sur face hence less
= 0.95
sever ve t o separ at ion seper at ion occur s due t o
= 6° C L = ?
adver se pr essur e gr adient , called as t he r egion
a0 = 2/r ad = 0.1095/r ad
dP
when is posit ive. We have
dx
a0
L ocat i on of t r ansi t i on poi nt depends upon a
many quant it ies, such as Re, M , heat t r ansfer t o 57.3 a 0
1
or fr om t he st r eam, sur face r ough ness, pr essur e eAR
gr adient. 0.1095
107. 0.5448 at m 57.3 0.1095
1
M = 1.5 3.14 10 0.95
P0 = 1 at m (gauge) = (1 + 1) absolut e = 0.09047/degr ee
Aerodynamics 4.37
dC 4t x 4t ˆi 4zkˆ 4 t 4 y ˆj
a
d
16x zkˆ 4xiˆ 4t yjˆ
2
CL = a
= 0.09 × 6°
a at (– 1, 1, 0) and t = 1 sec
CL = 0.543
a 4iˆ 4 1 1 4 ˆj 4 ˆj 4 ˆj
111. u y y
for y
V 16 ˆj 4ˆj 4iˆ 4 ˆj
1 for y
20iˆ
a 20iˆ
u u
moment um t hickness v 1 v dy
0 a 20
y y 1 1
1 dy 113. M t an 1 M2 1
1 1
0
t an 1 M 2 1
1 y y2
dy for = 1.4
0
M2 1
M 6 t an 1 t an 1 M 2 1
1 1 6
y dy y 2 dy
2
0 0
M1
1 y2 1 y3
2
0
2 3 0
143° 1
1 2 1 3
2
2 2 3 20°
M2
2 3 32
M ach angle behind and ahead of shock wave
1 2 = 20°
0.1666
6 1 = 180° – 143°
(M 2) = 20°
112. V 4t x ˆi 2 t 2 y ˆj 4xz kˆ
(M 1) = 180° – 143° = 37°
acceler at ion
(M 2)
dv u v v v w v v 1 = 180° – 143° = 37°
a
dt x y z t
1
sin 1
M1
4 tx 4t ˆi 4z kˆ 2 t 2 y 2t 2 ˆj
1
4x2 4xi 4t y ˆj
M1 1.66
sin 1
4t x 4 t ˆi 4 z kˆ 2 t 2 y 2t 2 ˆj
2 = 20°
4xz 4xkˆ 4xiˆ 4t yjˆ 1
sin 2
M2
4.38 Aerodynamics
1 1 T2
M2 2.923 5.8
sin 2 sin 20 T1
deflect ion angle T 2 = 5.8 × 280 = 1624 K
d = (M 2) – (M 1)
Cs
M1
2.922 1 RT1
6 t an 1 t an 1 2.922 1
6
Cs M 1 RT1
1.662 1 5 1.4 287 280
6 t an 1 t an 1 1.662 1
6 = 1.677 m/sec
= 48.26 – 16.68 = 31.58 Now mach number, behind t he shock wave
For angle
Cs V2
= 1 + d – 2 M2
RT2
= 37 + 31.58 – 20°
= 48.584°
Cs V2 M 2 RT2
114. 1341.6 m/sec
V2 Cs M 2 RT2
1 1677 0.4152 1.4 287 1624
V2 = ? Cs = 1341.6 m/sec
C2 – V2
115. 90 N
React ion for ce on t he duct is due t o change in
Pr essur e r at io impulse for ces.
P2 2 FR = F2 – F1
1 M 12 1
P1 1 P2 A 2 mV
2 P1 A 1 mV
1
Cont inuit y equat ion,
2.8 2
29 1
M 1
2.4 1
A l V l = A 2V 2
2.8 2 2
D 2 .V2
28
M 1
2.4 1
V1 V2 4
2
D .V
28 2.4 4 1 1
M 12 1
2.8
D 22
M 12 25 V2 .
D12
M 1 25 5
42
V1 8 2 m / sec
1
M 12 2 82
2 1 0.2 5
M2 Now applying ber noullie’s equat ion we get
1 1.4 52 0.2
M 12
2 1 1
P1 V12 P2 V22
2 2
e2
1 M 12 1.4 1 52 = 5
e1 2 1 M 12 2 1.4 1 52 1
P1 P2 V22 V12
2
T2 P2 e1 29
5.8 1
T1 P1 e2 5 101 103 1000 82 22
2
Aerodynamics 4.39
P1 131 K Pa 1
sin 2
4
M ass flow r at e
1
2 sin
1 A 1 V1 1000 8 10 2 2
m 2
4
m
10.057 kg / sec 30
Now, React ion for ce 119. M easur ement of t emper at ur e of hi gh speed
st r eams is made wit h hel p of t her mo couples.
FR P2 A 2 P1 A 1 m
V2 V1 Ther mocouple is a device which is oper at es on
t he seeback pr inciple, which st at es t hat t he flow
2 2 of heat in a met al is always accompained by a
10 0.04 131 0.08
4 4 fl ow of el ect r omot i ve for ce (emf) i t measur es
t emper at ur e, gr eat er t han st at ic but less t han
103 10.057 8 2
t otal.
= – 90 N 120. Acr oss m ovi ng shock st at i c as wel l as t ot al
t emper at ur e bot h incr eases.
Lm
116. 4 121. 1st law of ther modynamics known as conser vation
LP
of ener gy.
F or dyn am i c si m i l ar l y bet ween m odel an d 122. Euler s equat ion of mot ion for st eady I sent r opic
pr ot ot ype t heir r eynolds no. and for ce coefficients flow is given by
must be equal.
dP
vdv 0
Re m ReP
P
VL eVL For I sent r opic flow C
er
m P
P
Vm L e m C
P P
VP L m em P 1
P
Vm 1.22 10 3 1
4 C
VP 1000 1.78 10
5
Now I nt egr at ing t he above r elat ion we get
= 0.27415
1P V2
2
dP
F V (S)2
C
vdv 0
P1 P V1
2 2
Fm m Vm L m
FP P VP L P 1 1 1
1
1
P P V22 V12
2 C
0
1000 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
0.27415
1.22 4
= 3.805 1
1 1
V2 V2
Fm
C P2
P1 1 2
4 closest int eger 2 2
FP
wher e
P P
118. CP 9 1 4 sin 2 cylinder 1
C
C
P = P 1
1
1 – 4 sin 2 = 0
4.40 Aerodynamics
= 4 Pat m + 2 × 1000 × 9.8 × 0.5 × 2
CP 0 1.2
123. CP = 409.81 kN
1 M 2 1 0.62
FNet 410 kN
= – 1.5
126. Tangent ial component ahead of shock wave =
124. 0.707 M 1 cos
d can be wr it t en as = 3 cos 36
d = 2.42
d dx dy
x y for shock wave we know t angent ial component of
m ach n u m ber r em ai n s som e on l y n or m al
Along an equipot ent ial line = C
component changes
d = 0
wt 1 wt 2 2.42
0 dx dy 127. Given :
x y
V = 20 m/sec
1 1 P = 1 bar
0 2 dx 2 dx
2
x x y 4 2
y x y 4 T = 300 K
µ = 1.789 × 10– 5 kg/m-sec
= 1 mm
2x 2y density
0 dx 2 dy
2 2
x2 y 2 4 x y 4
1 105
RT 287 300
0 = – 2xdx + xydy
= 1.16 kg/m 3
y
Boundar y layer t hickness ()
5x
1 × cos 15°
R ex
= 45°
1
5x x
5
vx v
x
xdx ydy x
5
v
x2 y2
C ...(1)
2 2
when equat ion (1) passes (1, 1) t hen C = 0 x
Ther efor e t he equipot ent ial line 5 v
y = x Squar ing we get
125. 409.81 kN
e = 1000 kg/m 3 2 x
g = 9.8 m/sec2 5 v
Pa = 100 K Pa 2
Net hydr ost at ic for ce on t he side face of t ank 2 v 1 103 1.16 20
x
5 5 1.785 10 5
FNet Fp Fb Pat m (1 2 m 2 )
air wat er
= 51.93 mm
Pat m 1000 9.81 0.5 1 2 x 51.93 mm
5
CHAPTER AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE
1. A spr ing-mass-damper syst em wit h a mass of 1 E AIA
kg is found t o have a damping r at io of 0.2 and a
nat ur al fr equency of 5 r ad/s. The damping of t he E BI B
syst em is given by M M
(a) 2 Ns/m (b) 2 N/s
(c) 0.2 kg/s (d) 0.2 N.s
[GATE 2007, 1 M ]
E A I A EB I B
2. The sum of nat ur al fr equencies of an elastic beam (a)
M
wit h cant ilever boundar y condit ions is
E A I A EB I A
(a) 1 (b) 3 (b)
M
(c) 1000 (d) I nfinite
M
[GATE 2007, 1 M ] (c)
E A I A EB I B
3. For a plane st r ain pr oblem in t he x – y plane, in
gener al, t he non-zer o st r ess t er ms ar e E A EB I A I B
(a) zz, xz, yz, xy (b) zz, xz, yz, xy (d)
M
(c) xx, xy, yy, xz (d) xx, yy, xy, zz [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
[GATE 2007, 1 M ] 7. A spring-mass-damper system is excited by a force
4. For an elast ic anisot r opic solid, t he number of F 0sin t . The amplit ude at r esonance is measur ed
independent elast ic const ant s in it s const it ut ive t o be 1 cm. At half t he r esonant fr equency, t he
equat ions is amplit ude is 0.5 cm. The damping r at io of t he
(a) 2 (b) 9 syst em is
(c) 21 (d) 36 (a) 0.1026 (b) 0.3242
[GATE 2007, 1 M ]
(c) 0.7211 (d) 0.1936
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
5. A 1 kg mass at t ached t o a spr ing elongat es it by
16 m m . T h e m ass i s t h en pu l l ed f r om i t s 8. A cir cular shaft is made-up of t wo mat er ials A
equilibr ium position by 10 mm and r eleased fr om and B . The inner cor e is made-up of mat er ial A
r est . Assuming t he acceler at ion due t o gr avit y of wit h diamet er dA , t or sion const ant J A , and shear
9.81 m/s2, the r esponse of t he mass in mm is given modul us GA . The out er sl eeve i s made-up of
by mat er ial B wit h diamet er dB , t or sion const ant J B ,
(a) x = 10 sin 24.76t (b) x = 10cos 24.76t and shear modulus GB . The composit e shaft is of
lengt h L and is subject ed t o pur e t or sion moment
(c) x = sin 16t (d) x = 10 cos 16t
T
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] T . The tor sional st iffness, , wher e is the angle
6. Shown i n t he fi gur e bel ow i s a model of an
Euler -Ber noulli beam made up of t wo mat er ials of t wist , of t his composit e shaft is t hen
su bj ect ed t o pur e ben di n g mom ent M . T h e
B
Young’s modulus of mat er ial A and B ar e E A and
E B , r espect ively. The sect ional moment of ar ea, T T
about the neutr al axis, of the cr oss-sectional ar eas B A
m ade of m at er i al s A an d B , ar e I A an d I B ,
r espect i vel y. The r adi us of cur vat ur e of t he
flexur al deflect ion of t his composit e beam t o t he dA
bending moment M is t hen L
dB
5.2 Aircraft Structure
12. An Euler -Ber noulli beam having a r ect angular
G A J A GB J B cr oss-sect ion, as shown in t he figur e, is subject ed
L L G A J A GB J B t o a non-uni for m bendi ng moment al ong i t s
(a) (b)
G A J A GB J B L L dM y
L L lengt h. Vz . The shear st r ess dist r ibut ion
dx
xz acr oss it s cr oss-sect ion is given by
G A GB J A J B G A J B GB J A
(c) (d ) z
L L L V z
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
9. The boundar y condit ions for an Euler -Ber noulli
column ar e given in column X and t he cr it ical
buckling loads ar e given in column Y . M at ch t he h y
bou n dar y con di t i on of t h e col u m n t o i t s
cor r espondi ng buckl ing load. Pcr i s t he cr it ical
buckling load, E is t he Young’s modulus of t he
column mat er ial, I it s sect ional moment of ar ea,
and L is t he lengt h of t he column.
b
X . Boundar y Y . Cr it ical buck ling Vz z
condit ion load (a) xz
2 I y h / 2
X 1. Pinned-pinned 4 2 EI
Y 1. Pcr 2
column L2 Vz h / 1 z2
(b) xz 1
X 2. Fixed-free 2.046 2 EI
Y 2. Pcr
2I y h / 22
(cant ilevered) column L2
2
X 3. Fixed-fixed 2 EI Vz z
Y 3. Pcr (c) xz
column 4 L2 h / 22
2I y
X 4. Fixed-pinned 2 EI
Y 4. Pcr 2
column L2 Vz h / 2
(d) xz
2I y
(a) X 1 - Y 4, X 2 - Y 3, X 3 - Y 1, X 4 - Y 2
(b) X 1 - Y 4, X 2 - Y 2, X 3 - Y 3, X 4 - Y 1 [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(c) X 1 - Y 4, X 2 -Y 1, X 3 - Y 2, X 4 - Y 3 13. The tor sion constant J of a thin-walled closed tube
of t hickness t and mean r adius r is given by
(d) X 1 - Y 4, X 2 - Y 3, X 3 - Y 2, X 4 - Y 1
(a) J = 2r t 2 (b) J = 2 r 2t
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(c) J = 2r t2 2
(d) J = 2 r 4
10. Which one of t he following mat er ials should be
select ed t o design an axial flow t ur bine oper at ing [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
at high t emper at ur es? 14. L et a dynami cal syst em be descr i bed by t he
(a) St eel alloy (b) Tit anium alloy dx
differ ent ial equat ion 2 cos x 0 . Which of
(c) Nickel alloy (d) Aluminum alloy dt
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] the following differ ent ial equations descr ibes this
11. The von M ises yield cr it er ion or t he maximum syst em in a close appr oximat ion sense for small
di st or t i on ener gy cr i t er i on for a pl ane st r ess per t ur bat ion about x = / 4?
pr oblem wit h 1 and 2 as t he pr incipal st r esses
dx dx 1
in t he plane, and s as t he yield st r ess, r equir es (a) 2 sin x 0 (b) 2 x0
dt dt 2
(a) 12 1 2 22 r2
(b) | 1 – 2| r dx dx
(c) cos x 0 (d) x0
dt dt
(c) | 1| r
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(d) | 2| r
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
Aircraft Structure 5.3
Common Data for Questions 15 & 16:
Consider t he spr ing mass syst em shown in t he figur e below. This syst em has t wo degr ees of fr eedom
r epr esent ing t he mot ions of t he t wo masses.
x1 x2
k k k
m 3m
15. The system shows the following type of coor dinate 18. The nat ur al fr equencies of t he fixed-fr ee r od
coupling can t hen be obt ained using
(a) stat ic coupling l l
(b) dynamic coupling (a) cos ( )0 (b) sin ( )0
c c
(c) st at ic and dynamic coupling
c
(d) no coupling (c) cos ( )0 (d) cos ( ) 0
l c
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
16. The t wo nat ur al fr equencies of t he syst em ar e 19. I n t he absence of body moment s, t he symmet r y
given as of t he st r ess t ensor is der ived fr om
(a) for ce equilibr ium condit ions
4 5 k 4 3 k
(a) (b) (b) moment um equilibr ium condit ions
3 m 3 m
(c) linear r elat ions bet ween st r esses and st r ains
(d) compatibilit y conditions
4 7 k 4 11 k
(c) (d) [GATE 2008, 1 M ]
3 m 3 m
20. I n a 3-D or t hot r opi c mat er i al , t he number of
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
el ast i c con st an t s i n l i n ear st r ess-st r ai n
St at ement for L inked Answer Quest ions 17 & r elat ionship is
18: The equat ion of mot ion of a vibr at ing r od is iven (a) 3 (b) 5
2 2 (c) 9 (d) 21
u l u
by 2
. H er e u is t he displacement along
dx c2 t 2 [GATE 2008, 1 M ]
t he r od and is a funct ion of bot h posit ion x and t ime 21. The compatibility conditions in theor y of elasticity
t . To find t he r esponse of t he vibr at ing r od, we need ensur e t hat
t o solve t his equation using boundar y condit ions and (a) t hr ee is compat ibilit y bet ween var ious dir ect
init ial condit ions. and shear st r esses
17. The boundar y condit ions needed for a r od fixed (b) r elationships between str esses and str ains ar e
at t he r oot (x = 0) and fr ee at t he t ip (x = l ) ar e consist ent wit h const it ut ive r elat ions
(c) di spl acem en t s ar e si n gl e-v al u ed an d
u
(a) u x 0 0, x l 0 cont inuous
x
(d) st r esses sat isfy bi-har monic equat ion
u [GATE 2008, 1 M ]
(b) u x l 0, x l 0
x 22. I n a spring-mass-damper single degr ee of fr eedom
syst em, t he mass i s 2 k g and t he undamped
(c) u x 0 0, u x l 0
nat ur al fr equency is 20 H z. The cr it ical damping
const ant of t he syst em is
u u
(d) x 0 0, x l 0 (a) 160 N.s/m (b) 80 N.s/m
dx x
(c) 1 N. s/m (d) 0 N. s/m
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
[GATE 2008, 1 M ]
5.4 Aircraft Structure
23. A par allelogram shaped plate of dimensions ‘a’ and 26. A concent r at ed bending moment M is act ing at
‘b’ as shown in the figur e, is subjected to a unifor m mid-span of a beam as shown. The shear for ce
loading of nor mal st r esses 1 and 2. The plat e is diagr am for t he beam is:
in equilibr ium for
M
1
o x
a
L/2 L/2
2
b
2 M/(2L)
(a)
M/(2L)
M /(2L )
1
(b) M /(2L )
(a) any value of 1 and 2
(b) 2= 1 cos
(c) 1 = 2 cos (d) 2 = 1
(c) M/L
24. A column of solid cir cular cr oss-sect ion lengt h L
can have var i ous end condi t i ons. Choose t he
cor r ect set t hat matches the end conditions (listed (d) M /(2L )
in Group I ) with the cor responding effective length
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
for bucking (list ed in Gr oup I I ).
Gr oup I Group I I 27. An idealized t hin-walled cr oss-sect ion of a beam
and t he r espect i ve ar eas of t he booms ar e as
(end condit ions) (effective lengt h)
shown. A bending moment M , is act ing on t he
P. one end built -in 1. 1.0 L cr oss-sect i on. The r at i o of t he magni t ude of
and ot her end fr ee nor mal st r ess in t he t op booms t o t he t hat of t he
Q. bot h ends pinned 2. 0.7 L bot t om boom is
R. bot h ends built -in 3. 2.0 L
S. one end built -in 4. 0.5 L
and ot her end 1 cm 1 cm
pinned
(a) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2 (b) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3
(c) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (d) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4
2 cm
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
25. A t hin walled t ube of cir cular cr oss-sect ion wit h o y
mean r adius r has a cent r al web which divides it
2 cm My
int o t wo symmet r ic cells as shown. A t or que m is
act ing on t he sect ion. The shear flow q in t he
cent r al web is
r
- - - ar ea = 0.2 cm2
- - - ar ea = 0.2 cm2
5 2
(a) (b)
11 5
M
(a) q (b) q = 0
2r 2 5
(c) 1 (d)
2
M M
(c) q (d) q [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
4 r 2 r 2
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
Aircraft Structure 5.5
28. An engineer is asked t o t est a syst em which can
EI EI
be idealized as SDOF (single degr ee of fr eedom)
(a) 0.5 2 (b) 2
4 4
wit h viscous damping. A fr equency r esponse t est AL AL
was conduct ed and it is found t hat t he qualit y
f act or Q i s equ al t o 10. Wh at w i l l be t h e EI EI
logar it hmic decr ement if a fr ee vibr at ion t est is (c) 2 2 (d) 4 2
4 4
AL AL
per for med?
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(a) (b) Common D at a for Quest i ons 31, 32 and 33:
40 20
A t wo-di mensi onal st at e of st r ess i n an i sot r opi c
mat er ials is given by
(c) (d)
10 5
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] 8 5
M Pa
29. A beam occupies a r egion 0 x L ; – c y c; – 0.5 5 16
z 0.5 as shown bel ow. The beam can be wher e c is linear ly pr opor t ional t o t he applied
consider ed t o be in plane st r ess condit ion in x-y loading. The failur e st r ess is f = 350 Mpa (which
plane. Air y’s st r ess funct ion for t he beam is given is 0.2% offset yield st r ess).
as:
31. The pr incipal st r esses ar e
3 (a) 1 = 17c M Pa, 2 = – 9c M Pa
Pxy 3Pxy
x, y
4c3 4c (b) 1 = 9c M Pa, 2 = – 17c M Pa
(c) 1 = – 17c M Pa, 2 = – 9c M Pa
wher e P is a const ant
(d) 1 = 17c M Pa, 2 = 9c M Pa
c
c x
o [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
32. The maximum shear st r ess is
L
Which of t he following st at ement s is t r ue?
y
(a) max = 7c M Pa
The above st r ess funct ion per t ains t o a (b) max = 10c M Pa
(a) simply suppor t ed beam car r ying a point load (c) max = 13c M Pa
P at mid span (d) max = 15c M Pa
(b) simply suppor t ed beam car r ying a unifor m [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
dist r ibut ed load of intensit y P per unit lengt h
33. The maximum value of c or safe loading of t he
(c) cant ilever beam clamped at end x = L and st r uct ur e, based on von-mises failur e cr it er ion is
car r ying a shear load P at x = 0
(a) 10.2 (b) 15.3
(d) cant i lever beam cl amped at end x = 0 and
(c) 25.4 (d) 31.8
car r ying a shear load P at x = L
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 34 and
30. The equation of mot ion of a unifor m slender beam 35: An idealized t hin walled t wo cell symmet r ic box
of l engt h L i n fl exur al vi br at i on i s gi ven as beam is as shown. The shear flows in t he walls ar e
du e t o t h e appl i ed sh ear f or ces V y = 480 N ,
4 w 2 w
EI A 0, wher e EI i s t he fl exur al V z = 300 N, and a t or que M , all act ing at t he shear
x 4 t 2 cent er.
r igidit y, w is t he lat er al displacement and A is z
t he mass per unit lengt h. The beam is si mply
suppor t ed at t he t wo ends x = 0 and x = L . q1 2 N/cm
Assuming t he mode shape in fundament al mode
2 N/cm
x 10 N/cm q2 10 cm y
t o be sin , t h e n at u r al f r equ en cy i n
L
22 N/cm 22 N/cm
fundament al mode is
12 cm 12 cm
5.6 Aircraft Structure
34. The shear flows q1 and q2 ar e 39. For t he t hin walled beam cr oss sect ion as shown
(a) q1 = – 2 N/cm, q2 = +22 N/cm in t he figur e, t he shear cent r e lies at
(b) q1 = +2 N/cm, q2 = +22 N/cm E B
A C
(c) q1 = +2 N/cm, q2 = – 22 N/cm
G
(d) q1 = – 2 N/cm, q2 = – 22 N/cm
F
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
35. The t or que M is
D
(a) 3360 N. cm
(a) M id point of AB, i.e. at point E
(b) 5760 N. cm
(b) M id point of BD, i.e. at point F
(c) 6960 N. cm
(c) Junct ion point B
(d) 8160 N. cm
(d) at a point G lying wit hin t he ar ea ABC
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
[GATE 2009, 1 M ]
36. For a plane st r ain pr oblem, t he st r esses sat isfy
40. Consi der a si mpl y suppor t ed beam of l engt h
t he condit ion
wi t h an over hang of l engt h l oaded by an end
(a) xz yz z 0 moment M , as shown below.
M
(b) xz yz 0, z x y
L L
(c) xz yz 0, z x y
The bending moment dist r ibut ion for t his beam
(d) xz yz 0, z x y 1 v xy
is
[GATE 2009, 1 M ]
37. F or a cr i t i cal l y dam ped si n gl e degr ee of
(a)
fr eedom spr ing - mass - damper syst em wit h a
damping constant c of 4 Ns/m and spr ing constant
k of 16 N/m, t he syst em mass m is
(a) 0.5 kg (b) 0.25 kg (b)
(c) 2 kg (d) 4 kg
[GATE 2009, 1 M ]
(c)
38. I n a t hin walled r ect angular t ube subject ed t o
equal and oppos1te for ces P as shown in the figure,
t he shear st r ess along leg AB is
(d)
P
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
C B
41. For t he spr i ng-mass syst em shown bel ow, t he
nat ur al fr equencies ar e
k
D A m1 m2
P
(a) zer o k m1 m 2 k m1 m 2
(a) 0 and (b) 0 and
(b) const ant non-zer o m1m 2 2m 1 m 2
(c) var ies linear ly
(d) var ies par abolically k k
(c) 0 and m1m 2 (d) 0 and 2 m 1m 2
[GATE 2009, 1 M ]
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
Aircraft Structure 5.7
42. The buckling load for a simply suppor t ed column 45. A 2-celled t ube wit h wall 50 mm
of r ect an gu l ar cr oss sect i on of di m en si on s t h i ck n ess 0.5 m m i s
1 cm × l.5 cm and lengt h 0.5 m made of st eel subject ed t o a t or que of
( E = 210 × l09 N/m 2) is appr oximat ely 10 N -m. The r esul t i ng q1 50 mm
(a) 10 kN (b) 4 kN shear fl ows i n t he t wo
cel l s ar e q 1 an d q 2 as
(c) 23 kN (d) 46 kN
shown below.
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
q2 50 mm
43. A wing root cross section is idealized using lumped
ar eas (booms) as shown below.
2 2 T h e t or qu e bal an ce equ at i on (B r edt -B at h o
1 cm 1 cm
for mula) for t his sect ion leads t o
0.25 m chord line (a) q1 – q2 = 2000 N/m
y
0.25 m (b) q1 + 2q2 = 2000 N/m
2 2 (c) q1 + q2 = 2000 N/m
1 cm 1 cm
(d) 2q1 + q2 = 2000 N/m
0.5 m
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
The wing r oot bending moment in st eady level
flight is M y = 10 N-m. I f t he air plane flies at a Common Data for Questions 46 and 47:
load fact or = 3.5, t he maximum bending st r ess at The par t i al di ffer ent ial equat i on for t he t or sional
t he r oot is vibr ation of a shaft of lengt h L , t or sional r igidit y GJ,
(a) 1 × 106 N/m 2 and mass polar moment of int er t ia per unit lengt h
(b) 3.5 × 106 N/m 2
2 2
(c) 7 × 106 N/m 2 I , is I GJ , wer e is t he t wist .
t 2 dx 2
(d) 0.286 × 106 N/m 2
[GATE 2009, 2 M ] 46. I f t he shaft is fixed at bot h ends, t he boundar y
44. A u ni for m r i gi d bar of m ass m = 1 k g an d condit ions ar e:
lengt h L = 1 m is pivot ed at A. I t is suppor t ed by
a spr ing of st i ffness k = 1 N /m and a vi scous
(a) 0 and 0
damper of damping const ant C = 1 N-s/m, wit h x x 0 x x L
a = 1 m as shown bel ow. The moment of (b) (0) = 0 and (L ) = 0
3
mL3 (c)
0 and L 0
iner t ia of t he r igid bar is I A . x x 0
3
C (d) 0 0 and 0
k x x L
A
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
a 47. I f the n mode shape of t or sional vibr at ion of t he
th
n x
L above shaft is sin t hen t he n t h nat ur al
L
The syst em is
(a) over damped fr equency of vibr at ion, i.e., n, is given by
(b) u n der dam ped w i t h n at u r al f r equ en cy n GJ 2n 1 GJ
= 1 r ad/s (a) n (b) n
L I 2L I
(c) cr itically damped
(d) u n der dam ped w i t h n at u r al f r equ en cy n GJ 2n 1 GJ
n = 2 r ad/s (c) n (d) n
2L I L I
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
5.8 Aircraft Structure
48. I n a gener al case of a homogeneous mat er i al 52. A hor izont al cant ilever ed steel beam of r ect angu-
under t her mo-mechanical loading t he number lar cr oss-sect ion having widt h b and dept h d is
of dist inct component s of t he st at e of st r ess is vi br at i ng i n t he ver t i cal pl ane. The nat ur al
(a) 3 (b) 4 fr equency of bending vibr at ion is highest when
(c) 5 (d) 6 y
[GATE 2010, 1 M ]
49. A ver t ical slender r od is suspended by a hinge at
t he t op and hangs fr eel y. I t i s heal ed unt il i t d
at t ains a unifor m t emper at ur e, T Neglect ing t he z
effect of gr avit y, t he r od has
(a) St r ess but no st r ain b
(b) St r ain but no mess (a) b = 10, d = 10
(c) Bot h st r ess and st r ain (b) b = 20, d = 5
(d) Neit her st r ess nor st r ain [GATE 2010, 1 M ] (c) b = 5, d = 20
50. A thin rectangular plate made of isotropic material (d) b = 25, d = 4
which sat isfies t he oct ahedr al (i.e., Von M ises/
[GATE 2010, 1 M ]
Di st or t i on ener gy) fai l ur e cr i t er i on has yi el d
st r engt h of 200 M Pa under uniaxial t ension. As 53. Fol l owi ng st r ess st at e i s pr oposed for a 2-D
shown in t he figur e. I f it is loaded wit h unifor m pr oblem wit h no body for ces:
t ension of 150 M Pa al ong t he x-di r ect i on, t he xx = 3x 2y + 4y 2, yy = y 3 + 14xy, xy = – 3xy 2 – 7x 2.
maxi mum uni for m t ensi l e st r ess t hat can be I t satisfies
appl i ed al ong t he y-di r ect i on befor e t he pl at e (a) Equilibr ium equat ions but not compat ibilit y
st ar t s yielding is about equation
y1 (b) Compat ibilit y equat ion but not equilibr ium
equat ions
(c) Neit her equilibr ium equat ions nor
y compatibilit y equat ion
x1 = 150 Mpa
x (d) Bot h equilibr ium equat ions and
compatibilit y equat ion
[GATE 2010, 2 M ]
(a) 227 MPa (b) 77 M Pa 54. A unifonn cr oss-sect ion r igid r od of mass m and
(c) 87 M Pa (d) 114 M Pa length I , is hinged at its upper end and suspended
like a pendulum. I t s nat ur al fr equency for small
[GATE 2010, 1 M ]
oscillat ions is
51. A column of lengt h l and flexur al r igidit y E l . has
one end fi xed and t he ot her end hi nged. The
cr it ical buckling load for t he column is
2 El l
(a) 2
0.5l
2 El
(b)
0.7l 2 g g
(a) (b)
2l l
2 El
(c) 2g 3g
l2 (c) (d)
l 2l
2 El [GATE 2010, 2 M ]
(d) 2
2l
[GATE 2010, 1 M ]
Aircraft Structure 5.9
55. The t hin r ect angular plat e shown in t he figur e is Common Data for Questions 58 and 59:
loaded with unifor m shear, 0, along all edges and Consi der a si mpl y suppor t ed beam of l engt h L ,
unifor m uniaxial t ension in t he y-dir ect ion. The car r ying a br acket welded at it s cent er. The br acket
appr opr i at e Ai r y's st r ess funct ion t o sol ve for car r ies a ver t ical load P, as shown in t he figur e.
st r esses is given by Dimensions of br acket ar e a = 0.1L . The beam has a
0 squar e cr oss sect ion of dimension h × h.
P
y
0 a a
x
L
58. Bending moment diagr am is given by
x2
(a) 0 xy a a x 4 y 4
2 M
2 0.3PL
x
(b) 0 xy a
2 (a) 0.2PL
x2
(c) 0 xy a L/2
2
x2 M
(d) 0 xy a a x 4 y 4
2 0.2PL
[GATE 2010, 2 M ] (b)
L/2
56. The given t hin wall sect ion of unifor m t hickness,
0.3PL
r. is symmet r ic about x-axis. M oment of iner t ia
35 3 M
is given t o be I xy t h . Shear cent er for t his
12 0.3PL
sect ion is locat ed at (c) 0.2PL
y
L/2
h
M
h/2 x 0.2PL
(d)
L/2
h/2
0.3PL
h
3 9
(a) x h (b) x h [GATE 2010, 2 M ]
8 28
59. M aximum value of shear st r ess is
35 17
(c) x h (d) x h (a) 0.67 P/h 2 (b) 1.33 P/h 2
36 35
(c) 1.5 P/h 2
(d) 0.9 P/h 2
[GATE 2010, 2 M ]
[GATE 2010, 2 M ]
57. D u r i n g an u n der -dam ped osci l l at i on of a
60. I n t hr ee-di mensi onal l inear el ast ic soli ds, t he
si ngl e degr ee of fr eedom syst em, i n t he t i me
number of non-t r i vi al st r ess-st r ai n r el at i ons,
displacement plot t he t hir d peak is of magnit ude
st r ain-displacement equat ions and equat ions of
100 and t he t ent h peak is of magnit ude 10. 1he
equilibr ium ar e, r espect ively,
damping r atio is appr oximat ely.
(a) 3, 3 and 3 (b) 6, 3 and 3
(a) 0.052 (b) 0.023
(c) 6, 6 and 3 (d) 6, 3 and 6
(c) 0.366 (d) 0.159
[GATE 2011, 1 M ]
[GATE 2010, 2 M ]
5.10 Aircraft Structure
61. An Euler -Ber noulli beam in bending is assumed 65. Consi der a si mpl y suppor t ed t wo-di mensi onal
t o sat isfy beam
(a) bot h pl ane st r ess as wel l as pl ane st r ai n
condit ions
(b) plane st r ain condit ion but not plane st r ess
condition I f t he beam is conver t ed int o a fixed-fixed beam
(c) plane st r ess condit ion but not plane st r ain as
condition
(d) neither plane str ain condition nor plane str ess
condition
[GATE 2011, 1 M ]
62. A st at ically indet er minat e fr ame st r uct ur e has t hen t he degr ee of st at ic indet er minacy will
(a) same number of joint degr ees of fr eedom as (a) incr ease by 3 (b) incr ease by 2
t he number of equilibr ium equat ions
(c) decr ease by 1 (d) decr ease by 3
(b) number of joint degr ees of fr eedom gr eat er
[GATE 2011, 1 M ]
t han t he number of equilibr ium equat ions
Questions Q.66 to Q. 68 ar e numer ical l answer t ype.
(c) number of joint degr ees of fr eedom less t han
The answer t o each of t hese quest i ons i s ei t her a
t he number of equilibr ium equat ions
posit ive whole number, or a positive r eal number wit h
(d) unknown number of joint degr ees of fr eedom, maximum of 2 decimal places.
w h i ch can n ot be sol v ed u si n g l aw s of
mechanics 66. Consider a cant ilever beam having lengt h L =1
m, squar e cr oss-sect ion (widt h = dept h = 0.01 m)
[GATE 2011, 1 M ]
an d Young’s modu l u s 50 GPa. Th e beam i s
63. Consider a single degr ee of fr eedom spr ing-mass- subject ed t o a t r ansver se load P = 1 N at t he mid-
damper system wit h mass, damping and st iffness
of m, c and k , r espect i vel y. The l ogar i t hmi c L
span at t he cent er of t he cr oss-sect i on.
decr ement of t his syst em can be calculat ed using 2
2c U n der t h e sm al l def or m at i on t h eor y, t h e
(a) t r ansver se deflect ion of t he beam (in mm) at it s
4mk c2
fr ee-end is
c P
(b)
4mk c2
L/2
2c
(c)
mk c2 L
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
2c
(d) 67. Consider a beam in bending wit h a solid cir cular
mk 4c2 cr oss-sect ion of 1 mm 2, which is subject ed t o a
[GATE 2011, 1 M ] t r ansver se shear for ce of 1 N. The shear st r ess
at t he cent er of t he cr oss-sect ion (in N/mm 2) is
64. Consider a single degr ee of fr eedom spr ing-mass
syst em of spr ing st iffness k 1 and m mass which [GATE 2011, 2 M ]
has a nat ur al fr equency of 10 r ad/s. Consi der 68. A simply suppor t ed slender column of squar e
anot her single degr ee of fr eedom spr ing-mass cr oss sect i on (wi dt h = dept h = d) has t o be
syst em of spr ing st iffness k 2 and m mass which designed such t hat it buckles at the same inst ant
has a nat ur al fr equency of 20 r ad/s. The spr ing as it yields. L engt h of t he column is given t o be
st iffness is equal t o 1.57 m and it is made of a mat er ial whose
Young’s modulus is 200 GPa and yield st r ess
(a) k 1 (b) 2k 1
is 240 M Pa. The widt h, d, of t he column (in cm)
k1 should be
(c) (d) 4k 1
4 [GATE 2011, 2 M ]
[GATE 2011, 1 M ]
Aircraft Structure 5.11
69. A body under goes defor mation under plane str ain stiffness, m is the mass per unit length, is the bending
con di t i on s wh en su bj ect ed t o t h e f ol l owi n g displacement , m w(x, t ) is t he bending displacement
str esses (in M Pa): xx = 450, yy = 450, xy = 75, xz = x is t he coor dinat e along t he beam lengt h, t is t ime
0, yz = 0. What ar e t he r emaining component s of and L is t he beam lengt h.
st r esses (i n M Pa) and st r ai ns? Assume t he
mat er ial t o be isot r opic and linear -elast ic wit h
Young’s modulus E = 200 GPa and Poisson’s r at io =0 =
1
v .
3
(a) zz = 0, xx = 0.00225, yy = 0.00225,
71. To sol ve t he PDE, t he number of boundar y
xy = 0.002, xz = 0, yz = 0
conditions (BC) and initial conditions (I C) needed
(b) zz = 300, xx = 0.001, yy = 0.001, xy = 0.001, ar e
xz = 0, yz = 0 (a) 4 BC, 3 I C (b) 2 BC, 2 I C
(c) zz = 300, xx = 0.00225, yy = 0.00225, xy = 0.001, (c) 2 BC, 4 I C (d) 4 BC, 2 I C
xz = 0, yz = 0 [GATE 2011, 2 M ]
(d) zz = 0, xx = 0.001, yy = 0.001, xy = 0.002, 72. For t he cant i l ever beam shown i n t he fi gur e,
xz = 0, yz = 0 which of t he following CANNOT be a possible
[GATE 2011, 2 M ] boundar y condit ion?
70. Which of t he fol l owi ng Ai r y’s st r ess funct ions 2 w
coul d sat i sfy t he gi ven boundar y condi t i ons, (a) w(0, t ) = 0 (b) L, t 0
assuming const ant values of xx = P, yy = Q and x 2
xy = R, along t he boundar y?
2 w 3 w
(c) 2
0, t 0 (d) L, t 0
x x 3
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
y
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 73 and
x 74: A t hin-walled (t hickness << r adius), hollow
shaft of lengt h 1m and mean r adius, R = 5 cm
has t o be designed such t hat it can t r ansmit a
t or qu e, T = 7 k N -m . A su r v ey of di f f er en t
x2 y2 commer cially available mat er ials was made and
(a) P Q Rxy following dat a was obt ained fr om t he supplier s
2 2
(E : Young’s modulus, y : yield st r ess in shear, :
density):
y2 x2
(b) P Q Rxy
2 2 M at er i al E GPa y M Pa kg / m 3
X 200 550 7700
y2 x2
(c) P Q Rxy Y 70 22.5 2700
2 2
Z 110 375 4875
2 2
x y 73. Which of t he above mat er ials would you choose
(d ) P Q Rxy
2 2 such t hat wei ght of t he shaft is mi ni mum?
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
(a) X only (b) Y only
(c) Z only (d) X or Y
Common Data for Questions 71 and 72:
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
The par t ial differ ent ial equat ion (PDE) gover ning
fr ee vibr at ions of a unifor m Euler -Ber noulli beam 74. I f you assume a fact or of safet y of 2, what should
is given by be t he appr oxi mat e t hick ness of such a shaft ?
(a) 0.5 mm (b) 1 mmy
4 w 2 w (c) 2 mm (d) 4 mm
EI m 0, w h er e E I i s t h e f l ex u r al
x 4 t 2 [GATE 2011, 2 M ]
5.12 Aircraft Structure
75. The gover ning equat ion for t he st at ic t r ansver se 80. The Air y st r ess funct ion, = x 2 + xy + y 2 for a
def l ect i on of a beam u n der an u n i f or m l y t hi n squar e panel of si ze l × l aut omat i cal l y
di st r i but ed l oad, accor di ng t o Eul er -Ber noul l i sat isfies compat ibilit y. I f t he panel is subjected t o
(engineer ing) beam t heor y, is a unifor m t ensile st r ess, o on all four edges, t he
(a) 2 n d or der l i n ear h om ogen ou s par t i al t r act ion boundar y condit ions ar e sat isfied by
differ ent ial equation.
o o
(b) 4t h or der l i near non-homogenous or di nar y (a) ; 0; (c) o ; 0; o
differ ent ial equation. 2 2
(c) 2nd or der l i near non-homogenous or di nar y o o
differ ent ial equation. (c) 0; ; 0 (d) 0; ; 0
4 2
(d) 4t h or der nonl i near homogenous or di nar y [GATE 2012, 2 M ]
differ ent ial equation. 81. T h e bou n dar y con di t i on of a r od u n der
[GATE 2012, 1 M ] longitudinal vibr ation is changed fr om fixed-fixed
76. The Poi sson’s r at i o, of most ai r cr aft gr ade t o fixed-fr ee. The fundamental natur al fr equency
met allic alloys has values in t he r ange: of t he r od is now k t imes t he or iginal fr equency,
(a) 1 0 (b) 0 0.2 wher e k is
(c) 0.2 0.4 (d) 0.4 0.5 1
(a) (b) 2
2
[GATE 2012, 1 M ]
77. I n a semi-monocoque const r uct ion of an air cr aft 1
(c) (d) 2
wing, t he skin and spar webs ar e t he pr imar y 2
car r ier s of [GATE 2012, 2 M ]
(a) shear str esses due to an aer odynamic moment 82. A spr ing-mass syst em is viscously damped with a
component alone. viscous damping constant c. The energy dissipated
(b) nor mal (bending) st r esses due to aer odynamic per cycl e when t h e syst em i s un der goi ng a
for ces. har monic vibr at ion XCost dt is given by
(c) shear st r esses due t o aer odynami c for ces (a) c d X 2 (b) d X 2
alone.
(d) shear st r esses due t o aer odynamic for ces and (c) cd X (d) cd2 X
a moment component .
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
83. Buckling of t he fuselage skin can be delayed by
78. T he l ogar i t h mi c decr emen t measur ed for a
viscously damped single degr ee of freedom system (a) incr easing int er nal pr essur e.
is 0.125. The value of t he damping fact or in % is (b) placing st iffener s far t her apar t .
closest t o (c) r educing skin t hickness
(a) 0.5 (b) 1.0 (d) pl aci ng st i ffener s far t her and decr easi ng
(c) 1.5 (d) 2.0 int er nal pr essur e.
[GATE 2012, 2 M ] [GATE 2012, 2 M ]
A quest ion 79 is numer ical answer t ype. T he Statement for Linked Answer Questions 84 and
answer t o each of t hese quest ions is eit her a 85: A thin-walled spher ical vessel (1 m inner diameter
posi t i ve w h ol e n u m ber, or a posi t i ve r eal and 10 mm wall t hickness) is made of a mat er ial wit h
number with maximum of 2 decimal places. Y 500MPa in bot h t ension and compr ession.
79. The mode shapes of an un-damped two degr ees
of fr eedom syst em ar e { 1 0.5 }T and {1– 0.675}T . 84. The int er nal pr essur e pY at yield, based on t he
The cor r esponding nat ur al fr equencies ar e 0.45 von M ises yiel d cr i t er ion, i f t he vessel is float i ng
H z and 1.2471 H z. The maxi mum ampl i t ude in space, is appr oximat ely
(in mm) of vibr ation of the fir st degr ee of fr eedom (a) 500MPa (b) 250MPa
due t o an init ial displacement of {2 1}T (in mm) (c) 100MPa (d) 20M Pa
and zer o init ial velocit ies is ____. [GATE 2012, 2 M ]
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
Aircraft Structure 5.13
85. I f t he vessel is evacuat ed (i nt er nal pr essur e = 89. The st i ffened cr oss-sect i on of a l ong sl ender
0) and subject ed t o ext er nal pr essur e, yielding unifor m st r uct ur al member is idealized as shown
accor di n g t o t h e von M i ses yi el d cr i t er i on in t he figur e below. The lumped ar eas at A, B, C
(assuming elast ic st abi lit y unt i l yiel d) and D have equal cr oss-sect ional ar ea of 3 cm 2.
The webs AB, BC, CD and DA ar e each 5 mm
(a) occur s at about half t he pr essur e pY.
t hick. The st r uct ur al member is subject ed t o a
(b) occur s at about double t he pr essur e pY. t wist ing moment of 10 kNm. The magnit udes of
(c) occur s at about t he same pr essur e pY. t he shear flow in t he webs, qAB , qBC , qCD , and qDA
(d) never occur s. in kN/m ar e, r espect ively
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
A D
86. A damped si ngl e degr ee-of-fr eedom syst em i s
vibr at ing under a har monic excit at ion wit h an
amplit ude r at io of 2.5 at r esonance. The damping 200mm
r at io of t he syst em is ______________
[GATE 2013, 1 M ] B C
87. The cr oss-sect ion of a long t hin-walled member
is as shown in t he figur e. When subject ed t o pur e 500m
t wist , point A (a) 20, 20, 20, 20
(b) 0, 0, 50, 50
(c) 40, 40, 0, 0
(d) 50, 50, 50, 50
[GATE 2013, 1 M ]
A
90. The idealized cr oss-section of a beam is compr ised
(a) does not move hor i zont al l y or axi al l y, but of four identical booms connected by shear webs.
moves ver t ically The beam is subject ed t o a bending moment M
(b) does n ot m ov e ax i al l y, bu t m ov es bot h as shown in t he figur e. The i ncli nat ion of t he
ver t ically and hor izont ally neut r al axis t o t he x-axis in degr ees is
(c) does not move horizontally, ver tically or axially y
(d) does not move ver t ically or axially, but moves
hor izontally
[GATE 2013, 1 M ]
88. The channel sect ion of unifor m t hickness 2mm
shown in t he figur e is subject ed t o a t or que of M
10 Nm. I f it is made of a mat er ial wit h shear 2a
modulus of 25 GPa, t he t wist per unit lengt h
in r adians/m is _________ x
300mm
600mm
a a
(a) 45 CW
(b) 45 CCW
(c) 26.6 CW
300mm (d) 63.4 CCW
[GATE 2013, 1 M ] [GATE 2013, 2 M ]
5.14 Aircraft Structure
91. A composit e cir cular shaft is compr ised of a st eel 94. The t hin r ect angular plat e has dimensions L ×
cor e sur r ou nded by an al um i n u m an n ul us, b × t . I t develops a st r ess field cor r esponding t o
per fect ly bonded t o each ot her as shown in t he
an applied bending moment M as shown in t he
figur e. I f it subject ed t o a pur e t or que, which one
of t he following st at ement s is TRUE? figur e. A valid Air y’s st r ess funct ion is
M
M
b x
L
(a) Onl y shear st r ess i s cont inuous acr oss t he
st eel– aluminum inter face
2M 2M
(b) Onl y shear st r ai n i s cont inuous acr oss t he (a) x3 (c) y3
3
st eel– aluminum inter face tb t b3
(c) B ot h sh ear st r ess an d sh ear st r ai n ar e
2M 2M
con t i n u ou s acr oss t h e st eel – al u m i n u m (c) x3 y3 (d) y4
3 3
int er face tb tb
( d ) Bot h sh ear st r ess an d sh ear st r ai n ar e [GATE 2013, 2 M ]
di scont i nuous acr oss t he st eel – al umi num
95. A cantilever beam of negligible mass is 0.6 m long.
int er face
I t has a r ect angular cr oss-sect ion of widt h 8 mm
[GATE 2013, 2 M ]
and t hickness 6 mm and car r ies a t ip mass of 1.4
92. A hor izont al r ect angular plate ABCD is hinged at kg. I f t he nat ur al fr equency of t his syst em is 10
point s A, B and C. AC and BD ar e diagonals of
r ad/s, Young’s modul us of t he mat er i al of t he
t he plat e. Downwar d for ce P is applied at D. The
upwar d r eact ions RA , RB , and RC at point s A, B beam in GPa is ________
and C, r espect ively, ar e [GATE 2013, 2 M ]
(a) indet er minat e (b) P, – P, P 96. A simply suppor ted beam with over hang is loaded
by unifor mly dist r ibut ed load of int ensit y q as
P P P
(c) 0, P, 0 (d) , , shown in t he figur e. The bending moment at t he
3 3 3
mid-point of AB is
[GATE 2013, 2 M ]
93. I n t he st eel st r uct ur e (Young’s modulus = 200 A q B
GPa) shown in t he figur e, all member s have a
cir cular cr oss-sect ion of r adius 10 mm. Column
BD is pinned at B and D. The suppor t at A is
hinged. The minimum value of load P at which
t h e col u m n B D m ay bu ck l e i n N ewt on s i s L L/2
appr oximat ely ____________
A 1m B 1m C
qL2
(a) sagging
15
qL2
P (b) hogging
2m 16
3qL2
(c) hogging
16
D 3qL2
(d) sagging
16
[GATE 2013, 2 M ] [GATE 2013, 2 M ]
Aircraft Structure 5.15
97. I t is desir ed to measur e t he Young’s modulus and 100. A damped single degr ee of fr eedom system whose
t he Poi sson’s r at i o of a gi ven homogeneous, undamped nat ur al fr equency, n = 10H z, i s
i sot r opi c mat er i al . A bar of lengt h 20 cm and subject ed t o sinusoidal ext er nal for ce. Power is
squar e cr oss-sect i on (10mm × 10mm) of t hi s half of t he maximum for t he t wo fr equencies of
mat er ial is subject ed t o a t ensile load of 40kN. 60.9469 r ad/s and 64.7168 r ad/s. The damping
Under t his load, length incr eases to 20.1 cm while fact or associ at ed wi t h t he vi br at i ng syst em
t he cr oss-sect ion r educes t o 9.98 mm × 9.8 mm. (in %) is ________.
Youn g’s modu l u s an d Poi sson’s r at i o of t he [GATE 2014, 1 M ]
mat er ial ar e: 101. The boundar y condit ions for a r od wit h cir cular
(a) 80GPa & 0.4 cr oss-sect i on, under t or si onal vi br at i on, ar e
ch an ged f r om f i x ed-f r ee t o f i xed-f r ee. T h e
(b) 40GPa & – 0.4
fundament al nat ur al fr equency of t he fixed-fixed
(c) 80GPa & – 0.2 r od is k t imes t hat of fixed-fr ee r od. The value of
(d) 40GPa & 0.2 k is
[GATE 2014, 1 M ] (a) 1.5 (b)
98. I n gener al , for any gi ven sol i d subj ect ed t o (c) 2.0 (d) 0.5
ar bi t ar y l oadi n g, w h i ch of t h e f ol l ow i n g [GATE 2014, 1 M ]
st at ement s is always t r ue: 102. A 1.8 m l ong st eel beam of r ect angul ar cr oss
(a) Volume does not var y wit h loading sect ion (10mm × 6mm) is simply suppor t ed wit h
(b) M ass does not var y wit h loading a lengt h of 1.2m bet ween t he suppor t s and an
over hang of 0.3m on either side. Young’s modulus
(c) Densit y does not var y wit h loading
for t he mat er ial of t he beam is 200GPa. For a
(d) Volume, mass and densit y var y wit h loading 50N l oad appl i ed at t he cent er of t he beam,
[GATE 2014, 1 M ] magnit ude of t he slope of t he beam at t ip S is
99. Which one of t he following object s wit h inclined _________.
face at 45°, subject ed t o t he given st r esses, ar e in 50N
st at ic equilibr ium P Q O R S Cross-section
6mm
5 2 MPa 35 2 MPa 0.6m
30M Pa 10mm
0.3m 1.2m 0.3m
(a) [GATE 2014, 2 M ]
45°
103. Ther e ar e 2 designs pr oposed for a shaft of lengt h
40M Pa 1, wit h a t or que car r ying capacit y of T. Design I
is a solid cir cular cr oss-sect ion shaft of diamet er
5MPa 35MPa 30mm. Design I I is a t hin-walled cir cular shaft of
30MPa aver age diamet er 40mm. Thickness of t he wall
i n Desi gn I I has t o be det er mi ned such t hat
(b) 45° maximum shear st r ess is t he same in bot h t he
desi gns for t he gi ven t or que T (so t hat same
40MPa
mat er ial can be used for manufact ur ing bot h t he
shaft s). Rat io of mass of shaft using Design I t o
35 2 MPa t he mass of shaft using Design I I is
30M Pa
(c) 5 2 MPa
45° 30mm 40mm
40M Pa
35MPa
30MPa D e si g n I D e si g n I I
(d) 5MPa [GATE 2014, 1 M ] (a) 2.68 (b) 5.36
45°
(c) 1.79 (d) 3.58
40MPa [GATE 2014, 2 M ]
5.16 Aircraft Structure
104. A str uct ur al member of r ect angular cr oss-sect ion 0.6m
10mm × 6mm and lengt h 1m i s made of st eel
(Young’s modulus i s 200GPa and coeffi cient of
t her mal expansion is 12 × 10– 6/°C). I t is r igidly k = 500N/m
fixed at bot h t he ends and t hen subject ed t o a
gr adual incr ease in t emper at ur e. I gnor ing t he 1kg
t hr ee dimensional effect s, the st r uctur al member (a) 3.24 (b) 20.36
wi ll buck le if t he t emper at ur e i s incr eased by (c) 22.36 (d) 3.56
T °C which is
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
108. A single degr ee of fr eedom syst em is vibr at ing
Cross-section
wit h init ial (fir st cycle) amplit ude of 5cm. The
1m 6mm
vi scou s dampi n g f act or associ at ed wi t h t he
10mm vibr at ing syst em is 2%. Vibr at ion amplit ude of
t he fift h cycle (in cm) is
(a) 19.74 (b) 9.87
(a) 1.65 (b) 4.41
(c) 78.96 (d) 39.48
(c) 2.67 (d) 3.02
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
105. A gas cyl i nder (cl osed t hi n-wal l ed cyl i ndr i cal
pr essur e vessel ) of di amet er 30cm and wal l 109. A cant i l ever wi t h t hi n-wal l ed channel cr oss
thickness 1mm is subject ed to a design maximum sect ion is subject ed t o a lat er al for ce at it s shear
int er nal pr essur e of 5 bar (0.5M Pa). The mat er ial cent er. The cant ilever under goes
used for manufactur ing this cylinder has a failur e (a) bending wit hout t wist ing
st r ess of 260M Pa. Assuming von M ises failur e (b) bending and t wist ing
cr i t er i on, t he fact or of safet y (wi t h r espect t o (c) neit her bending nor t wist ing
maximum allowable st r ess) for t his cylinder is
(d) t wist ing wit hout bending
(a) 2.8 (b) 2.0
[GATE 2015, 1 M ]
(c) 6.9 (d) 4.0
110. The t wo non-zer o pr incipal st r esses at a point in
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
a t hin plat e ar e 1 = 25 M Pa and 2 = – 25 M Pa.
106. A cant ilever ed beam is subject ed t o a par abolic The maximum shear st r ess (in M Pa) at this point
dist r ibut ion of shear t r act ion at t he r ight edge is _____.
while t he t op and bot t om sur faces ar e t r act ion [GATE 2015, 1 M ]
fr ee. To solve this pr oblem, following Air y’s st r ess
funct ion is pr oposed: = C1xy + C2xy 3 + C3x 2y 2 + 111. A 0.5 kg mass is suspended ver tically from a point
C4x 3y. This is an admissible Air y’s funct ion t hat fixed on t he Ear t h by a spr ing having a st iffness
would satisfy t he bi-har monic equation as well as of 5 N /mm. The st at ic displacement (in mm) of
t he boundar y condit ions if and only if t he mass is _____.
[GATE 2015, 1 M ]
y
x
2 112. A slender st r uct ur e is subject ed t o four differ ent
2d xy = – l [1 – (y/d) ]
loading cases (I , I I , I I I and I V) as shown below
(Figur es not t o scale). Which pair of cases r esult s
(a) C1 = 0, C2 = , C3 = 0, C4 = /3d2 in ident ical st r ess dist r ibut ion at sect ion S – S
(b) C1 = , C2 = /3d2, C3 = 0, C4 = 0 locat ed far away fr om bot h ends?
(c) C1 = 0, C2 = 0, C3 = , C4 = – /3d2 S
(d) C1 = , C2 = – /3d2, C3 = 0, C4 = 0
[GATE 2014, 2 M ] (I) P
107. 1kg mass is hanging fr om a spr ing of st iffness
500N/m at t ached t o a massless, symmet r ic beam S
of l engt h 0.6m, moment of i ner t i a about t he S
bending axis I = 8.33 × 10– 4 mm 4 and Young’s 3P/8
modulus E = 210GPa as shown in t he figur e. The P/8
(II) P/8
fundament al nat ur al fr equency (in r ad/s) of t he
syst em is 3P/8
S
Aircraft Structure 5.17
117. The t hin r ect angular t ube shown below is made
S
of a mat er ial wit h shear modulus, G = 80 GPa.
3P/8
P/8 The shear flow is calculat ed based on t he mid-
(I I I )
P/8 t hickness dimensions. I f t he fr ee end is allowed
3P/8 t o t wi st no mor e t han 0.0727 r ad, t hen t he
S maximum t or que (in Nm) which t he t ube can be
subject ed t o at it s fr ee end is _______
S
3P/8
P/8
(I V) P/8
5 mm
5 mm
3P/8
S
3 mm
(a) I and I I (b) I I and I I I
60 mm
(c) I I I and I V (d) I V and I 3 mm
[GATE 2015, 1 M ] 40 mm l = 2 mm
113. The 2-D st r ess st at e at a poi nt P i n t he x-y
60 50
coor di n at e sy st em i s M Pa. T h e [GATE 2015, 2 M ]
50 40 118. A 200 mm long simply-suppor t ed column has a
magnit ude of t he t angent ial st r ess (in M Pa) on a 5mm × 10mm r ect angul ar cr oss sect i on. The
sur face nor mal t o t he x-axis at P is _____. Young's modulus of t he mat er ial, E = 200 GPa.
[GATE 2015, 2 M ] Assuming a fact or of safet y of 2.5 cor r esponding
114. A cube made of a linear elast ic isot r opic mat er ial t o t he buckling load, t he maximum load (in N)
is subject ed t o a unifor m hydr ost at ic pr essur e of t h e col u m n can su ppor t i n com pr essi on i s
100 N/mm 2. Under t his load, t he volume of t he _______.
cube shr inks by 0.05%. The Young's modulus of [GATE 2015, 2 M ]
t he mat er ial, E = 300 GPa The Poisson's r at io of 119. The t ot al number of mat er ial const ant s t hat ar e
t he mat er ial is _____. necessar y and suffi cient t o descr ibe t he t hr ee
[GATE 2015, 2 M ] dimensional Hooke’s law for an isotr opic mat er ial
115. A massless cant ilever beam PQ has a solid squar e is ____.
cr oss sect i on (10 mm × 10 mm). This beam is [GATE 2016, 1 M ]
subject ed t o a load W t hr ough a r igid massless 120. Det er mine t he cor r ect ness or ot her wise of t he
link at t he point Q, as shown below (figur e not t o following st at ement s, [a] and [r ]:
scale). I f t he Young's modulus of t he mat er ial E = [a]: I n a plane st r ess pr oblem, t he shear st r ains
200 GPa, t he defl ect ion (in mm) at point Q is along t he t hickness dir ect ion of a body ar e zer o
_____. but t he nor mal st r ain along t he t hickness is not
W = 100 N zer o.
[r ]: I n a pl ane st r ess pr obl em, Poi sson effect
P Q induces t he nor mal st r ain along t he t hick ness
dir ect ion of t he body.
l = 300 mm 5 mm (a) Bot h [a] and [r ] ar e t r ue and [r ] is t he cor r ect
[GATE 2015, 2 M ]
r eason for [a].
116. The following data is for a single degr ee of fr eedom (b) Bot h [a] and [r ] ar e t r ue but [r ] i s not t he
syst em wit h viscous damping: cor r ect r eason for [a].
mass, m = 10 kg; spr ing st iffness, k = 2.25 N/mm; (c) Bot h [a] and [r ] ar e false.
damping coefficient , c = 0.0125 N s/mm. (d) [a] is t r ue but [r ] is false.
The r at i o of any t wo successive ampli t udes i s [GATE 2016, 1 M ]
_____.
[GATE 2015, 2 M ]
5.18 Aircraft Structure
121. Consider four thin-walled beams of differ ent open pr incipal planes or iented with r espect to the plane
cr oss-sections, as shown in the cases (i-iv). A shear of pur e shear ?
for ce of magnit ude ‘F’ act s ver t ically downwar d
at t he locat ion ‘P’ in all t he beams. I n which of 2 3
(a) and (b) and
t he following case, does t he shear for ce induce 6 3 4 4
bending and twisting?
(c) and (d) and
4 2 2
Case (I ) Case (I I )
[GATE 2016, 1 M ]
124. A bar made of li near elast ic isot r opic mat er ial is
fi xed at one end and subject ed t o an axial for ce
of 1 kN at t he ot her end. The cr oss-sect ional ar ea
of t he bar i s 100 mm 2, lengt h is 100 mm and t he
P
Young’s M odul us is 1 × 105 N /mm 2 . The st r ain
F
ener gy st or ed in t he bar i s ____ Nmm.
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
F 125. A cant ilever beam-spr ing syst em is shown in
P
t he figur e. The beam is made wit h a mat er ial
of Young’s modulus 1 × 105 N /mm 2 and geomet r y
such t hat it s moment of iner t ia is 100 mm 4
Case (I I I ) Case (I V) and lengt h l = 100 mm. I t is suppor ted by a spr ing
of st iffness K = 30 N/mm and subject ed t o a load
P of P = 100 N at t he point ‘B’. The deflect ion at t he
point ‘B’ due t o t he load P is ____mm.
F P P
A
B
F
(a) (i) (b) (ii) l
(c) (iii) (d) (iv) K
[GATE 2016, 1 M ]
122. The effect ive st iffness of t he spr ing-mass syst em
as shown in t he figur e below is ____ N/mm.
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
126. Det er mine t he cor r ect ness or ot her wise of t he
following st at ement s, [a] and [r ],
2 N/mm [a]: Ribs, used in air pl ane wings, incr ease t he
col umn buck l i ng st r engt h of t he l ongi t udi nal
4 N/mm
stiffener s.
2 N/mm [r ]: Ribs dist r ibut e concent r at ed loads int o t he
st r u ct u r e an d r edi st r i bu t e st r esses ar ou n d
discontinuit ies.
(a) Bot h [a] and [r ] ar e t r ue and [r ] is t he cor r ect
m
r eason for [a]
(b) Bot h [a] and [r ] ar e t r ue but [r ] i s not t he
[GATE 2016, 1 M ] cor r ect r eason for [a]
123. A st r uct ur al member suppor t s l oads, whi ch (c) Bot h [a] and [r ] ar e false
pr oduce at a par ticular point, a state of pur e shear (d) [a] is t r ue but [r ] is false
st r ess of 50 N /mm 2. At what angl es ar e t he
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
Aircraft Structure 5.19
127. A ch an n el sect i on sh own i n t h e f i gu r e h as (b) The nor mal st r ess along t he neut r al axis is
u n i f or m t h i ck n ess. I t i s su bj ect ed t o an always zer o.
ant i cl ock wi se t or que of 62.5 × 103 N mm. The (c) The shear st r ess al ong t he neut r al axi s i s
maxi mum possi bl e t hi ck ness of t he channel always zer o.
sect ion, such t hat t he shear st r ess induced in it
(d) The pr oduct of second moment of ar ea about
does not exceed 100 N/mm 2, is ____ mm.
t he neut r al axis and t he nor mal st r ess about
100 mm t he neut r al axis always zer o.
[GATE 2017, 1 M ]
132. Assuming t hat t he air cr aft is flying st r aight , t he
t op spar cap/flange of a wing is most likely t o fail
in:
100 mm
Top spar
cap/flange
(a) Yielding (b) Buckling
100 mm (c) Crushing (d) Cr eep
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
128. The gover ning differ ent ial equat ion of mot ion of 133. A 2-DOF undamped spr ing-mass system with two
masses and t wo spr ings has nat ur al fr equencies
d2 x dx 1 = 0.79 r ad/s and 2 = 1.58 r ad/s. The mode
a damped syst em is given by m 2
c kx shapes for t he syst em ar e given by 1 = 90.732 1] T
dt dt
and 2 = [– 2.73 1] T . I f the fir st mass is displaced by
= 0. I f m = 1 kg, c = 2 Ns/m and k = 2 N/m t hen
1 cm, t he minimum displacement in cms t o t he
t he fr equency of t he damped oscillat ion of t his
gi ven t o t he second mass t o mak e t he syst em
syst em is ____ r ad/s.
vibr at e in fir st mode alone is = ________ (in t hr ee
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
decimal place).
129. The t wo dimensional st at e of st r ess in a body [GATE 2017, 2 M ]
is descr ibed by t he Air y’s st r ess funct ion:
134. An aircr aft landing gr eat can be idealized as single
4 3 2 2 3 4
x x y x y xy y degr ee of fr eedom spr ing-mass-damper syst em.
5 3 7 E .
10 6 2 6 12 The desir able damping char act er ist ics of such a
T h e A i r y ’s st r ess f u n ct i on wi l l sat i sf y t h e syst em is:
equilibr ium and t he compat ibilit y r equir ement s (a) Under damped (b) Over damped
if and only if t he value of t he coefficient E is ____. (c) Cr itically damped (d) Undamped
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
130. Which of t he following st at ement (s) is/ar e t r ue 135. A single degr ee of fr eedom spr ing-mass syst em of
about t he shear cent r e of a cr oss-sect ion: n at u r al f r equ en cy 5 H z i s m odi f i ed i n t h e
P: I t is t hat point in t he cr oss-sect ion t hr ough following manner s:
which shear loads pr oduce no t wist ing. Case 1:
Q: This point is also the centr e of t wist of sections Viscous damping wit h damping r at io - 0.2 is
subject ed t o pur e t or sion. int r oduced in par allel t o t he spr ing.
R: The nor mal st r ess at this point is always zer o. Case 2 :
(a) P, Q and R (b) P only The or iginal undamped spr ing-mass syst em is
(c) P and Q only (d) P and R only moved t o a sur face wit h coefficient of fr ict i on,
= 0.01.
[GATE 2017, 1 M ]
The r at io of t he damped nat ur al fr equency for
131. Whi ch of t he fol l owi ng st at ement s about t he
t he cases 1 and 2 is given by _______(in t hr ee
neut r al axis of a beam wit h unsymmet r ical cr oss
decimal places).
sect ion is t r ue:
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
(a) The pr oduct of second moment of ar ea about
t he neut r al axis is always zer o.
5.20 Aircraft Structure
136. Whi ch of t he fol l owi ng st at ement s about t he 140. The maximum nor mal st r ess in M N/m 2for t he
compat ibilit y equat ions ar e t r ue: t hin wall ed beam of squar e cr oss sect ion of out er
P: Si x st r ai ns ar e defi ned i n t er ms of t hr ee di mension 120 mm x 120 mm and wall t hickness
displacement funct ions and can have ar bit r ar y 1 mm under t he act ion of moment M o = 96 Nm
values. as shown i n t he fi gur e i s ________ (i n t hr ee
R: Compat ibilit y equat ions ar e an expr ession of decimal places)
t he cont inuit y of displacement . y
(a) P and Q (b) Q and R M 0 = 96 Nm
(c) P and R (d) P, Q and R
[GATE 2017, 2 M ] 45°
x
137. A bat ch of aluminium allow yields in uniaxial
tension at the str ess of 330 MN/m 2. I f this mater ial
is subject ed t o t he following st at e of st r ess: x =
140 M N/m 2, y = = – 70 M N/m 2. z = 0, xy = x M N/
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
m 2, yz = 0 and zx = 0. The value of x t hat would
r esul t i n yi el di ng accor di ng t o t he Von M i ses 141. The ideal ized cr oss sect i on of a t hin-wall ed box
fai l ur e cr i t er i on i s _______ (i n t hr ee deci mal st r uct ur e shown in t he fi gur e is subject ed t o an
places). an t i cl ock w i se t or qu e of 10 k N m . T h e co-
r r espondi ng shear -flow di st r ibut ion under t his
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
loading condition is shown in the figur e. The ar ea
138. An air cr aft wing is idealized as a cantilever beam of each cell i s A 1 = 300 × 103 mm 2 and A2 = 250 ×
of const ant wi dt h and l engt h l wit h a t i p mass of 103 mm 2.
w ei gh t W (N ew t on s) an d h as a u n i f or m l y 10 kNm
di st r ibut ed loading of qo (Newt ons/m) as shown
in t he fi gur e. Flexur al r i gi di t y = EI and qo l = 10 5 N/mm y
1 3
W. 5
q0
Cantilever Tip mass
support
5 N/mm A1 x A2 y
l
The upwar d deflect ion of t he t ip of t he ai r cr aft
wi ng under t he given loadi ng can be expr essed 6
2 5 N/mm 4
as: y
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
Wl 3
k 142. The nat ur al fr equency of t he syst em suspended
EI
by t wo deci mal spr i ngs of st iffness k as shown in
The val ue of k i s _________ (i n t hr ee decimal
places) k
t he f i gur e i s gi ven by n a for sm al l
[GATE 2017, 2 M ] m
139. For t he st at e of pl ane st r ess shown in t he figur e, di splacement . Bot h t he spr ings make an angle
t he mi nimum pr inci pal st r ess i s – 7M N/m 2. The of 45° wi t h t he hor i zont al . The val ue of a i s
nor mal st r ess x i n M N/m 2 i s equal t o ________ _________ (in t wo decimal pl aces).
(r ound t o near est int eger ).
2
21 MN/m
k k
45° 45°
x
m
2
56 MN/m
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
Aircraft Structure 5.21
143. Det er mine t he cor r ect ness or ot her wise of t he 148. Which of t he following st at ement (s) is/ar e t r ue
following st at ement s, [a] and [r ]: about the state of a body in plane strain condition?
[a] A closed-section box beam configuration is used P: A l l t h e poi n t s i n t h e body u n der go
in air cr aft wings. displacement s in one plane only, for example t he
[r ] Cl osed-sect i on box beam confi gur at i on i s x-y plane, leading t o zz xz yz 0 .
capable of r esist ing t or sional loads.
Q: All t he component s of st r ess per pendicular t o
(a) Bot h [a] and [r ] ar e t r ue and [r ] is t he cor r ect t he plane of defor mat ion, for exampl e t he x-y
r eason for [a]. pl an e, of t h e body ar e equ al t o zer o, i .e.
(b) Bot h [a] and [r ] ar e t r ue but [r ] i s not t he zz xz yz 0 .
cor r ect r eason for [a].
(c) Bot h [a] and [r ] ar e false. R: Except t he nor mal component , all t he ot her
component s of st r ess per pendicular t o t he plane
(d) [a] is t r ue but [r ] is false.
of defor mat ion of t he body, for example t he x-y
[GATE 2018, 1 M ] plane, ar e equal t o zer o, i.e.
144. For a damped single degr ee of fr eedom syst em
zz 0, xz yz 0.
with damping r atio of 0.1, r atio of twosuccessive
peak am pl i t u des of f r ee v i br at i on i s (a) P only (b) Q only
___________ (accur at e t o t wo decimal places). (c) P and Q (d) P and R
[GATE 2018, 2 M ] [GATE 2018, 2 M ]
145. The nat ur al fr equency (in r ad/s) of t he spr ing- 149. A thin-walled tube with exter nal r adius of 100 mm
mass syst em shown in t he figur e below is _____ and wall t hickness of 2 mm, is fixed at one end. I t
(accur at e t o one decimal place). is subject ed t o a compr essive for ce of 1 N act ing
at a point on t he cir cumfer ence par al lel t o i t s
k 1 = 20 M/m k 2 = 20 N/m
l engt h. The maxi mum nor mal st r ess (i n k Pa)
exper i enced by t he st r uct ur e is _____________
m1 = 6 kg Rigid m2 = 4 kg
Link
(accur at e t o t wo decimal places).
[GATE 2018, 2 M ]
150. A 1 m long massless cantilever beam oscillat es at
146. A solid cir cular shaft of diamet er d is under pur e 2H z, while a 60 kg mass is at t ached at t he t ip of
t or sion of magni t ude T. The maximum t ensi le it . The flexur al r igidit y of t he beam (in kN-m 2) is
st r ess exper ienced at any point on t he shaft is _________________ (accur at e t o t wo deci mal
32T 16T places).
(a) 3
(b) [GATE 2018, 2 M ]
d d 4
151. A cant i lever beam having a r ect angul ar cr oss-
32T 16T
(c) (d) sect ion of widt h 60 mm and dept h 100 mm, is
4
d d 3 m ad e of al u m i n u m al l oy. T h e m at er i al
[GATE 2018, 2 M ] mechani cal pr oper t ies ar e: Young’s modulus,
147. A clamped-clamped beam, subjected to a point load E = 73 GPa and ult imat e st r ess, u = 480 M Pa.
P at t he midspan, is shown in t he figur e below. Assuming a fact or of safet y of 4, t he maximum
The magnit ude of t he moment r eact ion at t he bending moment (in kN -m) t hat can be appli ed
t wo fixed ends of t he beam is on t he beam is _____ (accur at e t o one decimal
place).
[GATE 2018, 2 M ]
P
152. The component s of st r ess in a body under plane
st r ess condit i on, in t he absence of body for ces, is
gi ven by:
L xx Ax 2 ; yy 12x 2 6y 2 and xy 12xy.
PL PL PL PL The coefficient , A, such t hat t he body i s under
(a) (b) (c) (d) equi l i br i um i s _____ (accur at e t o one deci mal
2 4 8 16
place).
[GATE 2018, 2 M ]
[GATE 2018, 2 M ]
5.22 Aircraft Structure
AN SWER KEY
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (c)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (a) 25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (b)
31. (a) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (a) 35. (b) 36. (b) 37. (b) 38. (a) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (a) 42. (a) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (c) 46. (b) 47. (a) 48. (a) 49. (b) 50. (d)
51. (b) 52. (c) 53. (a) 54. (d) 55. (c) 56. (b) 57. (a) 58. (c) 59. (d) 60. (c)
61. (c) 62. (c) 63. (a) 64. (d) 65. (a) 69. (b) 70. (b) 71. (d) 72. (c) 73. (b)
74. (d) 75. (b) 76. (c) 77. (d) 78. (d) 80. (a) 82. (a) 83. (a) 84. (d) 85. (c)
86. (a) 87. (b) 89. (a) 90. (a) 91. (b) 92. (b) 93. (a) 94. (b) 95. (b) 97. (a)
98. (b) 99. (a) 101. (c) 103. (a) 104. (b) 105. (d) 106. (d) 107. (b) 108. (d) 109. (a)
112. (a) 120. (a) 121. (b) 123. (b) 126. (b) 130. (c) 131. (b) 132. (b) 134. (c) 136. (c)
143. (a) 146. (d) 147. (c) 148. (c)
EXPLAN ATI ON S
1. Given:
yz 0
mass m = 1 kg
damping r at io = 0.2 1
Nat ur al fr equency n = 5 r ad/sec. zz zz xx yy 0
E
We k now t hat damping r at io of syst em i s given
by zz xx yy 0
C C Si mil ar l y,
Cc 2 km
xx 0
C 2 km yy 0
For cal culat ing st i ffness k,
xy 0
n
k H ence, Non zer o st r esses ar e xx , yy , xy and
m zz.
4. F or an el ast i c an i sot r opi c sol i d, n o. of
k n2 m i ndependent el ast i c const ant s ar e 21. Thi s
52 1 25 N/m happens due t o st r ess-st r ain symmet r y.
5. Gi ven g = 9.8 m/sec2
Damping coeffici ent , c 0.2 2 25 1 mass = 1 kg
= 2 Ns/m (St at ic deflect ion) spr ing elongat ion x 0 = 16 mm
2. As elast ic beam is a cont inuous system it always = 0.016 m
has degr ee of fr eedom hence infinit e nat ur al Spr i ng Pull = 10 mm = 0.01 m
fr equeny wi ll exist . No mat t er what boundar y Gover ni ng equat ion of mot ion is
condit i on i s.
x + kx = 0
m … (i )
3. For plane st r ain pr oblem, say i n X-Y plane
Solving equat ion, we get
zz 0, xz 0, yz 0
2 k
D m x 0
xx , yy , xy 0
t hus, k
D
xz m
xz 0
G k k
x(t) C1 cos t C2 sin t
xz 0 m m
C1 cos n t C2 sin n t … (1)
yz
yz 0
G
Aircraft Structure 5.23
I ni t i al condi t i ons on x at t = 0 i s 10 mm or E AI A
m m
0.01 m. M ass was init ially at r est hence x 0
at t = 0. E BI B
wit h K Radi us of cur vat ur e conuct or is same for bot h
16 mm mat er i al ,
= r adi us of cur vat ur e.
m 10 mm 7. Gi ven, spr i ng mass damper syst em
1 kg Ampl it i t ude of r esonance = 1 cm
x [Resonance happens when applied fr equency or
St at ic defl ect ion x 0 = 16 mm for ced fr equency i s equal t o nat ur al fr equency
of syst em]
mg
St iffness k = 613.13 N/m
x0 1
K C
k 613.13
Nat ur al fr equency, n
m 1 m
x
24.76 rad/sec.
F = F0sint
Apply
At half of r esonant fr equency, ampli t ude
x = 0 at t = 0 on eq. (1)
= 0.5 cm
0.01 = C1 cos n 0 C2 sin n 0 Gover ni ng Di ffer ent ial equat i on of M ot ion of
System (GDEOM )
C1 0.01
cx kx F0 sin t
mx
apply
2 n x n 2 x F0 sin t
x
x 0 at t = 0 on eq. (1)
x C1n sin n t C2n cos n t k C
wher e n
m 2 km
0 C1n sin n 0 C2n cos n 0
Aft er sol ving equat ion by assuming a r esponse
C2 0 x of t he for m x sin t
hence: We will get ampli t ude
using (1) F0
x(t) 0.01cos 24.748 t k … (i )
x
or i n mm uni t s 1 2 2 2 2
x(t) 10 cos 24.76 t
wher e
n
6. For such beams wi t h mor e mat er i al
Bending moment r esi st ed is given by at r esonance n hence 1 and x = 1 cm
M = MA + MB (given) … (A )
Using mechani cs of soli ds i n bendi ng n
at hal f of r esonant fr equency hence
E A I A EB I B 2
M
0.5 , x = 0.5 cm (gi ven)
… (B )
E A I A EBI B Using condi t ion (A) & (B)
So,
M
F0 F0
k k
1 … (i i )
1 2 2 1 2 (2)2
5.24 Aircraft Structure
and (iv) Fixed pinned
F0 F0
eq
k k ...(iii) 2
0.5
2
1 1
2 9
2
Ther efor e,
1 2 16
4 2 Pinned-Pinned column
Dividing (ii) by (iii)
2 EI
Pcr
9 2
2
16 9
2 2
16 2 2 Fixed-Fr ee
4 16
2 EI
9 Pcr
4 2
16 15
Fixed-Fixed
2 0.1936
4 2 EI
Pcr
8. For such shaft s, t wist per uni t lengt h i s same 2
Fixed pinned
i.e.
L
22 EI 2.0462 EI
B Pcr
T T 2 2
A A
10. Axi al fl ow t ur bi ne i s subj ect ed t o ver y hi gh
B t emper at ur e r anges upt o 2000 K . N ickle all oy
d1 is used i n such hi gh t emper at ur e appli cat i on
because of i t s hi gh t emper at ur e r esi st ance.
d2
11. Von-M i ses yield cr it er i on for 3-D case, is given
Tot al t or que r esi st ed is given by
by
T = TA + TB
Using sol id mechani cs appr oach for t or sion, 1 2 2 2 3 2 3 1 2 2 y 2 … (A )
G A J A G B J B 1, 2 and 3 ar e pr inciple st r esses
T
L L y i s yield li mi t of st r ess-st r ai n r el at ionship
For plane st r ess 3 = 0
T G A JA GB JB
Equat ion r educes t o
L L
1 2 1 2 2 2 y 2
9. For Eul er -Ber noul li column, gener al for mula
12. N on uni for m bendi ng moment al ong l engt h
For cr i t i cal Buck li ng load is given by
gi ven by
2 EI
Pcr dMy
eq 2 V2
dx
e = equivalent lengt h
z
(i) For Pi nned-Pi nned column A V2
+h/2 x
eq
(ii) Fixed-Fr ee
h z
eq 2
y
(iii) Fi xed Fixed
eq –h/2
2 b
Aircraft Structure 5.25
Using equili br ium equat i on 14. Dynami cal syst em:
xx xz dx
0 2 cos x 0
x z dt
My h
xx , y For x = small per t ur bat ion,
Iy 2 4
dx
2 sin x 0
y My xz dt
0
I y x z can al so descr i be sy st em i n a cl ose
appr oximation.
xz y M y Bot h cosx and sinx funct i on hold same values
z I y x
at .
4
xz y h
Vz Vz … (1) Common direct ion quest ion: (15-16)
z Iy 2I y
(GDE OM )
h 1 1
I nt egr at i ng (1) fr om z t o for el ement (A) 15. K E mx 12 3m x 22
2 2 2
h V 2 h2 1 1 2 1 2
xz (z) xz z z PE kx12 k x1 x 2 k x 2
2 2I y 4 2 2 2
As we k now, x1 x2
k k k
At Boundar i es shear st r ess vani shes (Top & m 3m
Bot t om Faces)
h Using lagr angian equat i on
xz 0
2
d K E P E
0
Vz h 2
dt x x
xz z z2
2Iy 4 For x 1
Rear r anging,
1 kx1 kx1 kx 2 0
mx … (A )
For x 2
2
h 2 kx 2 kx 2 kx1 0
3mx … (B )
Vz
2 z2
x2 (z) 1 2
I n M at r ix for m
2I y h
L m 0
x1 2k k x1 0
0 3m
x 2 k 2k x 2 0
13. Tor sion const ant J of a t hin wall ed cl ose t ube of
t hickness t and mean r adius r i s gi ven by: As we see our st iffness mat r ix i s non-di agonal
or i n ot her wor ds in bot h t he equat ion (A) and
(B), Cor di nat es ar e coupl ed due t o st i ffness and
r t not mass or iner t i a. That ’s why syst em shows
st at ic coupling.
16. N at ur al fr equenci es can be cal cul at ed usi ng
ei gen val ues anal ysis of M at r ix A = M – 1K
2
4A 2 4 r 2 1
0
2k
k
J 2r 3 t m 2k k m
ds 2r m
t t
0 1 m k 2k k 2k
3 3m 3m
J 2r 3 t
5.26 Aircraft Structure
Eigen value Analyses
1
A I 0 4 74
2
3
2k k
m
m 0
A I
k 2k 0 1,2
4 7
3m 3m 3
Linked Answer Quest ion 17 and 18.
2k k 17. Equat i on of mot i on of a vibr at ing r od is given
m 0
m by
k 2k 2 u 1 2 u
0
3m 3m 2
2 2 … (1)
x C t
2
Boundar y condi t i on needed for a r od fi xed at
2k 2k 1 k t he r oot (x = 0) and fr ee at t i p (x = l)
A I 0
m m 3 m As fixed end displacement is zer o
2 2 u x 0 0
1 2k 2k 2k 2 1 k
0 x=0
3 m m m 3 m
2k 2k 4 1 k 2
2 0
m 3m 3 3 m
2k 2 k k 2
2 1 0
m 3 m m
2 2 x=l
2k 2 k 2k 2 k k
4 u(x, t)
m 3 m m 3 m m
1,2 x
2
at fr ee end, shear for ce i s zer o (N o ver t i cal
for ces)
2 2
8 k 8 k k
4 u
3 m 3 m m x 0
x
2
18. d Assumi ng solut i on of (1)
2 2 2 u(x, t ) = U (x)G(t )
8 k 8 k k
4 Di ffer ent iat i on w.r.t . x
3 m 3 m m
2 d 2 u x, t d 2 U
G(t)
dx 2 dx 2
2
8 k k 8 Di ffer ent iat i on w.r.t . t
4
3m m 3
d 2 u x, t d2G
2 U
dt2 dt 2
4 k k 1 28 Put t ing i n equat ion (1)
1,2
3m m2 9
d2 U 1 d 2G
G(t) U(x)
Now Nat ur al fr equencies ar e 1,2 1,2 dx 2 C2 dt2
C2 d 2 U 1 d 2G
k 4 1 28 2
2 ... (A)
1,2 U(x) dx G(t) dt 2
m 3 2 3
Aircraft Structure 5.27
Now solvi ng equat i on (A) in space, 20. No. of el ast i c const ant s in or t hot r opic mat er i al
2 2 ar e 9 because i t possesses t h r ee m ut ual l y
C d U
2 or t hogonal planes of symmet r y.
U(x) dx 2 21. Compat ibi li t y condit ions in t heor y of elast i ci t y
en su r es t h at w e ar e abl e t o f i n d u n i qu e
d2 U 2
2
U(x) 0 displacement field. I n other wor ds, diplacements
dx C2 ar e singl e val ued and cont inuous.
Solut ion of t his equat ion is in t he for m 22. Gi ven, mass m = 2 kg
U(x) = C.F + P.I .
Undamped Nat ur al fr equency n 20 Hz
But P.I . = 0
Cr it ical dampi ng const ant Cc = 2 km
2
2
C.F. D 0 2mn 2 2 2 20
C
160 N-s/m
i
D
C k
n
m
U(x) C1 cos x C2 sin x … (i )
C C
Using fi xed-fr ee – Boundar y condit i on K C
U(0, t) 0
2 kg m
0 C1 cos 0 C2 sin 0 23. For equilibr ium of plat es, we will have t o satisfy
C C
for ce and mom ent equi l i br i u m. For ces ar e
C1 0 al r eady i n equil ibr ium due t o unifor m loading.
Fx Fy 0
U(x) C2 sin x
C 1
N ow,
dU a/2
(x) C2 cos x … (i i )
dx C C
Using 2nd Boundar y condit i on a/2cos
u
, t 0
x b/2cos
b 2
Fr om equat ion. (i i) y b/2
0 C2 cos
C C
x
Now
a
C2 cannot be zer o for sol ut i on t o exi st Using moment equili br ium condit ion, we get
b cos a cos
cos 0 we can find Nat ur al fr equency 1 a
2
2 b
2
0
C
using t hi s expr ession. w h i ch gi v es 1 2 con di t i on f or
19. I n absence of body moment s, symmetr y of str ess
equili br ium.
t ensor i s der i ved usi ng moment equi l i br i um
condi t ions 24. Column wi t h var i ous end condi t i ons, effect i ve
lengt hs ar e:
M x 0, My 0, M
z 0 (i) For Pi nned-Pi nned (Bot h ends Pinned)
Symmet r y of st r ess t ensor comes fr om l eq = l
xy yx , yz zy , xz zx
5.28 Aircraft Structure
(ii) Bot h ends buil t in or fixed moment M y i s gi ven by
M y .y
eq 0.5 zx
2 Izz
(iii) One end bui lt in (fi xed), ot her fr ee
eq 2 1 cm 1 cm
(iv) One end bui lt in ot her pi nned
eq 0.707 y1 2 cm
O Y
25. As we know t hat shear flow at webs, di vi di ng
My
t wo sect i ons is gi ven by y2 2 cm
q12 q1 q 2
M
A = 0.2 cm 2
A = 0.1 cm 2
My y 1
xx top Izz y
q2 1 1
xx bottom
My y 2 y2
Izz
q1 q2
xx top
1
xx
Due t o symmet r y of sect ions ar ound t he web bottom
t or que M wi ll cause equal shear for ce q1 & q2 M y and I zz ar e const ant for acr oss sect ion. Only
thus di st ance y is var yi ng for di ffer ent booms.
q12 q1 q 2 0 y 1 = 2 cm y 2 = – 2 cm
28. Gi ven, ideal ized SDOF syst em
M fr ee vibr at ion t est i s per for med
26.
O Qual it y fact or Q = 10
1
Qual it y fact or for SDOF syst em Q =
RA RB 2
L/2 L/2
= damping r at io
Using for ce equi libr i um
RA + R B = 0 1
20
R A R B
L ogar i t hmic decr eament
Shear for ce diagr am 1
Using moment equil ibr ium about 0 2
2 20
RB L M 1 2
1
2 10
1
20
M
RB 29. Ai r y st r ess funct i on
L
M Pxy 3 3Pxy
RA (x, y) 3
L 4c 4c
A B 2 3Pxy
xx … (A )
M/L y 2c 3 2
M oment for a beam
27. N or m al st r esses on beam u n der ben di n g
Aircraft Structure 5.29
My 0
G(t)IV K 2 (x)G
xx … (B )
Izz
y IV
K 2G
cons tan t 2 K 2 a 4
G(t)
C
O x { L .H .S. i s funct i on of x al one & R.H .S. i s
L funct ion of t al one hence it can be possibl e only
–C if bot h ar e equal t o const ant )
L Using equat i on
0.5 0.5
IV a 4 0
y Solut ion of t his equat i on
z
y=C D4 a 4 0
D ai, a
1 (2C)3 2 3
Izz C … (C) Solut ion can be wr i t t en as
12 3
Using (A), (B) & (C) (x) C1 sin(ax) C2 cos(ax) C3 sinh(ax)
Mz y 3xy C4 cosh(ax)
2 3
C 2C3 Const ant can be found usi ng B.C.S.
3
at x = 0, L 0 (0) (L) 0
M z Px … (1) at x = 0, L 0 (0) (L) 0
Now mode shape given is
dM
Shear for ce Vx
dx x
(x) sin
L
Vx P
Compar ing it wit h sin(ax)
• Const ant shear for ce t hr oughout t he span
• Bendi ng moment var yi ng as funct i on of
a , al so a k
length L
• Bending moment i s maximum at x = L
A
These condi t i ons t el l us t hat i t i s cant i l ever k and K
beam clamped at end x = L and car r ying shear L EI
load at x = 0
P 2 1 2 EI
L2 k L2 A
x=0
x=L EI
2
30. Equat i on of mot i on of beam (unifor m sl ender ) AL4
of l engt h L i n flexur al vibr at ion:
31-33. Common data questions:
4 2 2-D st at e of st r ess i n i sot r opi c mat er ial i s given
EI 4 A 2 0
x t by
Si mply supor t ed beam at x = 0 and x = L
8 15
C MPa
A 5 16
IV 0
… (A )
EI
xx = – 8c M Pa
A yy = 16c M Pa
if k 2 and assumi ng (x, t) (x)G(t)
EI xy = 5c M Pa
Using t hi s in (A) 31. Pr inciple st r eses ar e given by
5.30 Aircraft Structure
2 FY Vy (1), Fz Vz (2)
xx yy xx yy 2
1, 2 xy
2 2 M X Vy ez Vz e y M (3)
H er e ey & e2 ar e zer o because v y & v 2 act s
8 16 8 16
2
1, 2 52 c MPa t hr ough shear cent er.
2 2 using fir st
4 13 c MPa Fy Vy
1 17c, 2 9c q1 12 2 12 22 12 22 12 480
32. M axi mum shear st r ess is gi ven by
504 480
q1 2 N/cm
1 2 12
Tmax
2
N ow,
17 (9) Fz Vz
c 13 c MPa
2 2 10 10 10 q 2 10 300
33. Vonn mises failur e cr it er ion:
Gi ven, Failur e st r ess 300 80 220
q2 22 N/cm
10 10
y 350 MPa
35. Using eq. (ii i)
12 1 2 22 y 2 Ms.c M as e y , ez 0
2 2
17c 17c 7c 9c 350 2 2 N/cm 2 N/cm
523c 2 122500 c 15.3 5 cm
Question 34 & 35: 2 N/cm 22 N/cm
34. Symmet r ic box beam 10 N/cm 5 cm
Symmetric beam
q1 z 2 N/cm 22 N/cm 22 N/cm
q2 12 cm 12 cm
5 cm 10 cm
10 N/cm y 2 12 5 2 12 5 22 12 5 22 12 5
2 N/m
22 10 12 2 10 12 M
22 N/cm 22 N/cm M 5760 N-cm
12 cm 12 cm
36. Pl ai n st r ai n:
Applied shear st r esses For pl ain st ain
V y = 480 N
zz yz xz 0
V z = 300 N
Tor que M act ing in shear cent er. yz
(i) yz 0
G
V2
Shear fl ow q yz 0
xz
= lengt h of member (ii) xz 0
G
Cr oss sect i on is symmet r i c about y and z axi s.
Thus shear cent er and al l t he applied for ce and xz 0
moment s ar e act i ng t hr ough t he shear cent er.
Thus shear cent er l ies at t he or i gi n 0. Usi ng eq.
Aircraft Structure 5.31
(iii) zz 0 A E B C
zz yy
zz xx 0
E E E G
zz xx yy
F
37. Cr it icall y damped SDOF syst em
damping const ant c = 4 N -s/m
K = 16 N /m
D
Now shear cent er cannot be on t hi s member.
K C
Sect ion i s not symmet r i c about AB.
E can’t be shear cent er, so as point B.
m
Only possible shear cent er can be shift ed poi nt
as syst em i s cr i t ical ly damped fr om ver t ical member t hat i s G.
1 40. Si mply suppor t ed beam of lengt h 2L
M
c L RB L
1 x B C
cc RA A
I f we move fr om left t o r i ght bet ween C and B
c cc 2 km t her e i s no ot her moment t han end moment M .
2 Thus t hi s par t is havi ng a const ant Bending
1 c M oment . After t his due t o React ion RB. Bending
m 0.25 kg
K 2 moment wi ll st ar t r educing l inear y (M – RB .x).
38. Thin wall ed Rect angular t ube wi t h equal and which becomes zer o at RA .
opposi t e for ce P wil l not have any st r ess unt i ll
A B
& unless t her e i s any const r ain t o mot ion of M
section. I n this case, r ectangular tube will posses
r i gi d body mot ion.
P 41. x1 x2
K
C B m1 m2
Gover ni ng di ffer ent ial equat i on of mot i on :
1 1
K .E. = m1 x 12 m 2 x 2 2
2 2
D A 1
P.E. =
2
k x1 x 2
2
P Using l agr angian equat ion,
Ther efor e, it will have zer o shear st r esses along
leg AB. 1 Kx1 Kx 2 0
m1 x … (i )
39. I f cr oss section is symmetr ic about any axis, then 2 Kx 2 Kx1 0
m2x … (i i )
shear cent er l ies on t hat axis. I n gi ven cr oss
sect ion i f sect i on was st r ai ght T sect ion t hen it m1 1 k
0 x k x1
was symmet r ic about t he ver tical member hence 0 m x 0
k
2 2 k x 2
shear cent er would have been on BD line. But
as member, BD is at angl e. 1
0
sect ion is no mor e symmet r i c. m k k
let A = M – 1K = 1
1 k k
0
m2
5.32 Aircraft Structure
k k For simply suppor t ed case, cr it ical Buckling load
m m is given by
1 1
k k c 2 EI
Pcr c1
m2 m2 2
Solving given value pr obl em
E 210 109 N/m 2
k k
0
m1 m1 2 EI
A I
k k 2
0
m2 m2
k k k2
m m m m 0
h = 1 cm
1 2 1 2
k2 k k 2 k2 b - 1.5 cm
m m m m m m 0
1 2 1 2 1 2
bh 3 1.5 13 1
k k I m4
2 0 12 12 (100)4
m
1 m 2
1.25 10 4 m 4
k k
0
m1 m 2
2 210 109 1.25 10 9
Pcr 10363.084 N
k k (0.5)2
1 0, 2
m1 m 2 10 kN
43. Wi ng r oot
Nat ur al fr equency 1,2 1,2
2 2
1 cm 1 cm
1 1 0
0.025 m
Chor d li ne
k k km 2 km1 Y
2 2
m1 m 2 m1 m 2 0.025 m
1 cm 2
2
k m1 m 2 1 cm 0.5 m
2
m1 m 2 Bending moment M y = 10 N -m
42. Buckling load For ced fact or n = 3 . 5
Given; Rect angular cr oss sect ion [1 cm x 1.5 cm] M axi mum bending st r ess at r oot
MY 10 0.025
P x 106 Pa
I YY 4 10 4 0.025
L oad fact or = 3.5
M axi mum st r ess max . 3.5 10 Pa
6
44. M ass of bar m = 1 kg
L =1m
l = 0.5 cm
K = 1 N /m
C = 1 N -s/m
1
a
3
Aircraft Structure 5.33
Applying Br edt -Bat ho for mula,
K C 2qA T
50 mm
a q1
L 50 mm
a ( is small)
Equilibrium
a
Position
L
q2
2 50 mm
mL 1
M oment of iner t ia I A kgm 2
3 3
1 1
K.E. I A 2 , P.E. 2q1 50 50 2q 2 50 50
2
K a Ka 2 2 10
2 2 6
10 106
1 1
C C 2 2
2
P.E. 102 1016
2 2 q1 q 2 2000
5000
Using l agr angian equat ion,
q1 q 2 2000 N/m
I A
Cl2
Ka 2 0
Common data question 46 and 47
Cl2 Ka 2 46. Par t ial differ ent ial equat ion for t or sional shaft
0
IA IA 2 2
I GJ … (1)
Compar ing wit h t 2 x 2
2 n n 2 0 GJ = Tor sional Rigi di t y
I = M ass polar moment of i ner t ia
2
1 For Shaft fi xed at bot h ends
1
Ka 2
3 1 rad/sec. Boundar y condi t i ons ar e gi ven by
n
IA 1 (0) = 0 (L ) = 0
3 47. Equat ion (1) can be wr i t t en as
CI2 1 12 2 GJ 2
Now, 2 n 3
IA 1 t2 I x 2
3
2 2
2
3 3 3
C … (A )
1.5 t2 x 2
2 n 2 1 2
GJ
2 2
C2
Cl 11 3 I
Al so, 1.5
2 Ka I A2 1 1 2 Assume a solut i on
2 1
3 3
(x, t) P(x)(t)
1.5 Put in equat ion (A)
as syst em have dampi ng r at i o mor e t han 1. 2 2 P
P(x) C2(t) 2
Ther efor e i t i s over damped syst em. Opt i on (a) t 2
x
is cor r ect .
[L .H .S. & R.H .S. ar e of differ ent var iables so
45. Two cel ls t ube t hickness t = 0.5 mm t hey bot h ar e equal t o const ant ]
Tor que = 10 N -m
c 2 P
cons tant 2
P
5.34 Aircraft Structure
Using equat i on yy
c 2 p" 2 p 0
y 2
2
x xx = 150 MPa xx
yy 1
p" 2
c P 0 … (i i )
Solut i on of (B) gi ves mode shape 2
12 150 150 1 200
2
D2 2 0 2 227.06 MPa
c
M axi mum t ensi le st r ess al ong y dir ect ion.
51. Column of l engt h and fl exur al r i gidit y EI
D i
c One end fixed ot her hinged.
Cr it ical Buil ding load is gi ven by
P(x) = A1 cos x A 2 sin x … (C)
c c 2 EI
Pcr
A1 & A 2 can be found ou t usi ng Boundar y 0.7 2
condi t ion. 52. Nat ur al fr equency of beam is gi ven by
Gi ven M ode shape i n quest ion: y
nx
sin
L
d z
Compar i n g ar gum ent of si n wi t h Pr evi ous
equat ion (C)
b
n G1
c bd 3
c L I 2 2 E
EI 12
n t h nat ur al fr equency L2 A L2 b d
n GJ 2 Ed 2
L I L2 12
48. Ther momechanical l oading cause t hr ee nor mal
st r esses an d t h r ee sh ear st r ess. Tot al 6 d
component s of st at e of st r ess exist . if d is highest , Nat ur al fr equency i s higher.
49. Ver t ical sl ender r od is suspended by a hinge at 53. 2-D pr oblem:
t he t op and hangs fr eely. Because t her e i s no
No body for ces
pr even t i on f or expan si on of bar i n h i n ge,
St r ess st at e:
Boundar y condit i on at one end is hi nged and
fr ee at ot her, t hus t her e wi ll not be any st r ess xx = 3x 2y + 4y 2
devel oped. But r od i s fr ee t o expand due t o yy = y 3 + 14xy
t emper at ur e; i t wil l have xy = – 3xy 2 – 7x 2
Equilibr ium Equations
L T T0
st r ain =
L xx xy
0
T 0 = i ni t ial Temper at ur e x y
T = final t emper at ur e L .H .S. xy xy 0 = R.H .S.
50. Gi ven: yi eld st r engt h 6 y 200 MPa
xy yy
Using Vonn-mi ses Cr i t er ion for plane 0
x y
12 22 1 2 y 2
L .H .S. 3y 2 14x 3y 2 14x 0 = R.H .S.
St r ess st at e sat i sfy equil ibr ium equat i ons.
Aircraft Structure 5.35
Compat i bi lit y equat ion i n t er ms of st r ess ar e 55. 0
2 2
x 2 y 2 xx yy 0
y
2 2 x 0
2 xx 2 xx yy yx
0
x 2 y 2 y 2 x 2
L .H .S. = 6 + 8 + 6y + 0 0
Hence, compat ibility equations ar e not satisfied.
For given st r ess fi el d, Appr opr iat e ai r y st r ess
54.
funct i on can be calculat ed usi ng
L/2
L/2cos
C.G.
C.G. 2
L/2 xx
C.G. y 2
L h
2
yy
x 2
GDEOM: 2
6xy
1 2 xy
K.E I
2 Taki ng fr om given opt ions
L L x2
P E mgh mg cos 0xy 0
2 2
2
Using L agr angian
2
d K E d K E P E xx 0
0 y 2
dt
For small 2
yy 0
x 2
sin , cos 1
I for r igid r od 2
xy 0
x y
mL2
I
3 H ence i s a val id Air y st r ess funct i ons.
56. Gi v en sect i on i s sy m m et r i c abou t x -ax i s.
mg L sin 0
I t her efor e shear cent er l ies on x-axi s.
2
y
mL2 L
Q mg 0
3 2 h/2 h
h/2
L
mg x
20
h
mL2
3
h
3g
0 M oment of i ner t i a is gi ven by
2L
35 3
3g I xx th
Nat ur al Fr equency n 12
2L
5.36 Aircraft Structure
F or only C sect ion M oment balance about A
shear cent er l i es on axes about whi ch i t i s
symmet r ic i .e. x axis and gi ven by RB P M
2
.3b2 t1 3h 2 t 3
C h P M P P P
6bt1 t2 H 6ht 2ht 8 RB P 0.1
2 2 2 10
her e b = h, H = 2h, t 1 = t 2 = t
8P 2
RB P 0.4P
9 20 5
e h
28
2 3
But due t o ext r a sect ion = whol e sect i on wi ll RA P P P 0.6P
5 5
become mor e symmet r ic hence shear cent er will
58. Bending moment diagr am
move r i ght side of e.
Fr om R.H .S.
35 17 moment wi ll be RB × x
[All ot her opt i on i.e. h and h ar e left
36 5 wil l incr ease linear l y.
3 5
si de of h]
8
57. Under damped syst em
Ampl it ude of 3r d Peak = 100
10t h Peak = 10
No. of peak s in bet ween = 10 – 3 = 7
Using l ogar i t hms decr ement
as i t r eaches at i t become = 0.4P 0.2P
Damping r at io 2 2
1 A
n 1 at we have Pur e moment M = 0.1P
2n An 2
1 100
n Tot al moment at x = wil l be = 0.3P
0.052 2
27 10
59. For M aximum value of shear st r ess:
Common Data Questions: (58-59)
we need, shear for ce di agr am:
M oment induced due t o Br acket is
0.6P 0.6P
M P a P 0.1
P ?
0 ?/2
x a
– 0.4P
?/2 V max = 0.6P
? Cr oss sect ion:
a = 0.1 l
h
Section h
hP h/2
RA M h 2
x ?/2 RB
?
Pack et can be r epl aced by for ce an a moment at VQ
Shear st r ess i s given by
It
pi ont x = I = moment of iner t ia about neut r al axes
2
For ce balance: bt3 h 4
I
RA RB P … (1) 12 12
Aircraft Structure 5.37
h h/2 C
Fi r st moment of ar ea Q = A y h 2
2 2 2 km
2
h3 C
1
8 2 km
h3 2C
0.6 P
8 0.9 P
max 4mk C2
h4 h2
h 64. Nat ur al fr equency n1 = 10 r ad/sec
12
60. For 3-D linear elast ic solids:
6 – St r ess - st r ain r elat ions
K1
6 – St r ain displacement equat ion
3 – Equat ion of equilibr ium
61. For Euler Ber noulli beam, non zer o st r ess and m
strains are xx, xy, xx and all ot her s ar e zer o.
Nat ur al fr equency n2 = 12 r ad/sec
For Plain st r ess : zz, xz, yz = 0
For Plain st r ain : zz, xz, yz = 0
Thus it sat i sfi es bot h pl ai n st r ess and pl ane K2
st r ain condit ion.
62. For st at ically indet er minat e fr ame st r uct ur e
m
no. of unknowns (i.e. r eactive for ce and moments)
ar e mor e t han no. of equat ions. But no. of joint s k1
degr ee of fr eedoms ar e less than no. of equations. n1 10 rad sec ... (i)
m
For example :
k2
n 2 20 rad sec ... (ii)
Simply Supported Beam m
k2
B m put in (i)
A 400
Joi nt degr ee of fr eedom = Rot at i onal A + k1
10
Rot at ional B + Tr anslat ion at B = 3 k2
No. of equilibr ium equat ions = 3 40
No. of React ion = 3 ( st at ically det er minat e) 100 k 2 k 2
F ixed-fixed k1
400 4
k 2 4k 1
65. Simply suppor t ed beam is conver t ed t o fixed
No. of degr ee of fr eedom = 0
Fixed beam
Equilibr ium equat ion = 3
Mx2 Mx2
React ion = 6 ( st at ically indet er minat e)
Rx1 Rx2
63. L ogar it hmic det er ment is given by :
2
... (A)
1 2 Ry1 Ry2
No. of unknown r eact ions ar e 6.
No. of equlibr ium equat ion ar e 3.
K C Degr ee of st at ic indet er minancy
=6– 3=3
m Rx
C
Now damping r at io, put in (A) Ry1
2 km Ry2
5.38 Aircraft Structure
I n si mpl y suppor t ed beam degr ee of st at i c This equat ion is valid t ill load P.
indet er minency is zer o. Deflect ion at end :
H ence it is incr eased by 3.
Y y1 1 y2
66. P = 1 N x
`2
E = 50 × 109 Pa
Tr ansver se deflact ion at fr ee end = y 1 l l2 l3 l 1 l l l 2
P P
EI 4 4 8 6 2 EI 2 2 2 4
x P
= 2.50 × 10– 3 m
RB = 2.5 mm
0.01 m
67. For cir cular cr oss-sect ion
L
Shear st r ess is given by
2 0.01 m
RA L = 1m
y
x r
We know t hat
d2 y l
EI 2
P x
dx 2 PAy
By int egr at ing t wice, we get I.b
M aximum shear st r ess at cent r e of cr oss sect ion
l x2 x3
EI y P c1 x c2 is given by :
2 2 6
4 P
y = 0 at x = 0 max
3 r 2
c2 0 Given Ar ea (r 2) = 1 mm 2
y = 0 at x = 0 L oad P = 1N
l x2 4
EI y = P x c1 max 1.33 N mm 2
3
2 2
c1 = 0 68. Buckling load is s ame as yield st r ess = 240 M Pa
Critical bucking load for simply supposed column
1 l x3 is given by:
y P x2
EI 4 6
l
2
c
c
y2
dy l = 1.57m
c
dx x
l
2
E = 200 GPa
y2
t an c
1/2
for small angle
t an c = c d
l
y2 c d
2
Aircraft Structure 5.39
We know t hat ,
2 EI
p cr
l2
d2
Pcr xx P xx
cr dy 2
A
2
cr A l 2 yy Q yy Sat isfied
1 x 2
2
dd 3
E 12 2
xy R xy
12 240 106 d 2 1.57 xy
4
d
2 200 109
Common data question for 72 to 72:
6 2
12 240 10 1.57 4 w 2w
d 71. EI m 2 0
2 200 109 x 4
t
= 6 cm
69. Body under goes defor mat ion under plane str ain x=0 x=l
condit ion :
zz = zx = zy = 0 x
l
zz = 0
To solve equation we need 4 boundar y conditions
1 and 2 init ial condit ion.
zz = (xx + yy) ; E = 200 GPa
3 72. At x = 0 ther e is always a r eactive moment which
= 200 × 103 M Pa
d2w
zx = 0 zx = 0 is pr opor t ional t o
dx 2
zy = 0 zy = 0
xx = yy = 450 M Pa, xy = 75 M Pa d2w
t hus condit ion (C) (0, t ) = 0 is not possible.
dx 2
1
zz 450 450 300 MPa Linked answer 73 and 74:
3
73. Thin walled hollow shaft
1 1 L engt h l = 1m
Now, xx yy zz 3 0.001
E xx 10
M ean Radius R = 5 cm = 5 10 2 m
Tor que t o be t r ansmit t ed = 7 kN – m
Similar ly, zz 0.001
= 7 103 N m
xy 75 1 t
xy 3
2 1 0.001
G 200 10 3
70. xx
xy R = mean radius
y Shear st r ess developed in shaft is given by
x yy T
xy r
Ip
4A 2
Polar moment of iner t ia I p
xx = P ds
t
yy = Q
xy = R 4 R 2
2R 3 t
2R
y2 x2 t
if P Q Rxy
2 2
5.40 Aircraft Structure
76. 0.2 0.4
T T
xy max 3
R 77. Semi monoceoque const r uct ion :
2R .t 2R 2 t
Skin and spar s ar e pr imar y car r ier s of shear
Weight of shaft is given by w = m.g. = 2Rgl st r ess due aer odynamic for ces and moment s.
78. L ogar it hmic decr ement , = 0.125 (For SDOF)
w
t damping fact or is given by
2Rgl
1 1
T
2 2
xy max 2 2
w 1 1
2R 2 0.125
2Rg
1.98% 2.0%
T 79. M ode shape of an unamped 2DOFs ar e :
w l g
R max
1 1
X1 X2
N ow gi ven sh af t i s m i n i m u m i f
is 0.5 0.67
max f 1 = 0.45 H z f 2 = 1.2471 H z
mini mum. 1 = 2(0.45) r ad/sec 2 = 2(1.2471) r ad/sec
For X:
2
I nit ial displacement s x(0) =
7700 1
14 10 6
max yield 550 106
0
For Y : I nit ial velocit y x (0) =
0
7700
12 10 6 Solut ion is wr it t en as :
yield 225 106
1
For Z : x = (A 1 cos 1t + B 1sin 1t ) + (A 2 cos 2t
0.5
4875
13 10 6 + B 2 sin 2t )
yield 375 106
Using init ial condit ion :
Thus if we will choose Y, we will get minimum
2
weight . x 0
74. FOS = 2 1
max 2 1 1
2 A1 A 2
Design 1 0.5 0.67
225 2 A 1 A 2
Design 112.5 M Pa
2
1 0.5 A 1 0.67 A 2
Mt = T
Solut ion is :
Mt R A 1 = 2, A 2 = 0
112.5
2R 3 t 6 Using ot her init ial condit ion
7000 0
t x 0
2 112.5 5 10 2 0
3.961 mm 4mm
1
75. 4 t h or der l i n ear n on-h om ogen ous or di n ar y x t 2 cos 1 t B 1 sin 1 t
0.5
differ ential equat ion
1
d2 d2w B 2 si n 2 t
EI q x 0.67
dx 2 dx 2
Aircraft Structure 5.41
1 81. Boundar y condit ion of r od under longit udinal
x t 21 sin 1 t B 1 1 cos 1 t vibr at ion.
0.5
1
B 2 2 cos 2 t
0.67 Fixed Fixed
0 1 1
0 B 1 1 cos 0 0.5 B 2 2 cos 0 0.67
Fixed free
B 11 + B 22 = 0
For fixed-fixed case
B 2 2 Nat ur al fr equency is given by
B1
1 n c c
wn (n 1) n 1, 2, 3, ...
l l
0.5 B 11 – 0.67 B 22 = 0 Fir st nat ur al
For fixed-free
(2n 1) c fr equency
B wn C (n 0)
0.5 2 2 1 0.67 B 2 2 0 2l 2l
1 n = 0, 1, 2 .....
B2 = 0 1
B1 = 0 Fixed fr ee nat ur al fr equency is t imes fixed-
2
Solut ion
fixed natur al fr equency
1 1
x t 2 cos w 1 t k
0.5 2
M aximum amplit ude in mm is 2 mm. 82. Spr ing mass syst em wit h viscous damper
80. Air y st r ess funct ions
x 2 xy y 2 k c
y =
m
y x
H ar monic vibr at ion
x = x x = x = X cos d t
v x X d sin d t
Tot al for ce r esist ing mot ion
y =
F = – kx – cv = – 10x – c x
Plat e subject ed t o unifor m t ensile st r ess 0 at
= – kXcos dt + cd Xsin dt
four edge
Ener gy dissipat ed is given by
2
y 2 2 d
x 2
Fvdt
0 t 0
If t hen y 0
2 2 d
2 k X 2 d sin d t.cos d t.d d t
x 2 0
y 2
2 d
0
If y 0 c d sin 2 d t.cos d t.d d t
2 0
2
x2y
xy c d X 2
if 0 xy 0
5.42 Aircraft Structure
83. Only possible way fr om given option is increasing 1
inter nal pr essure which will resist buckling loads 2
2.5
of fuselage skin.
1
Ot her way is by placing st iffer ss closer t o each 0.2
ot her. 2.5 2
Linked questions 84 & 85 : 87. Does not move axially, but can move hor izontally
and ver t ically
84. Thin walled spher ical vessel
(int er nal diamet er = 1m,
Vertical
wall t hickness 10 mm = 0.01 m)
St r esses ar e given by
pd Twist
c
4t horizontal
yield = 500 M Pa
axial
For a - t hin walled spher ical vessel, st r ess ot her
t han and ar e zer o (spher ical coor dinat e r, 88. Unifor m t hickness = 2mm
) 300 mm = 0.3m
pd
t = 2mm = 0.002 m
4t
Accor ding t o von-misses cr it er ion. 600 mm
= 0.6m
2 2 2y
2 2 2 2
pd pd pd pd 2
300 mm = 0.3m
500
4t 4t 4t 4t Tor que = 10 Nm
Shear modulus G = 25 GPa
pd Twist per unit lengt h is given by
500
4t T = GJ
Polar moment of iner t ia J, For channel sect ion
500 4t 500 4 0.01
P
d 1 1 3 1
J 3 bt 0.3 t 3 0.6 t 3 0.3 t 3
= 20 M Pa 3
85. Yielding of mat er ial will occur at same pr essur e 3.2 10 9 m 4
Py. As yield st r engt h is mat er ial pr oper t y it will
T
Twist per unit lengt h
not change due t o loading condit ion. GJ
86. Damped SDOFs
10
Amplit ude r at io = 2.5 at r esonance.
25 109 3.2 109
For SDOF’s amplit ude r at io
= 0.125 r ad which lies in bet ween 0.12 & 0.13.
x2 1 89. Cr oss-sect ion A, B, C, D ar e of equal ar ea = 3
x 1 2 2 2 2 cm 2
A D
at r esonance 1
n
200 mm
1
2.5
2 2
B
C
500 mm
Aircraft Structure 5.43
Thickness of each web AB, BC, CD, DA = 5 mm. 92. Equilibr ium of for ce
Twishing moment = 10 kNm RA + RB + RC = P … (A )
A = Ar ea enclosed P
= 200 × 500 mm 2 A RA D
200 500
m2
1000 2 B C
Shear flow q in such member is given by RB RC
M oment about AB
T 10 103 RC × BC = P × AD
q
2A 2 200 500
RC P
1000 2
M oment um about BC
= 50000 N/m = 50 K N/m RA × AB = P × DC
90. Angle of inclinat ion bet ween neut r al Axes and z Using (A)
axis is given by
RA P R B P P, P, P
a y 93. E = 200 GPa
C
lm B lm
A
M
2a x RB
P P
RA
2m
y Radius r = 10 mm = 0.01 m
t an 1
x Solving Beam AC first :
Point P is cent r oid of sect ion For ce equilibr ium
As each boom is at equal dist ance of a. F y = 0
x, y ar e co-or dinat es of cent r oid point P RA + RB = P
Taking moment about A
a RB × 1 = P × 2
t an 1 45 clockwise
a
R B 2P
91. As we know t wist per unit lengt h in out er and
inner mat er ial is same. R A P
For pinned-pinned
Al T 2P
Steel
Shear st r ains ar e same in bot h mat er ial.
But shear modulus of inner and out er mat er ial L
is differ ent
T out er = Gout × out er = GA l ×
inner = Gin × inner = Gst r e ×
H er e st r esses ar e discont inous.
Thus, only st r ain is cont inuous.
5.44 Aircraft Structure
Equivalent st iffness of cant ilever beam
2 EI
2Pcr L2 3EI
k
L3
4
2 200 109 2 0.01 k 3EI
Pcr = 64 Nat ur al fr equency n
22 2 m mL3
= 1934.94 N 2n m L3 102 1.4 0.6 3
E
Pcr = (1900 – 2000) N 3I 8 63
3
94. Pur e bending moment 12
St r esses developed is given by 1012
E = 70 × 109 Pa
M y
= 70 GPa
96. q
b x
L×b×t
b L
L/2 L/2
t
Reactions : For ce equilibr ium
My b L 3L
xx y at upper sur face R A RB L q q
I 2 2 2
b M oment equilibrium
M Taking moment about A
2
1
t b3 3L 1 3L
12 RB L q
2 2 2
6M 9q 2
xx L
t b2 8
All ot her st r ess yy & xy ar e zer o
9q
I f we t ake Air y st r ess funct ion RB L
8
2M 3
y
t b3 3L 9qL 12L q 9L q 3L q
RA q =
2 8 8 8
b
2M Bending moment at midpoint of A – B is given
2 2M 2 6M
xx 2 3 y y b by
y tb 2 t b3 t b2
95. Cantilever beam : L L 1L
M RA q
L engt h = 0.6 m 2 2 22
Nat ur al fr eqency = 10 r ad/sec 3L q L q 2
L
m = 1.4 kg 8 2 8
3qL2 q 2 3qL2 2qL2 qL2
L
0.6m 16 8 16 16
6 mm qL2
M
16
8 mm
8×6
3 A B Sagging
I=
12
Aircraft Structure 5.45
97. Tensile load
64.7168 60.9469
F = 49 kN = 49000 N 1 2
2 2 10
F Solving equat ion
F 10 mm
= 0.03001
10 mm
20 cm = 3%
9.98 mm 101. Tor sional vibr at ion of bar
20 cm 9.98 mm Nat ur al fr equency for fixed fr ee case is:
10 mm
Or ignal cr oss sect ion = 10 × 10 mm
= 0.01 × 0.01 m
L engt h l = 20 cm = 0.2 m
We know poisson r at io
2n 1
L at eral st r ain wn C
= 2l
L ongit udinal st rain
n = 0, 1, 2, .....
10 9.98 c
w1
10 2l
20.1 20
wher e
20
GJ
C
0.4 I0
and Young’s modulus = 80 GPa
GJ
98. M ass does not var y wit h loading
J
99. 5 2 MPa 35 2 MPa cos45° Fixed-fixed case :
30M Pa 45°
sin45°
45° 45°
n C
40M Pa
wn
l
n = 1, 2, 3
For st at ic equlibr ium F x, y = 0
x-dir ect ion C
w1
l
Fx 30 35 2 sin 45 5 2 sin 45 0
Which is 2 t imes t he fixed-fr ee case
Fy 40 35 2 cos45 5 2 sin 45 = 0 dy
102. Sl ope whi ch i s gi ven by can be easi l y
100. Undamped nat ur al fr equency dx
n = 10H z = 2 10 r ad/sec calculat ed using bending moment equat ion and
Accor ding t o half power widt h met hod, M acaulay’s met hods.
a b P
2 0.6m
r P Q O R S
r n 1 2 0.3m ? = 1.2m 0.3m
a 64.7168
d2 y
b 60.9469 EI Mx
dx 2
5.46 Aircraft Structure
I n our case, as t h er e i s no l oadi n g on t he 104. Cr it ical buckling load for fixed-fixed column is
over hang. given by :
Slope at S will be same as t hat of R
which is given by 6 mm
10 mm
dy Pl 2 1m
dx 16EI
4 2 EI
pcr
50 1.2
2 l
1
16 200 109 0.01 0.0063 1
12 4 2 200 109 0.01 0.063
12
= 0.125 1
103. Shear st r ess on fir st shaft (E = 200 GPa)
= 1421.223 N
t Pcr 1421.223
cr 23687050 Pa
mm A 0.01 0.006
30 mm 40
= 23.687 M Pa
Coefficient of t her mal expansion
= 12 × 10– 6/°C
Ther mal st r esses ar e given by
d 2 t h = E × t h = E × T
mass m f = 1
4 Cr it ical t h = cr = 23.687 M Pa
23.68 106
T
mass m s =
2
D d2 2
200 109 12 10 6
4 = 9.869 = 9.87 °C
105. Cylinder subject ed t o pr essur e
mf d2
M ass Rat io = 2 1 2 P = 5 bar = 5 × 105 Pa
ms D d2
H oop st r ess,
Using t or que T is given by
pd p d out 2t
c dia d = dout – 2t
T T d 2t 2t
r 1
J 4 2 ... (i)
d
32 1 5 105 30 10 2 2 0.001
2 0.001
For 2nd shaft
= 74.5 M Pa
T T D
r L ongit udinal str esses
J2
32
D 4 d 42 2 ... (ii)
pd 1
L c 37.25 M Pa
Dividing (i) by (ii) 4t 2
d1 D 4 d 24 y = 260 M Pa
1 According t o Von-miss crit eria :
d14 D
(eq = c2 + l 2 – cl )
D 4 – (40)4 = (30)3D
D = 43.99 mm y
FOS
eq
30 2
M ass r at io = 2.68
43.99 2 40 2 260
FOS
74.5 37.25 2 74.5 37.25
2
= 4.0625 = 4
Aircraft Structure 5.47
106. Air y st r ess t ent ion St iffness of beam
3 2 2 3
c1 xy c2 xy c3 x y c4 x y 3EI
kb
l3
if c1 , c2 , c3 0, c4 0
3d 2 3 210 109 8.33 10 10
0.6 3
... (A)
xy 2 xy 3 = 2429.58 N/m
3d
Fundament al nat ur al fr equency is given by
2 2xy
xx 2
2 xy 1
y 3d d2
kb k
2 k eq. k k
yy 0 n
b
x 2 m 1
2 1
xy 2 y2
x y d 2429.58 500
y2 2429.58 500
1 2 1
d
= 20.36 r ad/sec.
Equilibr ium equat ion 108. SDOF’s : I nit ial amplit ude = 5 cm
xx xy = 2% = 0.02
0
x y Amplit ude of 5t h cycle
2y 2y A
2 0 n 1 2 n 1
d2 d A5
H ence sut isfied.
A
Bihar monic equat ion: n 1 2 5 1 0.02
A5
4 4 2 2
2 0 A1
y 4 xy y 2 x 2 e 240.02
A5
I n equat ion (A) var iable of x ar e of only degr ee 1
i.e., x 1 [all 2nd dir ivat ives of x ar e zer o and 4t h A 5 3.02 cm
dir ivat ives of y ar e zer o]
109. I f a lat er al for ce is applied at shear cent r e of
0 + 0 + 2 × 0 = 0 beam it will always bend wit hout causing any
I t is also sat isfied. t wist .
107. L engt h of beam l = 0.6 m 110. Pr incipal st r esses
I = 8.33 × 10– 10 m 4 1 = 25 M Pa
E = 210 GPa 2 = – 25 M Pa
0.6 M aximum shear st r ess is given by
1 2 25 25
k = 500 N/m max 25 MPa
2 2
1 kg 111. St at ic displacement of mass m is given by
As beam i s massl ess, whol e syst em can be
conver t ed int o t wo spr ings in ser ies
K m = 0.5 kg
Kb K = 0.5 N/mm
K x
m.g.
x sl 0.981 mm
m k
5.48 Aircraft Structure
112. I and I I r esult in ident ical st r ess dist r ibut ion at
sect ion locat ed far away E 300 109
1 1
3k 3 200 109
S 2 2
P 0.25 Poisson r at io.
(I)
S
W = 100 N
P 10mm
3 P/8 Q
P/8 115. 10mm
P/8 (II) l = 300 mm
5mm
3P/8
3EI
Su m of 3P/8, P/8, P/8, 3P/8 t h ese al l an d K eq
dir ect ion is same as I i.e. P and all loads ar e l3
symmet r ic about axis of bar
1 4
113. 2– D st r ess st at e at a point P in xy co-or dinat e is 3 200 109 0.01
12
given by :
300 103 3
60 50 xx xy
50 40 M Pa = 18518.51852 N/m
yy
xy Deflection
xy 50 M Pa w 100
x st . 5.45 10 3 m
k eq 18518.51852
114. Cube subject ed t o unifor m hydr ost at ic pr essur e
P = 100 N/mm2 = 100 × 106 Pa = 5.45 mm = 5.5 mm
I nit ial volume = V Anot her met hod
Volume aft er shr inking = V – 0.05% V E = 200 GPa
Young’s M odulus E = 300 GPa M assless beam can be conver t ed t o equivalent
spr ing.
Bulk M odulus of elast icit y
Volumet ric st ress
k
Volumet ric st rain Keq
P
x 100 N
change in volume
or ignal volume I t can also be calculat ed as :
Used bending movement equat ion .
100 106
0.05 R
Q w 10
V x l–x
mm
100
10
v
a = 5mm
l = 300 mm
= 200 × 109Pa = 200 GPa
Now r elat ion bet ween bul k modul us, young’s
W
modulus and posit ion r at io.
E
k Mw
3 1 2v
M x = – w(l – x) – M w
E
1 2 = – w(l – x) – w × a
3k
d2 y
EI w l x w a
dx 2
Aircraft Structure 5.49
I nt egr at ing it once, 117. Shear M odulus = 80 GPa
Twist angle = 0.0727 r ad
dy x2
EI w lx w a x c1 ... (A)
dx 2
5 mm
5 mm
dy
B.C. at x = 0 0
dx 3 mm
60 mm
C1 0
3 mm
again int egr at ing equation (A) 40 mm l = 2 mm
2 3 2
x x x
EI y w l wa c2 We know t hat
2 6 2
T c
B.C. at x = 0, y=0
J l
C2 0 c
T J
l
1 x 2 x 3 x2 c 4A 2
y w l wa
EI 2 6 2 l ds
t
Now deflect ion at point x = l i.e. Q
c = Shear modulus
1 l3 l3 l2 l = lengt h = 2m
y w wa
EI 2 6 2 A a b
1 wl 3 l2 80 109 0.0727
wa
EI 3 2 2
2
1 4 0.06 0.003 (0.04 0.005)
1 0.04 0.005 0.06 0.003
2
4
200 109 0.01 0.003
0.005
12
= 1003.42 Nm
100 0.33 100 0.005 0.32 118. 200 mm long simply suppor t ed column
3 2 E = 200 GPa
= – 5.535 × 10– 3 m
= – 5.5 mm
5mm
y 5.5 mm = 0.005m
116. SDOF syst em:
mass m = 10 kg. 10 mm
= 0.01m
st iffens k = 2.25 N/mm
damping cofficient c = 0.0125 N-s/mm
Rat io of t wo successive amplit ude is given by
Fact or of safet y = 2.5
2
x1 1 2
e Cr it ical load
x2
2 EI
c 0.0125 pcr
0.0416 l2
2 km 2 2.25 10
1
2 200 109 0.01 0.0053
x1
12
1.29
x2 0.22
= 5140.4189 N
5.50 Aircraft Structure
123. St ate of pur e shear str ess of 50 N/mm 2. Pr inciple
p
FOS cr planes ar e always or ient ed 45° or 135° t o t he
p max
3
pur e st r ess st at e &
p cr 5140.4189 4 4
Pmax 2056.16 N
FOS 2.5
119. 2 mater ial constant s i.e., Young’s modulus E and
poisson’s r atio are needed to descr ibe 3-D hooks
max. shear
law for isot r opic mat er ial 45º
120. I n plane st r ess pr oblem, st r esses xz, yz ar e zer o 124. St r ain ener gy densit y st or ed is given by:
which emply shear st r ains ar e zer o in t hickness l = 100 mm
dir ect ion. But nor mal st r ains ar e t her e due t o
1 kN
xx and yy because of poison’s effect .
yy Ar ea A = 100 mm 2
y = 100 × 10– 6 m 2
xy
Young’s modulus = 1 × 105 N/mm 2
xx
1
x w E 1 6
2 2 E
1 F F 1
i.e., str ess in one dir ection causes str ain in other.
2 A A E
2
121. 1 1000 1
2 100 105
P N
S.C. 5 10 4
F mm 2
st r ain ener gy U = W × volume
= 5 × 10– 4 × (100 × 100)
For ce P is not act ing at shear cent er as in ot her = 5 N mm
case. That it will pr oduce bending and t wist ing. 125. Beam : Young’s modulus E = 105 N/mm 2
122. Two spr ings ar e in ser ies M oment of iner t ia I = 100 mm 4
L engt h l = 100 mm
k = 30 N/mm
2 N/mm
4 N/mm P
2 N/mm B
m
l k
equivalent stiffness
1 1 1
k eq 2 2 equivalent system
k eq. = 1 N/mm
keq.
4 N/mm 1 N/mm
P
k
t wo par allel spr ings P = 100 N
k eq. = 4 + 1 = 5 N/mm
Aircraft Structure 5.51
3EI 3 105 100 128. mx
cx kx 0
k eq.
l3 100 3 m = 1kg
= 30 N/mm c = 2 Ns/m
For ce equilibr ium
k
P = k eq. x + kx x 2 r ad / sec
m
P k = 2 N/m
x 1.66 mm
k eq. k damped nat ur al fr equency
126. Ribs ar e used for incr easing buckling st r engt h d n 1 2
of longit udnal st iffner s and also dist r ibut es t he
concen t r at ed l oads i n t o t h e st r u ct u r e an d c 2 1
0.707
r edi st r i but e st r ess di scont i nui t i es. But I I nd 2 km 2 21 2
st at ement is not cor r ect r eson for (I ) st at ement .
Buckling of longit udinal st iffness incr ease just 2
1
because r i bs r educes t he effect i ve l engt h of 2 2 1
2
st iffner s.
127. Ant iclockwise t or que
d 1 rad sec
100 mm
x 4 x 3 y 3x 2 y 2 xy 3 y4
129. 5 7 E
12 6 2 6 12
4 4 4
100 mm 2 0
T x 4 y 4 y 2 x 2
5 4 3 2 1 E 4 3 2 1
26 6
12 12
100 mm 10 + 2E + 12 = 0
T = 62.5 × 103 N-mm 22
E 11
M ax. shear st r ess = 100 N/mm 2 2
We know t hat 130. Sh ear cen t er i s a poi n t w h er e sh ear l oad
pr oduces no t wist and also called cent er of t wist
T
in t or sion. t her e can be st r esses at t his point .
J t
131. Nor mal st r ess along neut r al axis is always zer o
For t hin r eact ingular sect ion
Normal stress are
1 1
J bt 3 100t 3 100t 3 100t 3 zero at neutral axis
3 3
Neutral
1 Axis
300 t 3 100t 3 beam
3
132. Spar caps ar e long longit udinal member s along
t 62.5 10 3
100 wing mainly t ake bending loads. But due t o long
100 t 3 lengt h of t hese member s t hose can have less
62.5 103 buckling st r engt h and can be pr one t o buckling.
t2 =
100 100 Spar Cap
t = 6.25
t 2.5 mm
5.52 Aircraft Structure
133. 2DOF’s nat ur al fr equencies 136. Compat abi l i t y equat i on ensur e cont i nui t y of
1 = 0.79 r ad/s displacement s and must be sat isfied for valid
2 = 1.538 r ad/s solut ion of 3-D pr oblem of elast icit y.
mode st r ess 1 = [0.732 1] T 137. Yield st r ess = 330 M N/m 2 = 330 M Pa
2 = [– 2.73 1] T Accor ding t o von-mises cr it er ia
I nit ial displacement of fir st mass = 1
I nit ial displacement of 2nd mass = x – 70 MPa
0.732
mode shape 1
1
140 Mpa
1 xy = x
Nor malizing 1 by 0.732 1 it shows
1.366
t hat if mass/displaced by 1 cm mass 2 should be
displace by 1.366 cm, so t hat syst em vibr at es in 6
2
xy
fir st mode only.
134. SOOF-l andi ng gear i deal i zed as spr ing mass
damper desir able damping is cr it ical damping 1 2
whi ch gi ve non -osci l l at or y-fast est decay of
yy 2xx 2yy 2xy
6 xx
r esponse t o any input .
1 2
135. Nat ur al fr equency y
3
k
n 5H z 2 5 r ad sec 2
m 6 2xy 2 2y xx yy 2xx 2yy
k 2 2
x 2 r ad / sec 2 3303 140 70 1402 70
m
= 149200
k m Original
xy 157.692 M Pa
c = 0.2 138. Using B.M . equat ion at sect ion x
(i) 10 W
k q0
= 0.01 l
(ii)
I st case : damped nat ur al fr equency l1
x w
d1 n 1 2 Flexural rigidity
= EI
25 1 0.22
2
= 30.78119 r ad/sec d2y q l x
EI W l x 0
I I nd case : dx 2
2
g 0.01 9.8 I nt egr at ing once
eq. 1.55 10 3
2 n 2 2 5
dy x2 q x 3 2l x 2
EI W lx 0 l 2 x c1
dx 2 2 3 2
d2 25 1 1.55 10 3
= 31.4158 dy
0 at x0
dx
d1 30.7819
rat io 0.9797
d2 31.4158 c1 0
Aircraft Structure 5.53
I ntegr ating again 140. M oment M o = 96 Nm
x 2 x 3 q 0 l 2 x 2 x 4 2l x 3 M sin 45º
EI dy w l c2 y M = 96
2 6 2 2 12 6 120 mm
y = 0 at x = 0 t = 1mm
y º
120mm 45 x
c2 0
= 0.12 m M cos 45º
at x = l
1 l 3 l 3 q0 l 4 l 4 l 4 x
y w
EI 2 6 2 2 12 3 M aximum nor mal st r ess is given by
M
1 w l 3 10w 6 l 4 l 4 4l 4
y I
EI 3 2l 12
as m om en t M wh en di vi ded i n t o x an d y
1 w l 3
5w 3l 4 component st r ess
EI 3 l 12 M xx y M yy x
I xx I yy
1 w l 3 5w l 3
EI 3 4 as sect ion is symmet r ic
4 15 w l 3 BD 3 bd 3
I xx I yy
12 EI 12 out er 12 int er nal
wl 3 0.12 0.123 0.118 0.1183
0.9166
EI 12 12
=1.12351 × 10– 6 m 4
K 0.9166 As x = y = 60 mm = 0.06 m
139. M inimum pr inciple st r ess = – 7 M N/m 2 and M xx = M yy = M sin 45° = M cos 45°
= 96 × 0.707 = 67.88
yy = 21 MN/m2 M y 67.88 0.06
2 xx 2
I xx 1.12351 106
= 7250135.735 N/m
xx
6 7.2 MN m
xy = 56 MN/m2 141. Ar ea A 1 = 300 × 103 mm 2
= 0.3 m 2
A 2 = 250 × 103 mm 2
minimum pr inciple st r ess
= 0.25 m 2
xx yy xx yy
2 T = 10 K N m = 10,000 Nm
2
1,2 xy
2 2
T = 10 kNm
5N/mm
y
2
21 xx 21 2
7 xx 56
2 2 5N/mm A1 x A2 y
Solving above eq.
xy 105 M N m 2 5N/mm y
Shear flow q1 = 5 N/mm = 500 N/m
5.54 Aircraft Structure
Shear flow q2 = y N/m 143. a Ai r cr aft wi ng i s cl osed sect i on box beam
x = q2 – q1 confi gur at i on whi ch i s capabl e of r esi st i ng
= y – 500 N/m t or si onal -l oads comi ng due t o aer odynami c
We know t hat for ces
T = 2A 1q1 + 2A 2q2
Box
10,000 = 2 × 5000 × 0.3 + 2 × 0.25 × y Section
y = 14000 N/m
x = 14000 – 5000 = 9000 N/m 144. Damping r at io = 0.1
2
x A1
r at io 0.6428 Rat io of t wo successive peaks = e 1 2
y A2
142. body diagr am and r esolving for ces = 1.88
145. x1
k1 = 20 N/m k2 = 20 N/m
k k m1 = m2 =
6kg 4kg
Rigid link
m M asses ar e connect ed t hr ough a r igid link
t hus can be consider ed as
t ot al 1 mass = m 1 + m 2 = 10 kg = M
x
Equat ion of mot ions of t his syst em :
1 k1 x1 k 2 x1 0
Mx
x
F1 = kx cos 45º 45º 45º F2 = kx cos 45º k k2
x1 1 x 0
45º 45º M 1
x
Nat ur al fr equency
..
mx
k1 k2 20 20
w 2 rad sec
M 10
F1 cos 45º + F2 cos 45º 146. Max str ess developed at any point on shaft under
F1 F2 t or que T and dia d is
45º 45º
T d
max
J 2
..
mx T d 16T
4 2 d 3
equat ion of mot ion d
32
+ F 1 cos 45° + F 2 cos 45° = 0
mx
mx + kx(cos 45°)2 + kx(cos 45°)2 = 0 147. Clamped-clamped beam
2
2k x cos45 RH1 P
x
0 RH2
m MA
MB
Fr equency RV1
RV2
L
2
2 cos 45 k k This case is equivalent t o simply suppor t ed +
wn 1
m m end moment r eact ion
for small displacement s
a 1
Aircraft Structure 5.55
For Simply Pl Nor mal fr equency = 2H z
supported beam 4 = 2.2 r ad/sec
(i) Simply Nat ur al fr equency
supported
L Moment k eq.
n 2 2 rad sec
end moments m
(ii) MB
– ve (hogging
–MB moments) 3EI
k eq.
Equilibr ium : l3
F x = 0 Flexr ul r egidit y = EI
Rv 1 + Rv 2 = p
3 EI
R H1 RH 2 0 4
l 3 .m
MA = MB
4 2 l 3 m
Now Ar ea of (I ) + (I I ) =0 (M oment Equlibr ium) EI
3
1 PL
L MB L 0
2 4 4 2 13 60
3
PL2
LMB = 3158.27 Nm 2
8
= 3.158 K N m 2
PL 151. Fact or of safet y = 4
MB MA
8 100 mm
148. I n plane st r ain condit ion
60 mm
zz xz yz 0
E A l = 73 GPa
But zz 0 [ zz = (xx + yy)] a = 480 M Pa
This can be pr oved M ax. st r ess can be
1 a 480
Using zz
E
zz xx yy = 0 applied max
4 4
xz = yz = 0 = 120 M Pa
P and Q ar e cor r ect = 120 M N/mm 2
149. Thin walled t ube M aximum moment t hat can be applied
ext . r adius R = 100 mm = 0.1 m
int . r adius r = 100 – t = 100 – 2 = 98 mm
max 120 1 3
M I 60 100
= 0.098 m y 100 12
Compr essive for ce F = 1 N 2
= 12000000 N mm
F
M aximum nor mal st r ess
R2 r 2 12000000
12 kNm
1000 1000
803.81 N m 2
152. xx = Ax 2
= – 0.803 × 103 N/m 2 yy = 12x 2 – 6y 2
= – 0.803 K N xy = 12xy
– ve sign indicat es compr ession To sat isfy equilibr ium equat ion
150. L engt h l = 1m
xx xy
m = 60 kg 0
x y
l = 1m
60 2Ax + 12x = 0
m = kg
A 6
6
CHAPTER JET PROPULSION
1. Which one of the following engines should be used 6. Which one of t he following st at ement s is t r ue?
by a subsonic passenger t r anspor t air plane for (a) The isent r opic efficiency of a compr essor is
minimum specific fuel consumpt ion? const ant t hr oughout t he compr essor
(a) Tur bojet engine wit h aft er bur ner (b) Flow separ at ion pr oblems ar e mor e cr it ical
(b) Tur bofan engine f or t h e ax i al com pr essor s t h an f or t h e
(c) Ramjet engine cent r ifugal compr essor s
(d) Scr amjet engine (c) The pr essur e r atio of a centr ifugal compr essor
appr oaches zer o as t he compr essor mass flow
[GATE 2007, 1 M ]
r at e appr oaches zer o
2. On which one of t he following t her modynamic
(d) Cent r ifugal compr essor ar e always designed
cycles does an ideal r amjet oper at e?
wit h mult iple st ages
(a) The Rankine cycle (b) The Br ayt on cycle
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(c) The Car not cycle (d) The Ot t o cycle 7. Combust ion bet ween fuel (oct ane) and oxidizer
[GATE 2007, 1 M ] (air ) occur s inside a combust or with the following
3. Ai r ent er s t h r ough t he eye of a cent r i fugal st oichiomet r ic chemical r eact ion:
com pr essor wi t h a st agn at i on t em per at u r e 2C8H 18 + (25O2 + 94N 2) 16CO2 + 18H 2O +
300 K and exits the compr essor with a st agnat ion 94N 2
t emper at ur e 424 K . I f t he isent r opic efficiency of
(a) 0.094 (b) 0.422
t he compr essor is 0.81 and t he r at io of specific
heat s of t he flowing gas (assumed as const ant ) is (c) 0.721 (d) 2.371
1.4, then t he pr essur e r atio acr oss the compr essor [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
is 8. A gas t ur bine engine oper at es wit h a const ant
(a) 2.75 (b) 5.60 ar ea du ct com bu st or wi t h i n l et an d ou t l et
st agnat i on t emper at ur es 540 K and 1104 K
(c) 65.00 (d) 228.00
r espect i v el y. A ssu m e t h at t h e f l ow i s on e
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
dimensional, incompr essible and fr ictionless and
4. For an impulse t ur bine wit h ident ical st ages, t he t hat t he heat addit ion is dr iving t he flow inside
hot gas exit s fr om t he st at or blades at t he mean t h e com bu st or . T h e pr essu r e l oss f act or
blade height at an absolut e angle of 70 degr ees (stagnation pr essur e loss non-dimensionalized by
wit h t he axis of t he t ur bine. I f t he absolut e inlet t he inlet dynamic pr essur e) of t he combust or is
blade angle wit h t he axis of t he t ur bine at t he
(a) 0 (b) 0.489
mean bl ade hei ght for t he r ot or bl ades i s 37
degr ee, t hen t he absolut e exit blade angle wit h (c) 1.044 (d) 2.044
t he axis of t he t ur bine at t he mean blade height [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
of t he r ot or blades is 9. The diffuser of an air plane engine deceler ates t he
(a) 33 degr ees (b) 37 degr ees air flow fr om t he flight M ach number 0.85 t o t he
(c) 53 degr ees (d) 53.5 degr ees compr essor inlet Mach number 0.38. Assume that
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
the r atio of the specific heats is constant and equal
t o 1.4. I f t he diffuser pr essur e r ecover y r at io is
5. Which one of t he following mat er ials should be
0.92, t hen t he isent r opic efficiency of t he diffuser
select ed t o design an axial flow t ur bine oper at ing
is
at high t emper at ur es?
(a) St eel alloy (b) Tit anium alloy (a) 0.631 (b) 0.814
(c) Nickel alloy (d) Aluminum alloy (c) 0.892 (d) 1.343
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] [GATE 2007, 2 M ]
6.2 Jet Propulsion
10. The pur pose of a fuel i nject i on syst em i n t he 18. An ideal r amjet engine is flying at a Mach number
combust or is M . The exhaust gas st at ic t emper at ur e at t he
(a) t o acceler at e t he flow in t he combust or out l et of t he nozzl e i s T e. The ambi ent st at i c
t emper at ur e is T a. Gas const ant R and specific
(b) to incr ease the stagnation pr essur e of the fuel-
air mixt ur e heat r at i o do not var y t hr ough t he r amj et .
Assuming t hat nozzle exhaust st at ic pr essur e is
(c) t o ignit e t he fuel-air mixt ur e
equal t o t he ambient pr essur e and fuel air r at io
(d) t o conver t t he bulk fuel int o t iny dr oplet s f <<1, t he t hr ust per unit mass flow r at e is
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
11. The compr essor pr essur e r at io is T
(a) RTa e
(a) 0.22 (b) 0.28 Ta
(c) 3.50 (d) 3.90
T
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] (b) RTa e 1
12. I f t he polyt r opic efficiency of t he compr essor is Ta
0.89, t h en t h e i sen t r opi c ef f i ci en cy of t h e
compr essor is T
(c) M RTa e 1
(a) 0.613 (b) 0.869 Ta
(c) 0.89 (d) 0.98
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] T
(d) M RTa e
13. The degr ee of r eact ion of an impulse t ur bine is Ta
(a) 1 (b) 0.75 [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(c) 0.5 (d) 0 19. A 50 per cent degr ee of r eact ion axial flow tur bine
[GATE 2008, 1 M ] oper at es wit h a mean blade speed of 180 m/s. The
14. I n a scr amjet engine, t he M ach number at t he flow leaves t he st at or and ent er s t he r ot or at an
ent r y t o t he combust ion chamber is ar ound angle of 60 degr ees t o t he axial dir ect ion. The
(a) 0 (b) 0.3 axial velocit y is 150 m/s, and r emains const ant
t hr oughout the stage. The tur bine power per unit
(c) 2 (d) 6
mass flow is
[GATE 2008, 1 M ]
(a) 29.76 kJ/kg (b) 41.12 kJ/kg
15. A t ur bofan engine has a bypass r at io of 5 and a
t ot al mass flow r at e o 120 kg/s. The mass flow (c) 58.33 kJ/kg (d) 61.13 kJ/kg
r at e t hr ough t he bypass duct is [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(a) 20 kg/s (b) 100 kg/s 20. Air ent er s t he combust or of a gas t ur bine engine
(c) 120 kg/s (d) 600 kg/s at t ot al t emper at ur e of 500 K and l eaves t he
combust or at t ot al t emper at ur e of 1800 K . I f cp
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
const ant at 1.005 kJ/kgK and heat ing value of
16. A t ur bojet engine is oper at ing wit h aft er bur ner
t he fuel used is 44 M J/kg, t he fuel t o air r at io is
off. I f t he aft er bur ner is swit ched on, t hen
(a) 0.003 (b) 0.012
(a) bot h t hr ust and sfc decr ease
(c) 0.031 (d) 0.074
(b) t hr ust incr eases and sfc decr eases
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(c) t hr ust decr eases and sfc incr eases
21. An air cr aft is cr uising at a M ach number of 0.8
(d) bot h t hr ust and sfc incr eases an alt it ude wher e t he ambient st at ic pr essur e is
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] 95 kPa. The diffuser exit t ot al pr essur e is 140
17. A centr ifugal compr essor oper ates with a tip blade kPa. Assuming t her e is no change in t he specific
speed of 340 m/s. The air leaves the impeller wit h heat at constant pr essur e acr oss t he diffuser, and
a r adial velocit y of 88 m/s. I f t he slip fact or is ratio of specific heats is 1.4, the adiabatic efficiency
0.85, t he r elat ive velocit y at t he blade t ip is of t he int ake is
(a) 101.7 m/s (b) 120.3 m/s (a) 0.988 (b) 0.915
(c) 132.6 m/s (d) 135.8 m/s (c) 0.722 (d) 0.684
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
Jet Propulsion 6.3
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 22 and inlet is T 0 = 1500 K and specific heat of gas
23: A mult i-st age axial flow compr essor oper at ing at cP = 1 k J /k g/K , t h e pow er dr aw n by t h e
an adiabat ic efficiency of 0.9 develops a t otal pr essur e compr essor per uni t mass fl ow r at e of ai r i s
r at i o of 11. The t ot al t emper at ur e at i nl et t o t he appr oximately
compr essor is 335 K and t he st agnation enthalpy r ise (a) 300 kW/kg/s (b) 1000 kW/kg/s
acr oss each st age is 37 kJ/kg. Rat io of specific heat s
(c) 600 kW/kg/s (d) 500 kW/kg/s
is 1.4 and specific heat const ant pr essur e is 1.006 kJ/
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
kg K .
28. An ideal r amjet is flying at an alt it ude of 10 km
22. The tot al temper at ur e r ise acr oss t he compr essor
wit h a velocit y of 1 km/s. The ambient pr essur e
is
is 0.25 bar and temper atur e is 225 K. The exhaust
(a) 310.1 K (b) 366.3 K gases fr om the engine ar e optimally expanded and
(c) 392.1 K (d) 405.4 K leave the nozzle at 900 K. I f t he specific heat r at io
[GATE 2008, 2 M ] () r emains constant, the specific thr ust developed
by t he engine is appr oximat ely
23. The t ot al number of st ages r equir ed ar e
(a) 1000 N-s/kg (b) 2000 N-s/kg
(a) 9 (b) 10
(c) 500 N-s/kg (d) 4000 N-s/kg
(c) 11 (d) 12
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
29. A combat air cr aft engine i s equi pped wit h an
24. The pr opulsive efficiency of a t ur bo-jet engine
after burner followed by a var iable ar ea convergent
moving at velocity U and having exhaust velocity
nozzle (oper at ing wit h t he nozzle choked). The
U e wit h r espect t o t he engine is given by
ex h au st gas t em per at u r e i s 750 K w h en
2 U after bur ner is off and 3000 K when it is on. When
(a) U | U 1 (b) 1 U t he aft er bur ner is t ur ned on, (assuming t he t ot al
e e
pressure remains the same, the mass of fuel added
2U U e in t he aft er bur ner is negligible i.e., t he mass flow
2U
(c) (d) U U r at e r emains t he same. and t he speci fic heat
U 2e U 2 e r at i o () r emai ns const ant ), appr oxi mat el y by
[GATE 2009, 1 M ] what fact or must t he nozzle ar ea be changed?
25. An air cr aft is flying at M = 2 wher e t he ambient (a) 0.5 (b) 4
t emper at ur e ar ound t he air cr aft is 250 K . I f t he (c) 1 (d) 2
specific heat r at io for air = 1.4, t he st agnat ion [GATE 2009, 2 M ]
t emper at ur e on t he sur face of t he air cr aft is Statement for Linked Answer Questions 30 and
(a) 200 K (b) 450 K 31: Air ent er s t he combust or of a gas-t ur bine engine
(c) 350 K (d) 1450 K at a t ot al t emper at ur e T 0 of 500 K . The air st r eam is
[GATE 2009, 1 M ] split int o two par ts: pr imar y and secondar y st r eams.
26. The division of feed air t o an air cr aft gas-t ur bine The pr imar y st r eam r eact s wit h fuel supplied at a
combust or int o pr imar y and secondar y st r eams fuel -ai r r at i o of 0.05. The r esul t i ng combust i on
ser ves which of t he following pur poses? pr oduct s ar e t hen mi xed wi t h t he secondar y ai r
st r eam t o obt ain gas wit h t ot al t emper at ur e of 1550
P. a flammable mixt ur e can be for med
K at t he t ur bine inlet . The fuel has a heat ing value
Q. cooling of combust or liner and flame t ube can of 42 M J/kg. The spect fic heat s of air and combust ion
be accomplished pr oduct s ar e t aken as cp = 1 kJ/kg/K .
R. specific fuel consumpt ion can be r educed 30. I f t he sensible ent halpy of fuel is neglect ed, t he
(a) P and R (b) Q and R t emper at ur e of combust i on pr oduct s fr om t he
(c) P ans Q (d) P, Q and R r eact i on of pr i mar y ai r st r eam wi t h f uel i s
[GATE 2009, 1 M ]
appr oximately
27. An ideal axial compr essor is dr iven by an ideal (a) 2100 K (b) 3200 K
t ur bi ne acr oss whi ch t he t ot al t emper at ur e (c) 2600 K (d) 1800 K
r at io is 0.667. I f t he t ot al t emper at ur e at t ur bine [GATE 2009, 2 M ]
6.4 Jet Propulsion
31. The appr oximat e r at io of mass flow r at es of t he 36. H ow does t he specific t hr ust , at const ant t ur bine
pr imar y air st r eam t o t he secondar y air st r eam inlet temper atur e, pr oduced by a tur bofan engine
r equ i r ed t o ach i eve t h e t u r bi n e i n l et t ot al change wit h an incr ease in compr essor pr essur e
t emper at ur e of 1550 K is r atio?
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 (a) I ncr eases
(c) 1 : 1.5 (d) 1 : 1 (b) Decr eases
[GATE 2009, 2 M ] (c) Fir st incr eases and t hen decr eases
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 32 and (d) Fir st decr eases and t hen incr eases
33: A pist on compr esses 1 kg of air inside a cylinder [GATE 2010, 1 M ]
as shown
37. The maxi mum oper at i ng fl ow r at e t hr ough a
cent r ifugal compr essor at a given RPM is limit ed
Air by
(a) I mpeller st all
(b) Sur ge
The r at e at which t he pist on does wor k on t he air is
(c) Choking of diffuser t hr oat
3000 W. At t he same t ime, heat is being lost t hr ough
t he walls of t he cylinder at a r at e of 847.5 W. (d) I nlet flow dist or t ion
32. Aft er 10 seconds, t he change in specific int er nal [GATE 2010, 1 M ]
ener gy of t he air is 38. A missile wit h a Ramjet engine is flying in air.
(a) 21,525 J/kg (b) – 21,525 J/kg The t emper at ur e at t he inlet and t he out let of
the combustor ar e 120() K and 2500 K r espectively.
(c) 30,000 J/kg (d) – 8,475 J/kg
The heat ing value of t he fuel is 43 M J/kg and t he
[GATE 2009, 2 M ] bur ner efficiency is 90%. Consider ing the wor king
33. Given t hat t he specific heat s of air at const ant fluid t o be air (Cr = 1005 J/kgK and = 1.4). The
pr essur e and volume ar e cp = 1004.5 J/kg-K and
m
cv = 717.5 J/kg-K r espect ively, t he cor r esponding fuel/air r at io f 1 for t his engine is equal
change in t he t emper at ur e of t he air is m2
(a) 21.4 K (b) – 21.4 K t o:
(c) 30 K (d) – 30 K (a) 0.032 (b) 0.036
[GATE 2009, 2 M ] (c) 0.042 (d) 0.026
34. I sent r opic efficiency n d of a subsonic diffuser is [GATE 2010, 2 M ]
defined as 39. The i nl et st agnat ion t emper at ur e for a si ngl e
(Not e: ‘a' r epr esent s t he ambient , ‘2’ r epr esent s st age axial compr essor is 300 K and t he st age
t he exi t of t he di ffuser and ‘s’ r epr esent s an efficiency is 0.80. Following condit ions exist at
isent r opic pr ocess) t he mean r adius of t he r ot or blade:
T02 Ta T02 Ta Blade speed = 200 m/s
(a) T T (b) T T Axial flow velocit y = 160 m/s
02 a 02 a
T02 Ta Pa P02 I nlet blade angle 1 = 44°
(c) T T (d) P P Out let blade angle 2 = 14°
02 a a 02
[GATE 2010, 1 M ] Cp =1005 J/kgK and = 1.4
35. For a multi-stage axial compr essor with const ant What is t he st agnat ion pr essur e r at io (PRS) for
diamet er hub t his compr essor ?
(a) Blade height decr eases in t he flow dir ect ion (a) 1.41
(b) Blade height incr eases in t he flow dir ect ion (b) 1.37
(c) Blade height r emains const ant (c) 1.51
(d) B l ade h ei gh t f i r st i n cr eases an d t h en (d) 1.23
decr eases in t he flow dir ect ion [GATE 2010, 2 M ]
[GATE 2010, 1 M ]
Jet Propulsion 6.5
St at ement for Linked Answer Quest ions 40 and (c) dir ect ly pr opor t ional t o t he t hr ust power and
41: An air cr aft with an I DEAL Tur bojet engine is flying inver sely propor tional to the air mass flow r ate
at 200 m/s at an alt it ude wher e t he ambient pr essur e (d) inver sely pr opor tional to the thr ust power and
i s equal t o 0.8 bar. The st agnat i on pr essur e and dir ect ly pr opor t ional t o t he air mass flow r at e
t emper at ur e at t he inlet of t he t ur bine ar e 6 bar and [GATE 2011, 1 M ]
1400 K r espect ively. The change in specific ent halpy
46. A t ur bojet power ed ai r cr aft i s flyi ng at M ach
acr oss t he compr essor is 335 kJ/kg. Assume t he fuel
number 0.8 at an alt it ude of 10 km. The inlet and
flow r at e t o be ver y small in compar ison t o t he air
exit ar eas of t he engine ar e 0.7 m 2 and 0.4 m 2
f l ow r at e an d con si der C p = 1117 J /k gK an d
r espect ively. The exhaust gases have velocit y of
= 1.3.
500 m/s and pr essur e of 60 kPa. The fr ee st r eam
40. What is t he st agnat ion pr essur e at t he inlet of pr essure, density and speed of sound are 26.5 kPa,
t he nozzle? 0.413 kg/m 3 and 299.5 m/s respectively. The thr ust
(a) 2.8 bar (b) 5.7 bar of t he engine (in kN) is
(c) 2.1 bar (d) 6.3 bar [GATE 2011, 2 M ]
[GATE 2010, 2 M ] 47. A jet engine is oper at ing at a M ach number of 0.8
at an alt it ude of 10 km. The efficiency of t he air
41. What is the specific thrust pr oduced by this engine
i nt ak e i s 0.8 and t hat of t h e compr essor i s
under t he given condit ions?
0.87. The t ot al t emper at ur es (in K ) at t he exit s
(a) 586 Ns/kg (b) 745 Ns/kg of t h e ai r i n t ak e an d t h e com pr essor
(c) 686 Ns/kg (d) 500 Ns/kg r espect ively ar e (Ambient pr essur e = 26.5 kPa;
[GATE 2010, 2 M ] Ambient t emper at ur e = 223.3 K ; Gas const ant ,
42. A main object ive of by-pass in a t ur bo-fan engine = 1.4; Pr c = 8)
is t o incr ease (a) 251.9 and 458.2
(a) mass flow r at e t hr ough engine inlet (b) 234.9 and 486.8
(b) t ur bine inlet t emper at ur e (c) 251.9 and 486.8
(c) mass flow r at e t hr ough exhaust nozzle (d) 234.9 and 458.2
(d) compr essor pr essur e r at io [GATE 2011, 2 M ]
[GATE 2011, 1 M ] 48. The r at io of flight speed t o t he exhaust velocit y
43. The pr essur e r atio in any one stage of a jet engine for maximum pr opulsion efficiency is
compr essor is limit ed by (a) 0.0 (b) 0.5
(a) ent r y st agnat ion t emper at ur e in t hat st age (c) 1.0 (d) 2.0
(b) ent r y M ach number in t hat st age [GATE 2012, 1 M ]
49. The stagnation t emper atur es at the inlet and exit
(c) pr essur e gr adient induced separ at ion in t hat
of a combust ion chamber ar e 600 K and 1200 K ,
stage
r espect ively. I f t he heat ing value of t he fuel is 44
(d) mass flow r at e in t hat st age M J/kg and specific heat at const ant pr essur e for
[GATE 2011, 1 M ] air and hot gases ar e 1.005 kJ/kg.K and 1.147 kJ/
44. Ther modynami c cycl e on which t he jet engi ne kg.K r espect ively, t he fuel-t o-air r at io is
oper at es can be (a) 0.0018 (b) 0.018
(a) open Rankine cycle only (c) 0.18 (d) 1.18
(b) eit her open or closed Rankine cycle [GATE 2012, 2 M ]
(c) open Br ayt on cycle only Statement for Linked Answer Questions 50 and
(d) eit her open or closed Br ayt on cycle 51: Ai r at a st agnat ion t emper at ur e of 15° C and
[GATE 2011, 1 M ]
st agn at i on pr essu r e 100 k Pa en t er s an ax i al
compr essor wit h an absolute velocity of 120 m/s. I nlet
45. Pr opulsion efficiency of a jet engine is
guide vanes dir ect t his absolut e velocit y t o t he r ot or
(a) dir ectly pr opor t ional t o bot h t he t hr ust power inlet at an angle of 18° t o t he axial dir ect ion. The
and t he air mass flow r at e r ot or t ur ning angle is 27° and t he mean blade speed
(b) i nver sel y pr opor t i onal t o bot h t he t hr ust is 200 m/s. The axial velocit y is assumed const ant
power and t he air mass flow r at e t hr ough t he st age.
6.6 Jet Propulsion
50. The bl ade angl e at t he inl et of t he r ot or is
(a) 25.5° (b) 38.5°
Stagnat ion Temp
(c) 48.5° (d) 59.5°
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
51. I f t he mass flow r at e is 1 kg/s, t he power r equir ed
t o dr ive t he compr essor is (c)
(a) 50.5 kW (b) 40.5 kW
I nt ake Combustor Nozzle
(c) 30.5 kW (d) 20.5 kW
[GATE 2012, 2 M ] Axis
52. The mass fl ow r at e of ai r t hr ough an ai r cr aft
en gi n e i s 10 k g/s. T h e com pr essor ou t l et
t emper at ur e i s 400 K and t he t ur bi ne i nl et
St agnation Temp
t emper at ur e is 1800 K . The heat ing value of t he
fuel is 42 MJ/kg and the specific heat at constant
pr essur e is 1 kJ/kg-K . The mass flow r at e of
t he fuel in kg/s is appr oximat ely ___________ (d)
[GATE 2013, 1 M ]
I nt ake Combustor Nozzle
53. A gas t ur bine engine is mount ed on an air cr aft
which can at t ain a maximum alt it ude of 11 km Axis
fr om sea l evel . The combust or vol ume of t hi s
[GATE 2013, 1 M ]
engine is decided based on condit ions at
55. Consi der t wo engi nes P and Q. I n P, t he hi gh
(a) sea level (b) 8 km alt it ude
pr essur e t ur bine blades ar e cooled wit h a bleed
(c) 5.5 km alt it ude (d) 11 km alt it ude of 5% fr om t he compr essor after the compr ession
[GATE 2013, 1 M ] pr ocess and i n Q t he t ur bine blades ar e not
54. Which one of t he following shows t he CORRECT cooled. Compar ing engine P wit h engine Q, which
var iation of stagnation temperature along the axis one of t he following is NOT TRUE?
of an ideal r am jet engine? (a) Tur bine inlet temper atur e is higher for engine
P
(b) Specific t hr ust is higher for engine P
(c) Compr essor wor k is the same for both P and Q
St agnation Temp
(d) Fuel flow r at e is lower for engine P
[GATE 2013, 1 M ]
56. I n a 50% r eact ion axi al compr essor st age, t he
(a)
l ocal bl ade vel oci t y i s 300 m/s and t he axi al
I nt ake Combustor Nozzle component of velocit y is 100 m/s. I f t he absolut e
inlet flow angle 1 = 45°, t he wor k per unit mass
Axis done on t he fluid by t he st age in kJ/kg is
(a) 30 (b) 40
(c) 50 (d) 60
[GATE 2013, 2 M ]
Stagnation Temp
Common Data for Questions 57 and 58: An air cr aft
is flying at M ach number M = 1.5, wher e t he ambient
t emper at ur e is 250 K . The st agnat ion t emper at ur e of
(b) gases at t he ent r y t o t he nozzle is 800 K . The nozzle is
chok ed and al ways under expanded. Assume t he
I nt ake Combustor Nozzle molecular weight of t he exhaust gases t o be 29, t he
r at io of specific heat s t o be 1.4 and t he univer sal gas
Axi s
const ant is 8314 J/kmol-K .
Jet Propulsion 6.7
57. For which one of t he nozzle exit M ach number s I I . The whi r l or swi r l component of absol ut e
given below is t he pr opulsive efficiency highest ? velocity at the entry of r otor and entr y of stator
(a) 1 (b) 1.5 ar e same.
(c) 2 (d) 2.5 Which of t he following opt ions ar e cor r ect ?
[GATE 2013, 2 M ] (a) Bot h I and I I ar e cor r ect st at ement s
58. For whi ch one of t he nozzl e exi t M ach number s (b) I is cor r ect but I I is incor r ect
gi ven bel ow i s t he t hr ust hi ghest ? (c) I is incor r ect but I I is cor r ect
(a) 1 (b) 1.5 (d) Bot h I and I I ar e incor r ect
(c) 2 (d) 2.5 [GATE 2014, 1 M ]
[GATE 2013, 2 M ]
63. The t hr ust pr oduced by a t ur bojet engine
59. For a given inlet condit ion, if t he t ur bine inlet
(a) I n cr eases w i t h i n cr easi n g com pr essor
temper atur e is fixed, what value of compr essor
pr essur e r at io
efficiency given below leads to the lowest amount
of fuel added in t he combust or of a gas t ur bine (b) D ecr eases w i t h i n cr easi n g com pr essor
engine? pr essur e r at io
(a) 1 (b) 0.95 (c) Remains constant with incr easing compr essor
pr essur e r at io
(c) 0.85 (d) 0.8
[GATE 2013, 1 M ] (d) Fi r st i ncr eases an d t hen decr eases wi t h
incr easing compr essor pr essur e r at io
60. M at ch t he appr opr iat e engine (in r ight column)
wit h t he cor r esponding air cr aft (in left column) [GATE 2014, 1 M ]
for most efficient per for mance of t he engine. 64. A cr ui se mi ssi l e wi t h an i deal r amjet engi ne
a. L ow speed t r anspor t i. Ramjet is flying at M ach 4.0 at an alt it ude wher e t he
ambient t emper at ur e is 100K . Consider r at io of
air cr aft
specific heat s = 1.4 and specific gas const ant
b. H igh subsonic ii. Tur bopr op R = 287J/kgK . I f t he st agnat ion t emper at ur e in
civilian air cr aft t he combust ion chamber is equal t o 2310K , t he
c. Super sonic fight er iii. Tur bojet speed of t he exhaust gases (in m/s) is _________.
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
air cr aft
65. A gas t ur bi ne engi ne i s oper at i ng under t he
d. H yper sonic air cr aft iv. Tur bofan
following condit ions:
(a) a – iv, b – iii, c – i, d – ii
St agnation temper at ur e at t ur bine inlet = 1350K
(b) a – ii, b – i, c – iii, d – iv
St agnat ion pr essur e at t he t ur bine inlet = 10 bar
(c) a – i, b – ii, c – iv, d – iii
St at ic t emper at ur e at t ur bine exit = 800 K
(d) a – ii, b – iv, c – iii, d – i
Velocit y at t ur bine exit = 200 m/s
[GATE 2014, 1 M ]
Tot al-t o-t ot al efficiency of t ur bine = 0.96
61. For a given fuel flow r at e and t her mal efficiency,
t he t ak e-off t hr ust for a gas t ur bi ne engi ne (r at io of specific heat s) = 1.33
bur ning aviat ion t ur bine fuel (consider ing fuel- C P (speci f i c h eat at con st an t pr essu r e) =
air r at io f <<1) is 1.147 kJ/kgK
(a) Dir ect ly pr opor t ional t o exhaust velocit y The st agnat ion pr essur e (in bar ) in t he nozzle
(b) I nver sely pr opor t ional t o exhaust velocit y (con si der i n g i sen t r opi c n ozzl e) i s equ al t o
__________.
(c) I ndependent of exhaust velocit y
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
(d) Di r ect l y pr opor t i onal t o t he squar e of t he
66. Air at a st agnat ion t emper at ur e of 300K (r at io of
exhaust velocit y
specific heat s, = 1.4 and specific gas const ant
[GATE 2014, 1 M ]
R = 287 J/kgK) enter s the impeller of a cent r ifugal
62. For a fifty percent r eaction axial compr essor stage, compr essor i n axi al di r ect i on. The st agnat i on
following st at ement s ar e given: pr essur e r at io bet ween t he diffuser out let and
I . Velocit y t r iangles at t he ent r y and exit of t he impeller inlet is 4.0. The impeller blade r adius is
r ot or ar e symmet r ical
6.8 Jet Propulsion
0.3 m and it is r ot at ing at 15000 r ev/min. I f t he 72. Following ar e t he oper at ional par amet er s of an
slip fact or s (Rat io of t angent ial component of axial compr essor st age:
air velocit y at t he blade t ip to t he blade tip speed) Air mass flow r at e = 24 kg / s
is 0.88, the over all efficiency (tot al-to-t otal) of the
St at ic t emper at ur e of = 278 K
compr essor (in %) is __________.
air at t he r ot or inlet
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
67. An air cr aft is flying at M ach 3.0 at t he alt it ude Velocit y of air at t he r ot or = 140 m / s
wher e the ambient pr essur e and temper atur e ar e inlet (zer o whir l velocit y)
50 kPa and 200 K r espect ively. I f t he conver ging- Wor k done on t he = 734 kJ
di ver gi ng di ffuser of t he engi ne (consi der ed compr essor r ot or
isent r opic wit h r at io of specific heat s, = 1.4 and
I sent r opic efficiency of = 0.86
specific gas const ant R = 287 J/kgK ) has a t hr oat
ar ea of 0.05 m 2. t he mass flow r at e t hr ough t he t he compr essor st age
engine in kg/s is Rat io of specific heat s = 1.4
(a) 197 (b) 232 Specific heat at = 1.005kJ / kgK
(c) 790 (d) 157 const ant pr essur e
[GATE 2014, 2 M ] The st agnat i on pr essur e r at io acr oss t he axial
68. Whi ch one of t he fol l owi ng modes of a st abl e compr essor st age is ________
ai r cr af t h as n on -osci l l at or y r espon se ch a- [GATE 2015, 2 M ]
r act er istics? 73. A cent r ifugal ai r compr essor i s oper at i ng at t he
(a) Shor t per iod (b) Phugoid fol lowi ng condi t ions:
(c) Dut ch r oll (d) Spiral I nlet st agnat ion t emper at ur e = 288 K
[GATE 2015, 1 M ] I nlet st agnat i on pr essur e =1.15 bar
69. The stoichiometric fuel-to-air ratio in an aircr aft Exit st agnat ion t emper at ur e = 454 K
engi ne combust or var ies wi t h t he compr essor
Exit st agnat i on pr essur e = 4.8 bar
pr essur e r at io as follows:
T h e en er gy l oss du e t o n on -i sen t r opi c
(a) incr eases linear ly (b) decr eases linear ly
compr essi on per uni t mass of fl owing air (r at io
(c) is independent (d) incr eases nonlinear ly of speci fi c heat s, =1.4 and speci fi c heat at
[GATE 2015, 1 M ] const ant pr essur e, Cp = 1.005 kJ/K ) is ______ kJ
70. I sent r opi c effi ci enci es of an ai r cr aft engi ne / kg.
oper at ing at t ypical subsonic cr uise condit ions [GATE 2015, 2 M ]
w i t h t h e f ol l ow i n g com pon en t s - i n t ak e,
74. H ot gas (r at i o of speci fi c heat s, =1.33) at a
compr essor, t ur bine and nozzle - ar e denot ed by
t emper at ur e of 1450 K ent er s i nt o an axi al
n i , n c, n t and n n , r espect ively. Which one of t he t ur bine and expands isent r opically. Assume t hat
following is cor r ect ?
t he ki net ic ener gy of t he gas acr oss t he t ur bi ne
(a) i c t n (b) t i c n i s n egl i gi bl e. I f t h e r at i o of i n l et t o ou t l et
pr essu r es of t h e t u r bi n e i s 9.5, t h en t h e
(c) c t i n (d) c i t n t emper at ur e (in K ) of gas exit ing t he t ur bine is
[GATE 2015, 1 M ] _______.
71. Air ent er s an air cr aft engine at a velocit y of 180 [GATE 2015, 2 M ]
m/s wi t h a fl ow r at e of 94 k g/s. The engi ne 75. For a completely subsonic isentr opic flow thr ough
combust or r equir es 9.2 kg/s of air t o bur n 1 kg/s a conver gent nozzl e, whi ch of t he fol l owi ng
of fuel. The velocity of gas exit ing fr om t he engine st at ement is TRUE?
i s 640 m /s. T h e m om en t u m t h r u st (i n N ) (a) Pr essur e at t he nozzle exit > back pr essur e.
developed by t he engine is
(b) Pr essur e at t he nozzle exit < back pr essur e.
(a) 43241 (b) 45594
(c) Pr essur e at t he nozzle exit = back pr essur e.
(c) 47940 (d) 49779
(d) Pr essur e at t he nozzle exit = t ot al pr essur e.
[GATE 2015, 1 M ]
[GATE 2016, 1 M ]
Jet Propulsion 6.9
76. Which of t he following air cr aft engines has t he 82. A subst ance exper iences an ent r opy change of
highest pr opulsive efficiency at a cr uising M ach s > 0 i n a quasi -st eady pr ocess. The r i se i n
number of less t han 0.5? temper atur e (corr esponding to the entr opy change
(a) Tur bofan engine (b) Tur bojet engine s) is highest for t he following pr ocess:
(c) Tur bopr op engine (d) Ramjet engine (a) isenthalpic
[GATE 2016, 1 M ] (b) isobar ic
77. Combust i on i n gas t ur bi ne engi nes i s i deal l y (c) isochor ic
r epr esent ed as t he following pr ocess: (d) isot her mal
(a) Adiabatic (b) I sent r opic [GATE 2016, 2 M ]
(c) I sobar ic (d) I sochor ic 83. The maximum gas flow r at e t hat can be handled
[GATE 2016, 1 M ] by a mul t i st age axi al compr essor at a gi ven
r ot at ional speed is dict at ed by
78. An un-mixed t ur bofan engine wit h a bypass r atio
of 6.0, flies wit h a velocit y of 200 m/s. The cor e (a) Compr essor Sur ge
and t he bypass nozzles of t he engine, t hat ar e (b) Rotating Stall
bot h conver gent nozzles, oper at e under choked (c) Choking
condit ion and have exhaust st at ic t emper at ur es
(d) Opt imum Design Pr essur e Rat io
of 580 K and 295 K , r espect ively. The specific gas
[GATE 2017, 1 M ]
const ant and t he r at io of specific heat s for bot h
t he st r eams ar e 287 J/kgK and 1.4, r espect ively. 84. For a t ur bine st at e, which one of t he following
I f t he fuel-air r at io is negligible, t he t hr ust per l osses occur s due t o t he t ur ni ng of t he wal l
unit mass flow r at e gener at ed by t he engine is boundar y layer t hr ough an angle due t o cur ved
_______ Ns/k g. sur face?
[GATE 2016, 2 M ] (a) Pr ofit loss
79. A single-st age gas t ur bine oper at es wit h an axial (b) Annulus loss
absolute flow at the entr y and exit fr om the stage. (c) Tip clear ance loss
The absolut e flow angle at t he nozzle exit is 70°.
(d) Secondar y flow loss
The t ur bine st age gener at es a specific wor k of
[GATE 2017, 1 M ]
228 kJ/kg when oper at i ng wit h a mean bl ade
speed of 440 m/s. The absolut e veloci t y at t he 85. I n t he vane-less space bet ween t he impeller and
r ot or ent r y is t he diffuser vanes in a Cent r ifugal Compr essor,
t he angular moment um var ies in t he following
(a) 275.7 m/s (b) 551.5 m/s
manner in t he r adial dir ect ion
(c) 1103.0 m/s (d) 1654.5 m/s
(a) I ncr eases
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
(b) Remains const ant
80. An axial compr essor oper at es such t hat it has an
inlet and an exit t ot al t emper at ur e of 300 K and (c) Decr eases
430 K , r espect ively. The isent r opic efficiency of (d) Fir st incr eases and t hen decr eases
t he compr essor is 85 %. I f t he r at io of specific [GATE 2017, 1 M ]
heat s is 1.4, t hen t he t ot al pr essur e r at io acr oss 86. I n a combust or, gaseous Oct ane (C8H 18) and air
t he compr essor is ____________. ar e t o be bur ned in st oichiomet r ic pr opor t ions. I f
[GATE 2016, 2 M ] t he r equir ed flow r at e of air is 1 kg/s, what should
81. A gaseous mixture of air and fuel enters a constant be t he cor r esponding flow r at e of Oct ane?
ar ea combust ion chamber at a velocit y of 100 m/ (a) 0.066 kg/s
s and at a st at ic t emper at ur e of 300 K . The heat
(b) 15.15 kg/s
r el ease due t o combust i on i s 1000 k J/k g. The
specific heat at constant pressur e of the calorically (c) 0.16 kg/s
per fect gas is 1000 J/kgK . The t ot al t emper at ur e (d) 6.25 kg/s
of air -fuel mixt ur e aft er combust ion is ______ K . [GATE 2017, 2 M ]
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
6.10 Jet Propulsion
87. velocity component is equal to t he impeller speed
(ie., no slip) and no losses in t he impeller. I f t he
impeller has t o r ot ate at 1900 r ad/s, t he diamet er
2 = 11° of t he impeller is to be ________ m (in two decimal
2
place).
U = 200 m/s [GATE 2017, 2 M ]
1 = 45°
91. The fir st law of t her modynamics is also known
1
as conser vat ion of
(a) mass. (b) moment um.
(c) ener gy. (d) species.
[GATE 2018, 1 M ]
Vz = 165 m/s
92. I n an ideal gas t ur bine cycle, t he expansion in a
T h e gi ven di agr am r epr esen t s t h e vel oci t y t ur bine is r epr esent ed by
t r iangles at the leading edge (1) and t r ailing edge (a) an isent halpic pr ocess.
(2) at t he mean r adi us of a singl e st age axial
(b) an isent r opic pr ocess.
compr essor r ot or. The st age effi ci ency of t he
compr essor is 0.8. The st agnat ion t emper at ur e (c) an isobar ic pr ocess
of air ent er ing t he st age is 298 K and t he specific (d) an isochor ic pr ocess.
heat at const ant pr essur e for air is 1.005 kJ/kg [GATE 2018, 1 M ]
K . The r at i o of speci fi c heat s for ai r i s 1.4. 93. The t heor et ical maximum velocit y (in m/s) of air
Consider ing act ual wor k in t he r ot or is equal t o expanding fr om a r eser voir at 700 K is __________
t he ideal wor k, t he pr essur e r at io for t he st age is (accur at e t o t wo decimal places). Specific heat of
equal t o __________ (in t wo decimal point s). air at const ant pr essur e is 1005 J/(kg-K ).
[GATE 2017, 2 M ] [GATE 2018, 1 M ]
88. An air cr aft with a tur bojet engine, having an inlet 94. The st agnat ion pr essur es at t he inlet and exit of
ar ea of 1 m 2, is flying at 270 m/s at an alt it ude a subsoni c i nt ak e ar e 100 k Pa and 98 k Pa,
wher e t he at mospher ic pr essur e is equal t o 0.9 r espectively. The pr essur e r ecover y of t his intake
bar and t he ambient t emper at ur e is equal t o 290 will be ______ (accur at e t o t wo decimal places).
K . The st agnat ion pr essur e and t emper at ur e at [GATE 2018, 1 M ]
t he exit of t he t ur bine ar e equal t o 1.6 bar and 95. A combust or is oper at ing wit h a fuel-air r at io of
774 K r espect ively. The specific heat at const ant 0.03. I f t he stoichiomet r ic fuel-air r at io of t he fuel
pr essur e of t he bur ned gases is equal t o 1.147 kJ/ u sed i s 0.06, t h e equ i v al en ce r at i o of t h e
kgK and the r atio of specific heats is equal to 1.33. combust or wi l l be _______ (accur at e t o t wo
Consider ing ideal expansion in t he nozzle wit h decimal places).
no losses, t he speci fi c t hr ust pr oduced by t he
[GATE 2018, 1 M ]
engine is _________ Ns/kg (in one decimal place)
96. An aircraft with a turbojet engine flies at a velocity
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
of 100 m/s. I f t he jet exhaust velocit y is 300 m/s,
89. Air, at 450 K st agnat ion t emper at ur e and at a t he pr opulsive efficiency of t he engine, assuming
r ate of 50 kg/s, enter s the combustor of a t ur bofan a negligible fuel-air r at io, is
engi ne and i s bur ned wi t h 1 k g/s of Avi at i on (a) 0.33 (b) 0.50
K er osene (H eat ing value 44 M J/kg). The specific
(c) 0.67 (d) 0.80
heat at const ant pr essur e for t he incoming air
and t he bur ned pr oduct s ar e 1.005 kJ/kg K and [GATE 2018, 2 M ]
1.147 k J/k gK r espect i vel y. Consi der i ng 100% 97. An air cr aft wit h a t ur bopr op engine pr oduces a
bur ner efficiency, t he st agnat ion t emper at ur e at thrust of 500 N and flies at 100 m/s. I f the pr opeller
t he exit of t he combust or is equal t o ________ K . efficiency is 0.5, t he shaft power pr oduced by t he
(in one decimal place). engine is
[GATE 2017, 2 M ] (a) 50 kW (b) 100 kW
90. A centr ifugal compr essor r equir es 1800 kW power (c) 125 kW (d) 500 kW
t o compr ess 10 kg/s of air. Consider t he whi r l [GATE 2018, 2 M ]
Jet Propulsion 6.11
98. An axial compr essor t hat gener at es a stagnation I f t h e axi al vel oci t y i s assu m ed t o r em ai n
pr essur e r at io of 4.0, oper at es wit h inlet and exit const ant t hr ough t he r ot or, t he magni t ude of t he
st agnat ion t emper at ur es of 300 K and 480 K , r el at i ve vel oci t y (i n m/s) at t he r ot or exi t i s
r espect ively. I f t he r at io of specific heat s () is 1.4, __________ (accur at e t o one decimal place).
t he isent r opic efficiency of t he compr essor is [GATE 2018, 2 M ]
(a) 0.94 (b) 0.81 100. The r el at i ve vel oci t y of ai r l eavi ng a st r ai ght
(c) 0.72 (d) 0.63 r adial impeller of a cent r ifugal compr essor is 100
[GATE 2018, 2 M ] m/s. I f t he i mpell er t i p speed i s 200 m/s, for a
99. An axial compr essor r ot or wit h 50 % degr ee of sl ip fr ee oper at ion, t he absol ut e vel oci t y (i n m/s)
r eact i on, oper at es wit h an axi al veloci t y of 200 at t he impel ler exi t is _________ (accur at e t o one
m/s. The absolut e fl ow angle at t he i nl et of t he decimal place).
r ot or is 22° wit h r efer ence t o t he axi al dir ect ion. [GATE 2018, 2 M ]
AN SWER KEY
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (d) 25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (c)
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (a) 36. (c) 37. (c) 38. (b) 39. (d) 40. (c)
41. (a) 42. (c) 43. (c) 44. (c) 45. (c) 47. (c) 48. (c) 49. (b) 50. (c) 51. (d)
52. (b) 53. (d) 54. (b) 55. (d) 56. (a) 57. (a) 58. (d) 59. (d) 60. (d) 61. (a)
62. (b) 63. (d) 67. (d) 68. (c) 69. (c) 70. (c) 71. (d) 73. (a) 74. (c) 75. (c)
76. (c) 77. (c) 79. (b) 81. (* ) 82. (c) 83. (c) 84. (d) 85. (b) 86. (a) 91. (c)
92. (b) 96. (b) 97. (b) 98. (b)
EXPLAN ATI ON S
1. The Tur bojet wit h aft er bur ner is used t o pr oduce 1
high thr ust r equir ed for shor t dur ation. Basically isc T02 T01
w h en sh or t t ak e-of f r u n r equ i r ed, u se of rp 1
T01
aft er bur ner incr ease t he fuel consumpt ion of t he
engi ne.
I n t ur bofan, t hr ust is pr oduced par t ly by fan and T02 T01 1
by nozzl e. The cont r i but i on of fan t hr ust i s r p 1 isc
T01
gr eat er t han nozzle t hr ust hence it will r educe
t he fuel consumpt ion of engine.
1.4
Ramj et and scr amj et engi ne i s used for hi gh 0.81 424 300 0.4
r p 1
super sonic and hyper sonic oper at ion. 300
2. The Br ayt on cycle
= 2.748 2.75
Wideal h h 01 4. Degr ee of r eact ion (R):
3. isc 02
Wact ual h 02 h 01
Ca
T T01
R
2u
t an 3 t an 2
02
T02 T01 Ca = Axial velocit y
T u = Blade speed
T01 02 1 3 = Rot or out let angle
T01
isc
T02 T01
6.12 Jet Propulsion
2 = Rot or inlet angle
T02 Ta
Since ever y t er m is given at mean blade-height , 9. d
so we can consider it as an impulse t ur bine. Toa Ta
For impulse t ur bine, R = O
T T02 Toa
Ca 02 1 1
2u
t an 3 t an 2 O Ta Toa Ta
Toa 1
t an 3 = t an 2. 1 1 m a2 1
Ta 2
3 = 2 = 37°
6. The isentropic efficiency of compr essor depends
1
on i nl et and exi t condit i on onl y, hence i t wi l l
1 2
r emain const ant t hr oughout rp 1 Ma 1
2
1 2
h h 01 T02 T01 Ma
isc 02 2
h 02 h 01 T02 T01
Flow separ at ion is mor e cr it ical in cfc because 0.4
flow of air takes shar p tur ns in cfc. Pr essur e r atio 0.92 1.4 1 0.2 0.852 1
depends on t he inlet and out let t emper at ur es not = 0.8135.
0.2 0.852
on the mass flow r ate. Multistaging is not possible
in cfc due t o it s complex design. 10. Complete combustion of fuel and air in combustion
chamber can be achieved by inject ing t he fuel in
7. 2C8 H 18 25O2 94N 2 dr opl et for m int o t he combust ion chamber ; so
16CO2 18H 2O 94N 2 inject or is used t o inject t he t iny dr oplet s of fuel
in combust ion chamber.
F P02 3.15
0.028 11. r p 3.5
A act ual P01 0.9
fuel C8H 18, Air O2 + N 2.
1
F / A act ual rp
1
Equivalence r at io ;
F / A st oich 12. isc 1
poly
rp 1
F 2 At.wt.of C8 H 18
A st oich 25 At. wt . of O2 94 At . wt. of N 2
0.4
2 8 12 18 1 3.5 1.4 1
0.0664
0.4
= 0.869
25 2 16 94 2 14
3.5 0.89
1.4 1
0.028
0.422
0.0664 st at ic ent halpy dr op in r ot or
13. R
t ot al ent halpy drop acr oss st age
P02 P01
8. PL F I n impulse st age, t he ent halpy dr op acr oss t he
P01
r ot or is zer o which means no change in pr essur e
Since flow is 1 – D, incompr essible and frictionless, acr oss t he r ot or.
so t he st agnat ion pr essur e will r emain const ant
m
c m
c
t hr ough t he inlet 15. BPR
m
h m a mc
i.e., P01 = P02
m
c = mass flow r at e t hr ough cold nozzle
so, PL F = 0
m
h = mass flow r at e t hr ough engine cor e
m
a = mass low r at e of t ot al air
Jet Propulsion 6.13
m
cm
h
T v
v i e 1
BPR m
a m
c m
c m
vi
5 120 m
c m
c T
v i e 1
Ti
m
c 100 kg / s
16. I n aft er bur ner addit ional fuel is bur ned wit h t he T
T
gases coming out fr om t he t ur bine, t o incr ease m RTa e 1
the nozzle inlet temper atur e and hence to pr oduce m
Ta
high t hr ust . So when at t er bur ner is swit ched on
19. 2 = 3 = 60°.
t he t hr ust pr oduce will incr ease wit h incr ease of
t he fuel consumpt ion. 2
Ct 2
17. Slip fact or 2 C2
u Ca
w2
C2
W2 Rot or Ct 2
Cr 3
w2
3
Ct 2 u – Ct 2 Ca
C3
u
Ct 2 Ct 3
0.85
u
Ct 2 = 0.85 u Ca
R
2u
t an 3 t an 2
W2 C r 2 u Ct 2 2 1 150
2 2 180
t an 60 t an 2
882 u 0.854 2 2 = 28.015° = 3.
2 2 w = u (Ct 2 + Ct 3)
88 51
= u Ca (t an 2 + t an 3)
= 101.71 m/s
= 150 × 180 × (t an 60° + t an 28.015°)
18. T m
a m
f ve m
avi = 61.13 kJ/kg
m
a 1 f v e m
avi Q
T 500K T 1800K
for f < < < 1 20.
01
C. C 02
a ve vi
Tm H 01 + Q = H 02.
T m
a Cp T01 m
f CV m
a m
f Cp T02
ve vi
m
a
Cp T01 f cv 1 f Cp T02
for ideal r amjet engine.
mi = me 1.005 × 500 + f × 44 × 103
= (1 + f) × 1.005 × 1800
vi ve f = 0.031
RTa RTe
6.14 Jet Propulsion
23. No. of st age (N):-
h 02 h a
21. d
h oa h a To over all
N
To st age
T02
1
T Ta T
02 a 37
Toa Ta T02 To st age 1.005 36.816
1
Ta
366.27
N 9.9 10 st age
T02 Toa 36.816
1
T Ta 24. Pr opulsive efficiency
oa
1 2
1 ma 1 Thr ust power f v i
2
pr opulsive power
1
1 2
rp 1
2
ma 1
ma m f ve m a v i v i
d
1 2 1
2
ma
2 a
m m f v 2e 12 m a v 2i
Poa
Pa 1
1 2 1
ma
1 f v e v i v i
2 1 1
1 f v 2e v 2i
2 2
1.4
95 1 0.2 0.82 0.4 f < < 1, so
Poa = 144.812 kPa 2v i v e v i
P 140
v e2 v i 2
r p 02 0.967
Poa 144.812 2v i 2 2u
ve or
ve vi ue u
0.4 1
1.4 vi
0.967 1 0.2 0.82 1
d To
0.2 0.82 1 2
25. 1 m
T 2
d 0.9159
To 250 1 0.2 22 = 450 K
h h 01
22. 02 1
h 02 h 01 27.
Cp T02 T01
Cp T02 T01 Comp. Turb
1
T01
rp 1
2
To overall WC = WT.
= Cp (T 01 – T 02)
1.4 1
To over all
335 11 1.4 1 To2
0.667
0.9 To1
= 366.27 K To2 0.667 1500
= 1000.5 K
Jet Propulsion 6.15
1 1500 1000.5 m
a Cp T01 m
f H V m
a m
f Cp T02
= 499.5 kJ/kg
Cp T01 f H V 1 f Cp T02
kJ S
499.5
kg S Cp T01 f H V
T01
= 499.5 kW/kg/s.
1 f Cp
28. For ideal Ramjet
m i = m e. 1 500 0.05 42 103
1 0.05 1
vi ve
T 02 = 2476 K 2600 K
RT RTe
31. T 03 = 1550 K
H 02 + H 04 = H 03.
Te 900
ve vi 1000
T 225 m f m
f Cp To2 m
sCp T04
v e = 2000 m/s
specific t hr ust
m p m f m s Cp T03
m ve vi m
f
T 0.05 m f 0.05 m
p
a m
p
m
a m
a
= (2000 – 1000) = 1000 N-s/kg 1.05m sCp T04 1.05m
p Cp T02 m p m
s T03Cp
a
m Po
29. *
m
p m
p
A Toe 1.05 T02 T04 1.05 1 T03
m
s m
s
wher e Po and m
is given const ant for bot h case.
m
p
1.05 2600 1.05 1550 1550 500
m m
s
A * Toe2
1
m
p
m Toe1 0.9524 1 : 1
m
s
A *
2
32. I n 10 seconds:-
Wor k done = – 3000 × 10 = – 30000 J
A 2* Toe2
H eat t r ansfer = – 847.5 × 10 = – 8475 J
A 1* Toe1
dQ = du + dw
du = dQ – dw
3000
2 = – 8475 + 30000
750
u = + 21525 J
30. Secondar y ai r 21525
du J / k g of air
4 1
Q ms
= 21525 J/kg
1 2 3
Pr imar y C.C. mp + mf 33. du = 21525 J
mCv (T 2 – T 1) = 21525
T 01 = 500 K
21525
T 02 = ? T2 T1
717.5
h 01 + Q = h 02
T2 T1 30K
6.16 Jet Propulsion
39. for axial flow compr essor
w ideal h ha
34. isen 02s w = uCa (t an 1 – t an 2)
w act ual h 02 h a
Cp T S = uCa (t an 1 – t an 2)
Cp T02s Ta T Ta T S = 22.809 K
o2s
T02 Ta To2 Ta Wideal
iso
35. For mult ist age axial flow compr essor, t he lengt h Wact ual
of blade decr ease t o compensat e for t he r educt ion
1
in volume which r esult s in incr ease of pr essur e T01
fr om st age t o st age. T02 T01 r
p 1
36. Specific t hr ust fir st incr eases wit h incr ease in Ts s
compr essor pr essur e r atio t hen decr eases at fixed
t ur bine inlet t emp. Ts 1
r p 1 isc
T01
1.4
0.8 22.809 0.4
1
T 300
decreasing
ma r p 1.23
incr easing
40. P03 = 6 bar
rp
T 03 = 1400 K
37. Sur gi ng occur s at l ow mass fl ow r at e, when
compr essor oper at es at maximum mass flow r at e
t he pr essur e r at io decr eases and hence decr ease C.C
in densit y. Which r esult s in incr ease of absolut e (2) (3)
vel oci t y and i t moves t owar ds t he chock i ng
condit ion.
Q Comp. Tur b
? ? ?
ma ma + mf
38. C.C
1 2 (1) (4)
T 03 = 1400 K
h 2 h1
cc h 02 – h 01 = 335 K J/kg
m
f HV
m
f m
a
m a m f Cpg T2 m a CPa T1 wc = wt
cc
m
f HV h 02 – h 01 = h 03 – h 04
f H V cc m
m f Cp T2 m
a m a Cp T1 335 1000
T04
1117
f HV cc 1 f Cp T2 Cp T1 T 04 = 1100.089 K
f HV cc Cp T2 Cp T2 T1 T 1
P04 P03 04
T 03
f 43 103 0.9 1.005 2500 1.3
= 1.005 (2500 – 1200) 1100.089 0.3
6
1400
f = 0.036
Po4 2.11 bar
Jet Propulsion 6.17
43. At high pr essur e r at io, flow will separ at e inside 49. h 01 + Q = h 02
t he compr essor which r esult s in incr ease of loss Q
in compr essor.
45. Pr opulsive efficiency (1) (2)
C.C
(p)
Thr ust power m f CV m
oCpa T01 m a m
f Cpg T02
pr opulsive power f CV m
Cpa T01 m a m
f Cpg T02
So, p Thr ust power
Cpa T01 f CV 1 f Cpg T02
1
and pr opulsive power m 1 f v e2 v i 2 1.005 × 600 + f × 44 × 103
2 a
= (1 + f) × 1.147 × 1200
1
so, p = 0.0181
m
a
50. 1 = 18°
vi
46. M 1
a
1 1 C1
v i a M 299.5 0.8 Ca
v i = 239.6 m/s
t1 Ct 1
m
a v i A i
u
= 0.413 × 239.6 × 0.7
= 69.268 Kg/s 2 2 C2
2
Tm
a (v e v i ) (p e p )A e for m
f m
a
Ca
3
T 69.286(500 239.6) (60 26.5) 10 0.4
Ct 2
= 31442.07 N.
Ca = C1 cos 1
1 Ct 1 = C1 sin 1
47. Toa T01 1 m 2 Ta
2 f1 = u – Ct 1
= [1 + 0.2 × 0.8 ] × 223.3
2
t 1 u Ct1
T 01 = 251.88 K t an 1
Ca Ca
T T01
isen 02s u Ct1
T02 T01 1 t an 1
Ca
1
T 01
T 02 T 01 r 1
i sen p 200 120 sin 18
t an 1
120 cos 18
0.4
251.9 1.4
T02 251.9 8 1 1 54.988 55
0.87
51. m
1 kg / s
T 02 = 486.8 K
Ct 2 Ct1
P mu
2v i
48. p 2 = 55° – 27° = 28°
vi ve
u Ca tan 2 C1 sin 1
P mu
v
if i 1 v i v e = 1 × 200 (200 – 120 × cos 18° × t an 28° – 120 × sin
ve
18°)
t hen p = 1 i.e. 100% = 20.453 kW.
6.18 Jet Propulsion
Q w2 2 C2
2
(1) (2) Ca
52.
h 1 + Q = h 2.
wt 2 Ct 2
u
m f H v m
a Cp T1 m a m
f Cp T2
u u Ca t an 2 Ca t an 1
f 42 103 10 m
10 1 400 m f 1 1800 = 300 (300 – 100 × t an 45° – 100 × t an 45°)
= 30 kJ/kg
m
f 0.3483 kg/s
57. for small fuel-air r at io, t he
53. Air densit y is r educes wit h incr ease in altitude. pr opulsive efficiency,
So it s value is higher at sea level and lower at 11
km altitude. Design of component should be done 2v i
p
f or opt i m u m con di t i on . H en ce com bu st i on ve vi
chamber volume will decide based on condit ions
at 11 km alt it ude. 1
for const ant v i , p
54. F or i deal con di t i on , t h e l osses w i t h i n t h e ve
component due t o var ious flow phenomenon is
and m C v e
neglected. So stagnation temper atur e will r emain
const ant t hr oughout t he int ake and nozzle. But m C is exit mach number
it will incr ease in t he combust ion chamber due v e is exhaust velocit y
t o ener gy of fuel addit ion. Hence for smaller exhaust velocit y t he pr opulsive
55. Tur bine blades of engine ‘P’ ar e cooled by bleeding efficiency will be maximum.
t he compr essor air, so t ur bine inlet t emper at ur e Smaller value of mach number is ‘1’ and also t he
will be gr eat er of engine ‘p’. Due t o high t ur bine nozzle is choked.
i nl et t emper at ur e, t he exhaust vel oci t y fr om
58. Thr ust ,
nozzl e of engi ne ‘P’ wi l l be hi gher and hence
pr oduce higher specific t hr ust . a ve vi
Tm
For the same compr essor inlet condition of engine
‘P’ and ‘Q’ t he compr essor wor k will be same for m
a is mass flow r at e of air
bot h engine; because of same out let condit ion. so, T v e.
Bl eedi ng of ai r fr om compr essor of engi ne ‘P’
means if velocit y is higher, t hr ust pr oduce will
occur s aft er t he compr ession pr ocess. also be higher. I n ot her wor ds for higher mach
Fuel flow r at e is dir ect ly pr opor t ional t o t ur bine number t hr ust will be higher.
inlet t emper at ur e. So fuel flow r at e in engine ‘P’
59. By applying St eady flow ener gy equat ion,
will be higher t han engine ‘Q’.
56. 1 = 2 and 1 = 2
Q
w1 T2 T3
1 1 C1 C.C
wt 1 Ct 1
Comp. Tur bine
w u Ct 2 Ct1
T1 T4
u u w t 2 Ct1
Jet Propulsion 6.19
Assuming ideal condit ion. 65. 1.185 bar
m f cv m
a Cp T2 m a m
f Cp T3
(1) (2) (3)
f CV Cp T3 m Tur bine N
m
a Cp T3 T2
a Cp T3 T2
m
f
m ... (A)
CV C T v 22
To2 T2
p 3
2Cp
Si nce t ur bi ne i nl et t emper at ur e (T 3) i s fi xed,
l owest amount of fuel addi t i on i s possi bl e at
maximum ‘T 2’ 2002
800 817.437K
2 1147
h 2 h 1 T2 T1
ic T01 T02
h 2 h1 T2 T1
T01 T 02
So for maximum ‘T 2’ efficiency of compr essor is
minimum, since ‘T 1’ is also fixed. 1350 817.437
0.96
61. T m
a m
f ve m
avi 1350 T 02
m
a 1 f v e m
avi T 02 = 795.247 K
f<<1
T 1
a ve vi
Tm P02 P01 02s
T01
T v e.
1.33
62. For 50% r eact ion axial compr essor st age
795.217 0.33
10
1 2 Ct1 w t 2 1350
2 1 Ct 2 w t 1 P02 = 1.185 bar
66. 75%
So, Ct1 w t1
DN
63. r p= 1 u
60
T 0.6 15000
150
?
ma r p= 5 60
Wc su 2 Cp T02 T01
M
64. 1880.38 m/s 2
0.88 150 1005 T02 300
For ideal Ramjet Engine, m i = m j .
T 02 = 494.446 K
Toe 1 2
1 m j 1 0.2 16 4.2
Te 2 1
To1
T 02s T01 r po t 1
2310 c
Te 550K T02 T01 T02 T01
4.2
0.4
Toe Te
Ce2
2Cp
300 4 1.4 1
100%
494.446 300
Ce = 1880.38 m/s = 74.98% 75%
6.20 Jet Propulsion
72. 1.132
Toa 1 2
67. T 1 2 M
a C12
T01 T1
= 1 + 0.2 × 9 = 2.8 2 Cp
T oa = 2.8 × 200 = 560 K
1402
1.4 278
Poa Toa 1 0.4
2 1005
2.8
Pa Ta T 01 = 306.66 K
Poa 1836.636 kPa
isc
m 02
a Cp T T
01
w
A * V *
m
1
P* m
a Cp T01 r
p
1
RT * A *
RT * w
P* w 1
A* rp isc 1
R T* a Cp T01
m
1.4
Po 1 1
0.86 734 0.7
1
P* 2 24 1.005 306.66
rp 1.332
To 1
T* 2 kJ
73. 20.5-21.3
kg
1
P 1 2 1 74. 829.42 K
m
o A*
R To 2
T01 T02
1 1
2.4
P01 P02
1.4 1836.636 10 2.4 2 0.4
0.05
287 560 2
r 1
= 156. 848 K g/s
P r
70. L ar ge losses occur s in nozzle and int ake due t o T02 T01 02
P 01
flow separ ation.
71. for 9.2 kg/s of air, m
f 1 kg/s 0.33
1 1.33
1450
1 9.5
for 1 kg/s of air, m
f kg/s
9.2
T 02 = 829.42 K
So, for 94 K g/s of air,
76. Thr ust produced by engine can be increased either
1 incr easing mass r at e of air or by incr easing t he
m
f 94 kg/s mass flow r at e of air or by incr easing t he exhaust
9.2
vel oci t y. At l ow speed t he t ur bopr op engi ne
m
f 10.217 kg/s pr oduce highest t hr ust and hence t hr ust power.
Since pr opulsive efficiency is dir ectly pr oportional
T m
a m
f ve m
avi t o t hr ust power, so pr opul si ve eff i ci ency of
t ur bopr op engine is lar ger at low speed.
= (94 + 10.217) 640 – 94 × 180
77. Heating and cooling pr ocess in ideal case is always
= 49778. 88 N
occur s at const ant pr essur e.
Jet Propulsion 6.21
78. 1148.4458 Ns/kg 79. For axial exhaust
m a bypass
BPR 6
m a engine C1
Ca
w1
m a bypass 6 m a engine
Ct 1
R 1.4 287
Cp
1 0.4
w2
= 1004.5 J/kg-K
For chocked condit ion Ca = C2
To 1 2.4
1.2 C2 = Ca and Ct 2 = 0
Tc 2 2
w = u (Ct 1 + Ct 2)
cor e nozzle:
w = u Ct 1 = u Ca t an 1
T oi = T c × 1.2 = 580 × 1.2 = 696 K
For bypass nozzle : T oi = 1.2 × 295 = 354 K w
Ca
u t an 1
velocit y exhaust fr om nozzle,
v e 2Cp Toi Tc Ca
cos 1
C1
v e cor e nozzle 2Cp To Tc Ca w
C1
cos 1 u t an 1 . cos 1
2 1004.5 696 580
= 482.746 m/s w 228 1000
C1
u sin 1 440 sin 70
v e bypass nozzle 2 1004.5 354 295
C1 = 551. 437 m/s
= 344.2883 m/s 80. 3
T m
a
engine
(v eCN v i )
T02 T01 1
r p 1 isc
m a bypass (v e bN v i ) T01
1.4
m
a
engine
(v eCN v i ) 0.85 430 300 0.4
1
6m
a (v e bN v i ) 300
engine
r p 2.996 3
T
482.746 200 81. 1305 K
m a engine
6 344.2833 200 Q
(1) (2)
Ns C.C
= 1148.4458
kg
Applying S.f.E.E.
v 2
h 1 1 Q h 02
2
6.22 Jet Propulsion
87. Axial velocit y, Ca = v 2.
v 2
Cp T1 1 Q Cp T02
2
1002 2
1000 300 1000 1000 1000 T02
2
2
T 02 = 1305 K 2
82. Give s > 0 1
Tds = dh – vdp C2
Ct 2
for I sobar ic pr ocess (p = c)
1
Tds = dh = mCp dT
1
dT ds Ct 1
0 C1
T mcp
V2
For Isenthalpic pr ocess (h = c)
Tds = – vdp w = u (Ct 2 – Ct 1)
= uCa (t an 2 + t an 1)
vdp
T 0 Since ‘u’ is const ant
ds
t an 1 + t an 1 = t an 2 + t an 2
Also Tds = du + pdv (2)
t an 2 – t an 1 = t an 1 – t an 2
For I sochor ic pr ocess (v = c)
w = uCa (t an 1 – t an 2)
Tds = du = mcv dT
= 200 × 165 (t an 45° – t an 11°)
dT ds = 26585. 4498 J/kg
0
T mcv
T
and or isot her mal pr ocess t emper atur e change Cp T01 02 1
is zer o h 02 h 01 T01
since cp > cv w w w
dT dT
so r 1
T I sochor ic T I sobar ic
Cp T01 rp r 1
86. Chemical r eact ion t akes places bet ween oct ane
w
and air ar e wr it t en as
r
2
C8H 18 + 25O2 + 94N 2 16CO2 + 18H 2 + 94N 2 w r 1
r p 1
so, C p T01
f 2 At, wt . of C8 H 18
1.4
a st ichio 25 At.wt.of O2 94 wt. of N 2 0.8 26585.4498 0.4
1
1005 298
2 8 12 18 1
0.0664 = 1.27
25 2 16 94 2 14
88. 216.02 N-S/kg
Given m
a 1 kg/s
V i = 270 m/s
so, m
f 0.0664 1 0.0664 kg/s P 0.9 bar
T 290 K
Jet Propulsion 6.23
At Nozzle inlet ,
u 1800 100 424.264 m / s
P0 = 1.6 bar
T 0 = 774 K DN 60u
u D
Checking "choking" condit ion of nozzle 60 N
wher e ‘N’ in RPM
P0 r 1 1
P 2 1.85 r ad
I n 1900 No. of r evolut ion per minut e is
C
s
PC = 0.86 bar
1900 60
N
Since, P PC , so nozzle is not choked. 2
T0 Te 60 424.264 2
D
1 1 1900 60
P0 Pe
= 0.446 m
0.33
93. Fr om ener gy equat ion;
0.9 1.33
Te 774
1.6 v2
ho h
2
= 671.03 K
Expansion of air for maximum velocity is achieve
Ve 2Cp T0 Te when t he Tot al ent halpy is conver ted int o kinet ic
ener gy of air.
2 1147 774 671.03
v2
so, h o
= 486.02 m/s 2
T
Ve Vi v2
a
m Cp To
2
= 486.02 – 270
v 2Cp To 2 1005 700
= 216.02 N-S/kg
89. h 01 + Q = h 02. = 1186.17 m/s
94. 0.98
Q
P 98
(1) (2) PR o2
C.C Po1 100
PR = 0.98
h 01 Q h02 95. 0.50
f
m f cv m
a Cpa T01 m a m
f Cpg T02
a act ual
Equivalence r at io ()
50 × 1.005 × 450 + 1 × 44 × 103 f
a st ichiomet r ic
= (50 + 1) × 1.147 × T 02
T 02 = 1138.734 K 0.03
0.5
0.06
u 2
90. P m
96. For negligible fuel - air r at io.
= slip fact or = 1
P = Power 2v i
p
1800 × 103 = 10 × 2 ve vi
6.24 Jet Propulsion
99. For 50% r eact ion st age
2 100 200
0.5
300 100 400 w1
p = 0.5 1 1 C1
97. Pr opeller efficiency Ca
p Thr ust power
Shat power w2
2 2 C2
f vi Ca
p
Shaft power
1 = 2 = 22°.
500 100
Shaft power Ca
0.5 cos 2
w2
= 100000 wat t
= 100 kW Ca
w2
cos 2
h 02 h 01
98. is 200
h 02 h 01 215.707 m / s
cos22
T T01 100. 223.6 m/s
02
T02 T01
C2 Cr 2 = w2
r 1
T01 rpo r 1
T02 T01
u
0.4
isc
300 4 1.4
1 C2 w
2
2
(u)2
480 300
= 0.809 0.81 100 2 200 2
= 223.607 m/s
7
CHAPTER ROCKET PROPULSION
1. Th e on -boar d r ock et mot or of a sat el l i t e of (c) L OX-L H 2 < DB < L OX-RP1
init ial mass 2000 kg pr ovides a specific impulse (d) DB < L OX-L H 2 < L OX-RP1
of 280 seconds. I f t his mot or is fir ed t o gi ve a [GATE 2008, 1 M ]
speed incr ement of 500 m/s along t he dir ect ion of
6. The chamber st agnat ion t emper at ur e i nside a
mot ion, t he mass of pr opellant consumed is:
r ocket mot or is T e. Only a conver gent nozzle is
(a) 685 kg (b) 333 kg used, and t he flow at t he exit of t his nozzle is
(c) 1666 kg (d) 167 kg choked. Assume t hat t he nozzle exhaust st at ic
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] pr essur e is equal t o ambient st at ic pr essur e. Gas
2. I n a r ocket engine, t he hot gas gener at ed in t he constant for exhaust gases is R and r atio of specific
combust ion chamber exit s t he nozzle wit h a mass heats is . The specific impulse of the r ocket motor
flow r at e 719 kg/sec and velocit y 1794 m/s. The is
ar ea of t he nozzle exit sect ion is 0.635 m 2. I f t he
2RTe RTe
nozzl e expansi on i s opt imum, t hen t he t hr ust (a) (b)
pr ocuced by t he engine is 1 1
(a) 811 kN (b) 1290 kN
(c) 1354 kN (d) 2172 kN RTe 2RTe
(c) (d)
[GATE 2007, 2 M ] 1 1
3. Which one of t he following values is near er t o [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
t he vacuum specific impulse of a r ocket engine 7. The init ial t emper at ur e sensit ivit y of bur n r at e
usi ng l i qui d hydr ogen and l i qui d oxygen as of a solid r ocket mot or pr opellant is posit ive. I f
pr opellants? t he init ial t emper at ur e incr eases t hen
(a) 49 sec (b) 450 sec (a) t hr ust incr eases but bur n t ime decr eases
(c) 6000 sec (d) 40000 sec (b) t hr ust decr eases and bur n t ime decr eases t oo
[GATE 2007, 2 M ]
(c) t hr ust r emains same but bur n t ime incr eases
4. I n a conver gent -diver gent (CD) nozzle of a r ocket (d) t hr ust incr eases but bur n t ime r emains same
mot or, t he wall heat flux is maximum at
[GATE 2008, 2 M ]
(a) t he exit of t he diver gent por t ion of t he CD Common D at a for Quest ions 8 and 9: A l i qui d
nozzle r ocket engine with oxidizer to fuel r atio of 5 : 1 pr oduces
(b) t he ent r y t o t he conver gent por t ion of t he CD a t hr ust 1 M N. The init ial mass of t he r ocket engine is
nozzle 100,000 kg and it s mass at bur n out is 10,000 kg. The
(c) t he t hr oat of CD nozzle char act er ist ic velocit y C and t hr ust CF for t he engine
(d) t he mid-lengt h of t he diver gent por t ion of t he ar e 2386 m/s and 1.4 r espect ively.
CD nozzle 8. The mass flow r at e of fuel is
[GATE 2008, 1 M ] (a) 300.3 kg/s (b) 269.5 kg/s
5. DB denot es double base solid pr opellant . (c) 87.4 kg/s (d) 49.9 kg/s
L OX-RP1 denot es l i qu i d oxygen - k er osen e [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
combinat ion. 9. Neglect ing gr avit y and dr ag effect s, if t he init ial
L OX-L H 2 denot es l i qui d oxygen - hydr ogen velocit y of t he liquid r ocket engine is 2.5 km/s,
combinat ion. t he velocit y of t he r ocket at bur nout is
The cor r ect or der of incr easing specific impulse is (a) 1.2 km/s (b) 2.5 km/s
(a) DB < L OX-RP1 < L OX-L H 2 (c) 10.2 km/s (d) 11.8 km/s
(b) L OX-RP1 < DB < L OX-L H 2 [GATE 2008, 2 M ]
7.2 Rocket Propulsion
10. Classify t he following pr opellant s as: cr yogenic (a) 3 kN (b) 6 kN
(C), semi-cryogenic (SC), compr essed gas (CG) and (c) 1.5 kN (d) 12 kN
ear t h st or able (ES) [GATE 2009, 2 M ]
N 2 O 4 -U D M H (n i t r ogen t et r a ox i de an d 14. Among t he choi ces gi ven bel ow, t he Speci fi c
unsymmet r ical di-met hyl hydr azine) I mpulse is maximum for a
L OX-RPI (liquid oxygen and ker osene) (a) Cr yogenic (b) Solid Rocket
L OX-L H 2 (liquid oxygen and liquid hydr ogen) (c) L iquid Rocket (d) Ramjet
N 2 (nit r ogen gas) [GATE 2010, 1 M ]
(a) N 2O4-UDMH (ES), LOX-RP1 (C), LOX-LH 2 (C), 15. T h e st agn at i on pr essu r e an d st agn at i on
N 2(C) t emper at ur e inside t he combust ion chamber of a
l i qui d r ock et engi ne ar e 15 M Pa and 2500 K
(b) N 2O4-UDM H (ES), L OX-RP1 (SC), L OX-L H 2
r espect ively. The bur ned gases have = 1.2 and
(C), N 2(C)
R = 692.83 J/kgK . The r ocket has a Convcr ging-
(c) N 2O4-UDM H (ES), L OX-RP1 (SC), L OX-L H 2 diver ging nozzle wit h a t hr oat ar ea of 0.025 m 2
(C), N 2(CG) and the flow at the exit of the nozzle is super sonic.
(d) N 2O4-UDMH (ES), LOX-RP1 (C), LOX-LH 2 (C), I f t he flow t hr ough t he nozzle is isent r opic. what
N 2(CG) is the mass flow r ate of the gases out of the nozzle?
[GATE 2009, 1 M ] (a) 18.5 kg/s (b) 31.2 kg/s
11. L et M 0 be t he t ot al mass of a single st age r ocket , (c) 29.7 kg/s (d) 19.4 kg/s
M P be t he total mass of pr opellant, M L be the mass [GATE 2010, 2 M ]
of payload car r ied by t he r ocket and M S be t he 16. A t wo st age chemical r ocket , having t he same
mass of iner t st r uct ur al component s. I f I sp is t he specific impulse (1sp) of 300s for bot h t he st ages is
speci fi c i mpul se of t he pr opul si on syst em (i n designed in such a way that the payload r at io and
seconds) and g is t he acceler at ion due t o gr avit y, t he st r uct ur al r at io ar e same for bot h t he st ages.
t hen t he maximum velocit y t hat can be at t ained The second stage of the r ocket has following mass
by t he r ocket vehicle in t he absence of gr avit y dist r ibut ion :
and at mospher ic dr ag is given by Pr opellast M ass = 10208 kg
M M0 St r uct ur al M ass = 1134 kg
(a) gI sp ln 0 (b) gI sp ln 1 Payload M ass = 1700 kg
MP ML MS
ge =9.8 m/s2
M M0 I f t he r ocket is fir ed fr om r est and it flies in a
(c) gI sp ln 0 (d) gI sp ln
MS M 0 M P zer o gr avit y field and a dr ag fr ee envir onment ,
t he final velocit y at t ained by t he payload is
[GATE 2009, 2 M ]
(a) 9729.3 m/s (b) 897.3 m/s
12. Th e per for man ce of a sol i d r ock et m ot or i s
(c) 9360.2 m/s (d) 8973.2 m/s
impr oved by r eplacing t he old pr opellant wit h a
[GATE 2010, 2 M ]
new one. The new pr opellant gives a combust ion
t emper at u r e 40% hi gh er t h an t he pr evi ous 17. An impulsive launch of a r ocket minimizes t he
pr opel l an t w i t h ou t appr eci abl e ch an ge i n loss of bur n-out velocit y due t o
mol ecul ar wei ght of combust i on pr oduct s and (a) aer odynamic dr ag for ce only
ot her oper at ing par amet er s. By appr oximat ely (b) gr avit at ional for ce only
what per centage is the specific impulse of the new (c) bot h aer odynami c dr ag and gr avi t at i onal
mot or higher t han t he old one? for ces
(a) 18% (b) 96% (d) r eact ion jet cont r ol for ce
(c) 42% (d) 112% [GATE 2011, 1 M ]
[GATE 2009, 2 M ] 18. M ult i-st aging in r ocket s impr oves t he bur n-out
13. A solid r ocket mot or has an end bur ning gr ain per for mance by incr easing mainly st age-wise
of cr oss-sect ional ar ea Acs = 0.4 m 2. The densit y (a) payload mass r at ios
of pr opellant is p = 1500 kg/m 3 and has linear (b) st r uct ur al mass efficiencies
r egr ession r at e r = 5 mm/s. I f t he specific impulse (c) pr opellant masses
of t he pr opulsion syst em is I sp = 200 seconds, t he (d) cont r ol syst em masses
t hr ust pr oduced by t he mot or is appr oximat ely [GATE 2011, 1 M ]
Rocket Propulsion 7.3
19. A r ocket engine is t est ed on a t est bed under t he 24. A r ocket mot or has a chamber pr essur e of 100
ideal condit ion of fully expanded jet. The exhaust bar and chamber t emper at ur e of 3000 K . The
velocit y is 2 km/s t hr ough a nozzle of ar ea 2.5 ambi ent pr essur e i s 1 bar. Assume t hat t he
m 2. The mass flow r at e is 200 kg/s. The specific specific heat at const ant pr essur e is 1 kJ/kg-K .
impulse of the pr opellant and the thr ust developed Also assume t hat t he flow t hr ough t he nozzle is
r espect ively ar e (assume g = 9.81 m/s2) isentr opic and optimally expanded. The exit static
(a) 175.87 s and 200 kN t emper at ur e in K is
(b) 203.87 s and 400 kN (a) 805 (b) 845
(c) 231.87 s and 200 kN (c) 905 (d) 945
(d) 280.87 s and 400 kN [GATE 2013, 2 M ]
[GATE 2011, 2 M ] 25. Thr ust of liquid oxygen - liquid hydr ogen r ocket
20. A r ock et m ot or h as com bu st i on ch am ber engine is 300 kN. The O/F r at io used is 5. I f t he
t emper at ur e of 2600 K and t he pr oduct s have fuel mass fl ow r at e i s 12.5 k g/s, t he speci fi c
molecular weight of 25 g/mol and r at io of specific impulse of t he r ocket mot or in Ns/kg is
heat s 1.2. The univer sal gas const ant is 8314 J/ (a) 400 (b) 4000
kg-mole-K . The value of t heor et ical c* (in m/s) is
____. (c) 4200 (d) 4400
[GATE 2013, 2 M ]
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
21. A solid pr opellant of densit y 1800 kg/m 3 has a 26. Consider t wo r ocket s P and Q fir ed ver t ically up
bur ning r at e law r = 6.65 × 10– 3p0 45 mm/s, wher e wit h ident ical specific impulse and a payload of
p is pr essur e in Pascals. I t is used in a r ocket 2 kg. Rocket P has 2 ident ical st ages, and each
motor with a tubular gr ain with an initial bur ning st age has 200 kg of pr opellant and 20 kg of
ar ea of 0.314 m 2. The char act er ist ic velocit y is st r uct ur al weight . Rocket Q has a single st age
1450 m/s. What shoul d be t he nozzl e t hr oat with 400 kg of pr opellant and 40 kg of structur al
di amet er t o achi eve an equi l i br i um chamber weight . Neglect ing dr ag and gr avit y effect s, t he
pr essur e of 50 bar at t he end of t he i gni t i on r at io of the change in velocity of P to t hat attained
t r ansient ? by Q is
(a) 35 mm (b) 38 mm (a) 1.13 (b) 1.23
(c) 41 mm (d) 45 mm (c) 1.33 (d) 1.43
[GATE 2012, 2 M ] [GATE 2013, 2 M ]
22. A bipr opellant liquid r ocket mot or oper at es at a 27. A small r ocket having a specific impulse of 200s
chamber pr essur e of 40 bar wit h a nozzle t hr oat pr oduces a t ot al t hr ust of 98 kN, out of which
diamet er of 50 mm. The char act er ist ic velocit y 10k N i s t he pr essur e t hr ust . Consi der i ng t he
i s 1540 m/s. I f t he fuel -oxi di zer r at i o of t he accel er at i on due t o gr avi t y t o be 9.8m/s2, t he
pr opellant is 1.8, and the fuel density is 900 kg/m 3, pr opellant mass flow r at e in kg/s is
what should be t he minimum fuel t ank volume
(a) 55.1 (b) 44.9
for a bur n t ime of 8 minut es
(a) 1.65 m 3 (c) 1.75 m 3 (c) 50 (d) 60.2
[GATE 2014, 1 M ]
(c) 1.85 m 3 (d) 1.95 m 3
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
28. A stat ionar y t wo st age r ocket wit h initial mass of
16000 kg, car r ying a payload of 1000kg, is fir ed in
23. The pr opellant in a single st age sounding r ocket
a ver tical tr aject or y fr om t he sur face of t he ear th.
occupies 60% of it s init ial mass. I f all of it is
Bot h t he st ages of t he r ocket have same specific
expen ded i n st ant aneousl y at an equi val ent
exhaust velocit y of 3000 m/s, what would be t he impulse, I sp, of 300s and same structural coefficient
alt it ude at t ained by t he payload when launched of 0.14. T h e accel er at i on du e t o gr avi t y i s
ver t ically? 9.8m/s2. Neglect ing dr ag and gr avit y effect s and
consider ing bot h t he st ages wit h same payload
[Negl ect dr ag and assume acceler at i on due t o
r at i o, t he t er mi nal vel oci t y at t ai ned by t he
gr avit y t o be const ant at 9.81 m/s2.]
payload in m/s is ____________.
(a) 315 km (c) 335 km
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
(c) 365 km (d) 385 km
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
7.4 Rocket Propulsion
29. A cr yogenic r ocket has a specific impulse of 455s 35. A launch vehicle has a main r ocket engine wit h
and char act er ist ic velocity of 2386 m/s. The value t wo ident ical st r ap-on mot or s, all of which fir e
of t hr ust coefficient for t his r ocket is simult aneously dur ing t he oper at ion. The main
(a) 1.78 (b) 1.73 engine deliver s a t hr ust of 6300 kN with a specific
impulse of 428 s. Each st r ap-on mot or deliver s a
(c) 1.87 (d) 1.95
t hr ust of 12000 kN wit h specific impulse of 292 s.
[GATE 2014, 2 M ] The acceler at ion due t o gr avit y is 9.81 m/s2. The
30. A r ocket engine pr oduces a t ot al impulse of 112 effective (combined) specific impulse of the vehicle
kN.s in a bur n t ime per iod of 3.5 minut es wit h a is _______ s.
propellant mass flow rate of 0.25 kg/s. The effective [GATE 2016, 2 M ]
exhaust velocit y (in m/s) of gas eject ing fr om t he 36. I n a par t icular r ocket engine, helium pr opellant
engine is _____. is heat ed t o 6000 K and 95% of it s t ot al ent halpy
[GATE 2015, 1 M ] i s r ecover ed as k i net i c ener gy of t he nozzl e
31. A solid r ocket motor is designed with a cylindr ical exhaust . Consi der hel i um t o be a cal or i cal l y
end-bur ning pr opellant gr ain of lengt h 1 m and per fect gas with specific heat at constant pr essur e
diamet er 32 cm. The densit y of t he pr opellant of 5200 J/kgK . The exhaust velocit y for such a
gr ain is 1750 kg /m 3 . The specific impulse of t he r ocket for an opt imum expansion is _____ m/s.
motor is 190 s and the acceler at ion due to gr avity [GATE 2016, 2 M ]
is 9.8 m / s2 . I f t he pr opellant bur ns for a per iod 37. A r ocket , wit h a t ot al lift -off mass of 10000 k g,
of 150 s, t hen t he t hr ust (in N) pr oduced by t he moves ver t i cal l y u pwar d fr om r est under a
r ocket mot or is ________. const ant gr avit at i onal accel er at ion of 9.81 m/s2.
[GATE 2015, 2 M ] The pr opel l ant m ass of 8400 k g bur ns at a
32. A l i qui d pr opel l ant r ock et has t he fol l owi ng constant r ate of 1200 kg/s. I f the specific impulse
component masses: of t he r ock et engine is 240 s, neglect ing dr ag,
t he bur nout velocit y in m/s is
M ass of payload = 180
(a) 3933.7 (b) 4314.6
M ass of fuel = 470
(c) 4245.9 (d) 4383.3
M ass of oxidizer = 1170
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
M ass of st r uct ur es = 150
38. A single st age chemical r ocket , having an init ial
M ass of guidance syst ems = 20 mass of 10,000 kg and specific impulse of 450 s, is
The effect ive exhaust velocit y is 3136 m /s. The launched fr om t he sur face of t he ear t h and has
velocit y incr ement (in km/ s) of t he r ocket at t o r each t he escape velocity (11 km/s) at bur n out .
bu r nout , wh i l e oper at i n g i n out er space, i s Consider ge = 9.8 m/s2. I f t he at mospher ic dr ag
________ and t he effect of gr avit y ar e t o be neglect ed, t he
[GATE 2015, 2 M ] mass of pr opellant t o be car r ied by t he r ocket is
equal t o _________ kg (in one decimal places).
33. A r ocket nozzle is designed t o pr oduce maximum
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
t hr ust at an alt itude, H = 8 km fr om t he sea level.
The nozzle oper at es in 39. Am on g t h e f ol l owi ng en gi nes, wh i ch on e i s
expected to have the maximum Specific I mpulse?
(a) under -expanded condit ion for H > 8 km
(a) Cr yogenic Rocket
(b) under -expanded condit ion for H < 8 km
(b) Solid Pr opellant Rocket
(c) sonic exit condit ion for H > 8 km
(c) L iquid Pr opellant Rocket
(d) unchoked condit ion for H < 8 km (d) SCRAM Jet
[GATE 2015, 2 M ] [GATE 2017, 1 M ]
34. For a given chamber pr essur e, t he t hr ust of a 40. A r ock et has an i ni t i al mass of 150 k g. Aft er
r ocket engine is highest when oper at ing for a dur at ion of 10 s, it s final mass is
(a) t he r ocket is oper at ing at it s design alt it ude. 50 kg. I f t he acceler at ion due t o gr avit y is 9.81
(b) t he r ocket is oper at ing in vacuum. m/s2 and t he t hr ust pr oduced by t he r ocket is
19.62 kN, t he specific impulse of t he r ocket is
(c) t he r ocket is oper at ing at sea-level.
(a) 400 s (b) 300 s
(d) t her e is a nor mal shock in t he r ocket nozzle.
(c) 200 s (d) 100 s
[GATE 2016, 1 M ]
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
Rocket Propulsion 7.5
AN SWER KEY
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (a) 16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (d) 24. (a) 25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (b) 29. (c) 33. (a) 34. (b)
39. (d) 40. (c)
EXPLAN ATI ON S
5. Solid pr opellant has lower specific impulse t han
m
1. v b gI sp ln i liquid pr opellant, so option (b) and (c) is incor r ect.
mf Also t he specific impulse of liquid hydr ogen is
gr eat er t han t he hydr ocar bon fuels.
v b m
ln i 6. T = m
e V e + (Pe – Pa) A e
gI sp mf
Given, Pe = Pa
v b m i
gI m T= m
e ve
sp f
e
mi T
mf ve
v b m
e
gI sp
e I sp = v e (Nozzle is choked H ence, v e = ae)
mp = mi – mf I sp a e RTe
2000
2000 Tc 1
500
9.81 280 Te 2
e
m p = 332.847 kg 2 RTc
I sp
2. T = m
e × v e + (Pe – Pa) A e 1
for opt imum expansion, Pe = Pa 7. For solid r ocket , bur n r at e, r = ap on
T= m
e × ve wher e a is a funct ion of init ial t emper at ur e.
I f init ial t emper at ur e incr eases t hen bur n r at e
= 719 × 1794 = 1289.886 kN
also incr eases and bur n t ime decr eases because
3. The value of I sp of liquid pr opellant r ocket engine it is inver sely pr opor t ional t o bur n r at e kg/sec.
is moder at e. The given value of 49S is var y low
Al so wi t h i ncr ease i n bur ns r at e t he k i net i c
while 6000S and 40,000 S is ver y high. Ther efor e
ener gy of exhaust gases fr om nozzle incr eases
t he cor r ect answer will be 450S.
and hence t hr ust will incr ease.
dT 8. Thr ust coefficient
4. H eat flux, q K
dx
T
Cf
T Ta Pc A *
qK
t A * = Thr oat ar ea
t is wall t hickness
T
T = Temper at ur e inside t he wall PC
Cf A *
T a = Ambience t emper at ur e
Expansion of hot gas fr om combust ion chamber
t akes place in t he nozzle, so along t he lengt h of P A*
Also, C* c
nozzle t he t emper at ur e will decr ease, it will be mp
maximum at nozzle inlet and minimum at outlet .
Ther efor e heat flux is maximum at nozzle inlet .
7.6 Rocket Propulsion
P A* I sp Old TCO
p C
m
C* Change in per cent age of I sp
I spN I spo
T A* 100
m
p I spo
Cf C* A *
1 106 1.4TCO TCO
m
p 100
1.4 2386 TCO
= 299.365 K g/s = 18.32%
m
p m
f m
o 13. m
p p A csr
m
f 5m
f 5
1500 0.4
1000
m
p 299.365
m
f 49.894 kg/s = 3 kg/s
6 6
Tm
p ve
m
9. v b gI sp ln i
mf m
p I sp g
T m = 3 × 200 × 9.81
g ln i = 5886 N
gm p mf
5.9 kN
T m
vf vi ln i * A * v *
15. m
m
p m
f
P*
A * RT *
1 106 100000 RT *
ln
299.365 10000
= 7691.564 m/s = 7.691 km/s P*
A*
v f = 7.691 + v i . R T *
= 7.691 + 2.5 = 10.191 km/s
1
m P
1 2 1
11. v b gI sp ln i OC A*
mf R TOC 2
mf = mi – mp
1.2 1.5 106 2.2 5.5
mi m
0.025
v b gI sp l n
692.83 2500 2
m
i m
p
m
18.479 K g/s
m i = m o.
16. v b = v 1 + v 2.
40
12. TCN 1 TCO
100 m mi
v b gI sp ln i gI sp ln m
mf 1 f 2
T CN = 1.4 T CO
For solid r ocket , Since bot h st ages ar e ident ical
I sp TC mi
so, v b 2gI sp ln m
f
I sp N ew 1.4TCO
Rocket Propulsion 7.7
m p m s m pay P A*
v b 2gI sp ln 22. C* OC
m s m pay mp
10208 1134 1700
2 9.81 300 ln P dt 2
p OC
m
1134 1700 4C*
= 8984 . 895 m/s
40 105 0.05 2
17. for r ocket oper at ion m
p
4 1540
dm D m
p 5.0999 kg/s
dv b v eg dt g cos dt
m m
m
p m
f m
o
An impulsive launch of r ocket -means ver y shor t
bur ning t ime and ver y high acceler at ion. f
m
Aer odynamic dr ag impose penalt y if t he vehicle f
5.0999 m
1.8
is acceler at ed quickly because ‘D’ is a funct ion of
velocit y squar e.
m f 3.278 K g/s
For ver y shor t bur ning t ime t he t er m g cos t
will r educe and hence minimising the loss of bur n-
mf t
out velocit y. Volumes, V
f
18. The bur n-out veloci t y of r ocket incr eases wit h
incr easing the number of stages due t o incr easing 3.278 8 60
payload mass r at ios of each st age.
900
p v e Pe Pa A e
19. T m V = 1.748 m 3.
= 200 × 2 × 1000 = 400 kN 60
23. m
p m 0.6 m i
f 100 i
I sp
m
p g mi
v b gI sp ln
mf
400 103 mi
I sp = v e ln
200 9.81 mf
I sp = 203.874 s mi
v el n
21. m
A r mi mp
0.45 mi
5 v b 3000 ln
1800 0.314 6.65 10 3 50 10
m m i 0.6m i
1000
= 3.886 kg/s mi
3000 ln 2748.872 m / s
m i 1 0.6
P A* P d 2
C* OC OC max. height at t ained (4.0)
mp 4mp
v 2 2778.8722
h = 381.246 km
p C*
4m 2g 2 9.91
d
POC
TOC Te
24. 1
1
4 3.886 1450 POC
Pe
d
50 105
assuming = 1.4
d = 37.88 mm 38 mm
Pe = Pa
7.8 Rocket Propulsion
1 442
P gI sp ln
42
Te TOC e
POC
442 222
v p gI sp ln
0.4 242 22
1 1.4 = 1.23
3000 v Q 442
100 gI sp ln
42
= 804.808 K
27. Tot al t hr ust = moment um t hr ust + pr essur e
25. m
f 12.5 k g/s thr ust
98 = M oment um t hr ust + 10
m
o
5 M oment um t hr ust = 88 K N m
p ve
m
f
v e = g × I sp
m o 5 12.5 62.5 kg / s
88 103
m
p 44.852 kg/s
m
pm
f m
o 12.5 62.5 9.81 200
= 75 kg/s 28. m L = 1000 kg
m i = 16000 kg
T 300 10 N s mi = mp + ms + mL
I sp 4000
m
p 75 Kg
mi – mL = mp + ms
26. For Engine ‘P’ 16000 – 1000 = m p + m s
(m i )1 = m pay + (m s + m p) × 2 15000 = m p + m s
= 2 + (20 + 200) × 2 mL
= 442 K g Payload r at io
m p ms
(m f )1 = (m i )1 – (m p)1
= 442 – 200 = 242 K g
1000
0.0666
(m i )2 = (m f )1 – (m s)1 15000
= 242 – 20 = 222 K g Ter minal velocit y at t ained by t he payload is
(m f )2 = (m i )2 – (m p)2 1
nJ sp g n
= 222 – 200 = 22 K g
v p = v 1 + v 2
1 0.066
m i 1 2 300 9.8 n
m 0.14 0.066
gI sp ln ln i
m f 1 mf 2 = 9666 m/s
m i 1 m i 2 T
v p gI sp ln 29. Cf
m f 1 m f 2 POC A *
442 222 P A*
v p gI sp ln C* OC
242 22 mp
For Engine Q.
T
400 40 2 Cf
v Q gI sp ln *
C m
p
40 2 A*
A*
Rocket Propulsion 7.9
= 5450.23 m/s
T
5.45 K m/s
m
p I sp g
Cf 33. For under expanded nozzle, t he exit pr essur e of
C* C* nozzle is gr eater t han the ambient pr essur e while
i n over expanded nozzl e, t he exi t pr essur e i s
455 smaller t han t he ambient pr essur e.
9.81
2386 N ozzl e of r ock et engi ne i s desi gned for some
Cf = 1.87. i nt er medi at e back pr essur e. Wi t h i ncr ease i n
30. 2133.33 m/s alt it ude t he ambient pr essur e r educes, it means
Pe < Pa at lower alt it ude and Pe > Pa at higher
Tot al I mpulse = Thr ust × Time
al t i t ude. So r ock et nozzl e oper at es as under
112 1000 expanded at high alt it ude and over expanded at
T low alt it ude.
3.5 60
= 533.333 N 34. Thr ust equat ion of r ocket is
Tm
p ve e Pe Pa A e
T mv
I f r ocket is oper at ing at design altit ude, t hen Pe =
533.333 Pa and t heir is only moment um t hr ust pr oduced
ve 2133.33 m/s
0.25 by t he r ocket
31. 1748.897N I n vacuum, Pa = 0, so pr essur e t hr ust = Pe A e will
be add up wit h t he moment um t hr ust .
2
Volume of pr opellant = d 35. 312.657 sec
y
M ass flow r at e of pr opellant fr om main r ocket
engi ne,
M ass flow r at e of pr opellant , m
p
f
volume densit y m
p
1
I sp g
t ime
0.322 1 1750 6300 103
4 1500.4716 kg / s
m
p 428 9.81
150
mass flow r at e of pr opellant fr om one st r ap-on
= 0.9383 kg/s
mot or,
T
I sp 1200 103
m
p g m
p 4189.1835 kg/s
2 292 9.81
T I sp m
p g Tot al mass flow r at e of pr opellant
= 190 × 0.9383 × 9.81 m
p 2m
1
p
2
= 1748.897 N
= 1500.4716 + 2 × 4189.1835
32. m i = 180 + 470 + 1170 +150 + 20
= 9878.8386 kg/s
= 1990 kg
Tot al t hr ust = 6300 + 2 × 12000
m f = 1990 – (m f + m o)
= 30300 kN
= 1990 – (470 + 1170)
= 350 kg f net
Combined I sp
m
pnet g
m
v b v e ln i
m f
30300 103
= 312.657 s
9878.8386 9.81
1990
3136 ln
350
7.10 Rocket Propulsion
36. 7699.35 m/s
mi
h o = Cp T o = 5200 × 6000 mp mi
Vf
gI sp
95 e
K .E. 5200 6000
100
10000
= 29640 kJ/kg 10000
111000
for m = 1 kg e 9.8 450
1 2 m p = 9174.5 kg/s
v 29640
2 39. I sp Thr ust
v 2 29640 1000 1
and I sp
= 7699.35 m/s m
p
mi The t hr ust pr oduced by t he SCRAM JET Engine
37. v b gI sp ln
m f is ver y high and mass low r at e of bur ned gases
fr om t he nozzle of SCRAM jet engine is lower
m f = m i – m p. due t o l ower densi t y of ai r compar ed t o ot her
= 10000 – 8400 = 1600 kg given engine oxidizer.
40. mass flow r at e of pr opellant
10,000
v b 9.81 240 ln
1600 mi mf
m p t
= 4314.63 m/s
38. 9174.5 kg/s 150 50
m
p 10 kg/s
10
mi
v b gI sp ln
m
i m
p f
I sp
mp g
mi
v f v i gI sp ln
m
i m p 19.62 1000
10 9.81
Vf
mi gI I sp 200 sec
e sp
mi mp
8
CHAPTER GENERAL APTITUDE
1. Which of t he following opt ions is t he closest in Which of t he following st at ement s best sums up
meaning t o t he wor d below: t he meaning of t he above passage:
Cir cuitous (a) M oder n war far e has r esult ed in civil st r ife.
(a) cyclic (b) indir ect (b) Chemical agents ar e useful in modem war fare.
(c) confusing (d) cr ooked (c) Use of chemical agent s in war far e would be
[GATE 2010, 1 M ] undesir able.
2. The quest ion below consist s of a pair of r elat ed (d) People in milit ar y est ablishment s like t o use
wor ds followed by four pair s of wor ds. Select t he chemical agent s in war.
pair that best expr esses the r elation in the original [GATE 2010, 2 M ]
pair. 7. I f 137 + 276 = 435 how much is 731 + 672?
(a) fallow : land (b) unawar e : sleeper (a) 534 (b) 1403
(c) wit : jest er (d) r enovat ed : house (c) 1623 (d) 1513
[GATE 2010, 1 M ] [GATE 2010, 2 M ]
3. Choose t he most appr opr i at e wor d fr om t he 8. 5 skilled wor ker s can build a wall in 20 days; 8
opt i ons gi ven bel ow t o compl et e t he fol lowing semi-skilled wor ker s can build a wall in 25 days;
sent ence: l0 unskilled wor ker s can build a wall in 30 days.
I f we manage t o ______ our nat ur al r esour ces, I f a team has 2 skilled. 6 semi-skilled and unskilled
we would leave a bet t er planet for our childr en. wor ker s. how long will it t ake t o build t he wall?
(a) uphold (b) r estr ain (a) 20 days (b) 18 days
(c) cher ish (d) conser ve (c) 16 days (d) 15 days
[GATE 2010, 1 M ] [GATE 2010, 2 M ]
4. Choose t he most appr opr i at e wor d fr om t he 9. Given digit s 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4 how many
opt i ons gi ven bel ow t o compl et e t he fol lowing dist inct 4 digit number s gr eat er t han 3000 can
sent ence: be fonned?
H is r at her causal r emar ks on polit ics _________ (a) 50 (b) 51
his lack of ser iousness about t he subject . (c) 52 (d) 54
(a) masked (b) belied [GATE 2010, 2 M ]
(c) betr ayed (d) suppr essed 10. H ar i (H ), Git a (G), I r fan (I ) and Sair a (S) ar e
[GATE 2010, 1 M ] siblings (i.e br olher s and sist er s). All wer e bor n
5. 25 per sons ar e in a r oom. 15 of t hem play hockey. on I st Januar y. The age differ ence bet ween any
17 of t hem play foot ball and 10 of t hem play bot h t wo successi ve si bli ngs (t hat is bor n one aft er
hockey and foot ball. Then t he number of per sons anot her ) is less t han 3 year s. Given t he following
playing neit her hockey nor foot ball is: facts:
(a) 2 (b) 17 i . H ar i's age + Git a's age > lr fan's age + Sair a's
(c) 13 (d) 3 age.
[GATE 2010, 1 M ]
ii. The age differ ence bet ween Git a and Sair a is
l year. H owever, Git a is not t he oldest and
6. M oder n war far e has changed fr om lar ge scale
Sair a is not t he youngest .
cl ashes of ar mi es t o suppr essi on of ci vi l i an
populat ions. Chemical agent s t hat do t heir wor k iii. Ther e ar e no t wins.
silent ly appear t o be suit ed t o such war far e; and I n what or der wer e t hey bor n (oldest fir st )?
r egr et f u l l y, t h er e ex i st peopl e i n m i l i t ar y (a) HSI G (b) SGHI
est ablisbmenls who t hink t hat chemical agent s (c) I GSH (d) I HSG
ar e useful t ools for t heir cause. [GATE 2010, 2 M ]
8.2 General Aptitude
11. Choose t he wor d fr om t he opt ions gi ven bel ow he i ncor r ect ly wr ot e down t he coefficient of x
t hat i s most near l y opposit e i n meani ng t o t he and got t he r oot s as (3, 2). Based on t he above
gi ven wor d: infor mat i on, t he r oot s of t he cor r ect quadr at ic
Defer ence equat i on ar e
(a) aver si on (b) r esignat ion (a) (-3, 4) (b) (3, -4)
(c) suspicion (d) cont empt (c) (6, 1) (d) (4, 2)
[GATE 2011, 1 M ] [GATE 2011, 2 M ]
12. Choose t he most appr opr iat e wor d(s) fr om 18. L , M and N ar e wait ing i n a queue meant for
t he opt i ons gi ven bel ow t o compl et e t he chil dr en t o ent er t he zoo. Ther e ar e 5 chil dr en
foll owi ng sent ence. bet ween L and M , and 8 chil dr en bet ween M
We l ost confi dence i n hi m because he never and N . I f t her e ar e 3 chi ldr en ahead of N and
__________ t he gr andiose pr omises he had made. 21 chi ldr en behi nd L , t hen what i s t he minimum
number of chil dr en in t he queue?
Defer ence
(a) 28 (b) 27
(a) deliver ed (b) deli ver ed on
(c) 41 (d) 40
(c) for got (d) r eneged on
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
[GATE 2011, 1 M ]
19. Four ar cher s P, Q, R and S t r y t o hi t a bul l’s eye
13. Choose t he wor d or phr ase t hat best compl et es
dur i ng a t our nament consist ing of seven r ounds.
t he sent ence below.
As i l l ust r at ed i n t he fi gur e bel ow, a pl ayer
______________ i n t he fr ozen wast es of Ar ct i c r ecei ves 10 point s for hi t t ing t he bul l s’ eye, 5
t akes speci al equi pment . point s for hi t t i ng wit hin t he inner cir cle and 1
(a) To sur vi ve (b) Sur viving point for hit t ing wit hi n t he out er cir cl e.
(c) Sur vival (d) That sur vival
[GATE 2011, 1 M ] Out er ci rcl e
1 point
14. I n how many ways 3 scholar ships can be awar ded
I nner cir cle
t o 4 appl icant s, when each appli cant can r ecei ve 5 point s
any number of scholar ships? Bull’s eye
10 point s
(a) 4 (b) 12
(c) 64 (d) 81
[GATE 2011, 1 M ]
15. Choose t he most appr opr iat e wor d fr om t he
opt i ons gi ven below t o complet e t he fol lowi ng
The final scor es r eceived by t he player s dur i ng
sent ence.
t he t our nament ar e li st ed in t he t able below.
The _________ of eviden ce was on t he side of
t he plaint i ff si nce all but one wit ness t est i fi ed
t hat his st or y was cor r ect . Round P Q R S
(a) paucit y (b) pr opensit y 1 1 5 1 10
(c) pr eponder ance (d) accur acy 2 5 10 10 1
[GATE 2011, 1 M ] 3 1 1 1 5
2y 1 4 10 10 1 1
16. I f 1, t h en w h i ch of t h e f ol l ow i n g 5 1 5 5 10
y 2
6 10 5 1 1
al t er nat i ves gives t he CORRECT r ange of y?
7 5 10 1 1
(a) – 2 < y < 2 (b) – 2 < y < 1
(c) – 3 < y < 1 (d) – 4 < y < 1
[GATE 2011, 2 M ] The most accur at e and t he most consi st ent
17. A student attempted to solve a quadr atic equation pl ayer s dur ing t he t our nament ar e r espect i vely
i n x t wi ce. H owever, i n t he fi r st at t empt , he (a) P and S (b) Q and R
incor r ect ly wr ot e t he const ant t er m and ended (c) Q and Q (d) R and Q
up wit h t he r oot s as (4, 3). I n t he second at t empt , [GATE 2011, 2 M ]
General Aptitude 8.3
20. N i mbus cl ouds ar e dar k and r agged, st r at us 26. Two policemen, A and B, fir e once each at t he
cl ouds appear dull in colour and cover t he ent i r e same t ime at an escaping convict. The pr obability
sky. Cir r us clouds ar e t hin and delicat e, wher eas t h at A h i t s t h e con v i ct i s t h r ee t i m es t h e
cumulus clouds look l ike cot t on ball s. pr obabi l i t y t h at B h i t s t h e con v i ct . I f t h e
I t can be i nfer r ed fr om t he passage t hat pr obabilit y of t he convict not get t ing injur ed is
(a) A cumul us cl oud on t he gr ound i s cal led fog 0.5, t he pr obabilit y t hat B hit s t he convict is
(b) I t i s easy t o pr edi ct t he weat her by st udyi ng (a) 0.14 (b) 0.22
clouds (c) 0.33 (d) 0.40
(c) Clouds ar e gener ally of ver y differ ent shapes, [GATE 2012, 2 M ]
si zes and mass 27. The t ot al r uns scor ed by four cr i ck et er s P, Q, R,
(d) Ther e ar e four basi c cl oud t ypes: st r at us, and S i n year s 2009 and 2010 ar e given in t he
ni mbus, cumulus and ci r r us foll owi ng t abl e:
[GATE 2011, 2 M ]
21. Choose the most appr opr iat e alter native fr om t he Player 2009 2010
opt i ons gi ven bel ow t o compl et e t he fol lowing P 802 1008
sent ence:
Q 765 912
I ___ to have bought a diamond ring.
R 429 619
(a) have a liking (b) should have liked
S 501 701
(c) would like (d) may like
[GATE 2012, 1 M ]
The pl ayer wit h t he l owest per cent age incr ease
22. Choose the most appr opr iat e alter native fr om t he
in t ot al r uns is
opt i ons gi ven bel ow t o compl et e t he fol lowing
sent ence: (a) P (b) Q
Food prices ___ again this mont h. (c) R (d) S
(a) have r aised (b) have been r aising [GATE 2012, 2 M ]
(c) have been r ising (d) have ar ose 28. I f a pr i me number on di vi si on by 4 gi ves a
[GATE 2012, 1 M ] r em ai n der of 1, t h en t h at n u m ber can be
expr essed as
23. Choose the most appr opr iat e alter native fr om t he
opt i ons gi ven bel ow t o compl et e t he fol lowing (a) sum of squar es of t wo nat ur al number s
sent ence: (b) sum of cubes of t wo nat ur al number s
T he administ r at or s went on t o implement (c) sum of squar e r oot s of t wo nat ur al number s
yet another unreasonable measure, arguing (d) sum of cube r oot s of t wo nat ur al number s
that the measures were already ___ and one [GATE 2012, 2 M ]
more would hardly make a difference.
29. Two point s (4, p) and (0, q) l ie on a st r aight li ne
(a) r eflect ive (b) utopian
(c) luxur iant (d) unpopular 3
havi ng a slope of . The val ue of (p – q) is
[GATE 2012, 1 M ] 4
24. Choose the most appr opr iat e alter native fr om t he (a) – 3 (b) 0
opt i ons gi ven bel ow t o compl et e t he fol lowing (c) 3 (d) 4
sent ence: [GATE 2012, 2 M ]
To those of us who had always thought him 30. I n t he ear ly nineteenth cent ur y, t heor ies of social
timid, his ___ came as a surprise. evol ut i on wer e i nspir ed less by Biol ogy t han by
(a) intr epidity (b) inevitability t he convi ct i on of social scient ist s t hat t her e was
(c) inability (d) iner t ness a gr owi ng i mpr ovement i n soci al i nst it ut i ons.
[GATE 2012, 1 M ] Pr ogr ess was t ak en f or gr an t ed an d soci al
25. The ar i t hmet i c mean of fi ve differ ent nat ur al sci ent i st s at t empt ed t o di scover i t s l aws and
number s is 12. The lar gest possible value among phases.
t he number s is Whi ch one of t he fol lowi ng i nfer ences may be
(a) 12 (b) 40 dr awn wit h t he gr eat est accur acy fr om t he above
(c) 50 (d) 60 passage?
[GATE 2012, 1 M ]
8.4 General Aptitude
Soci al scient ist s 36. Vel oci t y of an object fi r ed di r ect l y i n upwar d
(a) did not quest ion t hat pr ogr ess was a fact . dir ect ion is given by V = 80 – 32 t , wher e t (t ime)
(b) did not appr ove of Biology. is in seconds. When will t he velocit y be bet ween
32 m/sec and 64 m/sec
(c) fr amed t he laws of pr ogr ess.
(d) emphasized Biology over Social Sciences. 3 1
(a) 1, (b) ,1
2 2
[GATE 2012, 2 M ]
31. I f 3 X 5 and 8 Y 11 t hen whi ch of t he
1 3
(c) , (d) (1, 2)
2 2
following opt ions is TRUE?
[GATE 2013, 2 M ]
3 X 8
(a) 37. I n a f act or y, t w o m ach i n es M 1 an d M 2
5 Y 5 m an u f act u r e 60% an d 40% of t h e au t o-
3 X 5 com pon en t s r espect i v el y. Ou t of t h e t ot al
(b) pr oduct ion, 2% of M 1 and 3% of M 2 ar e found t o
11 Y 8
be defect ive. I f a r andomly dr awn autocomponent
3 X 8 fr om t he combi ned l ot i s found defect i ve, what is
(c)
11 Y 5 t he pr obabili t y t hat it was manufact ur ed by M 2?
3 X 8 (a) 0.35 (b) 0.45
(d)
11 Y 11 (c) 0.5 (d) 0.4
[GATE 2013, 1 M ] [GATE 2013, 2 M ]
32. The H eadmast er ___________ t o speak t o you. 38. Fol l owi ng t abl e gi ves dat a on t our i st s fr om
Whi ch of t he fol l owi ng opt i ons i s i ncor r ect t o differ ent count r ies visiting I ndia in the year 2011.
complet e t he above sent ence? Number of
(a) is wanting (b) wants Count ry
Tourist s
(c) want (d) was want ing USA 2000
[GATE 2013, 1 M ]
England 3500
33. Mahat ama Gandhi was known for his humility as
Germany 1200
(a) he played an impor t ant r ole in humiliat ing
I t aly 1100
exit of Br it ish fr om I ndia.
Japan 2400
(b) he wor ked for humanit ar ian causes.
Aust ralia 2300
(c) he displayed modest y in his int er act ions.
Fr ance 1000
(d) he was a fine human being.
[GATE 2013, 1 M ] Which t wo count r ies cont r ibut ed t o t he one t hir d
of t he t ot al number of t our ist s who visit ed I ndia
34. All engineer ing students should lear n mechanics,
in 2011?
I II
(a) USA and Japan (b) USA and Austr alia
mat hemat ics and how t o do comput at ion.
(c) England and France(d) Japan and Aust r alia
III IV
[GATE 2013, 2 M ]
Whi ch of t he above under l i ned par t s of t he
39. I f | – 2X + 9| = 3 t hen t he possible value of | – X| –
sent ence is not appr opr iat e?
X 2 would be:
(a) I (b) II
(a) 30 (b) – 30
(c) III (d) IV (c) – 42 (d) 42
[GATE 2013, 1 M ]
[GATE 2013, 2 M ]
35. Select t he pair t hat best expr esses a r elat ionship 40. All pr ofessor s ar e r esear cher s
similar t o t hat expr essed in t he pair :
Some scient ist s ar e pr ofessor s
wat er: pipe:: Which of t he given conclusions is l ogi cally val id
(a) car t : r oad and is infer r ed fr om t he above ar gument s:
(b) elect r icit y: wir e (a) All scient ist s ar e r esear cher s
(c) sea: beach (b) All pr ofessor s ar e scient ist s
(d) music: inst r ument (c) Some r esear cher s ar e scient ist s
[GATE 2013, 1 M ] (d) No conclusion follows [GATE 2013, 2 M ]
General Aptitude 8.5
41. A st udent is r equir ed t o demonst r at e a high level floor. Chandan does not live on any of t he floor s
of compr ehension of t he subject , especially in t he below Faisal’s floor. Dilip does not live on floor
social sciences. The wor d closest in meaning t o n u m ber 2. E sw ar does n ot l i v e on a f l oor
compr ehension is immediat ely above or immediat ely below Bhola.
(a) understanding (b) meaning Faisal lives t hr ee floor s above Dilip. Which of t he
(c) concent r at ion (d) stability following floor -per son combinat ions is cor r ect ?
[GATE 2014, 1 M ] An u j B h ola C h an dan D ilip Esw ar F aisal
42. Choose t he most appr opr i at e wor d fr om t he (a) 6 2 5 1 3 4
opt i ons gi ven bel ow t o compl et e t he fol lowing (b) 2 6 5 1 3 4
sent ence. One of his biggest _________ was his (c) 4 2 6 3 1 5
abilit y t o for give. (d) 2 4 6 1 3 3
(a) vice (b) vir t ues [GATE 2014, 2 M ]
(c) choices (d) str engt h 48. The smallest angle of a t r iangle is equal t o t wo
[GATE 2014, 1 M ] t hir ds of t he smallest angle of a quadr ilat er al.
43. Rajan was not happy that Sajan decided t o do the The r atio bet ween t he angles of the quadr ilat er al
pr oject on his own. On obser ving his unhappiness, is 3 : 4 : 5 : 6. The lar gest angle of t he t r iangle is
Sajan explai ned t o Rajan t hat he pr efer r ed t o t wi ce i t s smal l est angl e. What i s t he sum, i n
wor k independently. Which one of the statements degr ees, of the second lar gest angle of the t r iangle
below is logically valid and can be infer r ed fr om and t he lar gest angle of t he quadr ilat er al?
t he above sent ences? [GATE 2014, 2 M ]
(a) Rajan has decided t o wor k only in a gr oup. 49. One per cent of t he people of count r y X ar e t aller
(b) Rajan and Sajan wer e for med int o a gr oup t han 6 ft . Two per cent of t he people of count r y Y
against t heir wishes. ar e t aller t han 6 ft . Ther e ar e t hr ice as many
(c) Sajan had decided to give in to Rajan’s r equest people in count r y X as in count r y Y. Taking bot h
t o wor k wit h him. count r i es t oget her, what i s t he per cent age of
people t aller t han 6 ft .
(d) Rajan had believed t hat Sajan and he would
be wor king t oget her. (a) 3.0 (b) 2.5
[GATE 2014, 1 M ]
(c) 1.5 (d) 1.25
[GATE 2014, 2 M ]
44. I f y = 5x + 3, t hen t he t angent at x = 0, y = 3
2
(a) passes t hr ough x = 0, y = 0 50. The mont hly r ainfall char t based on 50 year s of
r ainfall in Agr a is shown in t he following figur e.
(b) has a slope of +1
Which of t he following ar e t r ue? (k per cent ile is
(c) is par allel t o t he x-axis the value such that k per cent of the data fall below
(d) has a slope of – 1 t hat value)
[GATE 2014, 1 M ]
800
45. A foundr y has a fixed daily cost of Rs. 50,000 Aver age
700
whenever i t oper at es and a var i abl e cost of 5 per centile
600
Rainfall mm
Rs. 8000 Q, wher e Q is t he daily pr oduct ion in 95 per centile
t onnes. What is t he cost of pr oduct ion in Rs per 500
t onne for a daily pr oduct ion of 100 t onnes? 400
[GATE 2014, 1 M ] 300
46. Find t he odd one in t he following gr oup: AL RVX, 200
EPVZB, I TZDF, OYEI K 100
(a) ALRVX (b) EPVZB 0
(c) I TZDF (d) OYEIK Jan Feb M ar Apr M ay Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct N ov Dec
[GATE 2014, 2 M ] (i) On aver age, i t r ai ns mor e i n Jul y t han i n
47. Anuj, Bhola, Chandan, Dilip, Eswar and Faisal December
live on differ ent floor s in a six-st or eyed building (ii) Ever y year, t he amount of r ainfall in August
(t he gr ound floor is number ed 1, t he floor above is mor e t han t hat in Januar y
it 2, and so on). Anuj lives on an even-number ed (iii)Jul y r ai nfal l can be est i mat ed wi t h bet t er
floor. Bhola does not live on an odd number ed confidence t han Febr uar y r ainfall
8.6 General Aptitude
(iv) I n August , ther e is at least 500 mm of r ainfall (c) I ncr ease in pr oduct ivit y necessar ily
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (i) and (iii) (d) No impr ovement r equir ed.
(c) (ii) and (iii) (d) (iii) and (iv) [GATE 2015, 2 M ]
[GATE 2014, 2 M ] 57. Given below ar e t wo st at ement s followed by t wo
51. Choose t he most appr opr iat e wor d'phr ase, out of concl usi ons. Assumi ng t hese st at ement s t o be
t he four opt i ons gi ven bel ow, t o compl et e t he t r ue, decide which one logically follows.
following sent ence: St at ement s:
Apparent lifelessness ______ dormant life. I . No manager is a leader
(a) har bour s (b) leads t o I I . All leader s ar e execut ives
(c) supports (d) affects Concl usions:
[GATE 2015, 1 M ] I . No manager is an execut ive
52. Fill in t he blanks wit h cor r ect idiom/phr ase I I . No execut ive is a manager
That boy fr om t he t own was a _____ in t he sleepy (a) Only conclusion I follows
village.
(b) Only conclusion I I follows
(a) dog out of her d (b) sheep fr om t he heap
(c) Neit her conclusion I nor I I follows
(c) fish out of wat er (d) bir d fr om t he flock
(d) Bot h conclusions I and I I follow
[GATE 2015, 1 M ]
[GATE 2015, 2 M ]
53. Choose t he st at ement wher e under lined wor d is
58. I n the given figur e angle Q is a r ight angle, PS:QS
used cor r ect ly:
= 3 : 1, RT : QT = 5 : 2 and PU : UR = 1 : 1. I f t he
(a) When t he t eacher eludes to differ ent aut hor s,
ar ea of t r iangle QTS is 20 cm 2, t hen t he ar ea of
he is being elusive.
t r iangle PQR in cm 2 is _____.
(b) When t he t hief keeps eluding fr om t he police,
R
he is being elusive.
(c) M at t er s t hat ar e di ffi cul t t o under st and,
ident ify or r emember ar e allusive. U
T
(d) M ir ages can be allusive, but a bet t er way t o
expr ess t hem is illusor y. P Q
[GATE 2015, 1 M ] S
[GATE 2015, 2 M ]
54. Tanya is older t han Er ic.
59. Right t r iangle PQR is t o be const r uct ed in t he xy
Cliff is older t han Tanya.
plane so t hat t he r ight angle is at P and line PR
Er ic is older t han Cliff.
is par allel t o the x-axis. Then x and y coor dinat es
I f the fir st two stat ements ar e tr ue, then t he thir d
of P, Q and R ar e t o beint eger s t hat sat isfy t he
st at ement is
i nequal i t i es: 4 x 5 an d 6 y 16 . H ow
(a) t r ue (b) false
(c) uncer t ain (d) dat a insufficient many t r iangles could be const r uct ed wit h t hese
pr oper ties?
[GATE 2015, 1 M ]
(a) 110 (b) 1,100
55. Five team have to compete in a league, with ever y
t eam pl ayi ng ever y ot her t eam exact l y once, (c) 9,900 (d) 10,000
bef or e goi n g t o t he n ext r oun d. H ow m an y [GATE 2015, 2 M ]
mat ches wi l l have t o be hel d t o compl et e t he 60. A coin is t ossed t hr ice. L et X be t he event t hat
league r ound of mat ches. head occur s in each of t he fir st t wo t osses. L et Y
(a) 20 (b) 10 be t he event t hat a t ail occur s on t he t hir d t oss.
(c) 8 (d) 5 L et Z be t he event t hat t wo t ails occur in t hr ee
[GATE 2015, 1 M ] t osses. Based on t he above infor mat ion, which
56. Sel ect t h e appr opr i at e opt i on i n pl ace of one of t he following st at ement s is t r ue?
under lined par t of sent ence: (a) X and Y ar e not independent
I ncr eased pr oduct i vi t y necessar y r eflect s (b) Y and Z ar e independent
greater efforts made by the employees. (c) Y and Z ar e not independent
(a) I ncr ease in pr oduct ivit y necessar y (d) X and Z ar e independent
(b) I ncr ease pr oduct ivit y is necessar y [GATE 2015, 2 M ]
General Aptitude 8.7
61. T h e ch ai r m an r equ est ed t h e aggr i ev ed 64. R2D2 is a r obot . R2D2 can r epair aer oplanes. No
shar eholder s t o _________________ him. ot her r obot can r epair aer oplanes.
(a) bar e wit h Which of t he following can be logically infer r ed
(b) bor e wit h fr om t he above st at ement s?
(c) bear wit h (a) R2D 2 i s a r obot w h i ch can on l y r epai r
(d) bar e aer oplanes.
[GATE 2016, 1 M ]
(b) R2D2 i s t he onl y r obot whi ch can r epai r
aer oplanes.
62. I dent ify t he cor r ect spell i ng out of t he given
opt ions: (c) R2D 2 i s a r obot w h i ch can r epai r on l y
aer oplanes.
(a) Managable
(d) Only R2D2 is a r obot .
(b) Manageable
[GATE 2016, 1 M ]
(c) Mangaeble
4y
(d) Managible 65. I f | 9y – 6| = 3, t hen y 2 is _________.
[GATE 2016, 1 M ]
3
63. Pick t he odd one out in t he following: 1
(a) 0 (b)
13, 23, 33, 43, 53 3
(a) 23 (b) 33 1
(c) (d) undefined
3
(c) 43 (d) 53
[GATE 2016, 1 M ]
[GATE 2016, 1 M ]
66. The following gr aph r epr esent s t he inst alled capacit y for cement pr oduct ion (in t onnes) and t he act ual
pr oduct ion (in t onnes) of nine cement plant s of a cement company. Capacit y ut ilizat ion of a plant is defined
as r at io of act ual pr oduct ion of cement t o inst alled capacit y. A plant wit h inst alled capacit y of at least 200
t onnes is called a lar ge plant and a plant wit h lesser capacit y is called a small plant . The differ ence
bet ween t ot al pr oduct ion of lar ge plant s and small plant s, in t onnes is ____.
300 I nstalled Capacity Actual Production
250
250 230
220
190 200 200
200 190 190
Capacity/Pr oduct ion
180
160 160 160
150 150
150 140
120 120
100
100
50
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Plant Number
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
8.8 General Aptitude
67. A pol l of st udent s appear i ng for mast er s i n 71. The ninth and the tenth of this month are Monday
engineer ing indicat ed t hat 60 % of t he st udent s and Tuesday ______________.
bel i eved t h at m ech an i cal en gi n eer i n g i s a (a) figuratively (b) r est r ospect i vely
pr ofession unsuitable for women. A r esear ch study (c) r espect ively (d) rightfully
on women wi t h mast er s or hi gher degr ees i n
[GATE 2017, 1 M ]
mechanical engineer ing found t hat 99% of such
women wer e successful in t heir pr ofessions. 72. I t is _________ t o r ead t his year s t ext book ______
t he last year ’s
Which of t he following can be logically infer r ed
fr om t he above par agr aph? (a) easier, t han (b) most easy, t han
(a) Many students have misconceptions r egarding (c) easier, fr om (d) easiest , fr om
var ious engineer ing disciplines. [GATE 2017, 1 M ]
(b) M en wi t h advanced degr ees in mechani cal 73. A r ule st ates t hat in or der t o dr ink beer, one must
engineer ing believe women ar e well suit ed t o be over 18 year s old. I n a bar, t her e ar e 4 people.
be mechanical engineer s. P is 16 year s old, Q is 25 year s old, R is dr inking
(c) M echanical engineer ing is a pr ofession well milkshake and S is dr inking a beer. What must
sui t ed for women wi t h mast er s or hi gher be check ed t o ensur e t hat t he r ul e i s bei ng
degr ees in mechanical engineer ing. followed?
(d) T h e n u m ber of w om en pu r su i n g h i gh er (a) Only P’s dr ink
degr ees in mechanical engineer ing is small. (b) Only P’s dr ink and S’s age
[GATE 2016, 2 M ] (c) Only S’s age
68. Sou r y a com m i t t ee h ad pr oposed t h e est a- (d) Only P’s dr ink. Q’s dr ink and S’s age
bl i shment of Sour ya I nst i t ut es of Technol ogy [GATE 2017, 1 M ]
(SI Ts) in line with I ndian I nstitut es of Technology 74. Fat ima st ar t s fr om point P, goes Nor t h for 3 km,
(I I Ts) t o cat er t o t he t echnological and indust r ial and t hen East for 4 km t o r each point Q. She
needs of a developing count r y. t hen t ur ns t o face point P and goes 15 km in t hat
Which of t he following can be logically infer r ed dir ect ion. She t hen goes Nor t h for 6 km. H ow far
fr om t he above sent ence? is t he fr om point P, and in which dir ect ion should
Based on t he pr oposal, she go t o r each point P?
(i) I n t he i ni t i al year s, SI T st udent s wi l l get (a) 8 km. East (b) 12 km, Nor t h
degr ees fr om I I T. (c) 6 km, East (d) 10 km, Nor t h
(ii) SI Ts will have a dist inct nat ional object ive. [GATE 2017, 1 M ]
(iii)SI T like inst it ut ions can only be est ablished 75. 500 st udent s ar e t aking one mor e cour se out of
in consult at ion wit h I I T. chemistry, physics, and mathematics. Registration
(iv) SI Ts wi l l ser ve t echn ol ogi cal needs of a r ecor ds indicat es cour se enr olment as foll ows:
developing count r y. chemist r y (329), physics (186), mat hemat ics (63).
(a) (iii) and (iv) only (b) (i) and (iv) only H ow many st udent s ar e t aking all 3 subject s?
(a) 37 (b) 43
(c) (ii) and (iv) only (d) (ii) and (iii) only
(c) 47 (d) 53
[GATE 2016, 2 M ]
[GATE 2017, 1 M ]
69. Shaqui l l e O’ N eal i s a 60% car eer fr ee t hr ow
shoot er, meaning t hat he successfully makes 60 76. “ I f you ar e look ing for a hist or y of I ndi a, or for
fr ee t hr ows out of 100 at t empt s on aver age. an account of t he r ise and fal l of t he Br i t ish Raj,
What is the probability that he will successfully or f or t h e r eason of t h e cl eav i n g of t h e
make exact ly 6 fr ee t hr ows in 10 at t empt s? subcont i nent i nt o t wo mut ual l y ant agoni st i c
par t s and t he effect s t his mut i lat ion wil l have in
(a) 0.2508 (b) 0.2816
t he r espect ive sect i ons, and ult imat ely on Asi a,
(c) 0.2934 (d) 0.6000
you wil l not find i t in t hese pages: for t hough I
[GATE 2016, 2 M ] have spent a l ifet i me i n t he count r y, I lived t oo
70. The numer al in the units position of 211870 + 146127 near t he seat of event s, and was t oo i nt imat ely
× 3424 is _____. associ at ed wit h t he act or s, t o get t he per spect i ve
[GATE 2016, 2 M ] needed for t he i mpar t i al r ecor di ng of t hese
mat t er s.”
General Aptitude 8.9
Which of t he fol lowing st at ement s best r efl ect s Which of the following is the steepest path leaving
t he aut hor ’s opinion? fr om P?
(a) An int imat e associat ion does not allow for t he (a) P t o Q (b) P t o R
necessar y per spect ive. (c) P t o S (d) P t o T
(b) M at t er s ar e r ecor ded w i t h an i m par t i al [GATE 2017, 2 M ]
per spect ive.
81. “ The dr ess _________ her so well t hat t hey
(c) An int imat e associat ion offer s an i mpar t i al
al l i m m edi at el y _________ h er on h er
per spect ive.
appear ance.”
(d) A ct or s ar e t ypi cal l y associ at ed w i t h t h e
The wor ds t hat best fill t he blanks in t he above
impar t ial r ecor ding of mat t er s.
sent ence ar e
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
(a) complement ed, complement ed
77. Each of P, Q, R, S, W, X, Y and Z has been mar r ied
(b) compliment ed, complement ed
at most once. X and Y ar e mar r ied and have t wo
(c) compliment ed, compliment ed
chi ldr en P and Q. Z i s t he gr andfat her of t he
daught er S of P. Fur t her, Z and W ar e mar r i ed (d) complement ed, compliment ed
and ar e par ent s of R. Whi ch one of t he fol lowi ng [GATE 2018, 1 M ]
must necessar i ly be FAL SE? 82. “ The judge’s st anding in t he legal communit y,
(a) X is t he mot her -in-low of R though shaken by false allegations of wr ongdoing,
(b) P and R ar e not mar r ied t o each ot her r emained _________.”
(c) P is a son of X and Y The wor d t hat best fills t he blank in t he above
(d) Q cannot be mar r ied t o R sent ence is
[GATE 2017, 2 M ]
(a) undiminished
78. 1200 men and 500 women can buil d a br idge in 2 (b) damaged
weeks. 900 men and 250 women will take 3 weeks (c) illegal
t o bui ld t he same br i dge. H ow many men wil l be (d) uncer t ain
needed t o buil d t he br i dge i n one week? [GATE 2018, 1 M ]
(a) 3000 (b) 3300 83. Find t he missing gr oup of let t er s in t he following
(c) 3600 (d) 3900 ser i es:
[GATE 2017, 2 M ] BC, FGH , L M NO, _____
79. The number of 3-digit number s such that the digit (a) UVWXY (b) TUVWX
1 is never t o t he immediat e r i ght of 2 is (c) STUVW (d) RSTUV
(a) 781 (b) 791 [GATE 2018, 1 M ]
(c) 881 (d) 891 84. The per i met er s of a ci r cl e, a squar e and an
[GATE 2017, 2 M ] equilat er al t r iangle ar e equal. Which one of t he
80. A cont onour li ne joi ns locat ions havi ng t he same following st at ement s is t r ue?
height above t he mean sea level. The fol lowi ng (a) The cir cle has t he lar gest ar ea.
i s a con t ou r pl ot of a geogr aph i cal r egi on . (b) The squar e has t he lar gest ar ea.
Cont our lines ar e shown at 25 m int er vals in t his (c) The equilat er al t r iangle has t he lar gest ar ea.
plot .
(d) All t he t hr ee shapes have t he same ar ea.
R
[GATE 2018, 1 M ]
425 550
450 1
85. T h e v al u e of t h e ex pr essi on
575
1 l og u vw
Q P S
575
1 1
550 is _______.
1 l og v wu 1 log w uv
T 500 (a) – 1 (b) 0
500 475 (c) 1 (d) 3
[GATE 2018, 1 M ]
0 1 2km
8.10 General Aptitude
86. For t y st udent s wat ched films A, B and C over a 89. A h ou se h as a n u m ber w h i ch n eeds t o be
week. Each st udent wat ched eit her only one film ident ified. The fol lowing t hr ee st at ement s ar e
or all t hr ee. Thir t een st udent s wat ched film A, gi ven t hat can hel p i n i dent i fyi ng t he house
sixt een st udent s wat ched film B and ninet een number.
st udent s wat ched fil m C. H ow many st udent s i. I f t he house number is a mult iple of 3 , t hen
wat ched all t hr ee films? it is a number fr om 50 t o 59.
(a) 0 (b) 2 ii. I f t he house number is NOT a mult iple of 4,
(c) 4 (d) 8 t hen it is a number fr om 60 t o 69.
[GATE 2018, 2 M ] iii. I f t he house number is NOT a mult iple of 6,
87. A wir e would enclose an ar ea of 1936 m 2, if it is t hen it is a number fr om 70 t o 79.
bent int o a squar e. The wir e is cut int o t wo pieces. What is t he house number ?
The longer piece is t hr ice as long as t he shor t er (a) 54 (b) 65
piece. The long and t he shor t pieces ar e bent int o (c) 66 (d) 76
a squar e and a cir cle, r espect ively. Which of t he
[GATE 2018, 2 M ]
following choices is closest t o the sum of t he ar eas
enclosed by t he t wo pieces in squar e met er s? 90. An unbiased coin is t ossed six t imes in a r ow and
four differ ent such tr ials ar e conducted. One t r ial
(a) 1096 (b) 1111
implies six t osses of t he coin. I f H st ands for head
(c) 1243 (d) 2486 and T st ands for t ai l , t he fol l owi ng ar e t he
[GATE 2018, 2 M ] obser vat ions fr om t he four t r ials:
88. A cont r act is t o be complet ed in 52 days and (1) H TH TH T (2) TTH H H T
125 i den t i cal r obot s w er e em pl oy ed, each (3) H TTH H T (4) H H H T__ __.
oper at ional for 7 hour s a day. Aft er 39 days, five-
Whi ch st at ement descr i bi ng t he l ast t wo coi n
sevent h of t he wor k was complet ed. H ow many
t osses of t h e f ou r t h t r i al h as t h e h i gh est
addit ional r obot s would be r equir ed t o complet e
pr obabilit y of being cor r ect ?
t he wor k on t ime, if each r obot is now oper at ional
for 8 hour s a day? (a) Two T will occur.
(a) 50 (b) 89 (b) One H and one T will occur.
(c) 146 (d) 175 (c) Two H will occur.
[GATE 2018, 2 M ] (d) One H will be followed by one T.
[GATE 2018, 2 M ]
AN SWER KEY
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (a) 25. (c) 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (c) 30. (a)
31. (b) 32. (c) 33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (b) 40. (c)
41. (a) 42. (b) 43. (d) 44. (c) 45. 1300 46. (d) 47. (b) 48. 180 49. (d) 50. (b)
51. (a) 52. (c) 53. (b) 54. (b) 55. (b) 56. (c) 57. (c) 58. 280 59. (c) 60. (b)
61. (c) 62. (b) 63. (b) 64. (b) 65. (c) 66. 120 67. (c) 68. (c) 69. (a) 70. 7
71. (c) 72. (a) 73. (b) 74. (b) 75. (d) 76. (a) 77. (d) 78. (c) 79. (c) 80. (b)
81. (d) 82. (a) 83. (b) 84. (a) 85. (c) 86. (c) 87. (c) 89. (d) 90. (b)
EXPLAN ATI ON S
1. Cir cuitous is marked by obliqueness or indirection 4. Bet r ayed: r eveal unint ent ionally.
in speech or conduct . 5. No. of per son in r oom = 25
2. Fallow means left unploughed or unseeded dur ing Play hockey = 15
a gr owing season.
Play foot ball =17
3. Conser ve t he r esour ces.
Play bot h = 10
General Aptitude 8.11
Ther efor e, No. of per sons playing neit her hockey 10. Ther e ar e no t wins and age differ ence bet ween
or foot ball is Git a and Sair a is 1 year, t hey must be bor n one
25 – [(17 + 15) – 10] = 3 after anot her. This deduct ion r ules out opt ion (A)
6. As per t he passage t he appr opr iat e sent ence is Opt ion (C) and (D) ar e r uled out by condit ion 1
which says
U se of chemi cal agent s i n war far e woul d be
undesir able. H +G>I +S
7. These ar e base-eight number s. Ther efor e, only t he answer is SGH I
8 place: 1 + 2 = 3
0 11. Defer ence means - polite submission and r espect .
81 place: 3 + 7 = 10 (base 10) So, t h e n ear opposi t e t o t h e gi ven wor d i s
cont empt which means - disr espect , disr egar d,
= 1 eight + 2 r emainder base 8
slight ing, neglect ; cont umacy
= 12 (base 8)
12. We l ost confi dence i n hi m because he never
82 place: car r y t he 1 + 7 + 6 = 14 (base 10) deliver ed on the gr andiose pr omises he had made.
= 1 eight + 6 r emainder (B) Deliver ed on is most appr opr iat e.
= 16 (base 8) (A) Del i ver ed t h i s i s not cor r ect because of
Ther efor e, 731 + 672 = 1623 (base 8) "The" in next par t . Does not sound appr opr iat e.
8. 5 skilled wor ker s can build a wall in 20 days. (C) for got : Does not fit pr oper ly
1 skilled wor ker can build a wall in 20 5 = 100 (D) r eneged on: This does not seem appr opr iat e,
days As he never go back on a pr omise t hen we should
1 not loose confidence.
1 skilled wor ker can build in 1 day = wall 13. To sur vive in t he fr ozen wast es of Ar ct ic t akes
100
special equipment .
Similar ly,
1 sem i -sk i l l ed w or k er can bu i l d i n 1 day 14. One scholar ship can be awar ded t o 4 applicant s
in 4 ways. Thr ee scholar ship can be awar ded t o 4
1 applicant s in 43 = 64 ways.
= wall
200 All scholar ship ar e independent , any st udent can
get any no of scholar ships bet ween 0 and 3
1
1 unskilled wor ker can build in 1 day = wall 15. The pr eponder ance of evidence was on t he side
300
of t he plaint iff since all but one wit ness t est ified
1 1 1 t hat his st or y was cor r ect .
So, 2 6 5 is t he por t ion of
100 200 300 Preponderance: the quality or fact of being gr eater
wall made in 1 day by 2 skilled, 6 semi-skilled in number, quant it y, or impor t ance.
"the preponder ance of women among older people"
1 C is cor r ect opt ion.
and 5 unsk i l l ed wor k er s whi ch i s wall .
15
H er e, plaint iff means a per son who br ings a case
Ther efor e, t hey will t ake 15 days t oget her. against anot her in a cour t of law.
9. Case-1 "the plaint iff commenced an action for damages".
1st digit is 3.
Rest t hr ee digit s can be filled in 3×3×3 ways but 16. Given,
2y 1 1
excluding t wo number s 3222 and 3333 because y 2
t hey exceed t he limit of available opt ions.
2y 1 y 2
Ther efor e, 27 – 2 = 25
y 1 upper limit
Case-2
1st digit is 4. Also y = – 2 cannot be used as it makes it infinit e.
Rest of the digit s again can be filled in 3×3×3 ways Ther efor e, 2 y 1
but 4222 is not possible.
17. I f equation is ax2 + bx + c = 0 and r oot s of equation
Thus, 27 – 1 = 26 ar e x 1 and x 2 r espect ively.
Ther efor e, t ot al of 25 + 26 = 51 number s ar e
possible.
8.12 General Aptitude
20. Opt i on ( a ) i s wr on g becau se n ow h er e ‘f og'
b
t hen, x 1 x 2 is r efer enced t o any t ype of cloud in par agr aph.
a
Opt ion (b) is wr ong because it is easy t o pr edict
c whet her fr om cloud but it is not r efer enced fr om
and x 1 x 2 given par agr aph.
a
Option (c) is wr ong because par agr aph talks about
We find t hat , x 1 + x 2 = 4 + 3 = 7 in fir st at t empt
t he colour of all clouds but size of only ‘st r at us'
b cloud. So, whet her size of all clouds ar e same or
c is incor r ect as her e is cor r ect
a differ ent , we can't conclude.
Again, x 1x 2 = 3 2 = 6 in second at t empt b is But one t hing is sur e t hat all clouds ar e differ ent
c t ype because at least we can differ ent iat e t hem
incor r ect as her e is cor r ect . based on t heir colour s.
a
Now solving above equat ion, 21. I would like t o have bought a diamond r ing.
22. Food pr ice have been r ising again t his mont h.
6
x2 23. The admi ni st r at or s went on t o i mplement yet
x1
anot her unr easonable measur e, ar guing t hat t he
Put t ing x 2 in x 1 + x 2 = 7 measur es wer e alr eady unpopular and one mor e
we get , would har dly make a differ ence.
24. To those of us who had always thought him t imid,
6 his int r epidit y came as a sur pr ise.
x1 7
x1 Explanat ion: Timid means fear ful and int r epid
2
x 7x 1 6 0
1
m ean s f ear l ess wh i ch i s t h e m ost su i t abl e
x 1 1 or x 1 6 cont r ast .
25. I t is 50 obviously.
18.
Tot al sum of 5 nat ur al number s = 12 5 = 60
5 I f 60 i s one nat ur al number, t hen t he ot her 4
number s must be 0. As 0 is not a nat ur al number
15 M 5 L 2 N 3 (it is a whole number ), 60 is not r ight , so next
option r emaining is 50. Also in question they have
8 (5 + 1 + 2) t old as differ ent nat ur al number s. So 50, 1, 2, 3,
4 ar e t he number s.
21 (15 + 1 + 5)
26. L et X be A hit s t he convict
Tot al number of childr en = 21 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 3 And Y be B hit s t he convict
= 28.
L et , Z be convict is injur ed
19. Given,
Z' is convict is not injur ed
Player 's r eceives 10 point s for hit t ing t he bull's
eye. Given,
Player 's r eceives 5 point s for hit t ing t he wit hin P(Z’) = 0.5
t he inner cir cle. P Z 1 P Z ' 1 0.5 0.5
Player 's r eceives 1 point s for hit t ing t he wit hin
N ow,
t he out er cir cle.
P = 1 + 5 + 1 + 10 + 1 + 10 + 5 = 32 P Z P X P Y ' P X ' P Y P X P Y
Q = 5 + 10 + 1 + 10 + 5 + 5 + 10 = 46 L et P(Y) = t
R = 1 + 10 + 1 + 1 + 5 + 5 + 10 = 20 P(X) = 3t
S = 10 + 1 + 5 + 1 + 10 + 1 + 1 = 29 P(Y’) = 1 – t
Thus, t he analysis gives most accur at e player is P(X’) = 1 – 3t
Q and most consi st ent pl ayer i s R wi t h most
consist ent hit t ing of t he out er cir cle.
General Aptitude 8.13
Subst it ut ing in above equat ion, 29. For t wo point s (x 1, y 1) and (x 2, y 2) on a line, Slope
0.5 3t 1 t 1 3t t t 3t y 2 y1
of t he line =
x 2 x1
3t 3t 2 t 3t 2 3t 2 0.5
qp 3
3t 2 4t 0.5 0 So, =
04 4
6t 2 8t 1 0
p q = 3
We get ,
t = 1.193,0.1396 30. Opt ion (a): Did not quest ion t hat pr ogr ess was a
fact . Tr ue t hey t ook pr ogr ess for gr ant ed.
Therefore, P Y t 0.1396 0.14 Opt i on (b): Did not appr ove of Biol ogy: Fal se.
27. Tot al number of r uns N o m en t i on r egar di n g t h i s i n par agr aph .
P = 1810 I t s ment ion t hat it was not inspir ed fr om biology
and t hat is a differ ent t hing.
q = 1677
Opt ion (c): Fr amed t he laws of pr ogr ess: False
r = 1048 They at t empt ed t o discover it s laws. Fr ame and
s = 1202 discover ar e differ ent t hings.
Now % incr ease is defined as Opt ion (d): Clear ly false.
final value i ni t ial value
= 100 X
init ial value 31. is minimum for t he given r ange when X is
Y
minimum possible and Y is maximum possible
206
p 100 25.68%
802 i.e., 3
11
147
q 100 19.21
756 X
is maximum for t he given r ange when X is
Y
190 maximum possible and Y is minimum possible
r 100 44.28
429
i.e., 5
200 8
s 100 39.42
501 32. The H eadmast er want t o speak t o you
So, t he lowest incr ease is for q. Rule: Subject s and ver bs must AGREE wit h one
28. For get t i ng t he pr i me number as per gi ven anot her in number (singular or plur al). Thus, if a
quest ion t he for mat is subject is singular, its ver b must also be singular ;
if a subject is plur al, it s ver b must also be plur al.
Pr ime Number = 4n + 1
H er e headmast er is singular subject so we do not
L et u s t ak e a pr i m e n u m ber f r om abov e
use plur al ver b 'want ' wit h H eadmast er.
expr ession
33. H e displayed modest y in his int er act ions.
4 1+1=5
H umil it y - a modest or l ow vi ew of one's own
4 3 + 1 = 13
impor t ance; humbleness.
4 4 + 1 = 17 Synonyms: modest y, humbl eness, meek ness,
Now as per quest ion bot h t he number s can be diffidence, unasser t iveness
given as 34. All engineer ing students should lear n mechanics,
12 + 22 = 1 + 4 = 5 mat hemat ics and comput at ion.
22 + 32 = 4 + 9 = 13 or possibly
1 + 4 = 1 + 16 = 17
2 2
All engineer ing st udent s should lear n how t o do
Thus, it pr oves t hat t he opt ion A sat i sfies t he mechanics, mat hemat ics and comput at ion.
condi t i on i .e. sum of squar es of t wo nat ur al 35. Wat er r uns t hr ough a pipe like elect r icit y r uns
number s. t hr ough a wir e.
8.14 General Aptitude
36. 32 < 80 – 32t < 64
Given point x 0, y 3 : 0,3
– 48 < – 32t < – 16
Now, at (0, 3) we have t he slope as
48 > 32t > 16
dy
3 1 10 0 0, which means line is par allel t o
t dx
2 2 X-axis.
37. L et P (M i ) den ot e t h e pr obabi l i t y t h at t h e Opt ions (b) and (d) eliminat ed as slope is 0.
component is manufact ur ed by machine M i, and
Opt ion (a) is eliminated as given the t angent is at
P (def) denot e the pr obabilit y t hat t he component
poi nt Equat i onand we found sl ope = 0, which
is defect ive.
means it is par allel t o X axis. The equat ion of
P M 2 def l ine i s not hi ng but y = 3, which never passes
P M 2def p def
t hr ough (0,0). H ence (a) t oo eliminat ed.
Ther efor e, Opt ion C is cor r ect .
0.4 0.03 45. For a daily pr oduct ion of 100 t onnes, t he daily
0.5
0.4 0.03 0.6 0.02 cost of foundr y would be
38. Total number of tour ist s who visit ed I ndia in 2011 Rs 50,000 + (800 100) = Rs 130,000.
= 13500 H en ce cost of pr odu ct i on i n Rs per t on n e
One t hir d of t ot al t our ist s =13500 3 = 4500
130000
OPTI ON A: USA and Japan = 4400 1300
100
OPTI ON B: USA and Aust r alia = 4300
46. Option (a), ALRVX - only one vowel
OPTI ON D: Japan and Aust r alia = 4700
Option (b), EPVZB - only one vowel
OPTI ON C: England and Fr ance = 4500 which is
Opt ion (c), I TZDF - only one vowel
one t hir d of t ot al t our ist s.
Opt ion (d), OYEI K - t hr ee vowels
39. Given,
Ther efor e, opt ion (d) is odd one
2X 9 3
47. Opt ion (a): Bhola's floor number – 2 and Eswar 's
2X 9 3 or 2X 9 3 floor number – 3
X 3 or X 6 Opt ion (b): Bhola's floor number – 6 and Eswar 's
2
X X 3 3 6 2 floor number – 3
Opt ion (c): Bhola's floor number – 2 and Eswar 's
or X X 2 6 6 2 30
floor number – 1
40. I f some scientists ar e pr ofessor s and all pr ofessor s
Opt ion (d): Bhola's floor number – 4 and Eswar 's
ar e r esear cher s, t hen t hat means t hat some
floor number – 3
scient ist s ar e r esear cher s.
H er e, we can clear ly see t hat in opt ions (a), (c)
41. Compr ehension means under st anding. and (d) t he st at ement is not followed.
42. Vi r t ues i s r el at ed t o mor al st andar ds whi l e Ther efor e, t he answer is opt ion (b).
st r engt h is r elat ed t o physical abilit y.
48. Clear ly, t he angles of quadr ilat er al ar e 60, 80,
43. Oopt ion (a) discar ded: Sajan pr efer r ed t o wor k 100, and 120.
independently
Opt i on ( b ) di scar ded: N o expect at i on so n o 2
That makes smallest angle of triangle 60 40
unhappiness 3
Opt i on (c) di scar ded: Sajan pr efer r ed t o wor k That makes lar gest angle of t r iangle 40 2 = 80
independently So t hir d angle of t r iangle = 60.
Opt ion (d) cor r ect : unhappy as he believed t o be The r equir ed value is = 120 + 60 = 180
wor king t oget her
49. L et t he number of people in Y = a
44. Given, y 5x 2 3
2a
Number of people in Y gr eat er t han 6 feet =
dy 100
Slope 10x
dx Number of people in X = 3a
General Aptitude 8.15
3a 58. Given,
Number of people in X gr eat er t han 6 feet =
100
Tot al number of people gr eat er t han 6 feet
2a 3a 5a
=
100 100 100
Tot al number of people = a + 3a = 4a
Per cent age of people in X + Y gr eat er t han 6 feet
5a
= 4a 100 1.25 %
100 RT 5x
50. Fir st st at ement - t r ue since aver age of July is QT 2x
mor e t han t hat of December in t he Aver age plot .
RQ 7x
Second st at ement - not t r ue since, we have dat a
unt il 95% only -- in all dat a of 50 year s, amount PS 3y
of r ainfall is below t he value pr esent ed by gr aph
QS 1y
in 95% cases. Ther efor e, in t he r emaining 5% of
year s, t her e can be a year wher e it r ains mor e in PQ 4y
Januar y t han August .
Thir d st at ement - t r ue, since differ ence bet ween 1
Ar ea of t he t riangle QTS QS QT
5 per cent ile plot and 95?per cent ile plot indicat es 2
t hat this was r ange for 90% of year s. I n Febr uar y,
t his r ange is bigger compar ed t o July. 1
1y 2x xy 20 cm 2
Four t h st at ement - not necessar ily t r ue. H er e, 2
t he 5 per cent ile plot is t ouching 500 mm level.
1
H owever, any year in t his 5% could have got a Ar ea of t r iangle PQR PQ RQ
2
lower level of r ainfall.
51. Appar ent lifelessness har bour s dor mant life. 1
4y 7x 14xy 14 20 280 cm 2
H ar bour s- To give shelt er. 2
52. The boy fr om t he t own was a fish out of wat er in 59. Since, PR is parallel to x-axis and P is r ight angled
t he sleepy village. t her efor e, PQ is par allel t o y-axis.
Fish out of wat er is an idiom used t o r efer t o a Tot al number of x-values available is 10
per son w h o i s i n u n f am i l i ar , an d of t en Tot al number of y-values available is 11
uncomfor t able, sur r oundings.
At point P
53. Elusive – difficult t o find, cat ch or achieve.
Coor dinat e of P can have any value of x and y,
Allusive – using or cont aining suggest ion r at her hence it can be chosen in = 10 11 = 110 ways
t han explicit ment ion.
At point Q
54. CLI FF<TANYA<ERI C
PQ is par allel t o y-axis, t he value of x-coor dinat e
I t clear for m quest ion, t hir d st at ement is false. is alr eady fixed due t o point P, hence Q can be
55. Number of combinat ion is given by chosen in = 10 ways.
n n 1
54 At point R
5
C2 10
2 2 PR is par allel t o x-axis it s y-coor dinat e is alr eady
56. I ncr ease i n pr oduct i vi t y necessar i l y r efl ect s fixed due t o point P, hence point p can be chosen
gr eat er effor t s made by t he employees. in = 9 ways (not 10 ways as x-coor dinate is alr eady
occupied by P)
57. Ever y l eader is execut ive and no manager i s
l eader so manager can be ot her t han l eader Tot al number of ways ar e given by
which is also execut ive so (I ) is false and (I I ) is = 110 9 10 = 9900.
also false because some execut ive which is not 60. X and Y ar e independent if,
l eader can be m an ager . T h er ef or e, n ei t h er
conclusion I nor I I follows. PX Y PX PY
8.16 General Aptitude
Sample space is 2 2 2 = 8 66. A plant wit h inst alled capaci t y of at least 200
Y = {H H T, TI T, H TT, TH T} t onnes is called a lar ge plant .
I nst alled capacit y is gr eat er t han 200 t onnes for
4
PY plant number 1, 4, 8, and 9.
8
The r emaining plant number s i.e. 2, 3, 5, 6, and 7
Z = {H TT, TH T, TTH }
ar e small plant s.
3 Thus t he differ ence bet ween t he t ot al pr oduct ion
P Z
8 of lar ge plant s and small plant s, in t onnes is
Y Z HTT,TH T = (160 + 190 + 230 + 190) – (150 + 160 + 120 + 100
+ 120)
2
P Y Z = 120 t onnes
8
67. The sent ence in passage "A r esear ch st udy on
To check if Y and Z ar e independent
w om en wi t h m ast er s or h i gh er degr ees i n
3 mechanical engineer ing found t hat 99% of such
P Y P Z
16 women wer e successful i n t hei r pr ofessi ons."
2 dir ectly suppor ts option (c). Option (d) and opt ion
P Y Z (a) ar e false as t her e is no r elat ion wit h passage.
8
Opt ion (b) says about men wit h advanced degr ee
H ence, we have
but what is st at ed in passage is about a gr oup of
P Y P Z P Y Z st udent s, so t his opt ion is false.
68. Statement (i) - nothing is mentioned in the passage
Y and Z are dependent f r om w h er e SI T st u den t s w i l l get degr ee.
61. T h e ch ai r m an r equ est ed t h e aggr i ev ed Ther efor e, it is wr ong st at ement .
shar eholder s t o bear wit h him. St at ement (ii) - "t o cat er t o t he t echnological and
62. M anageable is t he r ight spelling, which means, industr ial needs of a developing countr y." this line
abl e t o be con t r ol l ed or deal t wi t h wi t hout suppor t s st at ement (i i ). I t means Sour ya has
difficulty. dist inct nat ional object ives.
63. Given, St at emen t (i i i ) - N ot h i n g i s men t i on abou t
consult at ion wit h I I T so t his makes st at ement
13, 23, 33, 43, 53
(iii) false.
All t he number s ar e pr ime except
St at ement (iv) - Again t his st at ement "t o cat er t o
33 = 3 11 is not pr ime, t her efor e 33 is t he odd t h e t echn ol ogi cal and i ndust r i al n eeds of a
one out . developing count r y." dir ect ly suppor t s st at ement
64. Opt ion (a) and (c), say same t hing - R2D2 can (iv).
r epair only Aer oplanes – no ot her t hings it can Ther efor e, only stat ements (ii) and (iv) ar e cor r ect
r epair. Ther e is no ment ion in t he passage about
69. L et p be t he pr obabilit y of success cases and q be
ot her t asks t hat R2D2 can per for m. This makes
t he pr obabilit y of failur e cases.
opt ions (a) and (c) false.
Given, p = 0.6, q = 0.4
H owever, t he passage says t hat R2D2 is t he only
r obot , which can r epair Aer oplanes. The pr obabilit y of 6 successful t hr ows out of 10
can be given as:
65. Given,
10 C6 p 6 q 10 6
9y 6 3
6 4
10 C6 0.6 0.4
36 9
y 1
9 9 210 0.046656 0.0256
0.2508
2 4y 4 1
Now, y 12 870 127 424
3 3 70. 211 + 146 3
unit s digit 1870 6127 3424
3 4 1
unit s digit 1 6 1
3 3
7
General Aptitude 8.17
71. The ninth and the tenth of this month are Monday N u m ber of st u den t en r ol l ed i n Ph y si cs be
and Tuesday r espect ively. ‘B' = 186
72. I t is easier r ead this year 's t ext book t han t he last Number of st udent enr olled in M at hemat ics be
year 's. ‘C' = 295
73. I n t he gi ven quest ion, t he r ule st at es t hat "in As per for mula
or der t o dr ink beer t he per son must be over 18 P A B C P A P B P C
year s of age". Ther efor e, we wi l l consi der t he P A B P A C P B C P A B C
following opt ions accor ding t o t he r ule:
500 329 186 295 83 63 217 x
For P it is given t hat his/her age is 16 year s and x 500 447 53
since he/she is below 18 year s of age, t hey cannot
76. Accor di ng t o aut hor, t he passage r efl ect s an
have been so we have t o check P's dr ink t o see if
int imat e associat ion does not allow for necessar y
t he r ule is followed.
per spect ive.
For Q it is given t hat his/her age is 25 year s and
77.
t he r ule st at es not hing about what anyone above
18 year s cannot dr i nk t her efor e t her e i s no
r est r ict ion on him/her. We do not need t o check
his/her dr ink.
F or R i t i s gi v en t h at h e/sh e i s h av i n g a
milkshake. Now for milkshake also t he r ule put s
no r est r ict ion t her efor e t her e is no need t o check
his/her age
Thus, finally for S it is given t hat he/she is having
a beer and now since t he r ule clear ly st at es t hat --- line r epr esents t hat ther e is a possibility either
if anyone is having beer then he/she must be over t r ue or false.
18 year s of age t her efor e we need t o check S's
| line r epr esent s t hat it dir ect ly infer r ed fr om
age.
quest ion st at ement s.
Ther efor e, the cor r ect option is Option (b) we need
Thus, we get t hat ,
t o check P's dr ink and S's age.
P an d R sh ou l d be m ar r i ed t o each ot h er .
74.
Ot her wise, Z cannot be gr andfat her of S. This
might not be t r ue ,as per quest ion " Z and W ar e
marr ied and are parents of R. "there is a possibility
that R may have another siblings ... ther e nothing
is ment ion Z and W have only a single child so
t his possibilit y st ill exist s.
Fr om quest ion, it is clear t hat P is Not a child of
Z and W.
P is child of X and Y only, but daught er of P is S
and S's gr andfat her is Z so P is somehow r elat ed
t o Z.
That r elat ion is only possible when Z and W have
Consider PST as a tr iangle as given in figure above anot her child and P mar r ied t o t hat child only, so
As per Pyt hagor as t heor em t hat means R can mar r y Q.
102 62 x 2 So in t hat case t his st at ement "P and R ar e not
mar r ied t o each ot her "may not always false, it
x 2 100 36 64 can be t r ue also.
x 8 km I n addi t i on, "Q cannot be mar r ied t o R." Thi s
75. Given, st at ement must necessar ily be false.
The t ot al number of st udent s = 500 As t her e i s a possibi li t y, t hat Q can mar r y R.
L et , Number of st udent enr olled in Chemist r y be Ther efor e, Q cannot mar r y R ever in any case is
‘A' = 329 always false st at ement .
H ence, cor r ect st at ement is st at ement D.
8.18 General Aptitude
78. L et , 1 day t ask of 1 man = u The wor d compliment is bot h a noun and a ver b.
1 day t ask of 1 woman = v A s a n ou n , com pl i m en t m ean s pr ai se, an
expr essi on of adm i r at i on , or m or e si m pl y,
As per equat ions
somet hing nice you say t o someone. As a ver b,
1 com pl i m en t h as t h e sam e m ean i n g.
1200u 500v [As t hey complet e in 14 days To com pl i m en t mean s t o pr ai se, t o expr ess
14
admir at ion, or t o say somet hing nice t o someone.
1 Bot h t he noun and ver b for ms of t he wor d ar e
so 1 day wor k t oget her = ] ... (1) equally common.
14
The wor d complement is also bot h a noun and a
1 ver b, but unlike compliment, complement is mor e
900u 250v 21 2 commonly used as a ver b. To complement means
t o go well wit h or t o be t he per fect addit ion t o.
2 The wor d complement is t ypically used t o speak
1800u 500v ... (2) about clot hing and food. I f a skir t and t -shir t look
21
ver y nice t oget her, t hey complement each ot her.
Subt r act ing equat ion 2 fr om 1, we get , When two par ts of a meal combine t o for m a t ast e
2 t hat is especially delicious, it is said t hat t he t wo
1800u 500v foods complement one anot her.
21
82. The judge is st anding i n t he legal communit y,
2 1 though shaken by false allegations of wrongdoing,
600u
21 14 r emained undiminished.
1 Undiminished (adjective)
600u
42
Meaning- as good, str ong, or impor tant as always:
1 Example-A hundr ed year s aft er hi s deat h, his
u is 1 man's 1 day wor k
42 600 influence r emains undiminished.
So t ime t aken by 1 man t o complet e wor k 83. Given,
BC, FGH , L M NO
600 42 days
Taking fir st let t er B + 4 = F + 6 = L + 8 = T
600 6 weeks
3600 week s Ther efor e, answer is TUVWX
84. Let the per imeter of each of the above geometr ical
H ence t o get t he wor k complet ed in 1 week:
figur es be P.
3600 L et us now find t he ar ea of cir cle (Ac) w.r.t it s
No of men needed = = 3600
1 ci r cumfer ence/ per i met er (P), wher e r i s t he
79. We have t ot al 900 t hr ee di gi t number s fr om r adius of t he cir cle.
100-999. P 2r
We have number s in which 1 is immediat e r ight P
r
t o 2 ar e 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 2
218, 219, 121, 221, 321, 421, 521, 621, 721, 821, A c r 2
921 = 19 number s 2
P
So, w e h av e n u m ber s i n w h i ch 1 i s n ev er Ac
2
immediat e r ight of 2 = 900 – 19 = 881 number s.
L et us now find t he ar ea of squar e (As) w.r.t it s
80. Explanation: Closer lines represents steepest path
per imet er (P), wher e l is t he side of t he squar e
Alt er nat e met hod:
P = 41
The st eepest pat h wi l l be t he pat h, whi ch i s
P
deepest fr om sea level. Ther efor e, P t o R is t he l
st eepest pat h. 4
81. The dr ess complement ed her so well t hat t hey As l2
al l i m m edi at el y com pl i m en t ed h er on h er P2
appear ance. As
16
General Aptitude 8.19
L et us now find t he ar ea of equilat er al t r iangle n(B) = 16
(Ae) w.r.t it s per imet er (P), wher e s is t he side of n(c) = 19
t he t r iangle
L et us consider no. of st udent s who wat ch all t he
P = 3s
flims = n A B C x
P
s
3
n A B C 13 x
n B C A 16 x
3
Ae s2
4 n C B A 19 x
2
n s 13 x 16 x 19 x x
3 P
Ae 40 48 2x
4 9
2x 48 40
P 3 8
Ae x 4
36 2
No. of st udents who wat ched all the thr ee films
P is 4.
Ae
12 3 87. Given,
A wir e bent over squar e ar ea of 1936 m 2.
Compar ing the denominator s of equations Ac, As L et us consider t hat t he side of a squar e is x
and Ae A c A s A e ,
Then, x 2 1936
4 16 12 3 x 44m
Ther efor e, L engt h of wir e = Per imet er of squar e
As t he above number s ar e in t he denominat or,
= 4x = 176 m
Ac As Ae Also,
Thus, t he cir cle cont ains he maximum ar ea and a + b = 176, such t hat a = 3b
t he equilat er al t r iangle cont ains t he minimum 3b b 176
ar ea. b 44
85. Given, a 132.
1 1 1 Given, a is bent over squar e and b bent over cir cle.
i.e., 4x’ = a = 132
1 l og u vw 1 log v wu 1 log w uv
1 1 1 132
x'
log vw log wu log uv 4
1 1 1
log u log v log w 33 x ' lengt h of the side of square
log u log v log w
x ' 33
log u log vw log v log wu log w log uv
Area of squar e = 33 33 = 1089
log u log v log w log(uvw)
1
log(uvw) log(uvw) log(uvw) log(uvw) 2r b b ' bent over circle
86. Given, 44
Total number of st udent s who watched films A, B r 7
2
and C over a week = n(s) = 40.
Also given that , each student watched eit her only
Ar ea of cir cle = 7 2 154
one film or all t hr ee. Sum of t he ar ea ' s 1089 154 1243 m 2
n A B C n B CA n CA B 0 88. Given,
Per sons wor ked = 125
Wher e, A,B,C ar e compl ement ar y event s of Number of hour s each per son wor ked per day = 7
Number of days t hey wor ked = 39.
A, B, C r espect ively.
5
As per quest ion, Wor k complet ed =
7
n(A) = 13
8.20 General Aptitude
Remaining days = 52 – 39 = 13 I f house number is not a mult iple of 6, then house
5 2 number 70,79
Remaining Wor k t o be complet ed = 1
7 7 Ther efor e, t he r equi r ed house number, i s 76
L et t he t ot al number of per sons who do t he
among 54,65,66,76
r emaining wor k = x
Number of hour s each per son needs t o be wor k Since,
per day = 8 (i) 76 is not a mult iple of 3, so house number
Amount of wor k 1 per son did in 1 day, wor king 1 50,59
5 (ii) 76 is not a mult iple of 4, so house number
7 60,69
hour s a day =
125 39 7 (iii)76 is not a mult iple of 6, so house number
Now, t he amount of wor k x per son should do in 1
70,79
2 Ther efor e, r equir ed house number is 76.
7
day, wor king 1 hour s a day = 1
13 8 90. I t has pr obabi l i t y i n cont r ast t o t he ot her
2
2 1
opt ions t hat all have pr obabilit y .
7 4
13 8 125 39 7 2
x 131.25 1
5 13 8 5 Opt ion (A) - TT has pr obabilit y
4
7
Opt i on (B ) - H T or T H h as pr obabi l i t y
125 39 7
1 1
N u m ber of addi t i on al per son s r equ i r ed (summation of two pr obabilities of mutually
4 4
= 131.25 – 125 = 6.25 or 7 exclusive event s)
89. We get , if house number is mult iple of 3, t hen
1
house number 50,59 Opt ion (C) - H H has pr obabilit y
4
Fr om St at ement - ii, we get
I f house number is not a mult iple of 4, then house 1
Opt ion (D) - H T has pr obabilit y
4
number 60,69
Essent ial for t his conclusion is t he fact t hat t he
Fr om St at ement - iii, we get coin is unbiased.
Suggestive
Question & Answers
(Section-Wise)
1
CHAPTER
ENGINEERING
MATHEMATICS
LINEAR ALGEBRA LMcos sin 0 OP
6. M at r ix, A = M sin cos 0P is not
M CQ Type questions MN 0 0 1 PQ
LM 3 1 1 OP (a) or t hogonal (b) non– singular
1. Eigen values of t he mat r ix M 1 3 1P ar e (c) singular (d) have A – 1 exists
NM 1 1 3 QP 7. I n t he mat r i x equat i on P x = q, whi ch of t he
f ol l ow i n g i s a n ecessar y con di t i on f or t h e
(a) 1, 1, 1 (b) 1, 1, 2 exist ence of at least one solution for t he unknown
(c) 1, 4, 4 (d) 1, 2, 4 vect or x ?
2. Rank of the following (n + 1) (n + 1) matrix, where (a) Augment ed mat r ix [Pq] must have t he same
a is a real number, is r ank as mat r ix P
LM1 a a2 . . . an OP (b) Vect or q must have only non-zer o element s
a2 an
MMa. a
. .
.
.
.
.
.
. . PP (c) M at r ix P must be singular
(d) M at r ix P must be squar e
MM .. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
PP
8. E i gen v ect or s of a r eal sy m m et r i c m at r i x
MN1 a a2 . . . an PQ cor r esponding t o differ ent eigen values ar e
(a) 1 (a) or t hogonal (b) singular
(b) 2 (c) non-singular (d) none of t hese
(c) n 9. An ar bitr ar y vector X is an eigen vect or of t he
(d) dependent upon t he value of A
LM1 0 0 OP
LMcos – sin OP LMa 0OP mat r ix A = M0 a 0P , if (a, b) =
3. M at r ices
Nsin cos Q and
N0 bQ commut e MN0 0 bPQ
under mult iplicat ion (a) (0, 0) (b) (1, 1)
(a) if a = b or = n , wher e n is an int eger (c) (0, 1) (d) (1, 2)
(b) always 10. The syst em of equat ions
(c) never a1x + a2y = 0
(d) if a cos b sin b1x + b2y = 0
LM 0 2 3 OP wher e a1, a2, b1, b2, ar e r eal number s,
4. I f A = 2 MM PP
0 5 , t hen has a non-t r ivial solut ion if
N 3 5 0 Q (a) a1b1 = a2b2 (b) a1b2 = b1a2
(a) A ' = – A (b) A ' = A (c) a1a2 = b1b2 (d) none of t hese
1 11. Solut ion of t he given mat r ix equat ion is
(c) A ' = – (d) none of t hese
A LM 2 2 2 OP LM x OP LM0OP
1
5. Eigen values of t he syst em r epr esent ed by
MM 1 5 3 P MM x PP = MM0PP
2
0 1 0 0 N 1 3 1 PQ N x Q N0Q
3
= 00 00 01 01 X ar e
X (a) x 1 = 0, x 2 = 0, x 3 = 0
0 0 0 1 (b) x 1 = 1, x 2 = 1, x 3 = 0
(a) 0, 0, 0, 0 (b) 1, 1, 1, 1 (c) x 1 = 0, x 2 = 1, x 3 = 1
(c) 0, 0, 0, – 1 (d) 1, 0, 0, 0 (d) x 1 = 2, x 2 = – 5, x 4 = – 1
1.2 Engineering Mathematics
12. I f pr oduct of mat r ix 18. For following set of simulat aneous equat ions
L cos cos si n OP
2 1.5x – 0.5y = 2
A= M
MNcos sin sin PQ and2 4x + 2 y + 3 z = 9
7x + y + 5z = 10
L cos cos si n OP
2
B= M
(a) solut ion is unique
MN cos si n si n PQ 2
(b) infinit ely many solut ions exist
is a null mat r ix, t hen and differ by an (c) equat ions ar e incompat ible
(a) odd mult iple of (b) even mult iple of (d) finit e number of mult iple solut ions exist
(c) odd mult iple of (d) even mult iple of
LM1 0 –1 OP
Rab 0UV is
13. I nver se of t he mat r ix S MM
19. I f R 2
P
1 – 1 , t hen t op r ow of R– 1 is
T 0 1W N2 3 2 PQ
Ra 0UV
(a) S
Rb 0UV
(b) S
(a) [5 6 4] (b) [5 – 3 1]
T W
0 a Ta bW (c) [2 0 – 1] (d) [2 – 1 1/2]
20. The syst em of simult aneous equat ions
F1 / a 0 IJ
(c) G
Ra 0 UV
(d) S x + 2y + z = 6
H 0 1 / bK T0 1 / bW 2x + y + 2z = 6
14. The syst em of equat ions x+y+z=5
2x + 4y = 10, has
5x + 10y = 25 (a) unique solut ion
has (b) infinit e number of solut ions
(a) no unique solut ion (b) only one solut ion (c) no solut ion
(c) only t wo solut ions (d) infinit e solut ions (d) exact ly t wo solut ions
15. Sum of the eigen values of the matrix
FG 3 4IJ for LM 1 –1 OP
H x 1K 21. Eigen vect or s of t he mat r ix
N– 1 1
is (ar e)
Q
real and negative values of x is (a) (1, 0) (b) (0, 1)
(a) gr eat er t han zer o (c) (1, 1) (d) (1, – 1)
(b) less t han zer o
(c) zer o 22. I nver se of t he mat r ix
LM– 3 5OP is
(d) dependent on t he value of x
N 2 1Q
16. The syst em of equat ions LM 5 –1 OP LM 2 5 OP
4 x + 6y + 8z = 0 (a) MM132 13
3 PP (b) M 13–1 3 P
MN 13
13
P
7x + 8y + 9z = 0 N13 13 Q 13 Q
3x + 2y+ z = 0
has LM – 1 5 OP LM 1 –5 OP
(a) no solut ion (c) MM 132 13
3 PP (d) MM132 13
3 PP
(b) only one solut ion N 13 13 Q N13 13 Q
(c) t wo solut ions 23. I f A and B ar e squar e mat r ices of size n n, t hen
(d) infinit e number of solut ions which of t he following st at ement is not t r ue ?
LM1 1 1 OP (a) det (AB) = det (A) det (B)
(b) det (k A) = k n det (A)
17. Eigen values of M1 1 1P ar e
MN1 1 1PQ (c) det (A + B) = det (A) + det (B)
(a) 0, 0 0 (b) 0, 0 1 (d) det (A T ) = 1/det (A – 1)
(c) 0, 0, 3 (d) 1, 1, 1
Engineering Mathematics 1.3
24. I f mat r ix A is m n and B is n p, then number of
multiplication oper ations and addition oper ations
LM 3 OP LM–3OP
(a) M –2P (b) MM 2 PP
needed t o calculat e t he mat r ix AB, r espect ively
ar e
MN 1 PQ N–1Q
(a) mn 2p, mpn (b) mpn, (n – 1)
LM 1 OP 5
2
(c) mpn, mpn (d) mn p, (m + p) n
2
(c) M –2P (d )
25. I f A be an inver t ible mat r ix and inver se of 7A is MN 3 PQ 0
LM1 2 OP
, t hen mat r ix A is L2 OP
– 0.1 1 LM OP
N4 7 Q 32. I f A = M
N0 3 Q and A – 1 = 2
MN
a , t hen (a + b)
PQ
0 b
(a)
LM 1 2 / 7OP (b)
LM7 2OP equals
N4 / 7 1 / 7Q N4 1 Q
7 3
(c)
LM 1 – 4 / 7OP (d)
LM7 4O
P
(a)
20
(b)
20
N– 2 / 7 1 / 7 Q N2 1Q
19 11
26. M at r ix B = A T , wher e A is any mat r ix is (c) (d)
60 20
(a) skew symmet r ic
33. Eigen values and cor r esponding eigen vector s of a
(b) symmet r ic about t he secondar y diagonal
2 2 matr ix ar e given by
(c) always symmet r ic
Eigenvalue Eigenvector
(d) anot her gener al mat r ix
27. I f A T = A – 1, wher e A is a r eal mat r ix, t hen A is 1 = 4 1 =
LM 1 OP
(a) nor mal (b) symmet r ic N1Q
(c) H er mit ian (d) or t hogonal
2 = 8 2 = M
L 1 OP
28. I f A and B ar e non-zer o squar emat r ices, t hen
AB = I implies
N –1 Q
The mat r ix is
(a) A and B ar e or t hogonal
(b) A and B ar e singular
(a) LM 62 62 OP (b) LM 64 64 OP
(c) B is singular N Q N Q
(d) A is singular
(c) LM 24 24 OP (d) LM 84 84 OP
29. Eigen values of a squar e symmetr ic matr ix ar e
always
N Q N Q
34. A second or der syst em st ar t s wi t h an i ni t i al
(a) positive (b) r eal and imaginar y
(c) negative (d) r eal condit ion of
LM2OP wit hout any ext er nal input . The
LM1 0OP , t hen st at e t r ansit ion mat r ix e is N3Q
30. I f A = At
st at e t r ansit ion mat r ix for t he syst em is given by
N0 1Q
L 0 e OP –t Le 0 OP
t
LMe – 2t
0 OP
(a) M
MNe 0 PQ
–t
(b) M
MN 0 e PQ t MN 0 e– t PQ . The st at e of t he syst em at t he end
of 1 second is given by
Le 0 OP
–t
(d) M
L 0 e OP t
LM0.135OP
(c) M
MN 0 e PQ –t
MNe 0 PQ
t
(a)
LM0.271OP (b)
N1100
. Q N0.368Q
LM3 2 2OP L0.271OP
31. For mat r ix p M0 2 1 P , if one of t he eigen (c) M (d)
LM0.135OP
MN0 0 1PQ N0.736Q N1.100Q
values is equal t o – 2, t hen whi ch of t he followi ng
is an eigen vect or ?
1.4 Engineering Mathematics
N umerical Type quest ions 12. Solut ion(s) t o t he equat ions
LM0 0 0 0 OP 2x + 3y = 1
x– y=4
1. Rank of the matr ix A = M
4 2 3 0P
is ______
MM1 0 0 0P
P 4x – y = a
N4 0 3 0Q will exist if a is equal t o_______
13. For mat r ix
LM 4 2 OP , eigen value cor r esponding
2. Rank of t he diagonal mat r ix is ____ N2 4Q
t o t he eigen vect or M
L 101 OP is______
LM1 3 5 1 OP N 101 Q
MM
3. Rank of the matr ix A = 2 4 8 0 is_______ P CALCULUS
N3 1 7 5PQ
M CQ Type questions
4. Rank of t he mat r ix 1LM OP
1 is________
0 N 0 Q n x
1. lim x e is equal t o
x
5. For which value of k, following system is consistent? (a) (b) 1
2x – 5ky + 6z = 0
(c) n (d) 0
kx + 2y – 2z = 0
2. I f | x | denot es t he gr eat est int eger not gr eat er
2x + 2y – kz = 0
6. The value of for which t he equat ions t han 2, t hen lim x is
x2
2x + y + 2z = 0 (a) 0 (b) 1
x + y + 3z = 0 (c) 2 (d) does not exist
4x + y + z = 0
have a non-zer o solut ion, is______ 1
x sin ,x0
3. I f two functions f (x) = x g (x) =| x|
7. The syst em of linear equat ions
0 , x0
(4d – 1) x + y + z = 0
– y+z=0 ar e given, t hen at x = 0
(4d – 1) z = 0 (a) bot h f and g cont inuous
has a non-t r ivial solut ion, if d equals _______ (b) f is cont inuous and g is discont inuous
8. Rank of a 3 3 mat r i x C (= AB), found by (c) f is discont inuous and g is cont inuous
mult iplying a non-zer o column mat r ix A of size (d) bot h f and g ar e discont inuous
3 1 and a non-zer o r ow mat r ix B of size 1 3, is 4. I f f (x ) = | x | , t hen f (x ) is
_______ (a) discont inuous at x = 0
LM1 1 3 OP (b) cont inuous only at x = 0
9. Sum of eigen values of t he mat r ix 1 5 1 i s MM P (c) cont inuous at all values of x
N3 1 1 PQ (d) discont inuous at x = 1
_____
ax2 b i f x2
LM 8 x 0 OP
5. The funct ion f (x ) = 2 if x2
10. For which value of x , will t he mat r ix 4 MM 0 2 P 2ax b i f x2
0PQ
N12 6
is cont inuous at x = 2, if
become singular ?
1 1
(a) a = 0, b = (b) a = ,b=0
LM 1 –2 –1 OP 2 2
11. Rank of t he mat r ix, A = – 3 MM PP
3 0 is ______
(c) a = –
1
,b=0 (d) a = 0, b = –
1
N2 2 4 Q 2 2
Engineering Mathematics 1.5
6. I f f (x ) = x – [ x ], t hen f (x ) is discont inuous
(a) x Z (b) (1)n x2n for all r eal x
n 0
(b) x Q
(c) x R
(c) x2n wher e – 1<x<1
(d) at ver y r eal number except int eger s n 0
7. The i nt er val i n whi ch L agr ange's t heor em i s
1
applicable for t he funct ion f (x ) = is
(d) (1)n xn wher e – 1<x<1
n 0
x
(a) [– 3, 3] 14. I f f (x), (x) and (x) have derivatives when a x b,
t hen a value of c of x lying bet ween a and b
(b) [– 2, 2]
such t hat
(c) [2, 3]
(d) [– 1, 1]
f (c) (c) (c)
f (b) (b) (b)
8. I f f ( x ) = 3 x 4 – 4 x 2 + 5, t h en t h e i n t er v al f or (a) =0
whi ch f (x ) sat i sfi ed al l t he condi t i on of Rol l e's f (a) (a) (a)
theor em is
f (c) (c) (c)
(a) [0, 2] (b) [– 1, 1]
f (a) (a) (a)
(c) [– 1, 0] (d) [1, 2] (b) =0
f (b) (b) (b)
9. I f f (x ) = | x | , t hen I n t he int er val [– 1, 1], f (x ) is
(a) sat isfied all t he condit ions of Rolle's t heor em f (a) (a) (a)
(b) sat i sfi ed al l t he condi t i ons of M ean Val ue (c) f (b) (a) (b) = 0
t heor em
f (c) (c) ( c)
(c) does not satisfied the conditions of Mean Value
t heor em (d) none of t hese
(d) none of t hese 15. I f f (x ) = ax + b, x [– 1, 1], then t he point c (– 1, 1)
10. I f f and F be bot h cont inuous in [ a, b] and ar e f (1) f (1)
wher e f (c) =
der ivable in (a, b) and if f (x ) = F (x ) for all x in 2
(a, b), t hen f (x ) and F(x ) differ
(a) does not exist (b) can be any c (– 1, 1)
(a) by 1 in [ a, b]
(b) by x in [ a, b] 1 1
(c) can be only (d) can be only
2 2
(c) by const ant in [ a, b]
(d) none of t hese 1
16. L et f (x ) = x (x – 1)(x – 2), a = 0, b = .
11. x 1/x is a decr easing funct ion if 2
(a) x < e (b) x > e The value of ‘c' in t he L agr ange's mean val ue
1 t heor em is
(c) x = e (d) x >
e 6 11 6 11
(a) (b)
6 6
x2 x4 x2n x 2 n 1
12. 1 ...+ (1) n (1) n 1 sin x
2 4 2n 2n 1 6 – 12 6 21
(c) (d)
is equal t o 6 6
(a) sin x (b) cos x 17. M axima and M inima occur
(c) t an x (d) log x (a) simult aneously (b) once
(c) alter nately (d) r ar ely
1
13. Taylor 's expansion of t he funct ion f (x ) = is 18. I f x + y = k , x > 0, y > 0, t hen xy is t he maximum
1 x2
when
(a) x = ky (b) kx = y
(a) (1)n x2n wher e – 1 < x < 1 (c) x = y (d) none of t hese
n 0
1.6 Engineering Mathematics
19. The triangle of maximum ar ea inscribed in a cir cle 27. The maximum point on t he cur ve x = exy is
of r adius r is (a) (1, e) (b) (1, e– 1)
(a) a r i ght angl ed t r i angl e wi t h hypot enuse (c) (e, 1) (d) (e– 1, 1)
measur ing 2r
(b) an equilat er al t r iangle 1
28. The value of funct ion f (x ) = x +
at t he point s of
x
(c) an isosceles t r iangle of height r
minimum and maximum ar e r espect ively
(d) does not exist
(a) – 2 and 2 (b) 2 and – 2
20. Sum of t he per imet er s of a cir cle and a squar e is
l . I f t he sum of ar ea is least , t hen (c) – 1 and 1 (d) 1 and – 1
zb
5
(a) side of t he squar e is double t he r adius of t he
cir cle 29. The value of g
2 si n x dx is
0
(b) side of t he squar e is half of t he r adius of t he
cir cle (a) > 0 (b) 2
(c) side of t he squar e is equal t o r adius of t he (c) 0 (d) undefined
cir cle 30. The unit nor mal t o t he plane 2x + y + 2z = 6 can
(d) none of t hese be expr essed in t he vect or for m as
21. Which of t he following is false? 2 1 2
(a) i 3 + j 2 + k 2 (b) i j k
(a) f (a) is an ext r eme value of f (x ) if f (a) = 0 3 3 3
(b) I f f (a) is an extr eme value of f (x ), then f (a) = 0 1 1 1 2 1 2
(c) i j k (d) i j k
(c) I f f (a) = 0, then f(a) is an ext r eme value of f (x ) 3 2 2 6 6 6
(d) None of t hese 31. The funct ion f (x ) = 3x (x – 2) has a
22. L et f (x ) = | x | , t hen (a) minimum at x = 1 (b) maximum at x = 1
(a) f (0) = 0 (c) minimum at x = 2 (d) maximum at x = 2
(b) f (x ) is maximum at x = 0
(c) f (x ) is minimum at x = 0
(d) none of t hese
32. The value of int egr al z2
2 dx
x2
is
(a) 0 (b) 0.25
23. The gr eat est and t he l east val ue of
(c) 1 (d)
f (x ) = x 4 – 8x 3 + 22x 2 – 24x + 1 i n [0, 2] ar e
33. The val ue of i n t he mean val ue t heor em of
(a) 0, 8 (b) 0, – 8 f (b) – f (a) = (b – a) f ()
(c) 1, 8 (d) 1, – 8 for f (x ) = A x 2 + B x + C in (a, b) is
24. The funct ion f (x ) = x – 5x + 5x – 1 has
5 4 3
(a) b + a (b) b – a
(a) one minima and t wo maxima
(b) t wo minima and one maxima (c)
bb ag (d)
bb – ag
2 2
(c) t wo minima and t wo maxima
(d) one minima and one maxima 34. I f V is a differ ent iable vect or funct ion and f is a
sufficient differ ent iable scalar funct ion, t hen cur l
log x
25. The maximum value of
x
in (0, ) is
FG f V IJ is equal t o
(a) e (b)
1 H K
e F I
(a) (gr ad f ) G V J + (f cur l V )
(c) 1 (d) none of t hese
26. M aximum volume of a cylinder in a cone wit h
H K
semi ver t ical angle ‘' and height ‘b' is (b) O
F I
(a) 4 b3 t an 2 (b)
4
27
b2 t an (c) f cur l GH V JK
27
4 F I
(c)
27
b t an 3 (d) none of t hese (d) (gr ad f ) V GH JK
Engineering Mathematics 1.7
35. A m on g t h e f ol l ow i n g, t h e pai r of v ect or s 44. Vol um e of an obj ect expr essed i n spher i cal
or t hogonal t o each-ot her is coor dinat es is given by
(a) [3, 4, 7], [3, 4, 7]
(c) [1, 0, 2], [0, 5, 0]
(b) [1, 0, 0], [1, 2, 0]
(d) [1, 1, 1], [– 1, – 1, – 1]
36. The funct ion f (x ) = x 3 – 6x 2 + 9x + 25 has
V= zzz
2
0
/ 3 1
0 0
r 2 sin dr d d .
Value of t he int egr al is
(a) a maxima at x = 1 and a minima at x = 3
(b) a maxima at x = 3 and a minima at x = 1
(a) (b)
3 6
(c) no maxima, but a minima at x = 1
(d) a maxima at x = 1, but no minima 2
(c) (d)
37. The t emper at ur e field in a body var ies accor ding 3 4
t o t he equat ion T(x , y ) = x 3 + 4xy . The dir ect ion of
fast est var i at i on i n t emper at ur e at t he poi nt 250
45. The funct ion, y = x 2 + x = 5 at t ains
(1, 0) is given by x
(a) maximum (b) minimum
(a) 3i 8 j (b) i
(c) neit her (d) 1
(c) 0.6i 0.8 j (d) 0.5i 0.866 j 46. Volume gener at ed by r evolving t he ar ea bounded
by t he par abola y 2 = 8 x and t he line x = 2 about
z
x2
d y-axis is
bg
38. I f x t dt , t hen
dx
is
0 128 5
(a) (b)
5 128
(a) 2x2 (b) x
(c) 0 (d) 1 127
(c) (d) none of t hese
39. I f velocit y vect or in a t wo dimensional flow field 5
e j z
is given by v 2 xy i 2 y 2 – x 2 j , then vor ticity
47. The int egr at ion of log x . dx has t he value
vect or, cur l v will be (a) (x log x – 1) (b) log x – x
(c) x (log x – 1) (d) None of t hese
(a) 2y 2 j (b) 6y k
48. The der ivat ive of f (x, y) at point (1, 2) in t he
(c) zer o (d) 4 x k dir ect ion of vector i + j is 2 2 and in the dir ect ion
of t he vect or – 2j is – 3. Then der ivat ive of f (x, y)
40. Diver gence of t he vect or r x i y i z i is in t he dir ect ion – i – 2j is
(a) i j k (b) 3 (a) 2 2 + 3/2 (b) 7 / 5
(c) 0 (d) 1
(c) – 2 2 – 3/2 (d) 1/ 5
41. What is t he der ivat ive of f (x ) = | x | at x = 0 ?
49. Ar ea bounded by t he par abola 2y = x 2 and the line
(a) 1 (b) – 1 x = y – 4 is equal t o
(c) 0 (d) Does not exist (a) 6
42. The minimum point of t he funct ion f (x ) = (x 3/3) – (b) 18
x is at
(c)
(a) x = 1 (b) x = – 1
(d) none of t hese
1
(c) x = 0 (d) x = 50. I f a funct ion is cont inuous at a point , t hen it s
3 fir st der ivat ive
43. Angl e bet ween t wo uni t -magni t ude copl anar (a) may or may not exist
vect or s P(0.866, 0.500, 0) and Q(0.259, 0.966, 0)
(b) exist s always
will be
(c) will not exist
(a) 0 (b) 30
(d) has a unique value
(c) 45 (d) 60
1.8 Engineering Mathematics
a 15. A t r iangle ABC consists of ver t ex points
51. The int egr al lim x – 4 dx
a 1 A (0, 0), B(1, 0) and C(0, 1).
(a) diver ges (b) conver ges t o
1 Value of integr al z z 2x dx dy over t he t r iangle is
3
16. The magnit ude of t he gr adient of t he funct ion
1
(c) conver ges t o – (d) conver ges t o 0 f = xyz3 at (1, 0, 2) is
a3
17. For t he funct i on, = ax 2 y – y 3 t o r epr esent
N umerical Type quest ions the velocity pot ential of an ideal fluid, should
be equal to zer o. I n that case, the value of ‘a’ has
ex 1 to be
1. lim is equal t o
x 0 x 18. M axi mum val ue of t he di r ect i onal der i vat i ve
of t he funct i on = 2x 2 + 3y 2 + 5z2 at a poi nt
f ( x) 2 (1, 1, – 1) is
2. I f lim = 0, t hen lim f ( x) i s equal t o
x1 f ( x) 2 x1
zz
/2 /2
19. sin (x + y) dx dy is
0 0
1 cos x
3. lim is equal t o
x0 2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
1 x 1 x M CQ Type questions
4. The value (N) of lim is given by
x1 x 1. The solut ion for t he differ ent ial equat ion
2
d y dy
1 5 + 6y = 0 is
2 dx
5. lim e n log n is dx
n 0
(a) C1 e– 2t +C2 e3t (b) C1 sin 2t + C2 cos 2t
1 (c) C1 e + C2 e
2t – 2t
(d) C1 e– 2t + C2 e– 3
6. lim x sin is 2. I nt egr at ing fact or for t he differ ent ial equat ion
x x
1 2 1
7. lim 2 2 2 ... is
x n n n n
ecos2 x j dydx y t an x, i s
8. The ‘c' of t he mean value theor em for the function (a) et anx (b) cos 2x
3 (c) e– t an x (d) sin 2x
f (x ) = x (x – 2), when a = 0, b = is
2 3. Find r ange of values for a const ant K t o yield a
st abl e syst em i n t h e f ol l ow i n g set of t i m e
9. The minimum value of x 2 – 5x + 2 is
dependent differ ential equations
1
10. The maxi mum val ue of (si n x – cos x ) i s dy1 dy 2
2 = – 5 y2 + (4 – K) y2 ; = y1 – 2y2
dt dt
11. M aximum slope of the curve – x3 + 6x2 + 2x + 1 is (a) 0 < K < 7 (b) 6.25 < K < 10
(c) – 6 < K 6.25 (d) 0 K 7
12. A r ect angular box wit h squar e base in open at 4. Differ ent ial equat ion,
t he t op. The maximum volume of t he box made
fr om 300 m 3 wood is 2
d x dx
10 25 x = 0
13. Given f (x , y ) = x 2 + y 2. Then f is 2 dt
dt
14. The dir ect ional der ivat ive of
will have a solut ion of t he for m
f (x , y , z) = x 2 + y 2 + z2
(a) (C1 + C2 t ) e– 5t
(b) C1 e– 2t
at t he poi nt (1, 1, 1) i n t he di r ect i on i – k i s
(c) C1 e– 5t + C2 e5t (d) C1 e– 5t + C2 e 2t
wher e C1 and C2 ar e const ant s.
Engineering Mathematics 1.9
5. Di ffer ent i al equat i on for t he var i at i on of t he 11. For t he differ ent ial equat ion,
amount of salt x in a t ank wit h t ime t is given by
dy
f(x, y) + g (x, y) = 0
dx x dx
10
dt 20 t o be exact
wher e x is in kg and t is in minut es. f g f g
Assuming t hat t her e is no salt in t he t ank ini- (a) (b)
y x x y
t ially, t he t ime (in min.) at which t he amount of
salt incr eases t o 100 kg is 2 f 2 g
(a) 10 ln 2 (b) 20 ln 2 (c) f = g (d)
x 2 y2
(c) 50 ln 2 (d) 100 ln 2
12. I f f (D) y = 0 be a l i near differ ent i al equat i on
6. Solve t he differ ent ial equat ion wi t h const ant coeffi ci ent s, t hen i t s auxi l i ar y
xdx + ydy + 2(x 2 + y 2) dx = 0 equation is
(a) x 2 – y 2 = ce– 4x (b) x 2 + y 2 = ce+4x (a) f (m 3) = 0 (b) f (m ) = 0
(c) x + y = ce
2 2 – 4x
(d) x – y = ce
2 2 4x
(c) f (D – m ) = 0 (d) f (x ) = 0
7. The differ ent ial equat ion 13. The gener al sol ut i on of t he l inear di ffer ent ial
equat ion (D 4 – 81)y = 0 is given by
2
d y dy x (a) (C1 + C2x ) e3x + (C3 + C4x ) sin 3x
2
sin x ye = sinhx
dx dx (b) (C1 + C2x ) e3x + (C3 + C4x ) e– 3x
is + (C5 + C6x ) cos 3x + (C7 + C8x ) sin 3x
(a) fir st or der and linear (c) C1e + C2e– 3x + C3 cos 3x + C4 sin 3x
3x
(b) fir st or der and non-linear (d) C1e3x + C2e– 3x + e3x (C3 cos x + C4 sin x )
(c) second or der and linear 1
14. Q(x ) is equal t o
(d) second or der and non-linear D
dy (a) ex Q(x )dx (b) e– x exQ(x )dx
8. For t he differ ent ial equat ion + 5y = 0 wit h (c) e – ax
Q(x )dx (d) ex e– xQ(x )dx
dt
15. P.I . of (D 2 – 2D) y = ex sin x is
y(0) = 1, t he gener al solut ion is
(a) e5t (b) e– 5t 1 x
(a) e sin x (b) ex cos x
2
– 5t
(c) 5e– 5t (d) e
1 x
9. The necessar y and sufficient for t he differ ent ial (c) e cos x (d) none of t hese
2
equat ion of t he fr om
16. Gener al solut ion of t he differ ent ial equat ion
M (x, y) dx + N (x, y) dy = 0
(D 2 – m 2) y = 0 is
t o be exact is
(a) y = (C1 + C2x )emx
M N (b) y = C1 sin x + C2 cos x
(a) M = N (b)
x y (c) y = C1 cosh x + C2 sinh x
2 2
M N M N
(c) (d) (d) none of t hese
y x x 2 y2
10. The differ ent ial equat ion 1
17. ex is equal t o
y + (s sin x) y + y = cos x is
3 5 3 (D)(D a)n
(a) homogeneous
x n eax x n eax
(b) nonlinear (a) (b)
(a) n ! (a)
(c) second or der linear
(d) non-homogeneous wit h const ant coefficient s x n eax x n eax
(c) , (a) 0 (d) , (a) 0
(a) n ! ( a)
1.10 Engineering Mathematics
1 d 2 y dy
18. I f V be any function of x , t hen x V is equal t o 24. Par t icular int egr al of = x 2 + 2x + 4 is
f (D) dx 2 dx
f (D) f (D) x2 x3
(a) x f (D). V (b) x f (D). V (a) 4x (b) 4x
f (D) f (D) 3 3
f (D) 1 f (D) 1 x3 x3
(c) x . V (d) x .V (c) 4 (d) 4 x2
f (D) f (D) f (D) f (D) 3 3
19. I f y = 1 + cos x and y = 1 + sin x solut ions of t he N umerical Type quest ions
d2 y 1. The value of y as t for an init ial value of
differ ential equation + y = 1, then its solution y (1) = 0, for t he differ ent ial equat ion
dx 2
will be also
(a) y = 2(1 + cos x ) (b) y = 2 + cos x + sin x e4t 2 1j dydt 8 yt – t = 0 is
(c) y = cos x – sin x (d) y = 1 + cos x + sin x
2. The number of boundar y condit ions r equir ed t o
20. Solut ion of t he differ ent ial equat ion sol v e t h e f ol l ow i n g di f f er en t i al equ at i on
d 2 y dy 2 2
– 2y = 3e2x, + = 0 is/ar e
dx 2 dx x2 y2
wher e y (0) = 0 and y (0) = – 2 is
NUMERICAL METHODS
(a) y = e– x – e2x + xe2x (b) y = ex – e– 2x – xe2x
M CQ Type questions
x x 2x 1. The or der of er r or i s t he Si mpson’s r ul e for
(c) y = e– x + e2x + e2x (d) y = ex – e– 2x – e
2 2 numer ical int egr at ion wit h a st ep size h is
21. The gener al solut ion of t he differ ent ial equat ion (a) h (b) h 2
3
d2 y (c) h (d) h 4
+ n 2y = 0 is 2. Four ar bi t r ar y poi nt s (x 1, y 1), (x 2, y 2), (x 3, y 3),
dx 2
(x 4, y 4) ar e gi ven i n t he x , y -pl ane. U si ng t he
(a) c1 cos nx c2 sin nx met hod of l east squar es, i f r egr essi ng y upon
x gi ves t he fi t t ed l i ne y = ax + b; and r egr essing
(b) c1 cos nx + c2 sin nx x upon y gi ves t he fit t ed li ne x = cy + d, then
(c) c1 cos2 nx + c2 sin 2 nx (a) t wo fit t ed lines must coincide
(d) c1 cos3 nx + c2 sin 3 nx (b) t wo fit t ed lines need not coincide
22. T h e par t i cul ar i n t egr al f or t h e di f f er en t i al (c) it is possible t hat ac = 0
2
d y dy (d) a must be 1/c
equat ion 2
5 + 6y = e3x is
dx dx 3. The accur acy of Simpson’s r ule quadr at ur e for a
st ep size h is
(a) xe– x (b) x2e– x
(a) O(h2) (b) O(h3)
(c) (x – 1)e3x (d) (x – 2)e4x
(c) O(h4) (d) O(h5)
2
d y 4. The N ewt on's-Raphson i t er at i ve for mul a for
23. Solut ion of t he differ ent ial equat ion = x is
dx 2 finding f(x) = x 2 – 1, is
xi2 1 xi2 1
x3 x3 (a) x i + 1 = (b) x i + 1 =
(a) y = + c1x 2 + c2 (b) y = + c1x + c2 2 xi 2 xi
6 6
x2 x2 2 xi2 1 2 xi
(c) y = + c1x + c2 (d) y = – + c1x + c2 (c) x i + 1 = (d) x i + 1 =
6 6 2 xi 2 xi2 1
Engineering Mathematics 1.11
5. The conver gence of which of the following method 8. U si n g B i sect i on m et h od, t h e n egat i v e of
is sensit ive t o st ar t ing value? x 3 – x + 11 = 0 is
(a) False posit ion 9. A r eal r oot of equ at i on x 3 + x 2 – 1 = 0 by
(b) Gauss seidal met hod it er at ion (met hod of successive appr oximation)
met hod is
(c) Newt on-Raphson met hod
10. A r eal r oot of equation cos x = 3x – 1 cor r ect t o seven
(d) All of t hese
deci m al pl aces by t h e m et h od of su ccessi v e
6. Newt on-Raphson method of solution of numer ical appr oximat ion is
equat ion is not pr efer r ed when
11. A r eal r oot of t he equat ion x 3 – 2x – 5 = 0 by t he
(a) gr aph of A(B) is ver t ical met hod of false posit ion cor r ect t o t hr ee decimal
(b) gr aph of x (y ) is not par allel places is
(c) gr aph of f (x ) i s near l y hor i zont al wher e i t 12. U si n g B i sect i on m et h od, t h e n egat i ve r oot
cr osses t he x -axis. of x 3 – 4x + 9 = 0 cor r ect t o t hr ee decimal places
(d) none of t hese is
7. I n which of t he following met hods, pr oper choice 13. A r eal root of the equation x – cos x = 0 by the
of init ial value is ver y impor t ant ? method of false position cor r ect to four decimal
(a) Bisect ion met hod (b) False posit ion places is
(c) Newton-Raphson (d) Bair st o met hod 14. Fr om cer t ain exper iment following data has been
obt ained:
8. N ewt on-Raphson met hod i s appl i cabl e t o t he
solut ion of x 1 3 4
(a) bot h algebr aic and t r ans-cendent al equat ions y 4 12 19
(b) bot h algebr aic and t r ans-cendent al and also Using L angr ange's inver se for mula, t he value of
used when t he r oot s ar e complex x for which y = 7, will be
(c) algebr aic equat ions only 15. The double (r epeated) r oot of 4x 3 – 8x2 – 3x + 9 = 0
(d) t r anscendent al equat ions only by Newt on-r aphson met hod will be
N umerical Type quest ions 16. Using t r apezoidal r ule, and t he table given below,
1. Solving x 2 – 2 = 0 by Newt on Raphson t echnique,
z
5.2
when i ni t i al guess x 0 = 1.0, t hen subsequent ln x dx will be
est imat e of x (i.e. x 1) will be 4
2. Following ar e t he values of a funct ion
x: 4 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5 5.2
y(x) : y(– 1) = 5, y(0), y(1) = 8
I n x: 1.39 1.44 1.48 1.53 1.57 1.61 1.65
dy
at x = 0 as per Newt on’s cent r al differ ence 17. Using t r apezoidal r ule, t aking 10 equal int er val
dx
scheme is sin x dx will be
3. The r oot of x 3 – 2x – 5 = 0 cor r ect t o t hr ee decimal 0
places by using Newton-Raphson method is 18. The L agr ange inter polating polynomial of degr ee
4. Using Newton-Raphson method, a r oot cor r ect to 2 approximating the function y = ln x defined by the
thr ee decimal places of the equation ex = 1 + 2x following table of values. The value of ln 2.7 will be
is
x 2 2.5 3.0
5. Using Newton-Raphson method, a r oot correct to y = ln x 0.69315 0.91629 1.09861
three decimal places of the equation x 3 – 3x – 5 = 0
is 19. I f y 1 = 4, y 3 = 12, y 4 = 19 and y x = 7, t hen x wi l l
be
6. Using Newt on-Raphson met hod, a r oot cor r ect
t o t hr ee deci mal pl aces of t he equat i on si n 20. The funct ion y = sin x is t abulat ed below
x = 1 – x is x 0 /4 /2
7. A r oot of the equation x3 – x – 11 = 0 correct to four y = sin x 0 0.70711 1.0
decimals using bisection method, is
Using Lagrange’s inter polation for mula, the value
of sin (/6) will be
1.12 Engineering Mathematics
TRANSFORMTHEORY 5. The four ier tr ansfor m of a Gaussian time pulse is
(a) unifor m (b) a pair of impulse
M CQ Type questions
(c) gaussian (d) r ayleigh
1. The four i er t r ansfor m of t he funct i on sgn( t )
defined in t he figur e is 6. The r esponse of a syst em is h (t ) when t he input
is x (t ). The out put y (t ) will be [H (f ) is t he four ier
sgn(t )
+1 t r ansfor m of h (t )]
0 (a) h (t )x(t ) (b) [ h (t )] x (t )
t (c) h (t ) * x (t ) (d) h (t )
sgn(t )
1 7. Which one of t he following is t he cor r ect four ier
t r ansfor m of t he unit st ep signal
1 1 u (t ) = 1 for t > 0
(a) (b) –
j j = 0 for t 0
1
2 2 (a) () (b)
(c) (d) – j
j j
1
2. Which one of the following is the four ier tr ansfor m (c) + () (d) – 2()
j
of t he signal given i n figur e (b), if t he four i er
8. The four ier tr ansfor m of
t r ansfor m of t he signal in figur e (a) is given by
v (t ) = cos 0t is given by
2sin T1
1
(a) v (t ) = (f – f 0)
2
f(t ) f(t ) 1
1.0 1.0 (b) v (t ) = (f + f 0)
2
1
– T1 0 T1 t 0 2T 1 t (c) v (t ) = [ (f – f 0) + (f + f 0)]
2
Fig. (a) Fig. (b)
1
(d) v (t ) = [ (f – f 0) – (f + f 0)]
2sin T1 j T1 2sin T1 j T1 2
(a) e (b) e
9. I f g(t ) G(f ) r epr esent s a four ier t r ansfor m pair
t hen accor ding t o t he dualit y pr oper t y of four ier
sin T1 j T1 si n T1 j T1 t r ansfor m.
(c) e (d) e
(a) G(t ) g(f ) (b) G(t ) g* (f )
3. Four ier t r ansfor m of an ar bit r ar y signal has t he (c) G(t ) g(– f ) (d) G(t ) g* (– f )
pr oper t y. 10. I f F(f ) be t he four ier t r ansfor m of a funct ion f (t ),
(a) F(j ) = F(– j ) (b) F(j ) = – F(– j ) t hen F(0) is
(c) F(j ) = F * (– j ) (d) F(j ) = – F * (– j )
2
4. The t wo input s t o an analog mult iplier ar e x (t ) (a) f t dt (b) f t dt
and y (t ) wit h four i er t r ansfor ms X(f ) and Y(t )
r espect ively. The output z(t ) will have a tr ansfor m
2 2
Z(f ) given by
(c) tf t dt (d) tf t
dt
(a) X(f ). Y(f ) 11. The four ier t r ansfor m of x (f ) is t he per iodic delt a
(b) X(F) + Y(f ) function
1
(c) x y f d
x (t ) = t k T is
2 k
k
(a) T f k T (b) T f
T
k k
(d) x y f d
1
k 1
(c)
T
f T
k
(d)
T
f kT
k
Engineering Mathematics 1.13
12. z-t r ansfor m of x (n ) = u (n ) and ROC is
b z 1
(c) X z 2 ; b z
1 b 1 z b z b– 1 b
(a) X(z) =
1 z1
| z| < 1
(d) none of t hese
z– 1
(b) X z z 1 17. For t he z-t r ansfor m
1 z1
X(z) = 4z2 + 2 + 3z– 1; 0 < | z| < x (n ) is
1
(c) X z z 1 (a) x (n ) = 4 [ n – 2] + 2 [ n ] + 3 [ n + 1]
1 z1
(b) x (n ) = 4 [ n + 2] + 2+ 3 [ n – 1]
z (c) x (n ) = 4 [ n + 2] + 2 [ n ] + 3 [ n – 1]
(d) X z z 1
1 z (d) none of t hese
13. I f x (n ) = – a u (– n – 1), t hen z-t r ansfor m and it s
n
18. I f X ( z) = l og (1 + az – 1), fi nd X ( n ) i f ROC i s
ROC is | z| > a .
z a
n
(a) X z z a (a) x n u n 1
z a n
1 n
(b) X z z a a
1 az 1 (b) x n u n 1
n
1
(c) X z z a
a
n
1 a 1 z (c) x n u n 1
n
z
(d) X z z a n
z a a
(d) x n u n 1
n
1
14. I f X z t hen t wo discr et e t ime signals
1 az– 1 19. An LTI syst em is st able if and only if ROC of it s
syst em funct ion H (z)
ar e
(a) inside t he unit cir cle| z| = 1
(a) x (n ) = an u (n ) and x (n ) = an u (– n )
(b) includes t he unit cir cle| z| = 1
(b) x (n ) = an u (n ) and x (n ) = an u (– n – 1)
(c) out side t he unit cir cle| z| = 1
(c) x (n ) = an u (n ) and x (n ) = – an u (– n – 1)
(d) none of t hese
(d) none of t hese
20. I f x (n ) = {1, 2, 5, 7, 0, 1}, t hen ROC of X (z) is
1 n
1 n ent ir e z-plane except
15. I f x(n) 7 u n 6 u(n) , t hen ROC for (a) z = 0
3 2
(b) z =
t he discr et e t ime signal is
(c) z = 0 and z =
1 1 (d) none of t hese
(a) z (b) z
3 2 21. z-transform and ROC of x(n ) = [3(2)n – 4 (3)n] u (n ) is
1 1 3 4
(c) z (d) z (a) X z 1
; z 2
2 3 1 2z 1 3z1
16. I f x (n ) = b| n| , b>0, then z-tr ansfor m and its ROC is 3 4
(b) X z ; z 3
1 2z1 1 3z1
b2 1 z 1
(a) X z ; b z 3 4
b z b z b– 1 b
(c) X z
1 2z1
1 3z1
; z 2
b2 1 1 3 4
z b z (d) X z ; z 3
(b) X z ; 1 2z 1
1 3z1
b
z b z b– 1 b
1.14 Engineering Mathematics
22. I f x (n ) = cos 0nu (n ), t hen X (z) and it s ROC is 26. I nver se z-t r ansfor m of 1 is
(a) (n + 1) (b) (n)
1 1 1
(a) X z j 0 1
j 0 1
; z 1 (c) (n – 1) (d) u (n)
2 1 e z 1 e z
27. z-t r ansfor m of y (n ) = n [ u (n )] is
1 1 1
(b) X z j 0 1
j 0 1 ;
z 1 z z1
2 1 e z 1 e z (a) 2 (b)
1 z 1
1 z 2
1 1 1
(c) X z j 0 1
j 0 1
; z 1
2 1 e z 1 e z z z1
(c) (d)
1 2
(d) None of t hese 1 z 2 1 z
23. I f x (n ) = u (– n ), t hen X(z) and ROC is
28. The r egion of conver gence of X(z) consist s of a
1 1 r ing in t he z-plane cent er ed about
(a) z 1 (b) z 1
1 z1 1 z (a) or igin (b) pole
(c) (d) cur ve
z 1
(c) z 1 (d) z 1 29. I f x (n ) is anticausal (i .e. if it is left sided and equal
1 z 1 z
t o 0 for for n > 0), t hen ROC also includes as
n (a) z = 0 (b) z =
1
24. I f x (n ) = n u (n ), t hen X (z) and it s ROC is
3 (c) z = – (d) z = 1 (pole)
30. For z-t r ansfor m
1 1
z 1
(a) X z 3 5 1
z z
3
1 2 3 6 1
1 z X ( z)
1 1 1 1
, z
3
1 z 1 z
1 1 4 3
z
3 1
(b) X z z
2
3 1
1 1 if one pole is z = , t hen ot her pole is
1 3 z 3
1 1
(c) X z
z1 1 (a) z = (b) z =
2
z 3 4
1 1 3
1 3 z 1
(c) z = (d) z = 0
4
(d) None of t hese
31. What is t he value of z{cos (0n ) u (n)}
25. What should be t he ROC of H (z) and h (n ) t he when ROC | z| > 0?
syst em is ant i-casual if
1 z1 cos 0 1 z1 cos 0
(a) (b)
1
n
1 1 2 z1 cos 0 z2 1 z1 z2
(a) h (n ) = u (n ) – 2(3)n (– n – 1) < | z| < 3
2 2
1 z1
(c) (d) None of t hese
1 n 1 1 2 z1 cos 0
n
(b) h n u n 2 3 u n 1 | z| <
2 2 32. z-t r ansfor m of (n – k ) is
(a) z– k (b) zk
n
1 1
(c) h (n ) = u (n ) + 2(3)n u (n ) | z| > 3
2 (b) z k (d) z– k +1
(d) None of t hese
Engineering Mathematics 1.15
33. z-t r ansfor m of x (n ) = [4(2n) – 5(3n)] u (n ) is 38. The value of
4 5 4 5 3 1
(a) 1
1 (b) 1
1z
1 2z 1 3z 1 3z 1 3 z1 lim X(z) lim 2 is equal t o
x z 1 1 1 1
5 4 6 4 1 z 1 z
(c) (d) 3 2
1 2z 1
1 3z 1 1 2z 1 3z1
(a) 0 (b) 2
34. I nver se of z-t r ansfor m of Az is (c) – 1 (d) 1
z A 2 39. I f z-tr ansfor m, X(z) of x (n ) is r ational and if x (n ) is
r i ght hand si ded, t hen ROC i s r egi on of t he
(a) n A n u (n – 1)
z-plane out side out er most pole, i .e out si de t he
(b) n A n u (n + 1) cir cle of r adius equal t o t he lar gest magnit ude of
(c) (n – 1) A(n – 1) u(n) t he poles of
(d) n A n u (n ) (a) X(n) (b) x(n)
35. A LTI syst em is st able if and only if ROC of it s (c) z = 0 (d) X(z)
syst em funct ion H (z) includes t he unit cir cle, i .e. 40. z-tr ansfor m of a discr ete-t ime signal is defined as
(a) | z| > 0 (b) | z| 1
1 (a) X(z) = x n z n
(c) | z| = 1 (d) z 1
n
z k
0
36. The inver se z-t r ansfor m of
(b) X(z) = x n z n
n
z is
X z
1 1
z 2 z 4 (c) X(z) = x n z n
n 0
1
1 n 1 n
(a) 4 u n (d) X(z) = x n z n
2
4 n 0
z z
41. I f x n X z x n k z – k X z , t hen
1 n n
1
(b) 4 u n 1 ROC of z– k X(z) is same as t hat of X(z) except for
2 4 z = 0 if K > 0 and z = if
(a) k = 0 (b) k 0
1 n 1 n (c) k < 0 (d) k 0
(c) u n 1
2 4
42. Unit impulse signal d(n ) z-t r ansfor m of
z
1 n 1 n n n zn is equal t o
(d) 4 n
2 4
(a) 1 (b) 0
n (c) (d) 1
37. I f | | < 1, t hen value of n is 43. For an LTI syst em wi t h i nput x (n ) and uni t
n 0
impulse r esponse h (x ) specified as x (n ) = 2n u (– n )
and
1 1
(a) (b)
1 1 2 0
h (n ) = u (n ), t he value of 2k will be
1 1 h
(c) (d)
1 (a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
1.16 Engineering Mathematics
44. A causal LTI system with r ational system function (c) h (n ) = u (n )
H (z) is st able if and only if all t he poles of H (z) lie (d) None of t hese
i nsi de t he uni t ci r cl e i .e. t hey must al l have
46. Consider discr et e t ime singal x (n ) defined by
magnitude
(a) gr eat er t han 1 1, 2 n 2
x n
(b) smaller t han 1 0, n 2
(c) gr eater t han equal t o 1
t hen y (n ) = x (3n – 2) is equal t o
(d) equal t o zer o
45. A st able and casual syst em is descr ibed by t he 1, n 0,1
(a) x n
differ ence equat ion 1, otherwise
1 1 5
yn y n 1 y n 2 2 x n x x 1 1, n 1
4 8 4 (b) x n
1, n = – 1
The syst em impulse r esponse is
n n 1, n 0,1
(a) h n 1 u n 3 1 u n (c) x n
4 2 0, ot her wise
n (d) None of t hese
1
(b) h n u n 3u n
4
AN SWER KEY
LINEAR ALGEBRA
M CQ Type Quest ions
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (b,d) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (a) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (c,d) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (b)
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (a) 34. (a)
N umerical Type Quest ions
1
1. 3 2. 4 3. 3 4. 1 5. 2 6. 8 7. 8.1 9. 7 10. 4
4
11. 2 12. 12 13. 6
CALCULUS
M CQ Type Quest ions
1. (d) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (a)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (d) 25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (d) 29. (a) 30. (b)
31. (a) 32. (d) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (c) 36. (a) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (b) 42. (a) 43. (c) 44. (a) 45. (b) 46. (a) 47. (c) 48. (b) 49. (b) 50. (d)
51. (a)
N umerical Type Quest ions
1. (1) 2. (2) 3. (0) 4. (1) 5. (0) 6. (1) 7. (1/2)
8. (3/4) 9. (0) 10. (1) 11. (14) 12. (500) 13. (4) 14. (0)
15. (1/3) 16. (8) 17. (3) 18. 152 19. (2)
Engineering Mathematics 1.17
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
M CQ Type Quest ions
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (a)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (b)
N umerical Type Quest ions
1. (1/8) 2. (2)
NUMERICAL METHODS
M CQ Type Quest ions
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (a)
N umerical Type Quest ions
1. (1.5) 2. (1.5) 3. (2.0946) 4.(1.256) 5. (2.279) 6. (0.511) 7. (2.3736)
8. (– 2.3736) 9. (0.7548776) 10. (0.6071016)11. (2.0944) 12. (– 2.706) 13. (0.7391) 14.(1.857)
15. (1.5) 16. (1.8277) 17. (1.984) 18. (0.9941164) 19. (1.86) 20. (0.51743)
TRANSFORMTHEORY
M CQ Type Quest ions
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (a)
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (a)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (d) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (b)
31. (a) 32. (a) 33. (a) 34. (d) 35. (c) 36. (a) 37. (c) 38. (d) 39. (d) 40. (a)
41. (c) 42. (a) 43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (b) 46. (c)
EXPLAN ATI ON S
LINEAR ALGEBRA 6. Det er minant A = 1 (cos2 – sin 2)
H ence A is non-singular and A – 1 exist s.
M CQ Type Quest ions
7. Accor ding t o Rouche's t heor em, t he syst em is
1. Char act er ist ic equat ion is
consist ent if and only if coefficient mat r ix and
A I =0 augment ed mat r i x K ar e of t he same r ank ,
ot her wise t he syst em is inconsist ent .
LM3 1 1 OP 8. L et A be a r eal symmet r ic mat r ix, t her efor e
MN 11 3 1
1 3 PQ =0 AT = A
L et 1 and 2 be differ ent eigen values of t he
(3 – ) {(3 – )2 – 1} – 1 (3 – ) + 1} – 1 {(3 – ) +1} mat r ix A, and X 1 and X 2 be t he cor r esponding
=0 vect or s, t hen
{(3 – ) + 1} {(3 – ) (3 – – 1)} – 2} = 0 AX 1 = 1 X 1 and AX 2 = 2 X 2
= 1, 4, 4 Taking t r anspose of t he second equat ion
= 1, 4, 4 ar e eigen values. (AX2)T = (2 X 2)T
L0 2 3 OP LM 0 2 3 OP X 2T A T = 2 . X 2T
A = M2 MM 23 PP
4.
MM3 0 5 = –
PP 0 5 = – A. But A T = A,
N 5 0 Q N 5 0 Q X 2T A = 2 . X 2T
This is a skew-symmet r ic mat r ix.
1.18 Engineering Mathematics
Post mult iply by X 1, we get 12. AB
X T 2 AX 1 = 2 X 2T X 1
=
LMcos .cos cos( ) cos . sin .cos( ) OP
But AX 1 = 1 X1 Ncos sin .cos( ) sin . sin cos( ) Q
X T 2 1 X 1 = 2 X 2T X1 = A null mat r ix, when cos ( - ) = 0
(1 – 2) X 2T X 1 = 0 FG IJ .
Since 1 2 , 1 – 2 0
i.e. if ( – ) is an odd mult iple of
H 2K
15. E i gen val ues ar e gi ven by t h e sol u t i on of
X 2T X 1 = 0 equat ion,
i.e. X 2 and X 1 ar e or t hogonal.
9. Since mat r ix is t r iangular, hence eigen values 3– 4
=0
ar e , a, b. x 1–
I f (X 1, X 2, X 3) is an ar bit r ar y eigen vect or, say Since x is r eal and negat ive, put x = – k, wher e k
cor r esponding t o 1, t hen is posit ive const ant
LM1 0 0 OP LM X OP LM X
1 1 OP
(3 – ) (1 – ) + 4k = 0
2 – 4 + 3 + 4k = 0
MM0 a 0 P MM X PP = 1 MM XX
2 2 PP
bPQ
I f 1 and 2 be t he solut ions of above equat ion,
N0 0 NX Q N
3 3 Q t hen 1 and 2 ar e eigen values.
X 2, X 3 being not zer o, we have N ow, Sum of eigen values
X 1 = X 1 ; aX 2 = X 2 = Sum of r oot s of above equat ion
which gives a= 1
i.e. 1 + 2 =
b g = 4 (> 0)
– –4
and bX = X3 1
b= 1
16. For given syst em of equat ions,
(a, b) = (1, 1).
4 6 8
x a x b
10. = – 2 and =– 2 = 7 8 9 = 4(8 – 18) – 6(7 – 27) + 8(14 – 24)
y a1 y b1
3 2 1
Equat ions ar e consist ent only if
= – 40 + 120 – 80 = 0
a2 b
– = – 2 a1b2 = b1a2 Since = 0, hence given syst em of equat ions
a1 b1
has unique solut ion, i.e. only one solut ion.
L2 2 2 OP LM1 1 1 OP
L et mat r ics, A = M 1 17. Given mat r ix is 1 1 1 MM P
11.
MN 1 53 3
1 PQ N1 1 1QP
LM x OP LM00OP LMb1 g 1 1 O
MM 1 b1 – g 1 PPP
1
x
X = M P and B = Now = 0
Nx Q
2
3
MN0PQ 1
N 1 1 b1 gQ
AX = B R1 R 1 + R 2 + R 3
M ult iplying bot h sides by A – 1,
X = A– 1 B LMb3 g b3 g b3 gOP
But as B = 0; t her efor e X = 0 MM 1 b1 – g 1 PP = 0
N 1 1 b1 gQ
x1LM OP L0O
H ence x2
x3 MN PQ = MMN00PPQ 1 1 1
b g b
3 1 1– g 1 = 0
x 1 = 0, x 2 = 0, x 3 = 0.
1 1 b1 g
Engineering Mathematics 1.19
C2 C2 – C 1 This gives, x=y
C3 C3 – C 1
1 1 x
When = 2, =2
1 0 0
1 1 y
b g
3 1 1 =0
1 0 – x 2 x
hen = 2, .
H ence, eigen values ar e 0, 0, 3. y 2 y
T This gives, x = – y
5 –6 4 5 – 3 1
– 6 H ence, eigen vect or s cor r esponding t o 0 and 2
4 – 1
19. Adj R = – 3 4 – 3 =
1 – 1 1 4 – 3 1 x x 1 1
ar e and , or and
x x 1 1
Since, | R| = 1, t her efor e t op r ow [5 – 3 1]
20. Given equat ions ar e : 3 5
22. For mat r ix A=
x + 2y + z = 6 2 1
2x + y + 2z = 6
cofact or s ar e :
x+y+z=5
a11 = 1, a21 = – 5, a12 = – 2, a22 = – 3
Given syst em can be wr it t en as
LM1 2 1 OP LM xOP LM6OP 1 2
M at r ix by cofact or s = ,
5 3
MM2 1 2P . M yP = M6 P
N1 1 1PQ MN zPQ MN5PQ 1 5
Applying r ow oper ation Adjoint A =
2 3
R2 R2 – 2R1, R3 R3 – R1, we get
| A| = – 3 (1) – 5 (2)
LM1 2 1 x OP
6 LM OP LM OP = – 3 – 10 = – 13
MM0 3 0 . y = 6
P MM PP MM PP
0PQ
1 LM 5 OP
N0 1 N zQ N 1 Q A – 1 =
Adjoint A –
13
MM 13
PP
Applying R3 3R3 – R2, we get | A| 2 3
13 N 13 Q
LM1 2 1 x 6 OP LM OP LM OP
MM0 3 0 . y = 6 PP MM PP MM PP – 1 2
N0 0 0 z 3 Q N Q N Q 25. I nver se of 7A =
4 – 7
Since r ank of co-efficient mat r ix is 2 and r ank of
ar gument matr ix is 3, which is not equal. H ence –1 2
det | | = =7– 8=–1
syst em has no solut ion. 4 – 7
21. Eigen value ar e r oot s of t he equat ion
7 4
M at r ices of cofact or = ,
1 1 2 1
=0
1 1
7 2
i.e. (1 – )2 – 1 = 0 and it ’s t r anspose, AT =
2 – 2 = 0 4 1
= 0 or = 2
AT 7 2
I nver se = = 4 1
1 1 x | |
When = 0, =0
1 1 y
LM1 OP LM 2 OP
1 AT
x 0
A=
7 | |
MN
4 PQ MM 7
1 PP
y 0
7 N 7 Q
1.20 Engineering Mathematics
For 1 = 8,
LMs 1 0 OP 1
30. H er e [s I – A] – 1 =
N 0 s1 Q (2I – A) = LM26 26OP, LM11OP
N Q N Q 2
1 34. St at e of t he syst em at t ime t is,
0
X(t ) = [ sI – A] – 1 X(0) = (t )X(0)
Then, 2– 1 [sI – A] – 1 = 2– 1 s– 1
1
0
LMe 2 t
0 OP L2O = L2e 2 t OP
PQ MN3PQ MMN 3e
s– 1 =
MN 0 e t t
PQ
=
LMe t
0 OP LM2e2 OP L0.271O
MN 0 et PQ At t = 1, X(1) =
MN3e
1
PQ = MN1.100 PQ
3 2 2 N umerical Type Quest ions
31. | P – I | = 0 2 1 =0 1. Det er minant A = 0
0 0 1 4 2 3
1 0 0 = (– 1) 6 = – 6 0
= – 2, 3, 1 4 0 3
Putting = – 2, we get
H ence r ank of A = 3
5x – 2y + 2z = 0
2. Since t he number of non-zer o element s on t his
z=0
diagonal mat r ix is four, hence t he r ank is four.
5 3. Given mat r ix A possesses a minor of or der 3
2
So, 5x = 2y eigen vect or = 1 3 1 0 0 1
0 viz. 2 4 0 = 2 4 0
3 1 5 2 14 5
32. We know, AA – 1 = I
Replacing C1 and C2 by C1 – C3 and C2 – 3C3.
LM2 0.1 OP LM 12 a
OP L1
=M
2a 0.1b OP 2 4
= 2 14 expanding wit h r espect t o R1
N0 3 Q MN 0 bPQ N0 3b Q = 2(– 14) – (4) (– 2) = – 28 + 8 0
1 p(A) 3 ... (i )
3b = 1 b=
3 Also A does not possess any minor of or der 4,
or 2a – 0.1b = 0 i.e. 3 + 1
b 1 p(A) 3 ... (ii )
2a = a= Fr om equat ions (i ) and (ii ), we get
10 60
p(A) = 3 i.e. r ank of A is 3.
1 1 7
a+b= =
3 60 20 2 5k 6
5. A = k 2 2
33. Given mat r ix : A= LM62 62OP 2 k
N Q 2
We know | I – A| = 0 Equations ar e consistent , if r ank of A and t hat of
k ar e equal. But in t his case it is always t r ue.
6 2 H ence equat ions will have a t r ivial solut ion if
2 6 = 0
| A| 0 Ther efor e only non-t r ivial solut ion will
2 – I 2 + 32 = 0 exist if | A| = 0
= 4, 8 (eigen values)
2 5 k 6
For 1 = 4, k
i.e. 2 2 = 0
( I – A) = L2 2O, L1O 2 2 – k
2 2 1
1 MN PQ MN PQ 1
Engineering Mathematics 1.21
2 (– 2k + 4) + 5k ( – k 2 + 4) + 6 ( 2k – 4) = a1 a2 [ b1 b2 c1 c2 – b1b2 c1c2] = 0
– 5k 3 + 20k – 4k + 8 + 12k – 24 = 0
a1 a2 a1b2
5k 3 – 28k + 16 = 0 Cofact or = =0
b1 a2 b1 ab
5k 3 – 10k 2 + 10k 2 – 20k – 8k + 16 = 0
(5k 2 + 10k – 8) (k – 2) = 0 So r ank = 1
9. Sum of eigen values of given mat r ix
– 10 100 160
k= or 2 = Sum of element of diagonal of given mat r ix
2
=1+5+1=7
=– 1 13 / 5 or 2 10. For singular mat r ix,
6. Equivalent mat r ix equat ion is
8 x 0
LM12 1 2 OP LM xOP 4 0 2
=0
MN4 1
3
3
PQ MN yzPQ = 0 12 6 0
8[ 0 – 12] – x [ 0 – 2 12] = 0
I n or der that given system of equations may have
non-zer o solution, rank of A should be less than 3. – 96 + 24x = 0
This r equir es t hat x=4
LM12 1
1
2
3 =0
OP 1 2 1
MN4 3 PQ 11. Since, det A = 3 3 0
2 2 4
I nt er changing R1 and R2,
LM12 1
1
3
2 =0
OP and
= 12 – 24 + 12 = 0
M 11 = 12 0. H ence r ank is 2.
MN4 3 PQ 12. Equat ions ar e consist ent when
By (R2 – 2R1) and (R3 – 4R1),
2 3 –1
1 1 3 1 –1 – 4
1 1 =0
4 4 –1 – a
=0
0 1 – 12
2(a – 4) – 3 (– a +16) – 1 (– 1 + 4) = 0
LM 1 4 OP 5a – 8 – 48 – 3 = 0
N 1 Q
12 – 1 ( – 12) – (– 1) (4) = 0 5a = 59
=8 59
7. The system of homogeneous linear equations has a= 12
5
a non-tr ivial solut ion if
LM4d 1 1 1 OP LM 4 2OP
13. Given : M at r ix M =
N 2 4Q
MN 00 1
0
1 = 0
4d 1 PQ
LM 4 –2 4 –2 OP
1
M – I =
N Q
– (4d – 1)2 = 0 d=
4 LM101 O
LM OP
a1
For t he eigen vect or
N101PQ
(4 – ) (101) + 2 (101) = 0
8. L et A= MM PP
b1 ; B = a b c
2 2 2
4– +2=0
N Q
c1
= 6 (eigen value)
LMa a
1 2 a1b2 a1c2 OP
C= MMb a
1 2 b1b2 b1c2 PP
Nc a
1 2 c2b2 c1c2 Q
1.22 Engineering Mathematics
CALCULUS and f(a) = | a| = a
M CQ Type Quest ions lim x = a = f (a)
x a
n
lim x n e x = li m x
1. for m H ence lim x cont inuous for all values of x .
x x e x x a
By L ' H ospit al Rule Differ ent iat ing denominat or 5. L . lim f x = lim 2a 2 h – b = 4a – b
x 2 h 0
and numer at or n t imes, we get
2
xn n R. lim f x = lim a 2 h + b = 4a + b
h 0
li m x = lim x = 0 x 2
x e x e
The funct ion will be cont inuous if
2. L . lim x = lim 2 h = lim 1 = 1 L . lim f x = R. lim f x = f (2)
x2 h 0 h 0 x 2 x 2
4a – b = 2
R. lim x = lim 2 h = lim 2 = 2
x2 h 0 h0 4a + b = 2
L . lim x R. li m x 1
x2 h 2 Solving we get , a = , b=0
2
1 6. Given funct ion is, f (x ) = x – [ x ]
3. L . lim f x = lim f 0 h = lim h sin
x0 h 0 h 0 h L et a is a r eal number except int eger and h be a
ver y small r eal number, t hen
1 [ a – h ]= b (an int eger less t han t o a)
= lim h sin =0
h 0 h [ a + h ]= b (an int eger gr eat er t han t o a)
Also [a] = b
R. lim f x = lim f 0 h
x0 h 0
L . lim f x = lim
h 0
a h a h
x0
1
= lim h sin = 0
h 0 h = lim a h – b = a – b
h 0
Also f(0) = 0
Also f(a) = (a) – [ a] = a – b
Since L . lim f x = R. lim f x = f(0) = 0
x0 x0 L . lim f x = R. lim f x = f (a) = a – b
x a x a
H ence f (x ) is cont inuous at x = 0 f(x) = x – [ x ]
Now, L . lim g x = lim g 0 h is cont inuous all r eal except int eger s.
x 0 h 0
1
h = l i m h = 0 7. Since f (x ) = is not cont inuous in [– 3, 3] [– 2, 2]
= lhim
0 h0
x
or, [– 1, 1], hence t he point of discont inuit y is ‘0'.
R. lim g x = lim g 0 h Onl y in [2, 3] t he funct i on i s cont i nuous, and
x 0 h 0
di ffer ent i abl e. H ence mean val ue t heor em i s
= lhim0 h = lhim0 h = 0 applicable in [2, 3].
8. Given funct ion is
g(0) = | 0| = 0 f (x ) = 3x 4 – 4x 2 + 5
L. lim g x = R. lim g x = g(0) = 0 (i ) f (x ) is cont inuous in ever y r eal int er val
x 0 x 0
(ii ) f (x ) exist in any r eal int er val
H ence g(x ) is also cont inuous at x = 0
(iii ) f (– 1) = 3(– 1)4 – 4 (– 1)2 + 5 = 4
4. L et a R (r eal number s)
f (1) = 3(1)4 – 4 (1)2 + 5 = 4
L . lim f x = lhim0 a h = lim a h = a
xa h 0 f (– 1) = f(1)
R. lim f x = lhim0 a h = lim a h = a Also f (c) = 12c3 – 8c = 0
xa h 0
Engineering Mathematics 1.23
2 1
c = 0, c = ± 13. Given: f (x ) =
3 1 x2
c [– 1, 1] (1 + x 2) f (x) = 1; f (0) = 1
H ence all t he condit ion of Rol le's Theor em (1 + x 2) f (x) + 2x f (x ) = 0; f (0) = 0
ar e sat isfied in t he int er val [– 1, 1] (1 + x 2) f (x) + 4x f (x ) + 2f (x ) = 0; f (0) = – 2
9. Since f (x ) = | x | is cont inuous in [– 1, 1] but it is (1 + x 2) f (x) + 6x f (x ) + 6f (x ) = 0; f (0) = 0
not differ ent iable at x = 0 (– 1, 1) (1 + x2) f 1v(x) + 8x f (x) + 12 f (x) = 0; f 1v(0)= 24
10. Si nce f and F ar e t wo cont i nuous funct i on i n and so on
[a, b] such t hat
f (x ) = F(x) x2
f (x ) = f (0) + x f (0) + f (0) + ...
L et (x ) = f (x ) – F(x ) 2
(x ) = f (x ) – F (x )
=0 [fr om equat ion]
1 x2 x2 x4
= 1 + x. 0 + (– 2) + .0 + .24
1 x2 2 3 4
(x ) = constant
11. L et f (x ) = x1/x
x2 n
+ ... + (– 1)n . . 2n
1 log e x 2n
f (x ) = x1/ x 0
x2
= 1 – x 2 + x 4 +...+ (– 1)n . x 2n
f (x ) is decr easing if f (x ) < 0
= (1)n . x2 n for all r eal x .
i .e., x 1/ x 1 log x
0 n 0
x2
19. L et ABC be a t r iangle inscr ibed in t he cir cle wit h
1 – loge x < 0 loge x > 1 x>e cent r e O and r adius r .
12. L et f (x ) = cos x I f ar ea of t his t r iangle is maximum, t hen ver t ex
C should be at a maximum dist ance fr om the base
n AB i.e., CD must be per pendicular t o AB. H ence
f (x ) = cos x
2 ABC is an isosceles t r iangle.
f (0) = 0
f (0) = – 1
f (0) = 0
f (0) = 1
.............
.............
and so on
By M aclaur in's t heor em, we get
x2 x2
cos(x ) = f (0) + xf (0) + f (0) f (0)
2 3 I f BCD = ,
wher e D is t he mid-point of AB, t hen
x2 n 2 n x2n 1 2n 1 BOD =2
... f (0) f ( x)
2n 2n 1 AB = 2BD = 2r sin 2
CD = CO + OD = r + r cos 2
2 n 1
x2 1 n 1 x I f S be t he ar ea of t he t r iangle ABC, t hen
= 10 0 ... (1) sin x
2 4 2n 1
1 1
S= AB CD = 2r sin 2 (r + r cos 2)
x2 1 4
2 n 1 2 2
n 1 x
= 1 x +... (1) sin x
2 4 2n 1 ds 2
= r [sin 2 (– 2 sin 2] + (1 + cos 2)(2 cos 2)]
d
1.24 Engineering Mathematics
For maximum and minimum, Fr om equat ions (i ) and (ii ),
dS 2r + 4x = 8r + 2r
=0 4x = 8r x = 2r
d
cos 4 + cos 2 = 0 H ence side of a squar e is double t he r adius of
2 cos 3 cos = 0 ci r cle.
H ence eit her cos 3 = 0, or cos = 0 21. Since st at ements (a), (b), (c) ar e all cor r ect, hence
t he st at ement (d) is false.
I f cos = 0, t hen = 23. f (x ) = x 4 – 8x 3 + 22x 2 – 24x + 1
2
f (0) = 1
I f cos 3 = 0, t hen 3 = f (2) = 24 – 8.23 + 22.22 – 24.2 + 1 = – 7
2
Now f (x ) = 4x 3 – 24x 2 + 44x – 24
For maximum and minimum,
=
6 f (x ) = 0
d 2S 4x 3 – 24x 2 + 44x – 24 = 0
2 is negat ive. 4(x – 1)(x – 2)(x – 3) = 0
d / 6
x = 1, 2, 3
1 Since x = 3 does not lie in [0, 2]
H ence S is maximum for =
6 H ence, consider only x = 1 and x = 2.
We have
ACB = 2 = 2
6 3 f (1) =14 – 8.13 + 22.12 – 24.1 + 1 = – 8
= ABC = BAC Gr eat est of f (x ) = lar gest of {1, – 7, – 8} = 1
H ence ABC is an equalat er al t r iangle. L east of f (x ) = smallest of {1, – 7, – 8} = – 8
20. L et r adius of cir cle is r and side of a sqaur e is x. 24. f (x ) = x 5 – 5x 4 + 5x 3 – 1
Per imet er = 2r + 4x = l ...(i ) f (x ) = 5x 4 – 20x 3 + 15x 2
L et ar ea be A f (x ) = 20x 3 – 60x 2 + 30x
A = r 2 + x 2
f (x ) = 60x 2 – 120x + 30
2
l 2r For maximum and minimum
= r 2 + [fr om equat ion (i )]
4 f (x ) = 0
x 4 – 4x 3 + 3x 2 = 0
dA 2
= 2r + (1 – 2r ). (– 2) x 2(x – 1)(x – 3) = 0
dr 16
x = 0, 1, 3
d2A 2 f (0) = 0
and = 2 +
dr 2 2
f (0) = 30 0
For maximum and minimum, f (x ) is neit her maximum nor minimum at x = 0
dA f (1) = 20 – 60 + 30
=0
dr = – 10 < 0
f (x ) is maximum at x = 1
2r – (l – 2r ) = 0 f (3) = 540 – 540 + 90
4
l = 8r + 2r ...(ii ) = 90 > 0
f (x ) is maximum at x = 3
d2A
> 0, hence ar ea is least H ence t here is one maximum and one minimum
dr 2 for f (x).
Engineering Mathematics 1.25
25. Given funct ion is For even funct ion,
z
a
log x a 2 2
f (x ) =
x bg
f x dx = 2 f x dx 2
1
x 2
1
dx 2 – 1 =
x 0
a 0 0
1
x. log x.1 1 log x
z
2
x 1
f (x ) = = 2
=
x2 x2 –2
x
33. Given : f (x ) =A x 2 + B x + C
1
2
and f (x ) =
x . (1 log x).2 x
x
f (x ) = 2 A x + B and
bg bg
f b – f a
= f ()
x4 b– a
2 log x 3
2A + B =
Ab 2
B b C – A a2 B a C
= 3
x b a
For maximum and minimum of f (x ),
A b2 – a 2 B b – a
f (x ) = 0 1 – log x = 0 x=e = = A (b + a) +B
b a
23 1
f (e) = = <0 b a
e3
e3 =
2
H ence f (x ) is maximum at x = e
e j F I F I F I
M aximum value, f (e) =
log e 1
34. cur l f V = i
x
fV j
y GH JK
fV k
z
fV GH JK GH JK
e e
L V f OP
29. zb
5
0
g
2 sin x dx = 2 x cos x0
5
= i MM f
MN x x P
V + t wo similar t er ms
PQ
= 10 – 1 – 1 = 10 – 2 > 0
31. f (x ) = 3x (x – 2) = 3x 2 – 6x L V O
= i Mf
V P
Differ ent iat ing, we get
MM x j V + k z PP
df x bg N Q
= f (x ) = 6x – 6
dx L f j f k f OP V
Mi
Again differ entiating, N x y x Q
d2f x bg
= f (x ) = 6 > 0
= f cur l V + (gr ad f ) V
dx 35. (a1, b1, c1) and (a2, b2, c2) ar e or t hogonal, only if
For maxima or minima, a1a2 + b1 b2 + c1c2 = 0
f (x ) = 0 Only C fit s, i.e. [1, 0, 2] [0, 5, 0] = 0 + 0 + 0 = 0
6x – 6 = 0, 36. f (x ) = 3(x 2 – 4x + 3), f (x ) = 6x – 12
x =1 At x = 1; f (1) = – ve; and, at x = 3, f (3) = + ve
As f (x ) = 6 > 0, f (x ) is minimum at x = 1 37. Given T = x 3 + 4xy
z z
2 2 T
dx 1 = 3x 2 + 4y
32. = dx x
x2 x2
2 2
FG T IJ FG T IJ
1
f (x ) = 2 = even funct ion
H y K b1, 0 g
= 3,
H y K b
1, 0 g
=4
x
Hence direction of fastest variation in temperature
at (1, 0) is given by 3i 4 j or 0.6i 0.8 j
1.26 Engineering Mathematics
z
x2
t dt 43. P = 0.866i + 0.500j +0k , Q = 0.259i + 0.966j
38. (x) =
0 +0k
x2
2 3/ 2 2 3 P Q = P Q cos
= t x
3 0 3
= (0.866i + 0.5j + 0k ) (0.259i + 0.966j + 0k )
d 2
= 3x2 2 x 2 = ( 0 .866 ) 2 (0 .5 ) 2 (0 .259 ) 2 ( 0 .966 ) 2 cos
dx 3
e j
39. Given: v = 2 xy i 2 y 2 – x2 j 0.866 0.259 0.5 0.966
cos = = 0.707
0.9999 1.001
i j k
= 45
Cur l v =
x k z
zzz
2 /3 1
2 xy 2 y2 – x2 0 44. V = r 2 sin dr d d
0 0 0
= i (0) – j (0) + k
2 /3 1
r3
LM e2 y 2
– x2 j –
b gOPQ
2 xy = sin d d
3 0
N x y 0 0
= (– 2x – 2x ) k
zz
2 /3
1
= – 4xk. = sin d d
0 0
3
40. div. r = . r
z
2
1
F j kIJ e xi yj zkj
= G i
=
3
[ cos ] 0
/3
d
H x y z K 0
= 1+1+1=3
z
2
1 1 1
41. f (x ) = | x | , and f (x ) = x for x > 0 = d = 2 = .
3 2 6 3
0
f (x )
250
=– x 45. Given: y = x2 +
= x
x f (x )
dy 250
= 2x – ,
dx x2
f(x) = – x for x < 0
dy 2 250 2
H ence fr om gr aph it is clear t hat der ivat ive does and = 2+
not exist for x = 0. dx 2 x3
x3 When x = 5,
dy
= 10 – 10 = 0
42. f (x ) = x dx
3
f (x ) = x 2 – 1 d2 y
For maximum and minimum value, f (x ) = 0 and is posit ive
dx 2
x2 – 1 = 0
Ther efor e funct ion is minimum at x = 5.
x = ±1
46. Given, y 2 = 8x and P (x, y ) is any point
Again f "(x ) = 2x
Volume of t he element
At x = 1, f "(x ) = 2 > 0
x = 1, f "(x ) = – 2 < 0
H ence minimum at x = 1
Engineering Mathematics 1.27
z LM 1 e x j OPQ
4 y4 a
Requir ed volume = 2 4 dy a
51. lim x – 4 dx = lim – –3
0 64
a
1
a N 3 1
4
y5 45 128 1 –3
= 2 4y 320 = 2 16 = li m – a – 1
y= 0 320 5 a 3
d 1 1
47. = log x . x – x . dx log x dx = – 0 1
log x . dx 3 3
N umerical Type Quest ions
= x log x – 1 . dx = x log x – x = x (log x – 1)
x 2 x3
1 f 1 f
1 x ... 1
48. = 2 2, x
e 1 2 3
2 x 2 y 1. lim = l im
x 0 x x 0 x
f f f
= 4 and =– 3 x x2
x y y lim 1 ... = 1
= x 0
2 3
f
= 3. By L ' H ospit al's Rule
y
ex 1 0 ex
f f lim for m = lim 1
H ence = 1 and =3 x0 x 0 x 0 1
x y
Der ivat ive in t he dir ect ion – i – 2j 1 x 1 x
4. lim
x 0 x
1 2 –7
= (1) 3 =
5 5 5 1 x 1 x 1 x 1 x
= lim
49. Given : 2y = x2 x 0 x 1 x 1 x
x2 1 x 1 x
y= = lim
2 x 0 x( 1 x 1 x )
and y= x+4
x 2 – 2x – 8 = 0 2x
= lim
x0 x( 1 x 1 x )
B(4,4) 2 2
– 4 = = =1
=y 1 0 10 11
Ax
x2 = 2y
(– 2,2)
1
O x n log n
5. L et A = lim e
Given cur ve and t he line int er sect at A(– 2, 2) n 0
and B (4, 8)
1
loge A= lim ·
4
4
x 2 n 0 n log n
Ar ea = ( y1 y2 ) dx ( x 4) dx
2 2
2
1n
loge A = lim for m
4 n 0 log n
x2 x3
= 4x 2
2 6 1 n 1
= lim = li m
2
n 0 1n n 0 n
32 4
= 8 16 2 8 = 18 loge A = –
3 3
1.28 Engineering Mathematics
= e– = 0
1
10. L et f (x ) = (sin x – cos x )
1 1 2
6. lim x sin = L et =n
x x x
So, x n 0
= sin x cos – cos x sin = sin x
4 4 4
sin n
lim =1 Si n ce m axi m u m val u e of si n i s 1, h en ce
n 0 n
maximum value of f (x ) = 1
1 2 1 11. L et f (x ) = – x 3 + 6x 2 + 2x + 1
7. lim 2 2 2 ...
n
n n n n Slope of t he funct ion is,
f (x ) = – 3x 2 + 12x + 2 = F(x ) (say)
1 2 3 ... n n n 1 / 2
= lim = nlim Now t o find minimum or maximum of F(x ).
n n2 n2
F (x ) = – 6x + 12
1 1 1 1 and F (x ) = – 6
= nlim 1 = 1 0 =
2 n 2 2 For maxima and minima
8. Given funct ion is F (x ) = 0
f (x ) = x (x – 2) = x 2 – 2x x =2
3 F (2) = – 6 < 0
f ( x ) i s con t i n u ou s f u n ct i on i n 0, 2 an d H ence F(x ) (slope) is maximum at x = 2
Maximum slope = F(2) = – 3(2)2 + 12(2) + 2 = 14
3
differ entiable in 0, . Ther efor e, mean val ue 12. Volume is maximum at x = 10
2
300 100
3 At x = 10, y= =5
t hor em is applicable in 0, 40
2
M aximum volume = x 2y = (10)2 5 = 500
2
3 3 3 3 13. f (x , y ) = x 2 + y 2
f = – 2 =
2 2 2 4
f (0) = 0 2 f = . f
By L agr ange's mean value t heor em, t her e exist
2
= z i j i j x y
2
3
c 0, such t hat
2 x y x y
2 2
3 = (x 2) + (y 2) = 4
f f (0) x 2 y 2
2
f (c) =
3 14. f (x , y , z) = x 2 + y 2 + z2
0
2
f (x , y , z) = 2x i + 2y j + 2z k = (A ) say
3
0 1 1
2c – 2 = 4 or – N ow, B = i – k ;B = ( i k)
3 2 2
2
2
A .B = ( x z)
3 3 2
c = + 0,
4 2
2
9. Value of a mod funct ion cannot be less t han zer o, A .B = (1 1) = 0
t her efor e (1, 1, 1) 2
f (x ) = | x 2 – 5x + 2| is zer o.
Engineering Mathematics 1.29
15. Equat ion of t he st r aight line joining (1, 0) and
(0, 1) is
x + y = 1, y = 1 – x
19. zz /2 /2
0 0
sin (x +y ) dx .dy = [
/2
cos (x + y)]0 dy
(0, 1)
LM
= sin y – sin
FG yIJ OP /2
(x, y) N H 2 KQ 0
x+y=1 = (1 – 0) – (0 – 1) = 2
(0, 0) (1, 0)
z DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
1 x
Consider zz 2 x dx dy = z 2 x dx dy
M CQ Type Quest ions
0
dy1
= z 2x dx b yg = 2x dx (1 – x)
1 x
0
3. Given :
dt
=– 5y 2 +(4 – k ) y 2...(i )
= z (2 x 2 x ) dx
2 dy2
and = y 1 – 2y 2 ...(ii )
Since, li mi t s of t he int egr al ar e now bet ween dt
0 and 1 d
Put t ing = D, we have fr om equat ion (i ),
z dt
1
zz 2x dx dy = e2x – 2 x j dx 2
D y 1 + 5y 2 – (4 – K ) y 2 = 0
0
(D + 5)y 1 – (4 – K ) y 2 = 0 ...(iii )
Fr om equat ion (ii )
L 2 x3 OP 1
= Mx
2 2 1 D y 2 = y 1 – 2y 2
= 1
MN
3 PQ 0
3 3 (D + 2)y 2 – y 1 = 0 ...(iv )
y 1 = (D + 2) y 2
16. .f = i j k Put t ing in equat ion (iii ), we get
x y z
(D + 5) (D + 2)y 2 – (4 – K )y 2 = 0
= iyz3 + jxz3 + k 3xyz2 [D 2 + 7D + (6 + K )] y 2 = 0
= i 0 j 1 23 k 0 j 8 D 2 + 7D + 6K = 0
| f | = 8 7 49 4(6 K )
17. Given: = ax 2y – y 3 D=
22
2 For r eal value of D,
= ax 2 – 3y 2; and = – 6y 49 – 4 (6 + K ) 0 49 – 24 – 4K 0 4K 25
y y 2
25
2 K K 6.25
= 2 axy ; and = 2 ay 4
x x 2
d2x dx
2 2 4. 10 25 x = 0
2 dt
dt
Now =0
x 2 y 2 (D 2+10D+25) x = 0 (D+5)2 = 0
2ay – 6y = 0 D = – 5, – 5
a=3 H ence solout ion is (C1 + C2t ) e– 5t
18. = 2x 2 + 3y 2 + 5z2 5. Given differ ent ial equat ion is,
At point (1, 1, – 1), = i . 4x + j . 6y + k . 10 z
dx x
Given : x = 1, y = 1, z = – 1 = 10
dt 20
| | = b4g b6g b– 10g
2 2 2
= 152
dx
= 10 –
x 200 x
dt 20 20
1.30 Engineering Mathematics
I ntegr ating, 13. (D 4 – 81)y = 0
Auxiliar y equat ion is
z
100 t
dx
20 = dt m 4 – 81 = 0 (m + 3)(m – 3)(m + 3i )(m – 3i ) = 0
200 x 0 H ence Solut ion is
0
y = C1e3x + C2e– 3x + C3 cos 3x + C4 sin 3x
t = 20 ln
LM 1 OP 100
= 20 ln 1 1
N 200 x Q 0 15. P.I . = 2
D 2D
ex sin x = ex 2
(D 1) 2(D 1)
sin x
dy 1
6. L et = p, t her efor e x 1
dx = e 2
sin x = ex sin x
2
D 1 (– 1 ) 1
d 2 y dp dp dy dp 1 x
2
. p = e sin x
dx dx dy dx dy 2
dp 16. Auxiliar y equat ion of t he given equat ion is,
p2 + yp =0 D2 – m2 = 0
dy
D=±m
dp H ence C.F. is y = C1ex + C2e– x = C1 cosh x + C2
p = –y
dy sinh x
1 1 1
dp dy 17. ex = . eax
= – (D)(D a) n (a) (D a)n
p y
1 1
d2 y dy = x. eax ( f (a) = 0)
7. Given: sin x yex = sin h x (a) d
dx 2
dx (D a)n
dD
The above equation is second or der and non linear.
1 1
dy = x. eax
8. Given : + 5y = 0 (a) n (D a)n 1
dt
1 2 1
dy = x . eax
= – 5 dt (a) d
y n (D a) n 1
dD
I nt egr at ing, we get loge y = c – 5t ( f (a) = 0)
When t = 0, y = 1.
1 2 1
loge1 = c – 5 0 = x . eax
(a) n (n 1)(D a)n 2
c= 0
logey = – 5t 1 n 1
= x . eax
y = e– 5t (a) n (n 1)(n 2)...2.1
10. y indicat es t hat it is of second or der. Degr ee of 1 x n eax
y , y and y i s one. H ence gi ven di ffer ent i al = x.
( a) n!
equat ion is second or der linear equat ion.
19. y = 1 + cos x + sin x
11. For t he differ ent ial equat ion M dx + N dy = 0,
dy d2 y
M N = – sin x + cos x and = – cos x – sin x
t o be exact , = dx dx 2
y x
H ence for t he differ ent ial equat ion d2 y
y =1
dx 2
dy f g
f (x , y ) + g(x , y ) = 0 t o be exact
d2 y
dx x y Hence y = 1 + cos x + sin x is solution of, +y=1
dx 2
Engineering Mathematics 1.31
20. Auxiliar y equat ion is, N umerical Type Quest ions
m2 – m – 2 = 0
dy
m = – 1, 2 1. Given: (4t 2 + 1) + 8yt – t = 0
dt
CF = c1e– x + c2e2x
dy 8t t
1 y = 2 ...(i )
P.I . = 2
.3 . e2 x dt 4 t 2 1 4t 1
D D 2
= 3.
1
e2x I .F. = e z .8 t /( 4 t 2 1)
= (4t 2 + 1)
D2 D 2 H ence solut ion of equat ion (i ) is
= 3x
1
2D 1
1 2x
e2 x = 3 x .e xe
3
2x
y (4t 2 + 1) = z 2
(4 t 1)
t
. (4 t 2 1) dt C =
t2
2
C
y = c1e– x + c2e2x + xe2x
t2 C
dy y= 2
2
...(ii )
= – c1e– x + c2e2x + 2xe2x + e2x 2 (4 t 1) (4 t 1)
dx
y (0) = c1 + c2 = 0 (given) But y (1) = 0,
y (0) = – c2 + 2c2 + 1 = – 2 (given) 1 C
0=
c1 + c2 = 0 ...(i ) 10 5
c1 – 2c2 = 3 ...(ii )
1
Solving equat ions (i ) and (ii ), we get C= –
2
c1 = 1, c2 = – 1
Fr om equat ion (ii ), we have
H ence r equir ed solut ion is
y = e– x – e2x + xe2x t2 1
22. Given equat ion is, y= 2
2 (4 t 1) 2(4 t 2 1)
(D 2 – 5D + 6)y = e3x
y t = L t 1 1
1 1
P.I . = e3 x = e3 x t 2 (4 1 / t 2 ) 2 (4 t 2 1)
D 2 5D 6 (D 3)(D 2)
1 1 1
e3 x e3 x = 0
= 2 (4 0)
D 3 D 2
1 3x 1
3x =
= x. e e = (x – 1) e3x
8
32
24. Given differ ential equation is, D 2 + D = x 2 + 2x + 4
1 NUMERICAL METHODS
P.I . = (x 2 + 2x + 4)
D(D 1) M CQ Type Quest ions
2. y = ax + b ....(i)
1 x = cy + d
= (D 1) 1 (x 2 + 2x + 4)
D x – d = cy
1 1
= (1 D D 2 ) (x 2 + 2x + 4) y= xd
D c
Fr om equat ons (i ),
1 2 x3
= (x + 2x + 4 – 2x – 2 + 2) = + 4x
D 3 1
a= and b = – d
c
1.32 Engineering Mathematics
N umerical Type Quest ions TRANSFORMTHEORY
1. x2 – 2 = 0
M CQ Type Quest ions
x1 = x0 –
b g
f x0
=1+
1
= 1.5
1. We know t hat , sgn (t ) = 2u (t ) – 1 ...(i )
b g
f x0 2 L et , sgn (t ) = s(t )
f (x0) = 12 – 2 = – 1 ds t
f (x0) = 2x j S()
dt
f (x0) = 2x 0 = 2(1) = 2
Now differ ent iat e equat ion (i )
FG dy IJ y2 y1 bg b g
y 1 – y 1 8 5
2.
H dx K at x 0
=
x2 x1
=
b g
1 1
=
2
= 1.5 ds t
= 2(t ) – 0
dt
(x 2.5) (x 3.0) Four ier t r ansfor m of above equat ion is
18. L 0 (x ) = = 2x 2 – 11
1x + 15
( 0.5) ( 1.0)
ds t
Similar ly, F =2
dt
L 1 (x ) = – (4x 2 – 20x + 24)
L 2 (x ) = 2x 2 – 9x + 10 Ther efor e, 2 = j S()
L 2(x ) = (2x 2 – 11x + 15) (0.69315) 2
S() =
– (4x 2 – 20x + 24) (0.091629) j
+ (2x 2 – 9x + 10) (1.09861)
2. I f f (t ) F()
= – 0.08164x 2 + 0.81366x – 0.60761
t hen by f (t – b) e– j b F() t ime shifting pr oper t y
which is t he r equir ed quadr at ic polynomial.
Putting x = 2.7 in the above polynomial, we get 2sin T1 – jw T1
e
ln 2.7 L 2 (2.7)
= – 0.08164 (2.7)3 + 0.81366 (2.7) – 0.60761 4. F r equency Convol ut i on T heor em :
= 0.9941164 Multiplication of two signals in time domain is
equivalent of their convolution in frequency domain.
( 5) ( 12) (3) ( 12) (3) ( 5)
19. x= (1) + (3) + (4) i .e. x (t ). y (t ) X(f ) * 2 Y(f )
( 8) ( 15) (8) ( 7 ) (15) (7)
5. L et f (t ) denot e a funct ion of t i me and F(f ) it s
1 27 4 fourier transfor m. Then differentiating the fourier
= + – = 1.86 t r ansfor m F(f ) wit h r espect t o f , we get ,
2 14 7
FG 0IJ FG IJ – j 2tf(f)
d
F(f )
20. sin
H 6 K H 6 2K (0.70711)
1)
df
6
FG 0IJ FG IJ Similar ly differ ent iat ing f (t ) w.r.t . we get ,
H 4 K H 4 2K
d
f(t ) = – j 2f (f )
FG 0IJ FG IJ dt
+
H 6 K H 6 4K (1) d
FG 0IJ FG IJ t hen, F(f ) = – 2f F(f )
H 2 K H 2 4K df
This shows that the gaussian pulse and its fourier
8 1 t r ansfor m ar e t he same funct ion.
= (0.70711) –
9 9 6. Using convolut ion t heor em,
= 0.51743 y(t ) = h (t ) * x (t )
Engineering Mathematics 1.33
14. x(n) = – anu (– n – 1)
1
7. u (t ) = [1 + sgn(t )]
2
n n
Taking t he four ier t r ansfor m bot h sides
x(z) = a u n 1 z
1 2 1 1 n
F[ u (t )] = 2 = an z n = a n zn = a1 z
2 j 1
= – [ a z + (a z) + (a z)3 + ....]
–1 –1 2 –1
1
F[ u (t )] = () + = – a– 1 z[1 + (a– 1 z) + (a– 1 z)2 + ....]
j
1 1
8. v(t ) = cos 0t = – a– 1 z = a 1 z < a
1 a 1 z 1 az1
1 or z <a
v(t ) = ej 0 t e j 0 t
2
Taking t he four ier t r ansfor m, 1 1
15. z > ,z>
3 2
1
V() = [2( – 0) + 2( + 0)] 1
2 24. x(n) = anu (n )
1 az1
V() = [ ( – 0) + ( + 0)]
d X z
1 nx(n) – z
or V(f) = [ (f – f 0) + (f + f 0)] dz
2 n
9. I f, g(t ) G(f )
1
n u (n ) – z
az = az1 2
3 2
1 az1 1 az1
2
t hen fr om t he Dualit y pr oper t y
G(t ) g(– f )
1 1
10. Ar ea under t he cur ve is 1
n z
n u (n ) 3
3 1 1
2
f t d t F 0 1 z
3
11. Four ier t r ansfor m of per iodic delt a funct ion x (t ) 1
ROC : z >
is also a per iodic delt a function with same per iod. 3
2
CHAPTER FLIGHT MECHANICS
1. The slope of CL – cur ve ----- wit h incr ease is 6. Whi ch of t he fol lowing quant i t i es do not var y
aspect r at io of wing dur ing a phugoid oscillat ion?
(a) Remains same (a) Air cr aft (b) Air cr aft - Alt it ude
(c) Angle of at t ack (d) Air cr aft pitch angle
(b) Decr ease
7. Lateral directional char acteristics of air plane gave
(c) I ncr eases
following set s of r oots 1 = – 0.000479, 2 = – 0.118,
(d) Depends on t he shape of Aer ofoil 3, 4 = 0.00724 ± 10.068.
2. A t angent is dr awn fr om or igin to CL – CD cur ve of What conclusion can be made about t he st abilit y
A er of oi l . Wh at does t h e poi n t of t an gen cy of air plane?
r epr esent . (a) Spi r al mode : Di ver gence, r ol l dampi ng:
conver gence, dut ch r oll mode.
CL (b) Spi r al mode: conver gence, r ol l dam pi ng:
(a) M aximum value of C
D conver gence, dut ch r oll mode: conver gence
(c) Spi r al mode: conver gence, r ol l dam pi ng:
CL diver gence, dut ch r oll mode: diver gence
(b) M aximum value of C (d) None of t hese
D
8. Dat a for jet power ed Air cr aft given below:-
(c) M aximum value of CL
Weight W = 28 K N, Wing Plan for m Ar ea S = 20
CL m 2, maximum lift coefficient CL max = 2.2 and dr ag
(d) C of Cr uise coefficient CD = 0.021 + 0.26CL 2. (Assume densit y
D = 1.23 k g/n 3) at what vel oci t y i s shoul d fl y t o
3. Which of t he following cor r ectly r epr esents r ange maximise it r ange?
of aer oplane fr om height h above gr ound (a) 66.5/sec (b) 46.1 m/sec
(c) 33 m/sec (d) 51 m/sec
2
L L 9. Com m on dat a f or l at er al - di r ect i on al
(a) h (b) h char act er i st i cs equat i on for air pl ane gave t he
D max D max
following jet of r oot s: 1 = – 0.55, 2 = – 0.0054,
3, 4 = – 0.06 ± 1.8 i
D D
(c) h (d) h t he r oot cor r esponding t o r oll made is
L max L min
(a) – 0.55 (b) – 0.0034
4. A posit ive r udder deflect ion in a connect ion at (c) – 0.06 (d) – 0.06 – 1.8
Air cr aft pr oduces 10. Damping r at io for dut ch r oll mode is
(a) A negat i ve Yawi ng and a posi t i ve r ol l i ng (a) 0.033 (b) 0.018
moment (c) 0.025 (d) 0.009
(b) A negat ive r olling moment posit ive yawing 11. Damped fr equency for dut ch r oll mode
moment (a) 0.018 r ad/sec (b) 1.8 r ad/sec
(c) Negat ive yawing moment (c) 2.5 r ad/sec (d) 2.8 r ad/sec
(d) Posit ive yawing moment 12. I n whi ch of t he fol l owi ng cases, t r i mmi ng of
air cr aft is possible?
5. An ai r cr aft i n st r ai ght and l evel fl i ght st ar t s
(a) When CG is ahead t o st ick fr ee neut r al point
r aising at double its nor mal speed. What happens
(b) When CG is behind t o st ick fr ee neut r al point
t o induced dr ag?
(c) W h en CG i s beh i n d t h e w i n g-body
(a) one four t h (b) one-half aer odynamic cent r e.
(c) become double (d) becomes four t imes (d) None of t he above
2.2 Flight Mechanics
13. W h i ch of t h e f ol l ow i n g f eat u r es does n ot 20. An air cr aft is flying having lift t o dr ag r at io 20
cont r ibut e in lat er al st abilit y? t he damping r at io of phugoid mode will be _____.
(a) L ower posit ion of CG 21. Deter mine maximum r ange for steady level flight
(b) Dihedral of t he air plane,
(c) Wing sweep
Air plant design
(d) Wing Taper
14. Which of t he t r ue for gauge flap for an air cr aft ? V
(a) I t incr eases t he wing ar ea 170 m / sec
D min
(b) I t incr eases t he chor d lengt h
(c) I t does not have a slot effect s
L
(d) I t affect s t r ain. 23
D max
15. Slat is leading edge device used t o minimising
landing and t ake-off dist ances a slat Propulsion design
(a) incr eases 0L , decr eases CL I sp = 2550 sec
(b) incr eases 0L , incr ease CL Str uct ur al design
(c) incr eases CL
(d) incr eases CL max Wi
1.4
16. I n t he lanchest er model of phugoid mode, t he Wf
appr oximat e phugoid fr equency is given by t he
(a) 3150 km (b) 3105 km
k (c) 3065 km (d) 3605 km
expr ession W g , when the value of k constant
v
22. For spir al mode eigen value ar e appr oximat ed as
k is equal t o
L y
1 (a) N r N (b) N N
(a) 2 (b) Lp 2 Ly
2
1 ly l
(c) 2 (d)
2 (c) N y N (d) N y N
L Ly
17. For later al and dir ectional stability of the air cr aft.
Which of t he following condit ions is t r ue? also
(a) 0,N 0 (b) 0,N 0 N N
Ny . N . L y L
I zz y I zz I zzd y
(c) 0,N 0 (d) 0,N 0
18. A Rocket in flying at air speed at 1000 m/sec angle
L
of at t ack 30° and side flip angle is 20°. Then t he L
axial, side flip and nor mal velocit y component s I
ar e 23. A Biplane of given wing ar ea as of monoplane
(a) 813.80 m/sec, 342 m/sec, 469 m/sec wing will have
(b) 820 m/sec, 342 m/sec, 470 m/sec (a) M or e dr ag and mor e lift
(c) 825 m/sec, 350 m/sec, 880 m/sec
(b) L ess dr ag and mor e lift
(d) None of t he above
(c) M or e dr ag and less lift
19. An ai r pl ane wh i ch i n fl yi n g i s st eady l evel
condit ion, if t he zer o lift dr ag condit ion is 0.014 (d) None of above
aspect r at io in 8, Ost wald’s efficiency factor is 0.9 24. An whose CG on t he neut r al point t hen
L (a) Air plane has maximum possible stabilit y
t hen what i s maxi mum r at i o ai r cr aft can
D (b) Air plane is neut r ally st able
maint ain under such condit ions? (c) St at ic st abilit y is minimum
(a) 18 (b) 25 (d) None of t he above
(c) 192 (d) 51
Flight Mechanics 2.3
25. Dut ch r oll inst abilit y of an air plane is 32. I n t he above quest ion, how much maximum lift
(a) H ighly damped oscillat or y mot ion wit h high t he air cr aft can pr oduce?
fr equency (a) 20000 (b) 18000
(b) H i ghl y damped oscil l at ion mot i on wi l l l ow (c) 160000 (d) 20000
fr equency. 33. For shor t en t he t ake-off dist ance of an air plane.
Which of t he following is t r ue?
(c) L ight ly damped oscillat ion mot ion wit h low
fr equency. T
i . I ncr easing t hr ust t o weight r at io
(d) None of t he above. W
26. Char acter istics of shor t-ter m mode of longitudinal
W
inst ability ar e ii. I ncr easing wing loading .
S
(a) Const ant speed, highly damped
iii. Take off fr om t he alt it ude near er t o mean sea
(b) Const ant angle of at t ack highly damped
level.
(c) Const ant speed, light ly damped
(d) Const ant speed, const ant angle of at t ack. W
i v. Decr easing wing loading
S
27. CL of wing is less than CL of t he Aer ofoil because
of v. I ncr easing lift coefficient CL max
(a) Wing is bigger (a) i, iii, iv, v (b) i, ii, iii, iv
(c) i, iii, iv (d) i, ii, iii, iv
(b) Wing t ip vor t ices
34. M at ch t he following pair s.
(c) Unst eadiness of flow associat ion wit h it
(d) downwash CL
(i) M aximum r ange (a) maximum
28. Consider an air cr aft flying of an altit ude of 30000 CD
ft at a vel ocit y 540 mi/h cal culat e t he ener gy for jet air cr aft
height
3
(a) 39,740 ft (b) 55000 ft
C 2
(c) 60000 ft (d) 10000 ft (ii) M aximum r ange (b) maximum L
CD
29. Which of t he following can incr ease t he r ange of
pr opeller power ed air cr aft & for pr opeller
dr iven air cr aft
i . I ncr easing pr opeller efficiency
ii. Decr easing specific fuel consumpt ion 1
CL 2
iii. Flying at t he alt it ude near t o mean sea level (iii)Maximum (c) maximum
CD
1
endur ance for
C 2
i v. I ncr easing t he value of L maximum jet air cr aft
CD
(iv) Maximum
(a) only i (b) i and ii endur ance for
(c) i, ii and iii (d) i, ii, iii and iv pr opeller dr iven
30. An air cr aft is flying ver t ically upwar d t he load air cr aft
fact or on t he air cr aft is (a) (i)-(c), (iii)-(a), (iv)-(b), (ii)-(a)
(a) 1 (b) 0 (b) (i)-(b), (iii)-(b), (iv)-(c), (ii)-(c)
(c) (i)-(b), (ii)-(c), (iii)-(c), (iv)-(b)
(c) less t han 1 (d) mor e t han
(d) (i)-(b), (ii)-(c), (iii)-(c), (ii)-(a)
31. An air cr aft is designed t o sust ain maximum load
35. M inimum velocit y r equir ed for air cr aft t ake off is
fact or of 8, if t he weight of air cr aft is 20000 N,
how much lift it must pr oduce cr uise on the steady (a) Significant ly mor e t han st alling velocit y
level flight pat h (b) L ess t han st alling velocit y
(a) 18000 N (b) 20000 N (c) Equal t o st alling velocit y
(d) Depending open t he air cr aft -weight
(c) 25000 N (d) 3000 N
2.4 Flight Mechanics
36. Neut r al point r epr esent s Common dat a quest ion
(i) Aer odynamic cent r e of full air cr aft Fi gur e shows t he V- di agr am for an ai r cr aft
(ii) M ost aft locat ion of CG for st able air cr aft whose dat a is given below
Weight of air cr aft = 55000 K g
(iii)L ocat ion of cent r e of gr avit y such t hat Cm,cg
Wing ar ea = 12 m 2.
does not changes wit h angle of at t ack
Al t i t ude = 10000 m above mean sea l evel ai r
(iv) Most for war d locat ion of CG for st able air cr aft densit y = 0.413 kg/m 3
(a) only iv (b) iv, iii, ii n
(c) i, ii, iii (d) i, ii, iii, iv
9
37. An air cr aft flying at t he alt itude wher e densit y is
0.4135 kg/m at t he speed of 250 m/sec r equir es
power of 4000 hp. What is t he power r equir ed for
t he air cr aft t o fly at t he same lift coefficient at (A)
mean sea level condit ions?
(C)
(a) 2324 hp (b) 2700 hp
(c) 3500 hp (d) 4000 hp 125
38. Rat e of climb of an air cr aft var ies with alt it ude is 160 325
R R
given as 1.89 10 3 h + 28.52. Wher e
C C
is in m/sec and h is alt it ude which is in met er.
H ow much t ime t he air cr aft -would t ake t o climb –3
11.5 km alt it ude fr om mean sea level condit ion.
(B)
(a) 20 min (b) 12 min 6 sec
42. CL max of air cr aft is
(c) 25 min 10 sec (d) none of t hese (a) 9 (b) 4.5
39. Con si der an ai r pl an e w i t h instantaneous (c) 7.8 (d) 10
acceleration of 8 ft/sec at an instantaneous velocity
2 43. M inimum cr uise lift coefficient for air cr aft in t he
of 800 ft /sec. At t he exist ing flight condit ion t he above quest ion?
specific excess power is 300 ft /sec. Calculat e t he (a) 1.7 (b) 2.5
inst ant aneous maximum r at e of climb t hat can (c) 1.25 (d) 0.87
be obt ained as t hese alleviat ed flight condit ions. 44. Minimum instantaneous radius of vertical upward
loop at t he given alt it ude?
(a) 101 ft /sec (b) 100 ft /sec (a) 500 m (b) 400 m
(c) 540 ft /sec (d) None of t hese (c) 1292 m (d) None of t hese
40. For stalling speed of an air cr aft which of following 45. Region (A), (B), (C) cor r esponds t o
is t r ue? (a) St all, st r uct ur al, pr opulsion limit
(i) I ncr easing wit h alt itude (b) St al l , st r u ct u r al , A er ody n am i c l i m i t ,
r espectively
(ii) I ncr easing wit h incr easing wing loading (W/ (c) St all, pr opulsion, st r uct ur al limit .
S). (d) None of t he above
(iii)I ncr easing wit h decr easing CL max 46. Cor ner velocit y at t his alt it ude?
(iv) I ncr easing wit h incr easing CL max (a) 125 m/sec (b) 160 m.sec
(a) (i), (ii), (iii) (b) (i), (iii), (iv) (c) 325 m.sec (d) N one
Common dat a quest ion
(c) (i), (ii), (iv) (d) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv)
Wing and t ail of an air cr aft have same air foil
41. Tot al t ake-off dist ance for a jet air plane at t he sect ion, t he dist ance bet ween t wo aer odynamic
sea-level ( = 1.225 kg/m 3) is 800 m. What will be cen t r e i s equ al t o w i n g sem i -span (b/2) i n
t ake off dist ance at t he alt it ude of 1200 m wher e addi t i onal , fol l owi ng dat a i s gi ven CL = 0.08/
densit y of air is 1.10 kg/m 3. degr ee, CL c t ail = 0.04/degr ee, CM ac,wb – 0.0218 , b
(a) 200 m (b) 1500 m = 29.2, C = 2.8 m. For t ail = 0, a = 0.3, t = 0.9,
(c) 1000 m (d) N one i t = 2.1° st = 0.35 t he symbols have t heir usual
aer odynamics int er pr et at ion.
Flight Mechanics 2.5
47. What is value of Cmo for air cr aft ? 55. The r el at ionshi ps bet ween body fi xed angular
(a) 0.2410 (b) 0.2147 velocit y vect or [p q r ] T and t he r at e of change of
(c) – 0.2410 (d) – 0.2147 euler angles [
] is given by
48. Maximum distance by which centr e of gr avity can
be beh i n d A er ody n am i c cen t r e w i t h ou t p
dest abilizng t he air cr aft ? q j 1
(a) 1.55 m (b) 3.26 m r
(c) 9.56 m (d) 2.73 m
t hen j – 1 equals t o
49. I n t h e gi v en pr obl em , w h at w ou l d be t h e
separ at i on bet ween wi ng-body Aer odynami c cos 0 0
cent er and cent r e of gr avit y for air cr aft for 10% 0 cos sin
st at ic mar gin? (a)
0 sin sin sin
(a) 1.98 m (b) 0.28 m
(c) 3.54 m (d) 2.46 m
1 0 sin
50. For an air cr aft , t he wind t unnel dat a is given by 0 cos sin cos
(b)
S = 1.5 m 2, C = 0.45 m, CM cg at zer o lift 0 sin cos cos
= – 0.002, CM cg = 0.004 at CL = 0.3 1 0 sin
What is locat ion of Aer odynamic cent r e? 0 cos sin sin
(c)
(a) 9 mm behind CG 0 sin cos . cos
(b) 9 mm ahead of CG
(c) 18 mm behind CG 1 0 cos
(d) 18 mm ahead of CG. 0 cos sin cos
(d)
51. I n the above question if centr e of gr avit y is moved 0 sin cos cos
ahead of chor d by lengt h equal t o 10% of chor d.
What is t he value of moment coefficient about Common dat a quest ion
cent r e of gr avit y at 0.85 lift coefficient . An aer oplane flying str aight and level at an speed
(a) – 0.070 (b) – 0.066 of 150 m/sec at fl i ght 9 k m i s di st ur bed by
symmet r ic. Ver t ical gust r esult ing is a phugoid
(c) 0.100 (d) 10.104
oscillat ion
52. For a wing body combinat ions t he aer odynamic
56. The appr oximate frequently of phugoid oscillation
cent r e lies 0.05 chor d lengt h ahead of cent e of
gr avit y moment coefficient about Aer odynamic is _______ sec.
cent r e is 0.016. I f t he t ail coefficient is 0.45 t he X
moment coefficient about t he cent r e of gr avit y is 57. I t 0.045sec1 for air plane t he damping
m
_______.
r at io of phugoid oscillat ion is __________.
53. A wing body model is t est ed in a subsonic wind
Common dat a quest ion
t uned t he lift coefficient in found t o be zer o at
geomet r ic angle of at t ack = – 1.5 . At = 5° t he The r oot s of char act er i st i cs equat i on for t he
lift coefficient is measur ed as 0.52. Also at = longit udinal dynamics of cent r e air cr aft ar e
1.0and 7.88° t he moment coefficient about t he 1,2 0.02 0.2i
cent r e of gr avity ar e measur ed as – 0.01 and 0.05,
r espect ively t he cent r e of gr avit y is l ocat ed at 3,4 2.5 2.6i
0.356 t he locat ion of aer odynamic cent r e and t he
value of CM ac,wb is ____________ 58. The pair of eigen values cor r espond to shor t per iod
mode is _________.
54. The lat er al- dir ect ional char act er ist ics equat ion
1
for an air plane gave t he foll owing set of r oot s 59. No. of cycles fr om t = 0 t o t is _________.
1 = – 0.22, 2 = 0.0035 = – 0.091 ± 2.1i t he 2
damping r at io cor r espond t o dut ch r oll mode is 60. The t ime t hat magni t ude decr eases half of i t s
_________. amplit ude __________.
2.6 Flight Mechanics
AN SWER KEY
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. 0.35
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (a) 29. (b) 30. (b)
31. (b) 32. (c) 33. (a) 34. (a) 35. (a) 36. (c) 37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (b) 40. (a)
41. (c) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (c) 45. (a) 46. (b) 47. (b) 48. (d) 49. (d) 50. (b)
51. (a) 52. = 0.0065 53. CM ae wb 0.032 54. 2.1 r ad/sec 55. (b)
56. 0.09266 sec– 1 57. 0.24 58. 0.1608 59. 0.1608 60. 0.28 sec.
EXPLAN ATI ON S
3. gliding angle L =W
1
CL
v2
When v 2v
1
CL
h 4v 2
CL 2
CDi
eAR
R
1 CDi CL2
t an
L
D 1
4v 2
h 1
CDi becomes one-four t h.
R L
6. Dur ing phugoid oscillat ion, velocit y pit ch angle
D
changes in per iodic manner, but angle of at t ack
r emains const ant .
Rh L D 7. I n t he given r oot s of lat er al dynamics, t wo ar e
r eal and t wo ar e in complex conjugat e for m.
L
for maximum R must be maximum. 1 = – 0.000479 (spir al mode)
D
2 = – 0.118 (r oll mode)
2W 3,4 = – 0.00723 ± 0.06 82j (dut ch r oll mode)
5. CL
2
Sv I n t he r eal par t of t he above r oot s negat ive is
pr esent hence t he spir al r oll, r oll mode, dut ch
L
r oll mode all ar e conver gence.
8. F or j et power ed ai r cr af t t h e con di t i on f or
maxi mum r ange i s t he ai r cr aft shoul d fl y at
1
D CL 2
T
CD m ax
1
CL 2
W The velocit y for is
CD m ax
Flight Mechanics 2.7
1
Y2
V CL 2 3K W 2 CL
CD max e CD0 S
wit h
1 slats
2 K W 2 1
32
CD S
0
1
32
1.32 2 0.026 28 10 I n the above figur e we can see slats does not effect
1.23 0.021 20 dCL
zer o lift coefficient or .
= 66.5 m/sec.
9. L at er al dynamics of air cr aft mot ion gives four 16. The fr equency of phugoid mode is given by
r oot s t he r eal l ar ger val ue cor r espond t o r ol l g
mode, complex r oot s cor r esponds t o dut ch r oll W 2 0
u
mode.
17. for lat er al and dir ect ional st abilit y of air cr aft
10. 3, 4 = – 0.06 ± 108i
l < 0
n n 1 2 N > 0
= side slip angle, l = r olling moment
n = 0.06 ...(1) N = yawing moment
for t he posit ion side ship t he air cr aft should r at e
1 2 1.8 ...(2)
over list an should yaw t owar ds t he r ight .
equat ion (2) and equat ion (1) 18. We have t he velocit y component along. axial, side
ship and nor mal dir ect ion ar e
1 2 1.8 V xb = V cos cos .
= 1000 cos 36° cos 20° = 813 80 m/sec
0.06
V yb = V sin = 1000 sin 20° = 342 m/sec
2 V zb = V sin cos = 1000 sin 36°, cos 0
1 2 1.8
= 46.9 85 m/h
2 0.06
19. Given
= 0.9
1 9012 CD0 = 0.018
AR = 8
2 0.001109
L
= 0.033. At st eady level flight
D max
11. damped fr equency
1 1
d n 1 32 = 3.14 0.9 8
2 CD 0 K 2 0.018
= 1.8 r ad/sec.
= 17.71 = 18
14. Gauge flap mainly incr eases t he wing ar ea and
chor d of t he wing it is used t o r educing t ake off
speed for t he given load. I f doesnot effect t r ime L
condit ion of air cr aft . under st eady level flight
D max
15. Slat s ar e hi gh li ft devi ces whi ch i s used near
l eadi n g edge of w i n g u sed t o i n cr ease t h e 1 1 1
2C K 2 3.19 0.9 8
maximum lift and hence r educing st alling speed Do 0.018
of air cr aft
= 17.71 = 18
2.8 Flight Mechanics
20. Damping r at io for phugoid mode is
88
540 792ft / sec
1 1 60
2 L Ener gy light
D
V 2
He h
1 1 2g
2 20
7922
= 0.35 30000
2 32.2
21. Br equest r ange equat ion
= 39.740ft
L W
R max V D min I sp ln i 29. Br equest r ange equat i on for pr opel l er dr i ven
D max Wf air cr aft is
= 170 × 23 × 2330 ln 1.4 n pr L W
= 3065.36 km. R n o
C D W1
22. For spir al mode, r oll r at e = 0
R n pr
Ly ix Ny
p
1 i x 1z n pr – incr eases
p=0
1
R R – incr eases
L y ixNy L y C
0
LB ixN Lv C – decr eases
R – incr eases
I I 30.
i x xz . I z xz T
I zz I zz
N egl ect i ng i x and i z and subst i t ut i ng fr om
equat ion (1) we get yaw r at e equat ion
L N
N
L
L yN
N
L
25. Dut ch r ol l mot ion is l at er al dynamic whi ch i s
highly damped mot ion wit h low fr equency.
W
26. Shor t per iod oscillat ion is heavily damped wher e
I n case of ver t ically upwar d,
angl e of at t ack pit ch r at e changes r apidly but
velocit y r emains appr oximat ely const ant . L=0
27. I n case of lar ger finit e wing t her e in downwash load fact or
exper i enced at var i ous wi ng sect i ons, due t o
L
which effect ive angle of at t ack get s r educed and n 0
only a component of lift act s is dir ect ion i n t o W
fr ee st r eam velocit y t his r esult s in effect ive loss 31. I n st eady level flight condit ion
of lift and t he pr esence of induce dr ag. L =W
28. Given T=D
V 540 m / h
L W 20000N
Flight Mechanics 2.9
38. Given,
L
32. L oad fact or n
W R 1.89 10 3 h 28.52
C
L =n×W
= 20000 × 8 R dh
C dt
= 160000
dh
1.44W 2 dt
33. SL 0 R
gs CL max T C
To shor t er t he lift off dist ance Now t ime of climb fr om t he near sea level t o 11.5
km alt it ude
T
higher
W t 11.5103
dh
dt 1.89 10 3
h 28.82
W 0 0
lower
S
11.5103
t ake off fr om near sea level because t he densit y t m n 1.89 103 h 28.52
0
is higher at near t he level
1 1 1.89 103 11.5 103 28.52
SL . T
o
2 1.89 10 3 28.52
CL max higer 1 28.52 21.735
n
3 28.52
1.89 10
34. Condit ion for
1 6.78
1 n
1.89 10 3 28.52
R max jet L 2
C
CD max 1.4366
1.81 10 3
CL = 0.7566 × 103.
R max pr opeller
CD max
= 756.60
= 12 min 61 sec.
C
E max jet L
CD max V
39. Rat e of climb R C P 5 A
g
3
A = I nst ant aneous acceler at ion
E max pr opeller L 2
C
V = Instantaneous velocity
CD max
PS = Specific excess power
37. Power r equir ed at mean sea level Given A = 8 ft /sec2
1 Ps = 300 ft /sec
2 V = 800 ft /sec
PR sea PRa
s g = 32.2 ft /sec2
1 dh 800
300 8
0.4135 2 dt 32.2
400
1.225
= 101 ft /sec
= 2324 H .P
2.10 Flight Mechanics
40. St alling speed of air cr aft is given by 47. Cm. cg at zer o list condit ion is know as Cm.0
2W S l
Vst all CM.o CM.ae wb t t t a t i t 0
SCL max SC
29.2
0.3
1.44W 2 = 0.0218 2
41. L ift off dist ance SL 0.9 0.08 2.1 0
0 g S CL max T 2.8
= 0.2147
Wher e T
48. Expr ession for neut r al point
1
SL at
0
2 h n h acwb VH t 1 a
a
2 2 29.2
1.225
SL SL 0 sea s 800 st l t 0.3 2
0 / 200 a 1.10 VH
CS 2.8
800 1.10 2 = 1.56
= 986 m h n h acwb 0.9855
42. Expensing for CL max. 0.9855 is non-dimension wit h chor d, hence and
t o mult iply wit h chor d lengt h.
2W n
CL max
SV2 h n h ac 0.9805 2.8
= 2.76 m
2 9 55000
dCm cg
0.413 12 1602 49. St at ic mar gin =
CL
= 7.8
Cm cg a
2W h h ac VH t n t 1 a
43. CL min CL a
s V2
Cm cg a
2 5500 h h ac VH t n t 1 q 0
0.86 CL a
0.413 12 1602
a
44. n = 9 SM h h ac VH t n t 1 a
a
V = 160 m/sec
a
h h ac SM VH t n t 1 a
V 2 a
Radius of t ur ns
g n2 1
0.08
0.1 1.56 0.9 1 0.5
0.08
1602
= 0.8855
9.8 92 1 h – h ae = 0.8855 in non-dimensional wit h chor d
her e nead t o mult iply wit h C
= 292.05 m
h – h ae = 0.8855 × 2.8
45. By Definition.
= 2.47 m
Flight Mechanics 2.11
50. For an ai r cr aft , consi der i n g wi ng and body for 7.88°.
coefficient of moment about center of gr avity (CG)
0.05 Cm ac wb 0.08 7.88 1.5 h h ae ...(ii)
CM ,.cg CM ,ac CL wb h h acwb
solving t her e t wo equat ion we get
CM,.ac wb CMo at zer o lift coor dinat ion – 0.06 = 0 – 0.55 (h – h ae)
0.06
CMo CMac CL wb h h ac h h ae wb 0.11
0.55
0.004 = – 0.002 + 0.3 (h – h ae)
h ae wb 0.35 0.11 0.24
h – h ac = 0.02 ....(1)
h – h ac i s non-di mensi onal wi t h chor d hence fr om equat ion (1) we get
mult iplying wit h C – 0.01 = CM ac, wb + 0.08 (1 + 1.) × 0.1)
h – h ac = 0.02 × 0.45
CM ac wb 0.032
= 9 mm
h ac = h – 9 m 54. L at er al dir ect ional char act er ist ics of an air cr aft
her e aer odynamic cent r e lies 9 mm ahead of CG. have fr om r oot s have, complex r oot s cor r esponds
51. I n t he above pr oblem if CG is moved ahead by t o dut ch r oll mot ion,
10% t h en n ew val u e of h wi l l be h – 10%. 3, 4 = (– 0.09 2.1 i)
Now subst it ut ing t her e values we will get
n i n 1 2
Cmeq. wb CM ac CL wb h h ac
Now compar ing seal and mapping values ar e will
Cmeq. wb CM ac wb CL wb h 0.1 h ac wb
get
fr om equat ion (1), put t ing value of h. h ae.
n = 0.09 ....(1)
Cac.wb 0.002 0.85 0.02 0.1
n 1 2 2.1 ....(2)
= – 0.070
dividing equat ion (1) by equat ion (2), we get
52. CM eq. wb CM ac. wb CL wb h h ac wb
2 0.09
given
2 2.1
1
h – h ac wb = 0.05
CL wb = 0.45 2 2
0.09
CM . ac wb = – 0.016
1 2 21
Cm cq wb = – 0.016 + 0.45 (0.05)
= 0.0065 1.2
544.44
CL .52 0 0.52 2
53. L ift slope
5 1 1 5 6.5
1
= 0.08 per degr ee 2
545.5
Now
1
Cm eq C m ac wb CL wL h h ac wb
545.5
C m ac wb a wb wb h h ac wb
0.001833 0.042
damped fr equency d n 1 2
per 1°
= 2.1 r ad/sec
– 0.01 = 0.01 CM ac wb 0.08 1 1.5 h h ac
Nat ur al fr equency
… (i )
n = 49 r ad/sec
2.12 Flight Mechanics
2 3,4 = 2.5 i 2.6
49
T
n i n 1 2
2
Time per iod T 0.1279 sec
n = 2.5 ...(1)
49
Fr om equat ion (1)
n 1 2 2.6 ....(2)
0.09
n 2.14 rad / sec solving t his we will get
0.042
2
56. At 9 km alt it ude 1 2 2.6
2 2.5
r2
g ge
R2 1 2 1.0832
2 2 1
R h 1 h 2
ge ge
R R 2.08
2 1
9 2 3
9.8 1 9.82 m / sec 2.08
6400
3 = 0.6931
Fr equency of t he phugoid oscillat ion is given by
Lanchester is 2.5
n
0.6931
g
n 2 0 n = 3.6 r ad/sec
u
Number of cycle
9.82
2 0.09266 sec1 1
150 fr om t = 0 t o t
2
57. Damping r atio
1
x 1 t2
m N
2 T
phugoid = 2 n
0.28
2
0.045 3.6
0.24
2 0.09266 = 0.1608
58. 3, 4. 59. Number of cycles fr om t = 0 t o t he
the eigen values cor r esponds to shor t per iod mode = 0.1608
i n 2.5 2.6i because t he shor t per i od mode 60. Time t o half = 0.28 sec.
heavily damped oscillat ion.
0.693
Time t o half
0.693
0.277
2.5
= 0.28 sec
3
CHAPTER SPACE DYNAMICS
1. The t ot al ener gy of a M issile launched in space 7. I f t he acceler at ion due t o gr avit y at t he sur face of
wit h a velocit y less t han Ear t h's escape velocit y t he ear t h i s g, an ear t h's sat el l i t e of mass m
is r evolves in a cir cular or bit at a height h fr om t he
(a) Negat ive sur face. The velocit y of t he sat ellit e in t he or bit
is given by
(b) Posit ive
(c) Zer o gR
(a) gR (b)
(d) Eit her posit ive or negat ive Rh
2. The geost at ionar y ar t ificial sat ellit e has a per iod
of gR 2 gR 2
(c) (d)
(a) 6 hour s (b) 12 hour s Rh Rh
(c) 24 hour s (d) 365 days 8. What happens t o a sat el l i t e t hat i s r evol vi ng
3. The second law of K epler st at ing const ancy of ar ound t he sun in a cir cular or bit wit h unifor m
aer ial velocit y of a planet is a consequence of t he vel oci t y v? I f t he gr avi t at i onal for ce suddenl y
law of Conser vat ion of disappear s, t he velocit y of t he sat ellit e will be
(a) angular moment um (a) Zer o (b) v
(b) ener gy (c) 2v (d) infinity
(c) linear moment um 9. A planet has twice the r adius but the mean density
(d) none of t hese 1 th
4. L et us consider a planet comes near er t he sun is as compar ed t o ear t h. What is t he r adio of
4
moves t he escape velocit y fr om t he ear t h t o t hat fr om
(a) slow t he planet ?
(b) fast (a) 3 : 1 (b) 1 : 2
(c) const ant at ever y point (c) 1 : 1 (d) 2 : 1
(d) none of t he above 10. The r adii of t wo planet s ar e in t he r at io 1: 2 and
5. I f a body is t o be pr oject ed in a dir ect ion making their masses ar e in the r atio 1: 2. The acceler at ion
an angl e 45° t o t he ver t i cal , t hen t he escape due t o gr avit y on t he planet s ar e in t he r at io.
velocit y is (Given t he escape velocit y fr om ear t h (a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1
is 11.2 km per sec.) (c) 3 : 5 (d) 5 : 3
(a) 11.2 × 2 km/sec (b) 11.2 km/sec 11. An artificial satellite has a total (K.E + P.E) energy
1 E o is moving ar ound t he ear t h in a cir cular or bit .
(c) 11.2 × 2 km/sec (d) 11.2 km / sec I t s pot ent ial ener gy is
2
(a) 2 E o (b) 1.5 E o
6. The gain in t he pot ent ial ener gy of an object of
(c) Eo (d) – E o
mass m r aised fr om t he sur face of t he ear t h t o a
height equal t o the r adius R of the ear t h is, wher e 12. A cir cular t hin unifor m r ing is r olling down an
g is t he acceler at ion due t o gr avit y of t he ear t h's inclined plane of inclinat ion 30° wit hout slipping.
sur face I t s linear acceler at ion along t he inclined plane
will be
1
(a) 2 mgR (b) mgR g g
2 (a) (b)
2 3
1 g 2g
(c) mgR (d) mgR
4 (c) (d)
4 3
3.2 Space Dynamics
13. I f t he r adius of planet is half t he r adius of t he 18. A planet P has 6 t imes less acceler at ion due t o
ear t h and t he acceler at ion due t o gr avit y of a gr avit y at it s sur face than planet Q .H ow much is
planet is half t he acceler at ion due t o gr avit y of t he escape velocit y at P, if escape velocit y at Q is
t he ear t h's sur face, t he mass of planet in t er ms Ve ?
of mass of ear t h is
Ve
Me Me (a)
(a) (b) 6
2 4
ve
Me Me (b)
(c) (d) 6
6 8
14. I f t he accel er at i on due t o gr avi t y on ear t h's Ve
(c)
sur face is g and r adius of ear t h is R , t he mean 36
densit y of t he ear t h is (d) mor e dat a r equir ed
4 G 3g 19. A sat ellit e is r evolving ar ound ear t h is 400 km ×
(a) (b) 1200 k m el l i pt i cal or bi t . What i s vel oci t y of
2 4 RG
sat ellit e at it s apoapsis?
3 G Rg (a) 7.87 km/s (b) 7.04 km/s
(c) (d)
4gR 4G (c) 7.56 km/s (d) 6.82 km/s
15. Acceler at ion due t o gr avit y g in t er ms of mean 20. I n above quest ion, what is the velocit y of satellit e
densit y of Ear th d (wher e R is r adius of ear t h and at it s per iapsis?
G - univer sal gr avit at ional const ant ) is (a) 7.87 km/s (b) 7.04 km/s
(a) g = 4R dG2
(c) 7.56 km/s (d) 6.82 km/s
21. I n above quest ion, let velocit y is r epr esent ed by
4 R 2G V and di st ance of sat el l i t e fr om cent er of t he
(b) g
d ear t h by R. What is t he r at io of pr oduct of V and
(c) g
3
RdG
VRa
4 R at apoapsis and per iapsis, VR ?
p
4 (a) 0.8945 (b) 1.1179
(d) g RdG
3 (c) 1.0000 (d) 0.8002
16. M ar s or bit er sent by I SRO was par ked in it s fir st 22. What is t he t ime per iod of t he sat ellit e in above
ear t h or bit of size 264 km × 23903 km. The or bit quest ion?
was then r aised to 264 km × 28825 km. How much
(a) 5241 s (b) 5569 s
velocit y incr ement was r equir ed at per igee.
(c) 5897 s (d) 6077 s
(a) 321.4 m/s (b) 285.6 m/s
23. A sat ellit e is an ellipt ical or bit has t ime per iod
(c) 127.2 m/s (d) 96.8 m/s
equal t o a satellite in Geo- st ationar y or bit (GEO).
17. Accor di ng t o kepl er 's second l aw of pl anet ar y What is t he semi- major axis of t his or bit ?
mot ion, a line joining planet t o cent er of t he sun
(a) 42226 km (b) 37254 km
(which is at focus) sweeps out equal int er val of
(c) 35856 km (d) Data insufficient
dA
t ime. M at hemat ically, = const . What is t he 24. I n above quest ion, what is t he minimum height
dt of sat ellit e above Ear t h's sur face.
value of this constant for a planet of mass M having
(a) 42226 km (b) 37254 km
L angular moment um in t he or bit ?
(c) 35856 km (d) Data insufficient
L L 25. I f t he Ear t h st ops r ot at ing (Neglect ing t he effect
(a) (b)
2 2M 2 of t he r evol ut i on), t h en gr avi t y of pol e and
equat ion will
L L2 (a) I ncr ease (b) decr ease
(c) (d)
2M 2M (c) Remain Same (d) Changes ir r atically
Space Dynamics 3.3
26. I f a man of weight W jumps fr om a r oof of height 34. I n an ci r cul ar or bi t i f K E of t he sat el l i t e i s
h car r y i n g a l oad M . W h at i s t h e w ei gh t pr opor t ional t o (T)k . Then t he value of k is wher e
exper ienced by t he man under fr ee fall? T is t ime per iod of sat ellit e.
(a) 2W (b) W (a) 2 (b) 3
(c) 0 (d) None of t hese
3 2
27. I f F 1 – M agnit ude of for ce on sun by Ear t h, F 2 – (c) (d)
2 3
M agnit ude of for ce on Ear t h by sun, t hen which
of t he following is cor r ect ? 35. Thr ee ident ical mass m ar e locat ed at cor ner s of
equilateral tr iangle and r evolves in a circular or bit
(a) F 1 = F 2 (b) F 1 < F 2
of r adius R. Calculat e t he velocit y of each planet
(c) F 1 > F 2 (d) None of t hese in an or bit and t ot al pot ent ial of t he syst em?
28. Acceler at i on due t o gr avi t y at poles, is gp and
acceler ation due t o gr avit y at equator is ge. Which Gmm Gmm
(a) (b)
of t he following is t r ue, caused due t o r ot at ion of R R
t he ear t h.
2Gmm 3Gmm
(a) gp > ge (b) gp < ge (c) (d)
R R
(c) gp = ge (d) None of t hese
29. A man st anding in a fr eely falling lift , if he dr ops 36. The time period of satellite revolving around Earth
a ball fr om his pocket , t hen t he ball will have a in cir cular or bit is
mot ion wit h r espect t o t he man is (a) I ndependent on t he mass of t he Ear t h
(a) Exer ts downwar ds (b) I ndependent on dist ance fr om t he planet
(b) Exer t s upwar ds (c) I ndependent of t he inclinat ion angle
(c) Exer t s simple har monically (d) Opt ion a and b ar e t r ue
(d) Remains st ationar y (e) Opt ion a and c ar e t r ue
30. Two spher es of same r adius r and mat er ial has 37. The r at io of t wo planet 's A and B r adii and t he
been placed such that they ar e touching with each RA
ot her. Then t he for ce of at t r act ion bet ween t hem r at io of t wo planet 's gr avit y ar e k 1 R and
will be B
(a) F r 3 (b) F r 4 gA
k2
1 g B . Then t he r at io of t heir escape velocit y
(c) F r 2 (d) F 2
r fr om t he sur face of t heir r espect ive planet s will
31. I f t h e f or ce of at t r act i on i s pr opor t i on al t o be -
5 k1
r at h er t h an i n v er se squ ar e as a
F r 2 (a) k 1 k 2 (b) k2
univer sal law, t hen t he pot ent ial ener gy will be -
(a) U r 2 (b) U r 3 k2
(c) k1 k 2 (d) k1
3
(c) U r –2
(d) F r 2
(e) Opt ion a and c ar e t r ue
32. Compar e t he weight s of the bodies which ar e at h 38. A r ocket of mass m is launched ver t ically wit h
m below t he sur face of Ear t h (w 1), on t he sur face initial speed u. Assuming negligible air r esistance.
of Ear t h (w 2) and h m above t he sur face of Ear t h Then t he maximum height at tained by the r ocket
(w 3) having same mass m? will be
(a) w 1 > w 2 > w 3 (b) w 3 < w 1 < w 2
(c) w 1 < w 2 < w 3 (d) w 1 < w 3 > w 2 R2 R2
(a) h (b) h
2gR 2gR
33. A sat ellit e is moving ar ound Ear t h wit h speed V 1 1
i n ci r cul ar or bi t of r adi u s r. I f or bi t r adi us u u
decr eases by 1%, t hen t he velocit y will be. R R
(c) h (d) h
(a) I ncr ease (b) Decr ease 2gR 2gR
1 1
(c) r emain same (d) none u2 u2
3.4 Space Dynamics
39. The change in P.E. t o t hr ow a mass fr om sur face 43. A sat ellit e is launched int o Ear t h or bit wher e it s
of ear t h t o height h wher e h = nR is, wher e R is launch vehicle bur ns out at an alt it ude of 250 km.
r adius of ear t h :- At bur nout , t he sat ellit e's velocit y is 7950 m/s
wit h zenit h angle equal t o 89 degr ees. Calculat e
n
(a) mgR (b) mgRn t he sat ellit e's alt it ude at per igee and apogee.
n 1
(a) 239 km and 971 km
n2 n (b) 12995 km and 13728 km
(c) mgR 2 (d) mgR
n 1 n 1 (c) 250 km and 1008 km
40. The velocit y r equir ed t o t hr ow a mass m fr om (d) 115 km and 654 km
t he sur face of t o t he height h will be. Given r = R 44. Cal cul at e t he eccent r i ci t y of t he or bi t for t he
+h sat ellit e is launched int o Ear t h or bit wher e it s
1 launch vehicle bur ns out at an alt it ude of 250 km.
1 1 2 At bur nout , t he sat ellit e's velocit y is 7950 m/s
(a) 2gR (b) R 2g
R R wit h zenit h angle equal t o 89 degr ees. Calculat e
t he sat ellit e's alt it ude at per igee and apogee.
1 1
(c) 2g R r (d) 2g (a) 0.03 (b) 0.04
R r
(c) 0.05 (d) 0.06
41. I f a satellite is r evolving around Earth in a cir cular
45. Calculat e t he semi-major axis of t he or bit for t he
or bit at a dist ance r fr om t he cent er of Ear t h.
sat ellit e is launched int o Ear t h or bit wher e it s
Find t he ext r a ener gy t hat must be pr ovided t o
launch vehicle bur ns out at an alt it ude of 250 km.
t he sat ellit e t o escape fr om Ear t h's gr avit at ional
field At bur nout , t he sat ellit e's velocit y is 7950 m/s
wit h zenit h angle equal t o 89 degr ees. Calculat e
GM m GM m t he sat ellit e's alt it ude at per igee and apogee.
(a) (b)
r r (a) a = 7,349,944 m
GM m GM m (b) a = 6,983,739 m
(c) (d)
2r 2r (c) a = 6,617,534 m
42. As per pr oper t y of ellipse, t he dist ance of point P
(d) a = 6,628,140 m
fr om foci on ellipse is e t imes dist ance fr om lat us
r ect um. Find r in t er ms of e.
ek ek
(a) r (b) r
1 e cos 1 e cos
e e
(c) r (d) r
1 e cos 1 e cos
AN SWER KEY
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (a)
11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (d) 16. (c) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (d) 25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (b)
31. (d) 32. (b) 33. (a) 34. (d) 35. (d) 36. (c) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (d) 42. (a) 43. (a) 44. (c) 45. (b)
Space Dynamics 3.5
EXPLAN ATI ON S
1. K inet ic Ener gy of a missile is given as, 4. As per K epler 's second law, a line joining a planet
and t he Sun sweeps out equal ar eas dur ing equal
1
K .E. mV 2 int er vals of t ime. The or bit al r adius and angular
2 velocit y of t he planet in t he ellipt ical or bit will
For cir cular or bit s it is given as, var y. Thus, t he planet t r avels fast er when closer
t o t he sun, t hen slower when far t her fr om t he
GM m sun.
K .E.
2r 5. The escape velocit y is given by,
wher e m is t he mass of missile and r = R + h is
t he dist ance of missile fr om t he cent r e if Ear t h. Ve 2gR 2 9.81 6378 103 11.2 km / s
The pot ent ial ener gy is given as, 6. At ear t h sur face, P.E. is given by
GM m GMm
U U sur face
r r
Ther efor e, t he t ot al Ener gy is given as, At a dist ance R fr om t he ear t h's sur face, P.E. of
T. E. = K . E. + P. E. syst em is
GM m GM m
U dist ance
2r 2r
2. A geost at ionar y or bit can be achieved only at an
GM m GM m
altitude ver y close to 35,786 km and directly above U
t he equat or. 2r r
Ther efor e, as per given for mula GMm
2r
42 r 3
T
GM GM
g
H er e, r2
Radius of Ear t h, R = 6400 km
GM gr 2
Alt it ude, a = 35,786 km
GM = 3.96 × 1014. 1
U mgr
2
4 2 ((6400 35786) 103 )3 7. As per for mula,
T
3.96 1014
GM
= 86513.68s = 23.96 hour s V and
(R h)
3. Accor ding t o K epler 's second law, Ar ea swept out
by r adi al vect or fr om t he pr i mar y pl anet t o GM
sat ellit e in equal int er val of t ime is const ant , i.e. g
R2
dA
const ant GM gR 2
dt
h vr
gR 2
V
h vr sin (R h)
dA 1 1 8. Satellite will move tangentially to its circular or bit
v r sin h const ant
dt 2 2 wit h t he same velocit y. As per Newt on's fir st law,
t he body t ends t o be in mot ion unless an exter nal
wher e, h i s t he angul ar moment um whi ch i s
for ce act s on it , so t he sat ellit e will be in mot ion
conser ved.
3.6 Space Dynamics
due to iner t ia of motion of the satellite. I n absence Eo Eo
of gr avit at ional for ce t her e will be no cent r ipet al
for ce t o keep t he sat elli t e in it s cir cul ar or bit , 2E o
t her efor e, it will fly off it s or bit wit h a t angent ial
12. Acceler at ion on an inclined plane
veloci t y.
9. Given, g sin
a
Radius of t he planet = 2R I
1
1 M R2
M ean densit y of planet =
4 For cir cular r ings: I = M R2.
As per for mula, so by put t ing t he value in above equat ion we get ,
GM gR 2 g sin g sin 30o g
a
2 2 4
4
M R 3 13. Given,
3
Rp 1
Ve 2GM planet
Planet R ear t h Re 2
Ve R Planet 2GM ear t h
eart h gp 1
ge 2
3
2 G 4 2R R3 Also, we know
4 3 2R 3
2G4R GM
g
R2
8
1 1 gR 2
8 M
G
10. Given, 2
M P gpRp G 1 1 1
R1 M1
Me G 2
1 : 2, 1:2 g eR e 2 4 8
R2 M2
Me
As per given for mula Mp
8
GM G d 4 R 3 4 14. As per quest ion,
g 3 RGd
R2 R2 3 GM
g
R2
4
g1 R1Gd R
3 1 1:2 4GR3d
g2 4 R2 and g , wher e d is t he mean densit y..
R 2Gd 3 R2
3
11. Given, 3g
d
The Tot al Ener gy 4GR
T. E. = K . E. + P. E. 15. As per given for mula,
K inet ic Ener gy is given by,
GM
For cir cular or bit s it is given as, g=
R2
GM m 4GR 3d
K .E. E0
2r and g , wher e d is t he mean densit y..
3 R2
P.E T.E. K .E 4
g GRd
3
Space Dynamics 3.7
16. Given, As t he value of r adius of planet P and Q ar e not
stated in the question. Thus the exact relationship
R p 264 km
cannot be found. To fi nd t he r at i o of escape
velocit y mor e infor mat ion is r equir ed.
Ra1 23903 km
19. Given,
Ra2 28825 km Ra = 1200 km
Rp = 400 km
R e 6378 k m
L et , Radius of t he Ear t h, r = 6400 km
r p 6378 264 6642 km G = 6.67 × 10– 11
M = 5.98 × 1024
ra1 6378 23903 30281 km
Now, ra r R a 6400 1200
ra2 6378 28825 35203 km
7600 km 7600 103 m
I ncr ement in velocit y is given as,
V = V 2 – V 1 r p r R p 6400 400
2GM ra 2 2GM ra1 6800 km 6800 103 m
V -
r p (rp ra 2 ) r p (rp ra1 ) Velocit y at opoapsis V a is given as
2GM r p
Va
ra (ra rp )
2 6.67 10 11 5.98 1024 35203 103
6642 103 (6642 35203) 103 2 6.67 10 11 5.98 1024 6800 103
7600 103 (6800 7600) 103
11 24 3
2 6.67 10 5.98 10 30281 10
= 7049.3 m/s
6642 10 (6642 30281) 103
3
= 7.04 km/s
= 10015.69 – 9888.94
2GM ra
= 126.75 m/s 127 m/s 20. Vp
17. Accor ding t o K epler ’s second law, Ar ea swept out
rp ra rp
by r adi al vect or fr om t he pr i mar y pl anet t o
sat ellit e in equal int er val of t ime is const ant i.e. 2 6.67 10 11 5.98 1024 7600 103
dA 6800 103 (6800 7600) 103
const ant
dt
= 7868.63 m/s = 7.86 km/s
L
r 2 const . Va ra 7049.3 7600 103
m 21. V r 1.0001
p p 7867.9 6800 103
dA 1 2 L
r const. 22. As per for mula,
dt 2 2m
18. Given R p a(1 e)
gQ R a R p 7600 6800
gP e 0.055
6 R a R p 7600 6800
Ve Rp 6800 103
P
? a 7195.76 103 m
Ve 1e 1 0.055
Q
Ve 2gR GM 6.67 10 11 5.97 1024
V
a 7195.76 103
3.8 Space Dynamics
7438.95 m / s GM sum GM eart h
wher eas, gsun 2
and g ear t h
R 2ear t h
3
T
2a 2 7195.76 10
6077 s Rsun
V 7438.95
gsun > gear t h
23. Given,
28. g' = g – 2 Rcos2
T = 24 hour s =86400 s
For poles, = 90°
As per quest ion,
g' = g
4 2a 3 For equat or, = 0°
T2
GM
2R
g g 1
T 2 GM g
a3
42
Ther efor e,
gp > ge
(86400)2 6.67 10 11 5.97 1024
3 29. Remains st at ionar y as bot h ar e falling fr eely and
4 2 velocit y doesn't depend on mass.
= 42226 km GM m
30. F
24. M inimum height = Rp
2r 2
R = a(1 – e)
To k now e we need t o k now ei t her r adi us at 2
4
apogee fr om for mula G r 3
3
Ra Rp 2
e
Ra Rp
2r
Or velocit y at per igee as per for mula r6
F
r2
R p Vp 2
e 1
GM F r4
Thus, dat a i s not suffi ci ent t o fi nd mi ni mum
height . 31. Pot ent ial Ener gy f . dr
25. For v = 0, gp will r emain same but ge will incr ease 1
as U 5
ge = g – R2 r2
1
GM mv 2 U
mg 3
r2 r r2
3
GM
A s,v = 0 t h er ef or e, mg ,t h u s g h as U r 2
r2
incr eased. 32. On compar ing t he value of acceler at ion due t o
26. Acceler at ion of bot h t he load and man ar e same. gr avit y above and below t he sur face of Ear t h,
Ther efor e, t he man will exper ience No for ce. For r fr om t he cent er of t he Ear t h g is dir ect ly
pr opor t ional t o t he r
GM eart h M sun
27. F For r is incr easing fr om t he cent er of t he Ear t h g
r2 is also incr easing
magnit ude of for ces ar e same i.e On t he ot her hand, g is shar ply decr easing which
F ear t h = F sun i s pr opor t i onal t o r – 2 above t he sur face of t he
Ear th.
Space Dynamics 3.9
Ther efor e, if t he height and dept h is same t hen, F r esult ant = F cos 30° + F cos 30° = 3F
the gr avity will be mor e at same depth comparison
t o t he same height , and as weight is mass t imes
Gm 2
gr avit y, t her efor e by compar ing we can dir ect ly wher e, F , t hus
compar e t he weight of t he same mass. H ence, w 1 a2
< w2 < w3
mV 2 Gm 2
GM 3
33. Vc R a2
r
Taking nat ur al logar it hm on t he bot h sides, V2 Gm
3
R R2
1 GM
ln Vc ln ln GM ln r
2 2
Gm
Differ ent iat ing bot h sides: V2
3R
dVc 1 dr
Gmm
Vc 2 r The pot ent ial bet ween any t wo mass is,
a
Vc 1 r Gmm
100 100 Thus, for t hr ee combinat ion = 3
Vc 2 r a
Vc 1 3Gmm 3Gmm
100 1 % 0.5% will incr ease P.E.=
Vc 2 a R
36. I t is independent of mass and inclinat ion angle.
2 r 2 42 r 3 Ther efor e, opt ion is e.
34. T2
V2 GM
37. Rat io of escape velocit ies
2 3
T r Ve 2gR
2
r T3 Ve1 2g1R1
Ve2 2g 2 R 2
2 GM
Now, V
r
Ve1
k1 k 2
1 2 1 Ve2
V
r 2
T3 GM m GMm 1
38. mu 2
R h R 2
1 1
mV 2 K E
2 2
T3 GM m R 2 GM m 1
mu 2
R h 2 R 2
35. Assuming t he dist ance bet ween t wo planet s or
R
t he side of equilat er al t r iangle is a.
Ther efor e, GM m R 2 GM 1 2
u
R h R2 R 2
a 3R
Rcos30
2 2
R 2 R 2 Rh 1 2
a 3R g u
R h 2
Now, as per Newt on's law of gr avit at ion.
L et us say F i s t he for ce bet ween t wo masses Rh 1 2
along tr iangle's side dir ect ion, t her efor e t he t ot al g u
for ce along t he cent er of t he or bit is R h 2
3.10 Space Dynamics
41. Sat ellit e has t ot al Ener gy at r is
4 1 2
u
R h 2gR GM m 1
mv 2
r 2
R h 2gR
GM m 1 Gm GM
h u2 m m
r 2 r 2r
R 2gR When we give sat ellit e some ener gy, such t hat it
1
h u2 will escape fr om ear t h t hen t ot al ener gy will be
zer o. H ence t he r equir ed t o escape t his sat ellit e
R GM m
h is
2gR 2r
1
u2
39. Pot ent ial Ener gy at height h is P
L
GM m r
and h nR
Re h 42.
k
ae
GM m
P.E.
n 1 R
Change in P.E. is The dist ance of point P fr om foci on ellipse is e
t imes t he dist ance fr om lat us r ect um.
Gm GM m
P.E. | FP| =e| PL |
n 1 R R
r = e(k – r cos)
GM m R 1 r + r ecos= ek
P.E. . 1
R R n 1 ek
r
1 ecos
GM m R 1 n 1
P.E. . 43. r 1 = (6378.14 + 250) × 1000 = 6,628,140 m
R R n 1
v 1 = 7950 m/s
n = 89°
P.E. mgR
n 1
Rp C C2 4 1 C sin 2
GM m r
40. Ener gy = 1 1,2 2 1 C
r
GM m GM m 1 2 GM
mv 2 Wher e C
r R 2 r1 v 21
GM GM 1 2
v Rp
r R 2 r
1 1,2
GM R 2 1
R v 2
r R 2 1.903 1.9032 4 1 1.903 sin 2 89
1 1 1 2 1 1.903
gR v 2
e R 2
2 3.986005 1014
1 C
2
1
v R 2g
R r
1 2
6,628,140 7950
Space Dynamics 3.11
44. r 1 = (6378.14 + 250) × 1000 = 6,628,140 m
Rp
r = 0.9984 and 1.1089 v 1 = 7950 m/s
1 1,2
= 89°
Rp = 6,617,534 m
Rp Ra = 7,349,944 m
Per igee Radius, Rp = Rp1 = r 1 × r
1 1
Ra Rp
Rp = 6,628,140 × 0.996019 e
Ra Rp
Rp = 6,617,534 m
Alt it ude at per igee 7,349,944 6,617,534
e
7,349,944 6,617,534
6,617,534
= – 6378.14 = 239.39 km
1000 e = 0.0524
45. r 1 = (6378.14 +250) × 1000 = 6,628,140 m
Rp
= 89°
Apogee Radius, Ra = Rp 2 = r 1 × r
1 2 Rp = 6,617,534 m
Ra = 6,628,140 × 1.1089 Ra = 7,349,944 m
Ra = 7,349,944 m Rp = a – ae
Alt it ude at apogee 6,617,534 = a(1 – 0.0524)
a = 6,983,739 m
7,349,944
= – 6378.14 = 971.80446 km
1000
4
CHAPTER AERODYNAMICS
1. K elvin cir culat ion t heor em is applicable for 5. I nduced velocit y at point A in given fig. below is,
(a) Bar ot r opic flows wher e t he st r engt h of vor t ex line is = 4 m 2/sec?
(b) I sent r opic flows A
(c) I sot her mal and I sochor ic flows
(d) None of t he above
2. Biot – Savar t law is used t o calculat e t he induced 5m
velocit y by a vor t ex line which is applicable for
st at es t hat 45°
30°
(a) I nviscid/irr otational flows and induced velocity B D
is pr opor t ional t o st r engt h of vor t ex line and C
7m
i n v er sel y pr opor t i on al t o squ ar e of t h e
dist ance bet ween point and vor t ex line. (a) 0.1001 m/sec2 (b) 0.2001 m/sec2
(b) I nviscid/r ot ational flows and induced velocit y (c) 0.15001 m/sec2 (d) 0.3001 m/sec2
is pr opor t ional t o squar e of st r engt h of vor t ex 6. L aminar flow aer ofoils ar e used t o r educe
l i ne and i nver sel y pr opor t i onal t o cube of
(a) Skin fr ict ion dr ag (b) Wave dr ag
dist ance bet ween point and vor t ex line.
(c) Tr im dr ag (d) I nduced dr ag
(c) Viscous/r ot at ional flows and induced velocit y
is pr opor t ional t o squar e of st r engt h of vor t ex 7. The white comb ar ea r ule is design technique used
line and inver sely pr oper t ional t o squar e of t o r educe air cr aft dr ag in :
t he dist ance bet ween point and vor t ex line. (a) Subsonic and t r ansonic
(d) Viscous/r ot at ional flows and induced velocit y (b) Tr ansonic and super sonic
is pr opor t ional t o st r engt h of vor t ex line. (c) Super sonic and hyper sonic
3. The velocit y pr ofile given by (d) Tr ansonic and hyper sonic
V A xyiˆ By j 2ˆ 8. Which ser ies of Aer ofoil is used in super sonic jet s,
helicopt er blades, shr ouds, missile/r ocket fins.
wher e, A = 1 m – 1 sec– 1, B = 0.5 m – 1 sec– 1 t hen
(a) 4 ser ies
equat ion of st r eamline is
(b) 5 ser ies
(a) xy = const ant
(c) 6 ser ies
(b) x 2y = const ant
(d) 7 ser ies
x 9. NACA 712A218 has
(c) = const ant
y2 (a) The ar ea of minimum pr essur e 10% of chor d
back t he upper sur face and 20% of t he chor d
y
(d) = const ant back on t he lower sur face.
x2
(b) The ar ea of mi nimum pr essur e 70% of t he
4. The velocit y pr ofile given by V Aiˆ Btˆj wher e chor d back on the upper sur face and 24% chord
back or t he lower sur face
A = 2 m sec– 1 and B = 0.4 m sec– 2 t he equat ion for
(c) The ar ea of minimum pr essur e 10% of chor d
pat h l ine for t he par t i cl e passi ng t hr ough t he
zer o on t he upper sur face and 30% chor d back
or igin at t ime t = 0
or t he lower sur face
(a) y = 0.4 x 2 (b) y = 0.05 x 2
(d) None of t he above
(c) 0.1 y 2 = x (d) 0.1 y = x 2
4.2 Aerodynamics
10. A supercr itical aerofoil has its maximum thickness 16. Cor ner flow ar ound t wo sur faces inclined with an
close t o angle of 60°, t he values of u r , u , ar e :
(a) L eading edge
(b) Tr ailing edge
(c) M iddle of t he chamber line
(d) Quar t er chor d
u (r) = ?
11. Cent r e of pr essur e which is chor d wise locat ion
about which : 60°
(a) Pitching moment varying with respect to angle
of at t ack (a) u r = – 3 Ar 2, u = 0 (b) u r = 3Ar 2, u = 5 Ar 2
(b) Pit ching moment could not be det er mined. (c) u r = Ar 2, u = 3 Ar 2 (d) None of t he above
(c) Pit ching moment is zer o 17. What is pot ent ial funct ions for t he cor ner flow
(d) Pit ching moment is const ant t he t wo sur faces inclined at an angle 60° :
12. The effect on t he pat t er n of t he st r eamlines if V (a) = Az (b) = Az2
= 10 V on : (c) = Az3 (d) = Az4
(A) Rot at ing cylinder 18. L ift and dr ag on t he st at ionar y cylinder
(B) Stationar y cylinder (a) L = 0 and D = 0
(a) t he pat t er n of st r eam lines will be same in (b) L = and D = 0
case (A) and change in case (B) (c) L = 0 and D = V
(b) t he pat t er n of st r eam lines will r emains same (d) L = V and D = 3V
in case of (A) and (B) 19. L ift and dr ag on t he r ot at ing cylinder
(c) We could not pr edict t he pat t er n of flow fr om (a) L = V and D = 0
only velocit y funct ions.
(b) L = 0 and D = 0
(d) The pat t er n of st r eam line in case of A will
(c) L = V and D = 0.5 AV 2
change and r emains same in case of B
(d) L = V and D = 0.5 V 2
13. Consider ing st r eam funct ion as
20. N avi er st ok es equat i ons wi t hout consi der i ng
a2 r viscocit y t ur n ar e called
Vr sin 1 2 ln
r 2 a (a) L agr ange equat ions
wher e V = 25 m/sec, a = 1 m, = 50 m 2/sec (b) Euler s equat ions
t he st agnat ion point s ar e at : (c) H elmholt z equat ions
(a) 45° and 135° (d) Newt on’s equat ions
(b) 240° and 300° 21. Which of t he following doesn’t appear in Navier
(c) 210° and 330° st okes moment um equat ions
(a) Pr essur e
(d) 60° and 120°
(b) Body for ces
14. The value of u r , u at = is :
(c) I nt er nal ener gy
(a) u r = 0 m/sec, u = – 75 m/sec
(d) Shear st r ess due t o viscocit y
(b) u r = 0 m/sec, u = – 125 m/sc
22. What happens to temper atur e, total temper atur e,
(c) u r = 0 m/sec, u = – 100 m/sec pr essur e, t ot al pr essur e, densit y, ent r opy acr oss
(d) u r = 0 m/sec, u = – 175 m/sec a nor mal shock wave
15. For what value of , P = P if = 0 m 2/sec (A) I n cr eases, r em ai n s sam e, i n cr eases,
(a) 0° and 180° decr eases, incr eases, incr eases
(B) I ncr eases, decr eases, i ncr eases, i ncr eases,
(b) 90° and 270°
decr eases
(c) 194° and 346°
(C) Decr eases, incr eases, r emains same, incr ease,
(d) 210° and 330° decr eases
Aerodynamics 4.3
23. Aer odynamic lift is component of aer odynamic 30. For two-dimensional flow, the velocity components
for ce
x y
(a) opposit e t o t he weight ar e u ,v , then acceler at ion
x 2
y 2
x y2
2
(b) per pendicular t o the dir ection of r elative wind
(c) per pendicular t o t he longit udinal axis of t he component s ax and ay ar e
Air cr aft x y
,
(d) Same as t he nor mal (a) 2 2 2 2 2
x y x y2
24. Accor ding t o Pr andt l lifting line t heor y, minimum
I nduced dr ag exist s for which wing shape.
x2 y2 x2 y2
(a) Str aight r ectangular ,
(b) 2 2 2
x y2 x 2
y2
(b) Elliptical
(c) Taper ed st r aight x y
,
(d) Taper ed sweep back (c) 2 2 2 2 2
x y x y2
25. The cur ve for lift coefficient ver sus angle of att ack
for an aer ofoil is found t o int er sect y - axis at 0.1 (d) None of t hese
and x – axis at 1.2. The aer ofoil may be 31. Velocit y for a 2-D flow field is given by
(a) Symmet r ical
V 3 2xy 4t 2 ˆi xy 2 3t ˆj ,
(b) Posit ively camber ed
(c) Negat ively camber ed t hen acceler at ions at a point (1, 2) aft er 2 sec will
(d) L aminar flow be ____________
26. A t aper ed st r aight aer oplane having r oot chor d 32. St r eam li nes and equipot ent i al li nes int er sect
and t ip chor d of 1.1 m and 0.8 m r espect ively if each ot her at all point s
semi span of t he wing is 8.2 m, what is t he aspect (a) Or thogonally
r atio (b) Tangentially
(a) 20 (c) Par allelly
(b) 17.26 (d) None of t hese
(c) 25 33. A fluid flow
(d) 15
a a
27. Veloci t y component s in x and y di r ect ions ar e Vr 1 cos , V 1 sin
2
r r2
2xy 3 2xy 3 r epr esent s a
gi ven by u x 2 y and v xy 2 .
3 3 (a) Physically possible flow
The given velocit y dist r ibut ion is : (b) Physically impossible flow
(a) a possible field of flow (c) Can not say on t he above infor mat ion
(b) not a possible field of flow (d) None of t hese
(c) cannot say based on given dat a 34. A fluid flow
(d) none of t hese
a a2
28. A conical pipe diver ges unifor mly fr om 100 mm Vr 1 cos , V 1 sin
r2 r2
t o 200 mm diamet er over a lengt h of 1 m. t hen
local and connect ive acceler at ion ar e _________ r epr esent s
29. Given t hat u = – 4ax (x 2 – 3y 2), v = 4 ay (3x 2 – y 2), (a) r ot at ional flow
exami ne whet her t hese vel oci t y component s (b) ir r ot at ional flow
r epr esent s a physically possible 2-D flow, if so (c) may be r ot at ional or ir r ot at ional cannot say
whet her t he flow is r ot at ional or ir r ot at ional? depends upon nat ur e of fluid
(d) None of t hese
4.4 Aerodynamics
35. I n a two-dimensional flow the velocity components (a) P – M , Q – O, R – L , S – N
ar e u = Cy, v = 0 (wher e C = const ant ). The (b) P – O, Q – M , R – N, S – L
ci r cul at i on about t he ci r cl e x 2 + y 2 – 2ay = 0
(c) P – M , Q – O, R – N, S – L
Sit uat ed in a flow (wher e a is r adius of cir cle) is
_____________ (d) P – L , Q – O, R – M , S – N
36. M at ch t he following pair s 39. The r at io of fr ict ional dr ag on t he fr ont half and
r ear, half of t he flat plat e kept on zer o incident
Fi angl e i n a st r eam of uni for m vel oci t y, i f t he
P. Reynolds Number Re L.
Fv boundar y layer is laminar over t he whole plat e
Fi ________
Q. Fr oude Number Fr M.
Fs 40. Boundar y layer separ at ion occur s when
Fi u
R. Weber Number We N. dP 0
Fg (a) 0 (b) y
dx y 0
Fi
S. Euler ' s Number Eu O. u
FP 0
(c) y (d) None of t he above
y 0
wher e Fi = iner t ial for ce
41. Which of t he following condit ion is det ached flow
Fv = viscous for ce
condition
Fs = sur face t ension
u u
Fg = gr avit y for ce 0 0
(a) y (b) y
F P = pr essur e for ce y 0 y 0
(a) P – L , Q – N, R – M , S – O u
(c) y 0 (d) None of t he above
(b) P – L , Q – N, R – O, S – M y 0
(c) P – N, Q – L , R – M , S – O 42. Von -K ar m an m om en t u m i n t egr al equ at i on
(d) P – M , Q – L , R – N, S – O
0
37. The velocit y dist r ibut ion in the boundar y layer is 2 is applicable t o
V x
u y
gi ven by , wher e u i s t he vel oci t y at a
v (a) L aminar boundar y layer flow only
dist ance y fr om t he plat e and u = v at y = being (b) Tur bulent boundar y layer flow only
(c) Tr ansit ion boundar y layer flow only
*
boundar y layer t hickness, t hen t he value of (d) B y pr ovi di ng t h e r ot at i n g cyl i n der n ear
leading edge.
i s ___________
(e) L aminar, t r ansi t ion & t ur bul ent boundar y
38. M at ch t he following pair s
layer flows
u u 43. Separ at ion of boundar y layer can be pr event ed
(P) Nominal t hickness L. v 1 v dy by
0
(a) St r eamlining t he body shape
y for (b) Sucking t he r et ar ded flow
(Q) Displacement t hickness M. u 0.99V
(c) Pr oviding t he slot near leading edge
(d) all of t he above
u2
u 44. The boundar y layer t hickness at a dist ance of 1
(R) M oment um t hickness N . 1 2 dy
v v m fr om t he leading edge of flat e plat e kept over
0
t he zer o angle of incidence t o t he flow dir ect ion
is 1 mm. The velocit y out side of t he boundar y
u layer is 20 m/sec. t he boundar y layer t hickness
(S) Ener gy t hickness O. 1 v dy at t he dist ance of 4 m is ____________ (consider
0
laminar boundar y layer )
Aerodynamics 4.5
45. For compr essible flow ar ea – velocit y r elationship 51. For Cusped aer ofoil,
(a) t r ailing edge is always st agnat ion point
dA dV dA dV 2
(a) 1 M2 (b)
C 1 (b) t r ailing edge may or may not be st agnat ion
A V A V
point
dA dV dA dV 2 (c) flow velocity above and below the tr ailing edge
(c) M 2 1 (d)
V 1
A V A V have differ ent magnit udes
46. Wh i ch of t he fol l owi n g expr essi on does n ot (d) flow velocity above and below the tr ailing edge
r epr esent t he speed of sound is a medium? have differ ent dir ect ions.
52. I f t he mach number at t he cr oss-sect ion of nozzle
k is M = 0.8 and r at io of specific heat is = 1.4 t hen
(a) (b) RT
e
A
is ____________ Wher e A* is cr oss-sect ional
KP dP A*
(c) (d) ar ea at t hr oat .
d
53. I f t he st agnat ion t emper at ur e T 0 at compr essor
47. Which of the following is basic governing equation i nl et i s i ncr eased 1.44 t i mes and st agnat i on
of compr essible fluid flow? pr essur e P0 is decr eased t o 0.6 t imes in values,
(a) Cont inuit y equat ion t hen by what fact or should t he mass flow r at e be
(b) M oment um equat ion decr eased i n t he compr essor t o achi eve same
(c) Ener gy equat ion pr essur e r at io?
(d) Equat ion of st at es (a) 1.63 (b) 2.11
(v) All of t he above (c) 2 (d) 1.84
Dr ag and lift on t he cylinder wit h cir culat ion in
48. K ut t a-Jouk owshi t heor em r el at es t he l i ft and
pot ent ial flow is
cir culat ion over a body for
( = Densit y, u = fr ee st r eam velocit y)
(a) 2 - D body
(a) Dr ag = 0 L ift = V
(b) 3 - D body
(b) Dr ag > 0, L ift > V
(c) Bot h (a) & (b)
(c) Dr ag < 0, L ift < V
(d) None of t he above
(d) Dr ag > 0, L ift < V
49. M at h em at i cal f or m of K el v i n ’s ci r cu l at i on 54. Pick t he wr ong st at ement about t he t ur bulent
t heor em Boundar y layer
T T (a) The Tur bulent boundar y layer pr oduces mor e
(a) 0 (b) 0 skin fr ict ional dr ag t han laminar boundar y
t t
layer
T T (b) The t ur bulent boundar y layer is mor e st able
(c) 0 (d) 1
t t t han laminar boundar y layer
50. CP for cylinder and spher e for pot ent ial flow is (c) Tur bulent boundar y layer does not contr ibut e
given by lift on t he aer ofoil
(d) Bot h (b) & (c)
2 9 2
(a) 1 4 sin ,1 sin 55. Ther e ar e t wo geomet r i cal l y si mi l ar ai r cr aft s
4 however, due t o pr opor t ional r equir ement s t he
air cr aft s have differ ent sizes. I f t he sur face ar ea
2 9 2
(b) 1 4 sin ,1 sin of t he lar ger air cr aft is t wice t he smaller one and
2 mass is 2.4 t imes of smaller one by what kinet ic
ener gy per cent age is t he st all speed (at st eady
9
(c) 1 sin 2 ,1 4 sin 2 level flight ) of t he lar ger air cr aft gr eat er t han
4
smaller air cr aft (at same flight condit ion)?
(d) None of t hese (a) 10.2% (b) 27%
(c) 3.3% (d) 9.5%
4.6 Aerodynamics
56. Consider the flow at mach 0.8. The r atio of kinet ic 63. Shadogr aph, schl ier en, I nt er fer omet er used t o
ener gy per unit mass t o int er nal ener gy per unit measur e :
mass of t he fluid element moving along a st r eam
2
line is (Take = 1.4) __________ (a) , , r espect ively
y 2 y
57. The pr essur e coeffi ci ent on t he poi nt sur face
of aer ofoil at incoming mach number 0.4 is 0.5. 2
The value of pr essur e coefficient at same point (b) , , r espect ively
y y 2
at f r ee st r eam m ach n u m ber 0.7 wou l d be
__________. 2
(c) , , r espect ively
58. For the pr eliminar y design of a mach 2 super sonic y y 2
wind t unnel, t he r at io of diffuser t hr oat ar ea t o (d) None of t he above
nozzle t hr oat ar ea is ____________
64. Oblique shock wave is for med at leading edge of
59. I n case of for mat ion of nor mal shock wave, 1 10° half wedge. I f the shock wave angle is 30° and
and 2 ar e densi t i es befor e and aft er of shock downst r eam velocit y is 900 m/sec, t he upst r eam
wave, if M 1 t hen M 2 = _________ velocit y is ___________ m/sec
Normal shock 65. I n t he above pr oblem, if T 1 = 310 K , P1 = 1 at m
t hen P2 is __________ at m
M1 M2
66. A super sonics flow wit h M 1 = 1.5, P1 = 1 at m, T 1 =
1 2
288 K, expanded along the shar p cor ner as shown
60. I f a point in the air flow the pr essur e, t emper atur e i n figur e t hr ough deflect i on angl e of 15°. The
and velocit y ar e 1 at m, 320 K , 100 m/sec. Tot al angle of forwar d and r ear ward mach line is ______
t emper at ur e and t ot al pr essur e at t his point will 67. I n t he above pr oblem P2 is ______________
be ___________
61. J u st u pst r eam of t h e sh ock w av e, t h e ai r
t emper at ur e and pr essur e 288 K and 1 at m 1
r espect ively. Just downst r eam of t he wave, t he M1 = 1.5 µ1 = ? 2
air t emper at ur e and pr essur e ar e 690 K and 8.6 µ2 = ?
at m r espect ively. The change in ent r opy acr oss P1
t he wave is ______________ J/kg-K . T1
62. L ift and Dr ag for ce coefficient s for flat e plat e at q = 15°
an 8° angle of at t ack at mach 4 is _________
AN SWER KEY
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (b)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (b) 30. (a) 31. 186.03 32. (a)
33. (a) 34. (b) 36. (a) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (a) 40. (b) 41. (c) 42. (d) 43. (e)
44. 2 mm 45. (c) 46. (c) 47. (d) 48. (a) 49. (a) 50. (a) 51. (b) 52. 1.04 53. (c)
54. (c) 55. (d) 56. 0.1792 57. 0.32 58. 1.387 60. 817.8K , 26.7 at m 61. 258.2 J/kg-K 62. 0.02
63. (a) 64. 976.55 65. 2.05 at m 66. 41.81°, 30° 67. 0.4691 at m
Aerodynamics 4.7
EXPLAN ATI ON S
1. K el vi n ci r cul at i on t heor em i s appl i cabl e for Eqn. (1) & eqn. (2) passing t hr ough or igin
bar ot r opic flows, I sent r opic and isot her mal flows C=0
ar e bar ot r opic is nat ur e
x = 2t
P = f (e)
2. Accor ding t o Biot -savar t law, induced velocit y at x
t
any point P by a vor t ex line is given by 2
y = 0.2t 2
dl r
dV By put t ing value of t in t er ms of x, we get
4 |r 3 |
2
y = 0.2
x
dV
2
1
dV 2
r x2
y 0.2
3. Equat ion for st r eam line is given by 4
dx dy 4 y = 0.2x 2
u v
2 2
y x
dx dy 40
Axy By 2 20y = x 2
dx dy y 0.05 x 2
Ax By
5. I nduced velocity at point A is given by Biot-Savar t
Put t ing value of A and B, and int egr at ing we get law
dx dy
1 x 0.5 y dV
4 h
cos cos
ln x 2 ln y l n c 4
4 5
cos30 cos45
ln x ln y 2 ln c = 0.1001 m/sec
9. 712A218, 7 digit ser ies Aer ofoil wher e 1st digit
ln x ln y 2 ln c ser ies (indicat ing ser ies )
ln(x/y 2) = ln(c) 2nd digit Dist ance of minimum pr essur e on
t he upper sur face in t ens of per cent age of chor d.
x
C 3r d digit Dist ance of minimum pr essur e on
y2 t he lower sur face in t ens of per cent age of chor d.
4. Equat ion of pat h line is given by Alphabet r efer s t o a st andar d pr ofile fr om t he
ear lier NACA ser ies. Next digit H descr ibes
dx dy t he l i ft coeffi ci ent i s t ent hs. L ast t wo di gi t s
u, v
dt dt descr ibing the maximum thickness as per centage
u = A, v = Bt of chor d.
H er e minimum pr essur e 10% of chor d back on
dx dy
2, 0.4t the upper surface and 20% chord back on the lower
dt dt sur face.
dx 2dt 11. By definit ion of cent r e of pr essur e.
x=2t +C ....(1) 12. We know equat ion of st r eam lines in Car t esian
co-or dinat e and polar co-or dinat es ar e
t2 dy v 1 r u r
dy 0.4 C ....(2) ,
2 dx u r u
4.8 Aerodynamics
For r ot at ing cylinder 15. Pr essur e coefficient
a2 P P
1 r 2 cos CP , P P
ur a
u 1 a2
2 sin CP = 0
r 2rv
CP = 1 – 4 sin 2
ur 0 = 1 – 4 sin 2
is dependent on V , hence t he pat t er n will
u 4 sin 2 = 1
change. 1
sin
For st at ionar y cylinder 2
a2 1
1 2 cos sin 1 30,150,210,330
ur r 2
u a2
1 2 sin
r 16.
3
ur
is independent of V , hence pat t er n will not n 3
u
change. We have
13. At st agnat ion point s u r = 0, u = 0, r = 1
w AZ n
a2 = Ar n cos n + i Ar n sin n
u r V 1 si n = + i
2 2 r
r
= Ar n cos n
1 50 d
0 25 1 sin ur nAr n 1 cosn
1 2 1 dr
0 = – 50 sin – 25 = 3A r 3– 1 cos3
= 3A r 2 cos3
1
sin
2 1
u nAr n 1 sin n
r
1
sin 1 210 & 330 = – 3 Ar 2 sin 3
2
Put t ing value of , we get
= 210°, 330°
u r 3Ar 2 cos 3 3Ar
2
a2 3
14. u r v 1 cos
r2
u 3Ar 2 sin 3
1
25 1 cos 0 3Ar 2 sin 3
1 3
a2 =0
u V 1 si n 17. We have, pot ent ial funct ion for cor ner flow
2 2 r
r
= Azn
50
25 1 1 sin n
3
2 1
= – 50 – 25 = – 75 3
u = 75 m/sec
Az2
Aerodynamics 4.9
18. L ift and dr ag on st at ionar y cylinder is zer o 25. Negat ivit y camber ed aer ofoil
L = 0, D = 0 y
19. L i ft and dr ag on r ot at ing cyli nder i s L = v , CL
D=0
20. Wit hout consider ing viscosit y t er m 0.2 –
N – V equat ion is wr it t en as
0.1 –
dP = – vdv (which is euler s’ equat ion)
x
21. Navier st okes equat ion can be wr it t en as 1 2
– 0.1 –
1 P u 2 u 2 u 2 u 0.2 –
Px
x t x 2 y 2 z2
1 P v 2 v 2 v 2 v I n CL Vs. cur ve, for posit ive camber ed aer ofoil,
Py
y t x 2 y 2 z2 air foil is found to be inter cept y-axis (positive) and
x-axis negat ive for negat ive camber ed case just
1 P w 2 w 2 w 2 w opposit e t o posit ive camber ed aer ofoil.
Pz
y t x 2 y 2 z2 CL
N – V in vect or for m, may be wr it t en as
V 1 2
R gr ad P VV V
t e
2
V V laplace oper at or
2 2 2
2 2
x y z2 26.
H ence t he pr essur e for ce, Body for ce (gr avi t y)
Cr
viscosit y pr esent in N – V equat ion.
s = wing Ar ea Ct
22. Normal shock
Normal shock wave
M1 M2 M1 > M 2
P1 P2 P2 > P1
?1 ?2 T2 > T1 b
T1 T2 ?2 > ?1 Ct = t ip chor d
T01 T02 P01 > P02 Cr = r oot chor d
P01 P02 T01 = T02 Ct Cr
Chor d of wing
s1 s2 s2 > s1 2
M1 > 1 M2 < 1 1.1 0.8
0.95
23. By definit ion of lift for ce 2
24. I nduce dr ag coefficient b2
AR
S
C2L C2L
Cdi 1
AR eAR b2 b
bc c
1
e 8.2 2
1 17.26
e = Span efficiency fact or. 0.95
>, 0 2xy 3 2yx 3
27. u x 2 y, v xy 2
= 0, e = 1 (ellipt ical wing) 3 3
> 0 for ot her t ype of wing hence e > 1 for ot her A possi bl e fl ow f i el d (2-D) must sat i sfy t he
wing. cont inuit y equat ion.
4.10 Aerodynamics
Convect ive acceler at ion
u v
0
x y u Q 2Q
ax u
x 0.00785 1 x 2 0.0785 1 x 3
2y 3 2x 3 2 3
2xy 2xy y x3
3 3 3
2Q2
Since continuity equation is not satisfied the given
flow field, velocit y component do not r epr esent a 0.007852 1 x 5
possible flow field. 29. u = – 4 ax (x 2 – 3y 2)
28. l v = 4 ay (3x 2 – y 2)
A possible flow field (2-D) flow must sat isfying
cont inuit y equat ion.
Dx u v
D1 D2 0
x y
x x
4ax x 2 3y 2
y
4ay 3x 3 y 2
D 2 = 200 mm = 0.2 m
12ax 2 12ay 2 12ax 2 12ay 2 0
D 1 = 100 m = 0.1 m
l =1m H ence t he given velocit y r epr esent s t he physical
Dist ance at any dist ance x fr om inlet possible flow in 2 - D case.
D D1 v u
Dx 2
x D1 0 flow in ir r ot at ion
l x y
24axy 24ayx 0
0.1
0.2 0.1 x
1 H ence is ir r ot at ional.
= 0.1 + 0.1 x = 0.1 (1 + x) x y
30. u ,v
Cr oss-sect ional ar ea x y2 2
x y2
2
2 2
Ax
D x 0.1 1 x We know t hat
4 4
u u
2 ax u v
0.12 1 x x y
4
= 0.00785 (1 +x)2 v v
ay u v
x y
Q
velocit y of flow u x u
A
u x x 2 y 2 2x x
Q
x x x 2 y 2 2
2 x2 y 2
0.00785 1 x
u Q y 2 x2
Velocit y gr adient 1 x 2
2 2
x x 0.00785 x y2
2Q u x x x 2 y 2 1
0.00785 1 x
3
y y x 2 y 2 y
2
L ocal acceler at ion
v x x2 y2 xy
0
t
2xy
Since flow is st eady
2
2
x y2
Aerodynamics 4.11
v y 1 v
8t ˆi 3ˆj
y x2 y2
x x x y x
2 t
2 2xy a 3 2xy 4t 2 2yjˆ y 2 ˆj
y x2 y2 2x
2 2 2
x y xy 2 3t 2xiˆ 2xyjˆ 8t ˆi 3jˆ
2 2
v
y
x y 1 y xy Put t ing t he value of x, y & t we get
2
y y x y 2 2
x2 y2 23 4 ˆj 4 ˆj 4 6 2ˆj 4 ˆj 16 ˆj 3ˆj
x2 y2 92iˆ 92ˆj 20iˆ 40ˆj 16iˆ 3ˆj
2 2 2
x y 128iˆ 135ˆj
Subst it ut ing all t he values we get
a1,2 1282 1352
2 2
ax
x y x
y
2xy
= 186.03 unit
x 2
y 2
x y x
2 2 2 2
y 2
x 2 2
y2 32. Stream line and equipotential lines intersects each
ot her or t hogonally ,
xy 2 x 3 2xy 2 x 3 xy 2 For cur ve = const ant
2 3 2 3 3
x y2
x y x 2 2
y2
y x
2 2 Slope of
x x y x x
y
2 2 3 2 2 2
x y x y
u u
x
ax u v
2
2
x y2 For cur ve = const ant
y u
y Slope
ay x x u
2 2
x y2
y
31. V 3 2xy 4t 2 ˆj xy 2 3t ˆj
v
u
a1,2 aft er 2 sec = ?
pr oduct of slope
dv u v
We know a 1
dt v u
v v v m 1 m 2 1 is condit ion for per pendicular it y..
u v
t y t
a
v 33. Vr 1 2 cos
2yiˆ y 2 ˆj r
x
v a
2xiˆ 2xyjˆ V 1 sin
y r2
To check t he possible flow field it must be sat isfy
cont inuit y equat ion.
4.12 Aerodynamics
1 1 C a 2
eVr eVr eV = 0 ... (1)
r r r
Fi
36. Reynolds number Re
Vr Vr V Fv
0
r r r
Fi
a Fr oude Number Fr
Vr 1 2 cos Fg
r r
Fi
1 2a cos Weber Number We
a cos 2 . Fs
r3 r3
a Fi
Evler ’s number Eu
V 1 2 sin Fp
r
37. Displacement t hickness
a
1 cos
2
r u
* 1 dy
Subst it ut ing t hese values in equat ion (1) we get
v
0
1 a 2a cos 1 a y
1 cos 1 cos 1 dy
r 2 3 2
r r r r
0
cos a cos 2a cos cos a cos
0
y2
y
r r3 r2 r r3 2 0 2
Hence continuit y equat ion is satisfying a possible M oment um t hickness
flow field.
34. For checking r ot at ionalit y, vor t icit y is given by – u u
v 1 v dy
V V 1 Vr 0
r r r
y y
V
a sin 2
1 1 dy
0
r r3
y2
v r a y
1 sin 2 dy
r2 0 0
1 1 a y2
a sin 2 3 1 2 sin y3 2 3
r r r
2
2 3 0 2 3 6
1 a
1 sin
r 2
r *
2 3
2a sin sin a sin sin a sin
0 6
3
r r r3 r r3
38. Nominal t hickness y = , u = 0.99 V
Flow is ir r ot at ional.
35. Given u = Cy, v = 0 u
Displacement t hickness * 1 dy
Equat ion of cir cle x 2 – y 2 – 2ay = 0 v
0
We have A
u u
= Vor t icit y, A = Ar ea M oment um t hickness v 1 v dy
0
v u
0 Cy C u2
u
x y y Ener gy t hickness v v 2 dy
1
0
A a 2
Aerodynamics 4.13
40. Boundar y layer separ at ion occur s when pr essur e 47. For compr essible flow basic gover ning equat ion
ar e :
P
i ncr eases i n di r ect i on of fl ow 0 , t he Cont inuit y equation
x
M oment um equat ion
pr essur e for ce act s in opposit e dir ect ion of flow
Ener gy equat ion
fur t her incr ease t he r et ar ding effect of viscous
for ces, subsequent ly t he t hickness of boundar y Equat ion of st at es
layer incr eases r apidly in t he dir ect ion of flow. 48. K ut t a joukowshi t heor em st at es t hat lift per unit
Th ese for ce act s over a l ong st r et ched, t he span on a 2-D body is dir ect l y pr opor t ional t o
boundar y layer get separ at ed fr om t he sur face cir culat ion ar ound t he body.
and moves in t he main st r eam. This phenomena L e V
in called boundar y layer separ at ion.
= cir culat ion
u L = L ift
0 at t ached flow
y V = Fr ee st r eam velocit y
u 49. K elvin cir culat ion t heor em st at es t hat t ime r at e
0 flow ver ge t o separ at e of change of ci r cul at i on ar ound a cl ose cur ve
y
consist ing of same fluid element is zer o.
u T
0 separ at ed flow 0
y t
42. Von-K ar man moment um i nt egr al equat i on i s 1 2
applicable for laminar t r ansit ion and t ur bulent
boundar y layer.
44. Boundar y layer t hickness in case of laminar flow
C1 C2
is 2
5x 1
Rex Same fluid
elemen ts
Fluid elements along
x
curve C1 at time t 1 at a later
1 1 time t 2
2 4 50. CP 1 4 sin 2 for cylinder
1 1 9
CP 1 sin 2 for spher e
2 4 4
51. For Cusped aer ofoil t r ailing edge angle is zer o, at
2 2 mm a point t r ailing edge v 1 = v 2 0, t his comes fr om
K ut t a condit ion.
dA dV
45. M2 1 Velocit ies leaving t he t op and bot t om sur faces of
A V t r ailing edge ar e finit e and equal in magnit ude
46. Sonic velocit y is given by and dir ect ion.
1
dP K A 1 2 1 2 2 1
C is t er m of bulk modules. 52. 1 M
de e *
M 1 2
A
P = 1.4, M = 0.8
C RT for I sot her mal pr ocess 1.4 1
e 1 2 21.4 1
1 0.2 0.82
0.8 2 4
P
C RT for adiabat ic pr ocess = 1.038
e
A
1.038 1.04 (Appr ox)
A*
4.14 Aerodynamics
1 57. M 1 = 0.5
P0 A * 2 1
53. m
CP1 0.4
T0 R 1
M 2 = 0.7
P0 CP2 ?
m
T0
CP2 CP 1 M 12
Wh en pr essu r e decr eased by 0.6 t i mes and 0
t emper at ur e incr eased by 1.44 t imes, CP1 1 M 22 1 M 22
0.6 P0 CP
0
m
new
1.44 T0 1 M 12
m
P0 1.44
2 CP2 1 0.72
m
new T0 0.6
0.6 P0
CP1 1 0.52
1.44 T0 = 0.82
m CP2 CP1 0.82
m
new
2
= 0.4 × 0.82 = 0.32
H ence t he mass flow r at e should be decr eased by
fact or 2 t o keep t he pr essur e r at io const ant . 58. M 1 = 2,
54. Tur bul ent boundar y l ayer mor e st abl e t han we have
laminar boundar y layer and less t ends t o flow At 2 P01
separ at ion. To achieve t he t ur bulent boundar y
At 1 P02
l ayer gol f bal l has dot s, so t hat fl ow r emai ns
at t ached and have dr ag r educes and it can t r avel
long dist ance also if t he flow at t ached over t he Nozzle Test section Diffuse
sample, it cont r ibut es t o t he lift on t he aer ofoil
pr oduces.
55. I n steady level flight minimum air speed at which
At 1
air place can flown in st eady level flight is called Thr oat
Thr oat
t he st all speed.
2gm At 1
Vst all
SCL
max M1 M2
As t he air cr aft is geomet r ically similar t he non- P01 P02
dimensional lift coefficiency CL will be same.
Normal shock wave
Vst all lar ger Wl Ss Wl Ss 1 2
1 M1
Vst all smaller Sl Ws Ws Sl M2 2 1.8
1 M2 0.57
M 12 0.33
2
2.4
2 1.2 1.095 P01 P01 P1 P2
% incr ease in st all speed P02 P1 P2 P02
1.095 1
1
100 9.5% (Appr ox) 1 2 1 2
1 1 M1 1 M2 1
2 1 1
v2 1 M 2 1.4 0.4 0.82 1
56.
2 2 2
e ( 1) / 2 2 1
1 M2
2
= 0.1792
Aerodynamics 4.15
T 0 = 817.8 K
1 2 1
1 M1 1 T0 817.8 K
2 2
1 M 12 1
1 2 1 Tot al pr essur e, P0
1 M2
2
P0 T0 1 817.8 3.5
1 2 1
P01 1 M1 P T 320
2 1
P02 =
1 2 2
1 M2 1 M2 1
2 1 1 P0 26.7 at m
61. 258.2 J/kg-K
3.5
1 0.2 22 1 T2 P2
change in ent r opy S CP ln T R ln P
1 0.2 0.372 2.8
1 22 1
1 1
2.4
R 690 8.606
= 1.387 ln 287 ln
1 288 1
At 2
1.387 1.4 287 690
At 1 ln 287 ln 8.606
0.4 288
59. 0.378 = 258.2 J/kg-K
62. For super sonic flow
e2
1 M 12
e1 2 1 M 12 4 4 0.139
Cl 0.143
M 2 1 42 1
when
M1
2
4 2 4 0.139
e2 1 Cd
6 M 2 1 42 1
e1 1
1 2 = 0.0199
1 M1 64.
2 2 1
M2
2 1 2
M 1
2 u 2, Mn 2
1 u1, Mn1
M2 0.378
2
t1
1,M
60. I n st eady adiabat ic flow, t ot al ent halphy
w
V2, M 2
v2
h0 h
2
V1, M 1
2
v
T0 T
2 CP
V2 V2
T T 1
2 R 2R
1
10002 0.4 = 10°
320 320 497.8 = 30°
2 1.4 287
V= 900 m/sec
4.16 Aerodynamics
As we know, t he t angent ial component of velocit y
r emains same. 1.52 1
(M 1) 6 t an 1 t an 1 1.52 1
u 1 cos = u 2 cos ( – ) 6
(M 1) = 12°
u 2 cos
u1 (M 2) = 12 + 15 = 27°
cos
1
900 cos 30 10
976.55 m / sec
1
t an 1 M 2
2 1 11 t an 1
M 22 1
cos30
= 27°
65. Pr essur e r at io acr oss oblique shock wave
1
P2 2 6 t an 1 M 2
2 1 t an 1 M 22 1
1 M2 1 6
P1 1
= 27°
M 1 M 1 sin M 2 = 3 (r ounding near est values)
Angle of r ear war d mach line
V1
sin
RT1 1
2 sin 1
M2
977 sin 30
1.4 287 310 1
sin 1
= 2.76 sin 30° 2
= 1.38
2 30
P 2 1.4
2 1 1.382 1 67. Acr oss t he expansion wave, Rat io of pr essur e
P1 1.4 1
2.8
1 1.382 1
1 2 1
2.4 P2 1 2 M 1
= 2.05
P1 1 2
1 M2
P2 = 2.00 × 1 = 2.05 at m 2
66. M 1 = 1.5
P1 = 1 at m 3.5
1 0.2 1.52
T 1 = 288 K
1 0.2 22
Angle of for war d mach line
1 1 3.5
1 sin 1 2 sin 1 1.45
M1 2
1.8
1
sin 1 P2
1.5 0.4691
= 41.81° P1
For finding t he angle of r ear war d mach line, we P2 = 0.4691 × P1
must have t o find mach number downst r eam of = 0.4691 × 1
expansion wave. = 0.4691 at m
(M 2) – (M 1) =
(M 2) = + (M 1)
1 1
M1 t an 1 M2 1
1 1
t an 1 M 2 1
= 1.4
5
CHAPTER AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE
1. Pr event ion of buckling of skin of wing is done by? 19. Find no. of nat ur al fr equencies of a cant ilever
2. Which par t of t he wing t akes bending mainly? beam.
3. Give r epr esent at ion of Bending st iffner s. 20. Find no. of compat ibilit y equat ions needed t o be
sat isfied for a 3-D pr oblem of elast icit y.
4. What is mar gin of safet y (M OS) in t er ms of factor
of (FOS) safet y? 21. Find st r esses in t er m of air y st r ess funct ion.
5. How many independent elastic constant ar e ther e 22. Find st iffness of cant ilever beam wit h end point
for or t hot r opic elast ic mat er ial ? load.
6. Give r elation between shear modulus and Young’s 23. A steel bar is 900 mm long wit h var iable diamet er
modulus. is given below. Bar is subject ed t o axial t ension
of 15 K N. What is t ot al ext ension of bar. (E = 200
7. Give r elat ion between Bulk modulus and Young’s
GPa)
Modulus
8. Define Tor sional Rigidit y. 15mm
9. I n monocoque st r uct ur e, what is t he major load P P 30 mm
40 mm 1 2 3
bear ing member ?
10. Find no. of degr ee of fr eedom of a hinged-hinged
500 mm 200 mm
beam? 200
mm
11. Find no. of degr ee of freedom of figur e given below.
24. A st eel r od 15 m long is at a t emper at ur e of 15°C.
Find fr ee expansion of lengt h when t emper at ur e
is r aised t o 65°C. [E = 200 GPa, = 12 × 10– 6/°C]
K K 25. Find t emper at ur e st r ess fr om t he dat a given in
Q.24, when
m m
(i) Expansion of r od is pr event ed
K K (ii) Rod is per mit t ed t o expand by 6 mm
26. Pr incipal st r esses in t he wall of a cont ainer ar e
40 M N /m 2 and 80 M N/m 2. Det er mi ne nor mal ,
shear and r esul t ant st r ess i n magni t ude and
12. What is degr ee of fr eedom of a syst em? dir ect ion in a plane, t he nor mal of which makes
13. What does nat ur al fr equencies of a syst em ar e an angle of 30° wit h t he dir ect ion of maximum
equal t o? pr inciple str ess
14. What does damped natur al fr equency of a system
is equal t o? 40 MN/m2
15. What does t he r el at i on bet ween damped and
undamped nat ur al fr equency of single degr ee of
80 MN/m2 30º
fr eedom syst em gives? 30º
16. What is t he damping r at io of cr it ically damped
syst em?
17. Give gener al for mula for logar it hmic decr ement .
18. Find t he qualit y fact or for SDOF’s.
5.2 Aircraft Structure
27. Calculat e moment of iner tia about hor izontal and 33. Consider a t hr ee st r inger t hin walled beam wit h
ver t ical gr avit y axes (I xx & I yy) of sect ion shown cr oss-sect ion given below. Consider shear flow is
below const ant t hr ough t he walls :
t3
60 mm 1m t1
t2 2m
20 mm
60 mm
20 mm I f allowable shear st r ess is 300 M Pa, what is t he
maximum t or que st r uct ur e can t ake ?
34. For mult icell sect ion given below subject ed t o a
t or que T = 20 M Nm. Det er mine t he shear flows
20 mm and angle of t wist per unit lengt h. [G = 80 GPa]
28. Dr aw Shear for ce diagr am for t he given beam. t = 0.005m
10 m 5m 200 kN
2t t a
20 kN/m
A B C D E 1 2
5m 10 m 5m
RB RD
a = 1m a = 1m
29. A squar e cr ossect ion beam given below is loaded
in such a way t hat maximum bending st r ess is 35. A st r ut made of st eel , 2m l ong wi t h 50 mm
20 MPa and maximum moment is 25 KNm. Beam diamet er is subject ed t o axial t hr ust of 20 kN. I f
is made up of mat er ial of shear modulus G = 100 compressive-strength of strut is 350 MN/m 2, [strut
GPa and poi sson r at i o = 0.2. What i s t he is simply-suppor t ed] E = 200 GPa
dimension of cr oss-sect ion of beam.
Check whether it fails in buckling or compr ession?
30. Calculat e hoop st r ess pr oduced in spher ical shell
36. Fi nd cr i t i cal buck l i ng l oad for bot h end-fi xed
of out er diamet er 10 mm and inner diamet er 8
column.
mm wit h int er nal pr essur e of 200 M Pa. I f 450
M Pa is t he maximum hoop st r ess it can t ak e. 37. Give equat ion of Von M ises t heor y for 2-D case of
Then what is t he fact or of safet y: failur e.
31. What can be t he lengt h of 10 mm diamet er wir e 38. M at er ial subject ed t o pr inciple st r ess given by:
whi ch can be t wi st ed t hr ough angl e of 360 ° 1 = 150 M Pa (2D-case)
wit hout exceeding shear st r ess of 50 M Pa. 2 = 100 M Pa
[Shear modulus G = 20 GPa] Yield st r engt h of mat er ial is given by y = 350
32. What is t he angle of t wist at point C in st epped MPa. Check whether material fails under this type
shaft given below : of loading.
39. Det er mine longit udinal st iffness of bar
(2)
2T x
T
200 mm 100 mm 2m
C A, E
B
A (1) L
1m 2m
(G = 20 GPa) (M ax. shear st r ess = 50 M Pa)
Aircraft Structure 5.3
40. Wr it e equat ion of mot ion of syst em 44. For given 2 DOF syst em
Find out t he mass and salt t ner mat r ix
x k
m I = 20 kg m2
K1= 10,000 K2= 10,000
41. What is t he nat ur al fr equency in above quest ion.
1m 1m
42. Find natur al fr equency for pendulum given below. a b
45. Find out nat ur al fr equency using dat a of 46t h
a quest ion.
46. Descr ibe/discuss t or sional vibr at ion of Shaft .
l 47. Br iefly discuss L at er al vibr at ion of beam.
k
l–a
43. For given single degr ee of fr eedom syst em wit h
k = 10,000 N/m
and m = 40 kg
and = 0.3
K C
m
x
What is the damping factor C and damped natural
fr equency.
5.4 Aircraft Structure
EXPLAN ATI ON S
1. Ribs (st iffner s). By r educing effect ive lengt h of 18. 1 n
Q
ski n. 2 2 1
2. Spars
= damping r at io
3. EI wher e
n = nat ur al fr equency
E = Young’s modulus
2 and 1 ar e fr equency ahead and behind of
I = M oment of iner t ia [2nd moment of Ar ea] nat ur al fr equency.
4. M OS = FOS – 1 19. I nfinite
Ult imat e st rengt h or yield st r engt h 20. 6
FOS
working st ress 2
21. xx
5. 9 y 2
2
E yy = Air y st r ess funct ions.
6. G Poissons r at io x 2
2 1
2
xy
E x y
7. k
3 1 2v P
8. GJ, J = polar moment of iner t ia
9. Thick skin
10. I nfinite [For any continuous system, no. of degree 22. 3EI
k
of fr eedom ar e infinit e] l3
11. Ther e ar e 4 degr ee of fr eedoms.
l = lengt h of beam
1 hor izont al and 1 ver t ical for each mass.
I = M oment of iner t ia
12. No. of independent coor dinat e needs t o explain
syst em. E = Young’s modulus
13. Equal t o no. of degr ee of fr eedoms. 23. P = 15 K N = 15 × 103 N
14. L ess t han undamped nat ur al fr equency.
Ar eas A 1
2
40 1256.6 mm 2
4
2
15. d n 1 = 0.001256 m 2
Wher e, = damping Rat io Similar y A 2 = 0.0001767 m 2
d = damped nat ur al fr equency A 3 = 0.0007068 m 2
n = undamped nat ur al fr equency. L engt h l 1 = 200 mm = 0.2 m
16. equal t o 1 l 2 = 0.5 m
i.e., = 1 l 3 = 0.2 m
under damped < 1 Tot al ext ension of bar l = l 1 + l 2 + l 3
over damped > 1 Tensil st r ess Ee
P E l
x1 2 A l
17. ln ® fir st 2 peaks or any 2
x2 1 2 Pl
l
AE
consecut ive peaks.
Pl 1 Pl 2 Pl 3
I n gener al, l
A 1E A 2E A 3E
A 2
ln 1 n 1 P l1 l l
An 1 2 2 3
E A 1 A 2 A 3
Aircraft Structure 5.5
15 103 0.2 0.5 0.2 17.32
0.2474 r adian
200 109 0.001256 0.0001767 0.0007067 n 70
Tot al ext ension = 0.0002454 m = 0.2454 mm
= 13°54’
24. Fr ee expansion of r od
27. Si n ce sect i on i s sy m m et r i c abou t y -ax i s,
l = l (t 2 – t 1)
t her efor e we shall find out y only
= 15 × 12 × 10– 6 × [65 – 15]
= 0.009 m = 9 mm
25. (i) Expansion of r od is pr event ed 60 mm
Ther mal st r ess = (t 2 – t 1)E
= 12 × 10– 6 × (65 – 15) × 200 × 109 20 mm (1)
= 120 × 106 Pa
= 120 M Pa
y (2)
(ii) When r od is per mit t ed t o expand by 6 mm 40 mm
Expansion pr event ed = 9 – 6 = 3 mm
Expansion pr event ed
St r ain =
Original lengt h 20 mm
Ar ea Cent r oi dal ay
3
0.0002 (mm )2
dist ance (mm 3)
15 1000
y(mm)
Ther mal str ess = e × E = 0.0002 × 200 × 109
= 40 × 106 Pa 20
(i) 60 × 20 = 1200 40 50 60000
2
= 40 M Pa
26. x = 80 M N/m 2 40
(ii) 40 × 20 = 800 20 16000
2
y = 40 M N/m 2
a = 2000 ay = 76000
= 30°
Nor mal st r ess ay 76000
y 38 mm
x y x y a 2000
n cos2
2 2 Using Theor y of par allel axes for I xx and I yy
80 40 80 40 60 203
cos60 I xx I xx1 I xx 2
2
60 20 50 38
2 2 12
= 70 M N/m 2
Shear st r ess 20 403 2
40 20 38 20
12
x y 80 40
sin 2 sin 60
2 2 = 212800 + 365865
= 17.32 M N/m 2 = 578666 mm 4
Result ant st r ess, r : 20 603 40 203
similar ly I yy
12 12
r n2 2
= 360000 + 26666
2 2
70 17.32 = 386666 mm 4
= 72.11 M N/m 2 28. To det er mine r eact ions, t aking moment about A
Angle t hat r esult ant makes wit h nor mal t o be
5 5
plane. R D 10 20 5 20 5 200 15
2 2
5.6 Aircraft Structure
1
R D 10 250 250 3000
25 103 6 3
x
RD = 300 kN 20 106
Taking for ce equilibr ium condit ion.
x 0.195 m
RB + RD = 20 × 10 + 200 = 400 kN
Shear for ce :
30.
SE – D
= – 200 kN (– ve for dir ect ion sign
connect ion)
SD – C
= – 200 + 300 = 100 kN
SD = 100 – 20 × 5 + 100 = 100 kN
SC – B
= 100 – 20 × x
D
her e x = 0 – 5 m
at x= 5
d t
SC – B
= 100 – 100 = 0
SB – A = 100 – 20 × x
SB – = 100 – 20 × 5 = 0 H oop st r ess for spher ical st r ess
A
Shear for ce diagr am : Pd
c
4t
A B C D E
d = 8 mm = 0.008 m
100 kN 100 kN D d 10 8
Thickness t = = 1 mm = 0.001 m
2 2
+ +
200 0.008
c 400 M Pa
4 0.001
S.F.D. – ve
M ax. st r engt h in hoop
200 kN Fact or of safet y = work ing load in hoop
29. Relat i on bet ween shear modulus and Young’s
modulus is given by : 450
= 1.125
E 400
G
2 1
x
FOS 1.125
31. For t or sion t heor y :
x
E = 100 × 2 × [1 + 0.2] Tor que T IP
R
= 100 × 2.4 = 240 GPa = 240 × 109 Pa
M aximum bending st r ess is given by : 50 106 4
D
x D 32
M max
2 2
max
I
x 3.14
M max 50 106 0.013
2 6
x.x 3
= 9.8 Nm
12
M max 6 T G
x3 = Also, ( = 360°= 2 r ad/sec)
max IP l
Aircraft Structure 5.7
4 33. Shear flow is given by :
20 109 2 0.01
l GI P 32
T 2Aq
T 9.8
lengt h l 12.76 m 1 2 1
A 0.5 2 1
2 2
32. For lengt h BC
= 1.39 m 2
(2)
2T T T
T Thus, q ... (A)
200 mm 100 mm 2A 2.785
C Because of small t hickness shear st r ess will be
B
A (1) maximum in cur ved walls which is equal t o
1m 2m
q T
Tor que T = T, l = 2m
t 1 0.001 2.785
4
I P 0.1 m 4 M aximum t or que can be given by
32
Tmax all walls 0.001 2.785
Angle of t wist r elat ive t o B
Tl T 2 = 300 × 106 × 0.001 × 2.785
C1
GI P 4 = 836700 Nm
20 109 0.1
32 34. For cell (1)
Similar ly at lengt h AB
ds a a a a 7a
t
t 2t t t 2t
a1
4
I P 0.2
32 Cell (2)
Angle of point of B r elat ive t o A ds a a a 2a 5a
T 1
t
t t t t
t
a2
B
4
20 109 0.2 dx a
32 for web a12
t t
As C & B ar e in opposit e dir ect ions
For cell one (1)
C C1 B
1
2G a1q1 a12q 2
Tor que T IP A1
R
3
1 7a a
50 106 0.01
16
a2 2t q1 t q 2
= 9812.5 Nm
9812.5 2 1 7
q q2 ... (i)
C
4
at 2 1
20 109 0.1
32 Cell (2)
9812.5 1
2G a 2q 2 a12q1
4 A2
20 109 0.2
32
1 5a a
q 2 q1
= 5 10 6 20000 625 2
a t t
= 0.0968 r adius 1
5q 2 q1 ... (ii)
= 5.549 degr ee at
5.8 Aircraft Structure
Equat ing (i) and (ii) E = 200 × 109 Pa
7 3.14 2 200 10 9 3.066 10 7
q1 q 2 5q 2 q1 Pcr .
2 22
= 151147.668 N/m 2
3
q 2 q1 = 0.151147 MPa
4
Compr essive st r engt h of st r ut is 350 M Pa. But
Tor que T = 2q1A 1 + 2q2A 2 as seen fr om cr it ical buckling load 0.151 M Pa,
which is ver y less than the compr essive str ength.
3 Thus st r ut wi l l fai l i n buck l i ng, wel l befor e
2a 2 q1 q1
4 compr essive st engt h r eaches.
7 2 36. 2 EI
a q1 Pcr 4
2 l2
2T 3T
q1 2
, q2 37. 12 22 1 2 2 can be field st r engt h
7a 14a 2
38. 12 22 1 2 2y
2 20 103
q1 5714.28 N m
7 12 12 22 1 2 y
3 20 103 L .H .S. = 150 2 100 2 150 100
and q 2 4285.714 N m
14 12 = 132.287 M Pa which is less t han yield st r engt h
350 MPa
1
2G 5q 2 q1 Thus mat er ial does not fail under t his loading.
at
39. We know t han st r ess gener at ed in bar is :
11 = E = st r ain
q1
4at if F is t he for ce applied t hen,
180
20 103
F l
11 T 11
0.00112 deg r ee E E
28 a 3 t G
3
25 1 0.005 80 109 A l
35. For simply suppor t ed case buckling load is given EA l
F
by : l
P
Force F EA
St iffness k eq.
Deflect ion l l
1 1 2
40. K .E. = T mx 2 I
2 2
Simply Supported
Column her e x = r x r
2
1 1 x
mx 2 I
2 2 r
2 EI 1 1 2
P m 2 x
l2 2 r
1 2
I d4 0.054 3.066 10 7 m 4 P.E. = U = kx
64 64 2
Aircraft Structure 5.9
si n gl e degr ee of f r eedom i .e. on l y on e
independent coor dinat e. Damped nat ur al fr equency d n 1 2
Using Lagr angian’s equat ion
k
1 2
d T T U m
F x
dt x x x
10000
1 0.32
I 40
m 2 x k x 0
r
227.5 rad sec
= 15.083 r ad/sec
I
41. m 2 x k x 0 44. I f small
r
k x
x
x0 a b
I a
m 2 b
r k2
k k1
Nat ur al fr equency I
m
r2
42. d T T U
equal by - 0
dt x x x
G L
K .E. :
K
a cos 1 1
O T mx 2 I 2
L – L cos 2 2
O P.E. :
m
1 2 1 2
1 22 U k 1 x a k 2 x b
K .E., T ml 2 2
2
Using lagr angian on and x
1 2
P.E., U k a sin mgl 1 cos x mx
k 1 x k 1a k 2 x k 2 b 0
2
(Assume as small t hen sin = , cos = 1) mx k 1 k 2 x k 1a k 2 b 0 ... (i)
Using lagr angian
I
k 1ax k 2 a 2 k 2 bx k 2 b2 0
m l
2 2
ka mgl 0
I
k 1a k 2 b x k 1a 2 k 2 b2 0 ... (ii)
Nat ur al fr equency.
Ther efor e,
k a 2 mgl
ml 2 m 0
M ass mat r ix M
0 I
C
43. We know t hat 0.3
CC k k 2 k 1a k 2 b
St iffness matr ix K 1 2
2
k 1a k 2 b k 1a k 2 b
C 0.3 2 k m
Put t ing value of m, I , k 1, k 2, a, b t hese mat r ices
0.6 10,000 40 can be calculat ed.
= 379.473 Ns/m
5.10 Aircraft Structure
45. a = 1m, b = 1m
GJ
k 1 = k 2 = 10,000 C
I
30 0
M GJ = Tor sional r igidit y
0 20
I = mass moment of iner t ia
20,000 0 Boundary conditions :
K
0 20,000 F i xed- N at u r al
Bou n d ar y F r equ en cy
N ow, fr ee fr equ ei es
l (2n 1)
(0, t ) = 0 cos =0 n = c
1 c 2l
0
30 20,000 0
(l , t ) = 0
A M 1 K n = 0, 1, 2, … .
0 1 0 20,000 Free free
t
l n c
20 (0, t ) = 0 si n =0 n =
x c l
0.033 0 20,000 0
(l , t ) 0
x n = 0, 1, 2, … .
0 0.05 0 20,000
l n c
(0, t ) = 0 si n =0 n =
0.6667 0 3
c l
A 10
Fixed-fixed
(l , t ) = 0 n = 1, 2, 3 ....
0 1.0
47. L at er al vibr at ion of beam :
For cal cul at i ng nat ur al fr equenci es sol vi ng
Gover ning equation (fr ee-vibr at ion)
eigen-value pr oblem
| A – I | = 0 4 w 2 w
EI x, t A
x 4 t 2
666.7 0
0 Boundary Condition Frequency equation
0 1000
Boundary Condition
(666.7 – ) (1000 – ) – 0 = 0
sin nl = 0 nl = n ,
666700 – 666.7 – 1000 + 2 = 0 Pinned - Pinned
n = 1, 2, 3, 4, ....
2 – 1666.7 + 666700 = 0
Solving t his equat ion Free-free
cos n l cos n l 1
1 = 666.69 2 = 1000.0000001
Nat ur al fr equencies ar e : 1l = 4.73
1 1 25.82 rad sec Fixed-fixed
cos n l cosh n l 1
2 2 31.62 rad sec
1l = 4.73
I n H z, fr equencies ar e
Cantilever
f1 1 H z Free cos nl cosh n l 1
2
Fixed
1l = 1.875
2
f2 Hz
2
46. Tor sional vibr at ion of shaft :
The equat ion of mot ion :
Fr ee vibr at ion :
2 2
C2 x, t x, t
x 2 t
6
CHAPTER JET PROPULSION
1. At high speed and high alt it udes which engine 8. The Ram efficiency of diffuser is defined as:
has bet t er specific fues consumpt ion: (a) Rat i o of i sent r opi c pr essur e r i se t o act ual
(a) Tur bojet (b) Ramjet pr essur e r ise
(c) Tur bofan (d) Tur boshaft (b) Rat i o of act ual pr essur e r i se t o i sent r opi c
2. Which engine wor ks near ly identical to otto-cycle? pr essur e r ise.
(a) Pist onpr op (b) Ramjet (c) Ratio of actual change in enthalpy to isentr opic
change in ent halpy
(c) Pulse Jet (d) Tur bofan
(d) None of t hese
3. Choose t he cor r ect opt ion for t ur bojet engine
9. I n an ai r br eat h i n g en gi n e t u r bi n e i n l et
(a) for subsonic exhaust, the exhaust pr essure will
t emper at ur e is 1100 K . The t emper at ur e of air
be gr eat er t han ambient pr essur e.
ent er s t o compr essor is 300 K and pr essur e r at io
(b) for super sonic exhaust , t he exhaust pr essur e is maint ained t o 4. What is t he t emper at ur e of
will away be equal t o ambient pr essur e. ai r l eavi ng t he t ur bi ne when t he mechani cal
(c) for subsonic exhaust, the exhaust pr essure will efficiency of t ur bine is 0.98. Value of specific heat
var y fr om ambient pr essur e. at const ant pr essur e i s 1 k J/k g, and r at i o of
(d) for super sonic exhaust , t he exhaust pr essur e specific heat is 1.33.
may var y fr om ambient pr essur e. 10. An air cr aft flying at an alt it ude wher e pr essur e
4. The wor king of Jet pr opulsion is based on: an d t em per at u r e ar e 0.55 bar an d 255 K
(a) Reaction pr inciple r espect ively at mach 0.6 mass flow r at e of air is
18.2 kg/s and fuel-air r at io is 0.05. For maximum
(b) I mpulse pr inciple
pr opulsive efficiency t he thr ust and t hr ust power
(c) Centr ifugal pr inciple pr oduced by t he engine ar e r espect ively
(d) All of t hese (a) 0 N, 0 kW (b) 12080 N, 120 kW
5. At the condition of maximum pr opulsive efficiency (c) 12088 N, 125 kW (d) 11000 N, 120 kW
of t ur bojet engine:
11. A jet pr opelled plane is flying at an altitude wher e
(a) Thr ust developed is maximum. ambi ent pr essur e i s 0.55 bar. Pr essur e and
(b) Thr ust developed is zer o. t emper at ur e of air ent er ing t o nozzle is 1.7 bar
(c) Thr ust developed is pr opor t ional t o t wice of 1100 K r espectively. The air leaves the nozzle with
velocit y r at io. a Speed, if it s efficiency is 92%; value of Cp is
(d) None of t hese. 1.147 k J / k g k and is 1.33.
6. The di ffusi on pr ocess i n an i deal di ffuser i s (a) 785 m/s (b) 753 m/s
achieved by:
(c) 783 m/s (d) 780 m/s
(a) Adiabatic pr ocess
12. Which is t he appr opr iat e pr essur e r ise diagr am
(b) Adiabatic and r ever sible pr ocess
acr oss a cent r ifugal compr essor.
(c) Adiabat ic and I sobar ic pr ocess
3
(d) Adiabat ic and ir r ever sible pr ocess.
7. For constant velocit y r atio of t ur bojet engine and 2
const ant ent hal py r i se acr oss t he combust i on P Diffuser
chamber, t he t her mal efficiency of engine will be 1
gr eat er at combust ion efficiency: (a) I mpeller
0 I nlet
(a) 1 (b) 0.5
Casing
(c) 0.25 (d) 0.85
6.2 Jet Propulsion
(c) Backwar d-cur ved blades
3 (d) All of t hese
P 2 17. Wit h incr ease in mass flow r at e the pr essur e r atio
1
Diffuser acr oss r adi al i m pel l er bl ade of cen t r i f u gal
I mpeller
compr essor.
(b)
0 I nlet (a) Remains const ant
Casing
(b) I ncr eases linear ly
(c) Decr eases linear ly
3 (d) Not depends on mass flow r at e.
0 18. I n a high r eact ion st age axial flow compr essor
P
2 (a) The st at ic pr essur e r ise in diffuser is gr eat er
Diffuser t han r ot or.
(c) I nlet
Casing (b) The st at ic pr essur e r ise in diffuser is equal t o
1
I mpeller r ot or.
(c) The static pr essur e r ise in diffuser is less than
r ot or.
P (d) I t depends on compr essor inlet condit ions.
3
19. The euler ’s ener gy equat ion for compr essor r ot or
0 is
(d) (a) Zer o (b) Tends t o infinit y
I nlet
Casing 1 2 (c) Always posit ive (d) Always negat ive
I mpeller Diffuser
20. The wor k absor bi ng capaci t y of an axi al fl ow
13. I t is bet t er t o oper at e a cent r ifugal compr essor compr essor
wit h r espect t o mass flow r at e (a) I ncr eases wit h incr ease in axial velocit y.
(a) L eft side of t he sur ge line. (b) I ncr eases wit h incr ease in blade speed.
(b) Right side of t he sur ge line. (c) Bot h a and b.
(c) Exct ly on t he sur ge line. (d) Neit her a nor b.
(d) Any side of sur ge line. 21. For a 50% r eaction axial-flow compressor, the inlet
14. A cent r ifugal compr essor r unning at 15000 r pm and exit blade angles are 45 and 15 r espectively
wi t h i mpel l er t i p di amet er i s 600 mm. The axial velocit y is maint ained const ant t o 200 m/s.
t emper at ur e r i se acr oss t he compr essor i f t he The t angent ial for ce r equir ed t o pr oduce power
power input fact or is 1.04 and slip fact or is 90%. of 300 kw, if t he inlet pr essur e and t emper at ur e
Take cp = 1005 J/s is 1 bar and 300 K .
(a) 107 K (b) 110 K (a) 1183 N (b) 3712 N
(c) 210 K (d) 207 K (c) 1085 N (d) 3568 N
15. The incidence losses in a cent r ifugal compr essor 22. T h e t em per at u r e r i se acr oss a ax i al f l ow
wit h incr ease in mass flow r at e is. compr essor has a loading coefficient 0.88, flow
(a) I ncr eases linear ly coefficient is 0.9 and axial velocit y is 200 m/s The
r at io of specific heat s is 1.4 and specific heat at
(b) Decr ease linear ly
const ant pr essur e is 1005 J/kg K .
(c) Fir st incr ease and t hen decr ease
(a) 83.26 K (b) 80.26 K
(d) Fir st decr ease and t hen incr ease
(c) 40.24 K (d) 43.24 K
16. Whi ch t ype of i mpel l er bl ade of cent r i fugal
23. A mult i st age axial compr essor oper at ing at an
compr essor is most exclusively used in t ur bojet
overall isentropic efficiency of 0.85 develops a total
engi ne.
pr essur e r at io of 10. The st agnation t emper atur e
(a) For war d-cur ved blades at inlet is 300 K and t ot al ent halpy r ise acr oss
(b) Radial-curved blades
Jet Propulsion 6.3
each st age is 32 kJ/kg. No. of st ages r equir ed ar e St age exit angle 30
(t ake = 1.4 and Cp = 1.005 kJ/kg k)
The blade angles is:
(a) 9 (b) 11
(a) 28 (b) 38
(c) 13 (d) 7
(c) 48 (d) 58
24. An ideal r amjet engine flying at mach 1.5 at an
at t it ude wher e ambient t emper at ur e is 300 K . 30. Expansion of the gases in an impulse turbine stage
The exhaust gases ar e opt imally expanded and occur s in
leaves t he engine at 1100 K . For const ant r at io of (a) Rot or blades
specific heat s what is t he value of specific t hr ust (b) Stat or blades
pr oduced by t he engine. (R = 287 J/kg K , = 1.4)
(c) Bot h r ot or and st at or blades
N-s N-s (d) None of t he above
(a) 476 (b) 576
kg kg 31. Degr ee of r eact ion in a r eact ion t ur bine st age is
given by
N-s N-s
(c) 676 (d) 376 Ca
kg kg (a) R tan tan 2
3
2u
25. Which of t hese opt ions ar e cor r ect for t he fr ee
vor t ex design. Ca
(b) R tan tan 2
(a) St agnat ion ent halpy r emains const ant 2u
3
(b) c t r r emains const ant
Ca
(c) R tan tan 2
(c) Ent r opy r emains const ant 2u
3
(d) All of t he above
Ca
26. The blade loading and flow coefficeints of a turbine (d) R tan 3 tan 2
st age is r elat ed as 2u
32. I sent r opic efficiency and polyt r opic efficiency of
(a) t an 2 tan 3 (b) t an 2 tan 3 an axial compr ssor st age ar e r elat ed as:
(c) t an 2 tan 3 (d) tan2 tan3 1 1
1/ p
27. M axi mum ut i l i zat i on fact or of si ngl e i mpul se (a) is
c
(b) is
c 1
st age t ur bine is 1 1
1
p c 1
c 1
1
(a) sin 2 (b) sin 2
2
2 1 1
1
p
1 c 1 c 1
(c) sin 2 2 (d) sin 2 (c) is 1
(d) is 1 1
2 c
1
p
c 1
28. I n a t hr ee-st age veloci t y compounded impul se
tur bine the nozzle dischar ge the fluid on the blade wher e, p is polytr opic efficiency, is is isent r opic
at an angle of 70 t o t he axial dir ect ion. The
opt imum value of blade-t o-gas speed r at io of t he efficiency and c is compr essor pr essur e r at io.
t ur bine is. 33. For const ant polyt r opic effici ency of axial flow
(a) 0.17 (b) 0.18 compr essor, The isent r opic efficiency _________
(c) 0.16 (d) 0.2 wit h incr ease of compr essor pr essur e r at io.
29. A single-st age impulse tur bine having equal inlet (a) Remains const ant
and out let blades angles has t he following dat a. (b) I ncr eases linear ly
Nozzle efflux angle = 65°, Blade speed = 150 m/s (c) Decr eases linear ly
Absolut e velocit y of fluid leaving t he r ot or = 300 (d) Fir st decr eases t han incr eases linear ly
m/s
6.4 Jet Propulsion
34. The st agnat ion t emper at ur e at compr essor inlet 38. Air of mass flow r ate 80 kg/s ent er s the combust or
is incr eased by two times and stagnation pr essur e of a gas t ur bine engine at t ot al t emper at ur e of
is r educed by 0.5 t imes of it s value. I n or der t o 400 K and leaves t he combust or at 1300 K . I f
mai nt ai n t he same pr essur e r at i o acr oss t he specific heat at compr essor pr essur e of air and
compr essor, t he mass flow r at e will be r educed combust ion pr oduct is 1005 J/kg-K and 1147 J/
by t he fact or
kg-K , r espect ively and heat ing value of fuel is 44
(a) 0.4 (b) 0.35 M J/kg t hen mass flow r at e of fuel (in kg/s) is:
(c) 0.30 (d) 0.45 (a) 2.05 kg/s (b) 2.55 kg/s
35. The var iat ion of flow ar ea wit h var iat ion of flow
(c) 3.05 kg/s (d) 3.55 kg/s
vel oci t y i n a compr essi bl e fl ow for subsoni c
oper at ion is 39. For tur bine, which among these is cor r ect. Wher e,
dV dV p pol yt r opi c effi ci ency and iso i sent r opi c
(a) 0 (b) 0
dA dA efficiency.
dV dV (a) p is e (b) p is e
(c) 0 (d) 1
dA dA
36. Combust ion efficiency of an air cr aft engine (c) p is e (d) None of t hese
(a) r emains const ant wit h alt it ude 40. A t ur bofan engine wit h a bypass r at io of 3.0; t he
(b) incr eases wit h alt it ude mass flow r at e of air going t o t he cold nozzle, if
(c) decr eases wit h alt it ude t he t ot al mass flow r at e of air is 200 kg/s.
(d) fir st incr eaes t hen decr eases (a) 100 kg/s (b) 150 kg/s
37. I f t h e degr ee of r eact i on at m i d-r adi u s of (c) 175 kg/s (d) 200 kg/s
compr essor is 50% and hub-to-tip r atio is 0.8, then
t he degr ee of r eact ion of t he compr essor at blade
t ip is:
(a) 0.32 (b) 0.38
(c) 0.62 (d) 0.68
AN SWER KEY
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (b) 10. (a) 11. (b)
12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (a) 21. (a)
22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (d) 30. (a) 31. (a)
32. (d) 33. (c) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (d) 38. (a) 39. (c) 40. (b)
EXPLAN ATI ON S
2. I n pulse-jet engine, combustion pr ocess occur s at 2
constant-volume pr ocess while in other pr opulsive 5. Pr opulsive efficiency ( p )
1
device it occur s at constant pr essur e pr ocess. Wher e i s vel ocit y r at io
3. Thr ust ,
So, for 1 , p i s 100%
a 1 f Ve Vi Pj Pa Aj Pi Pa A i
Tm
1 means V e = V i
For subsoni c exhaust , t he exhaust pr essur e and For small fuel air r at i o and negligible pr essur e
i n l et pr essu r e i s al m ost equ al t o am bi en t thr ust
pr essur e and pr essur e t hr ust is ver y smal l.
a Ve Vi
Tm
For super soni c exhaust , t he exhaust pr essur e
may var y fr om t he ambient pr essur e and t her e T0
wi ll be cont r i but ion of pr essur e t hr ust also.
6. The di ffusi on pr ocess i n an i deal di ffuser i s
isent r opic i.e. adiabat ic and r ever sible.
Jet Propulsion 6.5
propulsi vepower (P)
7. t h 4 5
11. N
m f CV
ma Checking t he choking condit ion of Nozzle.
f or f 1,p Ve2 Vi2 an d ef f i ci en cy of
2
h h 02 P04 1 g
combussion comb 03 3.55
f CV Pc 1 g 1 g 1
1
nozzle g 1
t h
m a Ve2 Vi2
2 m f CV Pc 0.479 bar
t h
V 2
e Vi 2
Since Pc Pa Nozzle will not choke and taking
2 CV
t he exhaust pr essur e as ambient pr essur e.
2 2
comb V V c i 1
th P
2 h o3 h o2 T5 T04 5
P04
So, t h comb 1.33 1
0.55 1.33
1100
P01 Pa Act ual pressur er ise 1.7
8. r am P ' P I sent ropicpressurer ise
01 a
831.366 K
9. 974.328 K
T04 T5
2 3 nozz
C.C.
T04 T5
1100 T5
0.92 T5 852.857 K
1100 831.366
C T Ve 2Cp T04 T5 2 1147 1100 852.857
Vc 752.958 m/s
1 4
12. The inlet casing wit h nozzle acceler at es t he flow
t o t he i mpell er eye so st at i c pr essur e r educes
T1 T2
1
1
her e. I n impell er, ener gy t r ansfer t ak es pl ace
P
P2 whi ch i ncr eases t he st at i c pr essur e and t he
1
pur pose of t he di ffuser i s t o conver t t he hi gh
0.33 vel oci t y of t he ai r l eavi ng t he i mpel l er i nt o
T2 300 4 1.33 423.159 K
pr essur e.
Wc WT m 13.
Surge line
Pressure Ratio
Cp T2 T1 Cp T3 T4 m
Locus of
423.159 300 1100 T4 0.98 point of
maximum
T4 974.328 K effi ciency
10. For maximum pr opulsive efficiency
1 i.e, Ve Vi
H ence t hr ust pr oduced and t hr ust power will be m T 01
zer o. P01
6.6 Jet Propulsion
19. Euler ener gy equat ion:
DN 0.6 15000
14. u 471.24 m/s
60 60 E Ct1 u1 Ct 2 u 2
W Pi f u 2 For compr essor Ct 2 u 2 Ct1 u1 it means ener gy is
t r ansfer r ed fr om r ot or t o fluid in compr essor.
Wher e p if is power input fact or..
20. W uCa t an 1 t an 2
is slip fact or
2
When, W.D. fact or
W 1.04 0.9 471.24
Ca = Axial velocit y
Cp T 207854.8408 J / kg u = Blade Speed
So, W C a
207854.8408
T 206.82 K
1005 21. for 50% React ion st age: 1 2 15
15.
1 2 45
Total loss Frictional
Ca
Loss R t an 1 t an 2
2u
Losses
1 Ca
t an 1 t an 2
I ncidence 2 2u
Loss
1 200
t an 45 t an 15
2 2u
Mass fl ow r ate
16. For war d-cur ved i mpel l er bl ades can pr ovi de u 253.589 m/s
highest pr essur e r at io but it is less st able and
P mw
mu
Ct 2 Ct 1
has a nar r ow oper at ing r ange. Also it s efficiency
is lower t han backwar d and r adial blades.
P muCa tan 2 tan 1
Gener ally cur ved blades produce bending moment
which r educe t he maximum speed of impeller at 300 103
m
whi ch i t can r un. Good per for mance can be 253.589 200 tan 45 tan15
obtained by r adial blades.
8.08 kg/s
m
17.
Tangent ial for ce, F m
Ct2 Ct1
forward
a tan 2 tan 1
mC
Pr essure ratio
Radial 8.08 200 tan 45 tan 15
1182.99 N
Backwar d Ca
22. Flow coefficient 0.9
Mass flow r ate u
St at icpr essurer isein rot or 200
18. R St at icpr essurer isein diffuse u 222.22 m/s
0.9
For High React ion stage R > 1 so, (Static pr essur e w
r ise in r ot or ) > (st at ic pr essur e r ise in diffuser ) L oading cofficient 0.88
u2
Jet Propulsion 6.7
2
w 0.88 222.22 T
Ve Vi 997.224 520.783
a
m
43455.921 J / kg
476.441N S / kg
W 43455.921
Ts 43.24 K 26.
Cp 1005
2
h 02 h 01 C2
23. ison 2
h o2 h o1 w2
Ca
Cp T02 T01
h 02 h 01 over all
w t2
1 C t2
Cp T01 rpo 1
Rot or I nlet
h 02 h01 overall
ise 3
No. of st age
h 02 h01 overall
w2
h 02 h01 stage 3
Ca
C3
0.4
-1 1005 300
Cp T01 r p0 1 1.4
10 1 u Ct3
32 103 32 103 wt3
Rot or outlet
10.312 11 st age wor k done (w)
24. For ideal r amjet engine, m i m j w u Ct2 Ct3
wher e m i is inlet M ach Number
C C
m j is exhaust M ach Number u 2 t2 t3
u u
vi
mi v i 1.5 1.4 287 300 w 1
RT Ct2 Ct3
u2 u
v i 520.783 m/s
w Ca
tan 2 tan 3
mi m j u2 u
vi vc Te tan 2 tan 3
ve v i
rRTi rRTe Ti Also,
tan 2 tan 3 tan 2 tan 3
1100
520.783
300 tan 2 tan 3
997.224 m/s
27. visi zat ion fact or 4 sin 2
2
T
specific t hr ust u 1
a
m opt sin 2
C2 2
6.8 Jet Propulsion
sin 2 2 sin 2 2
opt 4 w t3 w
2 4 tan 3 3 tan 1 t3
Ca Ca
opt sin 2 2
409.808
28. For ‘n’ velocit y st ages t an 1
259.808
1
opt sin 2 2 57.6
2n
for t hr ee-st age, n = 3 n 1 1 1
32. for compr ession pr ocess,
n p
1
opt sin 2
6
w ideal h h 01
isc 02
sin 70 w act ual h 02 h 01
0.16
6
29.
Cp T02 – T01
2 Cp T02 T01
C2
2 T02 1
w2 1
T01 rp 1
Ca n 1
T02
1 rp n 1
T01
Wr it ing c inst ead of rp
wt 2
C t2 1
c 1
Rot or I nlet isen 1 1
p
c 1
3
33.
3
w3 Ca
C3
I sentr opic efficiency
u Ct3
wt 3 Out let
2 65,C3 300 m/s, 3 30
Ca
Cos 3 Ca C3 Cos 3
C3
Compressor pressure rat io
300 cos30 34. The dimensionless par amet er for Compr essor
259.808 m/s T01
m
po
Wt3 u Ct3 150 259.808
409.808 m/s f final mass
m
i Initial mass
m
Jet Propulsion 6.9
T01 f 2 T01
m mf
i
m
p0 0.5p0
ma ma + mf
C.C .
Combustion
0.5 38.
f m
m i i
0.35 m Chamber
2 1 2
35. The Ar ea-velocit y r elat ionship Applying S.F. E. E.
dA dV a h01 Q m
m a m
f h02
A
V
M2 1
for subsonic oper at ion, M < 1 m
a CPa T01 m
f HV m
a m
f Cpg T02
dA dV a CPa T01 m
m a c pg T02 m
f Cpg T02 HV
dV
negat ive t erm
dA
f
m
a Cpa T01 Cpg T02
m
Cpg T02 HV
dV
0
dA
80 1005 400 1147 1300
36. Wit h incr ease in alt it ude, Combust ion efficiency
1147 1300 44 106
of an air cr aft engine decr eases because pr essur e
r educes wit h alt it ude and hence r at e of r eact ion 2.0496 kg / s
of bu r n i n g com pon en t al so r edu ces, wh i ch
incr ease t he r eact ion t ime. a m
40. m c m
h 200
37. I n compr essor, t he degr ee of r eact ion var ies wit h
c is mass flow r at e of air t hr ough cold
wher e, m
t he r adius as
nozzle
K
R 1 2 n is mass flow r at e of air t hr ough hot nozzle
m
r
or c
m
BPR 3
mh
k
R 1 2
r h / r t ip
h
m
c
m
3
k
0.5 1 2 c
m
0.8 c
m 200
3
2
k 0.5 0.8 0.32 c
4m
200
3
r
at t ip, r 1 50
t ip
200 3
c
m
0.32 7
R 1 0.68
1
c 150 kg / s
m
7
CHAPTER ROCKET PROPULSION
1. I n a liquid r ocket engine, t he specific impulse I sp 5. Flow mach number as nozzle exit is
depends on the molecular weight of the pr opellant (a) 3.2 (b) 4.2
M as (c) 5.2 (d) 6.2
1 1 6. Ar ea of t he nozzle exit is
(a) (b)
2
Me 1 (a) 30 m 2 (b) 50 m 2
M e2 (c) 17 m 2
(d) 24 m 2
1 7. I n a gi ven r ock et engi ne, mass fl ow r at e of
(c) (d) M e pr opellant is equals t o 40 kg/s. The t emper at ur e
Me
of t he combust ion chamber is 3000 K . The values
2. Consider a t wo-st age r ocket wit h t he following
of R and for combust ion mixt ur e is 400 J/kg K
design char acter istics
and 1.21 r espect ively. I f t he t hr oat ar ea is 0.047
Fir st st age: pr opellant mass = 8200 kg m 2, t hen pr essur e in t he combust ion chamber is
St r uct ur al mass = 800 K g (in K N/m 2) _________.
Second st age: 8. The cor r ect r elat ion bet ween t hr ust coefficient
Pr opellant mass = 5400 K g (Cf ) and char act er ist ics velocit y (C* ) of a r ocket
St r uct ur al mass = 500 K g engine is:
Payload mass = 80 K g I sp g I sp g
(a) Cf (b) Cf
I f t he specific impulse for bot h t he st ages is 275 Ve C * C*
sec, t hen final bur nout velocit y is (g = 10 m/s)
(a) 6416 m/s (b) 7590 m/s Ve I sp C * I sp
(c) 8596 m/s (d) 6580 m/s (c) Cf (d) Cf
C* Ve
Common data for Questions 3, 4, 5 & 6
9. Consider a single st age r ocket of pr opellant mass
Consi der a r ock et engi ne bur ni ng hydr ogen and m P, st r uct ur al mass m S and payload mass is m L .
oxygen; having the following specification combustion I f and r epr esent s t he st r uct ur al r at io and
chamber pr essur e and t emper at ur e ar e 25 at m and
payload r at io r espectively, then equation of bur n-
3500 K r espect ively,
out velocit y is given by
Ar ea of Nozzle t hr oat = 0.2 m 2. g = 10 m/s2.
1
= 1.22, molecular wt . of pr opellant = 16 (a) v b v en
1
The ar ea of nozzle exit is designed in such a way t hat
t he exit pr essur e exact ly equals ambient pr essur e at (b) v b v en 1
an alt it ude of 30000 m.
At t his alt it ude wher e ambient pr essur e is 0.01174 (c) v b v en 1
atm
3. The value of specific impulse is 1
(d) v b v en
(a) 3887 sec (b) 388.7 sec 1
(c) 4887 sec (d) 488.7 sec 10. A r ocket engine is flying at a speed of 1000 m/s
4. Specific t hr ust pr oduced by t he r ocket is, having equivalent exhaust velocit y of 1900 m/s.
What will be t he velocit y of r ocket at a t ime when
N s N s it s weight becomes t he half of t he init ial weight
(a) 3887 (b) 4887
kg kg of r ocket .
N s N s (a) 1317 m/s (b) 2317 m/s
(c) 3587 (d) 4312
kg kg (c) 693 m/s (d) 893 m/s
7.2 Rocket Propulsion
11. A r ocket car r ying sat ellit e of init ial mass 3000 kg Common data for Question 14 and 15:
pr oduce specific impulse of 300s. I f r ocket is fir ed A liquid r ocket engine has a char act er ist ic velocit y of
t o give a speed incr ement of 500 m/s along t he 2380 m/s and t hr ust coefficient of 1.4. I f t he oxidizer
dir ect ion of mot ion, t hen t he mass of pr opellant t o fuel r at io of 5 : 1 and mass flow r at e of pr opellant
consumed is ________ (in kg). g = 10 m/s2. is 300 kg/s, t hen
12. T h e t h r u st pr odu ced by a r ock et m ot or i s 14. Specific impulse of t he engine is (if g = 9.8 ms/2).
dependent of t ime and given as
(a) 340 sec (b) 250 sec
T = 10000 t 2 – 20t + 1
(c) 333 sec (d) 283 sec
I f r ocket bur nt 300 kg of pr opellant in 3 sec, t hen
15. T h r u st pr odu ced by t h e en gi n e am on g t h e
t he specific impulse of t he r ocket is : (Take g =10
following.
m/s2)
(a) 2000 kN (b) 2020 kN
(a) 80 sec (b) 50 sec
(c) 1000 kN (d) 1020 kN
(c) 30 sec (d) 10 sec
13. Among the following which engine has the highest
specific impulse,
(a) Solid r ocket (b) Ramjet
(c) L iquid r ocket (d) Scr amjet
AN SWER KEY
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (d) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (b) 12. (c)
13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (c)
EXPLAN ATI ON S
for second st age:
1
1 2RTo P R I nit ial mass, m i = m L + m p2 + m s2
1. I SP e ,R
g 1 1 P M = 80 + 5400 + 500
o
= 5980 kg
1 Final mass, m f = m L + m s2
1 2 RTo P
I SP e = 80 + 500
g 1 M 1 Po
= 580 K g.
1 1 5980
So, I SP or
1 v b 2 10 275 n
Me 580
Me 2
= 6416.156m/s
2. For fir st st age
I nit ial mass, Final bur nout velocit y = v b 1 v b 2
mi = m L + m p1 + m s1 + m p2 + m s2 = 2180.032 + 6416.156
= 80 + 8200 + 800 + 5400 + 500 = 8596.188 m/s
= 14980 kg
m f = m L + m s1 + m p2 + m s2 R 8314
3. R 519.625 J / kgK
M 16
= 80 + 800 + 5400 + 500 = 6780 kg
m 1
so, v b gI sp n i 1 2RTo Pe
I sp
1 mf g 1 1 P
o
14980 0.22
10 275 n 1 2 1.22 519.625 3500
6780 1 0.01174 1.22
10 1.22 1 25
= 2180.032 m/s
= 388.67 S
Rocket Propulsion 7.3
p Ve Pe Pa A e
4. Thr ust , T = m 2 2
T * To 3500
1 2.22
Given, Pe = Pa.
= 3153. 153 K
Tm
p Ve
V* RT * a *
T
specific t hr ust , Ve
m
p 1.22 519.625 3153.153
= 1413.83 m/s
To Te
‘* ’ shows t he condit ion at t hr oat (M = 1)
1 1
Po
Pe Pe 0.01174 101325
e
RTe 519.625 878.796
1 0.22
P 0.01174 1.22 2.604 10 3 K g / m 3
Te To e 3500
P o 25 * A * V * = e A eV e
T e = 878.796 K * A * V *
Ae
e Ve
v 2
ho he e
2
0.867 0.2 1413.83
Ae =
Ve 2Cp To Te 2.604 10 3 3886.682
A e = 24 m 2
R 1.22 519.625 7. 1433 KPa
Cp
1 0.22
To 1
= 2881.557 J/kg-K
* 2
T
Ve 2 2881.557 3500 878.796
2
= 3886.682m/s T * To
1
Ns
Specific t hr ust = 3886.682 2
kg 3000
1.21 1
Ve 3886.682 = 2714.932 K
5. M e
RTe 1.22 519.625 878.796 At t hr oat ,
= 5.2 V * a* RT * 1.21 400 2714.932
Po 25 101325 = 1146.31 m/s
6. o = 1.393 kg / m 3
RTo 519.625 3500 * A * V *
m
1
m
* 2 1 *
o
1 A V*
*
40
1 *
2 0.22 0.047 1146.31
* = 1.393
2.22 * = 0.7424 K g/m 3.
= 0.867 kg/m 3. P* = * RT *
= 0.7424 × 400 × 2714.932
= 806226.207 Pa
7.4 Rocket Propulsion
mS mL mS mP mL mP
Po 1 1
*
2 mi mS mP m i mS mP
P
mS m mS
L 1
1 1 mS mP mi m S m P
Po P*
2
= + (1 – )
1.21
2.21 0.21 1
806226.207 So, Vb Ven
2 1
= 1433198.111Pa 10. L et init ial mass = m i .
Po = 1433 K Pa mi
Final mass =
2
f * Po A *
8. Cf and C
Po A * mp mi
Vb Ve n
mf
f
f m
p mi
Cf V f V i V e n Ven 2
*
C m
p C* mi
2
f
I sp V f – 1000 = 1900 n 2
m
p g
V f = 2316.98 m/s
f 11. 460.56 K g
I sp g
m
p mi
V b gI sp n
mf
I sp g
So, Cf
C* mi Vb
n
9. We know t hat , mf gI sp
mS mL Vb
and
mS mP mS mP mL mi gJ
e sp
mf
mi
Vb Ve n
mf mi
mf
Vb /gJ sp
e
1
Ve n
mf 3000
mi 500
e10300
mf mL mS = 2539.44 K g
mi mL mS mP mp = mi – mf
= 3000 – 2539.44
m L mS mS m P
= 460.56 K g
m i mS m P
m L m S m L m P m S2 m Sm P
mi mS mP
Rocket Propulsion 7.5
T T
12. I sp
f dt I sp J sp g
m
g m
mp g P P
I sp g
3 Cf
10000t 2 20t 1 dt C*
I sp = 0
mp g Cf C* 1.4 2380
I sp
g 9.8
3 I sp = 340 sec
10000 t 3 20t 2
t
3 2 0 T
mp g 15. I sp
mp g
10000 9 10 9 3 T I sp m
p g
300 10
340 300 9.8
= 29.971 S
= 999600 N
14. We know t hat
= 999.6 K N
T P A*
Cf and C* C
Pc A * m
P
T
T m
P
Cf
*
C m
C*
P
8
CHAPTER GENERAL APTITUDE
ENGLISH GRAMMAR 7. (a) H e got int o bad company
Directions (Q. 1 – 20) (b) One of my ser vant t ells me
I n t his sect ion you ar e r equir ed t o spot er r or s in (c) Some of my ser vant s t ell me
sentences. Read each sentence to find out whether there (d) The fr ont of t he house
is any error in any of the parts. Errors, if any, are only (e) No er r or.
in one of the parts. No sentence has more than one 8. (a) I had a bat he in t he sea
error. When you detect an error, in any of the parts of
(b) I have hur t a t oe
the sentence, choose the corresponding alphabet.
(c) Each of t hese days play games
1. (a) The scener y her e is not good
(d) None of us went
(b) I have lost my fur nit ur es
(e) No er r or.
(c) We have r eceived no infor mat ion
9. (a) A man should wor k har d
(d) H e t old his mot her t his news
(b) A man should not wast e his t ime
(e) No er r or.
(c) A boy should not wast e his t ime
2. (a) Please excuse t he t r ouble
(d) H er e is my cup; please fill it
(b) H e t ook pains over his wor k
(e) No er r or.
(c) I n I ndia t her e ar e many poor
10. (a) H ave you a pencil ? I have not got one
(d) Scout s wear shor t s
(b) I s he coming ? Yes I t hink so
(e) No er r or.
(c) H e enjoyed dur ing t he holidays
3. (a) I spent t he holidays wit h my family
(d) I asked for my pencil but he did not give it to me
(b) Gone him some blot t ing paper
(e) No er r or.
(c) Wr it e t his in your not e book
11. (a) The boy who does best he will get a pr ize
(d) Gone my kind r egar ds t o all
(b) Whoever does best will get a pr ize
(e) No er r or.
(c) Who did t his ? I
4. (a) We had a good play of foot ball
(d) H e and I ar e br ot her s
(b) We saw a play
(e) No er r or.
(c) We like act ing
12. (a) I went for a walk wit h some fr iends
(d) H e is a t all man
(b) H e is wiser t han I
(e) No er r or.
(c) The mast er t est ed t he boy if he could r ead
5. (a) The boy was wear ing a new suit
English
(b) H e t ook offence at t his
(d) I shall see whet her t he br akes wor k well
(c) Please put your sign her e
(e) No er r or.
(d) Please put your signat ur e her e
13. (a) Ever yone is fr ight ened when he sees a t iger
(e) No er r or.
(b) None of us has seen him
6. (a) H e is my cousin br ot her
(c) People st r ave when t hey have no money
(b) We ar e all br ot her s
(d) The size of t he shoe should be t he same as
(c) I spent t he middle of t he day wor king t his shoe
(d) H e had a lar ge amount of money (e) No er r or.
(e) No er r or.
8.2 General Aptitude
14. (a) Ever yone knows t his 22. H ad I been a lit t le ear ly, I would not have missed
(b) Ever y man knows t his t he t r ain.
(c) These all mangoes ar e r ipe (a) H ad I been a lit t le ear ly, I would not have
(d) H e hold t he book in bot h hands missed t he t r ain.
(e) No er r or. (b) H ad I been a litt le ear ly than now, I would not
have missed t he t r ain.
15. (a) I have no any fr iends
(c) H ad I been a lit t le ear lier, I would not have
(b) Neit her man has come
missed t he t r ain.
(c) All idle man should do some wor k or ot her
(d) Had I only been a little ear ly than now, I would
(d) Shakespear e is gr eat er t han any ot her poet
not have missed t he t r ain.
(e) No er r or.
23. She is as int elligent as her sist er if not mor e.
16. (a) Open your book at page six
(a) She is mor e int elligent t han her sist er.
(b) H e is in class nint h
(b) She is as int elligent as her sist er if not mor e
(c) This ar t icle cost s t en r upees
int elligent .
(d) H e came a second t ime
(c) She and her sist er ar e equally int elligent .
(e) No er r or.
(d) She is less int elligent t han her sist er.
17. (a) K ing Geor ge VI
24. You will not succeed unless you ar e opt imist ic.
(b) H e is older t han I
(a) You wi l l not be successful l unl ess you ar e
(c) H e is bet t er t han I
opt imist ic.
(d) Raipur is H ot t er t hanSimla
(b) You will not succeed unt il you ar e an optimist .
(e) No er r or.
(c) You wi l l not succeed unl ess you don't be
18. (a) H e is wor se t han I opt imist ic.
(b) A hor se is mor e useful t han a car
(d) You will not succeed unless you don't be an
(c) H e get s a small salar y opt imist ic.
(d) I our libr ar y t he number of books is less 25. T h e st u den t s w er e adv i sed t o f ol l ow t h e
(e) No er r or. inst r uct ions of t he examiner.
19. (a) H e is t he mor e clever of t he t wo (a) T h e i n st r u ct i on s of t h e ex am i n er w er e
(b) H e is t he clever er of t he t wo followed by t he st udent s.
(c) Fr om t he t hr ee he is mor e clever (b) T h e st u den t s f ol l ow ed t h e ex am i n er 's
(d) Of t he t wo plans t his is t he bet t er inst r uct ions.
(e) No er r or. (c) The examiner 's inst r uct ions wer e advised t o
20. (a) H e is becoming st r ong be followed by t he st udent s..
(b) Ther e is a ver y good t eacher in t hat class (d) I t has been advised t o t he st udent s t hat t hey
should follow t he examiner 's inst r uct ions.
(c) H e will spend t he r est of his life her e
(d) This is a sight wor t h seeing 26. Despit e being ill, he at t ended t he classes.
(e) No er r or. (a) Despit e of being ill, he at t ended t he classes.
Directions (Q. 21 – 30) (b) Despit e his illness, he at t ended t he classes.
Each quest ion below has a sent ence, fr om t he choices (c) I nspit e of his being ill, he at t ended classes.
provided, identify the one which best restates the given (d) The classes wer e at t ended by him inspit e of
sent ence and mar k it s number as t he answer. being ill.
21. Uneasy lies t he head t hat wear s a cr own. 27. That man is aggr essive by nat ur e is a har d fact of
(a) Uneasily lies t he head t hat wear s a cr own. life and no one can deny it .
(b) Uneasy is t he head wear ing a cr own. (a) That man is aggr essive by nat ur e is a har d
fact of life which none can deny.
(c) The head which wear s t he cr own lies uneasy.
(b) That man is aggr essive by nat ur e is a har d
(d) The head whi ch i s wear i ng t he cr own l i es
fact of life and no one can deny it .
uneasy.
General Aptitude 8.3
(c) That man is aggr essive by nat ur e is a har d 37. (a) The deplet ion of ozone in t he at mospher e
fact of life and not one can deny. (b) is a r eminder t o all of us
(d) That man is aggr essive by nat ur e is har d for (c) bot h in t he developed and developing wor ld
anyone t o deny. (d) t hat t hey cannot cont inue t o use cont r aptions
28. H e is as old as I . which give out noxious gases.
(a) H e is as old as me. 38. (a) Scot smen ar e not or ious
(b) H e and I ar e equally old. (b) for t heir t hr ift
(c) H e and I ar e equally older. (c) and he is t he but t
(d) Bot h he and I ar e of t he same age. (d) of many exagger at ed jokes.
29. A man becomes wiser wit h age and exper ience. 39. (a) A mixed economy
(a) A man as he is aged and exper ienced becomes (b) is it in which
wiser. (c) t he public sect or
(b) A man with age and exper ience becomes wiser. (d) and t he pr ivat e sect or co - exist .
(c) A man as he is aged and exper ienced becomes 40. (a) Alt hough t he beaver 's hind feet
t he wiser. (b) ar e webbed for swimming
(d) With age and experience, a man becomes wiser. (c) t heir fr ont feet
30. H azar ds of life cannot be negated but t hey can be (d) ar e small and handlike.
quit e effor t lessly evaded. Directions(Q. 41 – 45)
(a) Hazards in life can be quite effor tlessly evaded Given below ar e five sent ences, each of which may or
and complet ely nullified. may not have er r or s.
(b) H azar ds of lilfe cannot be avoided but t hey M ar k (a), if t her e is only one er r or.
can be made ineffect ive. M ar k (b), if t her e ar e t wo er r or s.
(c) To be made ineffect ive, hazar ds of life must M ar k(c), if t her e ar e mor e t han t wo er r or s.
be avoided.
M ar k (d), if t her e is no er r or.
(d) I t may not be possible t o nullify t he hazar ds
41. ‘‘Thi s feel s l i k e one bi g dr eam,’’ says a wear y
of life but t hey can quit e easily be avoided.
Amer ican woman t o her husband, as t hey sit in a
Directions(Q. 31 – 40) plane flying home.
Each sent ence is br oken int o four par t s a, b, c, d. 42. The wor st mist ake a non - pr ofit or ganizat ion can
M ar k t he par t which has an er r or. I gnor e er r or s of make is t o t ake all t he money it is given and be
punctuation. beholden to doing things on someone else's t er ms.
31. (a) Ever y man, woman (b) and child 43. Although most hotels in Bhutan has a distinctly
(c) in t he house on fir e (d) have been saved. local flavour, some pander with the perceived tastes
32. (a) One of t he (b) best lawyer s in town of Wester n tour groups - and can be r ather bland.
(c) have been (d) hir ed. 44. The cr ust aceans find sanctuar y in the jor ds, oft en
clinging t o t he walls in lar ge, gr egar ious gr oups.
33. (a) I r equest you (b) kindly t o
(c) come t o me (d) immediat ely. 45. I n t hese t r opi cal l owl ands t he M aya bui l t an
agr ar ian civilizat ion t hat event ually suppor t ed
34. (a) M y fr iend's mot her (b) is t he pr incipal
one of t he highest populat ion densit ies in t he pr e
(c) of a (d) gir l's college. - indust r ial Amer ica.
35. (a) To succeed in t hese t est s Directions (Q. 46– 50)
(b) it is absolut ely necessar y
Each of t he following quest ions has t wo sent ences A
(c) for us and B.
(d) t o aim for speed and accur acy. M ar k (a), if you t hink sent ence A has an er r or.
36. (a) The aer oplane is a M ar k (b), if you t hink sent ence B has an er r or.
(b) power ful inst r ument of war M ar k (c), if you t hink bot h sent ences A and B have
(c) and t heir peacet ime r ole er r or s.
(d) is just as impor t ant . M ar k (d), if you t hink neit her sent ence has an er r or .
8.4 General Aptitude
46. A. The boss himself or his secr et ar y answer t he (b) The mor e t hings change
phone on Sat ur day. (c) The mor e pr onounced t he t r ansfor mat ion
B. N ei t h er t h e qual i t y n or t h e pr i ces h ave (d) The mor e t he mer r ier
changed.
4. Reven u es ar e l i k el y t o r egi st er a dr am at i c
47. A. T h e m em ber s r e-com m en ded t h at al l incr ease if ____________ on t he hundr ed million
delinquent s be fined. people who ar e said t o compr ise t he r isingI ndian
B. A st one lying in one posit ion for a long t ime middle class.
may gat her moss. (a) a flat t ax is collect ed
48. A. Unt il I r eceived t hat let t er, I was hoping t o (b) a flat t ax is placed
have had a visit fr om K r ishnan.
(c) t axes at a flat r at e ar e char ged
B. Follow the main r oad for a mile; then you need
(d) t ax is imposed at a flat r at e
to take t he next r oad at the left.
5. I am an ent er t ainer. ____________ I have t o keep
49. A. The people to watch closely ar e the ones r uling
smiling because, deep in my hear t , laught er and
behind t he polit ical scene.
sor r ow have an affinit y.
B. Give t he t ools t o whoever can use t hem best .
(a) Even if I have t ear s in me
50. A. The magazine has been published continuous
(b) Despit e condit ions of ext r eme adver sit y
since 1951, and it has t he funniest car t oons
you can possibly imagine. (c) I nspit e of miser y ar ound me
B. I feel glumly when I read his nightmarish tales. (d) Alt hough I have yet t o make it big
6. The st ock mar ket is pr obably ____________ And
the way the mar kets ar e plunging says a lot about
SENTENCE COMPLETION invest or confidence.
Directions for Q. 1 to 41 : I n each of t he following (a) an i deal i ndi cat i on of t he heal t h of publ i c
sent ences, a par t /par t s of t he sent ence i s l eft sent iment
unfinished. Beneat h each sent ence, four differ ent (b) the least imper fect mechanism for judging the
ways of complet ing t he sent ence ar e i ndi cat ed. quant it y of t he sent iment of t he public.
Choose t he best alt ernat ive among t he four. (c) t he best indicat or of public sent iment
1. For some of our r uling polit icians, social just ice (d) t he best bar omet er t o assess t he sent iment of
has appar ently come t o mean t hat ____________. t he public
(a) t hey have a r ight t o plunder public money 7. Home is ____________ one has yet to improve.
fr om t he t r easur y
(a) a discover y over which
(b) t hey have a r i ght t o t he pl under of publ i c
(b) a cer t ain over which
money fr om t he t r easur y
(c) an invent ion on which
(c) t heir s is t he r ight t o plunder public money
fr om t he t r easur y (d) an inst it ut ion upon which
(d) t he r ight is t heir s t o plunder public money 8. The highest r ewar d for a man's t oil is not what
fr om t he t r easur y he get s for it but what ___________.
2. Some cr itics believe t hat Satyajit Ray never quite (a) he makes out of it .
came back t o t he gr eat beginning he made in his (b) he get s for ot her s.
path-br eaking film Pather Panchali. ____________ (c) he has over come t hr ough it .
have endur ed decades of well-tr avelled bad pr ints (d) he becomes by it .
t o become a signpost in cinemat ic hist or y.
9. An act of just ice closes t he book on a misdeed;
(a) The bizar r e hist or y of it s mist y or igins an act of vengeance ___________.
(b) I t s haunt ing images (a) r eopens t he fir st chapt er
(c) I t s compelling munificence (b) wr it es an epoilogue
(d) The br eat ht aking awe it inspir es (c) wr it es one of it s own
3. ____________ , t he mor e t hey r emain t he same. (d) opens new books
(a) The less t he dynamism
General Aptitude 8.5
10. The t r ail is t he t hing , not t he end of t he t r ail. will now ___________ themselves for not t hinking
Tr avel t oo fast and you miss __________. of t hem fir st .
(a) all you ar e t r avelling for. (a) advanced t echnology, hit
(b) all t he sight s you ar e supposed t o see. (b) analysis , abuse
(c) t he ver y excit ement of your t r avel. (c) passage of t ime, cur se
(d) all t he enjoyment s of t r avel. (d) hindsight , kick
17. No doubt , it was our own gover nment but it was
11. ________________ t hat i n t his appar ent mess,
bei n g r u n on bor r ow ed i deas, u si n g
t wo t hings not be int er fer ed wit h.
____________solut ions.
(a) I t is impor t ant .
(a) wor n out (b) second hand
(b) it is of car dinal impor t ant .
(c) impr actical (d) appropriate
(c) I t should be ur gent ly under -st ood.
18. Over al l , al l t he r ecent pol i cy changes by t he
(d) I t cannot be emphasised. gover nment only amount t o a __________ in t he
12. A count r y's wealt h is it s people. But inst ead of sugar indust r y.
dr awing out t he st r engt hs of t he people, inst ead (a) super ficial at t emp at liber alisat ion
of dr awing out t heir t alent , t his use of r eligion (b) dr op in t he ocean
debases, degr ades an d depr esses t h an
(c) lar ge change
____________.
(d) small r egulat ing aut hor it y
(a) in gr eat er and gr eat er measur e
19. I n pusuance of t heir decision t o r esist what t hey
(b) fur t her saw as an t i -l abou r pol i ci es, t h e com pan y
(c) beyond r easonable limit em pl oy ees, u n i on l au n ch ed agi t at i on t o
(d) mor e and mor e ___________.
13. Wi nes t hat yi el ded a good commer ci al pr ofi t (a) show t heir vir ilit y
____________ in the same limited ar eas of Fr ance (b) r eaffir m t heir commit ment t o t he company.
as of now. (c) br ing down t he gover nment
(a) seem t o have been pr oduced (d) demonst r at e t heir st r engt h
(b) appear t o have a r emar kable semblance 20. Scient ist s have found _________ evidence t hat
(c) bear a si gn i fi cant si mi l ar i t y i n t er ms of Neander t hals, now an ext inct species of humans
pr oduct ion t o t hose gr own ____________ Eur ope, wer e cannibals.
(d) appear t o have been similar ly pr oduced (a) gr isly, living in
14. This is about ____________ a sociological analysis (b) incont r over t ible, a cr oss
can penet r at e. (c) chilling inhabiting
(a) t he ot her limit s t hat (d) pr oper, in
(b) just how far int o t he subject t hat 21. T h e t el eph on e sy m bol i ses t h at aw k ar d
___________ in all communication technologies ;
(c) t he r elat ive dist ance t hat
while it ______________ to br ing us t ogether, it
(d) as far as keeps us apar t.
15. T h e saf est gen er al ch ar act er i sat i on of t h e (a) par adox, needs (b) ir ony, int ends
E u r opean ph i l osoph i cal t r adi t i on as i t h as (c) par adox , t r ies (d) ir ony wishes
dev el oped u p t o n ow, w i t h al l i t s di v er se
22. T h e wor l d i s f ast m ov i n g i n t o a per i od of
pr oponent s, is t hat it consists of a_________Plato.
‘ci v i l i sat i on al cl ash ’ i n wh i ch t h e pr i m ar y
(a) ser ies of foot not es t o ident ificat ion of people and count r ies will not be
(b) set of pr ologues t o ____________ as du r i n g t h e Col d War , bu t
(c) collect ion of chapt er s on ____________.
(d) st r ing of comment at r ies t o (a) ideological, t echnological
16. The i deas t hat t hese companies used seem so (b) cult ur al, et hnic
simple wit h ___________ t hat t heir compet it or s (c) polit ical, economic
(d) ideological, cult ur al
8.6 General Aptitude
23. I n our count r y, the challenges ar e to r aise _______ (c) spir alling, soar ing
i n com es t o r edu ce pov er t y, an d t o (d) ascending, debilit ating
________inefficient public sect or ent er pr ises.
29. The manner s and __________ of the nouveau r iche
(a) far m, liber alise is a r ecur r ent ______________ in t he lit er at ur e.
(b) middle-class, pr ivatise (a) st yle, mot if (b) mor als, st or y
(c) wor ker s, t ake over (c) wealt h, t heme (d) mor als, t heme
(d) r ur al, r est r uct ur e 30. M any people suggest __________and st ill ot her s
24. The int er est gener at ed by t he Soccer Wor ld Cup would like t o convince people not t o buy pir at ed
i s _____________ compar ed t o t he way cr i cket casset t es.
______________ t he nat ion. (a) t o br ing down audio-casset t e pr ices t o r educe
(a) milder, fascinat es t he incidence of music pir acy, ot her s advocat e
(b) lukewar m, elect r ifies st r ong legal act ion against t he offender s,
(c) t epid, inspir es (b) br inging down audio-casset te pr ices t o r educe
t he i nci dent s of musi c pi r acy, ot her s ar e
(d) unusual, gr ips
adv ocat i n g st r on g l egal act i on agai n st
25. T h ou gh on e ey e i s k ept f i r m l y on t h e offender s,
___________, t he company now al so pr omot es
(c) br inging down audio-casset te pr ices t o r educe
______cont empor ar y ar t .
t he incidence of music pir acy, ot her s advocat e
(a) pr esent , exper iment al st r ong legal act ion against offender s,
(b) fut ur e, popular (d) audio-casset t e pr ices t o be br ought down t o
(c) pr esent , popular r educe i nci dence of mu si c pi r acy, ot h er s
(d) mar ket , popular advocate that strong legal action must be taken
26. T h e l aw pr oh i bi t s a per son f r om f el l i n g a against offender s,
sandalwood t r ee, even if it gr ows on one's own Directions for Q. 31 to 36.
l an d, w i t h ou t pr i or per m i ssi on f r om t h e Fill t he gaps in t he passages below wit h t he most
gover nment . As poor people cannot deal wit h t he appropr iat e word from the opt ions given for each gap.
gover nment , t his legal pr ovision leads t o a r ip- The r ight wor ds ar e t he ones used by t he aut hor. Be
r oar i ng busi ness for ____________, who car e guided by the author’s overall style and meaning when
neit her for t he _________, nor for t he t r ees. you choose t he answer s.
(a) middlemen, r ich Von Nuemann and M or genst er n assume a decision
(b) t he gover nment , poor fr amewor k i n whi ch al l opt i ons ar e t hor oughl y
(c) t out s, r ich consider ed, each opt ion being independent of ot her s,
wit h a numer ical value der ived for t he ut ilit y of each
(d) t out s, poor
possible out come (t hese out comes r eflect ing, in t ur n,
27. I t will t ake some t ime for many Sout h K or eans all possible combinat ions of choices). The decision is
to ______________ t he conflict ing images of Nor th t hen made t o maximize t he expect ed ut ilit y.
K or ea, let alone t o ______________ what t o make
(42) _____, such a model r eflects major simplifications
of t heir nor t her n cousins.
of t he way deci si ons ar e made i n t he r eal wor l d.
(a) r econcile, decide Humans ar e not able to pr ocess infor mation as quickly
(b) under stand, clar ify and effect ively as t he model assumes; t hey t end not
(c) make out , decide t o t hink (43) _____ as easily as t he model calls for ;
they oft en deal with a par ticular opt ion without r eally
(d) r econcile, under st and
assessi ng i t s (44) _____, and when t hey do assess
28. I n t hese bleak and depr essing t imes of _______ alt er nat ives, t hey may be ext r emely nebulous about
pr i ces, n on -per f or m i n g gov er n m en t s an d t heir cr it er ia of evaluat ion.
______________ cr ime r at es, Sour av Ganguly has
31. (a) Regr et tably (b) Fir stly
given us, I ndians, a lot t o cheer about .
(c) Obviously (d) Apparently
(a) escalat ing, incr easing
32. (a) quantitatively (b) systematically
(b) spir alling, booming
(c) scient ifically (d) analytically
General Aptitude 8.7
33. (a) implications (b) disadvantages 7. Abnegat ion
(c) ut ilit y (d) alter natives (a) blackness (b) self-denial
I n a l ar ge company, (45) _____ people i s about as (c) selfishness (d) cause
common as using a gun or a swit ch-blade to (46) _____ 8. Abor igi ne
an ar gument . As a r esult , most manager s have lit t le (a) fir st design (b) absolution
or no exper ience of fi r ing people, and t hey find it
(c) finale (d) pr imit ive inhabitant
emot ionally tr aumatic; as r esult , they oft en delay the
9. Abor t ive
act int er minably, much as an unhappy spouse will
pr olong a bad mar r iage. And when t he fir ing is done, (a) unsuccessful (b) consuming
it ’s oft en done clumsily, wit h far wor se side effect s (c) financing (d) familiar
t han ar e necessar y. 10. Abst inence
Do t he wor ld-class soft war d or gani zat i ons have a (a) r est r ained (b) vulgar display
differ ent way of fir ing people ? No, but t hey do t he (c) depor tment (d) r eluct ance
deed swift ly, humanely, and pr ofessionally.
11. Abst r use
The key point her e is t o view t he fir ed employees as
(a) profound (b) ir r espective
a “failed product” and to ask how the process (47) _____
(c) suspended (d) pr ot esting
such a phenomenon in t he fir st place.
12. Abut
34. (a) dismissing (b) punishing
(a) st imulat e (b) grasp
(c) fir ing (d) admonishing
(c) oppose (d) adjoin
35. (a) r esolve (b) thwar t
13. Abysmal
(c) defeat (d) close
(a) bot t omless (b) et er nal
36. (a) derived (b) engineer ed
(c) met er i c (d) diabolic
(c) produced (d) allowed
14. Accede
(a) fail (b) compr omi se
SYNONYMS
(c) cor r ect (d) consent
Directions: Each of the questions below consists of a
15. Accl ivit y
word followed by four lettered words or phrases. Choose
the lettered word or phrase that is most nearly same (a) index (b) r epor t
in meaning to the wor d. (c) upslope of a hill (d) negotiat or
1. Abase 16. Ast ut e
(a) incur (b) tax (a) sheer (b) noisy
(c) est imat e (d) humiliate (c) astr al (d) cl ever
2. Aber r at ion 17. At r oci t y
(a) deviation (b) abhor r ence (a) endur ance (b) for titude
(c) dislike (d) absence (c) session (d) heinous act
3. Abet 18. At r ophy
(a) concei ve (b) wager (a) capt ur e (b) wast e away
(c) encour age (d) evade (c) gover n (d) awar d pr ize
4. Aabeyance 19. At t enuat e
(a) obedience (b) discussion (a) appear (b) be absent
(c) excit ement (d) suspended act ion (c) weaken (d) test ify
5. Abjur e 20. At ypi cal
(a) discuss (b) r enounce (a) super fluous (b) for titude
(c) r un off secr et ly (d) per jur e (c) unusual (d) clashing
6. Ablut i on 21. Audacit y
(a) censur e (b) for giveness (a) boldness (b) asper ity
(c) mut iny (d) washing (c) str engt h (d) st at ur e
8.8 General Aptitude
22. Augment 36. Br azen
(a) make noble (b) anoint (a) shameless (b) quick
(c) incr ease (d) har vest (c) modest (d) pleasant
23. Auxiliar y 37. Br i ndl ed
(a) r ight eous (b) pr ospective (a) equine (b) pathetic
(c) assistant (d) ar chaic (c) hasty (d) spotted
24. Avar ice 38. Br ochur e
(a) easiness (b) gr eed (a) opening (b) pamphlet
(c) st atement (d) invoice (c) censor (d) bur eau
25. Aver t 39. bucol i c
(a) ent er t ain (b) tr ansfor m (a) diseased (b) r eplusive
(c) t ur n away (d) lead t owar d (c) r ustic (d) twinkling
26. Aw r y 40. Buxom
(a) r ecommended (b) commiser at ing (a) voluminous (b) indecisive
(c) star ted (d) cr ooked (c) convincing (d) plump
27. Baleful 41. Cache
(a) doubtful (b) virtual (a) l ock (b) hiding place
(c) deadly (d) convent ional (c) tide (d) automobile
28. Balmy 42. Cacophony
(a) vent ur esome (b) dedicated (a) discor d (b) dance
(c) mild (d) fanatic (c) applause (d) t ype of t elephone
29. Banal 43. Cal l ow
(a) philosophical (b) t r it e (a) youthful (b) holy
(c) dr amatic (d) heedless (c) mild (d) color ed
30. Baneful 44. Candi d
(a) intellectual (b) thankful (a) vague (b) out spoken
(c) decisive (d) poisonous (c) exper ienced (d) anxious
31. Boi st er ous 45. Chast e
(a) conflicting (b) noisy (a) loyal (b) timid
(c) t estimonial (d) gr ateful (c) cur t (d) pur e
32. Bombast ic 46. Chi de
(a) sensitive (b) pompous (a) unit e (b) fear
(c) rapid (d) sufficient (c) r ecor d (d) scold
33. Boui l l on 47. Chimer ical
(a) insight (b) chowder (a) developing (b) br ief
(c) gold (d) clear soup (c) distant (d) fantastic
34. Br ack ish 48. Chol er i c
(a) car eful (b) salty (a) musical (b) episodic
(c) chosen (d) tough (c) hot headed (d) global
35. Br aggadoci o 49. Chur li sh
(a) weaponr y (b) boasting (a) mar ine (b) economi cal
(c) skir mish (d) encount er (c) impolit e (d) compact
General Aptitude 8.9
50. Ciliat ed 63. Consensus
(a) foolish (b) swift (a) gener al agr eement (b) pr oject
(c) ear ly (d) hair y (c) insignificance (d) sheaf
51. Ci r cui t ous 64. Const r ue
(a) indir ect (b) complet e (a) explain (b) pr omot e
(c) obvious (d) awar e (c) r eser ve (d) er ect
52. Cit y 65. Cont aminat e
(a) galvanize (b) visualize (a) ar r est (b) pr epar e
(c) locat e (d) quot e (c) pollute (d) beam
53. Clandest ine 66. Cont ent ious
(a) abor t ive (b) secr et (a) squealing (b) sur pr ising
(c) tangible (d) doomed (c) quar r elsome (d) smug
54. Claust r ophobi a 67. Cont inence
(a) lack of confidence (a) humanity (b) r esear ch
(b) fear of spider s (c) embr yology (d) self-r est r aint
(c) love of books 68. Cont r aband
(d) fear of closed places (a) pur pose (b) r ogue
55. Cleft (c) r ascality (d) difficulty
(a) split (b) water fall 69. Cont r i t e
(c) assembly (d) adher ence (a) smar t (b) penitent
56. Cliche (c) r estful (d) r ecognized
(a) incr ease (b) vehicle 70. Cont r over t
(c) mor ale (d) platitude (a) t ur nover (b) contr adict
57. Coer ce (c) mind (d) expolain
(a) r ecover (b) begin 71. Convene
(c) for ce (d) license (a) pr opose (b) r est or e
58. Cogni zance (c) quest ion (d) gather
(a) policy (b) knowledge 72. Conver sant
(c) advance (d) omission (a) ignor ant (b) speaking
59. Coher e (c) incor por at ed (d) familiar
(a) hold t oget her 73. Copi ous
(b) occur simult aneously (a) plentiful (b) cheating
(c) r ecoll ect (c) dishonor able (d) adventur ous
(d) mater ialize 74. Cor pulent
60. Conject ur e (a) r egener at e (b) obese
(a) magic (b) guess (c) differ ent (d) hungr y
(c) position (d) for m 75. D ecimat e
61. Connoi sseur (a) kill (b) disgr ace
(a) gour mand (b) lover of ar t (c) sear ch (d) collide
(c) humidor (d) delinquent 76. D eclivit e
62. Consanguini t y (a) trap (b) quadr angle
(a) kinship (b) fr iendship (c) quar ter (d) downwar d slope
(c) bloodletting (d) r elief
8.10 General Aptitude
77. D ecollet e 91. E cst asy
(a) flavor ed (b) demur e (a) joy (b) speed
(c) flower y (d) low-necked (c) t r easur e (d) war mth
78. D ecor ous 92. E dify
(a) moment ar y (b) emot ional (a) mystify (b) suffice
(c) suppr essed (d) pr oper (c) impr ove (d) er ect
79. D ecr epit ude 93. E fface
(a) feebleness (b) disease (a) countenance (b) encour age
(c) cool ness (d) mel ee (c) r ecognize (d) r ub out
80. D efault 94. E ffigy
(a) failur e t o act (b) t endency t o er r (a) r equisit ion (b) or gan
(c) desir e t o r emedy (d) debt (c) char ge (d) dummy
81. D efect ion 95. E gr egious
(a) det er minat ion (b) deser tion (a) pious (b) shocking
(c) invit ation (d) affection (c) anxious (d) sociable
82. D efile 96. E gr ess
(a) maincur e (b) r ide (a) ent r ence (b) bird
(c) pollute (d) assemble (c) exit (d) double
83. D egr aded 97. E lat ed
(a) sur pprised (b) lower ed (a) debased (b) r espectful
(c) ascended (d) lear ned (c) dr ooping (d) gay
84. D elet er ious 98. E lusive
(a) delaying (b) exper imental (a) deadly (b) eloping
(c) harmful (d) gr aduating (c) evasive (d) simple
85. D eluge 99. E maciat ed
(a) confusion (b) deception (a) gar r ulous (b) pr imeval
(c) flood (d) mountain (c) vigor ous (d) thin
86. D enigr at e 100. E mancipat e
(a) r efuse (b) blacken (a) set fr ee (b) t ake back
(c) ter r ify (d) admit (c) make wor se (d) embolden
87. D enouement 101. E mbellish
(a) action (b) scener y (a) doff (b) don
(c) r esor t (d) solut ion (c) abscond (d) adon
88. D epr avi t y 102. E mbr oil
(a) wickedness (b) sadness (a) cher ish (b) over t heat
(c) heaviness (d) tidiness (c) entangle (d) assur e
89. D er anged 103. E mendat ion
(a) insane (b) systematic (a) cor r ect ion (b) int er pr et at ion
(c) neighbor ly (d) alphabetical (c) exhumat ion (d) inquir y
90. D wi ndl e 104. E minent
(a) blow (b) inhabit (a) purposeful (b) high
(c) spin (d) lessen (c) delectable (d) cur r ious
General Aptitude 8.11
105. F lor ed 119. Gadfl y
(a) ruddy (b) r usty (a) humor ist (b) nuisance
(c) r uined (d) patient (c) scholar (d) bum
106. F oi l 120. Gall eon
(a) bur y (b) fr ust r ate (a) liquid measur e (b) ship
(c) shield (d) desir e (c) armada (d) company
107. F oment 121. Gar ist h
(a) spoil (b) instigate (a) sordid (b) flashy
(c) int er r ogat e (d) spray (c) pr ominent (d) lusty
108. F ool har dy 122. Gar ner
(a) st r ong (b) unwise (a) pr event (b) assist
(c) br ave (d) futile (c) collect (d) comput e
109. F oppi sh 123. Gar nish
(a) scanty (b) radical (a) paint (b) gamer
(c) or t hodox (d) dandyish (c) ador n (d) abuse
110. F or ay 124. Gar r ul it y
(a) exur sion (b) cont est (a) cr edulity (b) senility
(c) r anger (d) int uition (c) loquaciousness (d) speciousness
111. F or midable 125. Gar r ul ous
(a) danger ous (b) outlandish (a) arid (b) hasty
(c) gr andiloquent (d) impenetr able (c) sociable (d) talkative
112. F ost er 126. Gauche
(a) accel er at e (b) fondle (a) rigid (b) swift
(c) become infect ed (d) r aise (c) awkward (d) tacitur n
113. F r anchise 127. Gaudy
(a) subway (b) discount (a) holy (b) showy
(c) license (d) r eason (c) sentimental (d) mild
114. F r it t er 128. Gaunt
(a) sour (b) chafe (a) vict or ious (b) tiny
(c) dissipate (d) cancel (c) stylish (d) haggard
115. F r ugalit y 129. Genuflect
(a) foolishness (b) ext r emit y (a) falsify (b) t r ick
(c) indiffer ence (d) economy (c) pr oject (d) bend t he knee
116. F ulminat e 130. Ger mane
(a) fulfill (b) cont emplat e (a) bacter iological (b) middle eur opean
(c) t alk nonsense (d) pr ot est (c) pr ominent (d) r elevant
117. F ur or 131. Ger mt inal
(a) excit ement (b) wor r y (a) cr eat ive (b) excused
(c) flux (d) ant er oom (c) ster ilized (d) pr imitive
118. F ur t ive 132. Gi st
(a) underhanded (b) coy (a) chaff (b) summar y
(c) brilliant (d) quick (c) expostulation (d) expiation
8.12 General Aptitude
133. Gl ib 147. I nept
(a) slipper y (b) fashionable (a) outwar d (b) spiritual
(c) antiquated (d) ar ticulate (c) foolish (d) clumsy
134. Gnome 148. I nfallible
(a) fury (b) giant (a) final (b) unbelievable
(c) dwarf (d) nat ive (c) per fect (d) inaccur ate
135. I nclement 149. I nfir mit y
(a) unfavor able (b) abandoned (a) disability (b) age
(c) kindly (d) selfish (c) inoculat ion (d) hospital
136. I ncompat ible 150. I ngenuous
(a) capable (b) r easonable (a) cl ever (b) stimulating
(c) faulty (d) alienated (c) naive (d) wor r ied
137. I nconsequent ial 151. I nimical
(a) disor der ly (b) insignificant (a) ant agonistic (b) anonymous
(c) subsequent (d) insufficient (c) fanciful (d) accur at e
138. I ncont inent 152. I nnocuous
(a) insular (b) complaisant (a) not capable (b) not danger ous
(c) cr ass (d) wanton (c) not eager (d) not fr ank
139. I ncor r igi bl e 153. I nsinuat e
(a) nar r ow (b) str aight (a) r esist (b) suggest
(c) inconceivable (d) unr efor mable (c) r epor t (d) r ect ify
140. I ncr iminat e 154. I nsi pi d
(a) exacer bat e (b) involve (a) witty (b) flat
(c) intimidate (d) lacer at e (c) wily (d) talkative
141. I ncul cat e 155. I nt egr at e
(a) exculpate (b) educate (a) t oler at e (b) unit e
(c) exoner at e (d) pr epar e (c) flow (d) copy
142. I ndigent 156. I nt er
(a) lazy (b) pusillanimous (a) bur y (b) amuse
(c) penur ious (d) affluent (c) r elat e (d) fr equent
143. I ndigni y 157. I nt er dict
(a) pomposity (b) bombast (a) acclain (b) dispute
(c) obeisance (d) insult (c) pr ohibit (d) decide
144. I ndolence 158. I nt er mit t ent
(a) slot h (b) pover t y (a) heavy (b) fleet
(c) latitude (d) aptitude (c) occasional (d) fear less
145. I ndubit ably 159. I nt r act able
(a) flagr antly (b) doubtfully (a) culpable (b) flexible
(c) car efully (d) cor t ainly (c) unr uly (d) efficient
146. I nebr iet y 160. I nt r ansigence
(a) r evelat ion (b) dr unkenness (a) lack of t r aining (b) st ubbor nness
(c) felony (d) star vat ion (c) novelt y (d) timidity
General Aptitude 8.13
161. I nt r epi d 175. M et icul ous
(a) cold (b) hot (a) steadfast (b) r ecent
(c) under stood (d) cour ageous (c) quaint (d) painstaking
162. I nt r i nsi c 176. M iasma
(a) ext r insic (b) abnor mal (a) dr eam (b) noxious fumes
(c) above (d) basic (c) scenar io (d) quantity
163. I nundat e 177. M ilit ant
(a) abuse (b) deny (a) combative (b) dr amatic
(c) swallow (d) flood (c) r eligious (d) quaintity
164. I nveigh 178. M i non
(a) speak violent ly (b) or at e (a) monst er (b) quor um
(c) distur b (d) apply (c) major it y (d) dependent
165. L et har gy 179. M ir age
(a) dynamism (b) or at e (a) desser t (b) illusion
(c) distur b (d) apply (c) water (d) mir r or
166. L oquaci ous 180. M i sant hr ope
(a) ver bose (b) tact ur n (a) benefactor (b) philander er
(c) r ational (d) allur ing (c) man-hater (d) aest het e
167. L oat h 181. M ischance
(a) tir ed (b) unwilling (a) gamble (b) or dinance
(c) sickly (d) spir ited (c) aper tur e (d) anecdot e
168. M awk i sh 182. M isdemeanor
(a) sentimental (b) t r ue (a) felony (b) peccadillo
(c) cer t ain (d) devious (c) indignity (d) flat
169. M ediocr e 183. M odi sh
(a) aver age (b) bit ter (a) sentimental (b) stylish
(c) medieval (d) industr ial (c) vacillating (d) cont r ar y
170. M elee 184. M olli fy
(a) heat (b) br awl (a) avenge (b) at tenuate
(c) attempt (d) weapon (c) attibute (d) appease
171. M ellifluous 185. M onet ar y
(a) por ous (b) honeycombed (a) bor ing (b) fascinating
(c) st r ong (d) smoot h (c) fiscal (d) stationar y
172. M enial 186. M or at or ium
(a) intellectual (b) clair voyant (a) bur ial (b) gat her ing
(c) ser vile (d) ar r ogant (c) delay (d) r efusal
173. M ent or 187. M or dant
(a) guide (b) genius (a) dying (b) tr enchant
(c) t alker (d) philosopher (c) fabricating (d) cont r olling
174. M esmerize 188. M or i bund
(a) r emember (b) hypnotize (a) dying (b) tr enchant
(c) delay (d) bor e (c) fabricating (d) cont r olling
8.14 General Aptitude
189. M ot ley 203. Pi nnacle
(a) active (b) disguised (a) foothills (b) car d game
(c) var iegated (d) somber (c) pass (d) peak
190. M uggy 204. Pi ous
(a) attacking (b) fascinating (a) histor ic (b) devout
(c) humid (d) char acter istic (c) mult iple (d) for tunate
191. M ulct 205. Pique
(a) swindle (b) hold (a) pyramid (b) r evolt
(c) r ecor d (d) pring (c) r esent ment (d) str uggle
192. M ult il ingual 206. Placat e
(a) var iegated (b) polyglot (a) det er mine (b) tr ansmit
(c) multilater al (d) polyandr ous (c) pacify (d) allow
193. M undane 207. Plagi ar ism
(a) global (b) futile (a) t heft of funds (b) t heft of ideas
(c) spatial (d) worldly (c) belief in god (d) ar son
194. M unificent 208. Plaint ive
(a) gr andiose (b) puny (a) moumful (b) senseless
(c) philanthr opic (d) poor (c) per sistent (d) r ur al
195. M ust y 209. Pl at i t ude
(a) flat (b) necessar y (a) fatness (b) br aver y
(c) indiffer ent (d) nonchalant (c) dimension (d) t r it e r emar k
196. M yopi c 210. Polemi c
(a) visionar y (b) near sighted (a) blackness (b) lighting
(c) mor al (d) glassy (c) magnet ism (d) cont r over sy
197. N ascent 211. Pr ecar i ous
(a) incipient (b) ignor ant (a) pr iceless (b) pr emat ur e
(c) loyal (d) t r eacher ous (c) pr imitive (d) hazar dous
198. Phlegmat ic 212. Refr act or y
(a) calm (b) cr yptic (a) ar ticulate (b) sinkable
(c) practical (d) salivar y (c) vaunted (d) unmanageable
199. Physiognomy 213. Regal
(a) post ur e (b) head (a) oppr essive (b) r oyal
(c) physique (d) face (c) major (d) basic
200. Pi ebal d 214. Reit er at e
(a) mot l ey (b) colt ish (a) gainsay (b) r evive
(c) hair less (d) t hor oughbr ed (c) r evenge (d) r epeat
201. Pill age 215. Reli sh
(a) hoar d (b) plunder (a) desir e (b) nibble
(c) ver sify (d) denigr ate (c) savor (d) violating
202. Pi ni on 216. Remiss
(a) expr ess (b) r epor t (a) lax (b) lost
(c) r eveal (d) r estr ain (c) foolish (d) violating
General Aptitude 8.15
217. Remonst r at e 231. Tempor al
(a) display (b) r est at e (a) pr iestly (b) scholar ly
(c) pr ot est (d) r esign (c) secular (d) sleeply
218. Repar t ee 232. Tenacious
(a) wit t y r et or t (b) willful depar tur e (a) fast r unning (b) inter t ional
(c) spectator (d) monologue (c) obnoxious (d) holding fast
219. Repll ent 233. Tenacit y
(a) pr opulsive (b) unattr active (a) splendor (b) per sever ance
(c) por ous (d) stiff (c) tendency (d) ingr atitide
220. Rper cussi on 234. Tendentious
(a) r eact ion (b) r est it ut ion (a) biased (b) likely
(c) r esist ance (d) magnificence (c) absurd (d) fest ive
221. Repl enish 235. Tent at ive
(a) polish (b) r epeat (a) pr evalent (b) por t able
(c) r einstat e (d) r efill (c) mock ing (d) wr y
222. Repl i ca 236. Tenuous
(a) museum piece (b) famous sit e (a) vital (b) thin
(c) bat t le emblem (d) facsimile (c) car eful (d) danger ous
223. Repr i sal 237. Tepi d
(a) r eevaluat ion (b) assessment (a) boiling (b) luckewar m
(c) loss (d) r etaliation (c) fr eezing (d) gaseous
224. Repr ove
(a) pr evail (b) r ebuke ANTONYMS
(c) ascer tain (d) pr ove false Directions : Each quest ion below consists of a word
225. Repudiat e printed in capital lettes, followed by four lettered words
(a) besmir ch (b) appropriate of phrases. Choosed the lettered word or phrase t hat
(c) annoy (d) r eject is most nearly opposit e in meaning to the word in
bold letters.
226. Repugnance
1. Abr ogat e
(a) belliger ence (b) tanacity
(a) t r ansgr ess (b) signify
(c) r enewal (d) loat hing
(c) allevate (d) ratify
227. Tar r y
2. Admoni t i on
(a) polish (b) r estr ain
(a) pr emonit ion (b) hallucination
(c) sur pass (d) linger
(c) escape (d) commendation
228. Taut ology
3. Adul at i on
(a) memor y (b) r epetit ion
(a) yout h (b) purity
(c) t ension (d) smile
(c) br ightness (d) cr it icism
229. Tawdr y
4. Advocat e
(a) or der ly (b) mer et r i cious
(a) define (b) oppose
(c) r eclaimed (d) filt er ed
(c) r emove (d) inspect
230. Temer it y
5. Affable
(a) timidity (b) r esour cefulness
(a) r ude (b) ruddy
(c) boldness (d) t r emulousness
(c) needy (d) useless
8.16 General Aptitude
6. Affecft ed 20. Amor phous
(a) wear y (b) unfr iendly (a) nauseous (b) obscene
(c) divine (d) unfeigned (c) pr ovidential (d) definite
7. Affluence 21. Amplify
(a) pover t y (b) fear (a) distr act (b) infer
(c) per suasion (d) consider at ion (c) publicize (d) decr ease
8. Agil it y 22. Anal ogous
(a) awkwar dness (b) solidity (a) not compar able (b) not capable
(c) t emper (d) har mony (c) not culpable (d) not cor por eal
9. Alacr it y 23. Ant hemat ize
(a) slowness (b) plenty (a) locat e (b) deceive
(c) fifth (d) cour t esy (c) r egulat e (d) bless
10. Alleviat e 24. Anemic
(a) endur e (b) wor sen (a) pailid (b) cr uel
(c) enlighten (d) maneuver (c) r ed-blooded (d) ventilating
11. Allur e 25. Animat ed
(a) hinder (b) r epel (a) wor thy (b) dull
(c) ignor e (d) leave (c) humor ous (d) lengt hy
12. Al oof 26. Animus
(a) tr iangular (b) gr egar ious (a) pter odactyl (b) bastion
(c) compar able (d) honor able (c) gir affe (d) favor
13. Amalgamat e 27. Anomaly
(a) equip (b) separ ate (a) desper at ion (b) r equisit ion
(c) gener at e (d) mater ialize (c) r egistr y (d) r egular ity
14. Ambiguous 28. Anonymous
(a) salvageable (b) cor r esponding (a) desper ate (b) signed
(c) r esponsible (d) clear (c) defined (d) exper t
15. Amble 29. Ant edil uvian
(a) befr iend (b) hasten (a) tr anspor ted (b) subtle
(c) steal (d) br owse (c) isolated (d) moder n
16. Ambulat or y 30. Ant ipat hy
(a) convalescent (b) valedictor y (a) pr ofundity (b) object ion
(c) bedridden (d) emer gency (c) willingness (d) foundness
17. Amelior at e 31. Ant it hesis
(a) make slow (b) make sur e (a) velocit y (b) maxim
(c) make young (d) make wor se (c) similar ity (d) acceler at ion
18. Amicable 32. Aphasia
(a) penetr at ing (b) compensating (a) volubility (b) necessit y
(c) unfr iendly (d) zigzag (c) pain (d) cr ack
19. Amor al 33. Bar oque
(a) unusal (b) unfr iendly (a) polished (b) constant
(c) et hical (d) suave (c) tr ansfor med (d) simple
General Aptitude 8.17
34. Beat ific 48. Capaci ous
(a) glor ius (b) dreadful (a) war like (b) cor dial
(c) theat r ical (d) cr ooked (c) cur ious (d) not spacious
35. Belit t le 49. Capr i ci ous
(a) disobey (b) for get (a) satisfied (b) insur ed
(c) magnify (d) ext ol (c) photogr aphic (d) steadfast
36. Bellicose 50. Capt i ous
(a) peaceful (b) naval (a) t oler ant (b) capable
(c) amusing (d) piecemeal (c) fr ivolous (d) winning
37. Benign 51. Car nal
(a) tenfold (b) peaceful (a) impr essive (b) minut e
(c) blessed (d) malignant (c) spiritual (d) actual
38. Beni son 52. Car ni vor ous
(a) cur se (b) bachelor (a) gloomy (b) tangential
(c) wedding (d) or gy (c) pr oductive (d) veget ar ian
39. Ber at e 53. Car pi ng
(a) grant (b) pr aise (a) rapid (b) uncr itical
(c) r efer (d) pur chase (c) unintellectual (d) illegal
40. Best ial 54. Cast igat ion
(a) animated (b) noble (a) commendation (b) patience
(c) zoological (d) clear (c) gener osit y (d) under stat ement
41. Bi got r y 55. Cat egor i cal
(a) ar r ogance (b) appr oval (a) negative (b) ir onic
(c) mour ning (d) t oler ance (c) impar tial (d) qualified
42. Bizar r e 56. Cat hol i c
(a) r oomy (b) veiled (a) r eligious (b) pacific
(c) subduced (d) nor mal (c) nar r ow (d) weighty
43. Blanch 57. Celer it y
(a) bleach (b) scat t er (a) assur ance (b) st at e
(c) dar ken (d) analyze (c) acer bity (d) delay
44. Bl and 58. Celibat e
(a) caust ic (b) meager (a) investing (b) mar r ied
(c) soft (d) uncooked (c) r etir ed (d) commodious
45. Blase 59. Censur e
(a) fier y (b) cl ever (a) pr ocess (b) encl ose
(c) intr iguing (d) ar dent (c) int er est (d) pr aise
46. Bleak 60. Cent r ifugal
(a) pale (b) sudden (a) cent r ipet al (b) ephemer al
(c) dry (d) cheer ful (c) lasting (d) bar omet r ic
47. Blit he 61. Cessat ion
(a) spiritual (b) pr ofuse (a) pr emium (b) gr avity
(c) cheer less (d) hybrid (c) beginning (d) composition
8.18 General Aptitude
62. Chaffing 76. D ebilit at e
(a) achieving (b) ser i ous (a) bedevil (b) r epr ess
(c) caitalistic (d) sneezing (c) st r engthen (d) animate
63. Coy 77. D ebonair
(a) weak (b) air y (a) awkward (b) windy
(c) br azen (d) old (c) balmy (d) st r ong
64. Cozen 78. D er ogat or y
(a) amuse (b) t r eat honest ly (a) r oguish (b) immediat e
(c) prate (d) shackle (c) openionat ed (d) pr aising
65. Cr aven 79. D esecr at e
(a) desir ous (b) dir ect (a) desist (b) int egr at e
(c) bold (d) civilized (c) confuse (d) consecr at e
66. Cr ux 80. D espicable
(a) affiliction (b) spar k (a) st r eeing (b) wor t hy of est eem
(c) event s (d) t r ivial point (c) inevitable (d) feat ur eless
67. Cr ypt i c 81. D est it ut e
(a) t omblike (b) futile (a) affluent (b) dazzling
(c) famous (d) candid (c) stationar y (d) char acter istic
68. Cupi di t y 82. D evoi d
(a) anxiety (b) tr agedy (a) lat ent (b) eschewed
(c) gener osit y (d) enter t ainment (c) full of (d) suspecting
69. Cur t ail 83. D evout
(a) mut t er (b) lengt hen (a) quiet (b) dual
(c) expr ess (d) burden (c) impious (d) str aightfor war d
70. Cynical 84. D i abol i cal
(a) tr usting (b) effor t less (a) mischievous (b) lavish
(c) conclusive (d) gallant (c) ser aphic (d) r edolent
71. D ank 85. D iat r ibe
(a) dry (b) guilt less (a) mass (b) r ange
(c) war m (d) babbling (c) eulogy (d) elegy
72. D apper 86. D iffidence
(a) unintelligent (b) untidy (a) shar apness (b) boldness
(c) uncer t ain (d) ungr ateful (c) malcontent (d) dialogue
73. D aunt less 87. D ilat e
(a) stolid (b) cowar dly (a) pr ocr ast inate (b) contr act
(c) ir r elevant (d) peculiar (c) conclude (d) par ticipate
74. D ear t h 88. D i l at or y
(a) life (b) abundance (a) nar r owing (b) pr ompt
(c) br ightness (d) t er r or (c) enlar ging (d) por t entous
75. D ebacle 89. D imi nut i on
(a) pr ogr ess (b) r efusal (a) expect at ion (b) cont ext
(c) masque (d) cowar dice (c) validity (d) appr eciation
General Aptitude 8.19
90. D i n 104. E r r oneous
(a) light ness (b) safety (a) accur at e (b) dignified
(c) silence (d) hunger (c) cur ious (d) abrupt
91. D isabuse 105. E r udi t e
(a) cr ash (b) violat e (a) pr ofessor ial (b) stat ely
(c) r enege (d) deceive (c) shor t (d) ignor ant
92. D isconsol at e 106. E t her eal
(a) unpr ejudiced (b) thankful (a) long-lasting (b) ear t hy
(c) thr eatr ical (d) joyous (c) ill (d) cr it ical
93. E ner vat e 107. E ulogi st i c
(a) st r engthen (b) sput ter (a) pr etty (b) cr it ical
(c) ar r ange (d) scr utinize (c) br ief (d) st er n
94. E nhance 108. E uphoni ous
(a) degr ade (b) doubt (a) str ident (b) lethar gic
(c) scuff (d) gasp (c) lit er ar y (d) significant
95. E nnui 109. E vasive
(a) hate (b) excit ement (a) frank (b) cor r ect
(c) ser iousness (d) humility (c) empty (d) fer t ile
96. E nunciat e 110. E xasper at e
(a) pray (b) r equest (a) confide (b) for malize
(c) deliver (d) mumble (c) placate (d) bet r ay
97. E phemer al 111. E xcor iat e
(a) sensuous (b) passing (a) scandalize (b) encour age
(c) popular (d) et er nal (c) avoid (d) pr aise
98. E quable 112. E xcul pat e
(a) flat (b) decisive (a) blame (b) pr evail
(c) st or my (d) dishonest (c) acquir e (d) r avish
99. E quanimit y 113. E xecr able
(a) agitation (b) st ir r ing (a) innumer able (b) philosophic
(c) vol ume (d) identity (c) physical (d) excel lent
100. E quilibr ium 114. E xcr at e
(a) imbalance (b) peace (a) decipher (b) sadden
(c) inequity (d) dir ect ness (c) int egr at e (d) admit
101. E quit able 115. Exhume
(a) able t o leave (b) able t o lear n (a) decipher (b) sadden
(c) unfair (d) pr efer able (c) int egr at e (d) int er
102. E qui vocal 116. E xodus
(a) mist aken (b) quaint (a) neglect (b) consent
(c) azur e (d) clear (c) ent r y (d) gain
103. E r r at i c 117. E xoner at e
(a) unr omantic (b) fr ee (a) for ge (b) accuse
(c) popular (d) steady (c) r ecor d (d) doct or
8.20 General Aptitude
118. E xor bi t ant 132. H al cyon
(a) moder at e (b) partisan (a) wasteful (b) pr ior
(c) militar y (d) bar bar ic (c) subsequent (d) mar tial
119. E xt empor aneous 133. H aphazar d
(a) r ehear sed (b) hybrid (a) safe (b) indiffer ent
(c) humilating (d) satet esmanlike (c) deliber ate (d) t ense
120. E xt r aneous 134. H apless
(a) moder n (b) decisive (a) cheer ful (b) consist ent
(c) essent ial (d) effect ive (c) for tunate (d) consider at e
121. E xt r insi c 135. H eed
(a) r eput able (b) inher ent (a) ignor e (b) hope
(c) swift (d) ambitious (c) over t ake (d) nur t ur e
122. E xt r over t 136. H er et ic
(a) clown (b) her o (a) sophist (b) believer
(c) ect omor ph (d) int r over t (c) int er pr et er (d) pacifist
123. Gr andi ose 137. H et er ogeneous
(a) false (b) ideal (a) or t hodox (b) pagan
(c) proud (d) simple (c) unlikely (d) similar
124. Gr at ui t ous 138. H iber nal
(a) war ranted (b) frank (a) musical (b) summer li ke
(c) ingenuous (d) fr ugal (c) local (d) seasonal
125. Gr egar i ous 139. H ilar it y
(a) ant isocial (b) anticipator y (a) gl oom (b) hear tiness
(c) glor ious (d) hor r endous (c) weakness (d) casualty
126. Gr i sl y 140. H ir sut e
(a) suggest ive (b) doubtful (a) scaly (b) bald
(c) untidy (d) pleasant (c) er udit e (d) quiet
127. Gullible 141. H or t at or y
(a) incr edulous (b) fickle (a) inquir ing (b) denying
(c) tantamount (d) easy (c) killing (d) dissuading
128. Gust o 142. H ovr
(a) noi se (b) panic (a) commence (b) soot he
(c) at mospher e (d) distaste (c) leave (d) tr ansfor m
129. Ghust y 143. H unbbub
(a) clam (b) noisy (a) calm (b) fury
(c) fragr ant (d) r out ine (c) capital (d) axle
130. H ack neyed 144. H ummock
(a) car r ied (b) or iginal (a) ummusical (b) scor n
(c) banned (d) t imely (c) wakefulness (d) vale
131. H aggar d 145. H usbandr y
(a) shr ewish (b) inspired (a) spor tsmanship (b) dishonesty
(c) plump (d) maidenly (c) wastefulness (d) fr iction
General Aptitude 8.21
146. H ybr i d 160. Jeopar dy
(a) pr oductive (b) special (a) patience (b) cour age
(c) pur ebr ed (d) oafish (c) safety (d) willingness
147. H yper bole 161. Jet t i son
(a) velocit y (b) climax (a) salvage (b) submer ge
(c) cur ve (d) under stat ement (c) descend (d) deceler at e
148. H yper cr i t ical 162. Jocul ar
(a) t oler ant (b) false (a) ar ter ial (b) bloodless
(c) ext r eme (d) inar ticulate (c) ver bose (d) ser i ous
149. H ypocr i t i cal 163. Judi ci ous
(a) si ncer e (b) nar r ow-minded (a) punitive (b) unwise
(c) shameful (d) amiable (c) cr iminal (d) licit
150. H ypot het ial 164. K i ndl e
(a) r ational (b) fantastic (a) dislike (b) quench
(c) wizened (d) axiomat ic (c) gather (d) spar kle
151. I gnoble 165. L achr ymose
(a) pr oduced by fir e (b) wor thy (a) cheer ing (b) smoot h
(c) given t o quest ioning(d) huge (c) passionate (d) cur t
152. I llusive 166. L ack adasical
(a) not decept ive (b) not cer t ain (a) mont hly (b) possessing t ime
(c) not obvious (d) not choher ent (c) ambitious (d) pusillanimous
153. I r k some 167. L aconi c
(a) int er est ing (b) lazy (a) milky (b) ver bose
(c) t ir eless (d) devious (c) wicked (d) flagrant
154. I r r elevant 168. L ampoon
(a) lacking piet y (b) fr agile (a) dar ken (b) pr aise
(c) congr uent (d) per tinent (c) abandon (d) sail
155. I r r epar able 169. L anguor
(a) legible (b) cor r ect able (a) vitality (b) length
(c) pr over bial (d) conci se (c) embar r assment (d) wine
156. I r t r ever ent 170. L at ent
(a) r elat ed (b) mischievous (a) t r im (b) for bidding
(c) r espect ive (d) pious (c) execr able (d) obvious
157. Jaded 171. L avish
(a) upright (b) stimulated (a) host ile (b) unwashed
(c) aspiring (d) applied (c) t imely (d) fr ugal
158. Jaundi ced 172. L audat or y
(a) whit ened (b) inflamed (a) dritying (b) disclaiming
(c) quickened (d) unbiased (c) defamator y (d) inflammator y
159. Jaunt y 173. L ax
(a) youthful (b) ruddy (a) salty (b) st r ick
(c) st r ong (d) sedate (c) shr ill (d) bor ing
8.22 General Aptitude
174. L echer y 188. M anumit
(a) tr ust (b) compulsion (a) t hr ow (b) l ock
(c) zeal (d) purity (c) pr omise (d) enslave
175. L et har gic 189. N ebulous
(a) convalescent (b) beautiful (a) star r y (b) clear
(c) ener vat ing (d) invigor at ing (c) cold (d) fundamental
176. L evit e 190. N efar ious
(a) br idge (b) dam (a) var ious (b) lacking
(c) pr aise (d) solemnit y (c) benign (d) pompous
177. L ill iput ian 191. N egat ion
(a) dest r uct ive (b) pr oper (a) postulation (b) hypothecation
(c) gigantic (d) elegant (c) affirmation (d) violation
178. L impid 192. N eophyt e
(a) er ect (b) tur bid (a) veter an (b) satellit e
(c) tangential (d) timid (c) desperado (d) handwr iting
179. L it he 193. N iggar dly
(a) stiff (b) limpid (a) pr ot ected (b) biased
(c) facetious (d) insipid (c) pr odigal (d) bankr upt
180. L i vi d 194. N oct ur nal
(a) alive (b) mundane (a) har sh (b) mar auding
(c) positive (d) undiscolor ed (c) patr olling (d) daily
181. L oat h 195. N oisome
(a) l oose (b) evident (a) quiet (b) dismayed
(c) deliber ate (d) eager (c) fragr ant (d) sleepy
182. L oquaci ous 196. N ot or i ous
(a) tacitur n (b) sentimental (a) fashionable (b) r enowned
(c) sopor ific (d) soot hing (c) inactive (d) inter epid
183. M oi st 197. Obdur at e
(a) crisp (b) hard (a) yielding (b) fleeting
(c) dry (d) parched (c) finite (d) fascinating
184. M ask 198. Obese
(a) hit (b) expose (a) skillful (b) cadaver ous
(c) benign (d) pompous (c) cl ever (d) unpr edictable
185. M oi st ur e 199. Object ive
(a) dr yness (b) delegate (a) indecisive (b) apathetic
(c) dampness (d) fdefect (c) mar kedly infer ior (d) emot ionally involved
186. M agnify 200. Obli gat or y
(a) pr oduce (b) suppor t (a) demanding (b) optional
(c) r educe (d) dest r oy (c) facile (d) friendly
187. M endaci ous 201. Obloquy
(a) br ok en (b) efficacious (a) pr aise (b) r ect angle
(c) tr uthful (d) dest r uct ive (c) cir cle (d) dialogue
General Aptitude 8.23
202. Obsequious 216. Opulence
(a) successful (b) democr at ic (a) pessimism (b) pat r ionsm
(c) super cilious (d) ambitious (c) potency (d) pover t y
203. Obsession 217. Ost ent at ious
(a) whim (b) loss (a) inactive (b) unassuming
(c) phobia (d) delusion (c) impolit e (d) illicit
204. Obsolet e 218. Over weening
(a) heated (b) desolat e (a) humble (b) impot ent
(c) r enovated (d) frightful (c) avid (d) acr imonious
205. Obst r eper ous 219. Pejor at i ve
(a) tur bid (b) quiet (a) positive (b) legal
(c) r emot e (d) lucid (c) deter mining (d) delighting
206. Obt use 220. Pel l uci d
(a) sheer (b) tr anspar ent (a) logistical (b) philander ing
(c) tranquil (d) shr ewd (c) incomper hensible (d) vagr ant
207. Odi ous 221. Penchant
(a) fragr ant (b) r edolent (a) distance (b) imminence
(c) fetid (d) delightful (c) dislike (d) attitude
208. Odium 222. Penur i ous
(a) noi se (b) liking (a) impr isoned (b) captivated
(c) dominant (d) hasty (c) gener ous (d) vacant
209. Omnipot ent 223. Per funct or y
(a) weak (b) democr at ic (a) official (b) thr ough
(c) despotic (d) passionate (c) insipid (d) vicar ious
210. Omniscient 224. Per igee
(a) sophisticated (b) ignor ant (a) eclipse (b) planet
(c) essent ial (d) tr ivial (c) apogee (d) r efugee
211. Opi at 225. Per ipat et ic
(a) distr ess (b) sleep (a) wordly (b) stationar y
(c) stimulant (d) laziness (c) disar ming (d) seek ing
212. Oppor t une 226. Per meable
(a) occasional (b) fragr ant (a) per ishable (b) effect ive
(c) fr agile (d) awkward (c) plodding (d) impenetr able
213. Oppor t uni st 227. Per ni ci ous
(a) man of dest iny (b) man of pr inciple (a) practical (b) compar ative
(c) changeling (d) adver sar y (c) har mless (d) tangible
214. Oppor br i um 228. Per pet ual
(a) delineation (b) aptitude (a) moment ar y (b) standard
(c) majest y (d) pr aise (c) ser i ous (d) industr ial
215. Opt imum 229. Per spicui t y
(a) pessimist ic (b) knowledgeable (a) gr ace (b) feat ur e
(c) wor st (d) minimum (c) r eview (d) vagueness
8.24 General Aptitude
230. Per t 244. Pr ofane
(a) polite (b) per ishable (a) sanctify (b) desecr at e
(c) mor al (d) deliber ate (c) define (d) manifest
231. Per t i naci ous 245. Pr ol i fi c
(a) vengeful (b) consumpt ive (a) unwor kable (b) backwar d
(c) superficial (d) skilled (c) bar r en (d) cont r over sial
232. Per t ient 246. Pr ol i x
(a) under stood (b) living (a) stupid (b) indiffer ent
(c) discontent ed (d) ir r elevant (c) redundant (d) pithy
233. Pet ulant 247. Pr ophyl act i c
(a) angr y (b) mor al (a) causing gr owt h (b) causing disease
(c) declining (d) uncomplaining (c) ant agonistic (d) br ushing
234. Pr ecipit at e 248. Pr opi nqui t y
(a) dull (b) anticipator y (a) r emot eness (b) uniqueness
(c) caut ious (d) consider at e (c) health (d) vir tue
235. Pr efat or y 249. Pr opi t i ous
(a) outstanding (b) magnificent (a) r ich (b) induced
(c) conclusive (d) intelligent (c) pr omoted (d) unfavor able
236. Pr elude 250. Pr osai c
(a) int er mezzo (b) diva (a) pacified (b) r epr ieved
(c) ar ia (d) after math (c) pensive (d) imaginative
237. Pr esumpt ion 251. Pr ot ean
(a) asser tion (b) activation (a) amat eur (b) cat holic
(c) mot ivat ion (d) humility (c) unchanging (d) rapid
238. Pr et ent i ous 252. Pr ot r act
(a) ominous (b) calm (a) make cir cular (b) shor t en
(c) unassuming (d) futile (c) fur t her (d) r ect r ace
239. Pr i m 253. Pr ovi dent
(a) infor mal (b) pr ior (a) unholy (b) r ash
(c) ext er i or (d) pr ivate (c) miser able (d) disabled
240. Pr i st ine 254. Pr ovi nci al
(a) cultivated (b) condemned (a) wealthy (b) cr ass
(c) ir r eligious (d) caut ious (c) lit er ar y (d) sophisticated
241. Pr obi t y 255. Psychot i c
(a) ar eger t (b) assumption (a) danger ous (b) clair voyant
(c) cor r uptibility (d) ext ent (c) cr iminal (d) sane
242. Pr odi gal 256. Puer ile
(a) lar ge (b) thrifty (a) fragr ant (b) adult
(c) consist ent (d) compatible (c) lonely (d) feminine
243. Pr odi gi ous 257. Pugnaci ous
(a) infinit esimal (b) indignant (a) pacific (b) feline
(c) indiffer ent (d) indisposed (c) matur e (d) angular
General Aptitude 8.25
258. Pui ssant 272. Rot undi t y
(a) pour ing (b) fashionable (a) pr omenade (b) nave
(c) ar ticulate (d) weak (c) gr ot esqueness (d) slimness
259. Pul chr i t ude 273. Rubbl e
(a) ugliness (b) not or iet y (a) ar t ificial facade (b) unbr oken st one
(c) bestiality (d) masculinity (c) pale complexion (d) st r ong defense
260. Punct i l i ous 274. Ru ddy
(a) happy (b) active (a) r obust (b) witty
(c) vivid (d) car eless (c) wan (d) exot ic
261. Punit i ve 275. Rudiment ar y
(a) lar ge (b) humor ous (a) pale (b) polite
(c) r ewar ding (d) r est ive (c) asinine (d) developed
262. Pusill animous 276. Rueful
(a) pover t y-st r icken (b) chained (a) t r it e (b) cont ent
(c) posthumous (d) cour ageous (c) capable (d) capital
263. Put at ive 277. Rust i c
(a) colonial (b) quar r elsome (a) ur ban (b) slow
(c) undisputed (d) power ful (c) cor r oded (d) mer cenar y
264. Resil ient 278. Rut hl ess
(a) pungent (b) foolish (a) mer ciful (b) majest ic
(c) wor thy (d) unyielding (c) mighty (d) militant
265. Rest ive 279. Sadist i c
(a) buoyant (b) placid (a) happy (b) quaint
(c) r emor seful (d) r esist ant (c) kindhear ted (d) vacant
266. Ret ent ive 280. Sagaci ous
(a) for getful (b) accepting (a) foolish (b) bit ter
(c) r epetit ive (d) avoiding (c) vor acious (d) ver acious
267. Ret icence 281. Sal l ow
(a) fatigue (b) fashion (a) salacious (b) ruddy
(c) t r eacher y (d) loquaciousness (c) color less (d) per mitt ed
268. Ret r ogr ade 282. Salubr i ous
(a) pr ogr essing (b) inclining (a) salty (b) bloody
(c) evaluating (d) concent r at ing (c) miasmic (d) maudlin
269. Rever e 283. Salvage
(a) advance (b) dishonor (a) r emove (b) outfit
(c) age (d) pr ecede (c) bur n (d) l ose
270. Ri fe 284. Sanct imonious
(a) dir ect (b) scant (a) hypothetical (b) paltry
(c) peaceful (d) gr im (c) mer cenar y (d) pious
271. Robust 285. Sanguine
(a) weak (b) violent (a) choler ic (b) sickening
(c) vicious (d) villainous (c) war ranted (d) pessimist ic
8.26 General Aptitude
286. Sat iet y 300. T r epi dat ion
(a) emptiness (b) war mth (a) slowness (b) amputation
(c) er ect ness (d) st r aightness (c) fear lessness (d) adr oitness
287. Scant y 301. T r it e
(a) collect ed (b) r emot e (a) cor r ect (b) or iginal
(c) invisible (d) plentiful (c) distinguished (d) pr emat ur e
288. Scur r i l ous 302. T r uculent
(a) savage (b) scabby (a) juicy (b) over flowing
(c) decent (d) volatile
(c) peaceful (d) det er mined
289. Secular
303. T umult
(a) vivid (b) cler ical
(a) scar city (b) defeat
(c) punitive (d) positive
(c) cooleness (d) secr enit y
290. Sedent ar y
304. T ur bi d
(a) vicar ious (b) loyal
(a) clear (b) impr obable
(c) accidental (d) active
(c) invariable (d) honest
291. Sedul ous
305. T ur bulence
(a) indolent (b) guileless
(c) vindictive (d) upright (a) r eact ion (b) appr oach
292. Senlit y (c) impr opr iety (d) calm
(a) ver ility (b) loquaciousness 306. T ur gid
(c) for get fulness (d) yout h (a) r ancid (b) shr unken
293. Sent ent ious (c) cool (d) explosive
(a) paragr aphed (b) positive 307. T ur pit ude
(c) posthumous (d) wor dy (a) amplitude (b) heat
294. T r act able (c) wealth (d) vir tue
(a) unmanageable (b) ir r eligious 308. T yr o
(c) mor t al (d) incapable (a) infant (b) r ubber
295. T r aduce (c) per sonnel (d) exper t
(a) exhume (b) incr ease 309. U near t h
(c) pur chase (d) ext ol (a) conceal (b) gnaw
296. T r anquillit y (c) clean (d) fling
(a) lack of sleep (b) lack of calm 310. U nfeigned
(c) emptiness (d) r enewal (a) pr etended (b) fashionable
297. T r ansient (c) war y (d) switched
(a) car r ied (b) close 311. U ngainly
(c) per manent (d) r emoved (a) ignor ant (b) gr aceful
298. T r emulous (c) detailed (d) dancing
(a) steady (b) obese 312. U nimpeachable
(c) young (d) healthy (a) fruitful (b) rampaging
299. T r enchant (c) faulty (d) pensive
(a) lacking bit e (b) imper ious 313. U nk empt
(c) inessent ial (d) unafraid (a) bombed (b) washed
(c) neat (d) tawdry
General Aptitude 8.27
314. U nr uly Directions Q. 2 – 5 :
(a) chatting (b) obedient K amal Babu came home just aft er judging a beaut y
(c) definite (d) lined cont est wher e t her e wer e four semi-fi nal i st s, M s.
A n dh r a Pr adesh , M s. U t t ar Pr adesh ,
315. U nseemly
M s. M ahar asht r a and Ms. West Bengal. His wife was
(a) effor t less (b) pr oper ver y keen on knowing who the winner was and Kamal
(c) conducive (d) pointed Babu r eplied immediately that it was the one wear ing
t he yel l ow sar ee. When hi s wi fe ask ed for mor e
316. U nsullied
det ails, he gave t he following infor mat ion:
(a) tr anished (b) count less
* The four gir ls wer e wear ing sar ees of differ ent
(c) soggy (d) papered colour s (yellow, r ed, gr een, white) and the r unner-
317. U nt enable up was wear ing gr een.
(a) suppor table (b) t ender * The four gir ls wer e sit t ing in a r ow, and M s. West
(c) sheepish (d) t r emulous Bengal was not sit t ing at eit her end.
* Ther e was only one r unner -up and she was sitting
318. U nwi t t ing
next t o M s. M ahar asht r a.
(a) cl ever (b) intense
* T h e gi r l s wear i n g yel l ow an d wh i t e sar ees
(c) sensitive (d) intentional occupied t he seat s at eit her end.
319. V acil lat i on * M s. West Bengal was nit her t he winner nor t he
(a) r emor se (b) r elief r unner -up.
(c) r espect (d) steadfastness * M s. M ahar asht r a was wear ing whit e.
320. V aledict or y * The winner and t he r unner -up wer e not sit t ing
next t o each ot her.
(a) sad (b) collegiat e
* T h e gi r l w ear i n g t h e gr een sar ee w as n ot
(c) der ivative (d) salutat or y
M s. Andhr a Pr adesh.
321. V al or
Answer t he following quest ions based on t he above
(a) admonit ion (b) injust ice infor mat ion :
(c) cowar dice (d) gener osit y 2. What was the colour of t he sar ee t hat M s. Andhr a
322. V anguar d Pr adesh was wear ing?
(a) r egi ment (b) r ear (a) Whit e
(c) echelon (d) pr ot ect ion (b) Yel low
323. V aunt ed (c) Red
(d) Cannot be deter mined
(a) unvanquished (b) fell
3. Bet ween which t wo was M s.West Bengal sit t ing?
(c) belit tled (d) believed
(a) M s. Andhr a Pr adesh and M s. Mahar asht r a
REASONING ABILITY (b) M s. Andhr a Pr adesh and M s. Ut t ar Pr adesh
(c) M s. Ut t ar Pr adesh and M ahar asht r a
M CQ T YPE QU EST I ON S
(d) Cannot be det er nmined
1. Given t wo number s x and y, define
4. Who was wear ing t he r ed sar ee?
Addition A(x, y) = x + y
(a) M s. Andhr a Pr adesh
Subtr act ion S (x, y) = x – y
(b) M s. Ut t ar Par desh
Multiplication M (x, y) = x, y
(c) M s. West Bengal
Division D (x, y) = x/y
(d) Cannot be det er mined
S[M (D(A(a, b), 2), D(A(a, b), 2)),
5. What was t he colour of t he sar ee t hat M s. Ut t ar
M (D(S(a, b), 2), D(S(a, b),2))] is equal t o Pr adesh was wear ing?
(a) (a – b)2 (b) ab (a) Whit e (b) Gr een
(c) (a + b)2 (d) None of t hese (c) Red (d) Yel low
8.28 General Aptitude
Directions Q. 6 – 7 : A, B, C, D, E and F ar e a gr oup COU N TRY
of fr iends fr om a club. Ther e ar e two housewives, one RANK I NDI A CH I NA JAPAN M ALAYSI A TH AI L AND
lectur er, one ar chitect, one accountant and one lawyer 1 C N D V V
in the gr oup. Ther e are two mar r ied couples in the 2 P C N D C
group. The lawyer is mar r ied to D who is a housewife. 3 N P C P N
N o l ady i n t he gr oup is eit her an ar chi t ect or an 4 V D V C P
accountant C. The accountant, is mar r ied to F who is a
5 D V P N D
lecturer. A is marr ied to D and E is not a housewife.
10. Which of the following pair s of count r ies ar e most
6. What is E ? dissimilar ?
(a) L awyer (a) China and Japan
(b) Ar chit ect (b) I ndia and China
(c) L ect ur er (c) Malaysia and Japan
(d) Accountant (d) Thailand and Japan
7. H ow many member s of t he gr oup ar e males? 11. Which of the following countr ies is least dissimilar
(a) 2 (b) 3 t o I ndia?
(c) 4 (d) none of t hese (a) China (b) Japan
Directions Q. 8 – 9 : (c) Malaysia (d) Thailand
12. Which amongst t he following count r ies is most
Seven univer sit y cr icket player s ar e t o be honour ed
dissimilar t o I ndia?
at a special luncheon. t he player s will be seat ed on
t he dais along one side of a single r ect angular t able. (a) China (b) Japan
A and G have t o leave for t he lunch ear ly and must be (c) Malaysia (d) Thailand
seat ed at t he ext r eme r ight end of t he t able which is 13. Thr ee of the following four pair s of count r ies have
closest t o t he exit . ident ical levels of dissimilar it y. Which pair is t he
odd one out ?
B will r eceive t he M an of t he M at ch awar d and must
be in t he cent er chair. (a) Malaysia and China
C and D, who ar e bitter r ivals for the position of wicket (b) China and Thailand
keeper, dislike each ot her and should be seat ed as far (c) Thailand and Japan
apar t as possible. (d) Japan and Malaysia
E and F ar e best fr iends and want t o sit t oget her. Directions Q. 14 – 17 :
8. Which of the following may not be seated at either F ou r f am i l i es deci ded t o at t en d t h e m ar r i age
end of t he t able ? cer emony of one of t heir colleagues. One family has
(a) C (b) D no kids, while ot her s have at least one ki d each.
Each family wit h kids has at least one kid at t ending
(c) G (d) F
t he mar r iage.
9. Which of t he following pair s may not be seat ed Given below is some infor mat ion about t he families,
t oget her ? and who r eached when t o at t end t he mar r iage.
(a) E & A (b) B & D The family wit h 2 kids came just befor e t he family
(c) C & F (d) G & D wit h no kids.
Directions Q. 10 – 13 : Shant hi who does not have any kids r eached just
A st udy was conduct ed t o ascer t ai n t he r el at i ve befor e Sr idevi's family.
impor t ance t hat employees in five differ ent count r ies Sunil and his wife r eached last wit h t heir only kid.
assigned to five different traits in their Chief Executive Anil is not t he husband of Joya.
Officer s. The t r ait s wer e compassion (C), decisiveness Anil and Raj ar e fat her s.
(D), negot iat ion skills (N), public visibilit y (P), and Sr idevi's and Anita's daught er s go to the same school.
visi on (V). The l evel of dissimi l ar i t y bet ween t wo
Joya came befor e Shant hi and met Anit a when she
count r ies i s t he maximum differ ence i n t he r anks
r eached t he venue.
allot t ed by t he t wo count r ies t o any of t he five t r ait s.
The following t able indicat es t he r ank or der of t he Raman st ays t he far t hest fr om t he venue.
five t r ait s for each count r y. Raj said his son could not come because of his exams.
General Aptitude 8.29
14. Which woman ar r ived t hir d ? N U M E RI CAL T YPE QU E ST I ON S
(a) Shanthi (b) Sr idevi 1. Given t wo number s x and y, define
(c) Anita (d) Joya Addition A(x, y) = x + y
15. Name the correct pair of husband and wife ? Subtr act ion S (x, y) = x – y
(a) Raj and Shanthi (b) Sunil and Sr idevi Multiplication M (x, y) = x, y
(c) Anil and Sr idevi (d) Raj and Anita Division D (x, y) = x/y
16. Of t he following pair s, whose daught er s go t o t he I f x = 2, y = 3 an d z = 5, t h en v al u e of
same school ? M [A(S (x, y), M (y, z)), S (A(x, z), S (z, y))] is ______
Directions Q. 2 – 3 :
(a) Anil and Raman (b) Sunil and Raman
These quest ions ar e based on t he following dat a
(c) Sunil and Anil (d) Raj and Anil
A, B, C, D ar e st anding in a queue. I t is known t hat C
17. Whose family is known t o have mor e t han one
and D ar e not st anding adjacent t o each ot her and
kid for cer t ain ?
t hat B is not in t he t hir d place.
(a) Raman's (b) Raj's 2. I f A is not in t he second place and B is in t he fir st
(c) Anil's (d) Sunil's place, t hen which is t he place for D is _______
Directions Q. 18 – 20 : 3. I f A is not st anding adjacent t o B and D is t he last
A n sw er t h e f ol l ow i n g qu est i on s based on t h e in t he queue, t hen t he place for C is ______
st atements given below : Directions Q. 4 – 5 :
(i ) Ther e ar e t hr ee houses on each side of t he r oad. A boy is asked t o put in a basket one mango when
(ii ) These six houses ar e labeled as P, Q, R, S, T and or der ed ‘One’, one or ange when or der ed ‘Two’, one
U. apple when or der ed ‘Thr ee’ and is asked t o t ake out
fr om t he bask et one mango and an or ange when
(iii ) The houses ar e of differ ent colour s, namely, Red,
or der ed ‘Four ’. A sequence of or der s is given as
Blue, Gr een, Or ange, Yellow and Whit e.
12332142314223314113234
(iv) The houses ar e of differ ent height s. 4. The ______t ot al or ganges wer e in t he basket at
(v) T, t he t allest house, is exact ly opposit e t o the Red t he end of t he above sequence.
colour ed house. 5. The ______t ot al fr uit s will be in t he basket at
(vi ) The shor t est house i s exact l y opposi t e t o t he t he end of t he above or der sequence.
Gr een colour ed house. Directions Q. 6 – 7
(vii )U, t he Or ange colour ed house, is located bet ween Each of t he 11 let t er s A, H , I , M , O, T, U, V, W, X and
P and S. Z appear s same when looked at in a mir r or. They ar e
( v i i i )R, t h e Yel l ow col ou r ed h ou se, i s ex act l y called symmetr ic letter s. Ot her letter s in the alphabet
opposite to P. ar e asymmet r ic let t er s.
(ix) Q, the Green coloured house, is exactly opposite to 6. T h e______ n u m ber of f ou r -l et t er com pu t er
U. passwor ds can be for med using t he symmet r ic
let t er s (no r epet it ion allowed)
(x) P, t he Whit e colour ed house, is t aller t han R, but
shor t er t han S and Q. 7. The ______ number of t hr ee-l et t er comput er
passwor ds can be for med (no r epet it ion allowed)
18. Wh at i s t h e col ou r of t he h ouse di agon al l y
wit h at least one symmet r ic let t er.
opposit e t o t he Yellow colour ed house?
Directions Q. 8 – 9 :
(a) Whit e (b) Blue
A st r ing of t hr ee English let t er s is for med as per t he
(c) Gr een (d) Red following r ules:
19. Which is t he second t allest house? (a) The fir st let t er is any vowel
(a) P (b) S (b) The second let t er is m, n or p.
(c) Q (d) cannot be deter mined (c) I f t he second let t er is m t hen t he t hir d let t er is
20. What is t he colour of t he t allest house? any vowel which is differ ent fr om t he fir st let t er
(a) Red (b) Blue (d) I f the second letter is n then the third letter is e or u
(c) Gr een (d) Yellow (e) I f t he second let t er is p t hen t he t hir d let t er is
t he same as t he fir st let t er.
8.30 General Aptitude
n
8. The ______ st r i ngs of l et t er s can possi bl e be 2n n 1
for med using t he above r ules. 7. What ar e t he limit s of ; wher e n is a
nn
9. The ______ st r i ngs of l et t er s can possi bl y be posit ive int eger ?
for med using t he above r ules such t hat t he t hir d n
let t er of t he st r ing is e. 2n n 1
(a) 2 3
nn
NUMBERS AND ALGEBRA 2n n 1
n
1. I f x = b + c, y = c – a, z = a – b, t hen (b) 2n+1 3.2n
nn
x 2 + y 2 + z2 – 2xy – 2xz + 2yz is equal t o
(a) a + b + c (b) 4b2 2n n 1
n
(c) abc (d) a2 + b2 (c) 2n 3.2n
nn
2. H CF of y 3 – 4y and 4y (y 3 + 8) is
(d) None of t hese
(a) y(y + 2) (b) y – 2
8. I f g = 10100 and H = 10g, t hen in which int er val
(c) 2(y + 2) (d) (y + 2)(y 2 – 2y + 4)
does g! = 1 . 2 . 3 .... 10100 lie?
3. A t i l ed f l oor of a r oom h as di m en si on s
(a) 10H < g! < H
m m sq.m. Di mensi ons of t he t i l e used ar e
n n sq.m. All t iles used ar e gr een t iles except (b) H < g! < 10H
diagonal t iles which ar e r ed. Aft er some year s (c) 10H < g! < 10H
some gr een t iles ar e r eplaced by r ed t iles t o for m (d) 10H < g!
an al t er nat e r ed and gr een t i l e pat t er n. H ow
9. Which of t he following is t r ue?
many gr een t iles ar e r emoved?
(a) Sum of four consecutive even numbers is always
(m n and t ot al number of t iles ar e odd).
divisible by 8.
m 2 4mn 2n 2 m 2n 2 n 2 (b) Sum of four consecutive odd numbers is always
(a) (b) divisible by 8.
2n 2 2n 2
(c) Pr oduct of any n consecutive nat ur al number s
m 2 4mn n 2 m 2 4mn 2n 2 may not be divisible by n!.
(c) (d)
2n 2 2n 2
(d) Pr oduct of 4 consecut i ve odd number s i s
x4 2 always divisible by 15.
4. I f t hen
2
x 6
2
x 6 10. I f a and b ar e pr i me number s, whi ch of t he
following is t r ue?
(a) x 2 (b) x 2
I . a2 has t hr ee posit ive int eger fact or s.
(c) x 6 (d) x 6
I I . ab has four posit ive int eger fact or s.
5. Which of t he following is t r ue?
I I I . a3 has four posit ive int eger fact or s.
(a) 2 5 7 Codes :
(b) 2 5 7 (a) I and I I only
(b) I I and I I I only
(c) 2 5 7 (c) All of t hese
(d) None of t hese
(d) 2 5 7
11. I f 7x + 6y = 420, x and y ar e nat ur al number s,
y t hen what can be said about x?
6. I f 6 x – 2 and 4 y – 4, t hen limit s for ,
x
wher e x and y ar e non zer o int eger s, is (a) x is always odd
(b) x is always even.
y y 2 y 2 y
(a) 2, (b) , 2 (c) x is even only if y is odd.
x x 3 x 3 x
(d) x is odd if y is even.
y 2 y 1 y y
(c) , (d) – 4, 4
x 3 x 4 x x
General Aptitude 8.31
12. I f a, b, c, d, p and q ar e non-zer o, unequal integer s 19. H CF and L CM of t wo number s i s gi ven. I t i s
2 2 possible to find out the two number s uniquely if
a bi p a b
and , t hen 2 equals I . ei t her sum or di ffer ence bet ween t he t wo
c di q c d2
number s is known.
p p2 I I . H CF of t wo number s = L CM of t wo number s.
(a) (b)
q q 2
L CM
III. = Pr ime number..
(c) 1 (d) None of t hese H CF
13. An Egyptian fr action has a numer at or equal t o 1, (a) I and I I only
and it s denominat or is a posit ive int eger. What is (b) I I only
t he maxi mum number of di ffer ent Egypt i an
(c) I I and I I I only
fr act ion such t hat t heir sum is equal t o 1, and
t heir denominat or s ar e equal t o 10 or less? (d) I , I I and I I I
(a) 3 (b) 5 20. A ball is dr opped fr om a height of 12 m and it
(c) 7 (d) 9 r ebounds 1/2 of the distance it falls. I f it cont inues
t o fall and r ebound in t his way, how far will it
14. Wh at i s t h e l east n u m ber w h i ch m u st be
t r avel befor e coming t o r est ?
subtr acted fr om 1936 so that the r emainder when
divided by 9, 10, 15 will leave in each case t he (a) 36 m (b) 30 m
same r emainder 7? (c) 48 m (d) 60 m
(a) 32 (b) 53 21. Ther e ar e N quest ions in an exam.
(c) 46 (d) 39 For i = 1, 2, ....., N, there ar e 2N– 1 students who
15. What is t he gr eat est number consi st ing of six answer ed 1 or mor e questions wr ongly. I f total
digits which on being divided by 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 leaves number of wrong answers is 8191, then N will be
4, 5, 6, 7, 8 as r emainder s r espect ively? (a) 12 (b) 11
(a) 997920 (b) 997918 (c) 10 (d) 13
(c) 999999 (d) 997922 22. Two new char ity or ganizat ions C1 and C2 wer e
16. What is t he least number which on being divided formed, with x member s each, on Januar y 1, 2003.
by 5, 6, 8, 9, 12 leaves in each case a r emainder On fir st day of each, subsequent month, in C1,
1 but when divided by 13 leaves no r emainder ? n um ber of m em ber s i ncr eases by a cer t ai n
(a) 2987 (b) 3601 number a, whi l e i n C 2, number of member s
incr eases in such a way that r atio of t he number
(c) 3600 (d) 2986
of member s in a month to the pr eceding month
17. A gr oup of four number s has onl y one pr i me
bear a r at io equal t o b. On M ay 1, 2003, bot h
number amongst t hem. Which of t he following
or ganizations had the same number of member s.
must be t r ue about t he gr oup?
I f a = 20x, then b will be
I . H CF of t he four number s of t he gr oup is eit her
(a) 2 (b) 3
1 or equal t o t hat pr ime number.
(c) 2.5 (d) 3.5
I I . L CM of t he four number s of t he gr oup is same
as pr oduct of t he pr ime number and L CM of 23. What is the r atio of common differ ences d1 and d2 of
t he r emaining t hr ee number s. two arithmetic progressions if respective n th ter ms
ar e in the ratio of 2n + 3 : n – 11?
I I I . Pr oduct of four number s is equal t o pr oduct
of t he pr i me number H CF of t he gr oup (a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 3
L CM of t he gr oup. (c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 3
(a) I only (b) I I only 24. What i s t he sum upt o 20 t er ms of t he ser i es
(c) I and I I only (d) All of t hese 2 8 26 80
...... ?
18. I f (a, n)! is defined as pr oduct of n consecut ive 3 9 27 81
number s st ar t ing fr om a, wher e a and n ar e bot h 19.320 1 19.320 1
n at u r al n u m ber s, an d i f H i s t h e H CF of (a) (b)
320 2.320
(a, n)! and n!, t hen what can be said about H ?
(a) H = a! (b) H = n! 19.320 1 39.320 1
(c) H n! (d) H a n (c) (d)
2.320 2.320
8.32 General Aptitude
25. What is t he sum t o infinit y of t he ser ies, I I I . I f each of t he values in a set is mult iplied by a
const ant m, t hen new aver age will also be ‘m'
3 + 6x 2 + 9x 4 + 12x 6 + ... given x < 1?
t imes t he old aver age.
3 3
(a) (b) Codes :
2 2 2
1 x 1 x (a) Only I and I I (b) Only I I and I I I
3 3 (c) Only I and I I I (d) I , I I and I I I
(c) (d)
2
2
1 x 2 31. Thr ee people A, B and C weigh t hemselves in a
1 x par t icular or der. Fir st A, B, C weigh t hemselves
26. A school has 5 divisions in a class I X having 60, individually and then AB, BC CA and ABC together
50, 55, 62 and 58 st udent s. Mean mar ks obt ained r espect i v el y. Recor ded w ei gh t f or t h e l ast
in a H ist or y t est wer e 56, 64, 72, 63 and 50 by m easu r ed i s 180 k gs. T h en aver age of t h e
each division r espectively. What is over all average 7 measur es is
of t he mar ks per st udent s?
360
(a) 56.8 (b) 58.2 (a) 320 kgs (b) kgs
7
(c) 62.4 (d) 60.8
27. Aver age age of a commit t ee of seven t r ust ees is 720
(c) kgs (d) Cannot be determined
t he same as it was five year s ago, a younger man 7
having been subst it ut ed for one of t hem. H ow 32. Aver age age of a t eam of 15 empl oyees i s 36.
much younger was he t hen t r ust ee whose place Youngest of t hem is 20 year s old and eldest is 36
he t ook? year s old. Two of t hem wit h aver age age 28 leave
(a) 32 year s (b) 35 year s t he t eam. I f one of t he t wo comes back on t he
(c) 33 year s (d) 34 year s condit ion t hat he will be made t he t eam leader,
t hen whi ch of t he fol l owi ng can possi bl y be
28. Six men A, B, C, D, E, F agr ee wit h a sevent h
aver age age of t he new t eam so for med?
man G t o pr ovide a sum of money among t hem.
A, B, C, D, E, F ar e t o subscr ibe `10 each, and G (a) 35 (b) 36
is t o pay `3 mor e t han t he aver age of t he seven. (c) 38 (d) 39
What is t he whole sum t o be pr ovided?
(a) `73.50 (b) ` 74 PERCENTAGE AND ITS APPLICATIONS
(c) ` 73 (d) ` 72.50
1. The M anager (M ) of t he company along wit h his
29. Which of t he following is/ar e t r ue? Assist ant M anager (AM ) and a Business Analyst
I . When Ar it hmet ic M ean of a set of values and (B A ) i n vest ` 55000, ` 45000 an d ` 60000
number of val ues i n t he set ar e k nown, t hen r espect ively in a par t ner ship fir m for six mont hs.
Geomet r ic M ean of t he set can be found out . The M anager being t he highest aut hor it y among
I I . When Ar ithmetic Mean of a set of values and t he t hr ee get s one-t ent h of t he t ot al pr ofit and
number of values in the set ar e known, sum of A ssi st an t M an ager bei n g secon d h i gh est
all the elements in the set can be found out.
1
I I I . When Geomet r ic M ean of a set of values and aut hor it y get s t h of t he r emaining and t he
20
number of values in t he set ar e known, t hen
Ar it hmet ic M ean of t he set can be found out . r emaining pr ofit is divided among t he t hr ee in
t he r at io of t heir invest ment s. I f t he t ot al pr ofit
Codes :
was ` 40000, who get s t he minimum shar e and
(a) Only I (b) Only I I how much?
(c) Only I and I I (d) All except I I (a) BA, ` 11400 (b) AM , ` 11419
30. Which of t he following st at ement /s is/ar e t r ue? (c) AM , ` 12500 (d) None of t hese
I . Aver age of a set of val ues wi l l al ways l i e 2. I n a business par t ner ship of t hr ee people A, B
bet ween lowest and t he lar gest of t hese values. and C, B's shar e in t otal pr ofit is ` 250 per ` 2000.
I I . I f each of t he values in a set is incr eased by a At t his pr ofit his r et ur n on invest ment is 15%. I f
const ant k, t hen new aver age of t he set i s B ear ns total of ` 900. what is the total investment
incr eased by k. made by A and C in business? Assume t hat each
General Aptitude 8.33
of A, B and C have invest ed t heir money for t he L amber t 's. What is t he value of st ock car r ied by
ent ir e year and pr ofit s ar e shar ed in t he r at io of H ar land and L amber t r espect ively?
t heir invest ment s. (a) $ 8218, $ 10032 (b) $ 1419, $ 10881
(a) ` 48000 (b) ` 42000 (c) $ 8042, $ 10881 (d) $ 8228, $ 11132
(c) ` 6000 (d) Data insufficient 10. Numer at or of a fr act ion incr eases by 25%. What
3. A bh ay an d B i m al st ar t ed a bu si n ess i n can be said about t he r esult ant fr act ion?
par t ner ship. Abhay invest ed a capit al of ` 50000. (a) I t is 67% less t han or iginal.
Bimal agr ees t o pay Abhay an int er est on half (b) I t is equal t o t he or iginal fr act ion.
t he capit al at 8% per annum. Also Bimal r eceives (c) I t is 67% mor e t han t he or iginal fr act ion.
a salar y of ` 500 per mont h for managing t he (d) The change cannot be det er mine.
busi ness. Aft er si x mont hs Abhay wi t hdr aws
11. Which of t he following st at ement /s is/ar e t r ue?
` 20000 and Bimal pit ches in an equal amount .
I. I f two number s ar e such t hat one is 25% mor e
Bimal cont inues t o pay Abhay int er est at 8% per
than the second, then sum of t he two number s
annum for t he balance amount . At t he end of t he
is nine t imes t hat of t he differ ence of t he t wo
year they divide t he pr ofit equally and found t hat
number s.
t ot al ear ning of Bimal in t he year was exact ly
t hr ice t hat of Abhay. The t ot al pr ofit ? II . I f 56% of a number A is 24% of another number
B t hen 49% of A is 21% of B.
(a) ` 7200 (b) ` 6800
Codes:
(c) ` 5400 (d) ` 4800
(a) Only I (b) Only I I
4. H ow much st ock must be bought i n 3 per cent
(c) Only I and I I (d) None of t hese
1 3 12. I n the Annual General Meeting of the Rotary club a
89 in or der t hat by selling it at 91 a pr ofit of chair man is to be selected for which A and B is the
8 8
` 45 may be made? only two candidates. After the fir st round, each of
them gave a speech on their policy and work plan
(a) 20 (b) 30
for the coming year after which another round of
(c) 40 (d) 50 election was held. The number of votes not cast for
5. Which is the better investment (the secur ity being A increased by 25% in the second round over those
equal), 3 per cents per petually at par, or 5 per cents not cast for him in the first r ound and A lost second
at 124, t he l at t er st ock bei ng r edeemabl e i n round to B by twice as many votes as that by which
20 year s at par ? (Simple int er est t o be r eckoned). he had won in the first r ound. I f total 260 people
(a) 3% at par voted each time what was the percent decrease in
(b) 5% at 124 votes received by A in the second round assuming
(c) Bot h ar e same that no vote was void in any of the rounds?
(d) Cannot be det er mined (a) 18% (b) 25%
(c) 21.43% (d) 30%
6. What r at e per cent per annum does a man get by
buying `100 shar e (` 70 paid-up) at ` 60 when 13. A wat er melon weighs 5000 gm. 99% of it s weight
dividend is 5% per annum? is wat er. I t is kept in a dr ying r oom and aft er
some t ime it t ur ns out t hat it is only 98% wat er
(a) 4.28% (b) 7.14%
by weight . What is it s weight now?
1 5 (a) 2500 gm (b) 4500 gm
(c) 8 % (d) 5 %
3 6 (c) 4950 gm (d) None of t hese
7. A r eject s 0.08% of t he met er s as defect ive .H ow
14. A sum of ` 5000 is divided int o t wo par t s A and B
many will he examine t o r eject 2?
such t hat simple int er est s at t he r at e of 20% p.a.
(a) 2500 (b) 1250 on A and B aft er 2 and 3 year s r espect ively ar e
(c) 625 (d) 5000 equal . Whi ch of t he fol l owi ng i s fal se about
8. (a% of b) + (b% of a) is equal t o A and B?
(a) a% of b (b) 2% of ab (a) Rat io of A t o B is 2 : 3
(c) 20% of ab (d) 2% of 100 ab (b) Rat io of A t o B is 3 : 2
9. Ryan's st ock of goods is wor t h $9462, which is (c) A exceeds B by ` 1000
15% mor e t han H ar l and's, and 15% l ess t han (d) Tot al int er est ear ned on A and B is ` 2400
8.34 General Aptitude
15. Which amongst t he following t wo offer s i s t he 20. A t r ader all ows a discount of 5 per cent t o his
bet t er one? Consi der wi t h r espect t o i nt er est customer s. What pr ice should he mar k on a article
accr ued. t he cost pr ice of which is ` 800 so as t o make
I. I nvesting an amount compounded annually at clear pr ofit of 25 per cent on his out lay?
1% per annum for 100 year s. (a) ` 1000 (b) ` 1053
II . I nvest ing t he amount compounded annually (c) ` 1200 (d) ` 1123
at 100% per annum for 1 year. 21. A camer a cost ing `550 is mar ked t o be sold at a
Codes: pr ice, which gives a pr ofit of 30%. What will be
(a) Fir st offer it s selling pr ice in a sale when 20% is t aken off
t he mar ked pr ice?
(b) Second offer
(a) ` 600 (b) ` 572
(c) Bot h ar e same
(c) ` 635 (d) ` 605
(d) Cannot be det er mined
22. Buy two and get one free. Which of the following is
16. The populat ion of r at e in a localit y x incr eases by
true?
20% in one year. Obser ving t his, t he pest cont r ol
com mi t t ee deci ded t o use a speci al k i nd of (a) The person is selling at a loss.
pest icide‘xyz' which effect ively kills 160 r at s in 3 (b) The person is selling at a pr ofit.
mont hs. Just aft er 2 year s, what i s t he net (c) The loss or gain depends on the pr ofit from sale
incr ease or decr ease in t he populat ion of r at s if, of two articles.
i ni t i al l y t he popul at i on of r at s i s 3200 and
(d) The person is selling at the cost price.
pest icide is used effect ively?
Directions (Q.23– 25): Refer to t he data below and
(a) I ncr ease of 128 r at s.
answer the questions that follow.
(b) Decr ease of 128 r at s.
A pr ofi t -maxi mi zi ng pr oducer has t he opt i on of
(c) N ei t her an i ncr ease nor a decr ease i n t he discriminating between markets A and B (i.e., charging
population. different prices in markets A and B for the same product )
(d) None of t hese. for a product X. Demand for the product in each of the
17. A man t r avels fr om A t o B t o buy goods which he markets A and B is given by
can get 10% cheaper in B t han in A. I f expenses QA = 42 – 0.2 PA
of the jour ney ar e ` 15 and he makes a clear saving QB = 100 – 0.8 PB
of ` 10, how much does he pay for t he goods? Total cost in any market is given by
(a) ` 225 C = 1000 + 5Q, where Q is quantity sold in that market.
(b) ` 200 Consider two cases:
(c) ` 150 Case 1 in which she discriminates between the markets
and
(d) Cannot be det er mined
Case 2 in which she does not discriminate.
18. By selling 5 dozen mangoes for ` 156, it was found
23. What is the approximate ratio of the price in market
3 A to price in mar ket B in Case 1?
t h at t h of t h e ou t l ay was gai n ed. Wh at
10
(a) 1.65 (b) 2.00
should t he r et ail pr ice per mango be in or der t o (c) 2.25 (d) 2.50
gain 60%? 24. What is the ratio of the total quantity of product X
(a) ` 4 (b) ` 2 sold in Case 1 to the total quantity sold in Case 2?
(c) ` 3.2 (d) ` 4.2 (a) 0.50 (b) 1
19. A man sells sugar t o a t r adesman at a pr ofit of (c) 1.10 (d) 1.05
20% but t he t r adesman becoming bankr upt pays 25. What is the difference in total profit in Case 1 and
only 80 paise in t he r upee. H ow much per centage the total profit in Case 2?
does t he man gain or lose by his sale? (a) ` 289 (b) ` 829
(a) 2.5% (b) 3% (c) ` – 289 (d) ` – 829
(c) 4% (d) 5.2%
General Aptitude 8.35
(a) 75 m, 18 km/hr
TIME AND WORK
(b) 80 m, 21 km/hr
M CQ T YPE QU EST I ON S (c) 60 m, 20 km/hr
1. A bar r el full of beer has 2 taps, one midway which (d) 50 m, 22 km/hr
dr aws a lit r e in 6 minut es and t he ot her at t he 6. A policeman goes aft er a t hief who has a 100 m
bot t om which dr aws a l it r e i n 4 minut es. The st ar t . The policeman r uns 1 km. in 6 mins. and
lower t ap is nor mally used aft er t he level of beer t he t hief 1 km in 10 mins. H ow far did t he t hief
in t he bar r el is lower t han midway. The capacit y go befor e he was over t aken?
of t he bar r el is 36 lit r es. A new assist ant opens
(a) 100 m (b) 125 m
t he lower t ap when t he bar r el is full and dr aws
(c) 150 m (d) 250 m
out some beer. As a r esult t he lower t ap has been
used 24 minut es befor e t he usual t ime. For how 1
7. Ever yday Sachi n exer ci ses for 2 hour s. H e
long was the beer dr awn out by the new assistant? 2
(a) 10 mins. (b) 8 mins. exer cises by walking, jogging and r unning. H is
(c) 16 mins. (d) 32 mins. speeds while walking, jogging and r unning in the
2. Pipe A can fill a cist er n in 36 minut es and B in 48 r at io 1 : 2 : 4. Which of t he following st at ement s
minut es. I f bot h t he pipes ar e opened t oget her, ar e t r ue?
when should pipe B be closed so t hat t he cist er n I . I f he spends equal time on the thr ee act ivities,
may be just full in 24 minut es? t hen he r uns t wice t he dist ance t hat he jogs.
(a) 8 mins. (b) 9 mins. I I . I f he r uns at 8 k m per hour and di st ance
(c) 12 mins. (d) 16 mins. cover ed by r unning and jogging t oget her is
12 km, t hen he walks a dist ance of 1 km in
3. Pipes P, Q and R ar e at t ached t o a t ank and each
1 hour.
can act as eit her an inlet or out let pipe. Pipes P,
Q and R r espect ively t ake 8, 10 and 12 hour s t o I I I . I f t he t ime for which he walks, jogs and r uns
fill t he empt y t ank or empt y t he full t ank. I n t he is in t he r at io 2 : 2 : 1 and he cover s a t ot al
fir st hour, pipes P and R wor k as inlet and Q wor k di st ance of 10 k m, t hen hi s speeds whi l e
as out let . I n t he second hour, pipes P and Q wor k walking, jogging and r unning ar e 2 km/hr,
as inlet and pipe R as out let . I n t he t hir d hour 4 km/hr and 8 km/hr r es-pect ively.
pipes Q and R wor k as inlet and pipe P as out let Codes:
and t he pr ocess goes on like t his. When will t he (a) I and I I (b) I I and I I I
cist er n be filled?
(c) I and I I I (d) I , I I and I I I
(a) I n t he 8t h hour. (b) I n t he 9t h hour.
8. A monkey climbing up a gr eased pole ascends 10
(c) I n t he 10t h hour. (d) I n t he 11t h hour.
met r es and sl i ps down 2 met r es i n al t er nat e
4. Ther e ar e 2 inlet pipes and an out let pipe. The minut es. I f t he pole is 64 met r es high, how long
efficiency of one of t he inlet pipes is double t han will it t ake him t o r each t he t op?
t hat of t he ot her. Also, t he efficiency of t he out let
(a) 16 min
pipe is half t hat of t he lesser efficient inlet pipe.
The empt y t ank get s filled in 16 hour s when all (b) 14 min and 48 sec
t he pipes ar e opened. H ow many hour s will be (c) 12 min
t ak en t o fi ll t he empt y t ank when t he ‘l esser ’ (d) 14 min
efficiency inlet pipe is plugged and t he r est kept
9. A t r ai n t r avel l ing at 10 m/sec fr om A t o B at
opened?
7 a.m. meet s a t r ain leaving B at 7:20 a.m. and
1 2
(a) 33 hour s (b) 26 hour s 1
3 3 coming t o A at a speed t imes fast er t han t he
3
(c) 100 hour s (d) 80 hour s
fir st t r ain. I f t he dist ance fr om A t o B is 68 km.
5. A t r ain over t akes 2 per sons walking at 2 km/hr
t hen, at what dist ance fr om A will t he t wo t r ains
and 4 km/hr r espect ively in t he same dir ect ion meet ?
and complet ely passes t hem i n 9 seconds and
(a) 72 km (b) 36 km
10 seconds. L engt h of t he t r ain and it s speed in
km/hr r espect ively ar e (c) 60 km (d) 50 km
8.36 General Aptitude
10. Two t r ains A and B st ar t fr om st at ions X and Y (a) I f A st ar t ed t he wor k on t he fir st day followed
t owar ds each ot her. B leaves st at ion Y half an by B and c, t hen t he wor k will be finished on
hour aft er t r ain A leaves st at ion X. Two hour s t he 10t h day.
aft er t r ain A has st ar t ed, t he dist ance bet ween (b) I f B st ar t ed t he wor k on t he fir st day followed
19 by C and A, t hen t he wor k will be finished on
t r ains A and B is t h of t he dist ance bet ween t he 11t h day.
30
st at ions X and Y. H ow much t ime would it t ake (c) I f C st ar t ed t he wor k on t he fir st day followed
each t r ain (A and B) t o cover t he dist ance X t o Y, by A and B, t hen t he wor k will be finished on
i f t r ai n A r eaches hal f an hou r l at er t o i t s t he 11t h day.
dest inat ion as compar ed t o B? (d) None of t hese
(a) 8 hr s, 6 hr s (b) 5 hr s, 4 hr s N U M E RI CAL T YPE QU E ST I ON S
(c) 10 hr s, 9 hr s (d) 9 hr s, 8 hr s 1. M eer a paint s walls for a living. She somet imes
11. Two men, A and B, r un a 4 km r ace on a cir cular has Ashok t o wor k wit h her. M eer a t akes 2 days
t o paint a 10 ft by 10 ft wall. Ashok t akes 3 days
1
cour se of km. I f t heir speeds ar e in t he r at io t o do t he same job. M eer a has t o pay Ashok for
4 his wor k on a per day basis, so she’d r at her do
of 5 : 4, how often does t he winner pass the ot her ? wit hout him. M eer a has r ecent ly got a cont r act
(a) Once (b) Twi ce t o pai nt t he wal l s and cei l i ng of a r oom of
(c) Thr i ce (d) Four t imes dimensions 10 ft by 15 ft and a height of 10 ft .
She had pr omised t o do t he job wit hin 9 days.
12. A and B st ar t fr om t he same poi nt t o r un i n
The ______ number of days does she need t o
opposite dir ections round a cir cular path 550 yar ds
employ Ashok?
in lengt h, A giving B a st ar t of 100 yar ds. They
pass each ot her when A has r un 250 yar ds. Who 2. 3 pipes can fill a r eser voir in 10, 15 and 20 hour s
will come fir st t o t he st ar t ing point and at what r espect ively. I f the thr ee taps ar e opened one after
dist ance will t hey be apar t ? anot her in t he given or der, wit h a cer t ain fixed
t ime gap bet ween t hem, t he r eser voir fills in 5
(a) A, 20 yar ds (b) B, 10 yar ds
hour s. The t ime gap will be _____ hr.
(c) B, 20 yar ds (d) A, 10 yar ds
3. Two pipes A and B can fill a t ank in 8 hour s. I f
13. Two r unner s r un in t he same dir ect ion along a only pipe A is open, t hen it would t ake 4 hour s
ci r cul ar t r ack 2 k m l ong. The fast er r unner longer to fill t he t ank. The _______ hour s it would
over takes the slower one ever y 30 minutes. What t ake if only pipe B is open.
ar e t heir speeds, if fast er one complet es a r ound
Directions (Q.4 – 5): Refer t o t he dat a below and
one minut e sooner t han t he ot her ?
answer t he quest ions t hat follow.
(a) 24 km/hr and 20 km/hr
The boiler tank in a chemical factor y holds 105 lit r es.
(b) 44 km/hr and 28 km/hr 5 tanks each having one-fift h the capacity of the boiler
(c) 20 km/hr and 18 km/hr tank fill in ‘har d water ’ at same r ates in t he boiler
(d) 20 km/hr and 16 km/hr tank in 2 hour s. The outlet of the two of smaller tanks
wor k as inlet pipes and ot her two wor k as outlet and
14. To do cer t ain wor k alone ‘A’ t akes 4 hr s, ‘B’ t akes
the fifth tank fill in the main ‘boiler’at half its efficiency.
5 hr s and ‘C’ t akes 6 hr s. H ow long would A and B
t oget her t ak e t o do a wor k which C can do in 4. The number of hour s t aken t o fill in t he main
1 boi l er when al l t he pi pes ar e opened at once
4 hr s.? is ________
2
(a) 2 hr s 10 mins. (b) 2 hr s 30 mins. 5. Only t hr ee pipes ar e wor king, t wo at t heir full
effi ci ency and t he t hi r d one wi t h hal f of i t s
(c) 1 hr 20 mins. (d) 1 hr 40 mins.
efficiency and all t hr ee ar e act ing as an inlet . I f
15. A can do piece of wor k in 8 days which B and C all the three ar e opened alter nately with the latter
can do in 12 and 16 days r espectively. I f t hey wor k pipe being fir st t o be opened to fill the boiler such
on alt er nat e days, t hen which of t he following is t hat each smaller t ank fills ‘har d wat er ’ in t he
t r ue? main boiler for equal time, t hen number of hour s
t aken t o fill t he boiler t o half it s capacit y is______
General Aptitude 8.37
6. A cont r act is t o be complet ed in 46 days and 117 Directions (Q. 14 – 15): Refer t o t he gr aph below
men wer e set t o wor k, each wor king 8 hour s a and answer t he quest ions t hat follow.
day. Aft er 33 days, 4/7 of t he wor k is complet ed. The engine of t he new car Palio br ought by Fiat in
The _______ number of addit ional men may be t he mar ket follows cer t ain mileage char act er ist ics as
employed so t hat t he wor k may be complet ed in shown in t he diagr am below:
t ime, each man now wor king 9 hour s a day?
7. A t r ain t r avelling at 42 km/hr. passes a cyclist 15
14
going in t he same dir ect ion in 9 secs.; if cyclist 13
had been going in the opposite dir ection, the tr ain 12
M i l e a g e k m /l i t r e
would have passed him in 5 secs. L engt h of t he 11
10
t r ain is______ met r es 9
8. A man r ows upst r eam 13 km. and downst r eam
8
7
28 km. t aking 5 hr s. each t ime. Velocit y of t he 6
cur r ent in km/hr _______ is 5
40 45 60 80
Directions (Q. 9 – 11): Refer t o t he dat a below and S p e e d k m /h r
answer t he quest ions t hat follow.
Vijay bought t he new car Pali o and fi l led exact l y
The var iat ion in t he speed of a car on a par t icular
10 lit r es in his car. H e goes at a speed of 40 km/hr for
day at the respective times is shown in the table below:
fir st 20 km and t hen at a speed of 60 km/hr for next
60 km and dr iving at a const ant speed r eaches his
s(k m/h r) t (hr ) destination which was 115 km away fr om his star t ing
0 11.00 am point.
40 11.30 am 14. The t ime in hour s t aken by Vijay if he r eaches
50 1.00 pm his dest inat ion i n minimum possible t i me and
85 1.30 pm finishes all t he fuel.
10 3.30 pm 15. I n t he above quest ion, if Vijay had t r avelled at a
10 4.30 pm const ant aver age speed r ather t han changing his
speed, t aking t he same minimum t ime, t hen t he
9. The dist ance t r avelled by t he car fr om 11 a.m. t o approximate saving in the fuel consumed is ______
1 p.m. is _______km litr es
10. I f car maint ains t he speed it has at 4.30 p.m. then
at _______ t i me wi l l t he car cover t he same
di st ance as i t had cover ed fr om 11.00 a.m. t o
RATIO, PROPORTION AND MIXTURES
1.00 p.m.? M CQ T YPE QU EST I ON S
11. Aver age speed of t he car fr om 11.00 a.m. t o 1. A cask of wine when fully filled holds 10 litr es.
4.30 p.m. is ________ kmph 2 litr es of wine is r emoved and filled with water.
12. A cheet ah chase a deer which is 100 m ahead. Then 4 litres in the solution is r eplaced with water.
Then, 6 and 8 litr es r espectively. At the end of the
The t ime in which t he deer t akes 10 leaps t he
4th oper at ion, t he r at io of wine t o water is
cheet ah t akes only 6 leaps. I n one leap, t he deer
cover s 1 m whi l e t he cheet ah cover s 2 m. I n 4! 8!
______ leaps would the cheet ah cat ch up the deer. (a) (b)
(5)4 (10)4
13. A har e pur sued by a hound who is 50 of her own
leaps befor e him. When t he har e t akes 4 leaps, 4! 8!
(c) 4 (d)
t h e h ou n d t ak es 3. I n on e l eap, t h e h ar e 5 4! (10)4 8!
3 3 2. A 20 lit r e vessel is filled wit h alcohol. Some of t he
goes 1 met r es and t he hound 2 met r es. I n alcohol is pour ed out int o anot her vessel of an
4 4
equal capacit y, which is t hen complet ely filled by
how _______ leaps will t he hound over t ake t he adding wat er. Then mixt ur e obt ained is pour ed
har e.
2
int o t he fir st vessel t o capacit y. Then 6 lit r es
3
8.38 General Aptitude
is pour ed fr om t he fir st vessel int o second. Bot h st age 2. I f mixer mot or makes 50 r evolut ions in
vessels now cont ain an equal amount of alcohol. 3 minut es in st age 1, it s speed in st age 2 and 3
How much alcohol was or iginally pour ed fr om t he wi t h t he same l oad i s 2500 and 12500 r pm
fir st vessel int o t he second? r espect ively. What will be t he speed of mot or (in
(a) 9 lit r es (b) 10 lit r es r pm) in st age 3, if at t he same load mot or s speed
(c) 12 lit r es (d) 12.5 lit r es in r pm is 25 r evolut ions in 6 minut es in st age 1?
3. What is t he r at io compounded of x – y : x + y and
3125 55
y 2 + xy : x 2 – xy? (a) r pm (b) r pm
16 210
(a) y 2 : x 2 (b) xy : 1
510
(c) y : x (d) x: y (c) r pm (d) None of t hese
25
4. I f r at io of t wo nat ur al number s x and y is ‘a' and
t hat of y and x is ‘b', t hen value of ‘a + b' is 10. Two bags have cer t ain number of mangoes. I f
half the mangoes fr om bag 1 ar e tr ansfer r ed to
(a) gr eat er t han 2 (b) lesser t han 1
bag 2, the r atio of mangoes in bag 1 to bag 2 gets
(c) gr eat er t han 1 (d) data insufficient. r ever sed. N ow one-t hi r d and t wo-t hi r d of t he
5. The char ges of a goldsmit h is par t ly fixed and mangoes fr om the fir st and the second bag ar e
par t ly var iable with t he amount in gr ams of gold. transferred to the second and first bag respectively.
The char ge i s ` 300 for 20 gr ams of gol d and The r atio of mangoes in bag 1 to bag 2 now is
` 550 for 45 gr ams of gold. Find t he char ge of
wor k for 100 gr ams of gold. (a) 2 : 1 (b) 2 : 2
(a) ` 900 (b) ` 1000 (c) 4 : 5 (d) 5 : 4
(c) ` 1100 (d) ` 9000 N U M E RI CAL T YPE QU E ST I ON S
Directions (Q.6– 7) : Refer t o t he dat a below and 1. Five lit r es ar e dr awn fr om a cask full of wine and
answer t he quest ions t hat follow. i t i s t hen fi l l ed wi t h wat er. Fi ve l i t r es of t he
The r at io of whit e collar t o blue collar employees in a mixt ur e ar e dr awn and t he cask is again filled
fir m is 8 : 3. Also r at io of male employees t o female wit h wat er. The quant it y of wine now left in t he
employees is 7 : 4. I t is obser ved t hat 60% of t he whit e cask t o t hat of t he wat er i n i t i s i n t he r at i o
collar employees ar e males. 361 : 39. The cask hold ______ lit r es.
6. What is the r atio of female white collar employees 2. I n a mixt ur e of wheat and bar ley, wheat is 60%.
t o male blue collar employees? To 400 kg of t he mixt ur e a quant it y of bar ley is
(a) 16 : 11 (b) 24 : 11
1
(c) 3 : 1 (d) Data insufficient added and t hen the wheat is 53 %. The_____kg
3
7. I f t her e ar e 48 female blue collar wor ker s, what
of bar ley ar e added?
i s t he di ffer ence bet ween mal e whi t e col l ar
employees and female blue collar employees? 3. Two jar s of capacit y 3 and 5 lit r es ar e filled wit h
mixt ur es of alcohol and wat er. I n t he smaller jar
(a) 288 (b) 240
25% of t he mixt ur e is alcohol and in t he lar ger
(c) 220 (d) Data insufficient 25% of t he mixt ur e is wat er. The jar s ar e empt ied
8. I n a chemical exper iment , t wo NaOH solut ion int o a 9 lit r e cask and r emaining volume is filled
bott les ar e used. Bott le A cont ains salt and wat er up wit h wat er. Then per cent age of alcohol in t he
in t he r at io 7 : 3 and bot t le B cont ains salt and cask will be ________
wat er in the r at io 4 : 3. I n what pr opor tion should 4. A man buys milk at ` 5 a lit r e and aft er adding
t he quant it ies be t aken fr om A and B t o give t he wat er, sells it at ` 6 a lit r e, t her eby making a
2 : 1 NaOH solut ion? 1
pr ofit of 33 %. The pr opor t ion of wat er t o milk
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 10 : 7 3
in t he mixt ur e is_______
(c) 20 : 7 (d) 1 : 2
5. The per cent age of alcohol in t wo wine t anks is
9. A tr iswitch mixer gr inder oper ates in thr ee stages 20 and 40 r espect ively and r est is gr ape juice. I f a
of speed in r evolut ions per mi n i.e., r pm. The wine glass is filled t o it s half by t he t ank 1 and
speed of t he mot or wit h some load in t he second 2 in t he r at io 2 : 3 and t he r est is filled again by
st age var ies as a squar e of t he speed in st age pur e alcohol, t hen t he r at io of t he gr ape juice t o
1 and t hat in st age 3 var ies as a cube of t hat in alcohol in t he wine glass is _______
General Aptitude 8.39
6. I n ______ r at io must a gr ocer mix t wo var iet ies maximum amount Raju would be willing t o pay
of t ea wor t h ` 60 a kg and ` 65 a kg so t hat by each t ime t o t hr ow t he dice, if in t he long r un he
selling t he mixt ur e at ` 68.20 a kg he may gain want s t o make an aver age pr ofit of ` 7 per thr ow?
10%? (a) ` 6 (b) ` 7
7. A cont ai ner cont ains 40 lit of mi lk. Fr om t his
(c) ` 3 (d) ` 2
container 4. lit of milk was taken out and replaced
by wat er. This pr ocess was r epeat ed fur t her t wo Directions (Q. 4 – 5) :
t imes. The ______lit r es of milk is now cont ained 7 let t er s ar e t o be placed in seven addr essed envelops.
by t he cont ainer ? I f t he let t er s ar e placed at r andom int o t he envelopes,
8. A mer chant has 1000kg of sugar,par t of which he the pr obabilit y that
sells at 8% pr ofit and t he r est at 18% pr ofit . H e 4. Al l of t hem ar e pl aced i n t he cor r espondi ng
gains 14% on t he whole. The quantity sold at 18% envelops is
pr ofit is_____ kg
1
9. Vol umes i n t he pr opor t i on 3 : 4 : 7 of t hr ee (a) 1 (b)
6!
di ffer ent subst ances ar e mi xed t oget her. The
densit ies of equal volume of t he subst ances ar e 1
in t he r at io 5 : 2 : 6 r espect ively. The weight of (c) (d) None of t hese
7!
t he t hir d subst ance cont ained in 130 lbs. of t he 5. E x act l y si x l et t er s ar e pl aced i n t h ei r
mixt ur e is _______ lbs
cor r esponding envelopes is
10. I n a bag, t her e ar e 50 paise coins, 25 paise coins
and r upee coi ns, pr opor t i onal t o t he number s 1 1
(a) 1 (b)
1 7! 7!
3, 4 and 2 . I f they amount to ` 210, then number
2 (c) 1 (d) 0
of r upee coins is______ Directions (Q. 6 – 8) :
If three cards are drawn at random, from a well shuffled
pack of cards, then what is the probability that
PERMUTATIONS AND
6. All of t hem ar e fr om t he same suit ?
COMBINATIONS & PROBABILITY 3
4 13 C3
13
C3
M CQ T YPE QU EST I ON S
(a) 52 (b) 52
Directions (Q. 1 – 2) : C3 C3
I f A and B ar e t wo possible event s of an exper iment 2
such t hat P (A B) = 0.6 and P(A) = 0.3 t hen find 4 13 C3
13
C3
P (B) given that (c) (d) 52
52
C3 C3
1. A and B ar e mut ually exclusive event s
7. All of t hem ar e fr om differ ent suit s?
7 4 3
(a) (b) 13 4 13
10 10 (a) 52 (b)
C3 52
C3
3 1
(c) (d)
10 2
(c)
39
C3
(d)
134
52 52
2. A and B ar e independent event s C3 C3
4 9 8. Two of t hem ar e number car ds fr om t he same
(a) (b) suit and t he r emaining number car d is fr om a
7 10
differ ent suit ?
3 3 9
C 9C 9
C 27 C
(c) (d) 2 1 2 1
10 7 (a) 52 (b) 52
C C
3 3
3. Raju thr ows a fair dice. He is pr omised an amount
(in r upees), which is t wice t he number showing 4 9 C 2 27C1 4 9 C 2 9C1
up if t hat number is odd and an amount t hr ice
(c) 52 (d) 52
t he number showing up, if it is even. What is t he C C
3 3
8.40 General Aptitude
9. A bag cont ains 5 whit e balls and 7 r ed balls. I f 5 17. I nt o 4 par cels (Par cels ar e not dist inct )
balls ar e dr awn at r andom, t hen pr obabilit y t hat
3 balls ar e r ed and t he r est ar e whit e is 16! 16!
(a) 4 (b)
175 175 4! 4!3
(a) (b)
198 396
16!
38 221 (c) (d) (4!)4
(c) (d) 4!5
132 396
10. A bag cont ains 6 five r upee coins, 5 t wo r upee 18. H ow many l i near ar r angement s can be made
coins and 4 one r upee coins. I f 5 coins ar e select ed using all t he let t er s of t he wor d I L L USTRATE
at r andom fr om t he bag, t hen odds in favour of which begin wit h S and end wit h a vowel?
t he dr aw yielding minimum possible amount ar e
8!
(a) 1:3002 (b) 5:2998 (a) (b) 8!
(c) 2:3003 (d) 5:3003 2!2
11. I n how many ways can 6 gi r l s and 6 boys si t
8! 8!
ar ound a cir cular t able so t hat no t wo boys sit
(c) (d)
t oget her ? 2! 2!3
(a) (5!)2 (b) (6!)2
19. Fr om a gr oup of 10 pr ofessor s and 6 assist ant
(c) 5! 6! (d) 11! pr ofessor s, a management i nst it ut e desi r es t o
12. How many ten-digit number s can be for med using send t o delegat ion of 8 per sons consist ing of 5
all t he digit s of 1324642119 such t hat t he even pr ofessor s and 3 assist ant pr ofessor s t o t he I I M s
digit s appear only in odd places? annual meet . I f Pr of. Bal amur al i , a sci ence
pr of essor r efu ses t o be i n t he del egat i on i f
(a) (5!) 2
(b)
5!2 assi st ant Pr of. Sheshdar i , an ar t s pr ofessor is
3! included in t he del egat ion, t hen in how many
ways can t he delegat ion be for med?
5!2
(c) 5! 3! 2! (d) (a) 9C4 4C3
2!2 3! (b) 9C5 4 C2
Directions (Q. 13 – 14) : (c) 10
C5 6C3 – 9C4 5C2
A man has 12 friends whom he wants to invite for lunch. (d) 9C4 4C3 + 9C5 4C2
I n how many ways can he invit e
20. Two r ed pencils, thr ee black pencils and two white
13. At least one of t hem?
pencils ar e t o be ar r anged in a r ow such t hat
(a) 4096 (b) 4095
1. No two adjacent pencils ar e of t he same colour
(c) 2047 (d) 2048
and
14. At least 10 of t hem?
2. Pencils at t he t wo ends of t he r ow ar e of same
(a) 66 (b) 140
col our.
(c) 153 (d) None of t hese
(a) 12 (b) 8
15. I n how many ways can 6 pr izes be dist r ibut ed
among 3 boys, if each boy is eligible t o r eceive (c) 9 (d) 10
one or mor e pr izes?
(a) 36 (b) 63
(c) 6C3 (d) 6P3
Directions (Q. 16 – 17) :
Find t he number of ways of dividing 16 different books
equally
16. Among 4 boys
16! 16!
(a) 4 (b)
4! 4!3
16!
(c) (d) (4!)4
4!5
General Aptitude 8.41
AN SWER KEY
ENGLISH GRAMMAR
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (e) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (e) 10. (c)
11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (a) 25. (d) 26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (d)
31. (d) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (d) 35. (d) 36. (c) 37. (d) 38. (c) 39. (b) 40. (c)
41. (a) 42. (d) 43. (b) 44. (d) 45. (d) 46. (a) 47. (d) 48. (c) 49. (d) 50. (c)
SENTENCE COMPLETION
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (a) 16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21. (3) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (d) 30. (c)
31. (d) 32. (d) 33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (a) 36. (d)
SYNONYMS
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (d) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (d)
31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (d) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (a) 37. (d) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (a) 43. (a) 44. (c) 45. (d) 46. (d) 47. (d) 48. (c) 49. (c) 50. (d)
51. (a) 52. (d) 53. (b) 54. (d) 55. (a) 56. (d) 57. (c) 58. (b) 59. (a) 60. (b)
61. (b) 62. (a) 63. (a) 64. (a) 65. (c) 66. (c) 67. (d) 68. (d) 69. (b) 70. (b)
71. (d) 72. (d) 73. (a) 74. (b) 75. (a) 76. (d) 77. (d) 78. (d) 79. (a) 80. (a)
81. (b) 82. (c) 83. (b) 84. (c) 85. (c) 86. (b) 87. (d) 88. (a) 89. (a) 90. (d)
91. (a) 92. (c) 93. (d) 94. (d) 95. (b) 96. (c) 97. (d) 98. (c) 99. (d) 100. (a)
101. (d) 102. (c) 103. (a) 104. (b) 105. (a) 106. (b) 107. (b) 108. (b) 109. (d) 110. (a)
111. (a) 112. (c) 113. (c) 114. (c) 115. (d) 116. (d) 117. (a) 118. (a) 119. (b) 120. (b)
121. (b) 122. (c) 123. (c) 124. (c) 125. (d) 126. (c) 127. (b) 128. (d) 129. (d) 130. (d)
131. (a) 132. (b) 133. (d) 134. (c) 135. (a) 136. (d) 137. (b) 138. (d) 139. (d) 140. (b)
141. (b) 142. (c) 143. (d) 144. (a) 145. (d) 146. (b) 147. (d) 148. (c) 149. (a) 150. (c)
151. (a) 152. (b) 153. (b) 154. (b) 155. (a) 156. (a) 157. (c) 158. (c) 159. (c) 160. (b)
161. (d) 162. (d) 163. (d) 164. (a) 165. (b) 166. (a) 167. (b) 168. (d) 169. (a) 170. (b)
171. (d) 172. (c) 173. (a) 174. (b) 175. (d) 176. (b) 177. (a) 178. (d) 179. (b) 180. (c)
181. (d) 182. (b) 183. (b) 184. (d) 185. (c) 186. (c) 187. (b) 188. (a) 189. (c) 190. (c)
191. (a) 192. (b) 193. (d) 194. (c) 195. (a) 196. (b) 197. (a) 198. (a) 199. (d) 200. (a)
201. (b) 202. (d) 203. (d) 204. (b) 205. (c) 206. (c) 207. (b) 208. (a) 209. (d) 210. (d)
211. (d) 212. (d) 213. (b) 214. (d) 215. (c) 216. (a) 217. (c) 218. (a) 219. (b) 220. (a)
8.42 General Aptitude
221. (d) 222. (d) 223. (d) 224. (b) 225. (d) 226. (d) 227. (d) 228. (b) 229. (b) 230. (c)
231. (c) 232. (d) 233. (b) 234. (a) 235. (d) 236. (b) 237. (b)
ANTONYMS
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (d)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (d) 34. (b) 35. (d) 36. (a) 37. (d) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (b)
41. (d) 42. (d) 43. (c) 44. (a) 45. (d) 46. (d) 47. (c) 48. (d) 49. (d) 50. (a)
51. (c) 52. (d) 53. (b) 54. (a) 55. (d) 56. (c) 57. (b) 58. (a) 59. (b) 60. (a)
61. (c) 62. (b) 63. (c) 64. (b) 65. (c) 66. (d) 67. (d) 68. (c) 69. (b) 70. (a)
71. (a) 72. (b) 73. (b) 74. (b) 75. (a) 76. (c) 77. (a) 78. (d) 79. (d) 80. (b)
81. (a) 82. (c) 83. (c) 84. (d) 85. (c) 86. (b) 87. (b) 88. (b) 89. (d) 90. (c)
91. (d) 92. (d) 93. (a) 94. (a) 95. (b) 96. (d) 97. (d) 98. (c) 99. (a) 100. (a)
101. (c) 102. (b) 103. (d) 104. (a) 105. (d) 106. (b) 107. (b) 108. (a) 109. (a) 110. (c)
111. (d) 112. (a) 113. (d) 114. (b) 115. (d) 116. (c) 117. (b) 118. (a) 119. (b) 120. (c)
121. (b) 122. (d) 123. (d) 124. (a) 125. (a) 126. (d) 127. (a) 128. (d) 129. (d) 130. (b)
131. (c) 132. (d) 133. (c) 134. (c) 135. (a) 136. (b) 137. (d) 138. (b) 139. (a) 140. (b)
141. (d) 142. (c) 143. (a) 144. (d) 145. (c) 146. (c) 147. (d) 148. (a) 149. (a) 150. (d)
151. (b) 152. (a) 153. (a) 154. (d) 155. (b) 156. (d) 157. (b) 158. (d) 159. (d) 160. (c)
161. (a) 162. (d) 163. (a) 164. (b) 165. (a) 166. (c) 167. (d) 168. (b) 169. (a) 170. (d)
171. (d) 172. (c) 173. (b) 174. (d) 175. (d) 176. (d) 177. (c) 178. (b) 179. (a) 180. (d)
181. (d) 182. (a) 183. (c) 184. (b) 185. (a) 186. (c) 187. (c) 188. (d) 189. (b) 190. (c)
191. (c) 192. (a) 193. (c) 194. (d) 195. (c) 196. (b) 197. (d) 198. (d) 199. (d) 200. (b)
201. (a) 202. (c) 203. (a) 204. (c) 205. (b) 206. (d) 207. (d) 208. (b) 209. (a) 210. (a)
211. (c) 212. (d) 213. (b) 214. (d) 215. (c) 216. (d) 217. (b) 218. (a) 219. (a) 220. (c)
221. (c) 222. (c) 223. (b) 224. (c) 225. (b) 226. (d) 227. (c) 228. (a) 229. (d) 230. (a)
231. (c) 232. (d) 233. (d) 234. (c) 235. (c) 236. (d) 237. (d) 238. (c) 239. (a) 240. (a)
241. (c) 242. (b) 243. (a) 244. (a) 245. (c) 246. (d) 247. (b) 248. (a) 249. (d) 250. (d)
251. (c) 252. (b) 253. (b) 254. (d) 255. (d) 256. (b) 257. (a) 258. (d) 259. (a) 260. (b)
261. (c) 262. (d) 263. (c) 264. (b) 265. (a) 266. (d) 267. (a) 268. (b) 269. (b) 270. (b)
271. (a) 272. (d) 273. (b) 274. (c) 275. (d) 276. (b) 277. (a) 278. (a) 279. (c) 280. (a)
281. (b) 282. (c) 283. (d) 284. (d) 285. (d) 286. (d) 287. (d) 288. (c) 289. (b) 290. (d)
291. (a) 292. (d) 293. (d) 294. (a) 295. (d) 296. (b) 297. (c) 298. (a) 299. (a) 300. (c)
301. (b) 302. (c) 303. (d) 304. (a) 305. (d) 306. (b) 307. (d) 308. (d) 309. (a) 310. (a)
311. (b) 312. (c) 313. (d) 314. (b) 315. (b) 316. (a) 317. (a) 318. (d) 319. (d) 320. (d)
321. (c) 322. (b) 323. (d)
General Aptitude 8.43
REASONING ABILITY
M CQ Type Quest ions
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (b)
N umerical Type Quest ions
1. 70 2. 105 3. 2 4. 2 5. 11 6. 7920 7. 12870 8. 35 9. 10
NUMBERS AND ALGEBRA
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (a)
21. (d) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (d) 25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (b) 30. (d)
31. (c) 32. (b)
PERCENTAGE AND ITS APPLICATIONS
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (c)
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (b)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (a)
TIME AND WORK
M CQ Type Quest ions
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (c)
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (c)
N umerical Type Quest ions
1
1. 6 2. 3. 16 4. 20 5. 6 6. 81 7. 75 8. 1.5 9. 77.5
2
1
10. 12.15 a.m. 11. 39.3 12. 300 13. 210 14. 2 15. 2
3
RATIO, PROPORTION AND MIXTURES
M CQ Type Quest ions
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (a)
N umerical Type Quest ions
1. 100 2. 50 3. 50 4. 1 : 9 5. 17 : 33 6. 3 : 2 7. 29.16 8. 600 9. 84 10. 105
PERMUTATIONS AND COMBINATIONS & PROBABILITY
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (a) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (d)
8.44 General Aptitude
EXPLAN ATI ON S
30. T h e gi ven st at em en t says t h at on e can n ot
ENGLISH GRAMMAR complet ely nullify the hazar ds of life but t hey can
21. Uneasily does not denote a state, which is r equired be evaded quit e easily. Choice (a) which st at es
in t he cont ext . ‘Wear ing a cr own' denot es t hat that hazar ds cannot be avoided is wr ong (b) states
t h e h ead i s doi ng i t , ‘i s wear i n g' denot es a t hat hazar ds can be made ineffect ive and hence
cont inuous act ion, which is i mpossible, as t he this is also wr ong (c) does not convey t he meaning
head cannot do it . H ence choice (c) r est at es t he as stated and hence it too is incor r ect. (d) cor r ectly
given sent ence cor r ect ly. r est at es t he idea and is our answer.
22. All t he st at ement s have t he cor r ect combinat ion 31. Ever y man r efer s to a singular noun, t her efor e....
of t enses. So, we need not check it . L et us find has been saved.
t he er r or s in ot her st at ement s. ‘Ear ly t han now' 32. has
and ‘ear lier ' suggest t hat I r eached ear ly; in t hat 33. dr op ‘kindly'
case, I did not miss t he t r ain. So, choices (b), (c), 34. Gi r l 's i mpl i es possessi ve noun, wher eas t he
and (d) do not state the same idea as in the question college is meant for gir ls.
st at ement . H ence cor r ect choice is (a). 35. aim at , aim for is wr ong usage.
23. The given st atement stat es t hat bot h she and her 36. delet e t heir - add : it s
sist er ar e equall y i nt el l igent . Thi s i s given i n 37. delet e t hey - add : we
st at ement . H ence cor r ect choice is (c). 38. delet e he is - add : t hey ar e.
24. ‘Unless' denot es condit ion, ‘unt il' denot es t ime. 39. delet e it - add : t hat
Choice (b) has adver b clause of t ime.Wit h unless,
40. delet e t heir - add : it s.
anot her negat ive is not used. ‘Unless ..... don't ' is
41. One sit s ‘on' a plane.
wr ong. So, Choices (c) and (d) ar e incor r ect. Hence
cor r ect choice is (a). 42. Ther e ar e no er r or s.
43. H ot els ‘have' and some pander ‘t o....'
25. Choices (a) and (b) st at e t he same i dea [ (a) –
passive voice; (b) Act ive voice] t hat t he st udent s 44. Ther e ar e no er r or s in t his sent ence.
followed t he inst r uct ions, which differ s fr om t he 45. Ther e ar e no er r or s.
qu est i on st at ement . I n st r u ct i ons can not be 48. (A) hoping t o have a visit ;
advised. So, choice (c) is meaningless. Choice (d) (B) .... t hen t ake t he next r oad t o
st at es t he cont ext of t he given st at ement apt ly. 50. (A) cont inuously; (B) glum.
26. Despit e means inspit e of. Despit e of is a wr ong
usage. ‘H is' need not be used in choice (c), as t he SENTENCE COMPLETION
sent ence is about one per son. Choice (d) means 1. They i n choice (a) means ‘some of our r uli ng
t hat t he classes wer e ill . H ence cor r ect choi ce poli t icians’ (t he subject ). Al so gr ammat ical ly
is (b). ‘t hey have a r ight t o plunder .........’ i s cor r ect
27. Choi ce ( a) best r est at es t he gi ven sent ence, wher as’...... r ight t o t he punder ......’ is incor r ect .
t hough choice (b) is t he r epet it ion of t he given 2. ‘Bi zar r e' means ‘wei r d'. H ence, choi ce (a) i s
st at ement . ‘Not one can deny' in choice (c) and r uled out . "I t s haunt ing images have endur ed '
for any one t o deny' i n choi ce (d) mak e t hem fi t s synt act i cal ly. choice (c) can also be r ul ed
incor r ect . H ence cor r ect choice is (a). out as ‘munifi cence' means gener osi t y and t his
is not i nt ended i n t he sent ence. Also, t he wor d
28. I n t his t ype of compar ison, t he pr onouns ar e in
‘pr ints' in t he given sentence gets with the wor d
subject ive case 'M e', which is in object ive case is
‘i mages' of choice (b).
wr ongly used in choice (a). Equally is not used
w i t h ‘ol d'. Of t h e sam e age i s t h e cor r ect 3. ‘They’ i n t he par t aft er t he comma must r efer
expr ession. H ence cor r ect choice is (d). t o som ebody or som e-t h i n g. H en ce, on l y
choi ce (b) wi l l fi t as ‘t hey' i n t hat case r efer s
29. Choice (a) and (b) mean t hat t he pr er equisit e for t o ‘t hi ngs'.
wisdom is age and exper ience, which is incor r ect .
4. The r i ght wor d t o pr ecede t he pr oposi t ion ‘on'
Just by gr owing old and wor king for a long per iod,
is i mposed. Tax is not col lect ed on ....... peopl e.
a per son cannot impr ove his wisdom. ‘The wiser '
Tax is not pl aced on people, Tax i s not char ged
is used only when we compar e wisdom wit h some
on people. H ence, choices (a), (b) and (c) ar e not
other quality. Choice (d) is the cor r ect r estatement t he answer s. Tax i s i mposed ..... on ..... .
of t he given one. H ence cor r ect choice is (d).
General Aptitude 8.45
5. Choice (d) is r uled out as it does not logical ly (c) T h e ‘si m i l ar i t y ’ i s on l y i n t er m s of
fi t . Choice (a) is also r ul ed out because of t he pr oduct i on. The si mi l ar i t y i n pr oduct i on
expr ession ‘t ear s i n me'. does not achieve commer cial pr ofi t .
6. The k ey wor ds ar e ‘pl ungi ng' and ‘i nvest or (d) For the same commercial profit wines need
confidence'. I f mar ket s ar e pl unging, invest or not be produced in the same of similar manner.
confidence i s low. This aspect is br ought out
So, choice (a) is t he best . I t does not ment i on
best by choice (c).
t hat t he wi nes of si mil ar pr ofit ar e simi lar i ly
7. (a) ‘Discover y’r efer s t o somet hing t hat exi st ed pr oduced or have semblance wit h one anot her.
pr eviousl y and came t o k nowledge lat er.
H ome i s not a discover y. 14. (a) A soci ologi cal analysis does not st op at t he
out er limit s of t he subject s.
(b) H ome i s not a cer t ai n. I t i s a set up whi ch
comes i nt o bei ng as a r esul t of a cer t ain (b) No one can indicat e how far int o t he subject
composi t i on of var ious fact or s. can a sociological anal ysi s go.
(c) H ome is not a new i nvent ion of anyone at (c) ‘Rel at ive dist ance’ r efer s t o t he di st ance of
any st age of development . somet hi ng el se which is not ment ioned.
So choice (d) is t he best answer. H ome i s an So, choi ce (d) i s t he best . Thi s i ndi cat es t he
instit ut ion just like ‘mar r iage. Home is a r ealit y pr obabl e di st ance t o whi ch t he soci ol ogi cal
only when its member s accept cer tain pr inciples. anal ysi s can go t o.
8. (a) A man’s t oi l may help t o mak e out wealt h, 30. Choices (a) and (d) are ruled out because ‘suggest’
but it is not t he ult i mat e ai m. does not go with ‘to+ ver b’ for m. Choice (2) cannot
(b) A man’s t oil may secur e a lot of t hi ngs for f i t i n t h e bl an k becau se of t h e er r or i n
hi s chi l dr en or fr i ends . That t oo i s not par allelism. The appr opr iate str uctur e is ‘‘M any
somet hi ng gr eat . peopl e su ggest .....an d ot h er s adv ocat e
(c) A man’s t oi l may hel p hi m t o over come ........’’.
many difficulties, but that does not give him 42. Going by options, ‘r egr ettably’ doesn’t fit as ther e
much pleasur e. is not hing to r egr et . ‘Fir st ly’ is no choice and
So, choi ce (d ) i s t he best answer. What one not hing ‘secondly’ is ment ioned. Par agr aph has
becomes by one’s t oil is gr eat er t han what one nothing aggr esive t one so ‘obviously’ does not
get s. suit. ‘Apparently’ is only and most suitable option.
9. (a) ‘Reopens t he fi r st chapt er ’ means begins 43. Al l opt i ons ar e sui t abl e for t he space but t o
fr om t he ver y st ar t . ch oose on e, t h e best , i s r equ i r ed h er e
(b) ‘Wr i t es an epilogue’ means ends t he book. ‘Analyt ically’ appear s t o be best . I t expr esses t o
(c) ‘Opens new book s’ m ean s cr eat es new analyse somet hi ng usi ng st at i st ical ly pr oven
pr obl ems. met hods t o r each a decision.
The above t hr ee ar e only par t ly cor r ect . An act 44. I t is a ver y obvious choice det er mined fr om t he
of just ice par dons for ever an act of vengeance par agr aph giving it an access.
cr eat es new pr oblems. I t is a saying. “ An act of 45. ‘Firing’ comes as best suited option as par agr aph
just ice closes t he book on a mi sdeed; an act of explains it as a subject of discussion.
vengeance wr it es one of it s own.” 46. An ar gument is always ‘r esolved’, it is never
10. Her e, the tr ail is the impor tant thing and hence t hwar t , defeat or closed.
the excitement of the tr ail is what you will be
47. Going by options makes choice easier. Only “how
looking for.
t he pr ocess allowed.......” suit s logically.
11. (b) The expr ession must be “ i t i s of car dinal
impor t ance” . REASONING ABILITY
(c) Ther e is no ur gency i n under st anding, “ I t M CQ Type Quest ions
should be under st ood” i s enough. 1. S[M (D(A( a, b)2, D(A( a, b)2)), M (D(S( a,b)2))
(d) Instead of “it cannot be,’ the expression should D (s(a,b)2)]
be it must be’.
So choice (a) is t he best , I t i s impor t ant t hat =S
LM M a b , a b M a b ; a b OP
t he t wo t hings ar e not t o be int er fer ed wit h. N 2 2 2 2 Q
13. (b) I t i s not ment i oned wit h what do wines
F a bIJ – FG a bIJ = ab
= G
2 2
bear semblance.
H 2 K H 2 K
8.46 General Aptitude
6 – 7. 14 to 17 :
A L awyer M ale The given set of questions is based on distr ibution
B H ousewife Female and sequencing.
C Account ant M ale Fir st ly, let us put t he names of women and men,
D H ousewife Female Women : Shant hi, Sr idevi, Joya, Anit a
E Ar chit ect M ale M en : Sunil, Anil, Raj, Raman
F L ect ur er Female I t is given t hat(2 kids family) (No
came befor e
M ar r ied Couple : AD & CF
kid family)
8— 9. The seat ing ar r angement is shown below:
L eft Right Also Shant i (0 kids) came
before
Sr idevi
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 As Sunil and his wife came wit h t heir only kid,
D/C E/F F/E B C/D G/A A/G hence Sunil cannot be t he husband of Shant hi.
10 – 13. As Anil and Raj ar e fat her s, hence neit her of
L ev el of D i ssi m i l ar i t y i s equ al t o M ax i m u m t hem is t he husband of Shant hi. H ence Raman
differ ence in r anks allot ed t o any t wo count r ies on is t he husband of Shant hi,
any of t he five t r ait s. Also, Joya came befor e Shant hi and met Anit a
For example, dissimilar ity between I ndia and China. on t he venue, t his gives t he following or der of
t heir r eaching t he venue. [Anit a, Joya, Shant hi,
T ra it I ndia 's R ank Chi na's Ran k D if fer ence Sridevi]
C 1 2 1 As Sunil r eached last , Sunil is t he husband of
P 2 3 1 Sr idevi. This means t hat Raj is Joya’s husband
and Anil is Anit a’s husband.
N 3 1 2
F ollowing t able gives t he desired det ails
V 4 5 1
D 5 4 1 O r der Wom en M en No. of Ki ds
Fr om t he above t able, maximum differ ence is 2. 1 Anit a Anil at least 1
So dissimilar it y level bet ween I ndia and China is 2. 2 Joy a Raj 2
10. Calculat ing t he level of dissimilar it y for I ndia 3 Shant hi Raman 0
Vs r emaining count r ies. 4 Sr idev i Su nil 1
China : For t he par amet er N (3 – 1) = 2
Japan : For t he par amet er D (5 – 1) = 4 14. Shant hi ar r ived t hir d.
M alaysia : For t he par amet er C (4 – 1) = 3 15. Out of t he given choices. Sunil and Sr idevi is
Thailand : For t he par amet er V (4 – 1) = 3 t he cor r ect pair.
H ence least level of dissimilar it y is 2 which is 16. The daught er s of Anit a and Sr idevi go t o t he
for China. same school. Anita’s husband is Anil and Sridevi’s
11. F r om abov e cal cu l at i on s, h i gh est l ev el of husband is Sunil. H ence, Sunil and Anil is t he
dissimilar it y is 4 which is for Japan. cor r ect answer.
12. The level of dissimilar it y bet ween 17. Raj’s family consists of two kids for certain (Anil
Ch i n a an d J apan i s f or t h e par am et er D has at least one kid, hence could be having exactly
(4 – 1) = 3 one kid also).
I n di a an d Ch i n a i s f or t h e par am et er N 18 to 20 :
(3 – 1) = 2 Fr om st at ement s (vii), (viii) and (ix), we get
M al aysi a and Japan i s for t he par amet er V P U S
(4 – 1) = 3 Or ange
Thai l and and Japan i s for t he par amet er D R Q
(5 – 1) = 4 Yellow Gr een
13. The level of dissimilar it y bet ween Then, T is opposit e S and t he colour of S is r ed.
M al aysi a and Chi na i s for t he par amet er V
Fr om (x), t he colour of house P is whit e, hence
(5 – 1) = 4
t he colour of house T is blue.
Chi na and Thai l and i s for t he par amet er V
(5 – 1) = 4 P U S
Thai l and and Japan i s for t he par amet er D Whit e Orange Red
(5 – 1) = 4 R Q T
Japan and M al aysi a i s for t he par amet er V Yellow Green Blue
(4 – 1) = 3
General Aptitude 8.47
Now, fr om (v) and (x) , we get H ence t her e ar e 5 4 = 20 ways of for ming such
T > S, Q > P > R a st r ing. ...(ii )
Fr om (vi), U is t he shor t est . I f t he second let t er is n , t he t hir d is eit her e or
i.e., t he or der of houses in t he descending or der u , i.e. 2 differ ent ways.
of t heir height s is T, S/Q, Q/S, P, R, U. t ot al of 5 2 ways = 10 ways ...(iii )
nd
When 2 posit ion is filled by P, t he t hir d let t er
18. R is yellow coloured house and the house diagonally
opposite R is S. And the colour of house S is Red. is same as t he fir st let t er. As t he 1st let t er is
alr eady selected, t hir d can be filled only one way.
19. The second t allest house is eit her S or Q.
H ence, t her e ar e 5 1 = 5 ways ........(iv )
20. The t allest house is T and it s colour is blue.
Fr om equat ions (ii ), (iii ) and (iv ),
N umerical Type Quest ions Tot al number of st r ings t hat can be for med
1. M [A(S(x , y ), M (y , z)), S(A(x , z), S (z, y ))] = 20 + 10 + 5 = 35
= M [A((2 – 3), (3, 5)), S((2 + 5), (5 – 3))] 9. Thir d let t er find is ‘e’.
Once again considering each case of the second
= M [A(– 1, 15), S(7, 2)]
position being filled by m, n or p, we have
= M [14, 5] = 70.
st
2. Since B is in 1, and C and D ar e not adjacent, 1 position n e
the only places possible for them ar e 2 and 4. nd rd
2 position 3 position
3. Since B is not in t he t hir d place and A is not The 3r d posit ion shall be differ ent for m vowel in
adjacent t o B, and D is last in t he queue. The fir st posit ion, i.e. vowel for 1st posit ion can be
posit ion of A will be beside D and B will be at select ed out of t he vowels a, i , o, u only.
t he ot her cor ner. C will be bet ween B and A. H ence 4 differ ent ways ...........(i )
H ence t he posit ions will be BCAD. Place of C is When 2nd possible is filled by n , occupying 2nd
2, hence choice (b) position, does not cr eate any r estr iction on the
The sit t ing posit ion is as follows. vowel is position 1.
Whit e Gr een Red Yel low
e n
Mahar ashtr a U .P. West Bengal A.P.
rd nd st
Fr om t he above t able, 3 2 1
H ence, 1st posit ion can be occupied by any of t he
M s. Andhr a Pr adesh Yellow
5 vowels.
4. (1) (2) 3 3 2 1 4 (2) 3 (1) 4 (2) (2) 3 3 (1) 4 1 (1) (3)
H ence, 5 differ ent ways ...........(ii )
(2) 3 4
When 2nd posit ion is filled by p,
Total no. or anges wer e in basket = 2
5. Tot al fr uit s in t he basket = 11 e p
6. Tot al number of four let t er passwor d for med 3
rd
2
nd
1
st
= 11C4 × 4 = 11 × 10 × 9 × 8 = 7920 I n this case, letter s in 3rd position out 1st position
7. Requir ed number of passwor ds shall be t he same.
= 26C3 × 3 – 15C3 × 3 H ence, 1st posit ion shall be filled by ‘e’.
i.e. only one way of filling ..........(iii )
= 26 × 25 × 24 – 15 × 14 × 13 = 12870
Tot al number of possible st r ings = 4 + 5 + 1 = 10
8.
NUMBERS AND ALGEBRA
st nd rd
1 Letter 2 Letter 3 Letter 1. x 2 + y 2 + z2 – 2xy – 2xz + 2yz = (x – y – z)2
Ther e ar e 5 vowels, a, e, i , o,, u,.
= (b + c – c + a – a + b)2 = 4b2
hence 1st let t er can be any of t he 5 vowels ;
5 differ ent met hods. ...(i ) 2. y 3 – 4y = y(y 2 – 4)
The second let t er can be any of t he m, n, or p. = y(y – 2)(y + 2)
But each has it s own r ule for t he t hir d let t er. 4y(y + 8) = 4y(y + 2)(y 2 – 2y + 4)
3
H ence, each case t o be consider ed separ at ely. HCF = y(y + 2).
1 m
Vowel m 3. Tot al r ed t iles init ially = 2 1
n
I n t he above case; t hi r d l et t er i s one of t he
r emaining 4 vowels m2
Tot al number of t iles =
n2
8.48 General Aptitude
As number of r ed t iles > number of gr een t iles On t he ot her hand,
(since r oom has odd number of t iles and cor ner 10H = 10 10g = 10g+1 < g!
t iles ar e r ed) (most fact or s ar e much bigger t han 10)
Hence total r ed tiles r equir ed to for m an alter nate 10H < g! < 10H
patter n
9. (a) Four consecutive even number s can be wr itten
2 as 2n, 2n + 2, 2n + 4 and 2n + 6, wher e n is
m
1 m2 n2 any nat ur al number.
n
= = Sum = 2n + 2n + 2 + 2n + 4 + 2n + 6
2 2n 2
Number of gr een t iles r emoved = 8n + 12
= 4(2n + 3) not always divisible by 8.
m2 n2 m Thus, (a) is not t r ue.
= 2
– 2 1
2n n
(b) Four consecut ive odd number s can be wr itt en
as 2n + 1, 2n + 3, 2n + 5, 2n +7
m 2 n 2 4mn 2n 2
= wher e n is a nat ur al number.
2n 2
Sum = 2n + 1 + 2n + 3 + 2n + 5 + 2n + 7 = 8n + 16
m 2n 2 n 2 divisible by 8
= Thus, (b) is t r ue
2n 2
(c) I n pr oduct of n consecut ive nat ur al number s
x4 2 at least one is divisible by n, at least one by
4.
x 6 2 2
x 6 n – 1 ... t ill 1.
Thus pr oduct is at least divisible by
x 4 2
i .e. 2
n (n – 1) (n – 2) .... 1 = n!.
x2 6
x 6 Thus, (c) is not t r ue.
i.e. x – 4 2 ...(cancelling a negative ter m r ever ses (d) Tak e f ou r con secu t i v e od d n u m ber s
sign of t he inequalit y) as 7 9 11 13 whi ch i s not di vi si bl e
i.e. x 6. by 15.
Thus, (d) is not t r ue.
2
5. 2 5 = 2 2 10 5 10. Fact or s of a2 ar e 1, a and a2.
Fact or s of ab ar e 1, a, b and ab.
= 7 2 10 Fact or s of a3 ar e 1, a, a2 and a3.
2 5 7 11. 7x + 6y = 420
Equat ion is of t he for m:
n n n
2n n 1 n 1 1 7x + even number = even number.
7. = 2n = 2n 1
nn n n 7x has t o be even
n
H ence x has t o be even.
1
N ow, 2 1 3 a bi p
n 12.
c di q
n
1 qa + qbi = pc + pdi
2.2n 2n 1 3.2n
n Equating r eal and imaginar y par t s.
n qa = pc and qb = pd.
1
i .e., 2n+1
2 1
n
3.2n
n p p
a = c and b = d
8. Choose k, so t hat q q
10H = g = 10100k ,
p2 p2
H 2 2
c2 d2
k = a b q 2
q2 p2
100 =
c2 d 2 c2 d 2 q2
H
10H = g 100 > gg > g!
General Aptitude 8.49
1 1 I I . Case 1: L et number s be 2, 4, 6 and 8, wher e 2
13. We ignore and because no sum of other numbers is only pr ime number, t hen L CM = 24.
7 9
is going t o give 7t h or 9t h in t he denominat or. But L CM of 4, 6 and 8 = 24.
1 1 L CM = 24 & 2 = 24
Al so, and ar e not enough t o add up t o Case 2 : Let number s be 2, 9, 81 and 27 Then
5 10
LCM = 162 and LCM of 9, 81 and 27 = 81.
1 2 3
anyt hi ng , , and ar e goi ng t o l eave Thus, L CM = 81 2 = 162
10 10 10
H ence I I is not always t r ue.
1
tent hs left over no mat ter what else you add . I I I . L et number s be 2, 4, 6 and 8
10
L CM = 24 and H CF = 2
1 1 1 1 1 Pr oduct of four number s
What's left is , , , , .
2 3 4 6 8
= 2 4 6 8 = 384
11 Also, 384 24 2 2.
Sum total of these is . So we need all of t hem
8 Thus, I I I is not t r ue.
1 18. (a. n)! = pr oduct of n consecut ive nat ur al number
1 1 1
except , which means . Which is the st ar t ing fr om ‘a' which is at least divisible by n!.
8 2 3 6
(n)! = pr oduct of n consecut ive nat ur al number s.
only way t o do t his with egyptian fr actions whose
For n = 2 :
denominat or s ar e 10 or less. H ence maxi mum
number of Egypt ian fr actions needed is 3. (a. n)! = a(a + 1) and n! = 2
14. L .C.M . of 9, 10 and 15 = 90 a(a + 1) is divisible by 2!.
1936 = 90 21 + 46 (Remainder ). For n = 3 :
But a par t of t his r emainder is 7. (a n)! = a(a + 1)(a + 2) and n! = 6.
so 46 – 7 = 39 should be subtracted from 1936. One of t he fact or s of a(a + 1)(a + 2) is divisible by
3 and ot her by 2.
15. 6 – 4 = 2, 7 – 5 = 2, 8 – 6
= 2, 9 – 7 = 2, 10 – 8 = 2 Thus, pr oceeding in t his manner, (a. n)! and n!
have H CF = n!
L .C.M . of 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 = 2520;
H = n!.
Gr eat est number of 6 digit s = 999999
19. L et H CF be h and L CM be l .
2520 396 + 2079 = 999999
I . L et number s be ah and bh.
Reminder = 2079.
Then abh = l and (a + b)h = m
Subt r act 2079 fr om 999999, t hen we get
(a – b)h = n
999999 – 2079 = 997920.
U si n g t hese ah and bh can be u n i qu el y
Subt r act 2 fr om t hi s number t o get r equi r ed det er mined. Thus, I is t r ue
number, which is 997918 and which will give t he
r emainder s 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 when divided by 5, 6, 7, 8, I I . I f H CF = L CM , t hen t wo number s ar e equal
9 r espect ively. and same as H CF or L CM .
16. L .C.M . of 5, 6, 8, 9 and 12 is 360 Thus, I I is t r ue.
Requir ed number = 360 K + 1 L CM l
III. = a pr ime i.e., = P..
= (13 27 + 9) K + 1 H CF h
= (13 27) K + (9K + 1) Then one of t he number s is equal t o h and ot her
Now t his number must be divisible by 13 is equal t o l. Thus, I I I is t r ue.
K = 10 and r equir ed number 20. Total dist ance t r avelled by t he ball befor e coming
= 3601. t o r est
17. I . I n case all t he r emaining t hr ee number s ar e = 12 + 2 (6 + 3 + 1.5 + .... t o ?)
mult iples of t he pr ime number, H CF of t he
6
gr ou p i s equ al t o t h at pr i m e n u m ber . = 12 + 2.
1 1 / 2
ot her wise H CF of t he gr oup is 1. Thus, I is
t r ue. = 12 + 2(12) = 36m
8.50 General Aptitude
21. N umber of st udent s who answer ed 1 or mor e 2 8 26 80
quest ions wr ongly = 2N– 1. 24. +.... up t o 20 t er ms
3 9 27 81
N umber of st udent s who answer ed 2 or mor e
quest ions wr ongly = 2N– 2 1 1
= 1 1 1 1 1
H ence number of st udent s who answer ed 1 3 9 27 81
quest ion wr ongly ... up t o 20 t er ms
= 2N– 1 – 2N– 2 = 2N– 2
1 1 1 1 1
Similar ly it can be shown that number of students = 20 2 3 4 ... 20
3 3 3 3 3
who answer ed 2 quest ions wr ongly
= 2N– 2 – 2N– 3 = 2N– 3 20
1
Similar ly we can find number of st udent s who 1
1 3
answer ed K quest ions wr ongly wher e K 3 = 20
3 1
Hence total number of questions attempted wrongly 1 3
s = 2N– 2 + 2(2N – 3) + 3(2N – 4)+...
+ (N – 1)(2) + N (1) ...(i )
320 1
s = 20
= 2N – 3 + 2(2N – 4) + ... + (N – 2)(2) 2.320
2
N 1 N 40.320 320 1 39.320 1
+ ...(ii ) = =
2 2 2.320 2.320
Subst r act ing equat ions (i ) fr om (ii ) 25. L et s = 3 + 6x 2 + 9x 4 + 12x 6 + ...
x2s = 3x 2 + 6x 4 + 9x 6 + 12x 6 + ...
s 1
= 2N– 2 + 2N– 3 + ... + 2 + s – x 2s = 3 + 3x 2 + 3x 4 + 3x 6 + ...
2 2
s(1 – x 2) = 3 [1 + x 2 + x 4 + x 6 + ...]
s = 2N– 1 + 2N– 2 + 2N– 3 + ... + 1
= 2N – 1 = 8191 1
s(1 – x 2) = 3 x 1
N = 13 1 x 2
22. Number of members in C1 on May 1, 2003 = x + 4a 3
s = 2
Number of member s in C2 on M ay 1, 2003 = xb4 1 x 2
x + 4a = xb4 and a = 20x
26. Aver age
x(b4 – 81) = 0
As x 0, b4 – 81 = 0 60565064 557262635850
=
b= 3 6050556258
2n 3 3360 3200 3960 3906 2900
23. n t h t er ms ar e in t he r at io of . = = 60.8
n 11 285
If n = 1 in 2n + 3 ser ies, t hen fir st t er m is 27. I ncr ease aft er 5 year s should have been
T 1 = 2(1) + 3 = 5 7 5 = 35 year s.
n = 2, then second ter m is 2(2) + 3 = 7 But since aver age r emains same, differ ence in
t heir age is 35 year s.
T2 = 7
28. L et aver age of t he seven men be x.
d = T2 – T1 = 7 – 5 = 2
d1 = 2 10 6 x 3
x =
If n = 1 in n – 11series, then first term is 1 – 11 = – 10 7
If n = 2, t hen second t er m is 2 – 11 = – 9 60 + x + 3 = 7x
d2 = T 2 – T 1 = – 9 – (– 10) = 1
63
x = = 10.5
d1 2 6
or 2 : 1
d2 1 Tot al amount = 10.5 7 = 73.5
General Aptitude 8.51
29. Consider a set of t hr ee number s a, b and c. 32. Tot al age = 15 36
Aft er t wo left , t o t al age = 15 36 – 2 28
abc
I. AM = = 540 – 56
3
= 484 year s.
Thus, a + b + c = 3AM .
L et t he age of t he per son who r et ur ns be x year s.
But GM = 3 abc which cannot be found out . 484 x
Thus, I is false, Then, new aver age =
14
abc Now, x lies bet ween 20 and 36 (bot h inclusive)
II. AM =
3 484 20
New aver age min = = 36 year s
Sum of t he number s = a + b + c = 3AM . 14
Thus, I I is t r ue. 484 36
And New aver age max =
3 14
I I I . GM = abc .
= 37.14. year s.
abc
But AM = , which cannot be found out . PERCENTAGE AND ITS APPLICATIONS
3
Thus, I I I is false. 1. The r at io of t heir invest ment s is 11 : 9 : 12.
30. I . Aver age of a set of number s is gr eat er t han 1
So, Manager gets (40000) = 4000 + his share
smallest and smaller than the greatest number 10
of t he set . Thus, I is t r ue. Remaining amount = 36000.
I I . Consider five number s a, b, c, d and e whose 1
a b cd e Asstt.Manager gets (36000) = 1800 + his shar e
aver age is 20
5 Remaining amount = 36000 – 1800 = 34200
Now if each of t hem is incr eased by k, t hen
11
we have aver age M 's shar e = 34200 + 4000
32
a k b k c k d k e k = 11756.25 + 4000
=
5 = ` 15756.25
` 15756
a b c d e 5k
= = old aver age + k.
5 5 9
AM 's shar e = 34200 + 1800
Thus, I I is t r ue. 32
I I I . Consi der t hr ee number s x, y and z whose = 9618.75 + 1800
xyz = ` 11418.75 ` 11419
aver age is
3 12
Now if each of t hem is mult iplied by m t hen BA's shar e = 34200 = ` 12825.
xm ym zm 32
new average = 2. B's shar e in t he pr ofit = 250 per 2000
3
I f B get s ` 900, t hen
x y z
= m = m odd average.
3 18
t ot al pr ofit = 2000 = 7200
Thus, I I I is t r ue. 5
31. Or der of measur es is B's r et ur n on invest ment = 15%
A, B, C, A + B, B + C, C + A, A + B + C. 900
100 = 15
Given: A + B + C = 180 B's invest ment
H ence, aver age of t he 7 measur es B's invest ment = 6000
H ence pr ofi t s ar e shar ed i n t he r at i o of t hei r
A B C A B B C C A A B C invest ment s.
=
7 7200
Tot al invest ment s = 6000 = 48000
4 4 720 900
= A B C = 180 kgs.
7 7 7 I nvest ment made by A and C = 48000 – 6000
= 42000.
8.52 General Aptitude
3. I nterest paid by Bimal to Abhay for first six months
a b ab ab 2ab
8. b a =
50000 8 1 100 100 100 100 100
= = ` 1000
2 100 2
For last six mont hs 2
= ab = 2% of ab.
100
30000 20000 8 1
= 9. Ryan's st ock = 1.15 H ar land's st ock
2 100 2
For = ` 200 9462
H ar land's st ock = = $8228
Tot al salar y paid t o Bimal = 12 500 = ` 6000 1.15
L et t ot al pr ofit be ` x Ryan's st ock = 0.85 L amber t 's st ock
x 6000 9462
Abhay's ear ing = 1200 + L amber t 's st ock = = $11132.
2 0.85
x 6000 x
Bimal's ear ning = 6000 + – 1200 10. L et t he fr act ion be .
2 y
x 6000 x 6000 L et x1 = x + 0.25x = 1.25x
3 1200 = 4800 +
2 2 y1 = y – 0.25x = 0.75x
3x x x1 1.25x 5 x
3600 + – 9000 = 4800 + – 3000 = =
2 2 y1 0.75x 3 y
3x x
– = 7200;
2 2 5 x x
–
x =` 7200 3 y y 2
I ncr ease = 100 = 100 = 66.67%
x 3
3 1 2 y
4. Pr ofit per st ocks = 91 – 89 = ` 2
8 8 8
Thus, r esult ant fr action is mor e t han t he or iginal
45 fr act ion by 67%. Thus I I I is t r ue.
= 20 st ocks
1 11. I. L et fir st number be x.
2
4 Second number = 1.25x
5. I ncome fr om a st ock at 3% in 20 year s at par Sum = x + 1.25x = 2.25x
Differ ence = 1.25x – x = 0.25x
100
= 3 20 60 Also, 9 0.25x = 2.25x
100
Thus I is t r ue.
I ncome fr om a st ock at 5% at 124 in 20 year s
56 24
100 II . A= B
= 5 20 = 80.64. 100 100
124
6. H e invest s ` 60 and get s ` 100 shar e 49
Multiplying by on both the sides.
I ncome = ` 5 56
5 5 49 56 49 24
Requir ed % = 100(0.70) = 5.83% = 5 % A = B
60 6 56 100 56 100
7. L et number of met er s t o be examined be x . 49 21
A = B
Then 0.08% of x = 2. 100 100
0.08 49% of A = 21% of B.
x =2 Thus, I I is t r ue.
100
2 100 2 100 100
x = = = 2500
0.08 8
General Aptitude 8.53
12. I n t he fir st r ound, let A get ‘a' vot es and B get ‘b' Thus, (c) is t r ue.
vot es. (d) The t ot al int er est
Then, a + b = 260
i.e., a = 260 – b ... (i ) 3000 2 20 2000 3 20
=
I n second r ound, B get s 100 100
= ` 2400.
125 5b
b = Thus, (d) is t r ue.
100 4
15. First investment gives a r eturn
5b
and A get s 260 – 1
100
4
P 1 P
100
5b 5b
Also, – 260 = 2(a – b) 100
4 4 1
Fir st t er m is P 1 = X,
100
10b
– 260 = 2(260 – b – b)
4 such t hat 2P < X 3P
H ence r et ur n X – P lies bet ween P and 2P
10b
– 260 = 520 – 4b i.e., 2P – P < X – P 3P – P.
4
i.e., P < X – P 2P.
10b Wher eas second offer.
4b + = 520 + 260
4 1
100
b = 120 = Ret ur n = P 1 P
100
H ence fir st r ound, A get s 140 and B get s 120.
I n second r ound A get s 110 and B get s 150. = 2P – P = P.
% decr ease in vot es r eceived by A Alt er nat ively
Option of investing at 1% for 100 year s is obviously
140 110 bet t er t han invest ing at 100% for 1 year, because
= 100 = 21.43%
140 t ot al compound i nt er est for 100 year s wi l l be
13. Non-wat er mat t er is 1% of 5000 = 50 gm. at least 100% of t he t ot al amount (1% for each
year ), plus what ever t he compounding effect will
After dr ying, this matter becomes 2% of the weight
have.
of t h e w at er -m el on . H en ce w ei gh t of t h e
wat er melon now is 2500 gm. 16. Gr owt h r at e of r at populat ion in 3 mont hs
14. L et A = ` x and B = ` (5000 – x) 3
= 20 = 5%.
12
Then,
x 2 20
=
5000 x 3 20
100 100 I ncr ease in fir st 3 mont hs = 3200 1.05 = 3360
Also, net decr ease in 3 mont hs = 160
2x = 15000 – 3x
Rat population = 3360 – 160 = 3200
5x = 15000
I n t he same way, aft er ever y 3 mont hs, r at
x = 3000
populat ion r emains t he same.
A = x = ` 3000
H ence, even aft er 3 8 mont hs i.e., 2 year s, t he
and B = 5000 – x population is maint ained
= 5000 – 3000 17. L et CP in A be ` x
= ` 2000 CP in B = ` 0.9x
A 3000 3 0.9x + 15 + 10 = x
= =
B 2000 2 0.1x = 25
Thus, (a) is not t r ue and (b) is t r ue. x = 250
A – B = 3000 – 2000 = ` 1000. Pr ice in B = 250 0.9 = ` 225
8.54 General Aptitude
18. L et CP of 5 dozen mangoes be ` x. and t ot al r evenue in mar ket A
SP = ` 156 and Gain = 0.3x = 20.5 107.5 = ` 2203.75
156 – x = 0.3x Similar ly
x = 120 Pr ofit in M ar ket B = B
SP of 60 mangoes = 120 1.6 = 192 = Revenue Cost
= QB PB – CB
SP per mango = ` 3.2
= QB (125 – 1.25 QB) – (1000 + 5QB)
19. L et CP be ` x ; SP = 1.2x
At maximum pr ofit level, differ -ent ial of B wit h
But he get s only 1.2x 0.8 = 0.96x
r espect t o QB is 0
L oss = 0.04x or 125 – 2.5QB – 5 = 0
L oss = 4 % QB = 48, PB = 65
20. Selling pr ice = 800 1.25 = ` 1000 and t ot al r evenue in mar ket B
1000 = 48 65 = ` 3120
M ar ked pr ice = ` = 1053
0.95 Using t he above, we get
21. CP = ` 550 PA 107.5
~ 1.65.
M ar ked pr ice = 1.3 550 = ` 715 PB 65
Sales pr ice = 0.8 715 = ` 572. 24. Dat a for 1 is available above. Consider case 2. I n
22. Pr ofit or loss of t he sale depends upon how much t his case, pr ices acr oss t he t wo mar ket s ar e t he
pr ofit t he per son is ear ning on t he sale of t wo same. H ence, quant it y equat ions can be added t o
ar t icles. give
I f SP > CP of 1 ar t icle, t her e is a pr ofit . Q = 142 – P
I f SP < CP of 1 ar t icle, t her e is a loss. wher e Q is t ot al quant it y and P is pr ice in bot h
I f SP = CP of 1 ar t icle, t her e is not pr ofit no loss. mar k et s
Thus, only (c) is t r ue. P = 142 – Q
= Pr ofit = Q (142 – Q) – (1000 + 5Q)
23. Following t wo key point s need t o be not ed :
At the maximum pr ofit level, differential of with
(A) Pr oducer is pr ofit maximizing which implies
respect to Q is 0
she will set pr ices t hat maximize t he pr ofit
funct ion. Q = 68.5, P = 73.5
(B) Quantity demanded in market A is independent and Tot al Revenue = 5034.75
of quantit y demanded in mar ket B. Given t his, we not e t hat quant it ies sold in bot h
Case 1 and Case 2 ar e t he same. H ence, t he r at io
CASE 1:
is exact ly 1.
I n t his case, pr oducer char ges differ ent pr ices in
25. Pr ofit Differ ence bet ween case 1 and case 2
mar k et s A and B. Thi s i mpl i es t hat she wi l l
maximize pr ofit s individually. = Revenue Differ ence (since quant it y sold and
hence, cost is t he same)
Equat ions can be r e-wr it t en as
Pr ofit differ ence = 2203.75 + 3120 – 5034.75
PA = 210 – 5QA
= 289
P B = 125 – 1.25 QB
Pr ofit in M ar ket A = A TIME AND WORK
= Revenue – Cost
M CQ Type Quest ions
= QA PA – CA
= QA (210 – 5QA ) – (1000 + 5QA ) 1. Top t ap is oper at ional t ill 18 lit r es is dr awn out .
At the maximum pr ofit level, differ ential A with Time after which the lower tap is usually open
respect to QA is 0 = 18 6 = 108 minut es.
or Time aft er which it is open now
210 – 10QA – 5 = 0 = 108 – 24 = 84 minut es.
QA = 20.5, PA = 107.5 84
L it r es dr awn = = 14 lit r es
6
General Aptitude 8.55
18 – 14 = 4 lit r es Tank get s filled in
wer e dr awn by t he new assist ant . 4x 80 2
= hour s = 26 hour s.
Ti me = 4 4 = 16 minut es. 3 3 3
Alt er nat ively 5. I n each case, t r ain has t o t r avel it s own lengt h,
Upper t ap was not used for 24 minut es. t o pass each man.
I f x km/hr is speed of t he t r ain, t hen
24
L it r es dr awn = = 4 lit r es. L engt h = Relat ive speed Time
6
9
Beer was dr awn for 4 4 = 16 minut es. = (x – 2)
60 60
2. L et pipe B be t ur ned-off aft er x minut es.
10
1 1 7x = (x 4)
Par t filled in x minut es = x = . 60 60
36 48 144 9x – 18 = 10x – 40
24 x x = 22 km/hr.
Par t filled in 24 – x minut es =
36 9
L engt h = (22 – 2)
7x 24 x 3600
=1
144 36 20 9
= km = 50 m.
7x 96 4x 3600
=1
144 1 1 4
6. Policeman gains = = km/min
x = 16 minut es 6 10 60
3. I n a cycle of 3 hour s : pipes P, Q and R ar e wor king 2
as i nl et pi pes for 2 hour s each and t hey ar e = 66 m/min.
3
w or k i n g as ou t l et pi pes f or an h ou r each .
Hence to gain100 m, time required
So par t of t ank filled in 3 hour s.
100 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 = = 1 min.
= 2x 2 2
8 10 12 8 10 12 66
3
1 1 1 15 12 10 37 H ence t hief has gone ahead by
= = =
8 10 12 120 120 1 1
1 1000 met r es = 150 m.
2 10
120 3 27
H ence t hey will t ake = 9 hour s. 7. I . Rat io of speed = 1 : 2 : 4
37 37
I f equal t ime is spent on each of t hese, t hen
Thus, t ank will be filled in 10t h hour.
r at io of dist ance = 1 : 2 : 4
4. L et number of hour s t aken by t he out let and t he
So, Sachin r uns twice the distance that he jogs.
2 inlet pipes be 4x, 2x and x r espect ively. So in 1
hour t he par t of empt y t ank filled is Thus, I is t r ue.
I I . H e r uns at 8 km/hr and t her efor e walks at 2
1 1 1 1
= k m/hr.
x 2x 4x 16
H ence I I is not t r ue.
5 1 I I I .Ratio of speed= 1 : 2 : 4
=
4x 16 Rat io of t ime = 2 : 2 : 1
x = 20 Rat io of dist ance
H ence, inlet pipe wit h higher efficiency fills t he =21:22:41=2:4:4
t ank in 20 hour s.
I f Sachin cover s a t ot al dist ance of 10 km, t hen
So in one hour, t he desir ed pipes fill
he
1 1 3
= t h of t he t ank. 2
x 4x 4x Walks for 10 = 2 km,
244
8.56 General Aptitude
9. I f t hey meet t hr s aft er 7 a.m,
4
Joggs for 10 = 4 km.
244 18 4 1
t + 10 18
10 t – = 68
5 5 3 3
4
Runs for 10 = 4 km.
244 36t + 48t – 16 = 68
t = 1 hr.
1 5
Tot al t ime t aken is 2 hour s = hour s. They meet at a dist ance of
2 2 10 60 60 = 36000 m
2 5 i.e., 36 km fr om A.
Thus, he walks for = 1 hour..
10. Two equat ions ar e
2 21 2
2 5 1 1
jogs for = 1 hour.. T1 – T2 = + =1 ...(i )
2 21 2 2 2
wher e T 1 and T 2 ar e t ime t aken by tr ains A and B
1 5 1 t o cover t he whole dist ance
r uns for = hour..
2 21 2 2
2 1.5 11
So speed while, and + = ...(ii )
T1 T2 30
2
Walking = = 2 km/hr Solving equat ions (i ) and (ii ) ,we get
1
T 1 = 10 hr s. and T 2 = 9 hr s.
4 11. When A r uns 5 r ounds, B r uns 4 r ounds (r at io of
Jogging = = 4 km/hr
1 speeds)
4 A passes B each t ime A has r un 5 r ounds or
Running = = 8 km/hr..
1
1 5 1
2 5 = km. = 1 km.
Thus, I I I is t r ue. 4 4 4
8. I n 1 minut e, monkey ascends 10 met r es but he 1
1 km is cont ained in 4 km.
t akes 1 minut e t o slip down 2 met r es. Thus, at 4
the end of 2 minutes, net ascending of the monkey 3 t imes.
is =10 – 2 = 8 met r es. H enceA passes B t hr ice.
Thus, to have a net ascending of 8 metr es, pr ocess 12. When A has r un 250 yar ds, B should have r un
of ascending and t hen slipping happens once. So,
550 – 250 = 300 yar ds.
64
t o cover 64 met r es, above pr ocess is r epeated B r uns 300 – 100 = 200 yar ds in the same t ime
8 t aken by A t o r un 250 yar ds.
or 8 t imes.
Rat io of the speeds of A and B
I t is clear t hat in 8 such happenings, t he monkey
will slip 7 t imes, because 8t h time, he will ascend = 250 : 200 = 5 : 4
t o t he t op. Thus, in climbing 7 t imes and slipping I f speed of A is 5x yar ds per minut e, t hen speed
7 t imes, he cover s (7 8) or 56 met r es. at B = 4x yar ds/min.
Time t aken t o cover 56 met r es Time t aken by B t o r each t he st ar t ing point
56 2 450 112.5
= = 14 minut es = = min.
8 4x x
Remaining dist ance = 64 – 56 = 8 met r es Time t aken by A t o r each t he st ar t ing point
Time t aken t o ascend 8 met r es
550 110
= = min.
8 4 5x x
= min = min.
10 5
2.5
4 A wins by min
Tot al t ime t aken = 14 minut es + min x
5
= 14 mins. 48 sec.
General Aptitude 8.57
15. I . Wor k done by A, B and C t oget her in 3 days
2.5
Dist ance t r avelled by B in min.
x 1 1 1 13
+ + = t h of t he wor k.
8 12 16 48
2.5
= (4x) = 10 yar ds Thus, in 9 days, t ot al wor k done will be
x
13 39
H ence B is 10 yar ds behind A. 3 = t h of t he wor k
48 48
13. Let n 1 and n 2 be the speeds in km/hr and let n 1 be
t he gr eat er speed i.e., n 1 > n 2. 39 9
Wor k r emaining = 1 – = t h of t he
48 48
2 2 1
= + . 6
n2 n1 60 wor k is left of which A will finisht h of
48
n 1n2 = 120(n 1 – n 2) wor k on 10t h day an d B w i l l f i n i sh
Fast er r unner cover s (n 1 – n 2) km. mor e t han t he r emaining wor k on 11t h day.
slower r unner in 1 hour. Thus, I is false
H ence t o cover one r ound of 2 km, he will t ake
39
I I . Wor k done by A, B, C t oget her in 9 days =
2 1 48
or hour..
n1 – n 2 2 39
Wor k left = 1 –
48
2 1
= 9
n1 – n 2 2 = t h of t he whole.
48
n1 – n2 = 4
1
n1 = 4 + n 2 On t he 10t h day B wil l fi nish t h of t he
12
n 2 (4 + n 2) = 120 4
whole.
n 22 + 4n 2 – 480 = 0
1
9
Wor k left = –
n2 = 20 or – 24 (r eject ed) 48 12
n1 = 4 + n 2 = 24 km/hr
5
H ence speeds ar e 24 km/hr and 20 km/hr = t h of t he whole.
48
Alt er nat ively
Opt i ons may al so be subst i t ut ed t o fi nd t he 1
On 11t h day C will finish t h of t he wor k
r esult . 16
14. Wor k done by A and B in 1 hr
5 1
Wor k left = –
1 1 9 th 48 16
= + = par t .
4 5 20
2
Rat io of wor k done by (A + B) = t h of t he whole
48
9 1
and C = : which will be done by A on the 12t h day. Thus,
20 6 wor k will be finished on t he 12t h day. Thus, I I
Rat io of t ime t aken is false.
1 9 39
= : = 10 : 27 III. Wor k done by A, B and C in 9 days =
6 20 48
I f C t akes 27 hr s. (A + B) will t ake 10 hr s. Wor k left aft er 9 days
I f C takes 4 1 2 hrs. (A + B) will take 39 9
=1– = th of the whole.
48 48
10 9
1 hr. 40 mins.
2 27 1
On t he t ent h day t h will be finished by C.
16
8.58 General Aptitude
Alt er nat ively
9 1
Wor k left = –
48 16 1
Part filled if both A and B are open =
8
6
= t h of t he whole, 1
48 Par t filled if only A is open =
12
which will be finished by A on t he elevent h
1 1 1
day. Thus, I I I is t r ue. Par t filled if only B is open = =
8 12 24
N umerical Type Quest ions B alone would t ake 24 hour s, i.e., B al one
1. Tot al ar ea t o be paint ed would t ake 24 – 8 = 16 hour s longer t o fill t he
t ank.
= 10 15 (ceiling) + 2 10 10 (wall)
4. Since 5 t anks of same efficiency fill the boiler in 2
+ 2 10 15 (wall) hour s each t ank individually t akes
= 650 sq.ft 2 5 = 10 hour s t o fill it .
I n one day M eer a can paint Tank wit h half t he efficiency will t ake
10 2 = 20 hour s.
10
10 = 50 sq.ft I n one hour, fr act ion of boiler get t ing filled when
2 4 fully efficient pipes wit h t wo as inlet and t wo as
Ashok can paint out let and 5t h act s at 50% efficiency as an inlet
is
10 100
10 = sq.ft , 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 3 =
10 10 20 10 10 20
250 H ence i t wi l l t ak e 20 hour s t o fi l l t he boi l er
So, t oget her t hey can paint sq.ft per day..
3 t ank.
5. H er e fr act ion of t ank filled in 1 hour
Let number of days Ashok works be x.
1 1 1 5 1
250 = = th
Wor k done in 9 days = 50(9 – x) + x = 650 10 10 20 20 4
3
of t he t ank.I f t hey ar e opened alt er nat ely, t hen
t ank get s filled in 4 3 = 12 hour s
250x
450 – 50 x + = 650
3 12
H ence half of the t ank get s filled in = 6 hour s.
2
100 6. 4/7 of wor k is complet ed.
x = 200
3
4 3
x = 6 days. Remaining wor k = 1 – =
7 7
2. L et fixed int er val be x
Remaining period = 46 – 33 = 13 days
5 5 x 5 2x L ess wor k, less men(dir ect pr opor t ion)
=1
10 15 20 L ess days, mor e men(I ndir ect pr opor t ion)
M or e hour s/day, less men(I ndir ect pr opor t ion)
(5)6 + (5 – x)4 + (5 – 2x)3 = 60
wor k 4/7 : 3/7
30 + 20 – 4x + 15 – 6x = 60
Days 13 : 33 :: 117 : x
1 hr s/day 9 :8
x = hour..
2 4 3
13 9 x = 33 8 117
3. L et pipe B alone t ake b hour s longer t han if bot h 7 7
A and B wer e open. x = (3 33 8 117) / (4 13 9)
8 = 4x = 198 men
So, addit ional men t o be employed
64 = 4 x
= 198 – 117 = 81
x = 16 hour s.
General Aptitude 8.59
7. L et L is lengt h of t r ain in km and x is speed of Hence, clock time will be 4.30 + 7 hours 45 mins
t he cyclist , Then = 12.15 a.m.
3600 t ot al dist ance t r avelled
(i ) L = 42 – x = 400L 11. Aver age speed =
9 t ot al t ime t ak en
3600 Dist ance t r avelled fr om 1.00 pm t o 4.30 p.m.
(ii ) L = 42 + x =720 L
5 = A(BQRY) + A(BYC) + A(CZD)
On adding, we get + A(ZRTE)
1120 L = 84
1 1 1 1
= 50 + 35 + (2) 75
84 1000 2 2 2 2
L = = 75m
1120
+ 3 10
13
8. =5 50 35
Speed upst r eam = + + 75 + 30
2 4
28 = 130 + 8.75
and =5
Speed downst ream = 138.75 km.
Total distance travelled = 77.5 + 138.75
13
Speed upst r eam = km/hr.. = 216.25 km.
5
28 216.25
and Speed downst r eam = km/hr.. Aver age speed = = 39.3 kmph.
5 5.5
12. While deer makes 10 leaps, cheetah makes 6 leaps.
1 28 13
Speed of r iver = Dist ance cover ed in 10 leaps by deer
2 5 5
= 10 1 = 10m
1 15 Dist ance cover ed in 6 leaps by cheet ah
= = 1.5 km/hr
2 5
= 6 2 = 12 m
9. Gr aph of speed vs t i me i s pl ot t ed as shown.
H ence in six leaps, cheet ah gains
Ar ea under t he gr aph and t ime axis gives t he
distance. 12 – 10 = 2 m over t he deer.
Cheet ah has t o gain 100 m over t he deer.
90
80 C
So, t ot al leaps r equir ed by cheet ah
70
60
Speed
50
B
6
km/hr 40 A X Y = 100 = 300.
30 2
20
Z D E
10
3 175
13. 50 leaps of t he har e 50 1 = = 87.5 m.
0 O P Q R S T
11.00
am
11.30
am
1.00
pm
1.30
pm
3.30
pm
4.30
pm 4 2
Requir ed distance 175
So, hound should gain m over t he har e.
= A( OAP) + A( BXA) + A ( APQX) 2
1 3 3 3
1 1 When hound t r avels 3 2 m, t hen
= 40 + 10 + 40 4
2 2 2 2 2
3
30 har e t r avels 4 1 m.
= 10 + + 60 = 77.5 km. 4
4
H ence in 3 leaps of t he hound t he hound gains
10. Dist ance cover ed ar e t he same.
33 28 5
Speed in t he lat t er is maint ained at 10 kmph. – = met r es
4 4 4
77.5 = 10 x
x = 7.75 hour s.
8.60 General Aptitude
175 8 6 4
3
Number of leaps r equir ed = 2 3 10 10 10
5
8 6 4 2 4 3 21 4!
4 4 4 = 4
10 10 10 10 5 5
175 4
= 3 = 210 leaps. 4!
2 5
Wine 4 4!
20 = 5 = 4
14. Fuel r equir ed for fir st 20 km = = 2.5 lit r es. Wat er 4! 5 4!
1 4
8 5
60
Fuel r equir ed for next 60 km = = 4 lit r es. 2.
15
Pet r ol left = 10 – 6.5 = 3.5 lit r es. (1) (2)
Now, he has t o t r avel = 115 – (60 + 20)
C1 C2
= 35 km in 3.5 lit r es.
Oper ation1 20 lit r es alcohol Empty
So he can go at a speed of eit her 45 km/hr or
80 km/hr as mileage is 10 km/lit r e in bot h cases. Oper at ion 2 (20 – x) alcohol x lit r es alcohol
But since he r eaches in minimum time, he t r avels (20 – x) lit r es
at 80 km/hr water
20 60 35 155 Oper at ion 3 (20 – x) lit r es (20 – x) lit r es
Time t aken = + + =
40 60 80 80 alcohol + xlit r es mixt ur e
mixt ur e i.e.,
75
=1+ hour s
80 x2
= 1 hours 56 minutes and 25 seconds. 20 lit res alcohol
15. Tot al dist ance t r avelled = 115 km
1
155 Now r d of C1 pour ed int o C2
Tot al t ime t aken = hour s 3
80
Quant it y of alcohol in C1 = C2 = 10 lit r es
115
2 x
Aver age speed = 155 = 60 km/hr I n C1 20 x (x) = 10
80 3 20
115 2 Solving we get , x = 10 lit r es
Fuel consumpt ion = = 7 lit r es.
15 3 Hence10 litres of alcohol was initially poured from C1
to C2.
2 1
So, fuel saved = 10 – 7 = 2 lit r es.
3 3 x y y 2 xy y
3. Requir ed r at io = = =y:x
x y x 2 xy x
RATIO, PROPORTION AND MIXTURES
x y
M CQ Type Quest ions 4. Given : = a and =b
y x
Wine left
1. St age
Or iginal quant it y x y
If 1 , t hen 1,
10 y x
0
10
x y
8
1.
1 y x
10
H ence opt ion (c) is cor r ect .
8 6
2
10 10
General Aptitude 8.61
5. Tot al char ge = fixed + var iable 50
T C = m + kx Given t hat x= ...(i)
3
wher e m and k ar e const ant s. ax = 2500
2
...(ii)
300 = m + k 20 ba3x 6 = 12500 ...(iii)
Also, 550 = m + k 45 Subst it ut ing value of x in (ii), we get
Solving for m and k; we get 2500
a= 32 = 9
m = 100; k = 10. (50)2
H ence, for 100 gr ams, Again, subst it ut ing values of a and x, we get
t ot al char ge = 100 + 10 100 = ` 1100. 1
12500
Q. 6 and 7. b= = 10 4
(2500)3 125
Using given dat a, we can dr aw following t able
25
Given : x= r pm
M ale Female 6
6
Whit e Collar 4.8x 3.2x 8x 104 25
Speed in st age 3 = (9)3
125 6
Blue Col lar 2.2x 0.8x 3x
7x 4x 11x 10 4 (25 5) (5 254 )
= (3)6
5 25 (2)6 (3)6
Now, all t he quest ions can be answer ed.
5 254 55
Female whit e collar employess 3.2x 16 = = r pm
6. = = 26 104 210
M ale blue collar employees 2.2x 11
10. L et bag 1 and 2 have
7. Since 0.8x = 48
x = 60 x mangoes y mangoes
Requir ed differ ence = 4.8x – 0.8x x x
St ep 1 y
= 4.8 60 – 0.8x = 240 2 2
8. L et 10x be t aken fr om bot t le A and 7y be t aken x x
But : y y:x
fr om bot t le B. 2 2
2 2 1 1
7 4 St ep 2 y x y x
Tot al salt t aken = 10x 7y 3 3 3 3
10 7
= 7x + 4y 2 2 x y
y x 2
Tot al wat er t aken = 3x + 3y. Requir ed r at io = 3 3 = 3
1 1 x y
7x 4y 2 y x 1
= 3 3 3
3x 3y 1
=2:1
7x + 4y = 6x + 6y
x = 2y N umerical Type Quest ions
x 2 1. L et quant it y of wine be a, i.e., capacit y of t he
= cask be ‘a'
y 1
2
10x 5
Rat io of quant it ies = 1
7y Quant it y of wine a
i.e., = 2
Quant it y of wat er 5
10 2 20 1 1
= = a
7 1 7
2
9. L et speed of t he mot or in st age 1 be x r pm. Then 5
1 a
its speed in st age 2 be (x 2) = ax 2 (say) and in st age 361
=
3 be (ax 2)3 = b.a3x 6 (say) 39 5
2
1 1
a
8.62 General Aptitude
2
361 361 5
2
5 4 3
= 1 2 3
1 a 5 5 = 17
39 39 a =
1 2 8
2 3
5 361 19 5 5
1 a = 400
=
20
So, half capacit y of glass = 17 + 8 = 25
5 1 So, full capacit y = 25 2 = 50
=
a 20 Now r est 25 par t s has t o be filled wit h alcohol.
a = 100 lit r es So, r at io of t he gr ape juice t o alcohol
2. Quant it y of wheat in 400 kg of mixt ur e = 17 : (8 + 25) = 17 : 33.
= 0.6 400 = 240 kg Alt er nat ively,
Quant it y of bar ley = 400 – 240 = 160 kg As t he wine glass is filled t o half by t aking t wo
par t s fr om t ank 1 and t hr ee par t s fr om t ank 2
Let x kg of barley be added to 400 kg of the mixture and second half is equivalent t o five par t s which
1 is pur e alcohol,
53 per cent age concent r at ion of gr ape juice
240
= 3 = 160 = 8
160 x 2 140 7
46 2 80 3 60 5 10
3 = = 34%
235
240 7 = 8 160 + 8x
H ence r at io of gr ape juice t o alcohol
x = 50 kg
= 34 : 66 = 17 : 33.
3. Alcohol cont ent in 1st jar = 0.25 3 = 0.75 lit r e
6. S.P of 1 kg of mixt ur e = ` 68.20, Gain =10%
Alcohol cont ent in 2nd jar = 0.75 5 = 3.75 lit r es
Tot al alcohol in 9 lit r e cask = 0.75 + 3.75 100
S.P of 1 kg of mixt ur e = ` 68.2 = ` 62.
= 4.5 lit r es 110
Per cent age of alcohol in t he cask Cost of 1 kg t ea of Cost of 1 kg t ea of
4.5 1st kind 2nd kind
= 100 = 50%
9 60 65
4. Cost pr ice of milk = ` 5/lit r e M ean Pr ice ` 62
3 2
100
Cost pr ice of mixt ur e = 6 = ` 4.5/lit r e Requir ed r at io = 3 : 2.
1
133 7. Amount of milk left aft er 3 oper at ions
3
3
Quant it y of wat er 5 4.5 1 4
= = = 40 1 –
Quant it y of milk 4.5 0 9 40
i.e., Water 9 9 9
Milk = 40
` 5.0 `0
10 10 10
= 29.16 lit
`. 4.5
8. Profit on 1st part 8% Profit on 2nd part 18%
` 0.5
M ilk : Wat er = 9 : 1 Mean Profit 14%
4 6
5. Alcohol Gr ape juice Alcohol : Gr ape
Tank 1 20% 80% 1:4 Rat io of 1st and 2nd par t s = 4 : 6 = 2 : 3.
Tank 2 40% 60% 2:3
3
Rat io of gr ape juice t o alcohol in half filled wine Quant it y of 2nd par t = 1000 kg = 600 kg.
5
glass
General Aptitude 8.63
3 4 7 3
9. Rat io of volumes = : : : P(B) =
14 14 14 7
3. Wh en a di e i s r ol l ed, f or each n u m ber t h e
5 2 6
Rat io of densit ies = : : 1
13 13 13 pr obabilit y of get t ing it is .
6
3 5 4 2 7 6 When number on the dice is 1, 3 or 5 Raju r eceives
Rat io of weight s = : :
14 13 14 13 14 13 ` 2, ` 6 and `10 r espect ively.
= 15 : 8 : 42 When t he number on t he die is 2, 4 or 6, t hen
Raju r eceives ` 6, ` 12 and ` 18 r espect ively.
... (M ass = Volume Densit y)
1
42 Expected value= [2 + 6 + 10 + 6 + 12 + 18]
Weight of t he thir d subst ance = 130 = 84 bs. 6
65
10. L et number of 50p coins be 3x, number of 25p 54
= =`9
6
1
coins be 4x and number of r upee coins be 2 x.
2 H encet o make an aver age pr ofit of ` 7 per t hr ow,
Raju must pay ` 2 (9 – 7) for each t ime t o t hr ow
1 1 1 t he die.
2 x 3x 4x = 210
2 2 4 4. 7 letter s can be ar r anged in 7 addr essed envelopes
in 7! ways.
5 3
x x x = 210 n(S) = 7!
2 2
We can ar r ange 7 l et t er s i nt o cor r espondi ng
5x = 210 7 addr essed envelopes in only one way.
x = 42 1
Requir ed pr obabilit y = .
5 7!
Number of r upee coins = 42 = 105. 5. I f six let t er s can be placed in t heir cor r esponding
2
addr essed envelopes, t hen sevent h let t er is also
PERMUTATIONS AND COMBINATIONS & in t he cor r ect envelope.
PROBABILITY H encer equir ed pr obabilit y is 0.
1 and 2 6, 7 and 8.
Given : P(A B) = 0.6 Thr ee car ds can be dr awn fr om 52 car ds i n
52
C3 ways
and P(A) = 0.3
n(S) = 52c3
1. I f A and B ar e mut ually exclusive event s, t hen
6. Si nce we have 4 suit s i .e., Diamonds, Spades,
P(A B) = 0 Clubs and Hear t s and each suit contains 13 car ds.
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) Thr ee car ds can be select ed fr om 13 car ds in 13C3
0.6 = 0.3 + P(B) ways.
0.3 = P(B) Number of favor able out comes = 4. 13C3
H ence P(B) = 0.3 13
C3
Requir ed pr obabilit y = 4.
2. I f A and B ar e independent event s, t hen 52
C3
P(A B) = P(A).P(B) 7. Fr om four suit s we can select 3 suit s in 4C3 ways.
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A B) One card can be selected from each suit in 13C1.
= P(A)+ P(B) – P(A). P(B)
13
C1. 13C1
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) [1 – P(A)] Number of favor able out comes
= 4C3. 13C1. 13C1. 13C1
0.6 = 0.3 + P(B) (1 – 0.3)
0.3 = P(B)(0.7) 3
4 13
Requir ed pr obabilit y = 52
0.3 C3
= P(B)
0.7
8.64 General Aptitude
8. Each sui t cont ains 9 number car ds. 2 number 12. Of the 10 places available, ther e ar e 5 even places.
car ds can be dr awn fr om 9 car ds in 9 C2 ways..
Digit s 2, 4, 6, 4 and 2 can be placed in t hese 5
Thir d car d can be select ed fr om t he r emaining
27 number car ds in 27C1 ways. 5!
even places in ways.
H ence t ot al number of favor abl e out comes i s 2!2!
4(9C2) (27C1) Remaining digit s 1, 3, 1, 1 and 9 can be placed in
5!
4 9C 2 27 C1 t he r emaining 5 places in ways.
Requir ed pr obabilit y =
3!
52 H ence, r equir ed number of ways
C3
2
9. Tot al number of balls in t he bag = 5 + 7 = 12. 5! 5! 5!
= =
5 balls can be dr awn fr om 12 balls in 12C5 ways 2!2! 3! 2!2 3!
N umber of ways of dr awi ng 3 r ed bal l s and 13. Number of ways of invit ing at least one fr iend is
2 white balls from 5 white balls and 7 red balls is 5C2. 212 – 1 = 4095
7
C3
14. Number of ways of invit ing at least 10 fr iends
5 = 12C10 + 12C11 + 12C12
C2 .7 C3
Requir ed pr obabilit y = 12 = 66 + 12 + 1 = 79
C5 15. Each pr i ze can be di st r i but ed i n 3 ways, so,
6 pr izes can be dist r ibut ed in 36 ways.
10 35 175 16. Number of ways of dividing 16 book s equally among
= =
792 396 4 boys
10. Tot al number of coins in bag = 6 + 5 + 4 = 15. 16! 16!
= =
5 coins can be dr awn fr om 15 coins in 15
C5 ways. 4! 4!4!4! 4! 4
When 4 coins ar e one r upee coins and fift h coin is 17. N umber of ways of di vi di ng 16 book s equal l y int o
a t wo r upee coin t he amount will be minimum. 4 par cels
Number of favour able cases = 4C4 . 45C1 = 5
16! 16!
Pr obabilit y t hat t he amount will be minimum is = =
5
4! 4!
4
4!5
5
P(E) = =
15
C5 3003 18. Ther e ar e four vowels viz., U, A, I , E in t he wor d
“I LLUSTRATE”.
5 2998 Fir st let t er must be S and t he last let t er can be
P(E) = 1 – P(E) = 1 = any one of t he vowels U, A, I and E.
3003 3003
Odds in favour of t he r equir ed event = 5: 2998 Rem ai n i n g 8 pl aces can be f i l l ed w i t h t h e
8!
r emaining 8 let t er s in ways.
11. G6 G1
2!2!
H ence, r equir ed number of ar r angement s is
3
8!
G2 = 4 = 8!
G5 2! 2!
19. Pr of. Balamur ali and Asst. B of Sheshadr i cannot
G4 G3 be included t oget her in t he delegat ion.
H ence, number of ways of for ming delegat ion
Six gir ls can be ar r anged ar ound a cir cle in 5! = 10C5 6C3 – 9C4 5C2
ways. 20. Possible ways of ar r anging t he pencils ar e:
Now, the six boys can be ar r anged in the six places
RBWBWBR, WBRBRBW, BWBRWRB, BRBWRWB,
in bet ween t he gir ls in 6! ways.
B WRB WRB , B WRRB RWB , B RWB RWB ,
H ence, r equir ed number of ways = 5 ! 6! BRWBWRB, BWRWBRB and BRWBBWB
i.e. a t ot al of 10 possible ar r angement s.
You might also like
- GATE Electrical Engineering Topic-wise Practice Tests - Trishna Knowledge Systems - The ebook with rich content is ready for you to download100% (1)GATE Electrical Engineering Topic-wise Practice Tests - Trishna Knowledge Systems - The ebook with rich content is ready for you to download60 pages
- GATE Chemistry Solution 2000 - 2014 by GKNo ratings yetGATE Chemistry Solution 2000 - 2014 by GK214 pages
- Gate 2023 Physics Solved Papers 2000 2022 9789356810044 - CompressNo ratings yetGate 2023 Physics Solved Papers 2000 2022 9789356810044 - Compress418 pages
- Cracking GATE: A Comprehensive Guide to SuccessNo ratings yetCracking GATE: A Comprehensive Guide to Success262 pages
- Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering: Cleanup GuidelineNo ratings yetGraduate Aptitude Test in Engineering: Cleanup Guideline3 pages
- GATE Mechanical Engineering Topic-wise Practice Tests Trishna Knowledge Systemsinstant download100% (2)GATE Mechanical Engineering Topic-wise Practice Tests Trishna Knowledge Systemsinstant download51 pages
- Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering: Applying To Various InstitutesNo ratings yetGraduate Aptitude Test in Engineering: Applying To Various Institutes2 pages
- Understanding the GATE Exam and Why Your Preparation MattersNo ratings yetUnderstanding the GATE Exam and Why Your Preparation Matters3 pages
- Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (GATE)No ratings yetGraduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (GATE)2 pages
- GATE 2019: GATE 2019 - IIT Madras Has Closed The Window To Challenge The GATE 2019 Answer Key On February 22. inNo ratings yetGATE 2019: GATE 2019 - IIT Madras Has Closed The Window To Challenge The GATE 2019 Answer Key On February 22. in35 pages
- R R Institute of Technology: GATE: To A Rewarding Career''No ratings yetR R Institute of Technology: GATE: To A Rewarding Career''28 pages
- Gate 2022 Biotechnology 22 Years Chapter Wise Solved Papers 20002021 Dr Prabhanshu Kumar download100% (1)Gate 2022 Biotechnology 22 Years Chapter Wise Solved Papers 20002021 Dr Prabhanshu Kumar download83 pages
- GATE Electronics and Communication Engineering Topic-wise Practice Tests Trishna Knowledge Systems All Chapters Instant Download100% (1)GATE Electronics and Communication Engineering Topic-wise Practice Tests Trishna Knowledge Systems All Chapters Instant Download57 pages
- 2183GATE Electronics and Communication Engineering Topic-wise Practice Tests Trishna Knowledge Systemspdf download100% (2)2183GATE Electronics and Communication Engineering Topic-wise Practice Tests Trishna Knowledge Systemspdf download57 pages
- GATE Chemistry Solution 2000 - 2014 by GKNo ratings yetGATE Chemistry Solution 2000 - 2014 by GK214 pages
- GATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in EngineeringNo ratings yetGATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering16 pages
- GATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in EngineeringNo ratings yetGATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering16 pages
- GATE Electronics and Communication Engineering Topic-wise Practice Tests Trishna Knowledge Systems - The ebook is ready for instant download and access100% (1)GATE Electronics and Communication Engineering Topic-wise Practice Tests Trishna Knowledge Systems - The ebook is ready for instant download and access50 pages
- GATE 2016 Exam Notification and Important DatesNo ratings yetGATE 2016 Exam Notification and Important Dates2 pages
- GATE 2019 Electronics and Communication Engineering 1st edition - eBook PDFpdf download100% (2)GATE 2019 Electronics and Communication Engineering 1st edition - eBook PDFpdf download64 pages
- Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (Gate)100% (2)Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (Gate)33 pages
- Ebooks File GATE 2019 Civil Engineering 1st Edition - Ebook PDF All Chapters100% (5)Ebooks File GATE 2019 Civil Engineering 1st Edition - Ebook PDF All Chapters41 pages
